Get the best performance from your Zebra printer by using
QualityZebra supplies are made by Zebra, for Zebra printers, to the highest standards. Theyare all extensively tested to ensure best print quality and performance before they arebranded and introduced into the range. Tested on the printers they will be used on,in the combinations they will be used in, they are developed specifically for ourusers' requirements.
Zebra P310F, P310i, P330i and P420i Card Printers
The HPE P28778-B21 is a PCI Express 3.0 x8 Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter that delivers 10 Gbit/s throughput with 2 total Fibre Channel ports using SFP+ connectors. It supports OCP 3.0 SFF form factor, making it compatible with open compute platforms and enterprise server environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific HPE server configuration.
The HPE Q1P55A is a 1x2x16 G4 KVM IP Console Switch designed to manage up to 16 computers from a single console interface. It enables both local and remote users to access and control multiple servers or computers, making it ideal for data center and server management environments where centralized control is essential.
The HPE AF652A is a 16-computer KVM console switch designed for data center and server environments where multiple computers need to be managed from a single console. It supports up to 2 local users simultaneously, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and IT operations centers that require centralized server management and monitoring.
The HPE AF622A supports multiple management interfaces including web browser access, configuration menu, out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet, SNMP Manager, and out-of-band management through serial RS-232C or micro USB. This comprehensive management capability makes it suitable for enterprise environments requiring flexible remote administration and monitoring.
The HPE 798182-B21 is an XL170r LP PCIe x16 R Riser Kit designed for low-profile PCI Express x16 expansion. This riser card enables you to install high-performance expansion cards in HPE servers where standard-height risers won't fit due to space constraints. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive HPE server hardware selection.
The NETGEAR GS116NA is a 16-port Gigabit Ethernet switch with 10/100/1000Base-T connectivity on all ports. It features a 32 Gbps switch fabric, 8K MAC address table, and store-and-forward transmission method for reliable network performance. The unit supports 802.1p QoS with 4 hardware queues and is available from us for warehouse and logistics environments requiring dependable network expansion.
The NETGEAR AGM732F features 48 RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 ports supporting IEEE 802.3 (10BASE-T), IEEE 802.3u (100BASE-TX), and IEEE 802.3ab (1000BASE-T) standards, plus 4 SFP+ 1/10GbE ports for high-speed uplink connectivity. All ports support both half and full duplex modes, with 1000BASE-T limited to full duplex only. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive data networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The NETGEAR GS105NA is a 5-port unmanaged Gigabit Ethernet switch with a 10 Gbps switching fabric. It supports IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet, IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet, and IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T standards, delivering up to 2000 Mbps full duplex data transfer rates on Gigabit connections. The switch is plug-and-play and requires no configuration, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments needing reliable network expansion.
The NETGEAR AGM731F is a 1000Base-SX SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver module designed for gigabit Ethernet networking. It provides a single 1000Base-SX fiber optic connection, making it ideal for high-speed data networking applications where fiber connectivity is required. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive data networking product line.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 is powered by an Intel Core i7-1265U Deca-core processor (10 Core). This processor delivers reliable performance for business applications, productivity tasks, and multitasking in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 (QIY-00017) is equipped with an Intel Core i7-1265U Deca-core (10 Core) processor and 16 GB of RAM. This combination delivers solid performance for business applications, multitasking, and productivity work in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 (QIY-00033) features a 10th Generation Intel Core i7-1265U Deca-core processor with 16 GB of RAM. This configuration delivers solid performance for business applications, multitasking, and productivity workflows in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 is equipped with an Intel Core i7-1265U Deca-core (10 Core) processor and 16 GB of RAM, paired with a 512 GB SSD for storage. This configuration delivers solid performance for business applications, content creation, and multitasking in a portable tablet form factor.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 is equipped with a 12th Gen Intel Core i7-1265U Deca-core processor and 16 GB of RAM. This combination delivers strong performance for business applications, multitasking, and productivity workflows in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Microsoft STPM1CART is a mobile cart solution designed to support Microsoft Surface Hub deployments in dynamic work environments. This powered mobile cart enables flexible positioning and transport of Surface Hub displays, making it ideal for organizations that need to move collaborative technology between meeting spaces, classrooms, or point-of-care locations.
The Socket Mobile CX4050-3113 is a wireless handheld barcode scanner designed for mobile data capture applications. We offer this scanner as part of our Socket Mobile product line, which specializes in portable AIDC solutions for warehouse and logistics environments.
The Socket Mobile CX4058-3121 is a wireless handheld barcode scanner designed for mobile data capture applications. We offer this model as part of Socket Mobile's Durascan D720 line, which is built for professional warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable, portable scanning solutions.
The Socket Mobile CX4054-3117 is a wireless handheld barcode scanner from Socket Mobile, part of their Durascan D720 product line. We offer this scanner in gray, available in bulk quantities of 50 units without accessories included.
The SocketScan S720 reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, including QR Codes, Data Matrix, and PDF417 formats. It can scan barcodes on both paper and digital screens, making it versatile for inventory, point-of-sale, and digital ID scanning applications.
The Socket Mobile DuraScan D760 is capable of scanning both 2D and 1D barcodes, as well as MRZ (Machine Readable Zone) data from passports. This dual-functionality means you only need one device to handle barcode scanning and passport reading in your warehouse or logistics operation. We offer this scanner as a versatile solution for multi-purpose data capture needs.
The NLS-HR2081-BT is a 2D barcode scanner equipped with an outstanding CPU that allows it to effortlessly capture high-density, high-volume, and distorted barcodes. It can read barcodes both printed on paper and displayed on screens, making it versatile for various warehouse and retail applications.
The Newland AD20-D-P delivers 5V/4A output via DC cable, providing reliable power for compatible Newland charging solutions. This specification ensures consistent performance across supported multi-slot battery chargers and charging cradles.
The NCR 7702-K460 is a high-mount 2x20 customer display designed for point-of-sale environments. This pole and tabletop display is ideal for retail and hospitality settings where you need to show transaction information, pricing, or promotional content to customers during checkout interactions.
The NCR P-7772-CX7-I5-RIO-NCD features an Intel I5-8500T processor paired with 8GB of RAM and a 120GB SSD for fast boot times and application performance. This configuration delivers reliable computing power suitable for retail and point-of-sale environments. We offer this system as a preferred solution for businesses requiring dependable POS hardware.
The NCR 5915MC133 features a 15" PCAP (Projected Capacitive) touchscreen display with anti-glare coating to reduce reflections and improve visibility in retail and warehouse environments. This touch technology provides responsive, reliable input for high-traffic POS and transaction applications.
The Magicard 3300-0021 prints at 300 x 300 dpi, delivering crisp, professional-quality ID cards with a wide color spectrum. This resolution is ideal for schools, colleges, and medium-sized businesses that require clear, detailed card graphics and text.
The Magicard MA300YMCKO ID Card Ribbon is compatible with Magicard Pronto, Enduro, Enduro+, Enduro3E, and Rio Pro ID Card printers. This YMCKO ribbon works across Magicard's full-color printing lineup, making it a versatile supply option for organizations running multiple printer models.
The Magicard MA600KO ID Card Ribbon is compatible with the Magicard Rio Pro printer. This ribbon is specifically designed to work seamlessly with Rio Pro series card printers, ensuring reliable performance and consistent print quality for your ID card production needs.
The Magicard MA250YMCKOK is compatible with the Magicard Rio Pro, Rio Pro 360, Rio Pro 360 LE, Enduro, and Enduro 3E ID card printers. This YMCKOK ribbon works across Magicard's professional line of single-sided and dual-sided card printing systems. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Janam XG4 runs Android 9 and holds Google's Android Enterprise Recommended (AER) certification, ensuring it meets enterprise-grade security and management standards. This makes it ideal for organizations requiring certified, secure mobile computing in demanding field environments.
The Janam XT100 runs Android 6 with Google Mobile Services (GMS), providing access to the Google Play Store and a familiar mobile computing environment. This makes it easy to deploy standard Android applications across your mobile workforce.
The VeriFone M087-602-11-WWA supports multiple card reading technologies including triple-track magnetic card reader with bi-directional capability, smart card reader supporting up to 3 SAMs (Security Access Modules), and optional ISO 14443 AB certified contactless payment modules. All card readers feature software-controllable LED prompts for user guidance during transactions.
The VeriFone 999-DEP-00175 supports multiple card reading technologies including triple-track magnetic card readers with bi-directional capability, smart card readers supporting up to 3 SAMs, and optional ISO 14443 AB certified contactless modules. All card readers feature software-controllable LED prompts for transaction guidance. We offer this software as part of our complete VeriFone payment terminal solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The VeriFone A-VX600SFW-36-LI is a mobile framework application software package with 36 months of prepaid service. This software solution is designed for mobile payment and receipt processing in retail and restaurant environments. We offer this software as part of our comprehensive VeriFone payment terminal solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Poly EagleEye IV USB camera captures full HD 1080p video at 30 frames per second, delivering superior clarity for your video conferences. It also supports multiple output formats including 720p, 960x540p, and 640x360p at 30 or 25 fps, giving you flexibility based on your bandwidth and system requirements.
The Poly Blackwire 3315 connects to PCs via USB-A or USB-C, and supports mobile devices and tablets via 3.5 mm jack. This multi-connectivity approach lets you seamlessly switch between your computer and mobile devices without needing separate headsets.
The SoundStation IP 5000 features Polycom HD Voice technology that captures both deeper lows and higher frequencies of the human voice, delivering high-fidelity audio with a frequency range of 250–7,000 Hz. This advanced audio processing reduces listener fatigue and transforms conference calls into crystal-clear interactive conversations that sound natural and lifelike.
The Poly VVX 450 features 12 line keys paired with a 4.3-inch color LCD display (480 x 272 pixel resolution). This multi-line capability allows you to manage more contacts and calls simultaneously, making it ideal for busy office environments where productivity and organization are essential.
The SoundStation IP 6000 supports multiple high-quality audio codecs including G.711 (A-law and Mu-law), G.729a (Annex B), G.722, G.722.1, G.722.1C, and Siren 14. This codec variety ensures compatibility with diverse VoIP systems and networks. We offer this conference phone as a reliable solution for enterprise communication environments.
The Poly Trio 8800 features 3 cardioid microphones with a remarkable 6 meter (20 foot) pickup range, ensuring that every participant in your large meeting room is heard clearly. This extended range, combined with HD Voice 22 kHz audio, delivers crystal-clear conversations across the entire space.
The Poly Trio 8300 features three cardioid microphones with a pickup range of up to 3.7 meters (12 feet), ensuring clear audio capture for all participants in small meeting rooms. This extended range allows participants to move freely within the space while maintaining excellent voice quality.
The Trio 8500 is purpose-built to transform mid-size conference rooms into collaborative spaces with a single addition to your room. It enables meetings to be launched with a single touch, streamlining the meeting start process and making it easy for teams to connect and collaborate efficiently.
The Poly CCX 400 features a 5-inch color LCD touchscreen with 720 x 1280 pixel resolution and a 9:16 aspect ratio. The display is gesture-based and multitouch-capable, making it intuitive to navigate and control.
The Ingenico CAB351380 Power Device is the foundation of a breakaway cable system designed for Ingenico signature capture pads and payment terminals. It works in conjunction with an umbilical cable and is used with either a COMBOX or VBOX to enable flexible, modular power delivery in retail and payment processing environments.
The CradlePoint S400 Router supports LTE Cat 6 connectivity across multiple LTE bands including 600, 700, 850, 1700, 1900, 2300, 2500, 2600, and 3500 MHz. It features dual SIM capability for enhanced redundancy and failover support, making it ideal for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable cellular backup.
The HPE Aruba JH157A is a 10GbE SFP+ 2-port module designed for use with HPE Aruba 5130 and 5510 switches. This module provides high-speed connectivity for data center and enterprise network environments requiring 10 Gigabit Ethernet uplink capacity. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch model and to discuss your network upgrade requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH148A supports multiple management methods including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. This flexibility allows your IT team to choose the management approach that best fits your network infrastructure and operational preferences.
The HPE Aruba JH331A is a high-performance 7503 switch bundle equipped with 2x2.4Tbps Modular Processing Unit (MPU) and fabric modules, designed for enterprise data center and campus networking environments. This configuration delivers exceptional throughput and switching capacity for demanding network infrastructure. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JH209A supports multiple management approaches including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. This flexibility allows your IT team to integrate the switch into your existing network management infrastructure seamlessly.
The HPE Aruba JH332A is a high-performance 7506 switch featuring dual 2.4Tbps Modular Processing Units (MPU) and fabric capabilities, designed for enterprise data center and campus network deployments. This switch delivers exceptional throughput and scalability for organizations requiring robust Ethernet switching infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss how this switch meets your network requirements.
The HPE Aruba 8400X switch series delivers enterprise-grade switching performance designed for high-density data center and campus deployments. We offer detailed specifications for all Aruba switch models—contact us today for exact performance metrics on the JL366A, including switching capacity, throughput, and latency specifications tailored to your network requirements.
The HPE Aruba J9992A is a 20-port PoE+ switch with 1 port 40GbE QSFP+ capability in the v3 zl2 module configuration. This combination makes it ideal for environments requiring both extensive Power over Ethernet connectivity for access devices and high-speed uplink capacity for core network connections. Contact us today to verify the exact port configuration for your deployment needs.
The HPE Aruba JL448A is part of the Aruba 2930F switch series, featuring 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports (10/100/1000BASE-T) and 4 SFP+ ports for 1G/10G connectivity. It includes a dual-personality serial console port that supports both RJ-45 and USB micro-B connections, enabling flexible out-of-band management options for your network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JL375A is part of the Aruba 8400 series, which delivers enterprise-grade switching performance. For detailed specifications on switching capacity and throughput, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com, as these metrics vary by specific configuration and model variant within the 8400 bundle.
The HPE Aruba J9990A is a 20-port PoE+ switch with 4 SFP+ uplink ports, designed for enterprise network deployments. This configuration provides flexible connectivity for both powered devices and high-speed fiber connections. We offer this model as part of our complete Aruba networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba J9989A features 12 ports of PoE+ capability combined with 12 ports of 1GbE SFP connectivity, making it ideal for mixed deployment scenarios. This configuration provides flexibility for both powered devices and fiber-based network extensions. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking portfolio for organizations requiring scalable edge connectivity.
The HPE Aruba J9988A is a 24-port 1GbE SFP v3 switch designed for enterprise networking environments. This model features 24 RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 ports supporting IEEE 802.3, 802.3u, and 802.3ab standards, plus 2 SFP+ fixed ports for 1000/10000 connectivity. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking lineup for warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable data connectivity.
The HPE Aruba J9993A is an 8-port switch featuring 1G/10GbE SFP+ connectivity, designed for high-speed data networking environments. This configuration makes it ideal for connecting multiple network devices with flexible speed options to match your infrastructure needs. Contact us today to verify exact port configurations and availability for your deployment.
The HPE Aruba J9986A is a 24-port 1000BASE-T PoE+ switch featuring 24 RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 ports with IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet support and full-duplex capability. The switch includes 2 SFP+ fixed 1000/10000 ports for uplink connectivity and a dual-personality serial console port (RJ-45 or USB micro-B) for out-of-band management. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba J9995A is an 8-port switch with autosensing 1/2.5/5/10G ports and integrated PoE+ support. This compact design makes it ideal for edge deployments and branch locations where space is limited. We offer this model as part of our complete Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba J9996A is a 2-port 40GbE QSFP+ module designed for Aruba switches, providing high-speed connectivity for data center and enterprise networking environments. This module supports 40 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity and is compatible with Aruba's modular switch platforms. For detailed technical specifications and compatibility information, contact us today at barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba J9991A is a 20-port PoE+ switch with 4 ports supporting 1/2.5/5/10GbE speeds, designed for high-performance network deployments. This configuration provides flexible connectivity options for both standard and high-speed devices across your network infrastructure. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and deployment guidance.
The HPE Aruba J9852A is a 4U/7U universal 4-post rackmount kit designed for HPE Aruba networking equipment. This kit enables flexible mounting of Aruba switches and network devices in standard server racks, making it ideal for data centers and network infrastructure deployments. We offer this rackmount solution as part of our complete HPE Aruba networking product lineup.
The HPE Aruba JL001A is a 5412R 92GT PoE+/4SFP+ v3 switch engineered for enterprise data networking. This switch delivers high-performance packet processing with robust PoE+ capabilities across its 92 Gigabit ports plus 4 SFP+ uplink ports, making it ideal for large-scale warehouse and logistics deployments requiring reliable power delivery to networked devices.
The HPE Aruba JL633A is an Aruba 8325 switch featuring a 650W 100-240VAC back-to-front airflow power supply unit. This enterprise-grade ethernet switch is designed for data center and high-performance networking environments. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JL003A is part of the Aruba 5406R series and delivers enterprise-grade switching performance with high throughput capacity and low latency. We offer this switch with comprehensive technical specifications including advanced packet buffering and support for extensive routing tables, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics network environments. Contact us today for detailed performance metrics and to verify this model's exact specifications for your infrastructure needs.
The HPE Aruba 5406R delivers 128 Gbps switching capacity with 95.2 Mpps throughput performance. These specifications make it suitable for high-performance enterprise environments requiring robust data handling across multiple gigabit connections. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba Q8N52A is a 1000BASE-LX LC connector SFP transceiver module designed for extended temperature environments. This optical transceiver enables long-distance Ethernet connectivity over single-mode fiber, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics networks requiring reliable backbone connections across distributed facilities.
The HPE Aruba Q8N53A is a 1000BASE-SX LC connector SFP transceiver module designed for extended temperature environments. This optical transceiver enables high-speed fiber connectivity on compatible Aruba ethernet switches, providing reliable data transmission over short to medium distances in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The HPE Aruba 510 Series AP delivers 2.69 Gbps of aggregate Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) throughput across dual radios. The 5 GHz radio supports up to 4.8 Gbps in HE160 SU-MIMO mode and 2.4 Gbps in HE80 MU-MIMO mode, while the 2.4 GHz radio provides up to 574 Mbps in HE40 SU-MIMO mode. This performance is optimized through OFDMA and DL-MU-MIMO technologies for enhanced capacity.
The HPE Aruba AP-365 is designed for outdoor wireless coverage and is part of Aruba's enterprise-grade access point lineup. We offer this model for deployments requiring robust outdoor performance in campus, warehouse, and logistics environments. For detailed technical specifications including power consumption, antenna configurations, and data rates, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to review the complete datasheet.
The HPE Aruba JZ088A is an Aruba AP-303HR (US) Remote AP Bundle designed for wireless network deployments. This access point bundle from HPE Aruba provides enterprise-grade wireless connectivity for indoor and outdoor environments. We offer this solution as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking product lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JH213A is a 7500 series switch featuring 48 ports of 1000BASE-T with PoE+ support. This configuration provides comprehensive connectivity for enterprise environments requiring Power over Ethernet capabilities across all ports, making it ideal for powering network devices like access points and IP phones throughout your facility.
The HPE Aruba JH431A is a high-performance enterprise ethernet switch designed for data center and campus networking environments. This switch delivers advanced switching capacity and throughput to support demanding network traffic, with comprehensive management capabilities including command-line interface, web browser configuration, and SNMP management. We offer this switch as part of our complete HPE Aruba networking portfolio — contact us today for detailed technical specifications and deployment guidance.
The HPE Aruba JH210A is a 7500 series switch featuring 44 Gigabit Ethernet ports and 4 10GbE ports, making it suitable for high-density enterprise deployments. This configuration provides excellent scalability for growing network infrastructure while maintaining backward compatibility with existing Gigabit equipment. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio at barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JC665A supports universal AC input voltage of 100-240V at 50-60 Hz frequency with a maximum power consumption of 126 watts. It provides Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) with a total capacity of 78 watts and 19.5 watts per port, making it suitable for powering network devices in warehouse and logistics environments.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 24SR PoE Class 6 switch delivers enterprise-grade performance with 24 ports of 10/100/1000BASE-T connectivity and support for IEEE 802.3af and 802.3at PoE standards. This switch is designed for mid-sized deployments requiring reliable power delivery and network management capabilities. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 24 PoE+ switch features 24 RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE+ support, designed for intelligent routing and network management in enterprise environments. The switch includes dual-personality serial console ports for out-of-band management and supports multiple management options including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC, command-line interface, and SNMP. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking portfolio for warehouse and logistics operations.
The HPE Aruba JH211A is a 7500 series switch offering 24 ports of Gigabit Ethernet and 4 ports of 10 Gigabit Ethernet in a compact form factor. This switch delivers high-performance connectivity suitable for enterprise data center and warehouse network environments. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and deployment guidance available from our team.
The HPE Aruba JL323A supports multiple management methods including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager, Telnet, RMON1, and FTP. Out-of-band management is also available via serial RS-232C or micro USB connections for secure remote administration. We offer comprehensive support for all these management protocols to ensure seamless integration into your network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba 3810M series delivers switching capacities ranging from 320 Gbps to 480 Gbps depending on the model. For example, the 3810M 48G PoE+ (JL074A) provides 320 Gbps switching capacity, while the 16SFP+ and 40G models offer 480 Gbps. These high-performance specifications make them ideal for data center and enterprise network deployments requiring robust throughput.
The HPE Aruba JL310A is a 100G QSFP28 transceiver module designed for high-speed data networking applications. It supports long-range single-mode fiber (LR4) connectivity with LC connectors, making it ideal for enterprise data center and campus network deployments requiring 100 Gbps throughput. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking solutions for organizations needing reliable, high-capacity interconnectivity.
The HPE Aruba JL309A is a 100G QSFP28 MPO SR4 multimode fiber transceiver designed for high-speed data networking applications. This module enables 100 Gigabit connectivity over multimode fiber cabling, making it ideal for data center and enterprise network backbone connections. We offer this transceiver module for organizations requiring high-bandwidth, short-reach optical connectivity in their Aruba switching infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JL630A delivers 880 Gbps of switching capacity with a throughput capacity of 654 Mpps, making it suitable for high-performance data center and enterprise network environments. This robust performance is backed by a Quad Core Arm Cortex A72 processor running at 1.8 GHz and 8 GB of DDR4 memory to handle demanding network traffic.
HPE Aruba switches offer varying performance levels depending on the model. For example, the 6300M series delivers switching capacities up to 880 Gbps with throughput capacity of 654 Mpps, while the 6100 series provides 128 Gbps switching capacity with 95.2 Mpps throughput. We offer a full range of Aruba switches to match your specific network performance requirements—contact us today to find the right model for your infrastructure.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 1,400-nit sunlight-readable display that ensures clarity even on the brightest days, making it ideal for outdoor logistics operations. Combined with its IP66 certification and MIL-STD 810H compliance, this fully rugged laptop withstands harsh warehouse conditions while maintaining exceptional visibility and performance. We offer this model specifically for teams that need reliable mobile computing in demanding field environments.
The Datalogic DS2400N delivers a reading distance of up to 28 cm, depending on code resolution, with a scanning speed of 1500 scans per second. This makes it ideal for medium-range warehouse and shop floor applications where fast, reliable barcode capture is essential. We offer the DS2400N as part of our comprehensive fixed scanner lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Memor 11 builds on the Memor 10 with enhanced durability—the tough rugged material can withstand more impacts. Most significantly, scanning capabilities have been improved on the Memor 11, providing accurate 2D scans even in dark environments thanks to advanced imager technology. Both models are enterprise-ready solutions, but the Memor 11 represents the latest generation for demanding mobile workforce applications.
The WES-PM9500-KIT includes the PowerScan PM9500 cordless area imager scanner, base/charger unit, power brick, and power cord. This complete kit is ready to deploy for immediate barcode scanning operations in your warehouse or logistics environment.
The Memor 20 is built for the harshest environments with IP65 and IP67 sealing ratings and can withstand 1.8 m (6.0 ft) repeated drops to concrete. It combines industrial robustness with a 5.7" Full HD display protected by Gorilla Glass, making it one of the most rugged PDAs available for demanding warehouse and logistics operations.
The Datalogic SH21 Blackline offers a choice of Windows Embedded Standard 7 or Windows 10 IoT Enterprise operating systems, allowing you to select the platform that best fits your industrial application requirements. Both options are fully supported and compatible with the rugged hardware design.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains form-factor compatibility with the 93/94/96/99 series. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, allowing for seamless integration into your existing retail checkout infrastructure without requiring new accessories or extensive reconfiguration.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full form-factor compatibility with the 93/94/96/99 series. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, ensuring seamless integration into your existing retail checkout infrastructure without requiring new accessories or reconfiguration.
The DSE0420 is a 2D decoded scan engine that reads all common 1D linear codes including GS1 DataBar formats, as well as 2D codes such as Aztec Code, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR. It also supports stacked codes including PDF417, MicroPDF417, and various GS1 DataBar composite formats, making it versatile for warehouse and logistics applications.
The DE2011-DL is a 2D undecoded scan engine that autodiscriminates all standard 1D linear codes including GS1 DataBar codes, as well as 2D codes such as Aztec Code, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR. It also supports stacked codes including EAN/JAN Composites, GS1 DataBar Composites, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked, MicroPDF417, PDF417, and UPC A/E Composites. This comprehensive decoding capability makes it ideal for diverse warehouse and logistics applications.
The Datalogic 95B020070 is a fork sensor (also known as the SRF-80-5-P) designed for material detection and positioning applications in warehouse and logistics environments. With its 80mm slot width and red LED emission, it's ideal for detecting objects passing through conveyor systems, automated sorting equipment, and material handling machinery. We offer this sensor as part of our comprehensive Datalogic product line for streamlined AIDC solutions.
The Datalogic 95B080750 is an optical encoder designed for automated identification and positioning applications across warehousing, logistics, and manufacturing environments. It reads barcode data and analyzes item dimensions to enable accurate product tracking, billing, and process automation. This encoder is commonly integrated into conveyor systems, sorting equipment, and automated machinery where precise position feedback is critical.
Datalogic decoders support comprehensive barcode decoding across 1D linear codes (including GS1 DataBar), 2D codes (Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, Micro QR), stacked codes (PDF417, MicroPDF417, GS1 DataBar Composites), and postal codes (Australian Post, China Post, Royal Mail, and others). This broad compatibility makes them suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics applications where multiple barcode formats are in use.
The DSM0422-DL is a high-performance 2D fixed-position imager scanner with a megapixel sensor (1280 x 960 pixels) and a 42H x 32V field of view, designed for compact integration in healthcare, retail, and manufacturing applications. It features rugged construction with high-impact resin resistant to cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions, making it ideal for lab testing equipment, self-checkout systems, and access control. The scanner includes USB connectivity and flexible mounting hardware that allows installation from all sides at any angle.
The Memor 20 is engineered for the harshest environments with an IP65 and IP67 sealing rating and can withstand 1.8 m (6.0 ft) repeated drops to concrete. It features Gorilla Glass on its 5.7" Full HD display for enhanced protection, making it one of DataLogic's most rugged PDAs available from us today.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning performance compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, making it ideal for high-volume retail environments. This performance boost applies to both 1D and 2D barcode reading, helping reduce checkout times and improve customer throughput. We offer this scanner as a drop-in replacement that maintains full compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The Datalogic RFID Vision Reader operates at 13.56 MHz and supports multiple HF RFID tag standards including EMS HMS Series, EMS LRP ISO15693 Series, Philips Mifare Classic (1k and 4k), Philips Mifare Ultralight, Texas Tag-It HF-I ISO15693, Infineon ISO15693, and I-CODE SLI ISO15693. For UHF applications, Datalogic also offers separate UHF RFID devices that comply with EPC C1 G2/ISO 18000-6C standards with reading ranges up to 90 cm.
The DSM0492-DL is a 2D fixed scan module featuring a megapixel (MP) 1280 x 960 pixel imager sensor with a 40° horizontal and 26° vertical field of view. It connects via RJ-45 interface and supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, making it ideal for embedded applications where space is limited. The scanner includes a 3-year factory warranty and comes with mounting hardware that allows installation from all sides at any angle.
The DSE0420 is a 2D decoded scan module that reads all common 1D and 2D barcode types, including standard linear codes, GS1 DataBar formats, stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, and 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, and Aztec Code. Its high-performance decoder delivers snappy reading and excellent performance on poorly printed barcodes and codes displayed on mobile device screens.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning performance compared to earlier-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, making it ideal for high-volume retail checkout environments. This speed improvement applies to both 1D and 2D barcode reading, helping reduce customer wait times while maintaining accuracy. We offer this model as a drop-in replacement that maintains full compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series), matching existing bi-optic dimensions and using the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays. This ensures seamless integration with your current retail infrastructure without requiring costly reconfiguration. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series) and matches existing bi-optic dimensions. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, ensuring seamless integration with your current infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific system configuration.
The DSM0452-DL is a 2D fixed-mounted imager scanner with a Megapixel sensor, RS-232 interface, and compact form factor designed for high-performance scanning in warehouse and manufacturing environments. It features rugged construction with high-impact resin resistant to cleaning solvents and disinfectants, making it ideal for demanding applications like healthcare, retail, and laboratory equipment. The scanner includes flexible mounting hardware that allows installation from all sides at any angle, and we offer this model with a 3-year factory warranty.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series) and maintains full form-factor compatibility. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, allowing seamless integration into your existing retail checkout infrastructure without requiring new accessories or extensive reconfiguration.
The Magellan 800i reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, including all standard linear codes, GS1 DataBar formats, QR codes, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, MaxiCode, and stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417. This versatile decoding capability makes it ideal for retail, warehouse, and logistics environments where you need to handle multiple barcode standards.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series) and matches existing bi-optic dimensions. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, ensuring seamless integration into your current retail checkout infrastructure without requiring hardware modifications.
The DSM0422-WA features a megapixel (MP) sensor with wide-angle (WA) field of view, making it ideal for embedded applications where space is limited. Other models in the DSM04XX line offer different sensor resolutions (WVGA vs. Megapixel) and field of view options (standard vs. wide-angle), allowing you to choose the configuration that best fits your scanning distance and space constraints. All models share the same rugged construction and interface flexibility, so your choice depends on your specific optical and dimensional requirements.
The Magellan 9550i reads all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, as well as 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also supports stacked codes like PDF417, MicroPDF417, and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, providing comprehensive coverage for modern retail and logistics applications.
The DSM0452-WA is a Megapixel Wide-Angle model with RS-232 connectivity, making it ideal for embedded applications where space is limited. Other DSM04XX variants offer different sensor options (WVGA or Megapixel), field of view configurations (standard or wide-angle), and interface choices (USB, RS-232, or RJ-45). We offer the complete DSM04XX lineup to match your specific integration requirements.
The DataLogic 95ACC1213 is a power line cord featuring a 3-pin IEC C13 connector, which is the standard power inlet found on many enterprise barcode scanners and mobile computers. This connector type ensures compatibility with DataLogic Joya Touch devices and similar industrial equipment. We offer this cable as a replacement or spare power accessory for your DataLogic scanning solutions.
The Datalogic 90ACC0192 is a 5-foot AC power cord designed for Datalogic barcode readers and handheld computers. It meets BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) certification and is RoHS compliant, making it suitable for use in India and other regulated markets. This power device ensures reliable connectivity for your Datalogic scanning equipment in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Verkada CH53-E delivers a full 360° field of view from a single installation point using four independent 5MP image sensors. This multisensor design eliminates blind spots and provides comprehensive coverage from one mounted location, making it ideal for monitoring large open spaces, hallways, and building corners without requiring multiple cameras.
The Verkada CD63-2TBE-HW-F delivers a 40-meter (130-foot) infrared range, ensuring clear visibility in low-light and nighttime conditions. This extended IR capability makes it ideal for monitoring high-traffic indoor locations around the clock. We offer this camera with full technical support to help you optimize its night vision performance for your facility.
The Verkada LIC-BB-3Y-CAP is a 3-year Basic Alarms license that provides classic alarm functionality for Verkada surveillance systems. This license is designed for non-US/CA regions and includes a capacity increase to expand your alarm monitoring capabilities. We offer this license to extend and enhance your existing Verkada camera infrastructure with professional-grade alarm management.
The Verkada LIC-MT-3Y-CAP-G is a 3-year Security Trailer Cloud License designed specifically for government agencies in the US. This capacity increase license extends your Verkada surveillance system's capabilities and is available from us for organizations requiring compliant, cloud-based security camera management solutions.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P15v Gen 3 21D8007HUS is a 15.6" mobile workstation featuring a 12th Gen Intel Core i5-12500H processor, 32GB RAM, and 1TB SSD storage. It delivers UHD resolution (3840 x 2160) with Intel Iris Xe Graphics and comes pre-installed with Windows 11 Pro, making it ideal for demanding professional workflows. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive mobile workstation lineup for warehouse and logistics professionals requiring portable computing power.
The Lenovo Yoga 7 14IML9 features a 14-inch WUXGA touchscreen with 1920 x 1200 resolution and 60 Hz refresh rate, utilizing In-plane Switching (IPS) technology for enhanced color accuracy and viewing angles. This convertible 2-in-1 design allows you to use the device as both a traditional laptop and tablet, making it versatile for various work and productivity scenarios.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 20XFS05E00 is powered by an AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 5850U processor, which delivers strong performance for business and productivity tasks. This mobile processor is optimized for professional workloads and includes AMD Radeon Graphics for integrated graphics capabilities.
The Lenovo Yoga 7 14AKP10 83JR0001US is a 14-inch touchscreen convertible Copilot+ PC featuring an AMD Ryzen AI 7 350 processor, 16GB RAM, and 1TB SSD storage. It offers a WUXGA display at 1920x1200 resolution with 60Hz refresh rate, AMD Radeon 860M graphics, and runs Windows 11 Home with Wi-Fi 7 connectivity. This 2-in-1 notebook combines portability with powerful performance for mobile professionals and warehouse operations teams.
The Lenovo 21LTS36J00 is equipped with an Intel Core Ultra 5 processor, delivering modern performance for business computing and productivity tasks. This latest-generation Intel processor provides efficient multitasking capabilities suitable for warehouse management, logistics coordination, and IT operations. Contact us today to discuss processor specifications and performance requirements for your organization.
The Lenovo Smart Tab M10 features a 10.3-inch WUXGA display with 1920 x 1200 resolution and TDDI technology for enhanced clarity and responsiveness. This larger screen size makes it ideal for warehouse management applications, inventory tracking, and viewing detailed logistics data in the field.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P1 Gen 7 features Intel Core Ultra 5, 7, or 9 H-series processors with up to 16 cores, delivering high-performance processing for demanding mobile workflows. These processors are paired with Intel vPro Technology and Intel Evo Platform certification to support professional engineering and creative applications. Contact us today to configure the specific processor that matches your workload requirements.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Fold Gen 1 21ES001WUS features a 16.3-inch touchscreen display with 2560 x 2024 resolution, Intel Core i5-1230U 12th Gen processor on the Intel Evo Platform, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD storage, and Windows 11 Pro. It includes Intel Iris Xe Graphics, front-facing webcam, and IEEE 802.11ax wireless connectivity. We offer this innovative 2-in-1 detachable notebook in Performance Black with an English keyboard layout.
The Lenovo 21LTS36H00 is equipped with an Intel Core Ultra 7 processor, delivering modern performance for business computing tasks. This latest-generation Intel processor provides efficient multitasking and application performance for warehouse managers and IT professionals managing logistics operations.
The Zebra CS60 Series features a groundbreaking convertible design that easily switches between corded and cordless operation, allowing you to use it as either handheld or hands-free depending on your needs. This ultra-versatile approach, combined with Qi inductive charging and NFC tap-to-pair technology, makes it a modern solution for evolving warehouse and logistics environments. We offer the CS6080-SR model with a complete Qi Pad Charger Kit for seamless mobile scanning operations.
The Zebra ZQ610 Plus offers a maximum print width of 1.9 inches (48mm) and prints at speeds up to 4.5 inches (115mm) per second. This makes it ideal for mobile printing applications in warehouses and logistics environments where fast label production is critical.
The Zebra LI2208 is a linear imager that captures 1D barcodes printed on traditional paper labels or displayed on mobile phones, tablets, and computer screens. This makes it ideal for scanning both physical product labels and digital barcodes in modern warehouse and retail environments.
The Zebra KIT-PWR-12V50W includes a 12V 50W power supply unit (PWR-BGA12V50W0WW) and a DC cable (CBL-DC-388A1-01) for direct connection to your Zebra device. The country-specific AC line cord is sold separately, allowing you to customize the kit for your regional power requirements. We offer this complete kit to simplify your Zebra printer or mobile computer setup.
The DS3608-HD features the most rugged design in its class with an 8 ft./2.4 m drop rating to concrete—23 percent more durable than competing scanners. It's rated IP67, meaning it's dust-proof, spray-proof, and waterproofed to withstand jetting water and submersion in water for up to 30 minutes. The scanner also reliably operates after 5,000 tumbles, simulating real-world handling in demanding warehouse and manufacturing environments.
The Zebra CHG-AUTO-HWIRE1-01 hard-wired auto charger cable is designed for TC58, TC58E, and TC78 vehicle cradles (models CRD-TC58-WcVC-01 and CRD-TC78-WcVC-01). This cable integrates directly with these Zebra mobile computer cradles to provide reliable in-vehicle charging solutions. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive Zebra accessory lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Zebra CHG-AUTO-CLA1-01 power device is designed for use with TC58, TC58E, and TC78 vehicle cradles, specifically the CRD-TC58-WcVC-01 and CRD-TC78-WcVC-01 models. This cigarette lighter auto charger cable ensures your mobile computers stay powered during vehicle operations. We offer this charger as part of our complete Zebra mobile computing accessories lineup.
The Zebra AD-EPSN-P-1 is a wireless software license designed for Motorola AirDefense products, specifically providing WEP cloaking functionality for one sensor. This license enables enhanced wireless security monitoring and threat detection capabilities within your network infrastructure. We offer this license to help organizations strengthen their wireless security posture across warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra AD-CMC-P-1 is a Centralized Management Console license for Motorola AirDefense, enabling IT teams to manage and monitor wireless security across enterprise networks from a single platform. This software is essential for organizations deploying Zebra mobile computers and wireless devices that require centralized security policy enforcement and threat detection. We offer this license to help streamline wireless device management in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra AD-SNFL-P-1 is a wireless software license designed for AirDefense sensor management in enterprise environments. This software enables monitoring and control of wireless devices across your network infrastructure. We offer this solution to help organizations maintain visibility and security over their mobile and wireless assets.
These Zebra beacons are ideal for asset tracking and people tracking applications across industrial environments. They're optimized for workflow monitoring and can be deployed in high-density settings where locate accuracy is critical. We offer them as a complete box of 25 units, making them suitable for enterprise-scale tracking deployments.
The Zebra AD-ATSN-P-1 is a wireless software license for Motorola AirDefense products, designed to provide advanced troubleshooting and monitoring capabilities for your wireless network infrastructure. This single-sensor license enables you to detect, analyze, and resolve wireless security threats and performance issues in real-time. We offer this software to help organizations maintain secure and reliable wireless environments across their operations.
The Zebra AD-FESN-P-1 is an Advanced Forensics license for one sensor within the Motorola AirDefense wireless management platform. This software enables forensic analysis and monitoring of wireless network activity to enhance security and troubleshooting capabilities. We offer this licensing solution as part of our comprehensive wireless software portfolio to support enterprise-level network defense and monitoring requirements.
The Zebra AD-SASN-P-1 is a Motorola AirDefense spectrum analysis license designed for wireless network monitoring and security. This single-sensor license enables organizations to analyze RF spectrum and identify potential interference or security threats in their wireless environments. We offer this software as part of our comprehensive wireless solutions for enterprise deployments.
The Zebra MPACT-SB5200-10-WR is a box of 10 enhanced BLE-to-Wi-Fi bridges that extend Bluetooth beacon connectivity in warehouse and logistics environments. These bridges feature an upgraded BLE chip and increased memory compared to the MPACT-MB5000 series, allowing them to process more beacons faster and capture up to 15 nearby beacons simultaneously. We offer this accessory as part of our comprehensive Zebra AIDC solutions for real-time asset tracking and inventory management.
The Zebra P1008481 is a media rewind option kit designed for Zebra 140XI4 label printers, allowing you to automatically rewind printed labels onto a roll for efficient handling and storage. This rewinder is ideal for high-volume printing environments where manual label collection becomes time-consuming and labor-intensive. We offer this kit as part of our comprehensive Zebra printer accessories lineup to optimize your printing workflow.
The Zebra 01600GT08430 is a thermal transfer wax ribbon designed for high-quality printing on both coated and uncoated paper labels. This wax-based formulation provides excellent barcode clarity and is ideal for general-purpose labeling applications across various business environments.
The Zebra P1015397 Printhead is compatible with Zebra KR403 printers and serves as a replacement thermal printhead for these systems. We offer this genuine Zebra component to ensure optimal performance and print quality for your thermal transfer printing operations. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The Zebra P1117258-232 printhead is designed for the ZD411T and ZD611T thermal transfer label printers. This 203 DPI printhead kit is the genuine replacement component for these Zebra desktop printer models, ensuring optimal print quality and reliability. We offer this authentic Zebra printhead to keep your labeling operations running at peak performance.
The Zebra PolyPro 3000T labels are constructed from white, matte polypropylene material with a high-performance permanent acrylic adhesive. This combination makes them ideal for demanding applications like chemical drum labeling, product labeling, and retail environments where durability and adhesion are critical.
The ZD621 delivers a next-generation architecture that is 30% more powerful than the ZD620 Series and nearly 300% more powerful than the GX Series, enabling you to run more tasks and perform more operations simultaneously. It replaces the legacy GX Series, ZD500, and ZD620 Series while maintaining backward compatibility with existing label formats and applications. The ZD621 also features enhanced security through Zebra's PrintSecure, improved remote management capabilities, and an optional 4.3-inch full-color LCD touch display for easier operation.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T features a pearl white gloss polyester construction with permanent acrylic adhesive and a protective top coating that provides resistance to chemicals and UV exposure. This combination, along with UL recognition for both indoor and outdoor use, makes it ideal for harsh environments where standard labels would fail due to smear and scratch damage.
The Zebra NX-7500-ADP-64 is licensed to support up to 256 access points or controllers, making it suitable for large-scale enterprise wireless deployments. This software solution scales effectively across warehouse, distribution, and logistics facilities requiring comprehensive network coverage. We offer this license certificate to expand your wireless infrastructure capacity.
The Zebra 105950-061 is a set of 5 power cords designed for U.S. environments, featuring 120V input and IEC320C5 connectors. These power devices are essential accessories for Zebra label printers and AIDC equipment. We offer this set to ensure you have adequate power supply redundancy across your warehouse or printing operations.
The Zebra RS6100 is comparatively smaller and lighter than its predecessor by less than 50 percent, making it more comfortable for extended wear. A major advantage is backward compatibility—both devices share the same trigger assemblies, batteries, and mounts, making upgrades simple and affordable. The RS6100 also features an innovative multi-focus scan engine that captures 1D and 2D barcodes at close range and up to 40 feet away, even on poorly printed or damaged labels.
Zebra 8000D Lab labels are specially designed for laboratory applications, providing excellent print quality and durability in low-temperature environments. These labels are optimized for sample tracking and identification, ensuring accuracy and reliability in critical lab settings where precision is essential.
The Zebra ET40 comes equipped with a built-in 2D barcode scanner using the SE4100 scan engine, offering both standard range and advanced range scanning options. This integrated scanning capability makes it ideal for warehouse, retail, and logistics operations where rapid data capture is essential. We offer the ET40 with this scanner pre-configured and ready for deployment in your facility.
Zebra 8000D Lab labels are specifically engineered for laboratory applications requiring excellent print quality and durability in low-temperature environments. These labels excel at sample tracking and identification, ensuring accuracy and reliability in critical lab settings where precision is essential. The coated paper construction with permanent adhesive provides secure attachment to various laboratory surfaces.
The Zebra 05095GS11007 is a performance resin thermal transfer ribbon designed for printing high-density barcodes and high-resolution graphics on a wide range of materials, from matte to gloss synthetics. This ribbon delivers exceptional print quality, durability, and chemical resistance, making it ideal for applications requiring long-lasting, professional barcode labels in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000D labels measure 3x1 inches (76.2x25.4mm) per label, with 2,340 labels per roll. Each box contains 6 rolls with a 1-inch (25.4mm) core, making them ideal for high-volume printing applications. We offer these labels in quantities that support both small and large-scale warehouse operations.
The Zebra ATR7000 delivers real-time asset tracking with location accuracy better than 2 feet (0.6 meters), enabling precise visibility of tagged asset movement and direction. This superior accuracy is achieved through proprietary advanced RFID technology featuring parallel multi-transmit/receive architecture and digital beam-forming capabilities. We offer the ATR7000 as a premium solution for warehouses and logistics operations requiring precise asset location intelligence.
The ZQ620 Plus builds on Zebra's proven QLn platform with cutting-edge technology and creative design that enhance productivity, usability, and management capabilities. Key upgrades include a large color display for clear status visibility, improved battery technology with increased capacity for extended shift operation, and an immediate wake-up feature that keeps the printer ready for action. Your IT team will also benefit from simpler integration, administration, setup, and security features. We offer the ZQ620 Plus as the evolved gold standard for mobile label and receipt printing.
The Zebra ZD411 offers 203 dpi resolution with print speeds up to 6 inches per second, making it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. It features a 2.2-inch print width and uses direct thermal printing technology, which eliminates the need for ink or toner cartridges. We offer this model configured with USB, USB Host, Ethernet, and Bluetooth connectivity options to integrate seamlessly into your existing infrastructure.
The Zebra ORCH-ZD411-300-HC is a direct thermal desktop label printer featuring 300 dpi resolution, 4 inches per second print speed, and a 2.13" print width. It supports multiple connectivity options including USB, USB Host, Ethernet, and Bluetooth, making it versatile for healthcare and other specialized environments. We offer this model with US cord and Swiss font capabilities to meet diverse operational needs.
The ZQ521 is designed and certified to meet MIL-STD 810G for drop and shock testing, with tumble testing per IEC68-2-32 spec tolerating 1300 free falls from 3.3 feet. It features an IP54 rating for protection against solid and liquid ingress, and can withstand drops from 6.6 feet to concrete without protective cases. For even greater durability, we offer an optional exoskeleton case that increases drop tolerance to 10 feet and improves the IP rating to IP65.
The Zebra ZT610 achieves remarkable print speeds of up to 14 inches per second, making it ideal for high-volume industrial printing environments. This speed, combined with its durable construction and precision capabilities, ensures consistent performance even in demanding warehouse and logistics applications.
The Zebra ZT610 achieves remarkable print speeds of up to 14 inches per second, making it ideal for high-volume industrial printing environments. This speed, combined with its durable construction and precision capabilities, ensures consistent performance even in demanding warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this model as a reliable solution for businesses requiring fast, dependable label production.
The Zebra TC58e offers comprehensive wireless connectivity including 5G FR1, CBRS, Wi-Fi 6E, and NFC capabilities for enterprise deployments. It also features optional integrated short-range UHF RFID functionality with a 1.2m read range and 20 tags per second read speed, enabling new RFID use cases in warehouse and retail environments. We offer this model with full technical support to help you optimize connectivity for your specific workflow requirements.
The Zebra TC78 includes WLAN with WiFi 6E, sub-6 5G, and CBRS connectivity options, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable multi-band coverage. These advanced connectivity standards ensure faster data transfer and reduced latency for real-time inventory and asset tracking operations. We offer this model fully configured and ready for deployment in demanding industrial settings.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is an uncoated, direct thermal paper facestock with a permanent acrylic adhesive. This combination makes it ideal for applications requiring limited durability, such as shipping and mailing labels in industrial environments. We offer this label stock in 4x2" format with 2760 labels per roll for efficient high-volume printing.
The Zebra 10041942 RFID Labels are ideal for item-level inventory management, store replenishment, omni-channel fulfillment, point of sale operations, loss prevention, and brand authentication across retail and logistics environments. These labels enable real-time visibility of merchandise movement and help eliminate out-of-stock and overstock situations. We offer these labels as part of a comprehensive RFID solution to support your operational visibility needs.
The Zebra 800077-751 is designed for the ZXP Series 7 ID card printer and compatible IX Series KDO systems. This monochrome black ribbon is engineered specifically for these Zebra printer models to ensure optimal print quality and reliability. We offer this ribbon as part of our complete Zebra supplies lineup, so contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific equipment.
The Zebra PLS-102ATX features self-laminating LaserBand technology that protects printed patient information, text, and barcodes from moisture and hand sanitizers, extending wristband usability throughout a patient's stay. Unlike standard wristbands, these can be printed directly using current laser printers without requiring a specialized wristband printer, making deployment faster and more cost-effective.
The Zebra 800059-411 is a 30 mil PVC plastic ID card that supports HF/UHF and MF1K (Mifare Classic 1K) chip technology with 3-track HICO magnetic stripe capability. Each box contains 100 cards, making it ideal for medium to large-scale ID issuance programs. We offer this card as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for secure identification needs.
The Cisco NC57-MPA-2D4H-FC is a modular port adapter designed for high-speed data networking applications within the NCS 5700 platform. This expansion module supports 100 Gigabit Ethernet and 400 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, making it ideal for service providers and enterprises requiring scalable, high-capacity network infrastructure. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco telecommunications product lineup to support your data routing and network convergence needs.
The Cisco NC57-MOD-RP2-E is a NCS 5700 Route Processor designed for high-performance data routing with SyncE support. This module supports advanced routing protocols including static routing, RIP versions 1 and 2, GRE, PPTP, and L2TP, making it suitable for enterprise-grade network deployments. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco telecommunications product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco N9K-C9508-FM-G is an 8-slot modular chassis router from the Nexus 9500 series designed for cloud-scale data center and enterprise networking. This platform is ideal for organizations requiring high-density 400G connectivity, advanced routing capabilities, and software-defined networking features. We offer this enterprise-grade solution for customers needing scalable, carrier-class network infrastructure.
The Cisco C1-N3K-C3048TP is a 1RU Nexus 3048TP-1GE router featuring 48 ports with 10/100 connectivity, designed for enterprise data center environments. This compact form factor makes it ideal for high-density network deployments where space is critical. Contact us today to verify current specifications and availability for your infrastructure needs.
The Cisco C9300-24S-E features 24 Gigabit Ethernet SFP ports, making it ideal for fiber-based network deployments. This modular design supports flexible uplink configurations and can accommodate various fiber speeds including 25 Gbps, 10 Gbps, and 1 Gbps connectivity options. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco ISR4350U-MEM-MSATA comes equipped with 16GB DRAM, 16GB Flash storage, and 200GB mSATA solid-state drive capacity. This configuration provides robust memory resources for running advanced routing, security, and application services on Cisco Integrated Services Router platforms. We offer this memory module to upgrade or configure ISR4350 series routers for demanding branch-office deployments.
The Cisco IW3702-2E-B-K9 is an Industrial Wireless AP 3702 equipped with 4 RF ports, designed for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. This access point delivers robust connectivity for mobile computers and RFID devices across your facility. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions to support your AIDC infrastructure.
The Cisco IW-6300H-AC-B-K9 operates reliably in demanding environments with temperature ranges from -40° to +70°C (-40° to +158°F) under solar load and still air conditions. For extended operating scenarios with DC power, the temperature range extends to -50° to +75°C (-58° to +167°F) without solar loading. We offer this industrial wireless access point for deployments requiring robust environmental performance.
The Cisco IW3702-4E-B-K9 is an Industrial Wireless AP 3702 featuring 4 RF ports designed for demanding industrial environments. This access point delivers robust wireless connectivity for warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable AIDC integration. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco IW3702-2E is an Industrial Wireless Access Point with 4 RF ports designed for demanding environments. It supports 802.11b/g wireless connectivity with automatic rate selection and includes Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) and WPA2 security with AES encryption. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions for warehouse and logistics operations.
The Cisco TelePresence Content Server 10 Port Premium (TCS-M4-PRO10P-K9) is a video conferencing equipment solution designed to manage and distribute content across multiple video conferencing endpoints. This system enables organizations to scale their video conferencing capabilities while maintaining high-quality content delivery across distributed teams and locations.
The UCS-FI-6332-U provides low-latency, lossless 10 GE and FCoE connectivity with flexible unified ports that support Ethernet, FCoE, and native Fibre Channel connectivity. This unified fabric architecture allows you to consolidate compute, networking, and storage connectivity into a single system, simplifying infrastructure management. We offer this fabric interconnect as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco NCS1K-CNTLR2 is a network switch controller module designed for the Cisco Network Convergence System 1000 platform, enabling centralized control and management of data networking infrastructure. This controller module is part of Cisco's enterprise-grade networking solutions available from us for organizations requiring robust telecommunications and network switching capabilities.
The Cisco N540-RCKMT-19-CLA is a 19-inch rackmount mechanical kit designed for Cisco NCS 540 series networking equipment. This accessory enables proper installation and mounting of Cisco network switches in standard 19-inch equipment racks, making it essential for data center and enterprise network deployments. We offer this genuine Cisco component to ensure compatibility and reliability in your network infrastructure.
The Cisco LIC-MS355-24X2-7YR is a 7-year enterprise license and support contract for the Meraki MS355-24X2 wireless switch. This license includes major Cisco software updates, full access to Cisco.com technical libraries, and 24/7 access to Cisco's dedicated technical support staff for continuous optimization and issue resolution.
The Cisco N540X-4Z14G2Q-A features 14 x 1G ports, 4 x 1/10G ports, and 2 x 10/25G dual-A ports, providing flexible connectivity options for mixed-speed network environments. This configuration makes it suitable for enterprises requiring scalable gigabit and high-speed 10/25G connectivity. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C is a high-performance Ethernet switch featuring 2x Nexus 93180YC-FX3 units with 8x 100G optics included. This configuration delivers 100 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with 100GBase-X support, making it ideal for data center environments requiring ultra-high-speed interconnectivity. We offer this enterprise-grade switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco Nexus 93108 series offers flexible port configurations to meet different network demands. The N9K-C93108TC-FX3 features 48 ports with support for Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 40 Gigabit Ethernet, and 100 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. These switches support both twisted pair and optical fiber connections, making them suitable for diverse data center environments. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to find the right configuration for your network infrastructure.
The Cisco NC55-5508-FC2 is a 2nd Generation Fabric Card designed for the NCS 5508 platform, part of Cisco's high-performance ethernet and network switching infrastructure. This component enables advanced fabric connectivity and data throughput capabilities for service provider and enterprise network deployments. We offer this fabric card as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking equipment catalog available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco N9K-C9332D-GX2B is a 32-port 400G QSFP-DD Ethernet switch from the Nexus 9300 Series, designed for high-density data center environments. It supports 400 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with a modular architecture and is rack-mountable in a 1U form factor. We offer this enterprise-grade switch for organizations requiring maximum port density and throughput in their network infrastructure.
The Cisco N9K-C93180YC-FX features 48 ports supporting 1/10/25 Gigabit Ethernet, plus 6 ports supporting 40/100 Gigabit Ethernet, making it ideal for high-density data center deployments. This configuration provides flexible connectivity options for both standard and high-speed network requirements. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco Nexus 9K product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco NC55-MPA-4H-S is a 4-port 100G QSFP28 modular port adapter designed for the NCS 5500 series routing platform. This module enables high-speed 100 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, making it ideal for service providers and enterprises requiring ultra-high-bandwidth network infrastructure. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions portfolio.
The Cisco NC-57-36H-SE is a 36-port 100G scale line card designed for the NCS 5700 series, part of Cisco's high-performance networking infrastructure. This card enables significant port density and throughput for large-scale data center and service provider environments. We offer this enterprise-grade switching component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio.
The Cisco AMP8370-K9 is a FirePOWER AMP8370 Chassis configured in a 6U form factor with 5 slots, designed for enterprise network security and threat defense applications. This platform is ideal for organizations requiring advanced firewall protection, intrusion prevention, and malware detection across their network infrastructure. We offer this solution for warehouse networks, logistics operations, and enterprise IT environments that demand robust security at the edge.
The Cisco ASR-9900-RP-SE is a service edge-optimized route processor featuring a powerful 64-bit Intel CPU with 12GB memory, designed for high-performance routing in large-scale service deployments. It supports redundant configuration and includes external interfaces such as console and auxiliary serial ports, management Ethernet interfaces, USB, GPS, and BITS interfaces for comprehensive network management.
The Cisco C9200-24T features 24 ports of 10/100/1000 Mbps data connectivity with modular uplink options. This configuration is ideal for organizations requiring straightforward data switching without Power over Ethernet (PoE) capabilities. We offer the C9200-24T as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio—contact us today for current availability and pricing.
The Cisco IE-2000-4TS-B features 4 fixed 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports for downlink connectivity, plus 2 Gigabit combo ports that support either SFP (100MB and 1G) or RJ45 uplink options. This compact configuration makes it ideal for access layer deployments in space-constrained industrial environments. We offer this model as part of our complete Cisco industrial networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco Meraki MS210-48FP is a 1G Layer 2 cloud-managed switch featuring 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE+ capability, designed for enterprise branch and campus deployments. This switch delivers reliable connectivity while offering simplified management through Meraki's cloud platform, making it ideal for organizations seeking centralized network administration without on-premises controllers.
The Cisco N9K-C93180YC-FX features 48 ports of 10/25G SFP+ connectivity and 6 ports of 100G capability, making it ideal for high-density data center deployments. This configuration supports mixed-speed Ethernet networking from 10 Gigabit to 100 Gigabit speeds. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco Nexus 9300 series inventory.
The Cisco SF250-24P is a 24-port 10/100 Smart Managed switch that delivers reliable Gigabit Ethernet performance with Power over Ethernet (PoE) capability. This switch enables deployment of IP telephony, wireless access points, video surveillance, and other PoE-powered solutions using a single network cable, making it ideal for small to medium-sized business networks requiring both data connectivity and device power delivery.
The Cisco SF250-48 is a 48-port 10/100 Ethernet switch designed for small to medium-sized businesses requiring reliable, high-speed networking. It delivers 13.10 Mbps packet forwarding capacity and 17.6 Gbps switching capacity, making it suitable for file transfers, VoIP, video surveillance, and other bandwidth-intensive applications. We offer this switch with full technical support and warranty coverage available from Barcodes Inc.
The Cisco SF350-24P delivers 41.66 million packets per second (mpps) with a switching capacity of 56 Gigabits per second (Gbps) in 64-byte packets. This wire-speed, nonblocking performance makes it ideal for small to medium business environments requiring reliable network throughput. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco SF350-24MP delivers enterprise-grade performance with a switching capacity of 56 Gigabits per second and a forwarding rate of 41.66 million packets per second (64-byte packets). This wire-speed, nonblocking architecture ensures consistent high-performance connectivity for small to medium-sized business networks. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco switch portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco SF350-24 delivers 12.8 Gigabits per second (Gbps) of switching capacity with a forwarding rate of 9.52 million packets per second (mpps) for 64-byte packets. This makes it suitable for small to medium-sized business networks requiring reliable managed switching performance. We offer the SF350-24-K9-NA model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco NXA-FAN-65CFM-PI delivers 65 CFM (cubic feet per minute) of maximum airflow, making it suitable for port side intake applications in Nexus switch environments. This airflow rating is designed to provide efficient cooling for mid-range Cisco networking equipment. We offer this fan accessory as part of our comprehensive Cisco spare parts inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C9K-F2-SSD-960GB is a 960GB solid-state drive designed for the Catalyst 9600 Series switches. This enterprise-grade SSD provides high-speed storage for network switch operations, supporting demanding data networking environments where fast, reliable storage is critical for routing and switching performance.
The Cisco NC55-PWR-3KW-2HV is a dual input universal power supply that supports both AC and DC high-voltage inputs for the NCS 5500 series. This flexibility allows deployment in diverse data center and network environments where either AC or DC power infrastructure is available. We offer this accessory as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking power solutions.
The Cisco FPR4145-NGFW-K9 is a next-generation firewall appliance designed for enterprise network security and VPN connectivity. It's ideal for organizations requiring robust threat protection, advanced network segmentation, and secure remote access capabilities in mid-to-large scale deployments. We offer this Cisco firewall as part of our comprehensive data networking solutions for logistics and warehouse operations requiring secure network infrastructure.
The Cisco MR36 is a Wi-Fi 6 indoor access point designed for high-performance wireless coverage in enterprise environments. It delivers next-generation 802.11ax connectivity with improved speed, capacity, and efficiency compared to previous Wi-Fi standards. We offer the MR36 as part of our comprehensive Cisco Meraki wireless solutions portfolio for organizations requiring modern AIDC and networking infrastructure.
The Cisco ACC-LA-H-NM-NF is a network switch module designed for telecommunications infrastructure, particularly in outdoor antenna applications. This module supports wireless routing and connectivity solutions across the 700-2700 MHz frequency range, making it ideal for expanding network capacity in distributed environments. We offer this Cisco component as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking product portfolio.
The Cisco MV93-HW is a 360-degree fish eye security camera designed for outdoor environments. This Meraki MV93 model delivers comprehensive surveillance coverage with outdoor-rated construction, making it suitable for perimeter monitoring and facility security applications. We offer this camera as part of our complete Cisco security solutions portfolio.
The HPE Aruba 8400X is an advanced modular switch featuring 8 ports of 40G QSFP+ connectivity designed for high-performance data center and enterprise network environments. This switch delivers enterprise-grade performance with support for advanced networking features and scalable architecture. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio—contact us today for detailed specifications and availability.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 40G 8SR PoE Class 6 is a high-performance ethernet switch designed for enterprise environments. This switch delivers 40G connectivity with Power-over-Ethernet capabilities, supporting up to 78 watts total PoE capacity with 19.5 watts per port, making it ideal for powering network devices in warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information for your deployment.
The HPE Aruba R1Q04B is a Central-Ready AirWave Appliance designed for comprehensive wireless network management. This network management device features 512GB SSD storage and is engineered to help warehouse managers and logistics teams monitor, manage, and optimize their wireless network infrastructure across distributed locations.
The HPE Aruba JW148A 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ operates at 1310nm wavelength and is designed for long-range single-mode fiber (SMF) transmission. Based on the ZR designation, this optic supports extended reach capabilities suitable for long-distance data center and campus network interconnections. For specific distance specifications, we recommend contacting us today for detailed technical documentation.
The HPE Aruba 7210 Mobility Controller supports up to 512 licensed access points, making it ideal for mid-to-large enterprise and educational deployments. This capacity allows organizations to scale their wireless infrastructure efficiently across multiple buildings and campuses. We offer the 7210 K-12 EDU Bundle with 256 licenses and support, which is specifically configured for educational institutions.
The HPE Aruba JD188A is a 2-meter RPS (Redundant Power Supply) cable designed for HPE Aruba X290 1000 A JD5 switches. This non-PoE cable provides redundant power connectivity to ensure uninterrupted network operations in enterprise environments. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking product lineup available from Barcodes Inc.
The HPE Aruba J9993AR is an 8-port module supporting 1G and 10GbE SFP+ connectivity, designed for high-speed data networking in enterprise environments. This remanufactured module provides flexible optical connectivity for Aruba switch platforms requiring expanded port capacity. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch model and deployment requirements.
The HPE Aruba JC156A is a data networking router cable that provides reliable RJ45 connectivity for Aruba networking equipment. This 2-meter cable features 120 ohm impedance, making it ideal for connecting routers, switches, and other network devices in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking product lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JD175A is an X260 E1 router cable with two BNC 75 ohm connectors and a 3-meter length. This cable is designed for data networking applications within HPE Aruba network infrastructure, providing reliable connectivity for network equipment requiring BNC-terminated connections. We offer this cable as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba product lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JG263A is a router cable that converts from a D-28 connector to 4 RJ-45 ports with a 0.3-meter length. This compact cable is ideal for connecting Aruba networking equipment in space-constrained environments where multiple Ethernet connections are needed from a single interface. We offer this cable as part of our complete HPE Aruba networking solutions.
The HPE Aruba JL275A is a 100G QSFP28 LC LR4 transceiver module designed for long-range single-mode fiber connectivity. This transceiver supports transmission distances up to 10 kilometers over single-mode fiber, making it ideal for extended campus networks and data center interconnections. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking inventory to support your high-speed data networking requirements.
The HPE Aruba JL251A is a 40G QSFP+ transceiver module designed for high-speed data networking applications. This BiDi (bidirectional) transceiver operates over multimode fiber with a 100-meter reach, making it ideal for warehouse networks, data center interconnects, and enterprise environments requiring reliable 40 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking solutions for logistics and warehouse infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JL306A is a 40G QSFP+ transceiver module designed for long-range data networking applications. This module supports 40 Gbps connectivity over single-mode fiber with a maximum reach of 40 kilometers using LC connectors, making it ideal for enterprise campus and data center interconnect deployments. We offer this transceiver as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking component inventory.
The Aruba MM-HW-1K Mobile Master 1000 is designed to manage and support up to 1,000 wireless devices across enterprise networks. This mobility management system is ideal for organizations requiring centralized control of large-scale wireless deployments, making it a core component of Aruba's Mobile Edge Architecture for enterprises with extensive wireless infrastructure needs.
The HPE Aruba JL286A is a 40G QSFP+ LC LR4L transceiver designed for long-range single-mode fiber connections up to 2 kilometers. This module is compatible with HPE Aruba networking switches and provides high-speed 40 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity for data center and enterprise network deployments. We offer this transceiver as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JL293A is a 25G SFP28 LC short-range (SR) transceiver designed for high-speed data networking applications over multimode fiber up to 100 meters. This transceiver is ideal for connecting network switches and infrastructure in data centers and enterprise environments where fast, reliable connectivity is critical. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking portfolio to support your infrastructure upgrades.
The Aruba MM-VA-1K is a Mobility Master virtual appliance designed for centralized management of Aruba wireless networks and mobility infrastructure. It provides FIPS and TAA compliance for secure government and enterprise deployments. We offer this solution as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking portfolio to help organizations manage large-scale wireless environments efficiently.
The Aruba MM-VA-50 Mobile Master is designed to provide centralized mobility management and control for enterprise wireless networks. This FIPS/TAA-compliant solution enables organizations to manage mobile devices and access points from a single management platform, making it ideal for large-scale deployments across warehouses and logistics facilities. We offer this solution as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio to help streamline your network operations.
The HPE Aruba MM-HW-10K-F1 is a FIPS and TAA-compliant mobility management system designed for enterprise wireless network deployments. This device serves as a central management platform for Aruba wireless infrastructure, enabling secure and compliant network operations in government and regulated environments. We offer this solution as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba MM-VA-500 Mobility Master is a centralized management platform designed for enterprise wireless and mobile networks. It provides comprehensive management features for Aruba access points, controllers, and network devices, enabling IT teams to oversee large-scale deployments from a single interface. We offer this solution to organizations requiring robust network administration and policy enforcement across distributed locations.
The Aruba MM-VA-5K Mobility Master is a centralized management platform designed for enterprise wireless networks. It provides comprehensive mobility management, policy enforcement, and network visibility across distributed Aruba access points and controllers. This FIPS/TAA-compliant solution is available from us for organizations requiring secure, standards-compliant network management.
The HPE Aruba MC-VA-10 has a maximum power consumption of 126 watts with universal AC input voltage of 100-240V at 50-60 Hz. This efficient power profile makes it suitable for branch gateway deployments where power management is critical. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking solutions.
The HPE Aruba MC-VA-10 has a maximum power consumption of 126 watts with universal AC input voltage of 100-240V at 50-60 Hz. This efficient power profile makes it suitable for deployment in various network environments where power management is a consideration.
The HPE Aruba IAP-277 is a secure wireless access point designed for organizations requiring FIPS and TAA compliance. We offer this model for deployments where government standards and data security are critical requirements, making it ideal for federal agencies, healthcare facilities, and enterprises handling sensitive information.
The HPE Aruba JG739A is a data networking device designed for enterprise wireless deployments. While specific port configurations vary by model variant, HPE Aruba networking products in this class typically feature Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, advanced switching capacity, and support for managed network environments. Contact us today to discuss the exact specifications and configuration options available for your deployment.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 580 Series AP is purpose-built for harsh outdoor and industrial environments with an IP66/67-rated all-metal, sealed enclosure that protects against dust and water ingress. The access point operates reliably across extreme temperatures from –40 °C to +65 °C and has been salt spray tested for corrosion resistance. Built-in surge arrestors on all wired interfaces provide additional protection against power spikes, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics deployments.
The HPE Aruba S0H10A delivers up to 18.7 Gbps aggregate throughput in standard tri-band mode (2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz), with the ability to upgrade to 28.8 Gbps peak throughput when operating in dual-6 GHz mode. This exceptional performance is achieved through concurrent 4×4 MIMO on all three bands and Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) technology with 4K QAM modulation. We offer these access points for deployments requiring extreme throughput and reliability in high-density environments.
The HPE Aruba 560 Series delivers up to 1.49 Gbps aggregate throughput across its dual 2×2:2 radios, with 1.2 Gbps on the 5 GHz HE80 channel and 574 Mbps on the 2.4 GHz HE40 channel. OFDMA and MU-MIMO technologies optimize capacity for efficient multi-user access, making it ideal for high-density deployments in campuses, venues, and industrial sites.
The HPE Aruba JG741A is an MSR 8-port BASE-T switch with 2-port combo capability and HMIM module support, designed for enterprise data networking applications. This device is part of HPE Aruba's comprehensive networking portfolio and delivers robust switching performance for branch and campus deployments. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and availability.
The HPE Aruba JH238A is an MSR 8-port BASE-X/4-port Combo L2-3 HMIM module designed for enterprise data networking. This device supports universal AC input voltage (100-240V) with a maximum power consumption of 126 watts and Power-over-Ethernet capacity of 78 watts total (19.5 watts per port). We offer this router as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking solutions for organizations requiring robust wireless connectivity and network management.
The HPE Aruba JH169A is an MSR 8 port E1/CE1/T1/CT1/PRI HMIM module designed for HPE Aruba's data networking infrastructure. This module extends the capabilities of Aruba routers by providing support for multiple WAN connection types, making it ideal for enterprises requiring flexible wide-area network connectivity options. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking product line.
The HPE Aruba JH193A is a high-performance networking switch designed for enterprise environments. While specific model details vary, HPE Aruba switches in this class typically feature dual-core or tri-core processors, multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports, SFP+ connectivity for 1/10GbE uplinks, and extensive management capabilities including support for Aruba AirWave Network Management and Intelligent Management Center (IMC). Contact us today for detailed specifications on this particular model and how it fits your infrastructure needs.
The HPE Aruba JH198A runs Comware v7 OS on its Management Processing Unit (MPU). This enterprise-grade operating system provides robust routing, switching, and network management capabilities designed for large-scale deployments in warehouse and logistics environments.
The HPE Aruba JH172A is an 8-port E1/FE1/T1/FT1 HMIM (High-speed Multi-service Interface Module) designed for HPE Aruba data networking devices. This module provides flexible connectivity options for enterprises requiring multiple interface types in a single slot, making it ideal for mixed-protocol network environments. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JH191A is a high-performance data networking switch featuring 44 Gigabit Ethernet ports and 4 SFP+ 10GbE ports for enterprise connectivity. This SE (Standard Edition) module delivers robust switching capacity and throughput suitable for medium to large network deployments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba JG426A is part of the Aruba networking switch family, delivering enterprise-grade performance with specifications designed for data center and campus network deployments. For detailed performance metrics including switching capacity, throughput, and latency specifications, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to speak with our networking specialists who can match your exact requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH297A (MSR954-W) is an IEEE 802.11n wireless router operating in the 2.40 GHz ISM band with 2 external antennas for enhanced coverage. It includes 4 network ports, 1 broadband port, and USB connectivity, all supporting Gigabit Ethernet speeds with built-in VPN support for secure remote access. This makes it ideal for branch offices and distributed warehouse locations requiring reliable wireless and wired connectivity.
The HPE Aruba JG445A is an MSR 16p Enhanced Asynchronous Serial HMIM (High-speed Module Interface Module) designed for HPE Aruba networking platforms. This module provides 16 serial ports for asynchronous communications, making it ideal for legacy system integration and out-of-band management in enterprise networks. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific HPE Aruba router model.
The HPE Aruba JD557A is a 1-port Enhanced Serial SIC Module designed for HPE MSR routers, providing serial connectivity for management and out-of-band access. This module integrates with HPE Aruba's networking infrastructure to enable reliable serial console connections for device configuration and troubleshooting. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific MSR router model.
The HPE Aruba JG737A is a 4-port Enhanced Sync/Async Serial Interface Card Module designed for branch gateway deployments. This module integrates with HPE Aruba Networking 9000 Series Branch Gateways to provide reliable serial connectivity for legacy device integration. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking solutions—contact us today for detailed technical specifications and availability.
The HPE Aruba CX 5420 delivers up to 960 Gbps of non-blocking bandwidth with a forwarding capacity of 714 Mpps, making it well-suited for medium-sized campuses and branch networks. This high-performance capability ensures seamless connectivity for demanding network environments without bottlenecks.
The HPE Aruba networking switches we offer deliver high-performance switching with capacities ranging from 68 Gbps to 128 Gbps depending on the model, and throughput up to 130.9 Mpps. These specifications make them suitable for enterprise-grade deployments requiring reliable data networking performance in warehouse and logistics environments.
HPE Aruba switches support multiple management interfaces including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager, Telnet, RMON1, and FTP. Out-of-band management is also available through serial RS-232C or micro USB connections for remote administration and troubleshooting.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-HD4TB is a 4TB NL-SAS hard drive with 7200 RPM performance, designed for high-capacity storage in Cisco UCS rack server environments. This drive features 12Gb/s SAS connectivity and is hot-pluggable with drive sled mounting for easy replacement without system downtime. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco data networking inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-56HD6E is a high-density rack server designed for enterprise data center environments requiring substantial storage capacity and processing power. This system is ideal for virtualization, cloud computing, and large-scale data management workloads where IT-as-a-Service infrastructure is needed. We offer this Cisco server as part of our comprehensive Unified Computing System product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-EX24TE supports Intel Xeon processors across Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum families, providing flexibility to match your workload requirements. This multi-tier processor support allows you to optimize performance and cost based on your specific application needs. We offer this server configured with your choice of processor to ensure you get the right balance for your infrastructure.
The Cisco UCS-C3X60-G2SD12 is a 120GB boot SSD component designed for Cisco UCS C-Series rack servers, enabling fast system initialization and OS boot performance. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server solutions for enterprises requiring reliable storage acceleration in data center environments. It's ideal for organizations deploying high-performance computing infrastructure that demands rapid system responsiveness.
The Cisco UCSC-C240-M5SD is a 2U rack-mountable barebone system designed for enterprise environments. It supports dual processors with up to 8 TB of DDR4 SDRAM across 32 memory slots, 12Gb/s SAS RAID controllers, and multiple storage bay configurations. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco server portfolio for organizations requiring high-performance print server infrastructure.
The UCSC-C240-M5SX is an earlier generation 2U rack-mountable server, while newer models like the M6SX, M7SX, and M8SX offer advanced memory support and processor options. The M8SX features DDR5 SDRAM support up to 8TB with DDR5-6400 speeds, compared to the M6SX's DDR4 support, and supports newer Intel Xeon processors including Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum variants. We offer the full range of Cisco UCS C-series servers to match your infrastructure modernization timeline.
The Cisco UCSC-C3260 is a base chassis configuration featuring 4x power supply units (PSU) and SSD storage, designed for enterprise-grade server deployments. This 2U rack-mountable system supports dual processors and delivers robust performance for data center and print server applications. We offer the UCSC-C3260 as part of our comprehensive Cisco server inventory available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCSC-C3K-M4IO is an I/O Expander module designed for Cisco UCS C3000 series rack servers with M4 architecture. This component expands the input/output capabilities of compatible C300 servers, allowing for increased connectivity and flexibility in enterprise data center deployments. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking and server infrastructure inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCSC-C3K-M4SRB is a UCS C3000 M4 Server Node designed for Intel E5-26 processors, offering enterprise-grade performance for data center environments. This rack-mountable server supports dual processors and delivers the reliability needed for mission-critical applications. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to verify current specifications and availability for your deployment.
The Cisco UCSC-CMAF-C4200 is a reversible CMA (Chassis Management Adapter) designed for Cisco C125 rack servers. This component provides critical chassis management functionality, enabling remote monitoring and control of your server infrastructure. We offer this genuine Cisco part to ensure compatibility and reliability with your existing UCS deployment.
The Cisco UCS-SP-B200M4-B-C2 is a high-core blade server designed for demanding workloads with dual Intel Xeon E5 processors. This barebone system supports up to 4TB of DDR5 SDRAM and includes Serial ATA RAID and SAS controller support for flexible storage configurations. We offer this enterprise-grade server as part of our comprehensive Cisco UCS portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco MEM-C8200-16GB is a 16GB DRAM memory module designed for the Cisco Catalyst 8200 Edge platform. The C8200-1N-4T can be upgraded to 16GB and 32GB DRAM configurations for higher scale and performance requirements. We offer this memory upgrade to help you maximize your edge router's processing capabilities.
The Cisco Catalyst 8200 Series supports up to 32 GB DRAM for enhanced scale and performance. The C8200-1N-4T ships with 8 GB standard and can be upgraded to 16 GB or 32 GB, while the C8200L-1N-4T ships with 4 GB and supports upgrades to 8 GB, 16 GB, or 32 GB DRAM configurations. We offer these memory modules available from us to maximize your edge router capabilities.
The Cisco MEM-4300-8G-RF is an 8GB DRAM memory module (single DIMM) designed for Cisco ISR 4330 and ISR 4350 routers. This remanufactured component provides essential memory expansion for mid-range integrated services routers used in enterprise branch and campus deployments. We offer this memory upgrade as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking components inventory.
The Cisco MSWS-19-DC16C Server runs Windows Server 2019 Data Center edition, providing enterprise-grade server capabilities with advanced virtualization and licensing features. This operating system is optimized for data center environments and supports high-performance computing workloads. We offer this server configuration for organizations requiring robust Windows-based infrastructure.
The Cisco MSWS-19-ST16C-NS Server is configured with Windows Server 2019 Standard edition, providing a reliable foundation for enterprise workloads and data center operations. This operating system offers robust security features and compatibility with a wide range of business applications. We offer this server ready for deployment in your infrastructure.
The C9300L-STACK-KIT2 is a stacking kit designed specifically for Cisco Catalyst 9300L switches and includes two data stack adapters and one data stack cable. This kit enables you to connect multiple C9300L switches together to create a unified stack, simplifying management and improving operational efficiency in your network infrastructure.
The Cisco CON-ECDN-MX30055K provides one year of US Essential support with 8x5 next business day telephone response for the MX300-55 PHD 1080p endpoint. This service contract ensures your video conferencing system receives timely technical support during standard business hours when you need it most.
The Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCS10 provides one year of essential software support plus upgrade coverage in the United States. This contract ensures your Cisco equipment receives priority technical support and access to software updates throughout the coverage period. Contact us today to discuss how this service contract protects your infrastructure investment.
The Cisco ASF-CORE-FW-DEP delivers comprehensive threat protection including hardware-accelerated encryption (DES, 3DES, AES 128/192/256), SSL VPN for secure remote access, support for up to 50 IPsec tunnels, and PKI support. It also includes NAT transparency and Dynamic Multipoint VPN (DMVPN) capabilities for enterprise-grade security deployments. We offer this solution as part of our Cisco security product lineup to help protect your network infrastructure.
The Cisco CON-ECDO-CTSMX300 is a 1-year Essential service contract with 8x5 next business day (NBD) onsite support for the Telepresence MX300 55 Gen2 PHD system. This contract ensures your telepresence equipment receives priority support during standard business hours with guaranteed onsite response when issues arise. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm current coverage details and availability.
The Cisco CON-ECDO-SX2PHD4X is a 1-year US Essential service contract with 8x5 Next Business Day onsite support for the SX20 Quick Set HD system with 4x connectivity. This contract ensures your video conferencing equipment receives prompt technical support during business hours when you need it most. Contact us today to add this service contract to your Cisco deployment.
The Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCSE5 is a 1-year Essential Software Support Plus service contract that provides comprehensive support and software upgrade capabilities for your Cisco equipment. This contract ensures your systems receive timely updates and technical assistance to maintain optimal performance and security throughout the coverage period.
The Cisco CON-SNTP-VXRG12 is a 1-year US-based service contract providing 24x7x4 support for the 7206VXR NPE-G1 router with VAM2+ and AC power supply. This contract ensures your critical networking equipment receives priority technical support and maintenance throughout the contract period. We offer this service contract as part of our comprehensive Cisco product lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco CON-SNT-SG5029PK provides 1-year SmartNet 8x5xNBD (Next Business Day) coverage for the Cisco SG 500-28P 28-port Gigabit POE switch. This service contract includes hardware replacement, technical support during business hours, and next business day parts delivery to keep your network infrastructure operational.
The Cisco CON-SW-WSC365PDS is a 1-year US-based SmartNet service contract without RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization) for the Cisco Catalyst 3650 24 Port PoE switch. This service contract provides software application updates for bug fixes and telephone technical support at no charge throughout the warranty term. Contact us today to learn more about how this service contract protects your network infrastructure.
This product has been discontinued and is no longer sold by us. We maintain information about this service contract for customers who need support for existing Cisco CCX 8.5 equipment. If you're looking for current Cisco service contracts or support options, contact us today to explore available alternatives that match your telecommunications infrastructure needs.
The Cisco N9K-SC-A is a System Controller designed for the Nexus 9500 series switches. It provides centralized management and control functions for high-performance data center networking environments. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking product lineup to support enterprise-scale deployments.
The Cisco C3650-24-S-E delivers Layer 2-4 switching with intelligent services and dynamic IP routing, including IPv6 support. This enterprise-grade switch provides 24 ports of connectivity with integrated Power over Ethernet (PoE) capabilities, making it suitable for mid-sized network deployments that require advanced routing and fault tolerance features.
The Cisco 15454-XC-VXC10G++ is a high-capacity cross-connect module designed for data routing and telecommunications applications. This TAA-compliant component is engineered to support robust tributary management in enterprise and carrier-grade network environments. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco ASA 5505 delivers up to 150 Mbps of firewall throughput, making it suitable for small to medium-sized deployments. This performance level is ideal for branch offices and remote locations that require reliable security without demanding high-bandwidth processing. We offer the ASA 5505 with various user licensing options to match your organization's needs.
The N7K-TRS1K9 Transport Services License supports all Cisco Nexus 7000 Series supervisor and I/O modules, including the N7K-SUP2, N7K-SUP2E, and various line card options like the M224XP-23L, M206FQ-23L, and F248XP-25. Depending on your chassis configuration (4-slot, 9-slot, 10-slot, or 18-slot), you can deploy Fabric1 and/or Fabric2 modules to meet your network requirements. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific deployment configuration.
The Cisco NM-HD-1V-RF is a 1-slot IP Communications Voice/Fax Network Module designed for Cisco routers. This module enables voice and fax connectivity over IP networks, making it ideal for organizations looking to integrate unified communications into their existing Cisco infrastructure. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive Cisco telecommunications product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco Meraki MR28-HW is a Wi-Fi 6 indoor access point designed for modern enterprise deployments. While specific MR28 throughput details vary by configuration, Cisco's MR-series access points feature dual-radio or tri-radio designs with MIMO technology, beamforming, and support for both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands to deliver reliable coverage across diverse environments. Contact us today for detailed specifications on the MR28-HW model.
The Cisco Meraki MR78 is a Wi-Fi 6 outdoor access point designed for high-performance wireless coverage in outdoor environments. It delivers next-generation wireless speeds and reliability, making it ideal for campus deployments, outdoor venues, and enterprise networks requiring robust outdoor connectivity. We offer the MR78-HW as part of our comprehensive Cisco wireless solutions portfolio.
The Cisco Meraki MR36H is a cloud-managed Wi-Fi 6 access point designed for high-performance indoor and outdoor deployments. It delivers faster speeds, improved capacity, and better efficiency compared to Wi-Fi 5 standards, making it ideal for organizations requiring robust wireless coverage across multiple locations. We offer the MR36H as part of our comprehensive Cisco wireless solutions portfolio.
The Cisco MR57-HW is a Wi-Fi 6E indoor access point that delivers next-generation wireless performance for enterprise environments. It supports the latest 802.11ax standard with enhanced throughput and reduced latency, making it ideal for high-density deployments in warehouses, distribution centers, and logistics facilities. We offer this access point as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions portfolio.
The Cisco CON-SNT-AIRAP185 is a SNTC-8X5XNBD service contract designed for the 802.11ac Wave 2 access point with 4x4:4 spatial streams and internal antennas. This contract provides comprehensive support and maintenance coverage for your Cisco wireless infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss the specific coverage details and how this contract protects your network investment.
The Cisco AIR-CAP37IBO-AK910 is an 802.11ac controller supporting up to 10 access points with 4x4:3 spatial streams and integrated CleanAir technology. It features self-healing and self-optimizing wireless capabilities that can classify over 20 different types of interference, including non-Wi-Fi interference, within 5 to 30 seconds and automatically take remedial action. We offer this enterprise-grade solution for organizations requiring robust interference detection and network optimization.
The Cisco N9K-C9508-FAN2 is a Generation 2 fan tray designed for the Cisco Nexus 9508 data router chassis. This spare part provides critical cooling for high-performance cloud-scale networking environments. We offer this component as a replacement part for maintaining optimal thermal management in your Nexus 9500 series infrastructure.
The Cisco N9K-C9504-FM-G is a 4-slot Nexus 9500 chassis designed for 400G cloud networking. It supports advanced features including Software-Defined Access (SD-Access), Virtual eXtensible LAN (VXLAN), multi-VRF routing, and MPLS L3VPN for enterprise-grade network segmentation and scalability. The platform also includes support for Flexible NetFlow (FNF) for detailed traffic analytics and monitoring.
The Cisco N9K-C9516-FM-E2 is a Fabric Module designed for the Nexus 9516 chassis, enabling high-performance data routing and switching in enterprise network environments. This module supports 100G connectivity and is engineered for organizations requiring scalable, modular network infrastructure. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking solutions.
The Cisco Nexus 9504 requires 14RU of usable rack space and is designed for standard 19-inch EIA racks. The chassis measures 24.5 x 17.3 x 24 inches (62.2 x 43.9 x 61 cm), with total depth including cable management at 29 inches (73.7 cm). The unit supports up to 6 chassis stacked in a 42RU rack for scalable deployments.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 features an Intel Core Ultra 7 265U vPro processor with E-cores up to 4.20GHz and 12MB cache, delivering strong performance for business and productivity tasks. It comes with 16GB of RAM and a 512GB PCIe Gen4 SSD, making it suitable for multitasking and demanding applications. We offer this configuration ready for immediate deployment in your enterprise environment.
The Lenovo 78138047 is a purpose-built scheduling panel designed specifically for meeting room environments. It integrates with Logitech Tap Scheduler to provide seamless meeting room booking and display capabilities. This digital signage solution helps streamline conference room management and availability visibility across your organization.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon G12 is available with Windows operating system options. We offer this laptop configured to your specifications, and you can contact us today to discuss your preferred OS configuration and any custom build requirements for your organization.
The Lenovo Tab M9 is powered by the MediaTek Helio G80 octa-core processor, featuring 2 high-performance cores at 2.0GHz and 6 efficiency cores at 1.8GHz. This processor configuration delivers balanced performance for everyday tasks, entertainment, and light productivity work. We offer this tablet as an excellent budget-friendly option for users seeking reliable performance without premium pricing.
The Lenovo 21LLS2E200 is a ThinkPad X12 Detachable G2 with Intel processors, designed for mobile professionals who need flexibility between laptop and tablet modes. While specific display dimensions aren't detailed in our current documentation, this model supports Windows operating systems and is built for enterprise-grade performance. Contact us today for complete technical specifications and compatibility details for your warehouse or logistics operations.
The Lenovo 12SKS2FM00 offers multiple processor options including Intel Core i7, Core i5, and Pentium processors, with configurations ranging from the Intel Core i7 2600S (2.8GHz, 8M Cache) to the Intel Pentium G620T (2.2GHz, 3M Cache). These processors are designed for various workload requirements, from demanding enterprise applications to standard business computing. Contact us today to confirm the specific processor configuration available for your order.
The Lenovo 82VQ000EUS is a 12.2-inch touchscreen convertible 2-in-1 notebook featuring a WUXGA display (1920 x 1200) with 60 Hz refresh rate and IPS technology. It's powered by an Intel N-Series N100 processor with Intel UHD Graphics, includes 4 GB of RAM and 128 GB SSD storage, and runs Windows 11 Pro Education. The device includes a front-facing webcam and supports IEEE 802.11ax wireless connectivity.
The Lenovo 82VM0018US is an 11.6" touchscreen convertible 2-in-1 notebook featuring an Intel N-Series N200 processor, 8GB RAM, and 128GB SSD storage. It delivers 1366 x 768 HD resolution at 60 Hz with IPS technology for excellent viewing angles, and runs Windows 11 Pro with Intel UHD Graphics for reliable performance in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Lenovo Yoga 7 16AKP10 features a 16-inch WUXGA touchscreen (1920 x 1200) with 60 Hz refresh rate, AMD Ryzen AI 5 340 processor, 16 GB RAM, 512 GB SSD storage, and AMD Radeon 840M graphics. This Copilot+ PC runs Windows 11 Home and includes a front-facing webcam with IEEE 802.11be wireless connectivity for modern enterprise environments.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1 features an Intel Core Ultra 5 235U vPro processor with E-cores up to 4.10GHz, a 14" WUXGA touchscreen display, 16GB RAM, and a 512GB PCIe Gen4 SSD. It runs Windows 11 Pro 64-bit and includes integrated Intel Graphics, Intel AX211 vPro WiFi, Bluetooth 5.3, a fingerprint reader, and a 5MP RGB+IR camera for enhanced security and productivity.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 features an Intel Core Ultra 5 235U vPro processor with E-cores up to 4.10GHz, a 14" WUXGA touchscreen display, 16GB RAM, and a 512GB PCIe Gen4 SSD. It comes preloaded with Windows 11 Pro 64-bit and includes integrated Intel Graphics, Bluetooth 5.3, and Intel AX211 vPro wireless connectivity. We offer this model with a 1-year Premier NBD warranty and courier carry-in service included.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 Aura Edition features a 14-inch WUXGA touchscreen (1920 x 1200) with 60 Hz refresh rate, Intel Core Ultra 5 2nd Gen 225U processor, 16 GB RAM, and 512 GB SSD storage. It runs Windows 11 Pro, includes Intel Evo Platform certification, and comes with a front-facing webcam and IPS display technology with Eyesafe certification for reduced eye strain. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive mobile computing solutions for business professionals.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 combines premium mobility with enterprise-grade security, making it ideal for executives and client-facing teams. Its compact 14-inch 2-in-1 design supports flexible work modes, while ThinkShield features and biometric controls protect sensitive business data. We offer this model configured for finance, consulting, healthcare, sales and professional services industries.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P16 Gen 3 features Intel Core Ultra 5, 7, or 9 HX-series processors (Series 2), with configurations offering up to 24 cores for demanding mobile workflows. These high-performance processors are paired with professional NVIDIA RTX graphics options to deliver workstation-class performance for CAD, engineering simulation, AI development, and creative applications. Contact us today to configure the processor option that best fits your technical requirements.
The ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 features Intel Core Ultra 5, 7, or 9 H-series processors (Series 2) with up to 16 cores, delivering high-performance processing for demanding mobile workflows. These processors support professional applications in CAD, engineering, software development, and media production. We offer this mobile workstation with fully configurable processor options to match your specific performance requirements.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 offers flexible processor choices with Intel or AMD business processor options, depending on your configuration. This model specifically features an AMD Ryzen AI 7 PRO 350 processor, which delivers strong performance for business productivity tasks. Both processor families are optimized for office applications, collaboration, and multitasking in enterprise environments.
The Lenovo 4XD1J05151 is a ThinkVision MS30 Monitor Soundbar speakerphone designed to integrate seamlessly with Lenovo displays and computing environments. It provides audio enhancement for video conferencing, presentations, and multimedia applications in professional workspace settings. We offer this product as part of our comprehensive Lenovo accessories lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The SATO AI-6821 features Bluetooth wireless connectivity for flexible mobile scanning, along with a USB wired connection via the included 6 ft USB cable. This dual connectivity makes it ideal for both stationary workstations and mobile warehouse operations. We offer this scanner ready to deploy with all necessary cables and cradle included.
The M84Pro(2) ships with 203 dots-per-inch (dpi) print resolution and can be upgraded to 305 or 609 dpi simply by switching printheads. All resolutions maintain the full 4.1" print width, giving you flexibility to match your label quality requirements without sacrificing print speed or width.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX-HC is purpose-built for healthcare settings with clinical-ready antimicrobial plastic casing and disinfectant wipe-down ready construction. This design allows the printer to withstand frequent cleaning and sanitization protocols required in hospitals, clinics, and medical facilities. We offer this printer specifically for healthcare label printing applications where infection control is critical.
The SATO CT4-LX offers multiple connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth, allowing you to integrate it seamlessly into your existing warehouse or retail network. This flexibility means you can connect via wired or wireless methods depending on your operational needs. We offer this printer with all these connectivity features standard, making it adaptable to various deployment scenarios.
The SATO CL4NX Plus supports multiple connectivity standards including USB, Ethernet, Bluetooth, Serial, Parallel, NFC, Wi-Fi, and an External Signal Interface (EXT) for seamless integration into your warehouse operations. This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures compatibility with virtually any existing system infrastructure, whether you're running legacy equipment or modern networked solutions. We offer this model with all these connectivity options built-in, eliminating the need for costly upgrades or workarounds.
The SATO WNEXX001S002 is NiceLabel 10 Designer Express barcode label software designed for creating and printing professional barcode labels. This solution integrates seamlessly with SATO thermal printers, making it ideal for warehouses, logistics operations, and inventory management environments that need reliable label design and printing capabilities.
The SATO WNDXX001S002 Software is a barcode label design and printing solution built on NiceLabel 10 PowerForms technology. This software enables users to create, design, and print professional barcode labels with advanced customization capabilities, making it ideal for warehouse operations and logistics environments that require efficient label production.
The SATO WNPXX003S002 includes NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro software licensed for use with 3 printers. This comprehensive barcode label design solution gives you professional-grade tools for creating, managing, and printing barcode labels across your SATO thermal printer fleet. We offer this software to help streamline your label production workflow with enterprise-level design capabilities.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite is a professional barcode label design and printing software that integrates seamlessly with SATO thermal printers. This suite enables you to create, manage, and print complex label designs with variable data, barcodes, and graphics directly to your SATO printer fleet. We offer this solution to help streamline your labeling operations across multiple printer devices.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is professional barcode label design software that integrates seamlessly with SATO thermal printers. This version supports up to 5 printers, allowing you to design, preview, and print complex labels with barcodes, variable data, and graphics directly from your warehouse or logistics operations. We offer this software as a complete solution to streamline your labeling workflow.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is professional barcode label design software that integrates seamlessly with SATO thermal printers. This software enables you to create, design, and print complex barcode labels with advanced formatting options, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations. We offer the SATO WNPXX001S002 as a complete software solution to maximize your SATO printer's capabilities.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite is professional barcode label design and printing software that integrates seamlessly with SATO thermal printers. This suite enables you to create, design, and manage barcode labels with advanced form capabilities, and we offer this software configured for up to 5 printers, making it ideal for multi-printer warehouse and logistics environments.
The SATO SR10LT-51157 labels are manufactured from SF100 polypropylene with a gloss finish. This material provides excellent durability, strength, and chemical resistance, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments where labels may encounter moisture, oils, or other harsh conditions.
The SATO PW2NX offers both USB and Bluetooth connectivity, enabling seamless integration with tablets, mobile computers, and smartphones. This dual-connectivity approach provides flexibility for various warehouse and retail environments, allowing you to print labels wirelessly or through direct connection depending on your operational needs.
The SATO M84Pro(3) comes standard with 305 dots-per-inch (dpi) print resolution, but you can easily switch to 203 dpi or 609 dpi by changing the printhead. All three resolution options support the full 4.1-inch print width, giving you flexibility for different label detail requirements without sacrificing print area.
The SATO SWR05-H-8474 is a wax/resin thermal transfer ribbon designed for versatile printing on a variety of label materials. This combination formulation provides excellent adhesion and durability, making it ideal for warehouse labels, shipping tags, and general-purpose barcode applications where both cost-effectiveness and print quality are important.
The SATO WD204-001 printhead delivers 4203 dpi (dots per inch) resolution, enabling sharp, high-quality direct thermal printing for barcodes, labels, and receipts. This resolution is ideal for applications requiring detailed barcode clarity and text legibility in warehouse and logistics environments.
The SATO WT205-001 printhead delivers 4203 dpi (dots per inch) resolution, providing sharp, high-quality thermal transfer printing for barcode labels, product tags, and shipping documents. This resolution ensures excellent barcode readability and compliance with industry standards. We offer this printhead as a genuine SATO replacement component available from our inventory.
The SATO WD301-001 printhead delivers 4300 dpi (dots per inch) resolution, providing high-quality thermal printing for detailed barcodes, labels, and graphics. This resolution is ideal for applications requiring crisp, scannable output in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this printhead as a direct thermal solution compatible with SATO WS4 series printers.
The SATO R142222000 is a replacement printhead designed for SATO thermal printers that support 200 dpi thermal printing. This printhead works with SATO's thermal transfer and direct thermal printing systems. For specific model compatibility, we recommend contacting our team today to ensure proper fit for your equipment.
The SATO WWS8N41EA delivers on-board intelligence with Application Enabled Printing, allowing you to operate the printer's intuitive controls without requiring a PC connection. It features tool-free maintenance for print head and front-access roller replacement, on-board instructional videos for training, and remote management capabilities through SATO Online Services. These features combine to provide exceptional ease of use and reliability for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The SATO 59-C2103-011 is a factory-installed media unwinder designed for ARGOX OS, CP, and CG series printer models. This unwinder comes pre-installed from the manufacturer, ensuring seamless integration and proper operation with these specific thermal printer lines. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive SATO thermal printer accessory lineup.
The HPE Aruba JL631A is a back-to-front airflow fan module designed for the Aruba 8325 switch series. While specific throughput metrics depend on the parent switch model, Aruba switches in this class deliver switching capacities ranging from 128 Gbps to 880 Gbps with latency as low as 1.46 microseconds at 10 Gbps. We offer this component as part of our complete Aruba networking solutions—contact us today for detailed specifications matching your deployment requirements.
HPE Aruba switches deliver varying performance levels depending on the model. For example, the 6300M series offers switching capacities up to 880 Gbps with throughput capacity of 654 Mpps, while the 6100 series provides up to 128 Gbps switching capacity with 95.2 Mpps throughput. We offer multiple models to match your network performance requirements, from entry-level to high-performance deployments.
HPE Aruba switches offer multiple management capabilities including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP Manager support, and AirWave Network Management. Out-of-band management is available through both RJ-45 Ethernet and serial RS-232C or micro USB connections, giving you flexible options for monitoring and controlling your network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba 8400X switch series delivers enterprise-grade performance with switching capacities up to 880 Gbps and throughput up to 654 Mpps, depending on the specific configuration. These specifications make it suitable for high-demand data center and campus network environments requiring consistent, low-latency packet processing. Contact us today to verify the exact specs for your deployment model.
The HPE Aruba JL632A is an Aruba 8325 switch featuring a 650W 100-240VAC front-back power supply unit (PSU). This enterprise-grade ethernet switch is designed for high-performance data networking environments and supports advanced switching capabilities. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking portfolio for warehouse, logistics, and IT infrastructure deployments.
The Bixolon XT5-43NCS delivers printing speeds up to 14 inches per second (ips), making it efficient for high-volume barcode label production in warehouse and logistics environments. This speed capability helps maximize throughput while maintaining print quality across your labeling operations.
The Bixolon SRP-332IIIPK delivers a fast print speed of 250mm/sec, making it ideal for high-volume retail, restaurant, and ticketing environments where quick receipt generation is essential. This speed ensures minimal customer wait times without sacrificing print quality.
The SPP-L3000IWK delivers print speeds up to 5 inches per second (127 mm/sec) for labels and linerless media. This fast processing speed makes it ideal for high-volume mobility labeling applications in logistics, retail, and healthcare environments.
The Bixolon XQ-840CG offers multiple connectivity options including 802.11a/b/g/n/ac Wi-Fi (2.4G and 5G), Bluetooth V4.2 Classic/LE, Ethernet, and two USB Host ports for connecting scanners, keyboards, or mice. This multi-protocol support makes it easy to integrate the printer into your existing warehouse or retail infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your deployment needs.
The Bixolon XM7-40IK delivers a print speed of up to 127mm/sec (approximately 5 inches per second), making it suitable for high-volume labeling in fast-paced warehouse and logistics environments. This speed applies to both liner and linerless label media, giving you flexibility in your label stock choices. We offer this printer as part of our industrial mobile printing solutions for demanding commercial applications.
The Bixolon XM7-40IWK delivers a print speed of up to 5 inches per second (127mm/sec) for both liner and linerless label media. This fast printing capability makes it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations where efficiency is critical. We offer this model to support demanding commercial applications that require quick label production without compromising quality.
The Bixolon SPP-R400 delivers print speeds up to 90 mm/sec for receipts and up to 80 mm/sec for linerless media, with a print resolution of 203 dpi. This combination provides fast, high-quality barcode and label output suitable for warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this model to support demanding mobile printing environments.
The Star TSP143III offers multiple connectivity options to fit your operational needs: WLAN, Ethernet, Bluetooth, and USB. This flexibility allows you to integrate the printer into your existing POS infrastructure whether you need wireless, wired, or direct device connections. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option works best for your retail or hospitality environment.
The Star TSP143 package includes the printer, USB and power cords, receipt design software, and all software drivers—everything you need to set up and begin printing right out of the box. This all-in-one bundle eliminates the need to source cables and drivers separately, getting your operation running immediately.
The Star CD5 Max Cash Drawer offers dual interface options including DK (RJ11) and USB connectivity, allowing flexible integration with your existing POS system. This gives you the choice to connect via printer-driven or USB depending on your setup requirements. We offer models with both interface types available from our inventory.
The Star Micronics CD5 is a cash drawer designed for point-of-sale and retail environments. It integrates with POS systems to securely store cash and provide organized coin and bill compartments for efficient cash management during business operations.
The Star SK1-211 delivers print speeds of up to 250mm/sec at 230dpi resolution, making it an efficient choice for high-volume kiosk environments. This speed ensures fast transaction processing without compromising print quality. We offer the SK1-211 as a reliable solution for retail and self-service kiosk applications.
The Star TSP143 comes complete with the printer, USB and power cords, receipt design software, and all necessary software drivers. This all-in-one package makes setup and deployment straightforward, so you can begin printing receipts immediately without sourcing additional components.
The Star mC-Print3 offers multiple connectivity options including USB, Lightning, Bluetooth, LAN, and cloudPRNT/WebPRNT, making it flexible for various POS environments. This multi-connectivity design future-proofs your retail system and allows seamless integration across different hardware setups. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your operation.
The Star TSP1000 is a thermal receipt printer with a 40-column format, 80mm (3.15-inch) maximum paper width, and prints at 7 inches per second. It features a built-in cutter, Ethernet connectivity, and large roll capacity with slip stacker functionality. The printer is available from us in gray and requires a separate power supply (Part# 30781753) and interface cable.
The Star TSP100III is offered with three connectivity options: WLAN, LAN (Ethernet), or Bluetooth. The WLAN version features Push 'n' Connect WPS setup for easy wireless connection, the LAN version includes plug-and-play Ethernet connectivity with an included ethernet cable, and the Bluetooth version provides simple pairing. All three options are designed for straightforward installation without requiring additional development integration.
The Star 39900312 printhead is compatible with the SP742 receipt printer. This thermal printhead is designed as a direct replacement for this model when you need to restore print quality or replace a worn component. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup or to order the correct replacement for your printer.
The Star 37966490 receipt paper is 3.14 inches (80mm) wide and 90 feet (27 meters) long per roll. Each case contains 12 rolls of white paper with a blue core, and pricing is per case. This paper is designed for thermal receipt printers and is a non-cancelable, non-returnable item.
The Star TSP143III offers multiple connectivity options to fit your business needs: WLAN, Ethernet, Bluetooth, and USB. This flexibility allows you to integrate the printer into various POS environments, whether you need wireless mobility or traditional wired connections. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option works best for your operation.
The Star 37966050 supports Wi-Fi/CloudPRNT, USB, and Ethernet connectivity, making it flexible for various kitchen and retail environments. This multi-interface design allows you to integrate the printer into your existing POS system regardless of your network setup. We offer this model with all these connectivity options included.
The Star TSP100III is available with WLAN, LAN, or Bluetooth connectivity to suit your business needs. The WLAN version features Push 'n' Connect WPS setup for simple wireless installation, the LAN version offers plug-and-play Ethernet connection, and the Bluetooth option provides easy pairing for mobile devices. We offer all three connectivity variants to ensure you can choose the best fit for your POS environment.
The Star TSP100III is available with WLAN, LAN, or Bluetooth connectivity to suit your business needs. It features Push 'n' Connect WPS setup for WLAN, plug-and-play Ethernet connection for LAN, and easy Bluetooth pairing, making installation straightforward across iOS, Android, and Windows devices.
The Star Micronics TRF80-D50-C12 SBE is a consumable product available in a 36-pack configuration. We offer this genuine Star Micronics consumable as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory to support your printing operations.
The Star 37966590 receipt paper is 3.14 inches (80mm) wide by 122 feet (37 meters) long, featuring a white surface with a blue core. This thermal receipt paper comes in cases of 12 rolls and is also known by the part number TRF80-D57-C17 12PK. We offer this paper priced per case for your convenience.
The Star 37966141 is a data networking device from Star, designed to support connectivity and data transmission in point-of-sale and logistics environments. This product integrates with Star's receipt and portable thermal printer ecosystem to enable networked printing and data exchange across warehouse and retail operations.
The Toshiba BEX4T1GH12DS01 is a 4-inch wide industrial desktop label printer with 203 DPI resolution, making it suitable for high-quality barcode and label production in warehouse and logistics environments. This combination of width and resolution is ideal for standard shipping labels, product barcodes, and compliance labeling.
The Toshiba B-EX4T1 delivers a maximum print speed of 14 ips (355 mm/sec), which represents a 40 percent improvement in productivity compared to the SX range at 10 ips. This faster speed helps increase throughput in high-volume industrial environments. We offer this model with full technical support and training available from our team.
The Toshiba TFC200UK Black Toner Cartridge delivers a page yield of 38,400 pages, making it a high-capacity option for busy office environments. This yield helps reduce replacement frequency and total cost of ownership for your printing operations.
The Toshiba B-EX4T1 delivers a maximum print speed of 14 inches per second (355 mm/sec), which represents a 40 percent improvement in productivity compared to the earlier SX range that operated at 10 ips. This faster speed helps warehouses and logistics operations increase throughput and reduce label production bottlenecks.
The Toshiba BEX60060AG3F is a wax/resin thermal transfer ribbon designed for barcode label printing. This ribbon type is ideal for applications requiring durable labels that can withstand moderate handling and environmental exposure, making it suitable for warehouse and logistics labeling needs.
The Toshiba BEX60110AS1F is a resin ribbon compatible with B-EX4T2 thermal transfer barcode label printers. We offer this ribbon as part of our complete selection of thermal labels and ribbons for all TEC thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode label printer models.
The Toshiba T2840 Original Toner Cartridge delivers a page yield of 23,000 pages in black. This high-capacity cartridge is designed to reduce frequent replacements in busy office environments. We offer this genuine Toshiba toner to ensure optimal print quality and device compatibility.
The Evolis KCD18802L-0HLB0 features dual smart card and contactless encoding powered by an Identiv chipset. This enables you to encode both contact-based and contactless smart cards in a single device, making it ideal for multi-credential ID card programs. Contact us today to discuss your smart card encoding requirements.
The Evolis TTR201BBH-00HS delivers single-sided ID card printing with rewriteable technology, allowing you to print and reprogram cards multiple times. This model includes SpringCard Crazy Writer HSP contactless encoding, making it ideal for organizations that need to update card data without replacing the physical card.
The Tattoo RW is a ribbon-free printer that uses rewritable cards with thermochromatic material, allowing you to erase and print on the same card up to 500 times. This makes it ideal for applications requiring temporary or frequently updated data, such as loyalty cards with bonus points or corporate visitor badges with changing details.
The Evolis Primacy 2 delivers up to 280 cards per hour for color printing on a single-sided basis, making it one of the quickest printers available for medium and large volume ID card production. For monochrome printing, speeds range from 600 to 850 cards per hour, depending on your application requirements.
The Evolis N6F203A100 is an ID Card Printer Ribbon with YMCKO-K ribbon type, which provides full-color printing with black resin overlay for durable card production. This ribbon configuration is ideal for high-quality ID card printing applications. We offer this ribbon for use with compatible Evolis printers in our product lineup.
The Evolis S8101 is a Badgy printhead designed for ID card printing and badge production. This thermal printhead is compatible with Evolis ID printer systems and delivers 300 DPI print resolution for high-quality card personalization.
The Evolis R7H006NAA is a half-panel YMCKO-KO ribbon designed for Primacy printers, offering 250 prints per roll. This ribbon configuration provides color printing capability with a final black overlay panel for enhanced image durability and professional output quality.
The Evolis S10122 is a replacement roller and cleaner accessory designed for use with Evolis Zenius and Primacy ID card printers. This part ensures optimal cleaning and card feed performance on these printer models. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer configuration.
The Evolis LPA047NAA is an alternate clear patch lamination film designed for ID card printing. It provides a protective overlay layer with smart cut and full cut capabilities, delivering 600 prints per roll on a 1.0M roll. This product is available from us as an essential supply for Evolis Primacy 2 and Primacy 2 LE card printers.
The Unitech FC75+ reads all types of barcodes on every medium, including both 1D symbologies such as UPC/EAN variants and 2D codes. With its advanced imaging technology, it delivers precise and quick data capture even for complex barcode formats, making it versatile for diverse warehouse and retail environments.
The Unitech EA520-NA6FTMDG runs Android 11 with Google Mobile Services (GMS), providing a modern, familiar mobile platform for warehouse and logistics applications. This ensures compatibility with a wide range of business apps and enterprise software.
The Jabra Evolve2 ear buds feature USB-A connectivity for plug-and-play connection to your computer or mobile device. They also support dual Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to connect two Bluetooth-enabled devices simultaneously, such as your mobile device and computer. You can pair up to 8 devices total for flexible multi-device use.
The Datacard Sigma SL3 delivers print speeds of up to 250 cards per hour for single-sided color printing and 180 cards per hour for double-sided printing. These speeds make it well-suited for mid-sized businesses and organizations with moderate to high-volume card production needs.
The HPE AF651A is a KVM console switch designed to manage multiple computers from a single console interface. It supports up to 8 computers with 1 local user connection, making it ideal for data centers and server environments where centralized control of multiple systems is required. The 1U rack-mountable design allows for efficient space utilization in standard server racks.
The HPE Aruba 9004-LTE offers comprehensive connectivity with 4 Gigabit Ethernet network ports, USB connectivity, and integrated 4G LTE cellular capability. This multi-port design allows you to connect wired devices while maintaining cellular backup or primary connectivity, making it ideal for locations where traditional broadband may be unreliable.
The HPE P26264-B21 is a Broadcom BCM57504 Ethernet adapter featuring 10/25Gb connectivity with 4 SFP28 ports for optical fiber connections. It uses PCI Express 4.0 x16 interface and supports high-speed data transmission ideal for enterprise networking environments. This adapter is designed for HPE servers and delivers reliable performance for demanding datacenter applications.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering robust performance for mission-critical tasks in demanding environments. This combination ensures reliable processing power whether you're working in the field or at a desk. We offer this model configured with the Intel Core i7-1255U processor for maximum performance capabilities.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering reliable performance for mission-critical tasks in demanding environments. This combination ensures fast processing speeds and excellent graphics capabilities for warehouse and logistics applications.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. This combination ensures reliable processing power whether you're working in the field or at a desk, with vPro technology offering enhanced security and manageability features.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. The vPro technology provides enhanced security and manageability features ideal for enterprise deployments in demanding field environments.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. This combination ensures reliable computing power whether you're working in the field or at your desk, with vPro technology enabling remote management capabilities ideal for enterprise deployments.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. This combination ensures reliable computing power whether you're working in the field or at a desk, with vPro technology providing enhanced security and manageability features.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering reliable performance for mission-critical field operations. This processor generation provides excellent power efficiency and security features ideal for enterprise deployments. We offer this rugged laptop configured with your choice of Core i7 or i5 processors to match your performance and budget requirements.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. This combination ensures reliable computing power whether you're working in the field or office, with vPro technology providing enhanced security and manageability features for enterprise environments.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. This combination ensures reliable processing power whether you're working in the field or at a desk, with vPro technology enabling enhanced security and remote management capabilities.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering steadfast performance for mission-critical tasks. This combination ensures reliable computing power whether you're working in the field or at a fixed workstation.
The Getac S410-G5 is equipped with a 13th generation Intel Core i5-1340P processor and 16GB RAM, delivering excellent performance for data-intensive mobile computing tasks. The system also features a 256GB PCIe SSD for fast storage and application loading, with the storage drive being user-swappable for easy upgrades and maintenance.
The Getac S410-G5 is equipped with a 13th generation Intel Core i5-1350P processor with vPro Enterprise support and 32GB of RAM, delivering robust computing performance for demanding field operations. This combination ensures smooth multitasking and reliable performance in mobile computing environments. We offer this configuration ready to deploy from barcodesinc.com.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7/i5 vPro processor paired with Intel Iris X Graphics, delivering reliable performance for mission-critical tasks in demanding field environments. This combination ensures fast processing speeds while maintaining energy efficiency for extended battery life during outdoor operations.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processor with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, delivering exceptional performance for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. This configuration ensures smooth multitasking and reliable operation even under heavy workloads typical in field operations.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with logistics-specific features ideal for warehouse environments. It features MIL-STD-810H certification and IP66 sealing for protection against dust and moisture, a sunlight-readable 1,000-nit display for visibility in outdoor loading areas, optional integrated barcode reader for inventory scanning, and LifeSupport swappable batteries to keep operations running without downtime. We offer this model with flexible connectivity options including 4G LTE and GPS, making it perfect for mobile warehouse teams managing inventory across multiple locations.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with mobile computing power, featuring MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 sealing, and 4-foot drop resistance to withstand harsh warehouse environments. Its optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader, bright 1,000-nit sunlight-readable display, and flexible 4G/5G connectivity make it ideal for real-time inventory tracking and field operations. We offer the V120 fully configured for logistics workflows, and our team can help you select the right barcode reader and wireless options for your specific needs.
The Getac V120 combines AI-ready Intel Core Ultra processors with field-proven durability certified to MIL-STD-810H, IP66 sealing, and 4-foot drop resistance, making it ideal for demanding mobile professionals in logistics, manufacturing, and field service. Its bright 12.2″ LumiBond display rated at 1,000 nits ensures visibility in direct sunlight, while LifeSupport swappable dual batteries provide extended runtime in remote locations. Optional barcode reader and 5G/GPS connectivity further enhance warehouse and supply chain operations.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with mobile-ready features designed for demanding field work. It's MIL-STD-810H and IP66 certified with 4-foot drop resistance, features a sunlight-readable 12.2" LumiBond display at 1,000 nits, optional barcode reader integration, and supports 4G/5G connectivity with dedicated GPS—making it ideal for warehouse management, delivery tracking, and on-site logistics operations. We offer this model fully configured and ready to deploy from our warehouse.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with logistics-ready features including an optional 1D/2D barcode reader, sunlight-readable 12.2" LumiBond display at 1,000 nits, and MIL-STD-810H certification with IP66 sealing for harsh warehouse environments. Its LifeSupport swappable dual batteries and optional 5G/GPS connectivity enable extended field operations without downtime, making it ideal for inventory management and mobile supply chain workflows. We offer this model fully configured with barcode scanning capabilities to streamline your operations.
The Getac V120 combines AI-ready Intel Core Ultra processors with field-proven durability certified to MIL-STD-810H and IP66 standards, delivering 4ft drop resistance and operation in extreme temperatures from -20°F to 145°F. Its 1,000-nit LumiBond display remains sunlight-readable in bright outdoor conditions, while optional barcode reader integration and 4G/5G connectivity enable real-time data capture and mobile workforce management. We offer the V120 with flexible configurations to match your specific logistics, manufacturing, or field service requirements.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with logistics-specific features that make it ideal for warehouse environments. It features MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 sealing, and 4-foot drop resistance to withstand harsh conditions, plus an optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader for inventory scanning. The 1,000-nit sunlight-readable 12.2" display ensures visibility in any lighting condition, and LifeSupport swappable dual batteries keep operations running without downtime. We offer this model configured with barcode scanning capabilities to streamline your mobile warehouse workflows.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with logistics-specific features that make it ideal for warehouse environments. It features MIL-STD-810H certification with IP66 sealing and 4-foot drop resistance to withstand harsh handling, an optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader for inventory scanning, and a bright 1,000-nit LumiBond display that remains readable in outdoor loading docks. The LifeSupport swappable dual batteries ensure extended operation during long shifts without downtime for charging.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 is powered by a 12th Generation Intel Core i7 or i5 processor, delivering high-performance computing for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. This latest-generation processor provides the speed and efficiency needed for real-time inventory management and data processing in field operations.
The Getac UX10 G5 features a 10.1" Lumibond display with 1,000 nits brightness, ensuring excellent visibility in direct sunlight and outdoor conditions. Combined with MIL-STD-810H and IP66 certifications, this tablet is engineered to withstand harsh warehouse environments, dust, and moisture exposure while maintaining reliable performance.
The Getac UX10 G5 features a 10.1" Lumibond display with 1,000 nits brightness, ensuring optimal visibility even in direct sunlight—critical for outdoor inventory management and field operations. Combined with MIL-STD-810H and IP66 rugged certifications, this tablet withstands harsh warehouse environments, dust, and moisture exposure while maintaining reliable performance for supply chain workflows.
The Getac V120 combines rugged durability with logistics-specific features that make it ideal for warehouse environments. It features MIL-STD-810H certification, IP66 sealing, and 4-foot drop resistance to withstand harsh handling, while optional 1D/2D barcode reader integration enables seamless inventory scanning. The bright 1,000-nit LumiBond display remains readable in outdoor loading docks, and LifeSupport swappable dual batteries ensure extended operation without downtime. We offer this model fully configured with barcode scanning capabilities to streamline your warehouse workflows.
The Getac S510 is the world's first AI-ready rugged laptop, equipped with Intel Core Ultra 5/7 processors featuring Intel AI Boost technology and Intel Graphics. This combination delivers the processing power needed for AI workloads while maintaining the durability required for harsh industrial conditions in utilities, public safety, manufacturing, and automotive sectors. We offer this laptop as a complete solution for professionals who need both computational capability and field-proven ruggedness.
The Honeywell Vuquest 3320g is an area-imaging scanner capable of reading all 1D barcodes, PDF417, and 2D barcodes including QR codes. This makes it a versatile solution for retail and general-purpose scanning applications where multiple barcode formats need to be supported on a single device.
The 9416XL is ideal for shipping and routing labels, receipts, and replacement tags. Its compact design fits into spaces where larger industrial printers won't fit, while still delivering the speed and reliability needed for high-volume label printing operations. We offer this printer for warehouses and logistics operations that need dependable desktop printing without sacrificing performance.
The Zebra ZD621 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial, USB 2.0, and USB Host connectivity. An optional dual wireless radio is available as a factory- or field-installable upgrade, providing 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1 for added flexibility. This comprehensive connectivity suite allows you to integrate the printer into your existing wired and wireless networks or connect directly to any PC.
SOTI MobiControl Cloud License supports a broad range of operating systems including Apple iOS, Google Android, and Microsoft Windows devices. This multi-OS capability makes it easy to secure and manage a diverse mobile ecosystem across different vendors and device purposes from a single unified platform.
The SATO CL4NX Plus WWCLP3001 offers multiple connectivity interfaces including USB, Ethernet, Bluetooth, Serial, Parallel, NFC, and an External Signal Interface (EXT). This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures compatibility with various warehouse management systems and network environments, making it easy to integrate into your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity options best fit your operation.
The TSC MB241T delivers 203 dpi print resolution for crisp, clear barcode labels and supports print speeds up to 10 inches per second. This combination of resolution and speed makes it ideal for high-volume label printing in manufacturing, logistics, and warehousing operations.
Yes, the Magicard Enduro single-sided printer features an innovative upgrade path to duplex printing without requiring additional hardware or tools. Simply order the Magicard Enduro Duplex Printer Upgrade—which is a special roll of duplex YMCKOK film—and drop it into your printer to enable two-sided printing on the spot. This makes it an excellent choice if you're unsure whether you'll need single-sided or duplex printing now.
The ZT610 achieves print speeds of up to 14 inches per second and supports multiple resolution options including 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 600 dpi. This combination of speed and resolution flexibility makes it ideal for high-volume operations requiring both efficiency and print quality. We offer the ZT610 configured to your specific resolution and speed requirements.
The SpectraLink KBL844000 delivers market-leading HD voice quality through Voice Quality Optimization (VQO) technology, ensuring clear and reliable conversations for mobile workers. This handset is powered by UC software that provides full integration with all major SIP call platforms, making it ideal for enterprise-grade on-site voice mobility.
The Honeywell HF680 is a 2D area-imaging presentation scanner capable of reading 1D, PDF, and 2D barcode symbologies. This versatility allows it to handle both traditional linear barcodes and modern 2D codes, including digital barcodes displayed on LCD and OLED screens, making it ideal for modern retail and logistics environments.
The WhereTag IV supports three operating modes: ISO/IEC 24730-2 mode for high-precision industrial and outdoor applications, Cisco Compatible Extensions (CCX) mode for front office environments, and multimode operation that combines both. This programmable flexibility allows you to optimize performance based on your specific location requirements and infrastructure.
The Zebra LB2-BABY-P ComfyCuff wristbands are designed for patient identification in healthcare settings. These wristbands ensure secure attachment and reliable barcode scanning, which are critical for patient safety and accurate record-keeping in medical environments.
The ZC10L is the only large-format, direct-to-card printer that can produce full, edge-to-edge color PVC cards in one printing process. Unlike traditional printers that require pre-printed cards or multiple passes, the ZC10L delivers complete customization at the point of entry, allowing you to print full-card graphics, photos, barcodes, and text without borders in a single pass.
The DS4608 captures both 1D and 2D barcodes, including Code 39, Code 128, UPC/EAN, QR Code, DataMatrix, PDF417, and many more. It can also scan DotCode and dotted DataMatrix barcodes through cellophane, as well as tiny high-density codes found on jewelry tags. Additionally, the scanner supports Optical Character Recognition (OCR) for reading data from ID cards and travel documents.
The Zebra StatBand RFID wristbands are designed as a secure and reliable identification solution specifically for emergency and trauma situations. They enable accurate patient tracking and management in critical healthcare environments where quick and dependable identification is essential.
Yes, the Zebra P120i features dual-sided card printing, allowing you to move barcodes, signature panels, and other design elements to the back of the card. This dual-sided configuration frees up space on the front for enlarged graphics and more content, making crowded card designs a thing of the past.
The ZQ511 features military-grade design and is engineered and certified to withstand significant drops, tumbles, dirt, liquids, and environmental extremes that are common in mobile workplaces. This rugged construction makes it one of the most durable mobile printers on the market, capable of handling serious abuse that other portable printers cannot. We offer the ZQ511 for operations requiring maximum durability in harsh field conditions.
The Zebra 5100 Premium Resin ribbon is engineered to provide unparalleled resistance and performance in the harshest environments, producing images that withstand extreme conditions. This makes it ideal for applications requiring durability and longevity, particularly in industrial and demanding settings where standard ribbons would fail.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000T is a thermal transfer label featuring a bright white, coated, ultra-smooth paper construction with permanent acrylic adhesive. It's specially formulated for superior adhesion on corrugated packaging and offers excellent durability and image quality when used with compatible Zebra ribbons. This high-performance coated label is ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics applications.
The Zebra 77847-002 includes a Scalable Font Pack featuring Traditional Chinese Monotype Kai font, along with support for multiple international character sets and optional Asian language fonts. This software supports both bitmapped and scalable fonts, enabling you to design labels in multiple languages and character sets for global operations. We offer this font pack for digital delivery, making it immediately available for your Zebra printer setup.
The Zebra 01600GT11030 is a wax thermal transfer ribbon designed for high-quality printing on both coated and uncoated paper labels. This versatile ribbon delivers excellent barcode clarity and durability, making it suitable for general-purpose labeling applications across various business environments.
The ZQ511 features military-grade design and is engineered to withstand significant drops, tumbles, dirt, liquids, and environmental extremes that other mobile printers cannot handle. It's certified as one of the most durable mobile printers on the market, making it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics environments where equipment faces serious abuse.
The Zebra VS40-SR20M4-2R00W is a 2.3 MP smart auto-focus vision camera designed for production line inspection applications. It features standard range optics, red illumination with red bandpass filter, and comes with the standard Machine Vision Toolset software. The camera supports multiple connectivity options including Ethernet with PoE, Serial, USB, and industrial protocols, making it adaptable to various factory environments.
The Zebra FLTR-BP470-25500 is a blue bandpass vision filter designed for use with C-mount lens assemblies in Zebra's machine vision systems. This filter isolates 470nm wavelength light, enabling precise optical imaging for barcode scanning, quality inspection, and automated identification applications in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra LGHT-X060IR-0100 features an IR (infrared) wavelength design, making it ideal for applications requiring infrared illumination for barcode scanning and machine vision tasks. This IR capability enables reliable reading of barcodes in various lighting conditions and is commonly used in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive lighting solutions for automated data capture.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 4100T labels operate reliably across an exceptionally wide temperature range of -40°F to 302°F, making them suitable for both extreme cold storage environments and high-heat industrial applications. This broad temperature tolerance ensures consistent barcode readability and label adhesion across demanding warehouse, manufacturing, and automotive settings. We offer these labels for applications requiring performance in challenging thermal conditions.
The Zebra ZT620 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing, giving you flexibility in label material selection and cost optimization. This dual-method capability allows you to choose the printing approach that best fits your operational requirements and budget constraints.
The Zebra FS42 offers flexible power and data connectivity through Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) or standard USB-C, making installation straightforward in both modern and legacy industrial environments. It also supports industrial communication protocols including Ethernet/IP, PROFINET, and Modbus TCP, ensuring seamless integration with your existing systems. We offer this scanner with multiple connectivity configurations to match your facility's infrastructure.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is a pearl white, gloss polyester thermal transfer label engineered for outstanding print quality and exceptional smear and scratch resistance. It features a permanent acrylic adhesive, a value coating suitable for fanfolding, and is UL recognized for both indoor and outdoor use when paired with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons. This makes it ideal for demanding warehouse and logistics applications requiring durability and reliability.
The Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack White labels are engineered with resistance to abrasion, moisture, and chemicals, ensuring the label does not discolor and the text and barcode remain readable and scannable throughout the label's useful life. The high-tack permanent rubber adhesive provides exceptional adhesion to difficult surfaces, making these labels suitable for demanding industrial applications including automotive labeling, medical device labeling, and asset labeling in harsh-chemical environments.
The ZQ511 is engineered with military-grade design and certified to withstand significant drops, tumbles, dirt, liquids, and environmental extremes that are common in mobile workplaces. This rugged construction makes it one of the most durable mobile printers on the market, capable of handling serious abuse that other mobile printers cannot. We offer the ZQ511 for operations requiring maximum durability in demanding field environments.
The Zebra ZT610 Micro Label delivers exceptional print speeds of up to 14 inches per second, making it ideal for high-volume industrial printing environments. This performance, combined with its durable construction and advanced connectivity, ensures you can meet demanding production schedules without sacrificing quality. We offer this model with multiple resolution options to match your specific labeling requirements.
The Zebra ZT610 delivers impressive print speeds of up to 14 inches per second, making it ideal for high-volume industrial printing environments. This speed, combined with its durable construction and advanced printing capabilities, ensures consistent performance even in demanding warehouse and logistics operations. We offer the ZT610 with various connectivity and resolution options to match your specific production requirements.
The Zebra P1115690 is compatible with ZD220, ZD230, and ZD888 thermal transfer printers. This printhead is designed as a direct replacement for these Zebra desktop label printer models, ensuring seamless integration with your existing equipment. We offer this printhead kit to keep your printer running at peak performance.
The Zebra ATR7000 delivers real-time location tracking with accuracy better than 2 feet (0.6 meters), enabling precise asset visibility across your warehouse or logistics facility. This superior accuracy is achieved through proprietary advanced RFID technology with parallel multi-transmit/receive architecture and digital beam-forming capabilities.
The Zebra CAG-P1107573 is a barcode label software activation key designed for Zebra ZE500 series printers. This software enables you to design, create, and manage barcode labels with full compatibility across Zebra's DS and firmware platforms. We offer this activation key for organizations looking to streamline their label printing operations with enterprise-grade barcode software.
The Honeywell RT10A runs Android P (upgradable through Android R) and features a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm 64-bit Snapdragon octa-core processor. This Android-based configuration makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments where Android applications are standardized. We offer the RT10A as a flexible solution for enterprises requiring mobile computing in demanding field conditions.
The CT60 XP is purpose-built for scan-intensive workflows with its advanced FlexRange imager that delivers fast, accurate scanning even on damaged barcodes. Its rugged design withstands drops up to 2.4 meters and features IP65/IP68 ratings for water and dust resistance, making it ideal for demanding warehouse environments. The device also supports LTE-Advanced connectivity with speeds up to 300 Mbps, ensuring real-time data synchronization across your logistics network. We offer the CT60 XP to help frontline workers and managers maintain productivity throughout extended shifts.
The CT45P-X0N-37D100G is equipped with Wi-Fi 6 technology for low-latency access to essential information in dense connected environments, along with 4G-LTE advanced technology to keep mobile frontline workers connected outside traditional office settings. The device also features Bluetooth 5.0 and dual BLE support for seamless peripheral connectivity. We offer this model to enable reliable network access for delivery workers, logistics teams, and field personnel who need to place orders, check stock, and scan items anywhere and anytime.
The Honeywell CK65 runs Android 8.0 Oreo with system compatibility up to Android R and beyond, ensuring your investment is protected through future OS updates. This extended support through the Mobility Edge platform minimizes total cost of ownership by future-proofing your deployment against obsolescence.
The MS7120 Orbit is Honeywell's first point-of-sale scanner to utilize holographic technology, which precisely focuses the laser to increase performance and efficiency. Its compact, contoured design makes it ideal for retail environments where counter space is limited, and it allows operators to easily pick it up to scan large or bulky items without repositioning.
The PC45D04NA00201 features Wi-Fi 5, Bluetooth 5.1 LE, Serial, Ethernet, and NFC connectivity for seamless integration into your existing network infrastructure. This multi-protocol approach ensures fast data capture and accelerated deployments across warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this model with full technical support to help you configure the connectivity option that best fits your operation.
The Honeywell CN51 Mobile Computer supports both Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5 and Android 6.0, providing flexible application development options for your warehouse or field operations. This dual-OS capability allows you to choose the platform that best fits your existing software infrastructure. We offer the CN51 to help you transition between operating systems or run legacy and modern applications simultaneously.
The CK65 is built for tough warehouse environments with a 3-meter (10-foot) drop specification to concrete and IP65/IP68 ratings for dust and water resistance. It can withstand multiple 8-foot drops and is available in cold storage models for freezer environments and non-incendive (NI)/ATEX models for hazardous gas areas. We offer the CK65 as one of the most rugged mobile computers available for demanding logistics and manufacturing operations.
The Honeywell CK62 delivers high-speed connectivity through both 5G cellular and Wi-Fi 6E capabilities, ensuring reliable data access in warehouse and distribution environments. These advanced connectivity options enhance productivity across various workflows and applications, making it ideal for operations requiring fast, dependable network performance.
The Honeywell CN80G runs Android 7.1 Nougat and is upgradable through Android Q, with support extending across four Android generations. This future-proof design, built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, ensures extended product lifecycle and lower total cost of ownership. Security updates are also available for up to two years past the last Google patch via the Honeywell Sentinel service plan.
The Honeywell CK65 is built to withstand 3-meter (10-foot) drops to concrete and features IP65/IP68 ratings, making it suitable for the toughest distribution center environments. Its ultra-rugged design combined with enhanced durability ensures reliable performance through daily wear and tear, and we offer cold storage models for freezer environments as well as non-incendive (NI)/ATEX variants for hazardous gas areas.
The CK65 is purpose-built for this transition, combining both touchscreen and keypad data input so workers can use newer touch-based applications alongside legacy key-based systems without retraining. We offer the CK65 with Android 11 (R) support and the Mobility Edge platform, which future-proofs your investment through extended OS support and accelerated provisioning to minimize deployment time.
The Honeywell CK65 runs Android 8.0 Oreo with system compatibility up to Android R and beyond, providing long-term investment protection. Built on the Mobility Edge platform, this future-proofing ensures your mobile computer remains supported through multiple Android generations, minimizing total cost of ownership for warehouse operations.
The CT60 XP is purpose-built for scan-intensive workflows with its advanced FlexRange imager that delivers fast, accurate scanning even on damaged barcodes. Its rugged design withstands drops up to 2.4 meters, IP65/IP68 ratings for water and dust resistance, and Mobility Edge Platform ensure reliable performance in demanding warehouse environments. We offer this mobile computer for teams requiring secure, long-lifecycle data collection with lower total cost of ownership.
The Honeywell PM45 provides multiple connectivity options including Ethernet, USB 2.0, RS-232, and enhanced WWAN (wireless wide-area network) connectivity. This WWAN capability enables 24/7 data communication and real-time visibility from a wide range of locations, allowing deployment with minimal limitation from site network topology. We offer this model with full connectivity support available from barcodesinc.com.
The Honeywell Voyager XP 1470g is a 1D/2D laser scanner with omni-directional reading capability, enabling it to read both traditional 1D barcodes and 2D codes like QR codes from virtually any angle. This versatility makes it ideal for retail environments where employees need to scan items quickly without precise alignment. We offer this scanner as a reliable solution for modern point-of-sale workflows that require both barcode formats.
The CK65 is built to withstand harsh warehouse environments with a 3-meter (10-foot) drop specification to concrete and IP65/IP68 ratings for dust and water resistance. Its ultra-rugged design makes it ideal for demanding distribution centers, and we offer cold storage and hazardous area variants for specialized environments. Contact us today to discuss which CK65 configuration best fits your facility's conditions.
The CN80 is engineered specifically for warehouse and logistics environments with ultra-rugged construction that withstands 3.0 m (10 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 tumbles, plus IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance. Its enhanced 1D/2D scanning capabilities deliver read ranges from 0.15 m to 15.2 m (6 in to 50 ft), meeting the demanding data capture requirements of modern warehouse operations. We offer the CN80 with configurations optimized for high-transaction-rate environments where reliability is critical.
The Honeywell CM-901 is designed with Shift-PLUS Power Management technology that delivers full shift battery life, eliminating the need for employees to carry spare batteries or chargers throughout their workday. This feature significantly enhances productivity in warehouse and logistics environments by reducing downtime for battery swaps. We offer this power device as part of our comprehensive Honeywell mobile computer solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Honeywell HD-700-2 is a lightweight headset designed for voice communication in warehouse and logistics environments. It's engineered for VoCollect systems, making it ideal for hands-free operation during picking, packing, and inventory management tasks. We offer this headset as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for distribution centers and fulfillment operations.
The Honeywell 9000302PWRSPLY is a power adapter designed to convert 60-110V AC input to 12V DC output, making it ideal for powering LXE handheld computers and mobile devices in warehouse and logistics environments. The adapter comes complete with cable, providing a ready-to-use solution for your portable data terminal power needs.
The Honeywell CM-902 is a charger and power supply designed for the A700 series mobile computers and supports 12-battery charging configurations. This power device is compatible with Honeywell's A700 series handheld computers and verifiers. For specific device compatibility details, contact us today to ensure the CM-902 meets your operational requirements.
The Cisco HX-CPU-I4214 is an Intel Xeon processor running at 2.2GHz with 12 cores, 13.75MB cache, and a 85W thermal design power rating. This processor is compatible with DDR4 memory and is designed for deployment in Cisco UCSC and UCSX rack-mounted server systems. We offer this component as part of our comprehensive Cisco server parts inventory.
The Dell 6MC3H is a 1.92 TB rugged solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor designed for server environments. It features 12Gb/s SAS connectivity, supports mixed-use workloads, offers 3 DWPD (Drive Writes Per Day), and is hot-pluggable with 512e format compatibility. We offer this enterprise-grade storage solution for applications requiring reliable, high-performance data access.
The Dell EMC PowerSwitch S4148F-ON is a manageable 3-layer Ethernet switch designed for data center environments. It features 370W power consumption, supports optical fiber connectivity, and is housed in a compact 1U rack-mountable form factor, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics network infrastructure. The switch comes with a 1-year limited warranty covering hardware defects.
The Dell 5RW71 OptiPlex 7010 features an Intel Core i5-13500T 14-core processor running at 1.60 GHz, 16 GB DDR5 SDRAM, and a 256 GB M.2 NVMe SSD for fast storage and boot times. It comes with Windows 11 Pro, Intel UHD Graphics 770, and integrated Wi-Fi connectivity, making it suitable for business and warehouse operations requiring reliable desktop computing power.
The Dell 362M3 features an Intel Core Ultra 7 255H processor with 24MB cache, 16 cores, 16 threads, and up to 5.10 GHz Turbo speed at 45W TDP. It comes with 32GB of DDR5 memory (2x16GB modules) running at 5600 MT/s in dual-channel configuration, delivering the performance needed for AI workloads and multitasking in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Dell Pro Slim Plus QBS1250 Desktop Computer features an Intel Core Ultra 5 235 processor paired with 16 GB of DDR5 SDRAM, delivering solid performance for business and productivity tasks. This configuration provides efficient multitasking capabilities suitable for warehouse management and logistics operations.
The Dell MFJ1D features an Intel Core Ultra 5 235 processor with vPro Technology, designed for business-class performance and remote management capabilities. This processor is optimized for productivity workloads in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to verify current specifications and availability.
The Dell Pro Slim Plus QBS1250 features an Intel Core Ultra 7 265 processor, 16 GB of DDR5 SDRAM memory, and a 256 GB SSD for fast storage and boot times. This slim desktop runs Windows 11 Pro and includes a 260 W power supply, making it suitable for professional office and warehouse management environments. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Dell desktop lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The Dell Pro 16 Plus PB16250 features an Intel Core Ultra 5 236V processor with vPro Technology, paired with 16 GB of memory and a 256 GB SSD for fast performance. This configuration is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need reliable computing power for inventory management and data processing tasks.
The Dell Pro Max MC16250 features a 16-inch Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200) running at 60 Hz, powered by an Intel Core Ultra 9 285H processor with vPro Technology. It includes 32 GB of memory, a 1 TB SSD, NVIDIA RTX PRO 2000 Blackwell graphics with 8 GB dedicated memory, and runs Windows 11 Pro. The system also includes Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) connectivity and a front-facing webcam for video conferencing.
The Dell DKDX9 offers two 14.0" HD display options, both with 1366x768 resolution and wide-view LED technology. You can choose between a standard outdoor-viewable LED display or an outdoor-viewable resistive touchscreen LED display, with both featuring impact-resistant protective front glass. Contact us today to discuss which display configuration best suits your workflow needs.
The Dell Latitude 7455 is a 14" QHD+ touchscreen Copilot+ PC featuring a Qualcomm Snapdragon X Elite X1E-80-100 processor, 32 GB of memory, and 512 GB SSD storage. It delivers a 2560 x 1600 resolution display with In-plane Switching (IPS) technology and ComfortView Plus, plus Windows 11 Pro and up to 22 hours of battery runtime for extended mobile productivity.
The Dell Pro Max Premium MA16250 is a 16-inch mobile workstation featuring an Intel Core Ultra 7 265H processor with vPro technology, 32 GB of RAM, and a 1 TB SSD. It includes an NVIDIA RTX PRO 1000 Blackwell GPU with 8 GB of dedicated memory, a Full HD Plus 1920 x 1200 display with 120 Hz refresh rate, and runs Windows 11 Pro. The system is built on the Intel Evo Platform for optimized performance and battery efficiency.
The Dell Pro Max MC16255 features an AMD Ryzen AI 7 PRO 350 processor paired with 32 GB of memory, delivering robust performance for professional workloads. This configuration is ideal for warehouse management systems, logistics software, and data-intensive applications that require reliable multitasking capabilities.
The Dell Pro Max MC14255 (model 3RJCP) features an AMD Ryzen AI 7 PRO 350 processor paired with 16 GB of RAM and a 512 GB SSD for storage. This configuration delivers strong performance for professional workstation tasks including data analysis, design work, and multitasking in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Dell NTDM9 is a mobile workstation featuring an AMD Ryzen AI 7 PRO 350 processor, 32 GB of memory, and a 512 GB SSD for fast performance. It includes an NVIDIA RTX PRO 1000 Blackwell GPU with 8 GB of dedicated graphics memory, making it suitable for demanding professional applications in design, engineering, and content creation. The system runs Windows 11 Pro and features a 16-inch Full HD Plus display with Wi-Fi 7 connectivity.
The Dell HXT1J offers flexible display configurations to meet your needs. You can choose between a 14.0" HD (1366x768) standard LED display or upgrade to a 14.0" HD (1366x768) resistive touchscreen LED display, both featuring wide-view outdoor viewability and impact-resistant protective front glass. Both options deliver reliable performance for mobile workstation environments.
The Dell Pro Max Plus MB18250 features an 18-inch QHD+ display (2560 x 1600) with 120 Hz refresh rate, Intel Core Ultra 7 265HX processor with vPro Technology, 32 GB of RAM, 1 TB SSD storage, and NVIDIA RTX PRO 2000 Blackwell graphics with 8 GB dedicated memory. It runs Windows 11 Pro and includes Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) connectivity for high-speed wireless networking. We offer this model for professionals requiring powerful mobile workstation capabilities.
The Dell P2722HE offers comprehensive connectivity including USB-C 3.1 Gen 1 with DisplayPort 1.2 Alt Mode for video and data, HDMI 1.4, DisplayPort 1.2, multiple USB 3.1 Gen 1 ports, and 3.5mm audio-out. This versatile port selection makes it ideal for connecting laptops, workstations, and peripheral devices from our warehouse and logistics customers. We offer this monitor as a complete solution for modern workspace setups.
The Dell 8J0WF is a 23" Full HD IPS LED monitor with a 60Hz refresh rate, delivering crisp visuals suitable for warehouse management systems and logistics applications. The IPS panel provides wide viewing angles, making it ideal for shared workstations where multiple team members need to view the screen simultaneously. Contact us today to confirm current availability and pricing for your facility.
The Dell SD25TB5 features Thunderbolt 5, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports, USB Type-C ports, DisplayPorts, HDMI, and 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This comprehensive port selection allows you to connect multiple peripherals simultaneously, making it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need to dock laptops while maintaining access to barcode scanners, label printers, and network devices. We offer this dock with all these connectivity options available from us today.
The Datalogic G5110525 is a tubular photoelectric sensor designed for automated identification and detection applications across warehousing, logistics, and manufacturing environments. It uses short-distance diffuse proximity sensing with radial optic emission to detect product presence and positioning, making it ideal for conveyor systems, sorting operations, and automated material handling where reliable object detection is critical.
The Datalogic 95B061591 is an inductive proximity sensor designed to automate identification processes across a wide range of applications and machines. From barcode reading on medication to ensure patient safety, to scanning parcel dimensions for accurate billing, this sensor is integral to many everyday processes that keep supply chains and logistics operations running smoothly. We offer this sensor as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup to support your warehouse and logistics automation needs.
The Datalogic 95B061711 is an inductive proximity sensor designed to automate product identification processes across warehousing, logistics, and manufacturing applications. It reads barcodes, analyzes images, and profiles items to ensure accurate tracking—from medication identification for patient safety to parcel dimension scanning for billing accuracy. We offer this sensor as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for streamlining identification workflows.
The GM4500-HC features an omnidirectional 2D imager that reads all common 1D and 2D barcodes, including Code 39, EAN-13, Data Matrix, PDF417, QR codes, and stacked/composite codes. This versatility makes it ideal for general-purpose warehouse and healthcare applications where you need to scan multiple barcode formats without changing devices.
The Datalogic 95B061791 is a 15mm diameter inductive proximity sensor with standard non-flush 30mm design, NPN output, and M12 connection. It operates in NO (normally open) mode with 3-wire connectivity, making it ideal for automated identification applications in warehouses and manufacturing environments. We offer this sensor as part of our comprehensive Datalogic product line available from barcodesinc.com.
The Datalogic 95B066230 is an inductive proximity sensor designed for automated identification and detection applications in warehouses, logistics, and manufacturing environments. This sensor reads and analyzes items to ensure accurate product identification, dimension profiling, and quality control across a wide range of industrial processes. We offer this sensor as part of our comprehensive AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) product lineup to support your identification automation needs.
The Datalogic 95B066800 is an inductive proximity sensor featuring a 2mm diameter with short, double-range detection capabilities. It offers flush 8mm mounting, NPN output, 3-wire connectivity, and operates in NO (normally open) mode with M8 connection. This sensor is designed for reliable product identification and automation in warehouse and logistics applications.
The GD4520-HCK1-HD reads all standard 1D codes including GS1 DataBar linear codes, plus 2D formats like QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec Code, and Micro QR Code. It also supports postal codes, stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, and composite codes including GS1 DataBar Composites and EAN/JAN Composites. This comprehensive decoding capability makes it ideal for healthcare and general warehouse applications where you encounter diverse barcode types.
The DSM0421 is a high-performance fixed position 2D imager with a WVGA sensor (752 x 480 pixels) and a 40° horizontal x 26° vertical field of view, ideal for compact spaces. It features rugged construction with high-impact resin that resists cleaning solvents and disinfectants, making it suitable for healthcare, retail, manufacturing, and laboratory environments. The scanner includes mounting hardware for installation from all sides at any angle, and we offer it with USB interface connectivity.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full compatibility with previous 93/94/96/99 series infrastructure. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays, allowing for seamless integration without requiring system modifications. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific POS configuration.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full compatibility with previous 93/94/96/99 series infrastructure. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays, allowing for seamless integration without requiring system modifications. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster 1D and 2D barcode scanning compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, while consuming just 2.6W of power during operation. It reads linear and 2D codes from five sides and includes GS1 Digital Link support for modern digital workflows. We offer this scanner as a drop-in replacement that maintains full compatibility with existing Magellan infrastructure.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full compatibility with previous 93/94/96/99 series infrastructure. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays, so you can upgrade without replacing existing equipment. We offer this scanner with multiple mounting and scale options to fit your current setup.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full compatibility with previous 93/94/96/99 series accessories. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays, allowing for seamless integration into existing retail infrastructure without requiring system modifications. We offer this scanner with multiple configuration options to match your current POS setup.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full form-factor compatibility. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous 93/94/96/99 series models, making installation straightforward without requiring infrastructure changes. We offer this scanner with multiple mounting options to fit your existing checkout configuration.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full form-factor compatibility with the 93/94/96/99 series. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, so you can integrate it into your existing checkout infrastructure without additional hardware modifications. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific configuration.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning performance than previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, enabling quicker checkout times in retail environments. This enhanced speed applies to both 1D and 2D barcode reading, helping reduce customer wait times while maintaining read accuracy across all barcode types.
The Datalogic PowerScan PBT9600 captures 1D and 2D barcodes, OCR text, and UHF RFID tags from distances up to 3.2 feet. This multi-modal capability makes it ideal for complex workflows requiring barcode scanning, document capture, and asset tracking in a single device. We offer this scanner with standard-range or document-capture configurations to match your specific operational needs.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning than previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners and reads both 1D and 2D barcodes from five sides of the checkout counter. It supports all standard linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, and Aztec. The scanner is also GS1 Digital Link ready, making it compatible with modern digital workflows.
The Magellan 1500i is a 2D imager that seamlessly reads both 1D and 2D barcodes, whether printed on labels or displayed on mobile devices, laptops, and tablets. It supports a wide range of symbologies including UPC, EAN, Code 128, Code 39, QR codes, and more. With optional Digimarc® Barcode decoding, it can also read digital watermark barcodes on mobile coupons, loyalty cards, tickets, and boarding passes.
The Datalogic PM9100 supports a comprehensive range of 1D and 2D barcode formats including Code 128, Code 39, EAN/UPC, Industrial 2 of 5, Standard 2 of 5, Code 11, MSI, Plessey, Code 93, Codablock F, and more. This versatility makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations that need to handle multiple barcode standards. We offer the complete PM9100 kit with everything you need to get started.
The GM4500-HC features an omnidirectional 2D imager that reads all common 1D and 2D barcodes, including Code 39, EAN-13, Data Matrix, PDF417, QR codes, and postal codes, plus stacked and composite codes. This makes it ideal for general-purpose applications across warehouses, healthcare, and logistics environments. We offer this scanner as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup available at barcodesinc.com.
The Datalogic 95A901800 automatically discriminates all standard 1D linear codes including GS1 DataBar formats, as well as stacked codes like GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked and GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional. It also supports 2D codes including Data Matrix, QR Code, Micro QR, Aztec Code, and PDF417. This wide decoding capability makes it suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics applications where multiple barcode standards are in use.
The Epson C35MD002 barcode labels are matte-finish labels sized 4" x 3", with 400 labels per roll and 6 rolls per box. These labels are designed specifically for use with the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet printer. Contact us today to order your supply from barcodesinc.com.
The Epson C35GD001 are gloss labels designed for the Epson TM-C3500 printer, measuring 4" x 2" with 540 labels per roll. Each box contains 6 rolls, providing 3,240 labels total per box. These labels are optimized for color inkjet printing with excellent image quality and durability.
The Epson C6000A delivers up to 1200 dpi resolution, producing crisp images that are comparable to pre-printed labels. This high resolution ensures professional-quality color and monochrome label output for demanding applications.
The Epson TM-U220II uses 9-pin dot matrix impact printing technology, which delivers clear, reliable output on standard receipt rolls. This proven technology is ideal for high-volume kitchen and receipt printing in demanding food service and retail environments.
The Epson TM-H6000VI is a multifunction printer that supports thermal line printing for receipts, 9-pin serial impact dot matrix for slip printing, and 8-pin shuttle impact dot matrix for endorsement printing. This three-in-one capability makes it ideal for retail and financial environments requiring multiple document types.
The Epson C35CD005 is a synthetic label designed for the Epson TM-C3500 printer, measuring 3" X 5" with 170 labels per roll. Each box contains 6 rolls, providing 1,020 labels per box for high-volume labeling operations. These synthetic labels are engineered for durability and consistent print quality with Epson's inkjet color printing technology.
The Epson C35MD004 labels are matte-finish barcode labels designed for the Epson TM-C3500 printer. They measure 3" × 2" and come in rolls of 565 labels per roll, with 6 rolls included per box. These labels are optimized for high-volume color label printing with excellent image quality.
The Epson C35MD005 matte labels are 3" X 5" in size and come in rolls containing 240 labels per roll, with 6 rolls packaged per box. These labels are designed specifically for use with the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet printer, providing a total of 1,440 labels per box for high-volume color label printing applications.
The Epson C35CD002 is a synthetic label designed for the Epson TM-C3500 printer, measuring 4" x 3" with 285 labels per roll. Each box contains 6 rolls, providing a total of 1,710 labels per box for high-volume labeling operations.
The Epson ERC-23B is a black inked ribbon designed for Epson receipt and label printers, including the M20 series. We offer this ribbon packaged 10 per box, making it ideal for high-volume printing environments. This genuine Epson ribbon ensures consistent print quality and reliability across compatible printer models.
The Epson C13S020564 is designed for the Epson ColorWorks C831 printer. This cartridge delivers cyan ink specifically formulated for high-quality color label and receipt printing on this model. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup or to order replacement cartridges for your ColorWorks system.
The Epson C13S020566 is a yellow ink cartridge designed for the Epson ColorWorks C831 printer. This cartridge is part of Epson's inkjet cartridge line and ensures optimal color output for your ColorWorks system. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific setup or to order replacement cartridges.
The Epson C13T44B120 InkJet Cartridge is designed for the Epson Colorworks TM-6000 and TM-6500 series printers. These are Epson's professional color label and receipt printing systems. We offer this cartridge as an OEM replacement to ensure optimal performance with your Epson equipment.
The Epson S041586 is an inkjet paper designed for letter-size documents measuring 8.5" x 11". It features 95% opacity and an ultra-smooth finish, making it ideal for high-quality document reproduction. Each box contains 500 sheets of bright white paper suitable for copiers and printers.
The Elo 1517L offers a choice of four touchscreen technologies to suit different environments. AccuTouch five-wire resistive is widely used in retail and hospitality settings due to its proven ability to survive splashing liquids, food, and grease. For dry retail and hospitality applications requiring superior optical quality, both IntelliTouch surface acoustic wave (SAW) and IntelliTouch SAW zero-bezel options are available. Contact us today to select the right touch technology for your application.
The Elo I-Series 3 is powered by Intel 12th Gen processors with options ranging from Celeron to Core i7, allowing you to select the performance level that matches your point-of-sale or kiosk requirements. We offer configurations across the entire processor lineup to support different workload demands and budget considerations.
The Elo E428276 is powered by Intel 12th Gen processors with multiple options to fit your performance needs. You can choose from Intel Celeron, Core i3, Core i5, or Core i7 processors depending on your point-of-sale or kiosk application requirements. Contact us today to discuss which processor configuration best suits your business needs.
The Elo 0764L features a 7-inch WXGA display with a resolution of 1280 x 800 pixels. The optically bonded LCD delivers enhanced clarity and durability, making it ideal for high-touch commercial and industrial environments. We offer this model as a reliable solution for kiosks, industrial controls, and embedded systems.
The Elo E297107 supports multiple video interfaces including HDMI, VGA, and DisplayPort, giving you flexibility in connecting to various systems and devices. This multi-interface design ensures compatibility with both legacy and modern equipment in your warehouse or retail environment.
The Elo 1523L offers two industry-leading touchscreen technologies to choose from. IntelliTouch surface acoustic wave (SAW) delivers ultimate optical quality for dry retail and hospitality applications, while TouchPro PCAP provides a 10-touch tablet-like experience with fast and extremely sensitive responses. Both technologies enable multi-touch functionality with a seamless zero-bezel display and drift-free operation.
The Elo 1302L features industry-leading TouchPro PCAP (Projected Capacitive) technology with edge-to-edge glass that supports up to 10 simultaneous touches. This advanced touch technology delivers reliable, responsive interaction ideal for high-traffic POS and self-service environments. Contact us today to learn how this touchscreen can enhance your customer-facing applications.
The Elo 0764L features TouchPro® projected capacitive (PCAP) technology that supports up to 10 simultaneous touches, delivering smooth, tablet-like interaction. This multi-touch capability makes it ideal for complex HMI systems and interactive kiosk applications where responsive, intuitive control is essential.
The Panasonic PG-UNMRBSM23Y is a mid-range barcode scanner capable of reading both 1D and 2D barcode formats. This dual-format capability makes it versatile for warehouse and logistics environments where you may encounter multiple barcode types. We offer this scanner as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Panasonic FZ-G1U2700VM runs Windows 10 Pro, delivering enterprise-grade security and seamless connectivity for field workers. This genuine Windows operating system provides the full compatibility and manageability that mobile workforces require.
The Panasonic Stingray 4 comes equipped with two potent Intel processor configurations to suit different operational needs. The JS985WS9120A Elite model is configured with an Intel Core i5-7300U processor paired with 8GB RAM and 256GB SSD storage, running Windows 10 IoT. Contact us today to discuss which processor configuration best fits your POS environment.
The Panasonic WV-S8543LG is a 3X4MP (12MP) multi-sensor outdoor vandal dome camera that delivers high-resolution imaging across multiple sensor arrays. This multi-sensor design enables simultaneous monitoring and recording from multiple perspectives in a single compact dome housing.
The Panasonic TH-55CQE1W is a 55-inch large format display with 4K UHD resolution (3,840 × 2,160 pixels). This combination delivers sharp, detailed imagery suitable for retail, hospitality, and business environments where high-quality visual content is essential.
The FZ-G2AZ-0BVM is powered by an Intel Core i5-10310U processor running at 1.7GHz with turbo boost up to 4.4GHz, featuring Intel vPro technology for enhanced security and manageability in enterprise environments.
The WV-NW502S supports dual power options: 12V DC or Power over Ethernet (PoE) compliant with IEEE 802.3af. This flexibility allows you to choose the power delivery method that best fits your installation environment, whether you prefer dedicated power cabling or network-based power delivery.
The UDM-PRO features (3) 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports for data connectivity and (1) RJ45 serial console port for management. The device also includes 10G SFP+ ports, making it suitable for enterprise-grade network deployments requiring high-speed connectivity. We offer the UDM-PRO as part of our comprehensive Ubiquiti Networks product line—visit barcodesinc.com to configure your system today.
The UniFi AI PTZ Industrial features motorized pan and tilt control with 360° pan capability and 30× optical zoom, enabling operators to remotely adjust viewing angles and capture detailed footage across expansive environments without blind spots. This combination allows flexible tracking of activity across wide areas for dynamic monitoring in demanding environments.
The UVC-G6-BULLET-B features a 1/1.8" 8MP image sensor, 4K resolution capability, and a Multi-TOPS AI Engine for advanced video analytics. It operates as an all-weather PoE camera with long-range IR night vision, making it suitable for outdoor surveillance in demanding environments. Contact us today to discuss how this camera fits your security infrastructure needs.
The UVC-AI-PTZ-B is an industrial-grade 4K PoE++ PTZ camera featuring 22x optical zoom, enhanced AI capabilities, and long-range adaptive IR LED night vision. It delivers advanced surveillance performance with pan-tilt-zoom functionality designed for demanding security applications. Contact us today to learn more about this camera's full technical capabilities.
The UA-CARD-W-10 is a pack of highly-secure NFC cards designed for access control within UniFi security systems. These white cards provide a convenient and secure method for managing physical access to facilities using Ubiquiti's UniFi platform.
The Ubiquiti Networks NSM5(US) is the US version of the NanoStation M5, a 5GHz high-power 2x2 MIMO AirMax TDMA station that represents the most powerful NanoStation ever built with true carrier-class network performance. It advances the original NanoStation concept with sleek industrial design, integrated airMAX technology, and superior performance compared to earlier models like the NSM2 and NSM3.
The Ubiquiti UACC-OM-SM-10G-S-2 is a 10GbE SFP+ (Mini-GBIC) transceiver module designed for high-speed network connectivity. This module is compatible with Ubiquiti's aggregation switches and other networking equipment that support SFP+ ports for 10 Gigabit Ethernet links.
The Ubiquiti Networks AM-M-V5G-Ti is a 5 GHz sector antenna with a frequency range of 5.45 to 5.85 GHz and provides 17 dBi of gain. This makes it suitable for long-range point-to-multipoint wireless deployments where extended coverage and directional RF performance are required.
The Ubiquiti AM-5G16-120 operates in the 5.10 GHz to 5.85 GHz frequency range, making it suitable for 5 GHz wireless networks. This wide frequency band provides flexibility for deployment across standard 5 GHz channels and regulatory domains.
The Ubiquiti Networks AF11-COMPLETE-LB delivers 1.20 Gbit/s wireless throughput, making it suitable for high-bandwidth point-to-point and point-to-multipoint backhaul applications. This throughput is achieved through MIMO technology and Ubiquiti's INVICTUS custom silicon architecture designed for long-distance outdoor wireless links.
The Ubiquiti Networks G6 Bullet records 4K video at 8MP resolution (3840 x 2160) with a 16:9 aspect ratio at up to 30 FPS. This high-resolution capability makes it ideal for detailed surveillance where you need to capture clear footage for face and license plate recognition.
The SLP-TX223CG delivers printing speeds up to 6 inches per second (152mm/second) with a high resolution of 203 dpi print quality. This combination ensures fast data processing while maintaining sharp, scannable barcode output for warehouse and logistics applications.
The SRP-S300 supports five media width options: 40mm, 58mm, 62mm, 80mm, and 83mm. This flexibility makes it ideal for various labeling applications across different warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this printer with the versatility your team needs for diverse labeling requirements.
The Bixolon XM7-40IKL delivers a quick printing speed of up to 5 inches per second (127mm/sec) for both liner and linerless label media. This speed makes it well-suited for high-volume operations in warehousing, postal, and healthcare environments where efficiency is critical.
The Bixolon XM7-40IWKL prints at up to 5 inches per second (127mm/sec) for both liner and linerless label media. This fast printing speed makes it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations where efficiency is critical. We offer this model to help streamline your labeling workflow.
The Bixolon XM7-40WKL delivers a print speed of up to 5 inches per second (127mm/sec) for both liner and linerless label media. This quick printing speed makes it ideal for high-volume field operations in warehousing, postal, and healthcare environments. We offer this model to support demanding commercial applications that require efficient label production.
The Bixolon XM7-40WK delivers a quick printing speed of up to 5 inches per second (127mm/sec) for both liner and linerless label media. This speed makes it well-suited for high-volume labeling operations in warehousing, postal, and healthcare environments where efficiency is critical.
The Cisco CTI-410VB-VTS-K9 supports multiple voice algorithms including G.711 (A-law and µ-law), G.726 (32 kbps), G.729 AB, and G.722 wideband audio. This broad codec support ensures compatibility with various VoIP systems and delivers flexible audio quality options depending on your bandwidth requirements. We offer this equipment as part of our comprehensive Cisco video conferencing solutions.
The Cisco ICPAM-KBD-RDR is a keypad network reader designed for physical access control applications. It integrates with Cisco security appliances to provide networked credential reading and authentication at entry points. We offer this product as part of our comprehensive Cisco security solutions for enterprise access management.
The Cisco ICPAM-1CRED-K9 is designed for secure credential management and access control, incorporating identity management technologies including authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) and public key infrastructure (PKI). These features intelligently protect endpoints by verifying user identities and controlling access permissions across your network infrastructure. We offer this appliance as part of our comprehensive security solutions portfolio available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C1-AIR-CT2504-K9 supports IEEE 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n draft 2.0 standards, enabling compatibility with a wide range of wireless access points and client devices. This multi-standard support ensures flexibility in deploying both legacy and modern Wi-Fi infrastructure across your enterprise network. We offer this controller as part of our comprehensive Cisco wireless solutions portfolio.
The Cisco CAB-PWR-M12-10 is an M12 DC power cable with a 10-foot length, designed to deliver reliable power connectivity for Cisco networking equipment and devices that utilize M12 connectors. This cable is ideal for installations where standard power connections need to be extended across moderate distances in warehouse, logistics, and data center environments.
The Cisco Atlas IPS-ZC1 Zone Controller is designed to manage and coordinate intrusion prevention system deployments across distributed network zones. This service contract ensures you have ongoing support and maintenance for this critical security infrastructure component. Contact us today to discuss your IPS management requirements and available service options.
The Cisco UCSC-MRAID12G-RF is a 12G SAS Modular RAID Controller designed for Cisco UCS rack and blade servers. This refurbished controller enables advanced storage management capabilities and RAID functionality for enterprise server deployments. We offer this Cisco controller as part of our comprehensive server components inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-M4 is a rack-mountable server that supports dual processors with Intel Xeon compatibility and includes a 24Gb/s SAS RAID controller. This server is designed for enterprise environments requiring reliable storage and processing capabilities, with support for up to 8 TB of DDR5 SDRAM across 32 memory slots. We offer this server as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking and data center solutions.
The Cisco MA-ANT-27 is a Meraki dual band sector antenna designed for Cisco wireless networking products. It provides enhanced coverage and signal strength for enterprise wireless deployments, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and industrial environments where reliable connectivity is critical.
The Cisco AIR-CT5508-100-K9 is a wireless controller designed to manage and support up to 100 access points in enterprise environments. It delivers reliable performance for mission-critical wireless networks with 802.11n technology, enabling nine times the performance of legacy 802.11a/g networks. This controller is ideal for organizations requiring robust wireless infrastructure with zero service-loss capabilities for voice, video, and interactive multimedia applications.
The Cisco 5508 Wireless Controller (AIR-CT5508-500-K9) is designed to support up to 500 access points, making it ideal for large enterprise deployments requiring extensive wireless coverage. This scalability allows organizations to expand their wireless infrastructure without replacing the controller hardware. We offer this model for customers needing robust, high-capacity wireless network management.
The Cisco QSFP-100G-CWDM4-S= supports a maximum transmission distance of 2 kilometers over single-mode optical fiber. This makes it ideal for shorter-range data center interconnects and campus network deployments where extended reach isn't required. We offer this transceiver as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking components inventory.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-SR4 is a 40GBASE-SR4 QSFP transceiver module designed for short-reach optical network deployments over multi-mode fiber. This hot-swappable module is ideal for data center interconnects and high-speed Ethernet applications requiring 40 Gigabit connectivity. We offer this transceiver module as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking equipment inventory to support your enterprise data networking needs.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-LR4-S transceiver supports 40GBASE-LR4 connectivity with a maximum transmission distance of 10 kilometers over single-mode fiber. This makes it ideal for long-reach metropolitan area network (MAN) deployments where extended distance coverage is required without signal regeneration.
The Cisco CP-840-CLIP= is a non-rotating belt clip accessory designed for Cisco 840 series wireless phones, allowing users to securely attach their device to a belt or waistband for hands-free mobility. This carrying accessory is ideal for warehouse and logistics professionals who need quick access to their phone while managing inventory or equipment. We offer this clip as part of our comprehensive Cisco accessories catalog at barcodesinc.com.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 features an Intel Core i5-14500 14th Gen processor with vPro technology, 16 GB DDR5 SDRAM, and a 256 GB SSD in a small form factor design. It includes Intel UHD Graphics 770, a DVD-Writer, Windows 11 Pro, and IEEE 802.11ax wireless connectivity, making it suitable for business and professional computing environments.
The Dell Latitude 7640 features a 16" Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200), Intel Core i7 13th Gen i7-1365U deca-core processor running at 1.30 GHz, 16 GB on-board RAM, and 256 GB SSD storage. It comes with Intel Iris Xe Graphics, Windows 11 Pro, and In-plane Switching (IPS) display technology for excellent color accuracy and viewing angles. We offer this model as a reliable choice for professionals requiring portable computing power.
The Dell OptiPlex 7000 7020 Plus features an Intel Core i5 14th Gen i5-14500 processor with vPro Technology, 16 GB DDR5 SDRAM, and a 256 GB SSD in a small form factor chassis. It includes Intel UHD Graphics 770, a DVD-Writer, Windows 11 Pro, and 802.11ax wireless LAN connectivity. We offer this model for organizations requiring reliable, compact desktop computing with modern performance specifications.
The Dell 400-AVBX is a 2.40 TB internal hard drive with a 2.5" form factor, operating at 10,000 RPM with SAS (12Gb/s) interface. It's designed for server, workstation, and storage system devices, and features hot-swappable and hot-pluggable capabilities for seamless drive replacement without downtime. We offer this enterprise-grade drive for organizations requiring reliable high-performance storage solutions.
The Dell S2425HS features a 23.8-inch Full HD IPS display with 1920 x 1080 resolution, 16:9 aspect ratio, and 250 nit brightness. The monitor supports 16.7 million colors with a 4ms response time and 100Hz refresh rate, making it suitable for general office and warehouse management applications.
The Dell Pro 14 Plus PB14250 is a Copilot+ PC featuring a 14" Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200) with 60 Hz refresh rate and IPS technology. It's powered by an Intel Core Ultra 7 266V processor with vPro technology, includes 16 GB of memory, 512 GB SSD storage, and Intel Arc Graphics. The system runs Windows 11 Pro and delivers up to 18.20 hours of battery life, making it ideal for mobile professionals in logistics and warehouse management.
The Dell P2222H features a 22-inch IPS display with a native resolution of 1920 x 1080 (FHD) at 60 Hz. The IPS panel provides wide viewing angles of 178° both horizontally and vertically, making it ideal for shared workspace environments in warehouses and logistics centers.
The Dell 400-BDVR D3-S4610 is a 2.5-inch internal solid state drive with 1.92 TB capacity, utilizing SATA/600 connectivity and 512e format for mixed-use applications. This drive is designed for reliable performance in enterprise and data center environments where balanced read/write performance is essential. We offer this Dell drive as part of our comprehensive storage solutions inventory.
The Dell Latitude 7320 features a 13" Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200), Intel EVO Core i7 11th Gen i7-1180G7 quad-core processor running at 2.20 GHz, 16 GB RAM, and 256 GB SSD storage. It runs Windows 10 Pro and is designed for rugged mobile computing environments where durability and performance are essential.
The Dell SD25 supports up to 4 displays simultaneously with resolutions ranging from FHD (1920 x 1080) up to 6K (6144 x 3456), including WQHD, 5K, 4K, QHD, and ultrawide 3440 x 1440 formats at 60Hz refresh rates. This makes it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need multiple monitoring stations for inventory tracking and real-time operations oversight. We offer the SD25 as a complete solution to expand your workspace without requiring additional hardware investments.
The Dell TMGM2 is a 14" mobile workstation featuring an Intel Core Ultra 7 265H processor with vPro Technology, 32 GB of memory, and a 1 TB SSD for fast storage. It includes an NVIDIA RTX PRO 2000 Blackwell GPU with 8 GB dedicated memory, making it ideal for professional graphics and computational workloads. The system runs Windows 11 Pro with a Full HD Plus 1920 x 1200 display at 60 Hz and includes Wi-Fi 7 connectivity.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus features an Intel Core i7 14th Gen i7-14700 processor with vPro Technology and includes 32 GB of DDR5 SDRAM for reliable multitasking performance. This configuration is ideal for warehouse management systems, inventory tracking, and logistics applications that require consistent processing power. We offer this model ready to deploy in your facility.
The Dell 400-22284 is a 1 TB internal hard drive with a 2.5" form factor, featuring SAS (6Gb/s) connectivity, 7200 rpm spindle speed, and hot-pluggable design. This drive is ideal for enterprise and server environments requiring reliable storage performance. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive inventory of storage solutions.
The Dell NWH7V-RF supports multiple storage configurations including 7200 rpm SATA drives up to 750GB, 5400 rpm SATA up to 320GB, encrypted FDE/SED FIPS Opal options at 320GB, and Mobility Solid State drives up to 256GB. An E-Module Bay II secondary HDD option is also available for expanded storage capacity. Contact us today to configure the storage solution that best fits your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Dell 3RDJV is a 960GB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor designed for server environments. It features SATA (SATA/600) connectivity and supports mixed-use workloads with 3.52 DWPD (Drive Writes Per Day) and 6160 TB TBW (Total Bytes Written) endurance rating. We offer this enterprise-grade SSD as part of our comprehensive Dell storage solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Dell 400-AGSW is a 600 GB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, operating at 15000 rpm with 12Gb/s SAS connectivity. This drive is hot-swappable, making it ideal for enterprise environments where continuous uptime is critical. We offer this genuine Dell component for systems requiring high-performance storage solutions.
The Dell 462-6771 is a 4 TB hard drive featuring a 3.5" internal form factor, Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) interface, and 7200 RPM spindle speed. This enterprise-class drive is designed for reliable performance in server and storage environments. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive AIDC and storage solutions inventory.
The Dell 400-BLJV is a D7-P5500 1.92 TB rugged solid state drive designed for server environments. It features a U.2 form factor with PCI Express NVMe 4.0 interface and is optimized for read-intensive workloads. We offer this enterprise-grade storage solution as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup for data center and server deployments.
The Dell 400-ATFL is a 120 GB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor and SATA/600 interface. This SSD option is ideal for systems requiring fast response times and is available as a hot-swappable, hot-pluggable component. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell parts inventory at barcodesinc.com.
The Dell D4N7V is a 1 TB internal hard drive designed for server environments, featuring SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity and 7200 RPM performance with 512e format. This enterprise-grade drive is optimized for demanding data center and server applications where reliability and speed are critical. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive server storage solutions.
The Dell 6T2NP is a 3.84 TB solid state drive with a 2.5" internal form factor designed for server environments. It features SAS (12Gb/s) connectivity, supports mixed-use workloads, and offers hot-swappable and hot-pluggable capabilities with 512e format compatibility. This drive is engineered for reliability in demanding data center applications where high performance and availability are critical.
The Dell 400-ANUT is a 4 TB hard drive featuring a 3.5" internal form factor with Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) 12Gb/s interface, 7200 rpm spindle speed, and hot-swappable design. This drive is engineered for enterprise storage applications requiring reliable, high-capacity data access. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server or storage system.
The Dell MDF8N is a 1 TB hard drive with a 2.5" internal form factor, SATA interface, and 7200 rpm spindle speed in 512e format. This drive is designed for reliable storage in enterprise and mobile computing environments. We offer this genuine Dell component as part of our comprehensive drive inventory.
The Dell 400-AMJE is an 800 GB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor designed for internal installation. It operates over a 12Gb/s SAS interface and features hot-swappable capability, making it ideal for enterprise storage environments that require high performance and easy maintenance. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive Dell storage solutions portfolio.
The Dell 345-BGML is a 3.20 TB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor designed for 3.5" carrier compatibility. It features SAS (24Gb/s) connectivity, supports mixed-use workloads with 3 DWPD (drive writes per day), and uses 512e sector format for enhanced performance and reliability. We offer this enterprise-grade SSD for demanding storage environments requiring high-speed data access.
The Dell 463-6999 is a 2TB internal hard drive featuring a 2.5" form factor, Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) interface with 12Gb/s speed, and 7200 RPM spindle speed. This drive is designed for enterprise storage applications requiring reliable near-line performance. We offer this genuine Dell component for integration into compatible server and storage systems.
The Dell 463-6766 is an SFP (mini-GBIC) optical transceiver module designed for gigabit ethernet networking over fiber optic connections. It supports 1000Base-SX technology with a maximum transmission distance of 0.55 km, making it ideal for short-range data center and local area network deployments. We offer this genuine Dell component for customers requiring reliable optical network connectivity.
The Dell 345-BHSC is a 960 GB solid state drive with a 2.5" form factor designed for server environments. It features vSAS (12Gb/s SAS) connectivity, read-intensive optimization, and supports hot-pluggable operation with 512e format compatibility. This drive is engineered for reliable performance in demanding data center applications.
The Dolphin 7800 features multiple wireless connectivity options including Wi-Fi (802.11a/b/g/n), Bluetooth, GSM, and HSDPA for both voice and data communication. This multi-radio design ensures your mobile workforce stays connected in scan-intensive warehouse and retail environments. We offer the Dolphin 7800 with these integrated connectivity features to support demanding mobile data collection applications.
The Honeywell VM3A runs Android, with guaranteed support from Android 9 Pie through at least Android 11/R, and committed support for Android 12 and 13 pending feasibility. This ensures your vehicle-mounted terminal stays current with modern mobile operating systems while maintaining stability in demanding warehouse and distribution center environments.
YMCKO stands for the five color panels on the ribbon: yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) for printing a full spectrum of colors by combining these colors using varying degrees of heat, plus a black resin (K) panel for text and barcodes, and an overlay (O) panel that provides a thin, clear protective layer. This combination allows you to print both full-color images and one-color text or barcodes on the same card.
YMCKO stands for Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black resin, and Overlay. The Y, M, and C panels print a full spectrum of colors by combining colors using varying degrees of heat, the K panel is black resin typically used for text and barcodes, and the O panel is a clear protective overlay. This combination allows you to print both full-color images and one-color text or barcodes on the same card.
The Zebra 800015-135 laminate provides a protective overlamination layer over your printed ID cards, making them more durable and protecting them from wear and fading. This laminate is designed for use with select Zebra P-Series printers that have lamination capability.
The Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series Switch is available in multiple fixed-configuration options: 8-port, 24-port, and 48-port configurations. Each configuration supports Fast Ethernet (10/100) and Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000) connectivity to meet different network deployment needs. We offer all variants available from us at barcodesinc.com.
The Verkada CF83-E delivers 180-degree fisheye coverage in all directions—180° horizontal, 180° vertical, and 180° diagonal—capturing expansive areas from a single camera location to help reduce blind spots. This wide field of view makes it ideal for warehouses, campuses, and large open spaces where comprehensive surveillance is needed.
The Getac UX10 G5 is powered by Intel® Core™ Ultra Processors, making it AI-ready for modern enterprise applications. This latest-generation processor delivers the performance needed for demanding field operations in logistics, utilities, and public safety environments.
The VisionTek 901298 is a 250 GB solid state drive designed for reliable storage solutions. This capacity makes it suitable for systems requiring moderate storage expansion without the bulk of larger drives.
The Memor 20 features a high-performance 2D imager that captures both 1D and 2D barcodes with Datalogic's patented Green Spot technology for visual good-read feedback. This advanced ultra-slim megapixel imager enables reliable scanning across a wide range of barcode types, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations requiring fast, accurate data capture.
The Joya Touch A6-HC is available in two interchangeable forms: a handheld version resembling a smartphone, and a pistol-grip version with a comfortable trigger for scanning-intensive tasks. Users can easily switch between the two configurations to adapt to different applications and user preferences. The pistol-grip version is slightly heavier at 10.7 oz compared to the handheld's 9.7 oz, and includes a dedicated scan trigger key.
The Lenovo Tab M8 features a 5100mAh Li-Polymer battery that delivers up to 19 hours of web browsing and approximately 16 hours of online video playback. The tablet takes around 4 hours to fully charge, making it an excellent choice for extended work and entertainment sessions without frequent charging interruptions.
The HP CF440AM tri-pack includes three original HP 312A toner cartridges in cyan, magenta, and yellow. This multi-color bundle is ideal for organizations that need to maintain consistent color output across their HP LaserJet printing fleet without managing individual cartridge orders.
The HP 6P2F0AA supports Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP SP3 (32-bit), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion through OS X v10.10 Yosemite. This broad compatibility ensures the system can integrate into most existing retail and warehouse environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific infrastructure.
The HP CB543A (125A) Original Toner Cartridge delivers a standard yield of 1400 pages. This yield is based on ISO/IEC 24711 testing standards and assumes continuous printing under typical conditions. Actual page yield may vary depending on your specific printing patterns and document complexity.
The HP 5YQ08AT is an Engage Imaging Barcode Scanner II Pro designed for point-of-sale and retail environments. This wireless handheld scanner is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need reliable barcode capture capabilities in their operations.
The HP CF217A (17A) Original Toner Cartridge delivers a standard yield of 1,600 pages per cartridge. This yield is based on ISO 24711 testing standards and assumes typical printing conditions. We offer this cartridge as a reliable supply option for HP LaserJet printers that require consistent, high-quality output.
The HP C0F29A is compatible with Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP SP3 (32-bit), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion through OS X v10.10 Yosemite. We recommend verifying your specific OS version meets the minimum system requirements before ordering from us.
The HP CE278A (78A) Original Toner Cartridge delivers an estimated yield of 2,100 pages based on ISO/IEC 19752 continuous printing standards. Actual yields vary considerably based on the images printed, print density, and other usage factors. For detailed information on supply yields, visit HP's supplies information page.
The HP CC533A magenta toner cartridge delivers a page yield of 2,800 pages based on ISO/IEC 19798 continuous printing standards. Actual yields may vary considerably based on the images printed and other factors, so we recommend reviewing HP's detailed supply information for your specific printing conditions.
The HP Q7516A (16A) toner cartridge delivers up to 12,000 pages in black. This high yield makes it an economical choice for moderate to high-volume printing environments. We offer this original HP toner cartridge as a reliable solution for maintaining consistent print quality across your operations.
The HP C9455A is an HP 70 Original Ink Cartridge in Light Magenta color, designed for inkjet printers. This single-pack cartridge is compatible with HP inkjet printing systems and delivers consistent color output for your printing needs.
The HP L0R16A is an extra high-yield black ink cartridge rated for approximately 20,000 pages. This cartridge is designed for HP PageWide printers and delivers extended printing capacity to reduce supply replacement frequency in high-volume environments.
The HP M0J97AN yellow ink cartridge delivers a high-yield page count of approximately 16,000 pages. This high-capacity cartridge is designed to reduce replacement frequency and lower your per-page printing costs in high-volume environments.
The HP P24742-B21 is equipped with 1 x Intel Xeon Gold 6226R processor running at 2.90 GHz with support for up to 2 processors. This enterprise-class processor delivers the performance needed for demanding server workloads in warehouse and logistics environments.
The HP PageWide Pro 577dw delivers print speeds up to 70 ppm (pages per minute) for both letter and A4 size documents in color and monochrome. This makes it one of the fastest printers in its class, enabling high-volume printing environments to process documents quickly without compromising quality.
Yes. The Fargo 49301 can print, encode, fluorescent print, and laminate security cards all in one pass, whether single- or dual-sided. This integrated capability eliminates the need for multiple processing steps and significantly speeds up production for high-volume card runs.
The Fargo 52306 includes built-in encoders for HID Prox, iCLASS, MIFARE/DESFire, and contact smart card technology using the Omnikey Cardman 5121 and 5125 modules. This makes it ideal for organizations requiring multi-technology card support for access control and identification applications.
The Fargo 55206 includes a Contact Smart Card Encoder with support for HID Prox, iCLASS, MIFARE/DESFire, and contact smart card encoding via Omnikey Cardman 5121 and 5125 readers. This makes it ideal for organizations requiring multi-technology card issuance in a single device. Contact us today to discuss your smart card encoding requirements.
The Fargo 55216 includes ISO Magnetic Stripe Encoding and multi-technology smart card encoding support, featuring HID Prox, iCLASS, MIFARE/DESFire, and Contact Smart Card encoders (Omnikey Cardman 5121 and 5125). This makes it ideal for organizations requiring secure credential issuance with multiple authentication methods on a single card.
The Fargo 55316 includes ISO Magnetic Stripe Encoding and a Contact Smart Card Encoder (Omnikey Cardman 5121 and 5125) as standard. It also supports HID Prox, iCLASS, and MIFARE/DESFire encoding, making it a versatile solution for organizations requiring multiple card technology formats. Contact us today to discuss your specific encoding requirements.
The Fargo HDP5600 offers 600 dpi printing resolution for superior text and image quality. This high-resolution capability makes it ideal for producing detailed ID cards and multi-function smart cards that require crisp graphics and text clarity. We offer this model as a cost-effective solution for organizations that need reliable, high-definition card production.
The Fargo 89652U supports multiple contactless and contact smart card encoding technologies including iCLASS® (Standard/SE/SR/Seos), MIFARE Classic™, MIFARE DESFire® EV1, and HID Prox at 125kHz. It also includes contact smart card encoder modules (Omnikey Cardman 5121 and 5125) for ISO 7816-compliant memory and microprocessor cards. We offer this printer with all these encoding capabilities built-in to meet diverse access control credential programming needs.
The Fargo 078202 is compatible with the HID Fargo DTC5500LMX ID card printer. This full-color ribbon with two resin black panels and clear overlay is specifically designed for this printer model. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer configuration.
The HID HDP5000 delivers full-color, continuous-tone printing at 300 dpi on CR-80 cards with single-sided, over-the-edge printing as standard. The printer is easily upgradeable to dual-sided printing, allowing you to double your print area without manually reloading cards, and supports High Definition card printing technology for the highest image quality available.
The Epson C35CD004 is a synthetic label designed for the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet printer. Each roll measures 3" × 2" and contains 400 labels, with 6 rolls included per box. These labels are engineered for use with Epson's DURABrite pigment inks and have been BS5609 certified when used with appropriate media.
The Epson C35CD003 is a synthetic label designed for the Epson TM-C3500 printer, measuring 4" x 6" with 145 labels per roll. Each box contains 6 rolls, providing a total of 870 labels per box for high-volume labeling operations. These synthetic labels are engineered for durability and reliable barcode printing.
The Epson C35MD001 labels are matte-finish labels sized 4" x 2" designed for use with the Epson TM-C3500 printer. Each roll contains 565 labels, and we offer them in boxes of 6 rolls per box, giving you 3,390 labels per box for high-volume labeling operations.
The Epson C35GD003 labels are 4" × 6" gloss labels designed for the Epson TM-C3500 printer. Each roll contains 190 labels, and you receive 6 rolls per box, giving you 1,140 labels total per box purchase. These labels are optimized for color inkjet printing with the TM-C3500's DURABrite pigment inks.
The Epson PowerLite 1780W is an LCD projector with WXGA resolution (1280 x 800), 3000 lumens brightness, and a 10,000:1 contrast ratio. It features HDMI and USB connectivity, supports 16:10 aspect ratio, and can be mounted in rear, ceiling, or front positions. The lamp offers 4000 hours in normal mode and 7000 hours in economy mode.
The Epson C33S020464 is a 3-color ink cartridge designed specifically for the Epson Colorworks TM-C3400 SecurColor printer. This cartridge contains cyan, magenta, and yellow inks and uses the SJIC15P specification. We offer this cartridge as a genuine Epson supply for your TM-C3400 system.
The Epson TM-U220 series includes three models: the TM-U220A with journal take-up and auto-cutter, the TM-U220B with auto-cutter only, and the TM-U220D with no optional features. All three models are optimized for high-speed throughput and offer drop-in paper loading and two-color black and red printing capabilities.
The Epson OmniLink TM-H6000V offers multiple interface options including Ethernet (100 Base-TX / 10 Base-T), USB 2.0 Type A ports, USB 2.0 Micro-AB, and VGA connectivity. This multi-interface design allows the printer to be shared by mobile devices and legacy point-of-sale terminals, making it ideal for businesses transitioning to cloud-based systems. We offer this model with various interface configurations to match your existing infrastructure.
The Epson C13S020565 magenta ink cartridge is designed for the Epson Colorworks C831 printer. This cartridge delivers vibrant magenta color output for high-quality label and receipt printing applications. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model or to order replacement cartridges.
The Epson C35MD003 labels are matte finish labels sized 4" x 6", with 200 labels per roll and 6 rolls per box. These labels are designed for use with the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet printer and deliver reliable output for high-volume labeling applications.
The Epson P60-0060-050 labels are specifically designed for use with the Epson TM-P60 printer. These continuous paper labels ensure reliable performance and optimal print quality with this thermal printer model. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific setup.
The Epson 111198600 labels are 3.0" x 3.0" and are specifically designed for the Epson TM-L90 printer. The TM-L90 supports paper widths of 40mm or 80mm with a maximum paper diameter of 4 inches (102mm), and media thickness between 2 mil to 8 mil depending on the media type. We offer these labels in rolls of 425 labels per roll, with 10 rolls per case.
The Dolphin 7800 is equipped with an 800MHz TI OMAP processor, 256 MB RAM, 512 MB Flash memory, and a 3.5-inch VGA color touchscreen with sunlight-readable display. It includes a standard-range 2D imager with laser aimer, GPS, camera, and numeric or QWERTY keypad options, running Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5. Available from us with both standard and extended battery options, the device is designed for desktop-like performance in mobile field applications.
This model comes equipped with 4 GB RAM and 32 GB Flash storage, with user-accessible microSD card expansion up to 512 GB (SDXC/SDHC-compliant). This configuration provides ample space for applications, data, and barcode capture operations in logistics and manufacturing facilities.
The Zebra 800017-240 ribbon is compatible with Zebra P100i, P110i, and P120i card printers. Zebra card printers require specialized Zebra ribbon to function properly, so we recommend using only genuine Zebra ribbons to maximize printed card quality and printer durability.
The Zebra 800015-440 YMCKO ribbon is compatible with the P310i, P320i, P330i, P420i, P430i, and P520i card printers. Each ribbon includes a cleaning roller and is designed to produce up to 200 prints per ribbon.
The Zebra 800015-135 laminate roll provides 160 imprints. This means you can laminate up to 160 ID cards with a single roll before needing to replace it.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series includes Power over Ethernet capabilities in select configurations. The series offers 24 full PoE port models and 24-port models with PoE supported on 8 ports, allowing you to power devices like IP phones and wireless access points directly through the network connection. Contact us today to identify the specific PoE configuration that fits your deployment.
Yes, the CF83-E includes 20m/66ft IR night vision that supports clear visibility in dark or low-light environments. Combined with its 12.5MP resolution and 1/1.6" progressive CMOS sensor, the camera provides reliable detailed monitoring across both daylight and nighttime conditions.
Yes, the UX10 G5 features a 10.1" Lumibond display with 1,000 nits brightness, ensuring optimal visibility and readability even in direct sunlight. This makes it ideal for outdoor field work where screen glare is typically a challenge.
Yes, the VisionTek 901298 is a 2.5" internal SATA drive that uses the standard SATA interface, making it compatible with most laptops, desktops, and external enclosures that support 2.5" SATA drives. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive storage solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
Yes, the Memor 20 is engineered for rugged enterprise use with drop resistance to 1.8 m (6 ft) to concrete and IP65/67 sealing for protection against water and dust. Its chemical-resistant plastics and enclosure design make it built to withstand the toughest warehouse and logistics environments while maintaining full functionality.
The Joya Touch A6-HC comes with Android 6.0 Marshmallow and is field upgradeable to Android 7.1 Nougat, powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon platform. This allows healthcare facilities to benefit from OS improvements and security updates without requiring hardware replacement.
The Lenovo Tab M8 is powered by a MediaTek Helio A22 quad-core processor running at 2.0GHz, paired with 2GB, 3GB, or 4GB of LPDDR4X RAM depending on your configuration. Memory is not upgradeable, so choose your RAM capacity at purchase based on your multitasking needs.
The HP CF440AM cartridges deliver a standard yield of 27,000 pages per color cartridge. This page yield is based on ISO 24711 testing standards and assumes typical printing patterns; actual yield may vary depending on your specific printing usage and document complexity.
The system features an internal power supply with input voltage requirements of 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3 Hz), with high voltage support for 200 to 240 VAC. Power consumption is minimal at 0.06 watts when off, 2.2 watts in standby, and 0.69 watts in sleep mode, making it energy-efficient for continuous retail operations.
Yes, the HP CB543A is a magenta toner cartridge designed for color laser printing. It is one of the color cartridges available for compatible HP LaserJet color printers and should be used alongside black, cyan, and yellow cartridges for full-color output.
Yes, the HP 5YQ08AT supports wireless connectivity. Please note that a wireless access point and internet service are required separately and must be purchased in addition to the scanner for full wireless functionality.
Yes, the HP CF217A is an original HP toner cartridge designed for compatibility with HP LaserJet printer models that use the 17A cartridge specification. For specific printer model compatibility, contact us today and our team can verify your exact equipment requirements to ensure proper fit and performance.
For Windows systems, you'll need 2 GB of available hard disk space, a CD-ROM/DVD drive or internet connection, a USB port, and Internet Explorer. Mac users require OS X v10.11 El Capitan or later, 1 GB of hard drive space, internet access, and a USB port. Contact us today if you need help determining whether your system meets these requirements.
The HP CE278A is an original HP toner cartridge designed for specific HP LaserJet printer models. To verify compatibility with your printer, we recommend checking your printer's documentation or contacting us today—our team can help you identify the correct cartridge for your device.
Yes, the HP CC533A is an original magenta toner cartridge designed for HP Color LaserJet printers. As an original HP supply, it's engineered to work seamlessly with compatible HP LaserJet and Color LaserJet devices to ensure optimal print quality and device performance.
No, the HP Q7516A is a black toner cartridge designed for black and white laser printing only. It is not compatible with color laser printers. If you need color printing capabilities, contact us today to explore our full range of color toner solutions available from Barcodes Inc.
Yes, the HP C9455A is an original HP ink cartridge manufactured by HP. Using genuine HP supplies ensures optimal print quality and compatibility with your HP inkjet printer. We offer authentic HP cartridges to guarantee reliable performance.
The HP L0R16A is specifically designed for HP PageWide printer systems. We recommend verifying your printer model supports PageWide technology before purchasing. Contact us today if you need help identifying the correct cartridge for your equipment.
Yes, the HP M0J97AN is designed for use with HP POS systems and inkjet printers. We offer this cartridge as part of our comprehensive HP supplies inventory to support your point-of-sale and printing infrastructure.
The HP P24742-B21 comes standard with 32 GB of RAM. This configuration provides solid memory capacity for running multiple applications and handling concurrent workloads typical in logistics and warehouse management operations.
Yes, the HP PageWide Pro 577dw is a full-featured multifunction printer that combines copying, faxing, printing, and scanning capabilities in one device. This all-in-one functionality helps streamline workflows and reduce the need for multiple machines in your office or warehouse environment.
The Fargo 49301 supports IClass, Mifare, and Desfire encoding standards, making it compatible with a wide range of secure identity and access control systems. This multi-standard capability ensures flexibility for various enterprise security applications.
Yes, the Fargo 52306 is a dual-sided printer, allowing you to print on both front and back of ID cards in a single pass. This provides more space for card holder information, security features, and design elements.
The Fargo 55206 is a single-sided printer, meaning it prints on one side of the card per pass. This base model is designed for high-volume applications where single-sided printing meets your identification needs. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore dual-sided options if you require two-sided printing.
The Fargo 55216 is a single-sided color plastic ID card printer with a robust print engine designed for high-volume production. It features high-capacity ribbons that enable the printer to produce twice as many full-color cards as most competing printers before ribbon replacement is needed, ensuring continuous printing with consistent quality.
Yes, the Fargo 55316 is a dual-sided printer, enabling you to print full-color graphics, text, and encoding on both the front and back of ID cards in a single pass. This capability is ideal for comprehensive employee badges, government IDs, and membership cards. We offer this model with a same-side card hopper configuration.
The HDP5600 accepts standard CR-80 cards (3.375˝L x 2.125˝W) and CR-79 adhesive back cards, with a print area of CR-80 edge-to-edge (3.36˝L x 2.11˝W). It supports PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish, and card thickness ranges from .009˝ to .040˝ (9 mil to 40 mil). Contact us today to discuss your specific card requirements.
The Fargo 89652U features built-in Ethernet and USB 2.0 connectivity for both centralized and remote ID card issuance. Single-wire Ethernet encoding is available for iCLASS®, MIFARE®, and contact smart card encoding, and an optional Wi-Fi® module is available for wireless operation. This dual-interface design enables flexible deployment in warehouse and logistics environments where both wired and wireless printing are needed.
The Fargo 078202 ribbon produces up to 500 images per cartridge. This YMCKOK (full-color with two resin black panels and overlay) ribbon configuration provides excellent yield for medium to high-volume ID card printing operations.
Yes, the HDP5000 is specifically designed as a printer/encoder for technology cards with embedded electronics. It can be upgraded with multiple encoding technologies including smart card encoding (contact/contactless), magnetic stripe encoding, and proximity card encoding to meet your security and access control needs.
The Epson C35CD004 label is specifically designed for the Epson ColorWorks TM-C3500 inkjet printer. The TM-C3500 is a four-color desktop color label printer that delivers print speeds up to 4 inches per second with excellent image quality.
The Epson C35CD003 barcode label is specifically designed for use with the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet label printer. The TM-C3500 is a compact, four-color inkjet printer that delivers fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second, making it ideal for on-demand barcode and color label production.
Yes, the Epson C35MD001 labels are specifically designed for the Epson ColorWorks TM-C3500 color inkjet label printer. The TM-C3500 is a compact four-color inkjet printer that delivers fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second, making it ideal for just-in-time color label printing with these compatible labels.
The Epson C35GD003 labels are specifically designed for the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet printer. While the 4" × 6" size is a standard label dimension, we recommend verifying compatibility with your specific printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need guidance on label selection for your equipment.
The Epson PowerLite 1780W includes HDMI and USB connectivity options, making it compatible with a wide range of source devices including computers, laptops, and multimedia players. These connections enable flexible integration into presentation and display environments.
The Epson C33S020464 is a 3-color cartridge that includes cyan, magenta, and yellow inks. This color combination is optimized for the Colorworks TM-C3400 SecurColor printer to deliver vibrant, professional-quality color output. Contact us today to order this cartridge for your color printing needs.
The TM-U220 features an adjustable paper width capability that allows you to use 58mm, 70mm, or 76mm paper rolls. This flexibility provides greater cost savings and operational efficiency for different receipt and kitchen order printing needs.
Yes, the TM-H6000V is designed for the cloud and supports printing from web-based applications through its built-in HTTP server function and ePOS-Device® software. This capability enables mobile POS solutions and allows you to print from any mobile device, making it well-suited for retailers who need flexible, modern printing solutions. Contact us today to discuss cloud printing integration for your operation.
The product data provided does not specify a page yield or cartridge lifespan for the C13S020565 magenta cartridge. For detailed information about expected output volume and cartridge longevity, we recommend contacting our team at barcodesinc.com or speaking with a product specialist who can provide accurate yield estimates for your specific printing volume.
The Epson C35MD003 labels are specifically designed for the Epson ColorWorks TM-C3500 inkjet printer. The TM-C3500 is a four-color compact inkjet printer that prints at speeds up to 4 inches per second with excellent image quality.
Each label roll measures 2 inches wide by 34 inches in length and comes in a continuous format. We offer 10 rolls per box, providing substantial label stock for high-volume printing operations in warehouses and logistics environments.
Each case contains 10 rolls, with 425 labels per roll, giving you a total of 4,250 labels per case. This bulk packaging is ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to order the quantity you need for your Epson TM-L90 printer.
The Intel 4214 processor is compatible with multiple Cisco UCSC server generations including the UCSC-C240-M6SX, UCSC-C240-M7SX, UCSC-C220-M7S, and UCSC-C220-M8S models, which all support dual-socket Xeon processor configurations. These 1U and 2U rack-mountable servers are designed for enterprise data center deployments requiring high-performance computing. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server configuration.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-56HD6E features a 4-row configuration with 56 drive bays designed for 6TB NL-SAS (nearline SAS) drives with 512e sector formatting. The system supports hot-plug drive sleds, enabling seamless storage expansion and maintenance without downtime. Contact us today for detailed storage configuration options and compatible drive specifications.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-EX24TE supports up to 8 TB of DDR5 SDRAM with 32 total memory slots, delivering enterprise-grade capacity for memory-intensive workloads. The DDR5 memory standard provides improved bandwidth and efficiency compared to previous generations. Contact us today to configure the exact memory specifications your data center requires.
Yes, the Cisco UCS-C3K-HD4TB is designed for integration with Cisco Unified Computing System servers, specifically engineered to work within the UCS C3000 infrastructure. This drive supports the Fabric-Based Infrastructure architecture that Cisco UCS systems use to facilitate cloud computing and IT-as-a-Service deployments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server model and configuration requirements.
Yes, the Cisco UCSC-C240-M5SD supports Intel Xeon processors including Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum generations. This multi-generation processor compatibility ensures flexibility in configuration and allows you to optimize performance based on your specific workload requirements. Contact us today to discuss processor options that best fit your deployment needs.
Yes, the UCSC-C240-M5SX is designed as a robust 2U rack-mountable server capable of supporting enterprise-grade applications including warehouse management systems and logistics software. With dual processor support, extensive memory capacity, and 24 2.5-inch drive bays, it provides the computational power and storage needed for data-intensive logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss your specific warehouse infrastructure requirements.
The UCS-C3X60-G2SD12 is compatible with Cisco UCS C-Series rack-mounted servers including models like the UCSC-C240-M8SX, UCSC-C240-M7SX, UCSC-C220-M8S, and other Gen 2 systems that support M.2 or SD storage interfaces. We recommend verifying your specific server model's storage specifications before ordering to ensure proper compatibility. Contact us today for detailed compatibility information for your server configuration.
The UCSC-C3K-M4IO is specifically designed for Cisco UCS C3000 series servers featuring M4 generation processors and architecture. This I/O expander is compatible with C300-series rack-mountable systems that support the M4 module interface. For detailed compatibility verification with your specific server model, contact us today and our technical team can confirm the right configuration for your infrastructure.
The UCSC-C3K-M4SRB is part of Cisco's UCS C-Series architecture, which integrates with unified computing systems for streamlined management and deployment. However, as an M4-generation server, you may want to evaluate newer models like the UCSX-210C-M8 or UCSC-C220-M8S for the latest DDR5 memory support and enhanced performance. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare server options that best fit your infrastructure requirements.
Yes, the Cisco UCSC-C3260 supports multiple Intel Xeon processor generations including Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum variants, depending on the specific model configuration. This flexibility allows warehouse and logistics operations to scale processing power according to their workload requirements. Contact us today to confirm processor compatibility for your specific configuration needs.
The UCSC-CMAF-C4200 is specifically designed as a reversible CMA for the Cisco C125 rack server platform. While it's engineered for this particular form factor, we recommend verifying compatibility with your exact server configuration before ordering. Contact us today if you need help determining the right management adapter for your specific Cisco UCS setup.
While the UCS-SP-B200M4-B-C2 is categorized as a print server product, it functions as a versatile blade server designed for enterprise data center environments rather than standalone print management. This system is optimized for high-performance computing tasks and can support various server roles including print services when properly configured with appropriate software. Contact us today to discuss your specific print server requirements and find the right solution for your infrastructure.
The MEM-C8200-16GB is compatible with the Cisco Catalyst 8200-1N-4T model, which ships with 8GB DRAM standard and supports upgrades to 16GB and 32GB. The C8200L-1N-4T variant can also be upgraded to 16GB DRAM among other configurations. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific deployment requirements.
Yes, the 32 GB DRAM upgrade is compatible with both the Cisco Catalyst 8200-1N-4T and C8200L-1N-4T models, providing the highest memory tier for both platforms. This compatibility ensures consistent performance scaling across the Catalyst 8200 Series lineup. Contact us today to verify your specific configuration requirements.
The MEM-4300-8G-RF is specifically engineered for the Cisco ISR 4330 and ISR 4350 router platforms. While Cisco offers alternative memory modules for other ISR generations (such as MEM-4400 and MEM-4460 series for different platforms), compatibility is model-specific. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific router hardware or to explore alternative memory options.
The Cisco MSWS-19-ST16C-NS Server features 16 cores, delivering substantial processing power for multi-threaded applications and virtualization workloads. This core count makes it suitable for medium to large-scale enterprise environments requiring consistent performance. Contact us today to discuss whether this configuration meets your specific computational requirements.
The Cisco MSWS-19-DC16C is equipped with 16 cores, delivering substantial processing power for multi-threaded applications and virtualized workloads common in data center environments. This core count provides excellent performance for enterprise server tasks including database operations, virtualization, and application hosting. Contact us today to discuss whether this configuration meets your specific performance requirements.
The C9300L-STACK-KIT2 is designed exclusively for Cisco Catalyst 9300L and 9300LM switch models. If you have different Catalyst switch models such as the C9200 or C9200L series, you will need their respective stacking kits (C9200-STACK-KIT or C9200L-STACK-KIT). We recommend verifying your switch model before ordering to ensure compatibility.
Yes, the Cisco CON-ECDN-MX30055K service contract is specifically designed for the MX300-55 PHD 1080p video conferencing system. This contract provides comprehensive support coverage tailored to this endpoint model's requirements and capabilities.
Yes, the CON-ECDO-SX2PHD4X service contract is specifically designed for the Cisco SX20 Quick Set HD with 4x configuration. This contract provides comprehensive coverage for your video conferencing endpoint to minimize downtime and ensure reliable communication. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify your system configuration and purchase the appropriate contract.
The Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCS10 is a US-only service contract, making it ideal for domestic operations and equipment located within the United States. If you require international support coverage, we recommend contacting our team to explore alternative Cisco service offerings that meet your global requirements.
The Cisco ASF-CORE-FW-DEP has dimensions of 1.70 x 6.80 x 12.25 inches (4.32 x 17.27 x 31.12 cm) and weighs 3.00 lb with the power supply included. It requires a maximum of 90W power consumption and operates reliably in temperatures ranging from –13 to 158ºF (–25 to 70ºC). These compact specifications make it suitable for deployment in standard rack environments available from us.
Yes, the Cisco CON-ECDO-CTSMX300 is specifically designed for the Telepresence MX300 55 Gen2 PHD videoconferencing system. This contract provides essential support and maintenance coverage tailored to this particular model's requirements. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific deployment configuration.
Yes, this service contract is specifically designed for US-based customers. We offer the Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCSE5 with US support and upgrade services included. Contact us today to verify availability and discuss your specific deployment region requirements.
Yes, the CON-SNTP-VXRG12 is specifically designed for the Cisco 7206VXR NPE-G1 configuration with VAM2+ and AC power supply. Before purchasing, verify your router matches this exact configuration to ensure proper coverage. Contact us today if you need help confirming compatibility with your specific equipment.
Yes, the Cisco SG 500-28P 28-port Gigabit POE switch is fully compatible with Cisco SmartNet service contracts like the CON-SNT-SG5029PK. We offer this service contract specifically designed for this switch model to provide comprehensive coverage and support.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 3650 24 Port PoE is designed for enterprise-class networking environments, including warehouse and logistics operations. It supports advanced features such as IEEE 802.1x Port Access Authentication, VLAN management, Quality of Service (QoS) with 8 hardware queues, and comprehensive security controls including ACLs supporting up to 1,024 rules. We offer this switch along with compatible service contracts to ensure your network remains secure and optimized for your operations.
The CON-ECMU-CCXAELIC is a 1-year software upgrade and support contract for Cisco CCX 8.5 Enhanced installations. This service contract provides essential software updates and technical support for your Cisco unified communications deployment. For detailed coverage information or to discuss your current support requirements, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team.
The N9K-SC-A is specifically engineered as a system controller for the Cisco Nexus 9500 platform. For compatibility with other Nexus series (such as 3400-S, 7000, or other models), different controller modules may be required. Contact us today to determine the right controller solution for your specific Nexus platform and deployment requirements.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 3650 Series supports Cisco StackWise technology, which allows you to stack up to nine switches into a unified, highly resilient system with a single IP address and command-line interface. This 32-Gbps interconnect architecture simplifies management and enables rapid convergence across your network infrastructure.
This module supports multiple SFP transceiver types including single-mode fiber (1000BASE-LX/LH, SFP-10G-LR), multimode fiber (1000BASE-SX, SFP-10G-SR), and copper connectivity options (SFP-H10GB-CU1M/3M/5M) for 10 Gigabit transmission. The flexible transceiver support enables deployment across various network distances—from 1 meter copper coax connections to 10 km single-mode fiber links. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity options best fit your infrastructure requirements.
The Cisco ASA 5505 supports up to 10 IPsec VPN peers and 2 SSL VPN peers (with a maximum of 25 SSL VPN peers available). This configuration makes it well-suited for organizations needing to establish secure remote connections across multiple sites. Contact us today to discuss your VPN requirements and find the right licensing tier.
The N7K-TRS1K9 license supports Cisco NX-OS Software Release 4.0 or later, depending on your specific Nexus 7000 chassis model. The 4-slot chassis requires NX-OS 6.1(2) or later, while 9-slot and 10-slot models support NX-OS 5.2 or later, and 18-slot configurations support NX-OS 4.1 or later. We recommend consulting with our team to ensure your software version aligns with your licensing requirements.
The NM-HD-1V-RF is compatible with Cisco 2800 Series routers including the 2811, 2821, and 2851 models. This module fits into a single VIC slot on these integrated services routers. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific router configuration and ensure proper integration.
Yes, the MR28-HW is well-suited for warehouse and logistics facilities requiring robust indoor wireless coverage. The access point supports enterprise-grade security features, RF optimization, and can be deployed across large facilities when multiple units are configured together. We offer deployment guidance and can help you design a wireless network that meets your warehouse connectivity needs—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a consultation.
Yes, the Cisco MR36H is engineered for both indoor and outdoor installations, providing flexible deployment options for warehouses, logistics facilities, and campus environments. Its rugged design handles outdoor conditions while maintaining reliable connectivity for your mobile workforce. Contact us today to discuss outdoor deployment requirements for your facility.
Yes, the MR78-HW is specifically engineered as an outdoor access point with environmental durability built in for outdoor deployments. It's designed to withstand outdoor conditions while maintaining enterprise-grade performance and security. Contact us today to discuss outdoor wireless deployment requirements for your facility.
Yes, the MR57-HW is well-suited for warehouse and logistics applications where reliable wireless connectivity is critical for mobile computers, barcode scanners, and inventory management systems. Its Wi-Fi 6E capabilities provide improved range and performance in challenging RF environments typical of large industrial spaces. Contact us today to discuss deployment requirements for your facility.
The CON-SNT-AIRAP185 is engineered for Cisco's 802.11ac Wave 2 access points featuring 4x4:4 spatial stream configuration with internal antennas. This service contract supports B-region deployments and integrates seamlessly with existing Cisco wireless infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to verify compatibility with your specific network setup.
CleanAir is Cisco's proprietary interference detection and mitigation technology that identifies and classifies both Wi-Fi and non-Wi-Fi interference sources in real-time. The system provides Spectrum Expert Connect for raw spectrum data analysis, an Air Quality Index for network performance snapshots, and historic interference information for back-in-time analysis. This reduces manual troubleshooting and enables faster problem resolution, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments where network reliability is critical.
Yes, the N9K-C9504-FM-G offers comprehensive programmability through NETCONF, RESTCONF, and gNMI/gNOI protocols, along with YANG configuration and operational models. It also supports Zero Touch Provisioning (ZTP) and Plug-and-Play (PnP) capabilities for streamlined deployment and automation in your network infrastructure.
The N9K-C9516-FM-E2 operates with Cisco NX-OS software and is compatible with modern Nexus operating systems. For specific software version requirements and compatibility details, contact us today so our team can ensure you have the correct specifications for your deployment.
The N9K-C9508-FAN2 is specifically engineered for the Nexus 9508 chassis and may not be compatible with other Nexus models like the 9504 or 9400 series, which use different fan tray designs. For compatibility with your specific chassis configuration, contact us today to verify the correct replacement part number for your deployment.
The Cisco N9K-C9504 supports multiple management methods including XML, scriptable command-line interface (CLI), and Cisco DCNM web services (versions 4.0, 4.1, 5.2, and 6.1.2 or later). Additionally, the platform provides NETCONF, RESTCONF, and gNMI/gNOI programmability interfaces for modern infrastructure automation and orchestration.
The Datalogic DS2400N supports multiple 1D barcode formats including Interleaved 2/5, Code 39, Code 128, EAN/UPC, EAN128, Code 93, Code 11, and RSS codes. This wide format compatibility ensures seamless integration with most existing warehouse and manufacturing systems. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific barcode standards.
We offer the Memor 11 in two connectivity options to match your operational needs: Wi-Fi only models for premises-based operations, and Wi-Fi/Cellular models for field workers requiring constant connectivity. This flexibility allows you to choose the right configuration for your warehouse, logistics, retail, or manufacturing environment. Contact us today to determine which option best suits your deployment requirements.
The PM9500 is a 2D area imager capable of reading both 1D and 2D barcodes including Data Matrix and PDF417 formats. Its omnidirectional reading capabilities allow it to scan barcodes at any orientation, from contact distance up to over 1.0 meter (3.3 feet) depending on barcode resolution.
Yes, the Memor 20 features Datalogic's industry-first wireless charging system for ultra-reliable contactless charging, eliminating the need to clean contacts on the device and docks. It also offers a 1-piece swappable battery with SafeSwap™ technology for quick battery replacements without powering down.
Yes, the SH21 Blackline is built for tough industrial conditions with a sealed design tested to IP65/IP67 standards, ensuring reliable operation in the most demanding warehouse and logistics environments. The capacitive touchscreen features 3mm anti-glare armored glass that functions even when wearing work gloves, making it ideal for rugged applications.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, and 2D codes including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. It reads barcodes from five sides with optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) capability for mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons, and is GS1 Digital Link ready for modern digital workflows.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also features GS1 Digital Link ready support for modern digital workflow standards.
The DSE0420 features an exceptionally high-speed sensor that captures images at 60 frames per second, delivering outstanding motion tolerance and snappy reading performance. It offers excellent depth-of-field reading and performs reliably on poorly printed barcodes and codes displayed on mobile device and computer screens, making it ideal for challenging scanning environments.
The DE2011-DL requires AC input of 100-240 VAC at 50-60 Hz. Operating power consumption is nominal at 12 Watts, with sleep mode consuming 11 Watts. This efficient power profile makes it suitable for continuous operation in warehouse environments without excessive energy costs.
The Datalogic 95B020070 features PNP output configuration, making it compatible with standard industrial control systems and PLCs. The sensor connects via an M8 connector for reliable, standardized integration into your facility's automation infrastructure. Contact us today for detailed electrical specifications and compatibility verification with your existing systems.
This optical encoder features a 58mm diameter with a hollow 15mm shaft, delivering 1000 pulses per revolution (PPR) resolution for high-precision positioning. It operates on 5-30 Vdc power and includes a 1.5m cable connector for easy integration. The encoder is also known by the model designation ENC58-H15-1000-C15 and is part of Datalogic's AMT/AST/ENC extended line of identification products.
Datalogic decoders function as hardware and firmware systems that analyze sensor input data and decode barcode information. The hardware can either be a dedicated processing system or integrated into your existing processor, with firmware either embedded by Datalogic or loaded into your host processor by your integrator. This flexible architecture allows seamless integration into both new and legacy warehouse management systems.
The DSM0422-DL comes with USB interface as standard. We also offer alternative models in the DSM04XX series with RS-232 or RJ-45 connectivity options to match your system integration requirements. This flexibility allows integrators to support multiple platforms and applications with the same scanner family.
Yes—the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series) with matching form-factor dimensions and accessory compatibility. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, allowing seamless integration into your current retail environment. Contact us today to confirm your specific configuration requirements.
Yes, the Memor 20 incorporates DataLogic's industry-first wireless charging system for ultra-reliable contactless charging, eliminating the need to clean charging contacts. It also features a 1-piece swappable battery with DataLogic's patent-pending SafeSwap™ technology for convenient field battery replacement.
The HF model has an operating range of up to 10 cm, while Datalogic's UHF RFID Vision readers achieve a typical depth of field up to 90 cm (35.4 inches). The specific reading range depends on the RFID tag type and environmental conditions in your warehouse or retail environment.
The DSM0492-DL excels in healthcare, retail, manufacturing, lab testing equipment, self-checkout systems, and access control applications. Its rugged construction with high-impact resin that resists cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions makes it particularly valuable in environments requiring frequent sanitization. The compact form factor and flexible mounting options make it an excellent choice for integrators supporting multiple platforms and applications.
The DSE0420 features an exceptionally high-speed sensor that captures images at 60 frames per second, delivering outstanding motion tolerance ideal for fast-paced warehouse environments. Its outstanding depth-of-field reading and snappy decoding performance make it reliable for logistics operations, and optional beeper and Datalogic's patented 'Green Spot' visual confirmation technology help ensure successful reads without errors.
Yes—the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series) and maintains the same form factor and dimensions. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, ensuring seamless integration without requiring infrastructure changes. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific configuration.
The scanner decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, and Aztec. It also features GS1 Digital Link ready support for modern digital workflows. This comprehensive format support makes it ideal for diverse retail environments.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, and 2D codes including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. It also features GS1 Digital Link ready support for modern digital workflows. The scanner reads codes from five sides plus an optional Customer Service Scanner for mobile phones and loyalty cards.
The DSM0452-DL features an RS-232 serial interface for direct system integration. The DSM04XX series also offers USB and RJ-45 variants if you need different connectivity options. Our team can help you select the right interface configuration for your existing infrastructure—contact us today to discuss your specific integration requirements.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also features GS1 Digital Link ready support for modern digital workflows and reads codes from five sides of coverage.
Yes, the Magellan 800i is specifically designed for space-limited applications with compact dimensions of 15.1 x 7.6 x 10.9 cm and a weight of just 306.2 grams. Its presentation scanner format allows it to fit easily on crowded checkout counters while delivering high-performance omni-directional reading for fast customer throughput.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, and 2D codes including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. It also features GS1 Digital Link readiness for modern digital workflow support.
The DSM0422-WA offers USB interface connectivity, while other models in the DSM04XX family provide RS-232 or RJ-45 options depending on the specific model variant. This flexibility allows simple electrical integration into various system architectures, whether you need direct USB connection to a host computer or serial/network-based communication for distributed scanning systems. Contact us today to confirm the exact interface requirements for your application.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains form-factor compatibility with previous 93/94/96/99 series. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays, ensuring seamless integration into your existing infrastructure without costly reconfiguration.
The DSM0452-WA excels in healthcare, retail, manufacturing, lab testing equipment, self-checkout systems, and access control applications. Its rugged construction with high-impact resin that resists cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions makes it particularly valuable in regulated environments. The compact form factor and wide-angle imaging also make it perfect for space-constrained integration scenarios.
Yes, the DataLogic 95ACC1213 power cable is specifically designed for United Kingdom use with its regional power specifications. This makes it ideal for UK-based warehouse operations, distribution centers, and retail environments running DataLogic Joya Touch devices. Contact us today if you need UK-compliant power accessories for your AIDC infrastructure.
The Datalogic 90ACC0192 power cord is designed as an accessory for Datalogic barcode readers and handheld computers. While it's engineered for Datalogic devices, we recommend verifying compatibility with your specific scanner model before purchase. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to confirm compatibility with your equipment.
Yes, the CH53-E is fully rated for outdoor use with an IP66/IP67 weather rating and IK10 impact rating, making it suitable for extreme environmental conditions. It operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to 122°F), ensuring consistent performance in harsh climates, heavy rain, snow, and high-impact environments.
Yes, the CD63 features an advanced onboard CV72S Ambarella processor that enables sophisticated AI-driven analytics, including intelligent alerts and occupancy trend monitoring. These analytics run directly on the camera through hybrid cloud architecture, allowing for real-time insights without heavy reliance on external processing. Contact us today to learn how these analytics capabilities can enhance your security operations.
The Verkada LIC-BB-3Y-CAP is designed to work with Verkada camera systems and surveillance infrastructure. For specific compatibility with your existing equipment, we recommend contacting our team today—they can verify your current setup and ensure seamless integration with your cameras and management platform.
This license provides 3 years of continuous cloud-based surveillance software coverage for Verkada security trailer systems. The license ensures uninterrupted access to Verkada's cloud platform for government deployments, with the capacity increase allowing you to scale your camera infrastructure as needed.
Yes, the ThinkPad P15v Gen 3 is well-suited for warehouse management and logistics applications with its robust Intel Core i5 processor, 32GB RAM, and Windows 11 Pro operating system. The UHD display and IPS technology provide excellent visibility for detailed inventory management and tracking tasks in various lighting conditions. Contact us today to discuss how this mobile workstation can enhance your warehouse operations and mobile computing requirements.
Yes, the Lenovo Yoga 7 14IML9 is well-suited for business professionals with its Intel Core Ultra 7 155U processor, 16 GB of RAM, and 1 TB SSD storage, providing reliable performance for multitasking, document editing, and video conferencing. The built-in front camera and microphone support seamless virtual meetings, while Windows 11 Home offers enterprise-grade security features for professional environments.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 features a 14-inch Full HD display with 1920 x 1080 resolution and In-plane Switching (IPS) technology for excellent color accuracy and wide viewing angles. The IPS panel ensures consistent image quality whether you're viewing from the front or at an angle, making it ideal for collaborative work environments.
Yes, the Lenovo Yoga 7 includes IEEE 802.11be Wi-Fi 7 standard connectivity, which provides enterprise-grade wireless performance and compatibility with modern business networks. This advanced wireless standard ensures reliable connectivity for remote warehouse management, inventory tracking, and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing IT infrastructure.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14S G5 is an excellent choice for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need reliable mobile computing. Its compact 14-inch form factor and business-class durability make it ideal for on-the-floor operations, inventory management, and supply chain coordination. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for logistics environments—visit barcodesinc.com to explore how it integrates with barcode scanning and mobile computing workflows.
The tablet comes with 32 GB of internal storage and supports microSD card expansion up to 256 GB, allowing you to store extensive barcode databases, scanning applications, and logistics software. This expandable storage is particularly valuable for mobile workforce solutions in warehouse and distribution environments.
Yes, the ThinkPad P1 Gen 7 is specifically designed as a premium mobile workstation for engineering, architecture, software development, data science, and media production. Selected configurations are ISV-certified for professional engineering and creative applications, and the system includes professional NVIDIA graphics options and a detailed 16-inch 16:10 display optimized for technical and analytical work. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configurations certified for your industry.
Yes, the Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Fold Gen 1 is designed for enterprise professionals and comes equipped with Windows 11 Pro, which includes advanced security features and management capabilities required by IT departments. The Intel Evo Platform certification ensures optimized performance for productivity applications, making it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need portable computing solutions. Contact us today to discuss volume licensing and enterprise deployment options.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14S G5 is an excellent choice for warehouse and logistics professionals who need reliable mobile computing. Its business-class design and performance make it ideal for managing inventory systems, barcode scanning integration, and real-time logistics coordination in the field or at the office.
The HPE P26264-B21 supports optical fiber connectivity through its 4 SFP28 ports, enabling 10/25Gb Ethernet connections. SFP28 transceivers provide flexible, hot-swappable connectivity for modern high-speed network infrastructure. This makes it ideal for environments requiring dense, high-bandwidth network connectivity.
The HPE P28778-B21 is designed for HPE servers with PCI Express 3.0 x8 slot availability. Compatibility depends on your specific server model and firmware version. We recommend contacting our presales specialists at Barcodes Inc to confirm compatibility with your exact hardware configuration before purchase.
The HPE Q1P55A supports 1 local user and 1 remote user simultaneously, allowing both on-site and off-site administrators to access the switch for server management and monitoring. This dual-user capability is useful for collaborative IT operations and remote support scenarios.
The HPE AF652A supports up to 16 computers, allowing IT teams to manage multiple servers from a single keyboard, video, and mouse interface. This makes it an efficient solution for reducing clutter and improving workspace organization in server rooms and data centers.
The HPE AF622A supports HPE Smart Rate Multi-Gigabit Cabling with specifications including 1000BASE-T, 2.5 Gigabit, and 5 Gigabit Ethernet using Category 5e or better UTP or STP cabling. For 10GBASE-T connectivity, Category 6 or better cabling (CAT6A recommended) UTP or STP is required.
The HPE 798182-B21 is designed as a low-profile PCIe x16 riser for HPE XL170r servers. Compatibility depends on your specific server model and configuration. Contact us today for detailed compatibility verification and to ensure this riser kit works with your exact hardware setup.
Yes, the NETGEAR GS116NA is designed as a desktop/rackmountable switch, making it flexible for both tabletop deployment and standard 19-inch rack installations. With compact dimensions of 11.1 x 7.1 x 1.75 inches and a weight of 2.97 lbs, it integrates easily into existing network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss mounting options for your facility.
The NETGEAR AGM732F is equipped with a Dual Core ARM Cortex A9 processor running at 1016 MHz, 1 GB DDR3 SDRAM, and 4 GB eMMC storage. The switch includes a packet buffer size of 12.38 MB with 4.5MB ingress and 7.875MB egress capacity to handle network traffic efficiently. Contact us today for detailed specifications and deployment recommendations for your warehouse or logistics environment.
Yes, the GS105NA supports IEEE 802.3az Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE) technology, which automatically powers down idle ports when computers are shut down or when there is no Ethernet traffic. The switch also detects cable length and uses only the necessary power, significantly reducing power consumption and heat dissipation while extending product life and lowering operational costs.
The AGM731F supports 1000Base-SX transmission, which operates at 850nm wavelength over multimode fiber (MMF). This transceiver is designed for short-to-medium distance fiber runs and is commonly used in enterprise networking environments. Contact us today for detailed specifications and compatibility information with your existing infrastructure.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 comes equipped with 16 GB of RAM and 512 GB SSD storage. This configuration provides sufficient memory for running multiple applications simultaneously and storing important business data and logistics software.
This model features 512 GB of SSD storage and a 13-inch PixelSense display with a resolution of 2880 x 1920. The high-resolution display is ideal for detailed work such as inventory management, label design, and data entry in supply chain operations.
This model comes with 512 GB SSD storage and runs Windows 11 Pro 64-bit operating system. The SSD provides fast boot times and application loading, while Windows 11 Pro offers enterprise-grade security and management features suitable for IT procurement environments.
Yes, the Surface Pro 9 is designed for the Surface Slim Pen and includes integrated storage and wireless charging for it. The tablet is also compatible with the Surface Pro Keyboard with bold keyset, Surface Adaptive Kit, and other Microsoft Adaptive Accessories, making it versatile for different work styles and accessibility needs.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 delivers a maximum battery run time of 15.50 hours on a single charge. With a 48 Wh nominal battery capacity, this tablet provides extended mobility for field operations without frequent charging interruptions.
Yes, the Microsoft STPM1CART Mobile Cart is engineered as a Steelcase Surface Hub Cart, ensuring compatibility and integration with Steelcase workspace solutions. This partnership delivers a cohesive mobile display solution that works seamlessly within modern office and healthcare environments.
Yes, the CX4050-3113 is a mobile barcode scanner well-suited for warehouse and logistics applications where portable scanning is required. Its handheld wireless design makes it ideal for inventory management, receiving, and order fulfillment tasks. Contact us today to discuss how this scanner can integrate into your warehouse workflow.
Yes, the CX4058-3121 is an excellent choice for warehouse managers and logistics teams. As a wireless handheld scanner in the Durascan D720 series, it delivers the mobility and performance needed for inventory tracking, order fulfillment, and asset management in fast-paced warehouse environments. Contact us today to learn how this scanner can streamline your operations.
Yes, the Socket Mobile CX4054-3117 Durascan D720 is a wireless handheld barcode scanner designed for mobile scanning applications. It's ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need portable scanning solutions.
Yes, the SocketScan S720 offers broad compatibility across iOS, Android, Windows, Mac, and Linux platforms. Its Bluetooth connectivity enables seamless operation with a wide range of devices, making it ideal for modern business environments.
Yes, the D760 features Bluetooth wireless connectivity with Class 2 Bluetooth version 2.1 + EDR and a range of up to 10 meters (33 feet), depending on your environment. The range limitation is typically determined by your host device such as a phone, tablet, or notebook. This wireless capability provides mobility and flexibility for warehouse scanning operations.
The NLS-HR2081-BT features a 2200 mAh battery that provides approximately 12 hours of continuous use. This extended battery life makes it ideal for full-shift warehouse and logistics operations without requiring frequent recharging.
The AD20-D-P power supply is compatible with the 4-Slot Battery Charger (Part# CD6550-4C or CD9050-4B) and the 3-Slot Charging Cradle (Part# CD9050-3C). You may also need the optional cable adapter (Part# CBL034E-AM or CBL034E-EU), sold separately, depending on your specific charger model.
The NCR 7702-K460 features a dedicated serial connection for 2x20 display integration, making it compatible with NCR RealPOS systems. It connects via RS-232 serial ports available on NCR POS terminals, allowing seamless integration into existing point-of-sale configurations.
The NCR P-7772-CX7-I5-RIO-NCD includes a 15-inch PCAP (projected capacitive) touchscreen display, which provides responsive touch input for retail transactions and customer-facing applications. The PCAP technology ensures accurate touch recognition and durability in high-traffic retail environments.
The NCR 5915MC133 includes a 4M Display Port cable for video connectivity and a 4M 12V P-USB cable for power and data. These standard connections ensure compatibility with most POS systems and allow flexible mounting in warehouse and retail workstations.
Yes, the Magicard 3300-0021 is a dual-sided direct-to-card ID printer, allowing you to print on both sides of the card in a single pass. This capability makes it efficient for producing complete ID cards with front and back designs.
The Magicard MA300YMCKO ribbon is rated for 300 images, providing sufficient capacity for medium-volume ID card production runs. This yield makes it suitable for departments and organizations that need to refresh card stocks periodically without frequent ribbon changes.
The Magicard MA600KO ribbon delivers 600 prints per single roll. This yield makes it an economical choice for medium-volume ID card printing operations, allowing you to produce a substantial number of cards before needing to replace the ribbon.
The Magicard MA250YMCKOK ribbon is rated for 250 prints per ribbon. This yield allows you to produce high-volume ID card batches efficiently before requiring a ribbon replacement. We offer these ribbons with a minimum order quantity of 100 units.
The XG4 is equipped with a rugged 1D/2D imager that delivers advanced scanning technology for warehouse, logistics, and inventory applications. Combined with 4GB of memory and powerful processing, it handles high-volume barcode capture efficiently in real-world conditions.
The XT100 is equipped with a 2D imager for barcode scanning, allowing it to read both 1D and 2D barcodes commonly used in warehouse and logistics operations. This makes it suitable for inventory management, receiving, and shipping applications.
This terminal is PCI PED approved and holds EMV Level 1 & Level 2 Type Approvals, meeting the highest payment security standards. It features Triple DES encryption, DUKPT key management, and Master Session security protocols to protect cardholder data throughout payment processing.
This VeriFone solution includes PCI PED approval, EMV Level 1 and Level 2 Type Approvals, Master Session and DUKPT encryption, and Triple DES security protocols. The system also supports VeriShield Remote Key technology for secure, remote key injection management using both online and offline methods. Contact us today to ensure your payment processing meets all current compliance requirements.
VeriFone's payment solutions support multiple card reading technologies including triple-track magnetic stripe readers for high-coercivity cards, smart card readers with EMV Level 1 and Level 2 Type Approvals, and contactless ISO 14443 AB certified modules. The software is designed to work across VeriFone's VX platform terminals, which provide comprehensive payment processing capabilities for retail and restaurant operations.
Yes, the Poly EagleEye IV USB is certified for Microsoft Skype Room Systems and Polycom Trio 8800 Visual+, making it an ideal choice for organizations already invested in these platforms. It connects via USB 2.0 for simple plug-and-play installation with these systems.
Yes, the Blackwire 3315 is compatible with both Windows and Mac OS, making it a flexible choice for mixed-device environments. Whether your team uses PCs, Macs, or a combination of both, this headset integrates easily across platforms.
The SoundStation IP 5000 is engineered for small conference rooms and executive offices, with a 7-foot microphone pickup range suitable for meetings of up to six participants. Its compact design and audio capabilities make it ideal for smaller group discussions and collaborative meetings.
The VVX 450 delivers crystal-clear sound through Poly HD Voice technology and Acoustic Clarity, combined with a full-duplex speakerphone and world-class echo cancellation. These features create a distraction-free calling environment, ensuring your conversations remain professional and easy to hear.
The SoundStation IP 6000 features built-in IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE), eliminating the need for separate power infrastructure in most deployments. An optional external universal AC power supply (100-240V, 0.4A, 48V/19W) is also available for installations where PoE is not available. Contact us today to discuss the power configuration that works best for your conference room setup.
We offer the Poly Trio 8800 with versatile connectivity including built-in Wi-Fi, USB, and Bluetooth® capabilities, plus a two-port gigabit Ethernet switch for wired network connections. This diverse range of connection options ensures compatibility with virtually any device or conferencing platform in your meeting environment.
The Poly Trio 8300 offers multiple connectivity options including Wi-Fi (2.4-5 GHz), USB, Bluetooth, and IP connectivity via a single-port gigabit Ethernet connection. This versatility allows you to connect to both on-premises and cloud-based platforms simultaneously, making it ideal for hybrid work environments.
Yes, the Trio 8500 is designed with future-proof flexibility to support video conferencing and content sharing capabilities. These features can be easily added to your system, allowing you to scale your conferencing capabilities as your organization's needs evolve.
The CCX 400 uses Poly Acoustic Fence technology to remove background office noise heard by the far end when using the handset or wired headsets. It also features Poly Acoustic Clarity technology with full-duplex speakerphone operation, acoustic echo cancellation, and Poly NoiseBlock AI background noise suppression to keep conversations clear.
The CAB351380 Power Device is compatible with Ingenico signature capture pad systems and works alongside COMBOX (Part# 296148891AB) or VBOX (Part# 296209868) units. It requires the umbilical cable (Part# 296141785AC) to function as part of the complete breakaway cable system.
This router includes Wi-Fi 5 (IEEE 802.11ac/k/v) with dual-band capability at 2.4 GHz, delivering 300 Mbps modem speeds. The dual-band configuration provides flexibility for connecting multiple devices and ensures optimal performance for both legacy and modern wireless equipment in your facility.
The HPE Aruba 2930F series delivers switching capacities up to 176 Gbps and throughput up to 130.9 Mpps depending on the model. These switches feature low latency performance with 1000 Mb latency under 3.3 microseconds, making them suitable for demanding enterprise network environments.
Yes, the JH157A module is specifically engineered for HPE Aruba 5130 and 5510 switch series, making it an ideal upgrade path for organizations already running Aruba networking equipment. The module integrates seamlessly with existing Aruba management and monitoring tools. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your current switch configuration.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH148A is a 48G PoE+ switch designed to deliver power to connected devices while transmitting data. This makes it ideal for powering IP cameras, wireless access points, and other PoE-compatible devices in warehouse and logistics environments where you want to minimize cabling complexity.
Yes, the JH331A with its dual 2.4Tbps fabric capacity is engineered for large-scale, high-density network deployments requiring substantial bandwidth and low-latency performance. The modular architecture allows for flexible configuration and scalability as your network grows. Contact us today to discuss whether this switch meets your specific deployment requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH209A is designed for enterprise data networking applications common in warehouse and logistics operations. Its robust specifications and enterprise-grade management capabilities make it suitable for demanding environments where reliable network connectivity is critical for inventory tracking and RFID operations.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH332A is engineered for large-scale enterprise deployments with its dual 2.4Tbps fabric architecture providing exceptional capacity and performance. The switch supports advanced management features including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, and web browser configuration for comprehensive network control. We offer this enterprise-grade switch with full technical support to help you deploy and manage your network infrastructure.
The Aruba 8400X series features advanced modular configurations with 6 ports supporting 40G/100G QSFP28 connectivity for high-speed backbone and data center applications. This makes it ideal for environments requiring maximum bandwidth and scalability. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss which Aruba switch configuration best fits your infrastructure needs.
Aruba switches in the 8400 series support comprehensive management through multiple interfaces including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. This multi-protocol approach ensures flexible integration with your existing network management infrastructure.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JL448A (Aruba 2930F 48G PoE+ 4SFP Switch) supports IEEE 802.3at PoE+ standards, delivering enhanced power delivery to connected devices. This makes it ideal for powering IP phones, wireless access points, and other PoE-enabled equipment in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9990A features 20 PoE+ ports that support IEEE 802.3at PoE+ standards, enabling you to power devices like IP phones, wireless access points, and security cameras directly from the switch. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies for compatible devices. Contact us today to discuss PoE+ power budgeting for your specific deployment.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9989A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations where PoE+ powered devices like access points and IP cameras need to be deployed alongside fiber uplinks. The combination of PoE+ ports and SFP slots allows you to power IoT sensors and mobile devices while maintaining high-speed backbone connectivity. Contact us today to discuss how this switch fits your warehouse networking requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9992A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require Power over Ethernet for IoT devices, barcode scanners, and mobile computers while maintaining high-speed backhaul connectivity. The PoE+ capability supports power-hungry devices without requiring separate power infrastructure, reducing installation complexity in distributed warehouse locations. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive AIDC networking solutions for enterprise logistics deployments.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9993A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable Ethernet switching with 1G/10GbE SFP+ capabilities. Its modular design and robust architecture support the demanding connectivity requirements of inventory management and RFID systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how this switch integrates with your warehouse infrastructure.
The J9988A is designed as a core switching solution with standard Ethernet ports rather than PoE+ ports. However, Aruba's 2530 series switches offer PoE+ capabilities with up to 78 watts total PoE capacity and 19.5 watts per port if you need powered device support. Contact us today to discuss which Aruba switch model best fits your specific PoE requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9986A is designed with PoE+ capability, delivering up to 19.5 watts per port for powering network devices like IP cameras, wireless access points, and VoIP phones. The switch's PoE+ architecture makes it ideal for enterprises deploying powered endpoints throughout their facilities. Contact us today to discuss your PoE+ requirements and how this switch fits your infrastructure.
The J9996A is a module designed for Aruba switch platforms that support QSFP+ interfaces. Compatibility depends on your specific switch model and its modular slot availability. We recommend verifying your current switch specifications before purchasing. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to confirm compatibility with your infrastructure.
Yes, the J9995A features PoE+ capability across its ports, allowing you to power devices like wireless access points, IP phones, and security cameras directly through the network connection. This eliminates the need for separate power infrastructure at edge locations. Contact us today to discuss PoE+ power budgeting for your specific deployment.
Yes, the J9991A features 20 PoE+ ports that support IEEE 802.3at PoE+ standards, enabling you to power devices like access points, IP cameras, and VoIP phones directly through network cables. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies and simplifies installation in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete PoE switch lineup.
Yes, the JL001A features PoE+ (Power over Ethernet Plus) support across its 92 Gigabit ports, enabling you to power access points, IP cameras, and other networked equipment directly through network cables. This eliminates the need for separate power infrastructure, reducing installation complexity and costs in warehouse and logistics facilities.
Yes, the J9852A is a universal 4-post rackmount kit that supports both 4U and 7U configurations, providing flexibility for different equipment heights and rack environments. This universal design allows warehouse managers and IT teams to standardize on a single mounting solution across multiple network devices. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific equipment.
The Aruba 8325 series delivers high-performance switching with switching capacities up to 880 Gbps and throughput capacities reaching 654 Mpps on premium models. These specifications make it suitable for demanding warehouse automation, logistics networks, and large-scale data center deployments. Contact us today to discuss which configuration best fits your infrastructure requirements.
The HPE Aruba 5406R series switches available from us support PoE+ capabilities, enabling you to power networked devices like IP cameras, access points, and IoT sensors directly through the network connection. This reduces installation complexity and cabling costs in warehouse and logistics facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm PoE specifications for your specific model configuration.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 5406R 8XGT PoE+/8SFP+ v3 zl2 includes integrated PoE+ support across its Gigabit Ethernet ports. This allows you to power compatible devices like IP phones, wireless access points, and surveillance cameras directly through network cables, reducing installation complexity. Contact us today to discuss PoE+ deployment options for your infrastructure.
HPE Aruba networking devices support universal AC input voltage from 100-240V at 50-60 Hz frequencies, with maximum power consumption of 126 watts. Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) capacity reaches 78 watts total with 19.5 watts available per port, enabling you to power connected devices directly from the network infrastructure.
The Q8N53A features an LC connector and supports 1000BASE-SX transmission, which operates over multimode fiber at 1000 Mbps (1 Gigabit). The LC connector design is industry-standard and widely used in data center and network infrastructure deployments for secure, reliable connections.
The 510 Series AP includes WPA3, Enhanced Open, WPA2-MPSK, and VPN support to protect your wireless network. It also features a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) for enhanced security at the hardware level. These comprehensive security options help protect enterprise data and support compliance requirements across modern deployments.
Yes, Aruba access points are widely deployed in warehouse and logistics facilities for mobile device connectivity, inventory management, and RFID integration. The outdoor-rated AP-365 variant we offer is particularly suited for mixed indoor-outdoor warehouse operations. Contact us today to discuss your specific deployment requirements and ensure proper coverage planning for your facility.
The Aruba AP-303HR is engineered for reliable remote access point deployments with support for enterprise wireless networking standards. It's designed to deliver consistent performance in both indoor and outdoor installations, making it suitable for warehouse, logistics, and distributed facility environments. Contact us today to learn more about the specific performance capabilities and coverage specifications for your deployment needs.
The HPE Aruba JH431A is engineered for enterprise-grade networking with robust power delivery capabilities for connected devices. Our team can help you determine if this model meets your specific PoE requirements based on your network infrastructure and device needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your power delivery requirements and explore compatible configurations.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH213A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments. Its 48-port 1000BASE-T configuration with PoE+ support enables reliable connectivity for mobile computers, barcode scanners, and RFID readers commonly deployed in these operations. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive AIDC infrastructure solutions to support your warehouse automation needs.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH210A is designed for enterprise-grade deployments including warehouse and logistics operations that require reliable, high-performance switching. The switch supports advanced management capabilities through Intelligent Management Center (IMC) and AirWave Network Management, enabling centralized control across distributed facilities. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can optimize your warehouse network infrastructure.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JC665A supports a range of tested and fully compatible USB devices including printers (HP LaserJet, HP Deskjet, Lexmark models) and storage devices. We offer this switch with verified USB compatibility for common enterprise peripherals, though some devices may require firmware configuration for optimal performance.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 24SR switch delivers Class 6 PoE power delivery, enabling you to power connected devices such as wireless access points, IP cameras, and VoIP phones directly through network cables. This eliminates the need for separate power infrastructure at each device location. Contact us today for detailed specifications on power budgets and per-port capacity for your specific deployment.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 2930M 24 PoE+ switch is specifically designed with PoE+ capability on all 24 ports, making it ideal for powering IP cameras, wireless access points, and other PoE-compatible devices throughout your facility. This eliminates the need for separate power infrastructure for networked devices, reducing installation costs and complexity. Contact us today to discuss PoE+ switch solutions for your warehouse or logistics environment.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH211A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable, high-speed network connectivity for inventory management systems, RFID readers, and mobile computing devices. The combination of Gigabit and 10 Gigabit ports provides flexibility for both edge devices and uplink connectivity. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive networking solutions for supply chain operations.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 2930M 40G 8 Smart Route PoE+ switch (JL323A) is designed with PoE+ support, making it ideal for powering IP phones, wireless access points, and other PoE+ compliant devices directly through the network connection. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies and simplifies deployment in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss your PoE+ requirements and network design.
Yes, several models in the 3810M series include PoE+ support, including the 48G PoE+ (JL074A) and 40G 8 HPE Smart Rate PoE+ (JL076A) configurations. These switches deliver Power over Ethernet Plus capabilities, allowing you to power and connect compatible devices like IP phones, wireless access points, and surveillance cameras without separate power infrastructure.
The JL310A is a 100G QSFP28 LC LR4 SMF (single-mode fiber) transceiver module manufactured by HPE Aruba. It delivers 100 Gbps performance over long-range single-mode fiber connections, supporting distances up to 10 kilometers with compatible switch infrastructure. Contact us today for detailed specifications and compatibility information with your existing Aruba switch models.
The JL309A is a 100G QSFP28 transceiver with MPO SR4 (Short Reach 4-lane) capability operating over multimode fiber (MMF). SR4 technology delivers 100 Gbps throughput across distances up to 70 meters on OM3 multimode fiber or 100 meters on OM4 multimode fiber. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information for your specific deployment requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JL630A is available in configurations with Class 6 PoE support for Smart Rate 1/2.5/5GbE ports, allowing you to power networked devices directly through Ethernet connections. We offer multiple PoE variants to match your specific power delivery requirements for access points, IP cameras, and other PoE-enabled devices.
Yes, many HPE Aruba switch models include integrated PoE and PoE+ capabilities. Models like the 6100 24G Class4 PoE (JL677A) and the 2930F series offer PoE+ support for powering devices directly through network cables. We have PoE and non-PoE variants available from us—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to determine which configuration best fits your deployment needs.
While specific throughput metrics for the JL365A model vary based on configuration, HPE Aruba switches in this class typically deliver switching capacities ranging from 68 to 128 Gbps with throughput capacities between 45.1 and 95.2 Mpps depending on the specific configuration. The 8400X series is engineered for demanding enterprise applications requiring high-speed, low-latency packet processing. Contact us today for the exact performance specifications for your deployment requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 2930M 40G switch is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable, high-speed network connectivity. Its robust design and PoE capabilities support the deployment of network-connected devices throughout your facility, including barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID readers. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch integrates with our complete AIDC solutions.
The HPE Aruba R1Q04B comes equipped with 512GB SSD storage, providing substantial capacity for network logs, configuration backups, and historical performance data. This storage capacity supports extended data retention for network analytics and troubleshooting in enterprise deployments.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JW148A 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ is a pluggable transceiver designed for Aruba networking switches and infrastructure. It features an LC connector and is compatible with Aruba switches that support SFP+ modules, including the Aruba 7200 Series and other 10GbE-capable platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch model.
The Aruba 7210 can manage up to 16,384 concurrent devices simultaneously, providing robust performance for high-density wireless environments. This capacity makes it suitable for large schools, universities, and enterprise networks with thousands of users and IoT devices. Contact us today to discuss your specific device density requirements.
No, the HPE Aruba JD188A is specifically a non-PoE RPS cable and is not designed for Power-over-Ethernet applications. It is engineered exclusively for redundant power supply connectivity on HPE Aruba X290 series switches. If you need PoE-compatible solutions, contact us today to explore our full range of HPE Aruba networking accessories.
Yes, the J9993AR is designed as a modular expansion for Aruba networking switches and integrates seamlessly with compatible Aruba platforms. As a remanufactured component, it meets the same technical specifications as original equipment while offering cost savings for your organization. We offer full compatibility verification — visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your switch model.
Yes, the JC156A is designed for use with HPE Aruba networking devices including their switch and router products. The standard RJ45 connector and 120 ohm impedance make it compatible with Aruba 2530 series switches, 6100 series switches, and other Aruba networking equipment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific network configuration.
Yes, the JD175A is designed to work with HPE Aruba data networking devices and components. The 75 ohm BNC connectors are standard for specific Aruba networking configurations. For detailed compatibility information with your specific Aruba switch or networking device, contact us today and our team can verify the exact compatibility for your deployment.
Yes, the JG263A is designed to work with HPE Aruba networking infrastructure, including Aruba switch series like the 2530, 2920, 2930F, and 6100 models. The D-28 to RJ-45 configuration makes it suitable for connecting routers and switches that support this connector type. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Aruba equipment setup.
Yes, the JL275A is compatible with HPE Aruba switches that feature QSFP28 ports, including models from the Aruba 2930F, 5400R ZL2, and 6100 series. The transceiver is designed to work with Aruba's enterprise-class switching platforms that support 100G connectivity. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch model and ensure proper configuration.
The JL251A is a 40G QSFP+ LC BiDi transceiver rated for 100-meter transmission over multimode fiber. It supports full-duplex communication on a single fiber pair, reducing cabling complexity in high-density networking environments. The module integrates seamlessly with HPE Aruba switches in the 2540, 2930F, and 6100 series that feature SFP+ or QSFP+ ports. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility verification for your specific deployment.
The JL306A QSFP+ transceiver is compatible with HPE Aruba switches featuring QSFP+ ports, including the 6300M series, 6100 series, and other modern Aruba platforms with SFP+ or QSFP+ slot support. Compatibility depends on your specific switch model's port configuration—contact us today to verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The JL286A supports LC connector-based single-mode fiber (SM) connections with a maximum transmission distance of 2 kilometers, making it ideal for campus networks and data center interconnections. The LR4L designation indicates it uses long-range optics optimized for extended distances over single-mode fiber. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific switch models.
The Aruba MM-HW-1K supports multiple management interfaces including AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser access, SNMP management, Telnet, RMON1, and FTP. This comprehensive management suite allows IT teams to monitor, configure, and optimize wireless networks from a single platform.
The JL293A operates at 25 Gigabits per second with SFP28 form factor, LC connector type, and supports short-range (SR) transmission over multimode fiber with a maximum distance of 100 meters. This transceiver is optimized for high-density networking deployments where space and performance are both critical considerations. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information with your existing infrastructure.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JZ377AAE integrates seamlessly with Aruba's wireless controller and access point ecosystem, including the Aruba 7200 Series Mobility Controllers and 300 Series Access Points. This compatibility ensures unified management across your entire wireless infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Aruba deployment.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JZ398A data networking device integrates with Aruba's wireless infrastructure ecosystem, including Aruba access points and switches. The device supports standard Aruba management protocols and can be deployed alongside existing Aruba 2530, 5400R, and 6000 series equipment. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific network configuration.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JZ395AAE integrates seamlessly with existing Aruba networking equipment, including Aruba switches and access points. The Mobile Master works with Aruba's management framework to provide unified control across your wireless and wired network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss how this solution fits into your current network architecture.
Yes, the HPE Aruba MM-VA-500 Mobility Master includes FIPS and TAA certification, making it suitable for government and regulated enterprise environments. These compliance certifications ensure the device meets federal security standards and is eligible for government procurement. Contact us today to verify compliance requirements for your specific deployment.
Yes, the Aruba MM-VA-5K includes FIPS certification, which means it meets Federal Information Processing Standards for cryptographic modules and secure data handling. FIPS compliance ensures your network infrastructure meets government security requirements and is suitable for deployments in regulated industries. Contact us today to discuss FIPS-compliant solutions for your organization.
This Aruba networking device provides a total PoE capacity of 78 watts with 19.5 watts available per individual port. This PoE capability allows you to power compatible network devices directly through the Ethernet connection, simplifying deployment in remote locations.
The Aruba MC-VA-10 supports a range of USB modems, printers, and storage devices. Compatible USB modems include Novatel U727, Kyocera KPC680, and Compass 597, while supported printers include HP LaserJet and Deskjet models, as well as Lexmark devices. For a complete and updated list of compatible USB devices, we recommend contacting us today for the latest compatibility documentation.
Yes, the Aruba IAP-277 (JW263A) carries FIPS certification, which means it meets Federal Information Processing Standards for cryptographic modules and secure communications. This certification ensures the device meets rigorous security standards required by U.S. government agencies and organizations handling classified or sensitive data. Contact us today to verify specific compliance requirements for your deployment.
HPE Aruba networking devices deliver enterprise-grade performance with switching capacities ranging from 68 Gbps to 176 Gbps depending on the specific model and configuration. Throughput capacity reaches up to 130.9 Mpps with latency as low as 1.5 microseconds at 1 Gbps, ensuring reliable performance for demanding warehouse and logistics network environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications on the exact model you need.
The HPE Aruba 580 Series delivers up to 2.97 Gbps total aggregate throughput with dual 4×4:4 MIMO radios operating on both 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands. This Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) capacity supports high-density client environments, video streaming, and analytics workloads typical in modern warehouse and logistics operations. The access point supports HE160, HE80, and HE40 radio modes for flexible deployment scenarios.
Yes, the S0H10A includes integrated Bluetooth 5.4 and IEEE 802.15.4 (Zigbee) radios for comprehensive IoT support, plus built-in GNSS (L1/L5 receiver) and barometric sensors for precise indoor mapping and location accuracy. These integrated radios eliminate the need for separate IoT gateways in many deployments. Contact us today to learn how these capabilities can enhance your IoT infrastructure.
Yes, the 560 Series is specifically designed for outdoor deployment with an IP55-rated enclosure that resists dust and moisture. It operates reliably across extreme temperatures from –40 °C to +65 °C and is engineered to withstand challenging weather and wind conditions, making it perfect for industrial sites and outdoor venue coverage.
Yes, the HPE Aruba platform supports a wide range of USB peripherals including modems (such as Novatel U727 and Kyocera KPC680), printers (including HP LaserJet and Lexmark models), and USB storage devices. Compatibility varies by specific model and firmware configuration, and an updated list of tested and fully supported devices is available through HPE Aruba's official documentation. Contact us today for specific compatibility verification for your deployment requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JG741A integrates with Aruba's comprehensive management ecosystem, including AirWave Network Management and Intelligent Management Center (IMC) for centralized control and monitoring. The device supports command-line interface, web browser configuration, and SNMP management for seamless integration into existing deployments. We offer complete support and guidance for integrating this device into your network infrastructure.
The JH169A supports E1, CE1, T1, CT1, and PRI (Primary Rate Interface) connections, providing versatile options for connecting to different carrier networks and legacy telecommunications infrastructure. This multi-protocol support makes it suitable for organizations with diverse WAN requirements across different geographic regions. Contact us today to determine if this module meets your specific connectivity needs.
Yes, the JH172A HMIM module is designed to work with HPE Aruba modular switch platforms that support HMIM slots. This module integrates seamlessly into compatible Aruba switch architectures, allowing you to expand port capacity and interface flexibility. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific switch model and ensure proper integration.
Yes, the JH191A integrates seamlessly with HPE Aruba's ecosystem of switches, wireless access points, and management systems including AirWave Network Management and IMC (Intelligent Management Center). The switch supports standard management protocols including SNMP, Telnet, and web-based configuration, ensuring compatibility with your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss integration with your current network setup.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH198A is an enterprise-class networking device well-suited for warehouse management systems and logistics operations. We offer this device as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions portfolio to support mission-critical mobile computing and barcode scanning infrastructure in demanding environments.
The HPE Aruba JH193A supports comprehensive management through multiple interfaces including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager integration, Telnet access, RMON1, FTP, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. This multi-faceted approach ensures flexibility for IT teams managing complex network environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss management requirements for your deployment.
HPE Aruba switches in this product line offer multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports and SFP+ uplink options for flexible network topology design. The exact port configuration varies by model, with options ranging from 8 to 48 ports depending on your deployment needs. Contact us today to determine which configuration best suits your warehouse or logistics infrastructure.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH297A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring both wireless and wired network connectivity. Its Gigabit Ethernet capability, VPN support, and multiple connectivity options make it compatible with barcode scanners, mobile computers, and other AIDC devices commonly used in inventory management and shipping operations. We offer this router as part of our comprehensive networking solutions for warehouse automation.
The JG445A is a serial interface module designed for HPE Aruba's modular routing platforms rather than standalone wireless routers. It's used in MSR (Modular Services Router) series devices to add enhanced serial connectivity for management, monitoring, and legacy system connections. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific network infrastructure.
Yes, the JD557A serial module is ideal for warehouse and logistics operations where reliable out-of-band management is critical for maintaining network uptime. The serial interface provides a dependable backup connection method when primary network access is unavailable, ensuring your AIDC infrastructure remains manageable during network issues. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete HPE Aruba networking solutions for logistics environments.
Yes, the JG737A is specifically designed as a modular expansion card for HPE Aruba Networking 9000 Series Branch Gateways, ensuring seamless integration with existing deployments. This serial interface module allows you to extend connectivity options for synchronous and asynchronous serial devices in your network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to verify compatibility with your specific gateway model and configuration requirements.
HPE Aruba switches available from us operate reliably in temperature ranges from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C), with some models supporting operation up to 5,000 feet altitude with appropriate derating. This makes them suitable for deployment in various warehouse and facility environments.
Yes, the HPE Aruba CX 5420 features advanced HPE Smart Rate PoE capabilities supporting up to 90W Class 8 power delivery. It is compatible with IEEE 802.3af, 802.3at, and 802.3bt standards, allowing you to power a wide range of networked devices directly through the switch.
Yes, the CS6080-SR is equipped with a high-resolution megapixel sensor and Zebra's exclusive PRZM Intelligent Imaging technology, which delivers unparalleled performance on challenging barcodes including poorly printed, damaged, dirty, crinkled, low-contrast, glossy, and electronic barcodes on dimly lit mobile phone displays. This advanced imaging capability ensures reliable scanning in real-world warehouse conditions where label quality varies. Contact us today to learn how this scanner can improve your inventory accuracy.
The ZQ610 Plus is powered by a 3250 mAh (nominal) 23.4 Wh removable, rechargeable PowerPrecision+ Li-Ion battery with advanced battery technology that extends runtime through the longest shifts. The removable design allows operators to swap batteries quickly without interrupting workflow, and we offer replacement batteries available from us.
The LI2208 builds on the proven reliability and ergonomics of the LS2208 with enhanced features including greater scanning distance and the ability to decode more barcode types. The LI2208 achieves an industry-leading working range where 13 mil 100% UPC barcodes can be captured from near contact to over 3 inches away, while 26 mil 200% UPC codes can be scanned at up to 55 inches.
The Zebra KIT-PWR-12V50W is designed for Zebra printers and mobile computing devices that require 12V 50W power input. For specific model compatibility, we recommend checking your device's technical specifications or contacting our team today—we can verify compatibility with your exact equipment to ensure proper operation.
Yes, the DS3608-HD captures virtually any high-density and standard 1D or 2D barcode at lightning speed, whether printed on paper labels or directly on product components. Its advanced imaging technology delivers reliable scanning performance across diverse barcode formats and label conditions.
The Zebra CHG-AUTO-HWIRE1-01 features a 13-foot cable length, providing sufficient reach for installation across most vehicle dashboards and mounting configurations. This extended length allows flexibility in cradle placement within delivery trucks, forklifts, and other mobile work environments. Contact us today to discuss cable routing and installation requirements for your specific vehicle setup.
Yes, the Zebra CHG-AUTO-CLA1-01 is a cigarette lighter auto charger cable that connects directly to your vehicle's 12V power outlet. The cable features a tab on the barrel jack end that provides reliable connection to your vehicle cradle, ensuring stable power delivery during transport and operations.
Yes, the AD-EPSN-P-1 license is designed to work with Motorola AirDefense systems and products. This license specifically adds WEP cloaking detection for a single sensor within your existing AirDefense infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your current wireless security setup and ensure proper integration.
Yes, the AD-CMC-P-1 Centralized Management Console is designed to work with Zebra's Motorola AirDefense-enabled mobile computers and wireless devices. Compatibility depends on your specific device models and their AirDefense support. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your current Zebra device fleet and ensure proper licensing alignment.
The AD-SNFL-P-1 Wireless Software is engineered to integrate with Zebra's mobile computing ecosystem and wireless infrastructure. For specific compatibility details with your current devices and systems, contact us today so our team can confirm integration requirements for your deployment.
The MPACT-SB1100-25-WR beacons feature coin cell batteries that have been optimized for extended battery life in industrial environments. The ultra-low RF transmit power design helps maximize operational lifespan while maintaining reliable performance in demanding warehouse and logistics settings.
The AD-ATSN-P-1 is a single-sensor license, meaning it provides advanced troubleshooting capabilities for one sensor deployment within your Motorola AirDefense system. If you need to monitor multiple locations or expand your wireless coverage, contact us today to discuss licensing options that fit your network architecture.
Yes, the AD-FESN-P-1 is designed as an add-on license for Motorola AirDefense systems already in use. This forensics license extends the capabilities of your existing sensor infrastructure without requiring hardware replacement. Contact us today to verify your current AirDefense configuration and ensure seamless integration with your deployment.
Yes, the AD-SASN-P-1 is designed as a Motorola AirDefense product and integrates with existing AirDefense deployments. The license activates spectrum analysis capabilities for one sensor node within your AirDefense infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific system configuration.
The MPACT-SB5200-10-WR bridges are designed for use only with the MB5000 Bridge running firmware version 2.7.6.0-038D or later and work exclusively with Zebra BLE beacons. They require a USB power supply (PWR-WUA5V6W0WW or similar) and an MPACT-MB5001/3 or MPACT-MB5002/4 USB cable, which are not included. Contact us today to ensure you have all necessary components for your deployment.
The Zebra P1008481 Label Rewinder is specifically designed as a media rewind option for the Zebra 140XI4 printer model. Compatibility is limited to this printer series, so it's important to verify your printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need clarification on whether this rewinder will work with your specific Zebra printer configuration.
The Zebra 01600GT08430 ribbon measures 84mm x 300m (3.31" x 984') with a 25mm (1") core diameter. Each box contains 24 ribbons, making it an economical choice for high-volume labeling operations.
The Zebra P1015397 is a thermal printhead designed for thermal transfer printing applications. This printhead is engineered to work with thermal transfer ribbons to produce durable, high-quality barcode and label prints on various media types. Available from us as a genuine Zebra replacement part for your KR403 printer.
This printhead operates at 203 DPI (dots per inch), which provides sharp, professional-quality barcode and label printing suitable for most warehouse, logistics, and retail labeling applications. The 203 DPI resolution strikes an ideal balance between print clarity and throughput for standard label sizes. Contact us today if you need higher-resolution options for specialized applications.
These thermal transfer labels produce high-quality black barcodes and human-readable fonts when used with compatible Zebra ribbons. The polypropylene construction and permanent adhesive ensure excellent barcode readability and durability across warehouse, logistics, and retail applications.
The ZD621 comes standard with Ethernet, Serial, USB 2.0, and USB Host connectivity. Optional dual wireless radio with 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1 is available as a factory- or field-installable upgrade, allowing you to print from Windows, Android, or iOS devices. The printer also supports Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) for pairing with the Zebra printer setup mobile app.
These labels are designed for use with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons when using thermal transfer printing. Resin ribbons provide superior adhesion and durability on polyester surfaces, ensuring optimal print quality and longevity in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The NX-7500-ADP-64 includes a Motorola NX7500 AP License Certificate for 64 access points or controllers, enabling you to manage and deploy wireless access points across your facility. This license certificate is essential for activating the wireless management capabilities of your Zebra infrastructure. Contact us today to ensure you have the correct licensing for your deployment.
The Zebra 105950-061 power cords with IEC320C5 connectors are compatible with most Zebra thermal transfer and direct thermal label printers that use this standard connector type. To confirm compatibility with your specific Zebra printer model, we recommend contacting our team today—we can verify your equipment requirements and ensure you have the correct power accessories.
Yes, the RS6100's innovative multi-focus scan engine is specifically designed to capture 1D and 2D barcodes regardless of their condition—including scratched, unclean, poorly printed labels, and barcodes under shrink-wrap. This capability makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments where label quality varies.
The Zebra 10028317 labels measure 2x1 inches (50.8x25.4mm) and use direct thermal printing technology on coated paper stock. Each roll contains 5,200 labels with permanent adhesive on a 3-inch (76.2mm) core, and they come in boxes of 6 rolls for convenient ordering and storage.
Yes, the ET40 is specifically designed for warehouse and logistics applications with an IP65 rating that provides protection against dust and water ingress. The tablet's rugged construction, combined with Wi-Fi 6 connectivity and built-in barcode scanning, makes it well-suited for demanding warehouse operations. Available from us with configurations optimized for inventory management and asset tracking workflows.
The Zebra 10025358 provides 2x1.25" (50.8x31.8mm) direct thermal labels with a 1" (25.4mm) core, packaged as 1000 labels per roll with 6 rolls per box. These labels feature a coated paper construction with permanent adhesive optimized for secure attachment in laboratory environments. The direct thermal printing method eliminates the need for ribbons, reducing operational costs.
The Zebra 05095GS11007 ribbon measures 110mm x 74m (4.33" x 242') with a 12mm (0.5") core and comes in a box of 12 rolls. This size is compatible with Zebra thermal transfer printers and provides substantial printing capacity for high-volume barcode and label production.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Select 4000D is specifically designed for cold temperature applications and features an all-temperature adhesive that maintains performance in harsh conditions. However, these labels are not recommended for applications involving exposure to sunlight or extreme heat. Contact us today if you need guidance on label selection for your specific environmental requirements.
Yes, the Zebra ATR7000 features seamless integration with business systems including Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) through Zebra's RFID API, enabling easy deployment and compatibility with your existing infrastructure. The reader also includes a web-based interface for simplified setup and remote management of multiple units. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements for your specific WMS environment.
The ZQ620 Plus features a 3250 mAh (nominal) 23.4 Wh removable, rechargeable PowerPrecision+ Li-Ion battery designed to power the longest shifts. The improved battery technology and increased capacity ensure extended operational time without frequent recharging, making it ideal for warehouse and logistics environments where downtime impacts productivity. The immediate wake-up feature means the printer is always ready when your team needs it.
This Zebra ZD411 model includes multiple connectivity interfaces: USB, USB Host, Ethernet, and Bluetooth. This versatility allows you to connect directly to workstations, network systems, or mobile devices depending on your warehouse workflow requirements. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your operation.
Yes, the Zebra ORCH-ZD411-300-HC is specifically designed for healthcare environments with its -HC designation indicating healthcare certification. This printer is engineered to meet the stringent requirements of medical facilities, including compliance with healthcare standards and durability in clinical settings. Contact us today to discuss how this printer integrates with your healthcare labeling workflows.
The ZQ521 supports WLAN 802.11ac with fast roaming (802.11r) and Bluetooth 4.1 Classic and Low Energy, allowing your workforce to stay connected both indoors and outdoors. The dual-radio capability enables simultaneous 802.11ac and Bluetooth operation, so you can send print jobs via one channel while using the second channel for device management and additional functions.
The ZT610 offers advanced connectivity including USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial, Gigabit Ethernet, and Bluetooth 4.1, along with USB Host capabilities. These multiple connection options allow seamless integration with your existing warehouse management and inventory systems, whether you're using legacy or modern infrastructure.
The ZT610 supports multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial, Gigabit Ethernet, and Bluetooth 4.1, allowing seamless integration into various network environments. This advanced connectivity ensures flexibility for both legacy and modern system integrations. Contact us today to discuss the connectivity configuration that best fits your warehouse or logistics infrastructure.
The TC58e is engineered for harsh environments with IP65 and IP68 sealing standards to withstand dust, water, and wash-downs. It can endure 5-foot drops and 2,000 tumbles, making it ideal for demanding warehouse, logistics, and field service operations where equipment reliability is critical. Contact us today to discuss rugged mobile computer solutions tailored to your operational environment.
Yes, the TC78 is purpose-built for heavy-truck and warehouse environments with its rugged design and warm-swap battery capability, allowing continuous operation without shutdowns. The device features a 6.0" display and industrial-grade construction to withstand the demands of logistics and supply chain operations. Contact us today to discuss how this mobile computer can optimize your warehouse workflow.
Z-Perform 1000D labels are specifically designed for direct thermal paper applications and work exceptionally well for shipping/mailing labels and a wide variety of industrial applications. The uncoated paper facestock with permanent adhesive provides reliable label adhesion for warehouse, logistics, and distribution environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to find the right label stock for your specific application needs.
The Zebra 10041942 RFID Label measures 1.75" x 0.75" and is constructed from polypropylene with a coated PolyPro 3000T material featuring permanent adhesive. Each roll contains 5,000 labels on a 3" core and comes with RFID BT781 UCODE9 encoding for reliable tag performance. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and to determine the right RFID label configuration for your application.
The Zebra 800077-751 delivers up to 2000 prints per ribbon, making it an efficient choice for medium-volume ID card production environments. This yield helps reduce ribbon changeover frequency in warehouse and logistics operations. Available from us with full technical support to help you optimize your printing workflow.
Yes, the Zebra PLS-102ATX wristbands are designed to print both wristbands and labels on a single 8.5x11" sheet, allowing you to generate patient admission wristbands and corresponding chart labels simultaneously. This dual-output capability significantly speeds up patient admissions workflows and reduces material waste.
The Zebra 800059-411 plastic ID cards are commonly used in enterprise access control, healthcare facilities, government agencies, and educational institutions requiring secure, durable identification with magnetic stripe and RFID chip functionality. The 30 mil thickness and multi-technology support make them suitable for high-security environments. Contact us today to discuss your specific industry application requirements.
The NC57-MPA-2D4H-FC supports QSFP-DD (QSFP Double Density) optical interfaces with 100GBase-X and 400GBase-X capabilities, delivering up to 400 Gigabit Ethernet performance per port. This module provides four expansion slots for flexible port configuration, allowing you to scale your network infrastructure according to your specific bandwidth requirements. Contact us today to discuss the optimal configuration for your network deployment.
The Cisco NC57-MOD-RP2-E supports Cisco LTE 2.5 with backward compatibility to LTENA, LTEGB, LTEAU, and LTEAS bands, including UMTS, HSPA+, EDGE, GSM, and GPRS technologies. The module includes a multiband swivel-mount dipole antenna (LTE-ANTM-SMA-D) and supports remote firmware upgrades over LTE, SMS-based data callbacks, and SIM lock/unlock capabilities. Contact us today for complete carrier support information and deployment guidance.
The Nexus 9500 series supports comprehensive Software-Defined Access (SD-Access) including VXLAN, L2/L3 virtual network interfaces, and SDA control-plane and border functionality. It also provides advanced routing capabilities such as Multi-VRF L3 border handoff, MPLS L3VPN, VPLS, and EoMPLS L2VPN support. Available from us, these platforms deliver enterprise-grade network programmability through NETCONF, RESTCONF, gNMI/gNOI, and YANG models.
Yes, the Cisco Nexus 3048TP-1GE is purpose-built for enterprise data center environments, offering reliable connectivity with its 48-port configuration in a space-efficient 1RU chassis. Its design supports scalable network architectures for organizations requiring high-performance switching and routing capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how this router fits your data center strategy.
Yes, the C9300-24S-E is designed for enterprise deployments with support for advanced security features including MACsec-256 encryption, IPsec, and Cisco Umbrella cloud security integration. The switch also supports Software-Defined Access (SD-Access), network assurance through Cisco Catalyst Center, and cloud monitoring via Meraki dashboard, making it well-suited for modern data center operations. Contact us today to discuss your enterprise networking requirements.
The ISR4350U-MEM-MSATA is specifically designed for the Cisco ISR4350 series routers. While Cisco's Integrated Services Router family shares common architectural elements, memory modules are typically model-specific. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your exact router model and ensure proper installation.
Yes, Cisco's industrial wireless access point line includes models specifically designed for hazardous locations and heavy-duty environments. The IW3702-2E is built for industrial deployments where standard commercial access points may not meet durability or regulatory requirements. Contact us today to discuss whether this model or a hazardous-location variant is appropriate for your specific facility.
This Cisco industrial wireless AP includes comprehensive surge protection with ±2 kV protection on Ethernet ports and ±1 kV protection on SFP copper ports with shielded cable. It also features CISPR35 compliance with ±0.5 kV line-to-earth protection, ensuring your network infrastructure is safeguarded against electrical transients. Contact us today to discuss protection requirements for your specific deployment.
The Cisco IW3702-4E-B-K9 is engineered for industrial environments, though specific hazardous location certifications depend on your regulatory domain. Cisco offers hazardous location variants (marked with -HZ designation) for certain regions. Contact us today to verify if this model or a hazardous-rated variant meets your facility's compliance requirements.
Cisco offers hazardous location variants of their industrial wireless access points, including models designated with the -HZ suffix for environments requiring compliance with hazardous area regulations. For specific details about whether the IW3702-2E-B-K9 meets your facility's hazardous location requirements, contact us today to discuss your warehouse environment and regulatory needs.
The TCS-M4-PRO10P-K9 supports 10-port connectivity, allowing simultaneous connections for multiple video conferencing sessions and content distribution. The system is built on Cisco's robust networking architecture, supporting standard network protocols and integration with existing enterprise communication infrastructures for seamless deployment in modern data centers and branch offices.
The UCS-FI-6332-U works with Cisco Fabric Extenders like the UCS 2208XP and UCS 2204XP to distribute the unified fabric to blade and rack servers, enabling you to scale your system without adding additional management points. It also integrates with the Cisco UCS 5108 Blade Chassis, which accommodates up to two fabric extenders and supports flexible bay configurations for up to 8 half-width or 4 full-width blade servers. Contact us today to configure a complete UCS solution tailored to your infrastructure needs.
The NCS1K-CNTLR2 is specifically designed for the Network Convergence System 1000 architecture and integrates with Cisco's broader NCS ecosystem. We offer compatible modules and line cards from the NCS product family, and our team can help you determine the right configuration for your network topology and requirements.
Yes, the LIC-MS355-24X2-7YR is specifically designed for the Meraki MS355-24X2 wireless switch model. This license ensures your switch receives proper enterprise-level support and software updates throughout the 7-year contract period. We offer this license to pair with your MS355-24X2 deployment.
Yes, the N540X-4Z14G2Q-A is designed for enterprise-class networking with support for advanced switching features including EtherChannel aggregation and multiple spanning tree protocols. The switch meets stringent regulatory compliance standards including FCC Part 15 Class A, EN55022, and CISPR22 certifications, making it appropriate for data center deployments. Contact us today to discuss whether this model meets your specific infrastructure requirements.
Yes, the N540-RCKMT-19-CLA is specifically designed as a rackmount kit for the Cisco NCS 540 series switches. This mechanical kit provides the proper mounting hardware and framework needed for secure installation in 19-inch racks. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific NCS 540 model and ensure you have the correct mounting solution.
Yes, the Cisco N9K-C93180YC-FX supports both optical fiber and twisted pair connectivity options, allowing you to integrate it into existing infrastructure or deploy new high-speed fiber networks. The 40/100G ports use QSFP28 connections optimized for optical fiber deployments. Contact us today to discuss your specific connectivity requirements.
Yes, the N9K-C9332D-GX2B is part of Cisco's Nexus 9300 Series and maintains compatibility with the broader Nexus ecosystem, supporting advanced Layer 3 IP routing protocols including OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, and IS-IS. It runs Cisco NX-OS software and can be integrated into existing Nexus deployments. Contact us today for assistance with compatibility assessment and integration planning for your network architecture.
The NC55-5508-FC2 is specifically designed as a fabric card for the NCS 5508 2nd Generation platform. While Cisco's NCS 5500 series shares architectural similarities, fabric card compatibility is model-specific. Contact us today for detailed compatibility information with your specific network infrastructure, and our team can help ensure proper integration with your existing Cisco equipment.
Yes, Cisco Nexus 9000 series switches support both fiber optic and copper cabling solutions for connectivity. The switches accommodate 10-, 25-, 40-, 50-, 100-, and 400-Gbps connections through various cabling options including Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Direct-Attached Cables (DAC). This dual-media support provides flexibility in designing your network infrastructure. We offer these switches with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your cabling requirements.
Yes, the N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require high-bandwidth networking infrastructure. Its 100 Gigabit Ethernet capabilities support demanding applications like real-time inventory management, RFID integration, and automated material handling systems. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can enhance your logistics network performance.
The NC-57-36H-SE features 36 ports of 100G Ethernet connectivity, making it ideal for high-density switching applications in modern networks. As a scale line card for the NCS 5700 platform, it supports the performance and capacity requirements of large enterprise and carrier-class deployments. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and compatibility information with your existing infrastructure.
Yes, the NC55-MPA-4H-S is a modular port adapter specifically engineered for integration into Cisco NCS 5500 series line cards and chassis. This modular design allows you to scale your network capacity by adding multiple adapters to your existing infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific NCS 5500 configuration.
The Cisco AMP8370-K9 features a 6U chassis with 5 available slots for modular expansion and configuration. This compact form factor allows for flexible deployment in data centers and network closets while maintaining high-density processing capabilities. Contact us today to discuss rack space requirements and installation planning for your environment.
The ASR 9900 series with this route processor supports integrated port configurations including QSFP28 ports capable of 10Gb, 40Gb, and 100Gb Ethernet, as well as SFP+ ports capable of 10Gb Ethernet. The exact port count varies by chassis model, with options ranging from compact configurations to higher-density deployments supporting up to 800G data bandwidth.
Yes, the C9200-24T is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments, providing reliable Layer 2 switching with intelligent services for network edge deployment. Its fixed-configuration design with 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports supports standard data networking needs without the complexity of modular configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how this switch can support your warehouse infrastructure.
Yes, the IE-2000-4TS-B is specifically designed as an industrially ruggedized switch with environmental compliance certifications for demanding applications. It includes features like conformal coating availability for protection against moisture and contaminants, dual-input DC power supply for reliability, and DIN rail mounting for industrial installations. Contact us today to discuss environmental specifications for your specific application.
Yes, the MS210-48FP is well-suited for small to medium-sized businesses requiring scalable, cloud-managed networking infrastructure. Its 48-port Gigabit configuration provides ample connectivity for growing organizations, while the cloud management eliminates the need for dedicated IT staff to manage complex on-premises equipment. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive networking solutions available from Barcodes Inc.
Yes, the N9K-C93180YC-FX is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring high-speed, reliable network connectivity for inventory management systems and real-time data processing. Its Layer 3 switching capabilities and modular design support scalable network architectures in demanding operational settings. Contact us today to discuss how this switch can optimize your warehouse networking infrastructure.
Yes, the Cisco SF250-24P includes Layer 3 static routing capabilities that allow you to segment your network into separate workgroups and communicate across VLANs without degrading application performance. This enables you to manage internal routing directly on the switch while dedicating your router to external traffic and security, helping your network run more efficiently.
The Cisco SF250-48 is available in PoE and non-PoE configurations depending on the specific model variant. PoE capability enables single-cable deployment of IP phones, wireless access points, and video surveillance cameras without requiring separate power supplies. Contact us today to confirm which PoE variant meets your deployment requirements.
Yes, the Cisco SF350-24P-K9-NA is a 24-port managed switch with integrated Power over Ethernet (POE) capabilities. This allows you to power compatible devices such as IP phones, wireless access points, and security cameras directly through network cables, simplifying deployment and reducing infrastructure costs. Contact us today to discuss POE requirements for your specific deployment.
Yes, the Cisco SF350-24 is a managed switch that provides enterprise-grade networking capabilities for small and medium-sized businesses. It supports Layer 3 static routing, VLAN segmentation, and QoS optimization to help you enhance network performance and security. Contact us today to discuss how this managed switch can improve your network infrastructure.
Yes, the Cisco SF350-24MP is a PoE+ model that can power connected devices directly through Ethernet cables, eliminating the need for separate power supplies. This feature is ideal for deploying IP cameras, wireless access points, and VoIP phones throughout your facility. Contact us today to discuss PoE power budgets and deployment requirements for your specific network.
Yes, the Cisco NXA-FAN-65CFM-PI is specifically designed as a replacement fan for Cisco Nexus switches and is engineered for port side intake airflow configurations. This accessory is part of Cisco's official spare parts lineup for their switching infrastructure. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Nexus model.
The C9K-F2-SSD-960GB is specifically engineered for Cisco Catalyst 9600 Series switches. For compatibility with other Cisco switch models, we recommend contacting our team to verify specifications with your particular hardware configuration. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility for your deployment.
Yes, the Cisco FPR4145-NGFW-K9 is a 1U rack-mountable appliance designed for standard data center and network closet installations. Its compact form factor makes it suitable for space-constrained environments while maintaining enterprise-grade performance and connectivity. Contact us today if you need assistance selecting the right mounting hardware or installation support.
Yes, the NC55-PWR-3KW-2HV is specifically designed as a power supply accessory for Cisco NCS 5500 series networking equipment. This 3kW power module integrates seamlessly with NCS 5500 platforms to provide reliable power delivery for high-performance routing and switching operations. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific NCS 5500 configuration.
Yes, the MR36 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations that require reliable indoor wireless coverage for mobile computers, barcode scanners, and RFID devices. Its Wi-Fi 6 performance ensures consistent connectivity across large floor spaces with high device density. Contact us today to discuss deployment strategies for your specific warehouse or distribution center needs.
Yes, the ACC-LA-H-NM-NF is a genuine Cisco component designed for seamless integration with Cisco telecommunications systems and network architectures. As an authorized distributor, we ensure all Cisco products available from us meet manufacturer compatibility standards. Contact us today to verify integration requirements for your specific network configuration.
Yes, the Cisco MV93-HW is specifically rated for outdoor use with robust environmental protection. The outdoor-rated design ensures reliable performance in various weather conditions and temperature ranges. Contact us today to discuss your outdoor security camera requirements and installation specifications.
Yes, the Cisco CTI-410VB-VTS-K9 supports Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling, making it compatible with SIP-based communications infrastructure. The device also supports flexible dial plan configuration with inter-digit timers, IP address dialing, and URI-based dialing for seamless integration into modern enterprise networks. Contact us today to discuss your specific SIP deployment requirements.
Yes, the ICPAM-KBD-RDR is designed to integrate seamlessly with Cisco's physical access management ecosystem and security appliances. It supports network-based authentication protocols and works within Cisco's unified security framework. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements for your specific security infrastructure.
Yes, the Cisco ICPAM-1CRED-K9 is well-suited for enterprise environments including warehouse and logistics operations that require robust credential management and access control. Its identity management capabilities help secure endpoints and control access to critical systems and data in distributed warehouse locations. Contact us today to discuss how this security appliance fits your specific operational needs.
The C1-AIR-CT2504-K9 includes enterprise-grade security features including WPA2 and WPA encryption, 802.1X authentication, AES and TKIP encryption standards, and support for multiple EAP types (EAP-TLS, PEAP, TTLS). These security protocols ensure your wireless network meets compliance requirements for sensitive data transmission in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss security configurations tailored to your organization's needs.
The CAB-PWR-M12-10 features an M12 connector type with a 10-foot cable length, providing DC power distribution for compatible Cisco devices. The cable is engineered to meet Cisco's safety and EMC compliance standards, including UL 60950-1/62368-1 and EN 60950-1/62368-1 certifications, ensuring safe operation in industrial and commercial settings.
Yes, Cisco's infrastructure products including zone controllers support comprehensive IPv4 and IPv6 protocol stacks along with advanced routing protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, and IS-IS. These capabilities enable seamless integration into modern enterprise networks. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about compatible Cisco networking solutions available from us.
The UCSC-MRAID12G-RF is a RAID controller module and operates independently of server memory specifications. It works with Cisco UCS servers that support various memory configurations, including DDR5 SDRAM modules. For specific compatibility with your server model, contact us today and our team can verify your exact configuration requirements.
Yes, the Cisco UCS-C3K-M4 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments where reliable data processing and storage are critical. Its dual-processor support and advanced RAID controller make it ideal for handling inventory management systems, barcode scanning integration, and real-time logistics tracking. Contact us today to discuss how this server can support your warehouse infrastructure needs.
The MA-ANT-27 is specifically designed for Cisco Meraki wireless networking products. We recommend verifying compatibility with your specific Cisco access point model before purchasing. Contact us today if you need help determining the right antenna for your equipment.
The Cisco AIR-CT5508-100-K9 model supports up to 100 access points, making it suitable for medium to large enterprise deployments. We also offer other 5508 variants available from us, including models supporting 12, 25, 50, 250, and 500 access points to match your network scale requirements.
The Cisco 5508 delivers 802.11n technology that provides up to nine times the performance of legacy 802.11a/g networks, enabling seamless multimedia applications including voice and video over wireless. This enhanced performance ensures interactive applications run flawlessly without service interruption, and clients can roam across the network with zero service loss. Contact us today to learn how this performance improvement can benefit your organization.
The Cisco QSFP-100G-CWDM4-S= features an LC duplex connector for optical fiber connections. This standard connector type ensures compatibility with most modern data center and campus network infrastructure. Contact us today for availability and technical specifications on this Cisco transceiver module.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-SR4 operates over multi-mode optical fiber, making it suitable for shorter distance connections typical in data center environments. The SR4 designation indicates short-reach capability optimized for multi-mode fiber performance. Contact us today if you need guidance on fiber compatibility for your specific network topology.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-LR4-S uses LC duplex connectors for optical fiber connections. LC connectors are industry-standard for high-density transceiver modules and provide reliable, low-loss connections in data center and campus network environments.
The CP-840-CLIP= is specifically designed for Cisco 840 series phones, including the CP-840S-K9= Webex 840S IP Phone. While it is a dedicated accessory for the 840 series, we recommend verifying compatibility with your specific phone model before purchase. Contact us today if you need clarification on compatibility with your existing Cisco telecommunications equipment.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7020 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments with its reliable Intel Core i5-14500 processor, 16 GB of memory, and Windows 11 Pro operating system. The small form factor design makes it ideal for space-constrained warehouse offices, and we offer this system along with compatible barcode scanners and mobile computers to create integrated AIDC solutions for your operations.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7640 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments with its durable construction, integrated webcam for video conferencing, and Wi-Fi connectivity for real-time data access. The 16" display provides ample screen real estate for viewing inventory management systems and barcode scanning applications. Contact us today to discuss how this laptop can integrate with your warehouse management systems.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments with its compact small form factor design, Intel vPro management capabilities for remote administration, and robust connectivity options including 802.11ax wireless LAN. The 260 W power efficiency and Windows 11 Pro support make it ideal for inventory management systems and AIDC integration. Contact us today to discuss configurations optimized for your warehouse workflow requirements.
The Dell 400-AVBX is engineered for compatibility with Dell servers, workstations, and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with 12Gb/s interface. Its hot-swappable design ensures it integrates seamlessly into existing infrastructure without requiring system shutdown. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific hardware configuration.
The Dell S2425HS includes HDMI connectivity along with integrated speakers and audio output capabilities. The monitor is compatible with PCs, laptops, and external audio devices, providing flexible connection options for your workspace setup.
Yes, the Dell Pro 14 Plus PB14250 features IEEE 802.11be wireless LAN standard, which is Wi-Fi 7 technology. This provides fast, reliable wireless connectivity for seamless data synchronization in warehouse and logistics environments where network reliability is critical.
We offer the Dell P2222H with three connectivity options: one DisplayPort 1.2 input, one HDMI 1.4 input, and one VGA input—all supporting HDCP for secure content. This versatile connectivity makes it compatible with most warehouse management systems and legacy IT infrastructure.
The Dell 400-BDVR D3-S4610 uses the standard 2.5-inch form factor with SATA/600 interface, making it compatible with most modern servers, storage arrays, and enterprise systems that support SATA SSDs. However, compatibility depends on your specific hardware configuration and bay requirements. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure and ensure proper integration.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7320 is built for rugged field operations with an outdoor-viewable display and impact-resistant protective front glass. The tablet includes physical security features like cable lock slots and battery/hard drive locks, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field service applications where durability is critical.
Yes, the Dell SD25 is designed for both desktop PCs and notebooks, featuring a USB Type-C connection that works with compatible Dell systems and other manufacturers' devices. The 180W charging capability ensures your laptop stays powered during extended work sessions. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific equipment before purchase.
Yes, the TMGM2 is purpose-built for professional creative and engineering work. The NVIDIA RTX PRO 2000 Blackwell GPU with 8 GB of VRAM is specifically designed for CAD applications, video editing, and 3D rendering tasks, while the Intel Core Ultra 7 265H with vPro provides the processing power needed for complex workloads. The 32 GB of system memory and 1 TB SSD ensure smooth multitasking and fast file access.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus is designed for professional environments including warehouses and logistics operations. Its small form factor design, Windows 11 Pro operating system, and robust Intel specifications make it well-suited for AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) integration, barcode scanning systems, and inventory management software. Contact us today to discuss your specific warehouse IT requirements.
The Dell 400-22284 is a genuine Dell OEM component designed for compatibility with Dell enterprise servers and workstations that support 2.5" SAS drives. For specific compatibility verification with your exact model, we recommend contacting us today so our technical team can confirm proper fit and performance in your system.
Yes, the Dell NWH7V-RF offers encrypted storage options including FDE/SED FIPS Opal 7200 rpm 320GB drives and encrypted Mobile Solid State up to 256GB for enhanced data security. The system also includes physical security features such as battery and hard drive locks, cable lock slots, and optional fingerprint reader support. These security capabilities make it well-suited for logistics and warehouse environments handling sensitive data.
Yes, the Dell 3RDJV is specifically designed and supported for server device applications. Its 512n format and enterprise specifications make it suitable for data center and server environments requiring reliable, high-capacity storage. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server configuration.
The Dell 462-6771 uses the NL-SAS interface and 3.5" form factor, making it compatible with Dell PowerEdge servers and compatible third-party systems that support NL-SAS drives. For specific compatibility verification with your hardware configuration, contact us today and our team can confirm compatibility with your exact server model.
The Dell 400-AGSW is designed for Dell enterprise systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with 12Gb/s connectivity. We recommend verifying your system's drive bay specifications and SAS controller compatibility before ordering. Contact us today if you need help determining compatibility with your specific Dell hardware configuration.
The Dell 400-BLJV is specifically designed for server device support with its U.2 NVMe 4.0 interface, making it compatible with modern server platforms that support this standard. For specific compatibility verification with your particular server model or infrastructure, contact us today and our team can provide detailed technical guidance to ensure proper integration.
Yes, the Dell 400-ATFL is designed as a mobility solid state drive for Dell systems. Its 2.5" internal form factor and SATA interface make it compatible with Dell laptops and mobile workstations that support secondary storage upgrades via E-Module Bay II or standard drive bays. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific Dell model.
The Dell D4N7V is engineered for server device support with SAS 12Gb/s interface, making it compatible with most modern Dell PowerEdge servers and other SAS-enabled systems. To verify compatibility with your specific infrastructure, contact us today and our team can confirm whether this drive meets your system requirements.
Yes, the Dell 6T2NP Drive is both hot-swappable and hot-pluggable, meaning you can safely remove and install it without powering down your server. This capability minimizes downtime during maintenance, upgrades, or drive replacements in active production environments.
Yes, the Dell 400-ANUT drive is both hot-swappable and hot-pluggable, allowing you to replace or add the drive without powering down your system. This feature minimizes downtime in production environments and is ideal for data centers and warehouse management systems. We offer this drive with full compatibility documentation available upon request.
The Dell MDF8N's 2.5" form factor and SATA interface make it compatible with most Dell laptops and mobile workstations that accept standard 2.5" SATA drives. However, compatibility depends on your specific Dell model and its storage bay configuration. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your exact system.
Yes, the Dell 400-AMJE drive is specifically designed as a hot-swappable component, allowing you to replace or upgrade the drive without powering down your system. This capability is essential for mission-critical applications where downtime must be minimized. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific server or storage configuration.
The Dell 345-BGML uses SAS (24Gb/s) connectivity and includes a 3.5" carrier, making it compatible with Dell servers and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives with carrier mounting. For specific compatibility verification with your existing infrastructure, contact us today and our team can confirm whether this drive will integrate with your system.
The Dell 463-6999 is a genuine Dell component designed for enterprise systems supporting NL-SAS drives. Compatibility depends on your specific server model and its storage controller configuration. Contact us today with your server model number, and our team can verify compatibility and ensure you receive the correct drive for your infrastructure.
The Dell 345-BHSC is designed as a server device with vSAS (12Gb/s SAS) interface, making it compatible with Dell servers and other enterprise systems supporting this connection standard. For specific compatibility with your infrastructure, we recommend contacting our team today to verify integration with your particular server model.
The Dell 463-6766 SFP module uses optical fiber connections and supports the 1000Base-SX standard, which operates over multimode fiber at gigabit speeds. This module is compatible with Dell networking equipment and other standard SFP-equipped switches and network devices. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific network infrastructure.
The B360 Gen 2 is equipped with a 12th Generation Intel Core i5/i7 processor paired with integrated Intel Iris X graphics and up to 64GB DDR4 RAM, delivering exceptional performance for heavy workloads common in logistics and warehouse management. The standard configuration available from us includes an Intel Core i7-1260P processor with 16GB RAM and 256GB PCIe SSD storage. This combination ensures smooth operation for data-intensive applications like inventory management and real-time tracking systems.
Yes, the Getac V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond display that maintains visibility even in outdoor settings with direct sunlight exposure. The Full HD LCD touchscreen with digitizer ensures you can work comfortably and accurately in any lighting condition. This makes it ideal for field operations, logistics, and outdoor warehouse management tasks.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond screen with Full HD LCD and touchscreen capabilities, making it fully visible and usable in bright outdoor conditions. This makes it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where you need to maintain visibility regardless of lighting conditions.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond screen with full HD LCD and touchscreen capabilities, ensuring excellent visibility and usability even in direct outdoor settings. This makes it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where outdoor visibility is critical.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 is specifically designed for outdoor environments with a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond display that maintains visibility in bright conditions. The rugged construction ensures it can perform reliably in challenging weather conditions, rain or shine.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond screen that maintains visibility in outdoor settings and direct sunlight. This high-brightness Full HD LCD touchscreen with hard tip stylus support makes it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where outdoor visibility is critical.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond display with full HD LCD touchscreen technology, making it clearly visible and usable even in direct sunlight. This makes it ideal for warehouse operations, logistics, and outdoor field work where visibility is critical.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 is specifically designed for outdoor environments with a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond display that maintains visibility in bright daylight conditions. The rugged construction withstands harsh weather, making it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field service operations where visibility and durability are critical. Contact us today to discuss your outdoor computing requirements.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond display with a full HD LCD touchscreen, making it highly visible and usable in outdoor settings regardless of ambient light conditions. This makes it ideal for warehouse operations, field service, and logistics work where outdoor visibility is critical.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond display that maintains excellent visibility in outdoor settings and direct sunlight. The Full HD LCD touchscreen with hard tip stylus support ensures you can work effectively in any lighting condition, making it ideal for field operations and outdoor deployments.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond screen with Full HD LCD and touchscreen capabilities, making it fully visible and usable in outdoor settings and bright daylight conditions. The hard tip stylus support adds precision input for field operations.
Yes, the S410-G5 features a sunlight-readable Full HD LCD display designed for visibility in challenging outdoor environments. This makes it ideal for field operations, warehouse management, and logistics applications where outdoor visibility is critical.
Yes, the S410-G5 features a sunlight-readable Full HD LCD display, making it ideal for outdoor operations and field work where visibility in bright conditions is critical. This display technology ensures operators can view content clearly even in direct sunlight without compromising visibility. Contact us today to learn more about this feature for your outdoor deployment needs.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 features a 1,000 nits sunlight-readable LumiBond screen, making it fully visible and usable in direct outdoor sunlight and harsh lighting conditions. This makes it ideal for warehouse, logistics, and field operations where visibility in bright environments is critical.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 features a super-bright 1,400-nit display that ensures excellent readability even in direct sunlight and the brightest outdoor environments. This makes it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need to work in varied lighting conditions without screen glare affecting productivity.
Yes—the V120's 12.2" LumiBond display delivers 1,000 nits of brightness, ensuring excellent visibility in direct sunlight and outdoor conditions. The touchscreen is specifically engineered to be glove-friendly, allowing warehouse and field service workers to operate it with heavy-duty gloves without removing them. This makes it ideal for logistics and outdoor mobile work environments where traditional laptop displays would be unusable.
Yes, the V120 includes optional 1D/2D barcode reader and RFID capabilities as configurable add-ons, making it perfect for inventory management and asset tracking in warehouse environments. The flexible expansion options allow you to customize the laptop to match your specific scanning and identification requirements. Contact us today to configure the barcode and RFID options that fit your operation.
Yes, the V120 is engineered for demanding environments with an operating temperature range of -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C), meeting MIL-STD-810H military standards and IP66 certification for complete dust and water protection. It also features 4-foot drop resistance and optional salt fog certification for corrosive environments like coastal or chemical facilities. These certifications make it ideal for public safety, utilities, and field service applications where equipment faces extreme conditions.
Yes, the V120 features an optional 1D/2D barcode reader that can be configured during purchase, making it ready for inventory management and logistics applications right out of the box. We offer the V120 with this integrated barcode capability available from us, or you can add it through our team's configuration options. Contact us today to specify your barcode reader requirements.
The Getac V120 features LifeSupport swappable dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries that allow you to hot-swap power sources without shutting down the device, ensuring continuous operation in the field. Battery life varies based on usage patterns, wireless settings, display brightness, and software applications, but the dual-battery design with optional high-capacity packs ensures extended runtime for full-shift operations. Contact us today for detailed battery performance specifications and to discuss high-capacity battery options available from us.
Yes, the V120 features LifeSupport swappable dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries, allowing you to hot-swap power sources without shutting down the system. Optional high-capacity battery packs are available from us to extend runtime for all-day field operations in remote locations without access to charging infrastructure.
Yes, the V120 is engineered for extreme field conditions with an operating temperature range of -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C), making it suitable for utilities, public safety, and outdoor service applications. Beyond temperature resilience, it carries MIL-STD-810H and IP66 certifications, ensuring protection against dust, water immersion, and mechanical shock. Optional salt fog certification is also available for coastal or corrosive environments. Contact us today to configure the environmental protection package that matches your specific field deployment needs.
Yes, the Getac V120 is engineered for extreme environments with an operating temperature range of -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C), making it suitable for cold storage facilities and outdoor field operations. The IP66 sealing protects against dust and water ingress, and optional salt fog certification is available for coastal or corrosive environments. The glove-friendly touchscreen and bright 1,000-nit display ensure usability even in harsh weather conditions.
Yes, the Getac UX10 Gen3 is specifically designed for harsh environments with an IP66-certified design that provides superior dust and water resistance. Combined with exceptional drop resistance and wide temperature tolerance, this tablet maintains full functionality in demanding warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics settings where durability is critical.
Yes, the UX10 G5 includes a 5MP front-facing Windows Hello face-authentication camera, providing secure biometric login for sensitive warehouse and logistics data. This advanced security feature eliminates the need for passwords while ensuring only authorized personnel access critical inventory and shipping information.
The UX10 G5 includes Windows Hello face-authentication via a 5MP front-facing camera, providing secure biometric access without passwords. Running Windows 11 Pro, it also supports enterprise-grade security protocols essential for logistics and supply chain operations where data protection is critical.
Yes, the Getac V120 includes optional 5G Sub-6 connectivity with dedicated GPS, making it excellent for field service teams that require real-time location tracking and high-speed mobile data. Beyond wireless capabilities, it features Wi-Fi 7 BE200 and Bluetooth 5.4 for flexible connectivity in any environment. Contact us today to configure your V120 with 5G and GPS options tailored to your field operations.
Yes, the S510 meets MIL-STD-810H and IP53 standards, ensuring it can withstand demanding environmental conditions and accidental impacts common in warehouse and field operations. Additionally, the chassis is constructed from over 45% post-consumer recycled materials, demonstrating Getac's commitment to both durability and sustainability. Contact us today to discuss deployment in your specific operational environment.
Yes, the Honeywell 3320g is designed as a hands-free scanner with a sleek and elegant form factor that blends seamlessly in retail environments. The hands-free capability allows operators to scan barcodes without holding the device, improving workflow efficiency in point-of-sale and retail settings.
The Avery-Dennison M09416XL connects via USB and Serial interfaces, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your existing warehouse or shipping systems. Both connection types are standard on this desktop printer, making it compatible with most modern and legacy systems. Contact us today if you need guidance on connectivity setup for your specific environment.
Yes, the ZD621 is backwards compatible with virtually any existing thermal printer. It supports both EPL and ZPL programming languages, and can emulate languages normally associated with other printer brands using Zebra's Print DNA tool, Virtual Devices. This means you can use the same label formats and applications you're using today without requiring significant changes to your workflow.
SOTI MobiControl offers deployment flexibility—enterprises can choose to deploy the solution as an on-premise installation or use the MobiControl Cloud option. This allows organizations to select the deployment model that best fits their security, compliance, and infrastructure requirements.
The SATO WWCLP3001 delivers 609 dpi print resolution with a print speed of 14 inches per second, providing sharp barcode and label output for demanding industrial applications. This combination of resolution and speed ensures both quality and throughput for high-volume labeling operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how this performance level compares to your current printing needs.
The MB241T comes standard with USB, Serial (RS-232), Ethernet, and USB Host connectivity. These multiple interface options ensure seamless integration with your existing warehouse management systems, scanners, and network infrastructure.
The Magicard Enduro includes Magicard's exclusive HoloKote anti-counterfeit watermarking feature, which prints a security watermark during the normal card printing cycle at no additional cost. The watermark becomes visible when the card is viewed at an angle and is available in four patterns: globes, keys, interlocking squares, or waves. When combined with Magicard HoloPatch cards, one area of the watermark creates a high-visibility security seal with a holographic appearance at a fraction of the cost of traditional holographic lamination.
Yes, the ZT610 includes a micro label option with improved precision for labels as small as 3 mm. This capability makes it well-suited for applications requiring small, high-resolution labels in manufacturing and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss your micro-labeling requirements.
The SpectraLink KBL844000 offers two battery options: a standard battery providing up to 8 hours of talk time with 80 hours of standby time, and an enhanced battery option delivering up to 12 hours of talk time with 120 hours of standby time. Both options are easy-access and designed for extended mobile operations.
Yes, the HF680 is specifically designed to minimize checkout delays by quickly scanning traditionally difficult-to-read digital barcodes and even damaged barcodes. With its Megapixel sensor and 1GHz processor, it delivers fast and reliable scanning performance even in challenging conditions.
Battery life varies by operating mode: up to 7 years in ISO/IEC 24730-2 mode and up to 5 years in CCX and multimode operations. The tag uses Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) technology operating in the 2.4 GHz frequency band to maximize both range and battery efficiency.
The Zebra LB2-BABY-P wristbands feature a soft padded cuff material that reduces irritation, making them suitable for extended wear. The comfortable design is specifically engineered for patient comfort while maintaining the durability needed in healthcare settings.
The ZC10L operates as a 300 dpi modified photo printer, delivering exceptional image quality especially for background graphics and photos. This resolution enables you to produce visually compelling cards with photo-quality images, rich colors, and crisp text suitable for professional event badges and passes.
The DS4608 offers a scan range of 28 inches (71 cm) with a bright aiming spot, enabling checkout associates to easily scan items in shopping carts while remaining seated at the cash wrap. This extended range makes it ideal for capturing UPC codes on bulky items at the bottom of a cart without repositioning.
StatBand wristbands offer excellent print quality and durability, which are essential for accurate patient tracking and management in healthcare settings. Their quick-application design ensures efficient use during critical moments when time is of the essence, making them ideal for emergency departments and trauma centers.
The Zebra P120i prints at 100 cards per hour. For full-color dual-sided printing (YMCKOK), it takes approximately 35 seconds per card, while single-sided full-color printing (YMCKO) takes about 30 seconds per card.
Yes, the ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 is well-suited for mobile warehouse operations with its 14-inch WUXGA touchscreen, 2-in-1 convertible design, and Windows 11 Pro 64-bit operating system. The integrated fingerprint reader and 1080p HD RGB+IR camera provide security features essential for logistics environments. We recommend this model for field teams, inventory management, and on-site data collection tasks.
Yes, Lenovo recommends Windows 7 Professional for optimal compatibility and performance with this digital signage display. The system is designed to work reliably with Lenovo's enterprise-grade software ecosystem and meeting room scheduling applications.
Yes, the ThinkPad X1 Carbon G12 is designed for business professionals and enterprise deployments, featuring the Intel Core U processor for reliable performance in demanding work environments. We offer this model with enterprise-grade support and can help you configure it for your team's specific business needs—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for volume pricing and deployment options.
The Lenovo Tab M9 features a 5,100mAh integrated Li-Polymer battery that supports up to 13 hours of video playback, 12 hours of web browsing, and 15 hours of music playback. Battery life varies depending on usage patterns, screen brightness, wireless functionality, and power management settings. Contact us today for deployment recommendations based on your specific usage requirements.
Yes, Lenovo ThinkPad devices are widely deployed in warehouse and logistics environments due to their durability and reliable performance. The detachable design of the X12 G2 makes it particularly useful for mobile inventory tracking and on-the-floor operations where flexibility is essential. We offer comprehensive support and can help you integrate this device with your existing AIDC infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment solutions.
This system supports up to 8GB of DDR3 memory running at 1333 MHz with 2 DIMM slots for expandability. Storage options include multiple HDD configurations (250GB, 320GB, 500GB, or 1TB at 7200 RPM) or a 160GB Flash SSD, with both tower and small form factor (SFF) designs available. We offer this desktop in both configurations to meet different performance and capacity needs for warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Lenovo 82VQ000EUS is well-suited for field operations in warehouses and logistics environments. Its 12.2-inch convertible design allows it to function as both a laptop and tablet, making it portable for mobile inventory management and barcode scanning applications. The touchscreen interface and Windows 11 Pro Education operating system support standard warehouse management software and AIDC applications. We offer this device as part of our mobile computing solutions for logistics professionals.
Yes, the Lenovo 82VM0018US is designed for mobile professionals with its lightweight 11.6" convertible form factor and 2-in-1 design that switches between laptop and tablet modes. The touchscreen display and built-in front camera make it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need flexibility between desk work and on-site inspections.
Yes, the Yoga 7's convertible 2-in-1 design with touchscreen makes it ideal for warehouse management and logistics workflows where flexibility between laptop and tablet modes is valuable. The AMD Ryzen AI 5 processor and 16 GB RAM provide sufficient performance for inventory management software, barcode scanning applications, and real-time data processing in field operations.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1 is specifically designed for mobile professionals with its lightweight 2-in-1 convertible design, 14" touchscreen, and vPro security features. The 3-cell 58Wh battery provides all-day productivity, while the backlit keyboard and IR camera support secure video conferencing and flexible work environments.
Yes, the ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 is well-suited for mobile warehouse and logistics applications with its convertible 2-in-1 design, touchscreen interface, and robust Intel processing power. The Windows 11 Pro operating system provides enterprise-level security and compatibility with warehouse management systems and RFID software. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate this device into your logistics workflow with our full range of mobile computing and data capture solutions.
Yes, the ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 is designed for business professionals with its vPro processor, Windows 11 Pro operating system, and 2-in-1 convertible design that offers both laptop and tablet functionality. The 14" touchscreen and lightweight design make it ideal for mobile workers, while the fingerprint reader and 1080p HD RGB+IR camera provide enterprise-grade security features. Contact us today to learn how this model can enhance your team's productivity.
Yes, the 360-degree hinge enables laptop, tablet, tent and stand modes, giving you flexible presentation and note-taking capabilities. The touchscreen and pen-capable configurations support digital markup and collaborative workflows, making it versatile for hybrid work environments. Contact us today to configure the pen option that best fits your needs.
Yes, selected configurations of the ThinkPad P16 Gen 3 are ISV-certified for professional engineering and creative applications, making it ideal for advanced CAD, engineering simulation, animation, and data science work. The combination of high-performance Intel processing, professional NVIDIA RTX graphics, and up to 192GB DDR5 memory ensures reliable performance for complex technical tasks. We offer fully configured systems optimized for these demanding professional workflows—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for ISV-certified configurations.
Yes, the ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 is specifically designed for CAD, engineering, architecture, software development, and media production. Selected configurations are ISV-certified for professional engineering and creative applications, ensuring compatibility with industry-standard software. The combination of high-performance Intel processing, professional NVIDIA graphics options, and a detailed 16-inch display makes it ideal for technical and analytical work. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your engineering needs.
Yes, the ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 is specifically designed for mobile work and hybrid environments with ThinkPad commercial construction and rigorous testing standards. It features modern docking and connectivity options, wireless capabilities, and a choice of 52.5Wh or 86Wh batteries with Rapid Charge to support full workdays away from the office. The 16-inch 16:10 display provides excellent productivity workspace for documents and applications while remaining portable.
Yes, the ThinkVision MS30 Monitor Soundbar is designed to support Lenovo ThinkVision displays, including models like the L2250p and L2021 monitors. The soundbar mounts directly to compatible Lenovo monitors to provide integrated audio without requiring additional desk space. Contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific monitor model.
The M84Pro(2) delivers rapid printing at 10 inches per second with virtually zero-compile time, thanks to its latest generation 32-bit RISC 133 MHz CPU. This speed, combined with thermal transfer technology, makes it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the SATO AI-6821 2D imager scanner is compatible with iOS and Android devices through its Bluetooth connectivity, enabling seamless integration with mobile applications. This makes it an excellent choice for warehouse teams using smartphones or tablets for inventory management and order fulfillment. Contact us today to discuss mobile scanning solutions tailored to your operation.
The SATO CT4-LX-HC includes both USB and Ethernet connectivity options, allowing flexible integration into existing healthcare IT networks and legacy systems. Multiple connectivity options ensure compatibility with various hospital information systems and label printing workflows. Contact us today to discuss your specific network requirements.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX is equipped with UHF RFID printing capabilities, making it ideal for asset tracking, inventory management, and supply chain applications that require RFID encoding. The printer combines thermal transfer printing with integrated RFID functionality in a compact 4-inch desktop form factor. Contact us today to discuss your specific RFID labeling requirements.
The SATO CL4NX Plus features Micro Label Print Mode that delivers higher print accuracy for small pitch labels, with the ability to dispense labels as small as 10mm. This specialized capability, combined with 609 dpi print resolution, makes it ideal for applications requiring detailed barcodes, QR codes, and RFID tags on compact labels. If you need precision labeling for electronics, pharmaceuticals, or small parts tracking, this printer is engineered to meet those demanding requirements.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is fully compatible with SATO thermal printers, and this specific package (WNPXX003S002) is configured for 3-printer environments. The software integrates seamlessly with SATO's thermal printing hardware to deliver reliable barcode and label output. Contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with your specific SATO printer models.
Yes, this software is specifically designed to work with SATO thermal printers, providing native driver support and optimized printing workflows. The integration ensures seamless communication between the design software and SATO hardware for reliable barcode label output in demanding warehouse and distribution environments.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Express is optimized for SATO thermal printer models and provides native driver support for SATO hardware. We offer this software specifically for SATO printer environments to ensure full compatibility and optimal performance. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific SATO printer model.
Yes, the SATO WNPXX005S002 software license covers up to 5 printers, making it ideal for multi-location warehouses and distribution centers. The software is compatible with SATO's thermal printer lineup, allowing you to manage labeling across different print stations from a single design platform. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific SATO printer models.
The SATO WNSXX003S002 Software includes a NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite license configured for 3 printers, making it ideal for small to medium-sized operations that need to distribute printing across multiple SATO thermal printer units. This allows your team to manage label printing from a centralized software platform while leveraging multiple printer devices for increased throughput.
The SATO WNSXX005S002 Software license supports up to 5 SATO printers, allowing you to centrally manage label design and printing across multiple devices in your facility. This makes it an efficient solution for distributed printing operations without requiring separate software licenses for each printer.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is designed to work with SATO thermal printers, though compatibility may vary by specific printer model. We recommend contacting us today to confirm compatibility with your exact SATO printer model and to ensure proper integration for your operation.
These labels measure 4 inches by 1 inch with 1-inch inner diameter and 5-inch outer diameter perforation. Each roll contains 2,850 labels, and you receive 4 rolls per carton for a total of 11,400 labels per case, providing efficient inventory management for high-volume printing operations.
Yes, the PW2NX is an excellent choice for food safety labeling, inventory identification, price markdowns, sorting, and receipt printing applications. Its direct thermal printing technology and 203 dpi resolution deliver clear, durable labels that meet food industry compliance requirements. We offer this printer specifically for operations requiring reliable mobile labeling across multiple use cases.
The M84Pro(3) delivers rapid printing speeds of 10 inches per second (ips), making it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. Combined with virtually zero-compile time thanks to its 32-bit RISC 133 MHz CPU, this printer minimizes production delays and keeps your labeling operations running efficiently.
The SATO SWR05-H-8474 ribbon measures 3.31" wide by 243 feet long with a 0.5" core. Each case contains 6 rolls, and the ribbon comes wound out and ready to load into compatible SATO thermal printers. This standard sizing ensures compatibility with most SATO label printer models.
Yes, the SATO WD204-001 is designed as a direct thermal print head for the SATO WS4 series printers. We offer this printhead as a replacement or upgrade component for WS4 thermal printing systems. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific WS4 model.
Yes, the SATO WT205-001 is specifically designed as a WS4 thermal transfer print head for SATO thermal printers. This printhead is engineered to be a direct replacement for compatible SATO WS4 printer models. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and ensure proper installation.
Yes, the SATO WD301-001 is a direct thermal printhead specifically designed for SATO WS4 series printers. This ensures seamless integration and optimal performance with your existing SATO thermal printing equipment. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and discuss installation support.
Yes, the SATO R142222000 printhead supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing modes. This dual-capability design makes it a versatile replacement option for various SATO printer configurations in warehouse and logistics environments.
The SATO WWS8N41EA operates at 203 DPI (dots per inch) using thermal transfer printing technology, delivering crisp, durable barcode and label output suitable for most industrial applications. This resolution is ideal for standard barcode labels, shipping labels, and inventory tags in warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive SATO thermal printer lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The SATO 59-C2103-011 comes as a factory-installed component, meaning it arrives pre-assembled and ready for use on compatible printer models. This eliminates installation complexity and ensures proper configuration from the start. Contact us today if you need guidance on ordering printers with this unwinder already integrated.
Yes, many HPE Aruba switch models include PoE capabilities. Models like the 6100 24G Class4 PoE (JL677A) with 370W power budget and the 2930F 48G PoE+ (JL262A) support PoE delivery for connected devices. Contact us today to identify the right PoE-enabled model for your warehouse or facility requirements.
The JL631A back-to-front fan is specifically designed for the Aruba 8325 switch chassis and integrates seamlessly with HPE Aruba's modular switching architecture. Compatibility depends on your exact switch model and configuration, so we recommend verifying your equipment's part number before purchase. Contact us today and our team can confirm compatibility and help you source the correct components for your network.
The HPE Aruba 6100 series delivers switching capacities ranging from 68 Gbps to 128 Gbps depending on the model, with throughput capacities from 45.1 Mpps to 95.2 Mpps. These switches feature low latency performance of 1.5-2.3 microseconds at 1 Gbps and 1.8-2.6 microseconds at 10 Gbps, making them suitable for demanding enterprise environments.
Yes, HPE Aruba switches in this series offer PoE+ options that deliver power to devices like IP phones, wireless access points, and surveillance cameras commonly found in warehouse and logistics facilities. Our team can help you select the right PoE configuration based on your power budget requirements and device count. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore PoE-enabled Aruba switch models available from us.
The JL632A includes a 650W front-back power supply that operates across 100-240VAC input voltage, making it suitable for diverse data center and network environments. This robust power delivery ensures reliable operation for enterprise networking applications. Contact us today for detailed power consumption specifications and installation requirements for your specific deployment.
We offer the Bixolon XT5-43NCS with three resolution options: 203 dpi, 300 dpi, or 600 dpi. This flexibility allows you to choose the resolution that best matches your barcode quality requirements and application needs, from standard barcodes to detailed graphics.
The SRP-332IIIPK supports both 180 and 203 dpi resolution settings, allowing you to choose the appropriate quality level for your application. The 203 dpi option delivers sharper, more detailed receipts and barcodes when needed.
The SPP-L3000IWK can simultaneously connect via Bluetooth 4.1 (Classic & LE) and WLAN 802.11a/b/g/n with support for multiple security protocols including WEP, WPA1/2, and Wi-Fi Direct. It also features NFC-enabled Easy Bluetooth Pairing for simplified device setup.
The XQ-840CG supports multiple media types including gap, black mark, notch, continuous, and fan-fold formats, with media widths ranging from 15 to 118 mm and up to 1,000 mm print length. It can handle media thickness from 0.06 to 0.20 mm with roll diameters up to 130 mm, making it versatile for receipts, tags, labels, and wristbands. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about optional peel dispense and cutter accessories that can further enhance your workflow.
The Bixolon XM7-40IK supports both Bluetooth V5.0 and WLAN connectivity simultaneously, providing the greatest possible connectivity options for your field operations. This dual-connectivity approach allows seamless integration with warehouse management systems and mobile devices without requiring a choice between wireless protocols. Contact us today to discuss how this connectivity can optimize your operations.
The XM7-40IWK supports multiple connectivity options including USB, Bluetooth V5.0, and Wi-Fi, allowing you to integrate it seamlessly into your existing warehouse or logistics infrastructure. This dual wireless capability—Bluetooth and WLAN simultaneously—ensures flexibility for both mobile and stationary printing scenarios. Contact us today to discuss how these connectivity features fit your operational needs.
The SPP-R400 features multiple connectivity options including RS-232C serial, USB 1.1 Full-Speed, Bluetooth Class 2 V3.0+EDR, and WLAN 802.11 b/g with WEP40/104 and WPA1/2 security. This multi-interface design allows seamless integration with warehouse management systems, mobile devices, and legacy equipment. Contact us today to discuss connectivity requirements for your operation.
Yes, the TSP143III is compatible with Star Micronics AllReceipts, enabling digital receipt management and customer feedback collection directly from your POS system. The printer also supports futurePRNT software, which allows you to enhance printed receipts with graphics, replace printed information, and trigger promotional coupons. These integrations make it ideal for modern omnichannel retail operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about available software options.
The Star TSP143 delivers 203 dpi resolution at a print speed of 25 receipts per minute, even when printing graphics. This combination ensures sharp barcode and image quality without sacrificing throughput in high-volume retail and hospitality environments.
Yes, the CD5 Max Series is specifically engineered for high-volume retail and hospitality environments with heavy-duty all-steel construction designed to withstand demanding transaction workflows. It's built to handle high-traffic retail, grocery, QSR, and cannabis environments while maintaining durability and security. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your operation.
The Star Micronics CD5 cash drawer is built to integrate with Star Micronics POS solutions and compatible third-party systems. For specific compatibility with your existing hardware or software, contact us today and our team can verify integration requirements.
The Star SK1-211 supports both USB and RS-232 Serial connectivity, giving you flexibility in how you integrate it into your kiosk system. This dual-interface design accommodates both modern and legacy system architectures. Contact us today to confirm connectivity requirements for your specific deployment.
The Star TSP143 delivers 203 dpi resolution and prints at 25 receipts per minute, even when printing graphics-heavy receipts. This combination ensures crisp barcode output and fast transaction processing for retail and hospitality environments.
The Star mC-Print3 delivers fast print speeds of 400 mm/sec at a resolution of 203 dpi, enabling quick receipt printing without sacrificing quality. This combination makes it ideal for high-volume retail, restaurant, and pharmacy environments where speed and clarity are critical. We offer the mC-Print3 configured for your specific throughput requirements.
The Star TSP1000 supports a maximum paper width of 80mm (3.15 inches) and delivers a print speed of 7 inches per second. This makes it suitable for standard receipt printing in retail and hospitality environments where consistent, reliable output is required.
The Star TSP100III prints at almost twice the speed of the previous TSP100 model, making it a significant performance upgrade. The printer also features a special de-curl function to improve print quality. The TSP100III is fully backward compatible with the TSP100, requiring no additional integration or development changes.
The Star 39900312 printhead has a mean characters before failure (MCBF) rating of 22 million lines, which indicates strong durability for high-volume printing environments. This specification ensures reliable performance in warehouse, retail, and logistics operations where consistent uptime is critical. We offer this printhead as a dependable replacement component to maintain your printing operations.
The Star 37966490 receipt paper (also known as TRF80-D50-C12 12PK) is compatible with the SM-T300 and SM-T300i portable thermal receipt printers. These printers support direct thermal printing at 203 dpi resolution and can handle the 3.14-inch width format.
Yes, the TSP143III is compatible with iOS, Android, and Windows platforms, making it an excellent choice for mobile point-of-sale systems and tablet-based ordering. The Bluetooth connectivity enables seamless wireless pairing with smartphones and tablets for on-the-go receipt printing. We offer this printer as a versatile solution for modern retail and hospitality environments.
Yes, the Star SP742 is designed for kitchen receipt printing with impact printing technology and includes a built-in cutter rated for 1 million cuts, ensuring durability in demanding food service environments. The printer features a splash-resistant design with an integrated rain channel to protect against liquid spills and debris common in kitchen operations. Contact us today to discuss whether this model meets your specific volume requirements.
Yes, the Star TSP100III is fully compatible with GrubHub and is specifically designed as a GrubHub receipt printer solution. This makes it an ideal choice for restaurants and food delivery services using the GrubHub platform. Contact us today to ensure you get the correct configuration for your GrubHub integration.
The TSP100III prints at almost twice the speed of its predecessor, the TSP100, while maintaining full backward compatibility with the original model. This means you get faster receipt printing without requiring any additional integration or development work.
Yes, this product is marked as NCNR (non-cancellable, non-returnable). When you order this Star Micronics consumable from us, please ensure it meets your operational needs before purchase, as returns and cancellations cannot be processed.
The Star 37966590 receipt paper is compatible with the SM-L300 and SM-L304 receipt printer models. These portable thermal printers accept the 80mm paper width, making this roll a direct fit for your existing equipment. Contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with other Star printer models.
Yes, the Star 37966141 Data Networking product is compatible with Star SP500 and SP700 series printers. It supports original paper specifications of 3-inch width for these portable thermal printer models, making it suitable for integration with existing Star printer deployments.
The Toshiba BEX4T1GH12DS01 prints at 14 inches per second (IPS), delivering efficient throughput for moderate to high-volume labeling operations. This speed helps streamline warehouse workflows and reduces bottlenecks in shipping and receiving processes.
Yes, the B-EX4T1 is fully compatible with the SX range, allowing for swift migration of legacy printers without requiring major workflow changes. This compatibility makes it an ideal upgrade path for facilities already using Toshiba's proven SX series. Contact us today to discuss your migration strategy.
The Toshiba TFC200UK Black Toner Cartridge is designed for use with the Toshiba e-STUDIO2000AC and e-STUDIO2500AC multifunction printers. We offer this genuine Toshiba part to ensure optimal performance and print quality with these systems.
The B-EX4T1 comes standard with USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity. Optional interfaces are available for parallel, serial, wireless LAN, real-time clock (RTC), and USB host functionality, giving you flexibility to integrate the printer into your existing network infrastructure.
The Toshiba BEX60060AG3F ribbon measures 2.36 inches wide by 1968 feet long and features a 1-inch core. Each case contains 10 rolls, providing substantial printing capacity for high-volume barcode label operations.
This resin ribbon measures 4.33 inches wide by 1968 feet long and features a 1-inch core. Each case contains 10 rolls, making it an efficient supply option for high-volume barcode printing operations. Contact us today for detailed specifications or to order.
The Toshiba T2840 is an original Toshiba toner cartridge designed for compatible Toshiba laser printers. For specific printer model compatibility, we recommend contacting us today so our team can verify your equipment and ensure you receive the correct cartridge for your system.
The KCD18802L-0HLB0 supports both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your network infrastructure or direct connection to workstations. This dual-connectivity approach ensures compatibility with various IT environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about network setup options.
The Evolis Tattoo RW 2 connects via both USB and Ethernet, giving you flexibility in how you integrate the printer into your network infrastructure. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various IT environments and allows for both direct computer connection and networked deployment.
Yes, the Tattoo RW Mag ISO model includes a dual HiCo/LoCo 3-track magnetic stripe encoder, enabling you to encode sensitive data directly onto ID cards. This makes it suitable for applications requiring both visual card printing and magnetic stripe functionality.
The Primacy 2 supports multiple encoding options that can be combined to meet your security needs, including magnetic stripe encoders (ISO 7811 and JIS Type II), ISO 7813 smart card contact stations, and contactless chip encoding (ISO 14443A, B, ISO 15693, MIFARE, DESfire, HID iCLASS, and Legic). Additional specific encoders are available upon request.
The Evolis N6F203A100 ribbon delivers 200 prints per roll, making it a cost-effective consumable for regular ID card printing operations. This yield helps warehouse and logistics operations maintain consistent production without frequent ribbon changes. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing for your printing needs.
The Evolis S8101 Printhead operates at 300 DPI (dots per inch), providing clear and detailed output for ID cards, badges, and other card printing applications. This resolution is standard for professional card printing systems.
The R7H006NAA ribbon is designed for Evolis Primacy printers. We recommend verifying your specific Primacy model with our team to ensure compatibility, as Primacy series printers may have different ribbon specifications. Contact us today for confirmation on your exact printer model.
Yes, the Evolis S10122 is an authentic replacement part manufactured by Evolis. We offer genuine OEM parts and accessories to maintain the performance and reliability of your Evolis printing equipment. Available from us at barcodesinc.com.
The LPA047NAA lamination film is compatible with Evolis Primacy 2 and Primacy 2 LE ID card printers. If you need to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model or setup, contact us today and our team can verify your equipment configuration.
The Unitech FC75+ is a fixed-mount scanner designed for hands-free, zero-footprint scanning operations. Its compact dimensions (2.2" W x 2.72" D x 1.07" H) and lightweight design (3 oz) make it ideal for integration into conveyor systems, checkout counters, and other stationary scanning applications.
This device features a 2D imager (SE4710) that captures both 1D and 2D barcodes, making it suitable for comprehensive inventory and asset tracking in warehouse environments. The imager enables fast, reliable scanning of standard barcodes and QR codes.
The Jabra Evolve2 is equipped with 3-microphone technology designed for outstanding call performance. This advanced microphone setup, combined with Jabra's beamforming technology, ensures you are heard clearly even in disruptive environments. The noise-isolating design provides instant noise isolation to help you maintain focus during calls.
Yes, the Datacard Sigma SL3 supports both single-sided and dual-sided dye sublimation printing. This flexibility allows you to produce professional-quality ID cards with designs on one or both sides, depending on your security and branding requirements.
The HPE AF651A features 11 network RJ-45 Ethernet ports for connectivity. This configuration provides multiple connection options for linking the switch to your network infrastructure and connected computers.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 9004-LTE is designed for flexible deployment with both desktop and rack-mountable form factors. This versatility allows you to install the device in your preferred environment, whether in a traditional server rack or on a desk or shelf in your facility.
Yes, the Epson C35MD002 labels are manufactured specifically for compatibility with the Epson TM-C3500 ColorWorks inkjet printer. The TM-C3500 is a four-color inkjet printer capable of printing full-color labels at speeds up to 4 inches per second. We offer both the printer and compatible label stock from barcodesinc.com.
The Epson C35GD001 labels are specifically designed for the Epson TM-C3500 color inkjet printer. We recommend verifying compatibility with your specific printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need guidance on label selection for your equipment.
Yes, the C31CH76A9981 comes equipped with an autocutter, enabling automated label separation and streamlining your label production workflow. This feature is included in the standard configuration available from us.
Yes, the TM-U220II supports two-color printing in black and red, making it easy to highlight important information on receipts and kitchen orders. The two-color capability helps improve readability and draw attention to key details without requiring multiple passes.
The Epson TM-H6000VI includes built-in USB and Ethernet interfaces, along with serial connectivity, providing flexible integration options for modern POS systems and legacy environments. These multiple interface options ensure compatibility with various network configurations and point-of-sale platforms.
The C35CD005 barcode label is specifically designed for the Epson ColorWorks TM-C3500 inkjet printer. This compatibility ensures optimal performance and print quality when used with this four-color label printer system.
The Epson C35MD004 labels are specifically designed for the Epson TM-C3500 inkjet printer. We recommend verifying label compatibility with your printer model before ordering. Contact us today if you need assistance matching the right label supply to your equipment.
The Epson C35MD005 matte labels are designed for use with the Epson TM-C3500 ColorWorks inkjet printer. The TM-C3500 is a compact four-color inkjet printer that delivers fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second with excellent image quality for on-demand color label production.
The Epson C35CD002 label is specifically designed for the Epson ColorWorks TM-C3500 inkjet printer. The TM-C3500 is a four-color desktop label printer that delivers fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second with excellent image quality.
The ERC-23B ribbon delivers 4,000,000 characters of print life, providing extended usage before replacement is necessary. This high character capacity makes it cost-effective for warehouse and logistics operations that require consistent daily printing. Contact us today for bulk ordering options to keep your operations running smoothly.
The product data provided does not specify the page yield or expected number of pages this cyan cartridge will produce. For accurate yield information and to determine how long this cartridge will last for your printing volume, we recommend contacting us today with your specific usage requirements.
The Epson C13S020566 yellow cartridge is designed for the ColorWorks C831, which is built for professional color label and receipt printing applications. For high-volume warehouse and logistics operations requiring sustained printing performance, we offer comprehensive cartridge solutions and can help you assess your volume requirements. Contact us today to discuss the right cartridge supply strategy for your operation.
The C13T44B120 is a Gloss Black ink cartridge specifically formulated for Epson Colorworks label and receipt printers. This gloss black formulation is optimized for producing high-quality, durable prints on label stock and specialty media used in warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Epson S041586 is specifically designed as copier and printer paper for standard office equipment. Its letter-size format (8.5" x 11") and smooth finish make it compatible with most inkjet printers and copiers commonly found in warehouse, logistics, and office environments.
Yes, the Elo 1517L offers multiple mounting options for installation flexibility. It supports wall- and pole-mount configurations via standard VESA mount patterns, as well as tabletop placement with the included desktop stand. Capped through-mount holes on the base ensure table-top security. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore mounting solutions available from us.
Yes, the Elo I-Series 3 features an IP54 rating for dust and splash resistance, making it well-suited for challenging retail and hospitality environments. The fanless technology combined with this protection rating ensures reliable operation in less-controlled settings.
The Elo I-Series 3 is available in four vibrant display sizes: 15", 17", 22", and 24" models, with both square and wide aspect ratios to choose from. This range of options allows you to select the perfect size for your point-of-sale, interactive signage, or self-service kiosk application. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all available configurations.
The Elo 0764L supports up to 10 simultaneous touches using TouchPro® projected capacitive (PCAP) technology. This multi-touch capability provides a smooth, tablet-like interaction experience for applications requiring complex user input. Contact us today to learn how this feature enhances your deployment.
Yes, the Elo E297107 features projected capacitive 10-touch technology, which provides reliable multi-touch responsiveness for interactive applications. This touch technology is ideal for high-traffic environments where durability and accurate touch recognition are critical.
The Elo 1523L is a 15-inch standard format touchscreen monitor with a 4:3 aspect ratio and XGA resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels. It features 16.2 million colors, 270 nits brightness (typical), an 800:1 contrast ratio (typical), LED backlight, and an anti-glare zero-bezel design available in black or white finishes.
The Elo 1302L includes HDMI, VGA, and Display Port video interfaces, plus USB Type C connectivity and a built-in USB 2.0 hub for easy peripheral integration. This versatile connectivity makes it simple to connect barcode scanners, payment devices, and other third-party accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible peripherals we offer for this monitor.
Yes, the Elo 0764L's zero-bezel design includes touch-through-glass capability, allowing installation behind protective glass of up to 6mm thickness. This feature enables enhanced durability and protection while maintaining full touch responsiveness in demanding warehouse and industrial environments.
Yes, the Panasonic PG-UNMRBSM23Y features Bluetooth connectivity, enabling wireless pairing with iPhones, iPads, and Android devices. This makes it ideal for mobile-first warehouse operations and on-the-go scanning applications. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing mobile infrastructure.
Yes, the FZ-G1 is engineered to withstand extreme conditions including intense heat, sunlight, pouring rain, and freezing temperatures. The tablet features a MIL-STD-810G certified design and IP65-rated construction, making it fully-rugged for demanding field operations.
The Stingray 4 features an operator touch screen that can be up to 10 inches in size, with the flexibility to add two additional customer-facing displays to your configuration. This modular approach allows you to customize your terminal layout based on your specific retail or hospitality operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore display configuration options available from us.
The WV-S8543LG supports MPEG-4 and JPEG dual stream output, allowing simultaneous live monitoring and high-resolution recording. This dual-stream capability ensures flexibility in network bandwidth management while maintaining video quality for both real-time viewing and archival purposes.
The TH-55CQE1W features multiple video input terminals including 3 HDMI ports, analog AV input, ANT/Cable input, and 2 USB ports. This versatile connectivity allows seamless integration with various content sources including computers, media players, and cable/satellite systems.
Yes, the FZ-G2's 2-in-1 modular design allows accessories compatible with older Panasonic models like the G1 to work seamlessly with the FZ-G2, providing flexibility for organizations with existing accessory investments.
The Panasonic WV-NW502S uses MPEG-4 and JPEG digital signal output, with dual stream capability that enables simultaneous live monitoring and high-resolution recording. This dual-stream architecture allows you to optimize bandwidth and storage based on your specific monitoring and archival requirements.
The UDM-PRO is equipped with a dual-core 500 MHz MIPS64 processor with hardware acceleration for packet processing, 2 GB DDR3 RAM, and 4 GB of on-board flash storage. This configuration delivers 3 Gbps layer 3 forwarding performance at 512 bytes or larger packet sizes, making it suitable for mid-to-large enterprise networks. Contact us today for deployment guidance tailored to your infrastructure needs.
The UniFi AI PTZ Industrial includes integrated AI smart detections that identify people and vehicles to streamline monitoring and event review within UniFi Protect. These built-in AI analytics automatically detect and track people, vehicles, and events, helping reduce manual monitoring and improve situational awareness across your deployment.
Yes, the UVC-G6-BULLET-B is designed as an all-weather camera built to withstand outdoor conditions. Its rugged construction and IR night vision capabilities make it ideal for continuous outdoor surveillance in warehouses, logistics facilities, and perimeter monitoring. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of outdoor security solutions.
The UVC-AI-PTZ-B supports PoE++ (Power over Ethernet Plus) connectivity, allowing both power and data transmission through a single Ethernet cable. This simplifies installation in warehouse and logistics environments by eliminating the need for separate power lines. We offer this camera as part of our complete AIDC and security solutions.
Yes, the UA-CARD-W-10 cards are specifically designed to work with UniFi access control systems. They integrate seamlessly into Ubiquiti's UniFi ecosystem for secure credential-based access management.
airMAX is Ubiquiti's proprietary Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) protocol that allows each client to send and receive data using pre-designated time slots scheduled by an intelligent AP controller. This time-slot method eliminates hidden node collisions and maximizes airtime efficiency, providing significant improvements in latency, throughput, and scalability compared to standard Wi-Fi protocol and other outdoor systems in its class.
The UACC-OM-SM-10G-S-2 is compatible with Ubiquiti switches featuring SFP+ ports, including the USW-Aggregation (8 x 10G SFP+ ports), US-16-XG (12 x 1/10 Gbps SFP+ ports), and similar UniFi aggregation switches. We offer these compatible switches and transceiver modules as a complete networking solution for your infrastructure.
Yes, the AM-M-V5G-Ti sector antenna is designed to seamlessly integrate with RocketM radios to create a powerful BaseStation. The antenna features an integrated N-type male jack connector that connects directly to compatible RocketM radio units (RocketM sold separately).
Yes, the AM-5G16-120 is designed to seamlessly integrate with RocketM radios (sold separately). When paired together, the RocketM radio and this airMAX Sector Antenna create a powerful BaseStation with extended reach and coverage capabilities.
The AF11-COMPLETE-LB operates on the 5 GHz frequency spectrum, which provides excellent performance for outdoor wireless bridging and access point deployments. This frequency band supports advanced features like Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) and offers flexibility for various deployment scenarios.
Yes, the G6 Bullet features built-in infrared illumination with an IR cut filter that delivers night vision up to 30 meters (98 feet). This allows the camera to maintain clear surveillance coverage in low-light and nighttime conditions without requiring external lighting.
The SLP-TX223CG connects via RS-232 Serial and USB interfaces for reliable data transmission. The printer also features optional Bluetooth and Wi-Fi connectivity, with MFi iAP2 certification for iOS compatibility and a smart Bluetooth Auto Switch for seamless mode switching.
Yes, the SRP-S300 is specifically designed for liner-free label printing and features specialized back-feed technology. It's the world's first liner-free label printer equipped with this technology, and it includes an enhanced paper saving mode that reduces label usage by up to 25 percent. Contact us today to learn how this can optimize your label costs.
The XM7-40IKL offers exceptional connectivity by supporting both Bluetooth V5.0 and WLAN simultaneously, along with USB connectivity. This multi-protocol approach ensures flexibility for integration into diverse warehouse and field labor environments.
The XM7-40IWKL supports both Bluetooth V5.0 and Wi-Fi connectivity simultaneously, giving you flexible deployment options for mobile and stationary applications. This dual-connectivity approach ensures you can integrate the printer into your existing warehouse management systems without compromise. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your facility's needs.
The XM7-40WKL supports both Bluetooth and WLAN connectivity simultaneously, offering the greatest possible connectivity options for your operations. This dual connectivity capability enables flexible integration into existing warehouse and logistics networks. Contact us today to discuss how these connectivity features fit your infrastructure needs.
The XM7-40WK offers exceptional connectivity by supporting both Bluetooth and WLAN simultaneously, along with USB connectivity. This multi-protocol approach ensures you can integrate the printer into diverse warehouse and field labor environments without compatibility concerns.
The ZQ511 connects everywhere with 802.11ac Wi-Fi and its latest security protocols, plus Bluetooth 4.1 Classic and Low Energy. This dual-radio connectivity ensures reliable communication in various warehouse, logistics, and field environments. Contact us today to learn how these connectivity options integrate with your existing systems.
Yes, the Zebra 5100 Premium Resin ribbon is specifically recommended for use with Z-Supreme products, particularly in printed circuit board applications. This combination is UL recognized and CSA component acceptable, ensuring compliance with regulatory standards for industrial applications.
These labels are recommended for a wide variety of applications including shipping labels, receiving labels, and work-in-process (WIP) labels. The permanent acrylic adhesive and corrugated packaging adhesion make them suitable for warehouse, logistics, and manufacturing environments where durability and reliable adhesion are critical.
This software supports a comprehensive range of barcode types including linear barcodes (Code 39, Code 128, UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN-8, EAN-13, Codabar, and more) and 2D barcodes (PDF417, DataMatrix, QR Code, MaxiCode, and Aztec). The extensive symbology support ensures compatibility with virtually any barcode standard your warehouse or logistics operation requires. Contact us today to confirm specific symbology requirements for your application.
The Zebra 01600GT11030 ribbon measures 110mm wide by 300 meters long (4.33" x 984') and features a 25mm (1") core. Each box contains 24 ribbons, providing substantial printing capacity for high-volume labeling operations.
The ZQ511 offers 802.11ac Wi-Fi with the latest security protocols, plus Bluetooth 4.1 Classic and Low Energy connectivity. This multi-connection approach ensures reliable communication in various warehouse and field environments, allowing you to print from mobile devices and fixed systems seamlessly.
This Zebra vision camera offers comprehensive connectivity including Ethernet with Power over Ethernet (PoE), Serial, USB, and industrial protocols. These multiple connection options allow you to integrate the camera into existing production line systems and control networks without requiring separate power supplies or extensive rewiring.
The FLTR-BP470-25500 is specifically designed for C-mount lens configurations used in Zebra's vision-based imaging systems. Compatibility depends on your specific Zebra scanner or vision module model. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your equipment, and our team can recommend the correct filter for your application.
The Zebra LGHT-X060IR-0100 is an LED integrated ring light with a 60-degree fan angle, offering uniform illumination for precision scanning applications. It includes a precision dual aimer, 360-degree green/red feedback indicators for visual confirmation, and a loud speaker for audio feedback. This premium model combines multiple feedback mechanisms to enhance scanning accuracy and user experience in demanding warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Z-Ultimate 4100T labels meet FDA regulation 175.105 and are approved for indirect food contact, making them ideal for food packaging, beverage labeling, and pharmaceutical applications. The labels are also BPA and latex-free, ensuring safety for sensitive environments. Contact us today if you need FDA-compliant labeling solutions for your food or pharmaceutical operations.
The ZT620 offers a maximum print width of 6.6 inches (168 mm) and prints at speeds up to 12 inches per second (305 mm/s). These specifications make it ideal for high-volume production environments requiring both wide label formats and fast throughput.
Yes, the Zebra FS42 features ManyCode Mode, which enables simultaneous decoding of multiple barcodes in a single capture, significantly enhancing workflow efficiency in high-volume environments. This capability is particularly valuable in logistics and fulfillment operations where batch scanning accelerates throughput. Contact us today to discuss how this feature can optimize your scanning workflows.
The Zebra 10011974 label features a permanent acrylic adhesive designed for long-term application security. This permanent adhesive ensures labels remain securely affixed to surfaces throughout the product lifecycle, making it suitable for inventory tracking, asset management, and logistics applications where label durability is critical.
The Zebra Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack White labels measure 1.5x0.5 inches (38.1x12.7mm) with 2 labels across the roll width. Each roll contains 10,000 labels on a 3-inch (76.2mm) core, with 1 roll packaged per box, and the labels are designed for thermal transfer printing applications.
The ZQ511 connects everywhere with 802.11ac Wi-Fi featuring the latest security protocols, plus Bluetooth 4.1 Classic and Low Energy support. This dual-connectivity approach ensures reliable communication in various warehouse, logistics, and field service environments. Contact us today to discuss connectivity requirements for your mobile printing operations.
The ZT610 Micro Label supports comprehensive connectivity including USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial, Gigabit Ethernet, Bluetooth 4.1, and USB Host capabilities. This multi-protocol approach allows seamless integration into existing warehouse and logistics networks, whether you need wired or wireless connections. Contact us today to discuss the connectivity configuration that best fits your operation.
The ZT610 supports multiple connectivity standards including USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial, Gigabit Ethernet, and Bluetooth 4.1, providing flexibility for integration into existing warehouse management systems. This range of connection options allows seamless integration with barcode scanning systems, mobile computers, and enterprise networks. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity configuration best fits your facility's infrastructure.
The Zebra P1115690 delivers 203 dpi (dots per inch) print resolution, which is the standard for most desktop thermal label printing applications. This resolution provides sharp, readable barcodes and clear text suitable for warehouse labels, shipping labels, and compliance labeling. Contact us today if you need higher resolution options for your specific application.
The ATR7000 features a wide-angle multi-polarized antenna array that covers up to double the area of competitive readers, allowing you to deploy fewer units across your facility. Combined with support for passive UHF RFID tags that require no maintenance, this design significantly lowers your total cost of ownership.
Yes, the CAG-P1107573 is specifically designed for Zebra ZE500 series printers and supports both DS and firmware versions. This activation key unlocks the full software capabilities needed for professional barcode label design and printing on compatible Zebra hardware. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and configuration.
The integrated FlexRange scanner on the RT10A can capture barcodes at near range (less than 0.1 m or 5 inches) all the way out to far range (10.7 m or 35 feet) in a single package. This dual-range capability eliminates the need for multiple scanner devices and enables fast, flexible barcode capture across diverse warehouse and manufacturing scenarios. Contact us today to learn how this feature optimizes your scanning workflow.
The CT60-L1N-BFP211E runs Android 9 (P) with upgrade capability through Android 11 (R), powered by a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor. This combination delivers snappy performance for enterprise applications while maintaining long-term software support. The device includes 4GB of RAM and 32GB of storage, providing adequate capacity for most warehouse management and inventory collection applications. Contact us today to discuss whether this configuration meets your IT requirements.
The CT45P-X0N-37D100G features an IP67 and IP65 rating, providing excellent protection against dust and water ingress in harsh warehouse and outdoor conditions. The device is built on Honeywell's Mobility Edge platform, which is engineered for enterprise stability and long-term durability in demanding logistics operations. Available from us, this rugged mobile computer is designed to withstand the rigors of daily frontline work in retail, logistics, and fieldwork applications.
The CK65 is rated to IP65 and IP68 standards and can withstand multiple 3-meter (10-foot) drops to concrete, making it suitable for the toughest warehouse and distribution center environments. We also offer cold storage models for freezer environments and non-incendive (NI)/ATEX models for areas with hazardous gases.
The MS7120 Orbit reads standard 1D barcodes and GS1 DataBar symbologies. For a complete listing of all supported barcode symbologies, visit www.honeywellaidc.com/symbologies.
Honeywell Printer Edge is a centralized management platform that provides real-time visibility into your printer network, automated software updates, and enhanced security features. It streamlines workflows, reduces downtime, and enables remote diagnostics and performance tracking—helping you optimize costs and maintain continuous productivity. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate Printer Edge into your label printing infrastructure.
Yes, the CN51 is built to withstand the rigorous demands of warehouse operations with an IP64 rating for dust and water protection and the ability to survive multiple drops from 1.5 meters. Its rugged construction makes it suitable for demanding logistics and inventory management environments. Contact us today to discuss how this device fits your warehouse durability requirements.
The CK65 delivers 28 hours of battery life with enhanced durability features, keeping workers productive through multiple shifts without interruption. This extended battery capability minimizes downtime and ensures your team stays connected throughout their workday. Contact us today to learn how the CK65's battery performance can optimize your warehouse operations.
Yes, the CK62 is specifically tailored for warehouse and distribution center operations. Its lightweight, rugged design is built to thrive in challenging environments with an IP65 rating, while the ergonomic layout and dual keypad options (alpha-numeric and function-numeric) support efficient data entry and access in demanding logistics workflows.
Yes, the CN80G features ultra-rugged construction that withstands multiple 2.4 m (8 ft) drops to concrete and 2,000 1.0 m (3.3 ft) tumbles. It carries IP65/IP67 ratings for dust and water resistance, making it ideal for warehouse, cold storage, and other challenging environments where durability is critical.
The CK65 is equipped with a 7,000 mAh extended smart battery capable of up to 28 hours of continuous operation, ensuring workers won't face mid-shift battery failures. This extended runtime significantly improves worker productivity and reduces downtime in warehouse and logistics operations.
The CK65 is rated to IP64/IP65 specifications and can withstand multiple 8-foot drops to concrete, with a 3-meter (10-foot) drop specification. This ultra-rugged design makes it ideal for demanding distribution centers, and we also offer cold storage and hazardous-area certified models for specialized environments.
The CK65 is rated to IP65 and IP68 standards and can withstand multiple 3-meter (10-foot) drops to concrete, making it suitable for the toughest distribution center environments. We also offer cold storage models for freezer environments and non-incendive (NI)/ATEX models for areas with hazardous gases, ensuring compatibility with specialized warehouse conditions.
The CT60 XP supports LTE-Advanced with speeds up to 300 Mbps, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, and NFC capabilities for comprehensive enterprise connectivity. This multi-connectivity approach ensures your workforce stays connected whether in the warehouse, on the loading dock, or in the field. Available from us with WWAN and Wi-Fi configurations to match your operational requirements.
Yes, the Honeywell PM45 series is specifically designed for high-quality label printing in harsh industrial environments. The printer features a robust industrial-grade construction with embedded Honeywell Smart Parse software that simplifies operations and enables quick adjustments without requiring backend system changes. Contact us today to learn how this printer can handle your demanding warehouse or manufacturing environment.
Yes, the Voyager XP 1470g is engineered for demanding retail settings and can withstand 30 drops from 6 feet and 1,000 tumbles at 1.6 feet, ensuring durability through the rigors of daily checkout operations. The scanner also features disinfectant-ready housing, making it suitable for healthcare and high-sanitation retail environments. Available from us with these industrial-grade specifications, it's designed to minimize downtime in fast-paced point-of-sale operations.
The Honeywell CK65 delivers up to 28 hours of battery life, with extended runtime exceeding 18 hours under typical warehouse use to keep workers productive through multiple shifts. This extended battery capability eliminates mid-shift downtime and improves operational efficiency in high-volume picking and receiving operations. We have the CK65 in stock and ready to support your shift requirements.
Yes, the CN80 features dual input methods with a large touchscreen combined with your choice of either a 23-key numeric keypad or 40-key QWERTY layout. This hybrid approach allows you to transition from legacy key-dependent applications to newer touch-based software while maintaining fast data entry at high transaction rates in severe settings. Available from us with both keypad configurations to match your operational needs.
Yes, the CM-901 features industrial-grade durability with an internal magnesium-alloy roll cage, environmentally sealed housing, and specialized wear-resistant components that deliver reliable operation in demanding mobile environments. The device is built to withstand multiple 6-foot drops to concrete and maintains performance in challenging conditions. Contact us today to discuss how this rugged power device fits your warehouse operations.
Yes, the Honeywell HD-700-2 is specifically designed as a VoCollect lightweight headset with a coiled cord configuration for reliable voice-directed operations. The SR-20 model designation confirms its compatibility with Honeywell's VoCollect voice picking systems. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific VoCollect environment.
Yes, the Honeywell 9000302PWRSPLY is specifically designed as a power supply for LXE products, including handheld computers and portable data terminals. We offer this adapter as part of our comprehensive selection of Honeywell power devices and accessories for legacy and current mobile computing platforms.
Yes, the CM-902 power device is designed to support Honeywell's rugged mobile computing solutions used in warehouse, logistics, and field operations. Honeywell's A700 series devices—which the CM-902 powers—feature durable construction and reliable operation to maximize worker uptime in demanding environments. We offer the CM-902 as part of our complete power management solutions for logistics operations.
Yes, the Dell 6MC3H is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments where servers require dependable storage with high durability ratings. Its 3 DWPD specification and rugged design support intensive data operations typical in AIDC and inventory management systems. Contact us today to discuss how this drive integrates with your warehouse infrastructure.
Yes, the S4148F-ON is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable network infrastructure. Its modular design, manageable architecture, and 3-layer switching capability support complex network topologies needed for inventory management systems, barcode scanning networks, and RFID infrastructure. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions portfolio for logistics operations.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7010 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments with its robust Intel 13th Gen processor, ample 16 GB RAM for multitasking, and Windows 11 Pro operating system that supports enterprise applications. The compact form factor and reliable hardware make it ideal for inventory management, order processing, and data entry tasks common in warehouse operations. We offer this model with full technical support and can help you configure it for your specific logistics needs.
Yes, the Dell 362M3 is specifically designed as an AI-Ready laptop with integrated Intel Arc/Arc Pro GPU and the latest Intel Core Ultra 7 processor, making it well-suited for AI and machine learning tasks. The combination of high-core-count processor, ample DDR5 memory, and dedicated graphics acceleration provides the computational power needed for data analysis and AI model inference in logistics and warehouse operations.
The Dell YRFRW comes standard with a 256 GB SSD, offering fast boot times and application loading. The SSD-based storage is ideal for environments requiring quick data access and reliable performance in demanding warehouse and IT procurement settings.
The Dell MFJ1D comes standard with 16 GB of DDR5 SDRAM and a 256 GB SSD for fast boot times and application loading. The slim form factor makes it ideal for space-constrained warehouse offices and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com for configuration options if you need additional storage or memory upgrades.
Yes, the Dell W7CHW Desktop PC running Windows 11 Pro is fully compatible with enterprise warehouse management systems and AIDC software solutions. The Intel Core Ultra 7 265 processor and 16 GB DDR5 memory provide sufficient performance for running logistics and inventory management applications. Contact us today to discuss integration with your specific warehouse management platform.
Yes, the Dell 50WKW includes a 16-inch Full HD Plus display (1920 x 1200) with In-plane Switching (IPS) technology, which provides excellent visibility in various lighting conditions. The rugged construction and optional protective accessories available from us make it suitable for demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the Dell 0TPNX is designed for enterprise environments with Intel vPro Technology for advanced management and security features, making it ideal for IT procurement and corporate deployments. The Windows 11 Pro operating system, combined with robust security capabilities and professional-grade NVIDIA RTX PRO graphics, makes this laptop suitable for business-critical applications and remote work scenarios. Contact us today to discuss volume licensing and enterprise deployment options.
The Dell DKDX9 features DDR3 SDRAM with options for 1333 MHz or 1600 MHz speeds, supporting up to 8GB across two DIMM slots. Storage options include SATA drives up to 750GB at 7200 rpm, 320GB at 5400 rpm, or solid-state options up to 256GB, with optional encrypted storage available for enhanced security. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure your ideal storage setup.
Yes, the Dell Latitude 7455 is designed for business professionals and enterprise environments, running Windows 11 Pro with advanced security features and management capabilities. The Copilot+ PC designation ensures it meets Microsoft's standards for AI-enhanced productivity and enterprise-grade performance. We offer this model with full enterprise support and deployment options available through our team.
Yes, the Dell 8MP2F is designed as a mobile workstation with a magnetite finish and compact form factor ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need computing power on the go. Its 16-inch display and professional-grade GPU make it suitable for complex applications in field environments, and the Intel vPro technology enables advanced remote management capabilities for IT teams managing distributed operations.
While the Dell NTDM9 is primarily designed as a professional mobile workstation for graphics-intensive tasks, its robust specifications and portability make it capable of supporting enterprise logistics software and inventory management systems. However, for dedicated warehouse scanning and mobile data capture, you may want to explore our specialized mobile computers and RFID solutions. Contact us today to discuss the best device for your specific warehouse requirements.
Yes, the Dell 63K8Y is designed for professional workloads including CAD and 3D design, featuring the NVIDIA RTX PRO 2000 Blackwell GPU with 8 GB of dedicated VRAM, which is optimized for rendering and complex visualizations. The 32 GB system memory and 1 TB SSD provide ample resources for handling large design files and project workflows. Contact us today to discuss whether this workstation meets your specific design requirements.
Yes, the Dell Pro Max MC16255 is designed as a mobile workstation with a 16" Full HD Plus display, making it portable for field teams and logistics professionals who need to work on-site. The Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) connectivity ensures fast, reliable connections for real-time data synchronization in warehouse and distribution environments.
This Dell workstation features a 14-inch Full HD Plus display with a 1920 x 1200 resolution, providing sharp visuals for detailed work. The display is designed for mobile professionals who need portability without sacrificing screen real estate for inventory management and logistics applications.
Yes, the Dell HXT1J includes comprehensive security options including a standard Smart Card Reader and optional fingerprint reader for enhanced user authentication. The workstation also features ControlVault™ technology, TPM 1.2 chip, cable lock slots, and optional contactless smart card reader capabilities to protect your sensitive data and system access.
Yes, the Dell P2722HE is built for professional environments with its 27-inch display, 2560 x 1440 resolution, and anti-glare screen treatment that reduces eye strain during long shifts. The monitor features a 3-side NearEdgeless design and supports VESA mounting for flexible installation in warehouse management stations and office workspaces. Contact us today to discuss how this display can optimize your team's productivity.
The Dell 8J0WF features standard connectivity options including HDMI and DisplayPort, making it compatible with most modern computers and docking stations used in warehouse environments. We offer the Dell 8J0WF as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss mounting solutions and installation support.
Yes, the Dell SD25TB5 is designed as a universal docking solution with Thunderbolt 5 and USB Type-C connectivity, making it compatible with modern Dell laptops and other business-class computers that support these standards. The dock's multiple port options ensure broad compatibility across different device types used in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific equipment setup.
The G5110525 features a 1-8cm operating distance with 3-wire connection supporting 15-264 VAC input. It operates in Light On mode and is housed in a durable plastic construction with cable connector interface. The sensor's short-distance diffuse design makes it suitable for compact installations where space is limited.
The Datalogic 95B061591 features a 4mm diameter inductive proximity sensor with standard, non-flush 12mm design, NPN output, and 3-wire connectivity via M12 connection. It operates in NO (normally open) mode and is designed for reliable detection in industrial automation environments. Contact us today for detailed technical documentation and compatibility information for your specific application.
This sensor features an 8mm diameter with standard, non-flush 18mm design, NPN output, 3-wire connectivity, and M12 connection type. It operates in NO (normally open) mode and is engineered for reliable performance in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today for detailed technical documentation and integration support.
Yes, the GM4500-HC offers maximum flexibility with two wireless connectivity choices: Datalogic's STAR cordless system operating at 910 MHz, or Bluetooth wireless technology. Both options eliminate cable constraints and provide the mobility your warehouse or healthcare team needs for improved productivity and safer work environments.
This inductive proximity sensor is designed for automated identification and detection processes across a wide range of applications, from barcode reading on medication to scanning parcel dimensions for accurate billing. It's commonly used in warehouse automation, logistics operations, and manufacturing systems where reliable object detection is critical. Contact us today to discuss how this sensor fits your specific identification needs.
The Datalogic 95B066230 features a 2mm diameter inductive proximity sensor with a 6.5mm short, non-flush design, PNP output, and 3-wire connectivity via M8 connection. It operates in NO (Normally Open) mode and is engineered for reliable detection in industrial automation applications. Contact us today for complete technical documentation and integration support for your specific warehouse or logistics requirements.
The Datalogic 95B066800 operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F), with storage and transport capabilities from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). This temperature range makes it suitable for standard warehouse and indoor logistics environments where product identification is critical.
Yes, the GD4520-HCK1-HD is specifically designed for healthcare applications and features an antimicrobial coating that is disinfectant-ready. This makes it ideal for hospital and clinical settings where frequent sanitization is required. The scanner maintains its performance even with regular exposure to cleaning agents used in healthcare facilities.
The DSM04XX Fixed Scan Module series offers flexible connectivity with USB, RS-232, or RJ-45 interface options depending on the model variant. This variety of interface choices allows system designers and integrators to select the configuration that best fits their application requirements. Contact us today to determine which interface option is best suited for your integration needs.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, and 2D codes including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. It also features GS1 Digital Link ready capability for modern digital workflows. The scanner reads codes from five sides plus an optional Customer Service Scanner for mobile phones and loyalty cards.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, and 2D codes including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. It also features GS1 Digital Link ready support for modern digital workflows. The scanner reads codes from five sides plus an optional Customer Service Scanner for mobile phones and loyalty cards.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and maintains full compatibility with existing power supplies, cables, and scale displays from the 93/94/96/99 series. This means you can upgrade without requiring new infrastructure or extensive reconfiguration, making it an ideal choice for retailers looking to modernize their checkout systems.
The Magellan 9550i reads all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, plus 2D formats such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also supports stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, with seamless read coverage from five sides plus an optional Customer Service Scanner for mobile phones and loyalty cards. This comprehensive decoding capability ensures compatibility with modern retail workflows and GS1 Digital Link standards.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also features built-in GS1 Digital Link support for modern digital workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical specifications.
The Magellan 9550i reads all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, and 2D codes including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. It delivers 45% faster scanning performance than previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners and features GS1 Digital Link support for modern digital workflows. The scanner reads codes from five sides, plus an optional Customer Service Scanner for mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons.
The Magellan 9550i decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and MicroPDF417, and 2D codes including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It reads codes from five sides with seamless coverage and includes GS1 Digital Link support for modern digital workflows. Contact us today for specific barcode compatibility questions for your retail environment.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models and matches existing Magellan bi-optic dimensions. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous 93/94/96/99 series models, ensuring seamless integration into your current retail environment. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific system configuration.
The PBT9600 is built for extreme conditions with IP65 and IP67 sealing ratings and drop resistance up to 8.2 feet, making it suitable for rough handling in warehouses and manufacturing facilities. The trigger is tested for over 10 million activations, ensuring long-term reliability. Contact us today to discuss which ruggedness features best match your warehouse environment.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is designed as a drop-in replacement for earlier Magellan models (93/94/96/99 series) and maintains full form-factor compatibility with the same dimensions and mounting requirements. It uses the same power supplies, cables, and scale displays as previous generations, allowing you to upgrade without replacing your existing infrastructure. This compatibility makes it an ideal choice for retailers looking to modernize their checkout systems while protecting their current investments.
Yes, the Magellan 1500i is designed for versatile operation with motion sensing technology that enables it to switch into handheld mode when picked up, while functioning as a presentation scanner when stationary. The compact, ergonomic design supports both hands-free and handheld operations, making it ideal for various point-of-sale environments.
The Datalogic PM9100 features a Li-Ion 2150 mAh battery that delivers 50,000+ continuous reads per charge. Battery charging takes approximately 4 hours with external power or 10 hours when powered through the host device. This extended battery life ensures your warehouse operations continue throughout a full shift without interruption.
Yes, the GM4500-HC provides maximum flexibility with two wireless choices: Datalogic's STAR cordless system at 910 MHz or Bluetooth wireless technology. The scanner also features Datalogic's innovative contactless wireless charging system, which enhances reliability and eliminates wear from traditional charging connectors. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity option best fits your warehouse or healthcare facility needs.
The Datalogic 95A901800 operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 5-95% non-condensing, and can handle ambient light conditions up to 86,080 lux. Storage and transport temperatures range from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). These specifications ensure the scanner performs consistently in typical warehouse environments and can withstand temperature fluctuations during shipping.
The Dell 6MC3H uses 12Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) connectivity, which is the standard interface for enterprise server storage systems. This high-speed connection ensures optimal performance for data-intensive applications in server environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific server configuration.
The Dell S4148F-ON supports optical fiber connectivity, enabling high-speed, long-distance data transmission ideal for large warehouse facilities and distributed logistics networks. Its 3-layer switching architecture allows for flexible network segmentation and management across multiple facility zones and device types.
The Dell OptiPlex 7010 includes integrated Wi-Fi connectivity and standard network capabilities for seamless integration into warehouse management systems and corporate networks. The system supports multiple USB ports and standard connectivity interfaces needed for barcode scanners, label printers, and other AIDC devices commonly used in logistics operations.
The Dell 362M3 comes with a 1TB Performance SSD Gen4 storage drive and supports SED (Self-Encrypting Drive) Ready technology for enhanced data security. The system runs Windows 11 Pro, providing enterprise-grade security features essential for warehouse and IT procurement environments where data protection is critical.
Yes, the Dell Pro Slim Plus QBS1250 Desktop Computer runs Windows 11 Pro, providing enterprise-grade security features and compatibility with modern business applications. This operating system is well-suited for IT procurement teams and logistics management systems.
Yes, the Dell MFJ1D is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations with Windows 11 Pro, vPro management technology, and robust connectivity including IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN. The Intel Core Ultra 5 processor and 16 GB RAM provide reliable performance for barcode scanning applications and inventory management software. We offer compatible barcode scanners and mobile computers to integrate with this desktop system—contact us today for a complete solution.
The Dell W7CHW includes multiple connectivity options including USB ports, HDMI output, and network connectivity via RJ-45 Ethernet connector, making it suitable for connecting barcode scanners, label printers, and other AIDC devices. The slim form factor doesn't compromise on expandability, allowing you to integrate the peripherals your logistics operation requires. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible scanners and printers for your setup.
The Dell 50WKW supports IEEE 802.11be Wireless LAN Standard, which provides Wi-Fi 7 connectivity for fast and reliable network access. This ensures seamless integration with warehouse management systems and real-time data synchronization in logistics operations.
The Dell 0TPNX supports Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) for high-speed wireless connectivity and includes standard network connectivity options. The laptop features a front-facing webcam for video conferencing and collaboration, making it well-suited for remote work and virtual meetings. We offer this model with full technical support to ensure seamless integration into your existing network infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell DKDX9 is designed for mobile and field use with features including a Dell Fast Response Free Fall Sensor, HDD isolation, optional rugged battery slice, and removable LCD protective touch overlay. The laptop weighs as little as 8.8 lbs with a 6-cell battery, making it portable for warehouse and logistics professionals who need durability without sacrificing mobility. Contact us today for rugged accessory options.
The Dell Latitude 7455 includes comprehensive wireless connectivity with IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be wireless LAN standards, ensuring compatibility with modern enterprise networks and high-speed connections. The touchscreen display and front-facing webcam support modern communication and collaboration workflows for remote work and video conferencing.
The Dell NTDM9 features Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) wireless connectivity for high-speed data transmission and includes a front-facing camera/webcam for video conferencing and communication. The workstation also supports multiple connectivity options through its various ports and expansion capabilities, enabling seamless integration with enterprise networks and peripherals. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible docking stations and connectivity accessories available from us.
Yes, the Dell Pro Max MC14255 is designed as a mobile workstation with a compact 14-inch form factor and weighs approximately 3-4 kg, making it portable for field operations. It includes Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) connectivity and Windows 11 Pro, enabling seamless integration into warehouse management systems and logistics workflows.
The Dell 8MP2F features Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) wireless connectivity for high-speed data transfer in warehouse and logistics environments. The workstation includes standard network connectivity options and a front-facing camera/webcam for video conferencing, making it suitable for both remote collaboration and on-site data collection tasks.
The Dell 802YX includes an NVIDIA RTX PRO 500 Blackwell GPU with 6 GB of dedicated memory, providing professional-grade graphics performance for CAD, visualization, and data analysis tasks. This discrete graphics solution ensures smooth performance even with demanding applications used in logistics planning and warehouse optimization.
The Dell 63K8Y includes Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) wireless connectivity for fast data transfer and includes a front-facing webcam for video conferencing. Based on comparable Dell workstation platforms, this model supports multiple USB ports, HDMI video output, and network connectivity options for comprehensive peripheral and external display support. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete port specifications and available docking solutions.
The Dell HXT1J delivers robust connectivity with USB/eSATA combo ports, HDMI output, network RJ-45 connector, stereo headphone/microphone combo jack, and optional USB 3.0 ports via media bay module. Additional connectivity options include Express Card 54 slot, memory card reader, and optional legacy I/O adapter with serial DB9 pin for compatibility with existing equipment.
The Dell P2722HE consumes approximately 23W typical power and up to 122W maximum, with minimal energy use in sleep mode (<0.5W) and switch-off mode (<0.3W). It meets Energy Star efficiency standards with an Energy Star TEC rating of 57.6 kWh, making it an environmentally responsible choice for facilities looking to reduce operational costs. Available from us with full technical support.
The Dell 8J0WF Monitor includes multiple connectivity ports including HDMI and DisplayPort, ensuring compatibility with barcode scanners, mobile computers, and warehouse management systems. These standard video inputs allow for flexible integration with your existing IT infrastructure and peripheral devices. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate this monitor into your complete AIDC solution.
The Dell SD25TB5 comes with a 3-Year Limited Warranty, providing extended protection for your investment in this docking station. This warranty coverage gives you peace of mind for long-term use in demanding warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for complete warranty details and support options.
The G5110525's 3-wire connection and standard VAC power input make it compatible with most industrial automation systems and PLCs. Its cable connector interface allows for straightforward integration into conveyor controls, sorting systems, and material handling equipment. Contact us today to discuss your specific system requirements and ensure proper compatibility.
The Datalogic 95B061591 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) for normal operation, with storage and transport capabilities from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). This temperature range makes it suitable for most warehouse and logistics environments, though extreme temperature applications may require special consideration. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for guidance on environmental requirements for your specific location.
The Datalogic 95B061711 features M12 connection with 3-wire connectivity and NPN output, making it compatible with standard industrial control systems and PLC integrations. This configuration ensures seamless integration into existing warehouse automation and material handling systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible accessories and integration options.
The GM4500-HC is specifically designed for healthcare with a disinfectant-ready enclosure treated with anti-microbial additives (ISO22196 and JISZ 2801 compliant), plus a vibration feedback option for quiet environments like bedside patient care. The healthcare-grade construction ensures durability while maintaining safety standards required in medical facilities.
While specific temperature data for this model wasn't provided in our documentation, Datalogic sensors typically operate reliably across industrial temperature ranges. For precise operating and storage temperature specifications for the 95B061791, we recommend contacting our team at barcodesinc.com or reaching out to our sales specialists who can provide detailed technical documentation.
The Datalogic 95B066230 Sensor uses M8 connector-based 3-wire connectivity with PNP output configuration, making it compatible with standard industrial control systems and PLCs. This connectivity standard ensures easy integration into existing warehouse management and automation infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss integration requirements with your current systems.
The Datalogic 95B066800 connects via M8 connector with 3-wire connectivity, providing NPN output that integrates seamlessly with standard industrial automation systems. Its double-range detection and flush 8mm mounting design allow flexible installation in existing barcode reading and product identification workflows without requiring major system modifications.
The GD4520-HCK1-HD is built for demanding environments with IP52 particulate and water sealing protection, withstands repeated drops from 1.8 meters onto concrete, and features 16 kV ESD protection. It operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 50°C and handles humidity up to 95% non-condensing, making it well-suited for warehouse, logistics, and outdoor loading dock applications.
Yes, the DSM0421 is specifically designed for healthcare, laboratory, and other demanding environments where chemical exposure is a concern. The scanner's rugged construction uses high-impact resin that is resistant to cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions, making it ideal for lab testing equipment, self-checkout systems, and access control applications. We offer this scanner as a reliable solution for these specialized use cases.
The Magellan 9550i operates at just 2.6W nominal power consumption and 1.7W when idle, making it one of the most energy-efficient bi-optic scanners available for retail environments. This low power footprint reduces operational costs while maintaining high-performance 1D and 2D scanning speeds that are 45% faster than previous-generation Magellan models.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster 1D and 2D barcode scanning performance compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners. This enhanced speed significantly improves checkout throughput while maintaining the same compact form factor, making it ideal for high-volume retail environments. Contact us today to discuss performance improvements for your specific operation.
The Magellan 9550i operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption and 1.7W when idle, making it one of the most energy-efficient bi-optic scanners available. This low power requirement reduces operational costs and heat generation in high-volume retail environments. We offer this scanner as part of our energy-conscious AIDC solutions.
The scanner supports comprehensive barcode coverage including all standard 1D linear codes, GS1 DataBar variants, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded, and 2D formats including QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. Its GS1 Digital Link ready capability ensures support for modern digital workflow standards, making it future-proof for evolving retail requirements.
The Magellan 9550i operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption—significantly lower than previous-generation models—reducing your energy costs while maintaining 45% faster scanning performance. Its efficient design also minimizes heat generation and extends equipment lifespan. We offer this scanner as an energy-efficient upgrade for retail environments seeking better operational economics.
The Magellan 9550i operates at just 2.6W nominal power consumption and 1.7W in idle mode, significantly reducing energy costs compared to older scanner models. This low-power design makes it ideal for high-volume retail environments where multiple checkout lanes operate simultaneously. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about energy-efficient scanning solutions we offer.
The Magellan 9550i operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption with 1.7W idle power, significantly reducing energy costs compared to older models. It operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity tolerance of 5% to 95% non-condensing, and includes ESD protection up to 25kV air discharge for durability in retail environments. These specifications make it ideal for high-traffic checkout areas with varying environmental conditions.
The scanner decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, stacked codes like PDF417 and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, and 2D formats including Aztec, Data Matrix, QR Code, and Micro QR Code. Its enhanced decoding capabilities make it suitable for both traditional retail and modern digital link applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about specific barcode compatibility for your use case.
The PBT9600 features Bluetooth 5.0 connectivity for seamless integration with your warehouse management systems and mobile infrastructure. It includes contactless inductive wireless charging and smart battery technology that eliminates common battery contact issues and reduces maintenance downtime. Available from us with multiple host interface options including USB, RS-232, Ethernet, EtherNet/IP, and PROFINET.
The Magellan 9550i operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption during active scanning and 1.7W during idle mode, making it one of the most energy-efficient bi-optic scanners available. It requires a 12 VDC power supply and is designed to reduce overall energy costs in high-volume retail environments. This low power footprint makes it suitable for installations where energy efficiency and thermal management are priorities.
We offer the Datalogic Magellan 1500i with USB connectivity, including a 4.5m (15ft) USB Type A cable. The scanner also supports RS-232 interface options and OEM configurations, allowing flexible integration into your existing point-of-sale or data collection systems.
Yes, the PM9100 is built for demanding warehouse conditions with an IP65 rating for particulate and water sealing, and it withstands 50 drops from 2.0 meters (6.6 feet) to concrete. It operates reliably in temperatures from -20°C to 50°C and maintains performance in humidity levels up to 95% non-condensing. The scanner also features 20 kV ESD protection and is immune to ambient light exposure, including direct sunlight.
The Standard Range (SR) GM4500-HC delivers versatile reading distances across different barcode types—for example, Code 39 at 10 mils reads from 0.8 to 22.8 inches, EAN-13 at 13 mils reads from 0.4 to 27.9 inches, and Data Matrix at 15 mils reads from 1.1 to 16.1 inches. Reading ranges vary based on barcode size, print quality, and ambient lighting conditions. We offer detailed specifications for all configurations available from us at barcodesinc.com.
The CS6080-SR supports Qi inductive charging via the included CR6080-Qz1000XWW Qi Pad Charger and USB-C Qi Pad Cable, eliminating the need for proprietary charging connectors. It also features NFC tap-to-pair technology and Wi-Fi friendly mode for flexible connectivity in modern logistics environments. This combination of wireless charging and connectivity options makes it ideal for mobile operations in warehouses and distribution centers.
The ZQ610 Plus features Wi-Fi 6 Dual Radio (802.11AX) and Bluetooth 5.x connectivity, providing the fastest and most stable wireless connections for indoor warehouse and logistics operations. This advanced connectivity is managed through Zebra's Link-OS operating system, which simplifies IT integration and security.
The LI2208-SR7U2100SGW supports multiple host interfaces including USB, RS232, Keyboard Wedge, and IBM RS485, giving you flexibility in deployment across different computing environments. The kit includes a shielded USB cable and stand for immediate out-of-the-box use, and auto-host detect cables automatically distinguish which interface is attached to reduce setup complexity.
No, the country-specific AC line cord is sold separately from the Zebra KIT-PWR-12V50W. This design allows you to purchase the appropriate power cord for your region's electrical standards. Contact us today to order the correct AC line cord for your location and complete your power solution.
We offer complimentary remote configuration tools including 123Scan2 and Scanner Management Service (SMS) that allow you to remotely configure scanners, upgrade firmware, format data for your backend systems, and monitor PowerPrecision+ battery statistics. These industry-best tools make deployment and ongoing management simple and time-efficient.
The Zebra CHG-AUTO-HWIRE1-01 includes a specialized tab on the barrel jack end that ensures a secure, reliable connection to the vehicle cradle, preventing accidental disconnections during transit or rough handling. This design feature is critical for maintaining continuous charging in demanding warehouse and logistics environments. We recommend this cable for operations requiring dependable mobile computer power management.
The Zebra CHG-AUTO-CLA1-01 includes a specialized tab on the barrel jack end that locks securely into the vehicle cradle connector, preventing accidental disconnection during vehicle movement or rough handling. This design ensures consistent power delivery to your TC58, TC58E, or TC78 mobile computer throughout your workday.
The Zebra AD-EPSN-P-1 license provides WEP cloaking functionality for one sensor. If you need to expand coverage across multiple sensors in your facility, we offer additional licenses that can be deployed across your wireless network. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss multi-sensor licensing options for your organization.
The Centralized Management Console provides unified visibility and control over wireless security policies, device compliance monitoring, and threat detection across your enterprise network. It enables IT administrators to deploy security updates, manage user access, and generate compliance reports from a single dashboard. This centralized approach reduces administrative overhead and improves security posture for organizations managing large mobile device deployments.
The AD-SNFL-P-1 is a single-sensor license (WIPS for one sensor AirDefense). If you need to monitor multiple sensors across your facility, you may require additional licenses depending on your network architecture. Contact us today to discuss licensing options that match your warehouse or logistics operation scale.
Yes, the MPACT-SB1100-25-WR beacons are waterproof and constructed from materials that withstand common industrial cleaning agents. This durability makes them ideal for use in harsh warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics environments where exposure to moisture and cleaning chemicals is common.
Yes, the AD-ATSN-P-1 is designed as a license upgrade for existing Motorola AirDefense deployments, allowing you to enhance troubleshooting capabilities on your current sensors. This software integrates seamlessly with established AirDefense infrastructure without requiring hardware replacement. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific system configuration.
The Motorola AirDefense platform, including the AD-FESN-P-1 forensics license, supports standard enterprise wireless networks operating on 802.11 protocols. This software provides comprehensive monitoring and forensic analysis across your wireless infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed technical specifications regarding your specific network environment.
Warehouses, logistics facilities, manufacturing plants, and large enterprises that rely on wireless networks benefit from AirDefense spectrum analysis to ensure reliable WLAN performance and security. The technology helps identify RF interference from neighboring networks or rogue devices that could disrupt barcode scanner networks and mobile computer operations. We recommend this solution for facilities requiring continuous wireless network visibility and compliance monitoring.
The MPACT-SB5200-10-WR supports four operating modes: Battery Save, iBeacon, MPAct, and SecureCast, giving you flexibility in how you deploy beacon technology across your facility. These modes allow you to optimize power consumption, enable standard BLE beacon functionality, or use proprietary Zebra protocols depending on your tracking requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss which mode best fits your logistics workflow.
The Zebra P1008481 is engineered as a dedicated media rewind option that integrates seamlessly with the 140XI4 printer to automate the label rewinding process. This kit eliminates the need for manual label handling after printing, improving operational efficiency and reducing labor costs. The rewinder is built to Zebra's quality standards for reliable performance in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
The Zebra 1600 wax ribbon is compatible with Zebra thermal transfer printers that support 84mm ribbon width and 1-inch core specifications. We recommend verifying your printer's ribbon compatibility with our team to ensure proper fit and performance—contact us today for specific compatibility confirmation.
Printhead lifespan depends on usage intensity, print volume, and maintenance practices, but thermal printheads typically require replacement after extended use as they experience wear from ribbon friction and heat cycles. We recommend monitoring print quality degradation—such as missing dots or lines—as an indicator that replacement may be needed. Our team can help you determine if your printhead needs service or replacement.
The Zebra P1117258-232 is a thermal transfer printhead, which means it works with thermal transfer ribbons to print on a wide variety of label materials including polyester, synthetic, and coated stocks. This versatility makes it ideal for applications requiring durable labels that resist fading, moisture, and chemicals. Available from us with full compatibility assurance for your ZD411T or ZD611T printer.
The Zebra PolyPro 3000T labels measure 2.75x1.25 inches (69.9x31.8mm) and come on rolls with a 3-inch (76.2mm) core. Each box contains 4 rolls with 3,923 labels per roll, providing substantial inventory for high-volume printing operations.
Yes, the ZD621 is backward compatible with virtually any existing thermal printer setup. It supports both EPL and ZPL printer languages and can emulate languages normally associated with other printer brands using Zebra's Print DNA tool, Virtual Devices. This means you can integrate the ZD621 into your existing printer fleet with confidence and use the same label formats and applications you're using today.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T labels measure 1x1" (25.4x25.4mm) and are configured 3 across on a roll with a 3" (76.2mm) core. Each box contains 4 rolls with 16,456 labels per roll, providing substantial label inventory for high-volume printing operations.
Yes, the NX-7500-ADP-64 is designed to work with Motorola wireless access point systems and controllers as part of the Zebra product ecosystem. This software license enables centralized management of your Motorola-based wireless network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm compatibility with your specific access point models.
The 5-pack format of the Zebra 105950-061 is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics operations that run multiple printers across distributed locations or need backup power supplies for business continuity. Having multiple cords on hand reduces downtime from equipment failure and ensures consistent operations in manufacturing, inventory control, and product identification environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to order the quantity that fits your operational needs.
The RS6100 offers two battery options: corded battery-free operation for continuous stationary use, or cordless freedom with a replaceable battery system. The replaceable battery design ensures the scanner is always operational with no downtime required for charging—simply swap in a fully charged battery to continue working.
The Zebra 8000D Lab labels feature an adhesive optimized for secure attachment to a variety of surfaces commonly found in laboratory environments. The permanent adhesive ensures reliable label retention on different material types used in sample containers and laboratory equipment.
The ET40 features Wi-Fi 6 for the fastest wireless speeds available, along with Bluetooth connectivity for pairing with cordless headphones, printers, and other wireless peripherals. The tablet also includes NFC capability for additional wireless communication needs. This comprehensive connectivity suite allows you to build a complete wireless solution tailored to your operational requirements.
The Zebra 8000D Lab labels are direct thermal labels designed for use with direct thermal capable printers—both dedicated direct thermal printers and thermal transfer printers operating in direct thermal mode. We offer a full range of Zebra thermal printers that support these label specifications, including desktop and industrial models. Contact us today to ensure your current printer is compatible with this label format and material type.
Yes, the Zebra 05095GS11007 ribbon is UL recognized and CSA component acceptable when used with Zebra approved labels. This certification makes it suitable for applications in regulated industries where compliance documentation and component verification are required.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000D is a direct thermal label, meaning it prints using heat-sensitive paper without requiring ink or toner ribbons. This direct thermal technology produces high-contrast black images on the bright white coated paper surface, reducing operational costs and simplifying printer maintenance. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible direct thermal printers for these labels.
The Zebra ATR7000 supports flexible deployment with PoE+ (Power over Ethernet) or 24V DC power supply options, allowing you to choose the most convenient power source for your installation. The reader can be mounted via pole mount or VESA mount, providing versatility for warehouse ceiling, wall, or structural installations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore mounting solutions available with our team.
The Zebra ZQ620 Plus is equipped with Bluetooth 4.x connectivity, delivering the quickest and most reliable wireless connections for indoor operations. This advanced wireless capability allows your employees to work efficiently while your IT department benefits from simplified integration and management of connected devices. Contact us today to discuss wireless deployment options that fit your warehouse or logistics environment.
Yes, the ZD411 is purpose-built for warehouse, logistics, and shipping environments where reliable, fast label printing is essential. With 203 dpi resolution and 6 ips print speed, it efficiently handles barcode labels, shipping labels, and compliance labeling at scale. We offer this model to support high-throughput operations that demand consistent print quality and durability.
The Zebra ORCH-ZD411-300-HC supports multiple connectivity methods including USB, USB Host, Ethernet, and Bluetooth, allowing flexible integration into various network environments and workflows. This multi-connectivity approach enables seamless integration with existing systems whether you need direct computer connection, network printing, or wireless operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore connectivity configurations that match your infrastructure.
The ZQ521 features a high-capacity 3250 mAh PowerPrecision+ battery designed to power your team through even the longest shifts. The printer automatically enters sleep mode when not in use to conserve battery life, then wakes up instantly when a print job is sent, maximizing uptime without manual intervention.
Yes, the ZT610 Micro Label variant is specifically designed for improved precision with labels as small as 3 mm, making it perfect for applications requiring detailed barcode labeling on small items. Available from us with print resolution options in 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 600 dpi to meet your specific label requirements.
Yes, the ZT610 includes a Micro Label option that provides improved precision for labels as small as 3 mm, making it suitable for applications requiring detailed barcoding on compact items. This specialized capability sets it apart for industries needing high-density labeling solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how our ZT610 Micro Label configuration can meet your specific labeling requirements.
The TC58e is the most secure device in its class, featuring a Secure Element with Android Strongbox capability (on specific SKUs) that provides hardware-based protection against physical tampering. The standalone security chip includes a self-destruct feature that erases data if the device is compromised, ensuring critical information remains protected even in the event of a breach attempt. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how our TC58e models can meet your enterprise security requirements.
The TC78 is equipped with an 8MP front camera and 16MP rear camera, enabling barcode scanning, document capture, and visual verification tasks in warehouse and delivery operations. These cameras support both standard barcode reading and high-resolution image capture for quality assurance and proof-of-delivery documentation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how these imaging capabilities enhance your mobile data collection strategy.
The Zebra Z-Perform 1000D (model 10003051) comes in 4x2" (101.6x50.8mm) dimensions with 2760 labels per roll and a 3" (76.2mm) core. Each box contains 4 rolls, providing 11,040 labels per box for high-volume printing operations. This configuration is optimized for direct thermal printers commonly used in warehouse and logistics applications.
Zebra RFID labels provide near 100% real-time visibility of inventory and assets, enabling retailers to quickly locate items shoppers want and fulfill online orders accurately for faster pickup. The technology delivers faster and more accurate read rates compared to manual and barcode-only processes, improving inventory accuracy and helping prevent missed sales due to out-of-stock conditions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how our RFID label solutions can transform your retail operations.
The Zebra 800077-751 is a monochrome black ribbon, ideal for applications requiring single-color ID card printing such as text, barcodes, and basic graphics. This ribbon type is cost-effective for high-volume black-only card production. If you need color printing capabilities, our team can recommend alternative Zebra ribbon options—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
These wristbands are compatible with current laser printers—no special wristband printer is required. The self-laminating LaserBand design enables easy deployment of barcode wristband solutions using standard office or medical facility laser printing equipment.
The scanner features multiple interface options including RS-232, USB, and IBM 46XX multi-interface capabilities, allowing flexible integration with existing warehouse management systems and point-of-sale infrastructure. It includes powered RS-232 connections and supports host download capabilities compatible with IBM Director, Wavelink Avalanche, and other ERP management solutions. This multi-interface design ensures compatibility with both legacy and modern logistics systems.
The DS2400N operates on 5V power supply with a current draw of less than 350 mA, making it energy-efficient for continuous warehouse operations. The scanner features multiple connectivity options including RS232, Wedge, USB, and IBM46xx interfaces to integrate with your existing systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore installation options and power management solutions.
The Memor 11 features a high-performance 2D imager with Datalogic's 'Green Spot' technology, which provides superior scanning accuracy in challenging lighting conditions including dark environments. This advanced imaging capability makes it ideal for warehouse and logistics operations where lighting may be inconsistent. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the full technical specifications and compatible accessories available from us.
Yes, the PM9500 is specifically designed as a ruggedized cordless reader for demanding applications. It features Datalogic's STAR Cordless System with improved radio range and reliability, making it ideal for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations where durability and consistent performance are critical.
The Memor 20 includes dual band MIMO Wi-Fi with 802.11ac standard, Bluetooth v5 with BLE for ultra-low power connections, NFC for easy pairing, and LTE-Advanced cellular connectivity with dual SIM support. This comprehensive wireless suite ensures reliable communication for both indoor and outdoor enterprise applications.
Absolutely. You can pair the SH21 Blackline with Datalogic handheld barcode scanners such as the PowerScan 9500 reader to enable quick data entry and location confirmations in your warehouse operations. This integration allows for seamless inventory tracking and asset management workflows.
The scanner operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption (1.7W idle), helping reduce energy costs in retail environments. It functions reliably in operating temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with 5% to 95% non-condensing humidity, and includes ESD protection up to 25kV air discharge for durability in busy checkout areas.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster 1D and 2D scanning performance compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, while consuming only 2.6W of power during operation. This combination of enhanced speed and low energy consumption helps reduce operational costs while improving checkout throughput in retail environments.
The DSE0420 can be installed as a complete scan module using a metal bracket, or the decoder board and scan engine can be separated for space-constrained applications. The decoder board connects to the scan engine through an industry-standard flat cable and can be embedded at another location within your device, providing flexible integration options for various form factors.
The DE2011-DL offers multiple interface options including RS-232, IBM 46XX, and USB multi-interface configurations. It includes powered USB Host (Type A) ports (x2), powered RS-232, and auxiliary ports for remote scale display and EAS controller connections. The scanner also supports remote management capabilities including diagnostic reporting, WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) compliance, and host download functionality compatible with IBM Director and Wavelink Avalanche.
Datalogic sensors are engineered for demanding warehouse and logistics environments, typically operating across wide temperature ranges and humidity levels. The fork sensor design with red LED emission provides reliable detection in various lighting conditions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for complete environmental specifications and to ensure this sensor meets your facility's operational requirements.
The Datalogic 95B080750 is engineered for demanding warehouse and logistics environments with operating temperature ranges from 10 to 40°C and storage/transport capability from -40 to 70°C. It maintains performance in humidity levels from 5-95% non-condensing and provides robust ESD protection at 25kV air discharge. These specifications make it suitable for both climate-controlled facilities and temperature-variable industrial settings.
Datalogic decoders offer multiple interface options including RS-232, USB (OEM IBM USB and standard USB), IBM 46xx, and keyboard wedge connectivity. Many models also support auxiliary ports for powered RS-232, remote scale displays, and EAS controller connections, ensuring compatibility with various warehouse automation and POS environments.
Yes, the DSM0422-DL is built with rugged construction featuring high-impact resin that is resistant to cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions, making it ideal for demanding environments. Its durable design qualifies it for use in lab testing equipment, pharmaceutical applications, and high-throughput self-checkout systems where chemical exposure and frequent cleaning are common.
The Memor 20 provides comprehensive wireless capabilities including dual-band MIMO Wi-Fi with 802.11ac standard, Bluetooth v5 with BLE for low-power connections, NFC for easy pairing, and LTE-Advanced cellular voice and data connectivity with dual SIM support. This makes it suitable for both indoor and outdoor enterprise applications.
The Magellan 9550i reads all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, plus 2D codes such as QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also supports stacked codes like PDF417, MicroPDF417, and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, with built-in GS1 Digital Link support for modern digital workflows. The scanner provides seamless read coverage from five sides, plus an optional Customer Service Scanner for mobile and loyalty card scanning.
Yes, the Datalogic RFID Vision Reader is specifically designed for warehouse management applications including inventory tracking, shipping and receiving operations, and automated material handling. We offer these solutions to help streamline your warehouse operations with real-time visibility and accurate asset tracking.
The DSM04XX fixed scan module family offers three interface options: USB, RS-232, or RJ-45, allowing you to choose the connection type that best fits your system architecture. This flexibility enables simple electrical and mechanical integration for system designers across different platforms. We offer the full range of DSM04XX models with these various connectivity options available from us.
The DSE0420 can be installed as a complete scan module mounted with a metal bracket, or the decoder board and scan engine can be separated for space-constrained applications. The decoder board connects to the scan engine through an industry-standard flat cable and interfaces with the device's main board via RS-232, USB, or multi-interface options, providing flexible integration for various OEM applications.
The scanner decodes all standard 1D linear barcodes including GS1 DataBar, plus 2D formats like QR Code, Data Matrix, Aztec, and Micro QR Code. It also reads stacked codes such as PDF417, MicroPDF417, and GS1 DataBar Expanded/Stacked, and supports GS1 Digital Link standards for modern retail workflows. This comprehensive format support makes it suitable for diverse retail and logistics applications.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning performance than previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners for both 1D and 2D barcodes. Combined with its low power consumption of just 2.6W nominal operation, this enhanced speed improves checkout efficiency while reducing energy costs. We offer this next-generation performance as a cost-effective upgrade path for existing retail systems.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster 1D and 2D barcode scanning compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, significantly improving checkout throughput in retail environments. This performance boost combines with low power consumption of just 2.6W nominal operation, helping reduce energy costs while accelerating transaction speeds. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this speed improvement impacts your checkout efficiency.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning performance than previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, significantly improving checkout speed and throughput in high-volume retail environments. This performance boost is paired with low power consumption of just 2.6W nominal operation, reducing energy costs.
Yes, the DSM0452-DL is specifically designed for healthcare, laboratory, and other demanding environments. Its high-impact resin construction is resistant to cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions, making it ideal for self-checkout systems, lab testing equipment, and access control applications where regular sanitization is required. The rugged design ensures reliable performance even with frequent exposure to harsh chemicals.
The Magellan 800i connects via USB with multiple interface modes including OEM USB, USB COM, USB HID Keyboard, and USB TEC, as well as RS-232 connectivity. This flexibility allows easy integration with most POS systems and retail environments without requiring specialized adapters.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster scanning performance than previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners for both 1D and 2D barcodes. This enhanced speed improves checkout throughput while maintaining the reliable, seamless read coverage across five sides plus optional Customer Service Scanner functionality.
Yes, the DSM0422-WA is specifically designed for healthcare, retail, and manufacturing applications with rugged construction featuring high-impact resin that resists cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions. Its compact form factor and durability make it ideal for lab testing equipment, self-checkout systems, and access control applications where chemical exposure is common. The 3-year factory warranty provides additional peace of mind for critical healthcare deployments.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster 1D and 2D barcode scanning performance compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners. This enhanced speed helps accelerate checkout throughput while maintaining the reliable read accuracy your retail operation demands.
The DSM0452-WA features RS-232 serial interface for straightforward electrical integration. We also offer alternative DSM04XX models with USB or RJ-45 connectivity if your system requires different communication protocols. All models support simple mechanical and electrical integration for system designers.
The DataLogic 95ACC1213 power cable is designed for use with DataLogic Joya Touch handheld computers and barcode readers that utilize the 3-pin IEC C13 power connector. This cable serves as a replacement or backup power solution for these mobile computing devices used in warehouse and logistics operations. We stock this accessory to keep your DataLogic equipment operational without downtime.
This power device features RoHS compliance and BIS certification, ensuring it meets strict environmental and safety standards required in modern warehouses and logistics facilities. The 5-foot cord length provides flexible placement options for barcode scanning stations, and its robust design supports continuous operation in demanding warehouse environments.
The CH53-E requires only a single PoE+ cable for both power and data connectivity, streamlining installation and reducing cable clutter. Power consumption is 35.0W when infrared is enabled and 19.0W without IR, making it efficient for large-scale deployments while maintaining full functionality.
The CD63-2TBE-HW-F operates on IEEE 802.3at Type 2 PoE+ (Power over Ethernet Plus), simplifying installation by allowing both power and data transmission through a single network cable. This standard PoE+ support makes integration into existing network infrastructure straightforward. Visit barcodesinc.com for compatible PoE+ switches and installation guidance.
Verkada Basic Alarms provide classic alarm functionality with essential monitoring and alerting capabilities for your security system. The LIC-BB-3Y-CAP specifically delivers this foundational tier with a 3-year commitment, making it ideal for organizations seeking reliable, cost-effective alarm management without advanced features. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Verkada licensing options.
Yes, this capacity increase license is designed to work with existing Verkada security trailer deployments. It functions as an add-on to expand your system's capacity, making it ideal for government agencies looking to grow their surveillance infrastructure without replacing current equipment.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P15v Gen 3 features a 15.6" UHD display with In-plane Switching (IPS) technology, delivering 3840 x 2160 resolution. IPS technology ensures consistent color accuracy and wide viewing angles, which is essential for professionals who need reliable visual performance across different workstations and environments. Available from us with full technical support and warranty coverage.
The Lenovo Yoga 7 14IML9 83DJ0002US is equipped with an Intel Core Ultra 7 155U processor paired with 16 GB of RAM and a 1 TB SSD for fast boot times and application loading. This configuration delivers solid performance for everyday computing tasks, content creation, and light development work.
The Lenovo 20XFS05E00 comes equipped with 16 GB of RAM and a 512 GB SSD for fast boot times and application loading. This configuration provides ample memory for multitasking and sufficient storage for business documents, applications, and files.
The Lenovo 83JR0001US is certified as a Copilot+ PC, meaning it meets Microsoft's standards for AI-enhanced computing with dedicated neural processing capabilities through the AMD Ryzen AI 7 350 processor. This enables faster AI-powered applications for data analysis, predictive inventory management, and workflow automation. For warehouse and logistics teams, Copilot+ features can streamline operations and improve decision-making efficiency.
The Lenovo 21LTS36J00 ThinkPad T14S G5 ships with Windows 11 Pro, providing enterprise-grade security and compatibility with warehouse management systems and RFID applications. Windows 11 Pro includes features designed for IT procurement and system management in logistics environments. Contact us today for configuration options and OS licensing details.
The Lenovo Smart Tab M10 delivers up to 9 hours of maximum battery runtime, which is sufficient for a full warehouse shift without requiring mid-day charging. The integrated Li-Polymer battery supports extended use in logistics and inventory management operations.
The Lenovo ThinkPad P1 Gen 7 supports up to 64GB of LPCAMM2 memory and features PCIe NVMe SSD storage options for fast data access and multitasking performance. The model listed includes 32GB of RAM and 512GB SSD storage, with upgrade options available. Contact us today to discuss memory and storage configurations that fit your performance needs.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Fold Gen 1 includes IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6) wireless connectivity for fast network speeds and front-facing webcam for video conferencing. The device's detachable 2-in-1 design provides flexibility for various work scenarios. Visit barcodesinc.com to view detailed port specifications and available docking station options that complement this device.
The ThinkPad T14S G5 includes multiple connectivity options to support your warehouse infrastructure, including Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000 compliant with IEEE 802.3ab) and standard business-class ports. We offer this model ready for integration with your existing AIDC systems and network infrastructure—contact us today for specific port configuration details.
The Dolphin 7800 is engineered to withstand 5-foot drops to concrete and up to 1,600 tumbles per IEC 60068-2-32 specifications, making it suitable for demanding warehouse and retail environments. It features IP64 environmental sealing for protection against moisture and particle intrusion, with operating temperatures ranging from 14°F to 122°F. Contact us today to discuss how this rugged construction meets your operational durability requirements.
The VM3A operates reliably in extreme temperatures ranging from -30°C to +50°C (-22°F to +122°F), making it ideal for use in cold storage, freezer environments, and hot distribution centers. The device is built to maintain performance across the toughest climate conditions in warehouse and freight operations.
The Zebra 800017-240 ribbon yields 200 prints per roll. This capacity makes it suitable for small to medium-sized ID card printing operations.
The Zebra 800015-440 ribbon is rated for 200 prints per ribbon. This yield applies when used with compatible Zebra i-series printers and assumes proper printer maintenance and storage conditions.
The Zebra 800015-135 laminate is designed for select Zebra P-Series printers that have lamination capability. To ensure compatibility with your specific printer model, we recommend contacting us today or visiting idwholesaler.com to verify your printer supports overlamination.
The Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series includes integrated security features such as Network Admission Control (NAC), which enables authentication methods and MAC address-based access control. These capabilities help protect your network at the edge by controlling which devices and users can access network resources. The switch also supports data encryption technologies for enhanced security.
The CF83-E supports advanced AI-powered analytics including AI search, motion trajectory mapping, line crossing alerts, loitering alerts, and people and vehicle analytics. These features are powered by the onboard CV72S Ambarella processor, making it easy to search footage, identify activity patterns, and improve situational awareness.
The UX10 G5 is built to MIL-STD-810H, IP66, and MIL-STD-461G standards, ensuring it withstands harsh environmental conditions and physical stress. These certifications guarantee durability for mission-critical operations in demanding field environments.
The VisionTek 901298 uses a SATA interface, which is the industry standard for internal storage devices. SATA connectivity ensures broad compatibility with modern computing systems and straightforward installation.
The Memor 20 offers a comprehensive set of wireless technologies including dual-band MIMO Wi-Fi with 802.11ac standard, Bluetooth v5 with BLE for low-power connections, NFC for proximity communications, and LTE-Advanced cellular with dual SIM support. This multi-connectivity approach ensures reliable communication both indoors and outdoors across warehouse, retail, and logistics operations.
The Joya Touch A6-HC is a multi-purpose healthcare device ideal for bedside care, patient admittance, nursing activities, pharmacy operations, and other clinical workflows. Its flexible form factors and advanced barcode scanning capabilities make it suitable for various point-of-care and inventory management tasks in healthcare environments.
The Lenovo Tab M8 comes with either 32GB or 64GB of eMMC 5.1 internal storage. Storage is expandable via microSD card slot, supporting cards up to 1TB, giving you flexible options for storing apps, photos, videos, and documents.
The HP CF440AM (HP 312A) cartridges are original HP toner designed for HP LaserJet color printers. We recommend verifying your specific printer model with our team to ensure compatibility. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to confirm your device requirements and find the right supplies.
The system includes a 4.3-inch color graphics display with touchscreen capabilities and a rotating, adjustable angle design for flexible point-of-sale positioning. The display also features a home button for easy navigation and system control. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete HP POS system lineup.
The HP CB543A is a standard-yield cartridge. HP offers high-yield alternatives, such as the HP 30X series, which provide significantly higher page yields compared to standard cartridges like the 30A. We recommend consulting with our team to determine which yield option best matches your printing volume and budget requirements.
HP offers optional Care Pack Services for extended coverage and support on the 5YQ08AT. Service levels and response times may vary depending on your geographic location, and these services are sold separately from the scanner itself.
HP LaserJet printers support a wide range of operating systems including Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows XP SP3 (32-bit), macOS Sierra v10.12, macOS High Sierra v10.13, and macOS Mojave v10.14. Additionally, mobile OS support includes iOS and Android for network printing capabilities.
This HP product supports WiFi, WiFi Direct, and Web Services connectivity, along with HP ePrint and AirPrint mobile printing capabilities. These wireless features enable flexible printing and scanning workflows in warehouse and retail environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about integration with your existing network infrastructure.
HP offers both standard-yield cartridges like the CE278A and high-yield alternatives such as the HP 30X, which provide significantly higher page yields for comparable cost per page. If you're looking to reduce supply replacement intervals and optimize your printing costs, our team can recommend the best option for your volume needs. Contact us today for a comparison.
The HP CC533A is a standard-yield magenta cartridge offering 2,800 pages per cartridge. HP also offers high-yield alternatives that provide greater page yields for higher-volume printing environments. For detailed comparisons and to determine which cartridge best fits your printing volume, contact us today and our team can recommend the right supply solution.
The HP Q7516A is compatible with Windows Client OS (32/64 bit), including Windows 10, 8.1, 8, and 7, as well as mobile operating systems including iOS and Android, and Mac systems including macOS Sierra, High Sierra, and Mojave. This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration across diverse IT environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific system configuration.
HP printers using the C9455A cartridge are compatible with Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP SP3 (32-bit), as well as OS X v10.8 Mountain Lion through OS X v10.10 Yosemite. This broad compatibility ensures the cartridge works across most modern and legacy systems.
The L0R16A extra high-yield cartridge provides significantly higher page output (20,000 pages) compared to standard-yield alternatives, making it more cost-effective for warehouses and logistics operations with heavy printing demands. This reduces downtime and cartridge changeover frequency.
The HP M0J97AN is an inkjet cartridge that uses yellow ink formulation. This high-yield cartridge is engineered for reliable color output in business printing applications.
The server features 8 x SFF (Small Form Factor) hot-swappable bays with a Serial ATA/600 controller, allowing you to configure multiple storage drives with flexibility. The hot-swappable design enables you to replace or upgrade drives without shutting down the system, which is critical for continuous warehouse operations.
The HP PageWide Pro 577dw includes Fast Ethernet, wireless LAN, and USB connectivity options. These multiple connection methods allow flexible integration into your network infrastructure and support both wired and wireless printing from various devices.
The Fargo 49301 features a same-side input/output hopper design with a standard 200-card capacity. This configuration streamlines workflow and makes it ideal for users who need high-volume print runs without frequent manual intervention.
The DTC4250e uses dye sublimation and resin thermal transfer technology at 300 dpi resolution with up to 16.7 million colors and 256 shades per pixel. Print speeds range from 6 seconds per card (K only) to 24 seconds per card (YMCKOK), depending on ribbon configuration.
The Fargo 55206 features both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible deployment in networked environments or direct connection to individual workstations. These dual interface options ensure compatibility with various IT infrastructure setups. We offer this printer with full technical support for network integration.
The Fargo 55216 comes equipped with both USB and Ethernet interfaces, allowing flexible deployment in networked environments or direct connection to workstations. This dual connectivity supports both centralized card issuance operations and distributed printing scenarios.
The Fargo 55316 features both USB and Ethernet interfaces, allowing flexible integration into your network or direct connection to a single workstation. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various IT environments and workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure.
The Fargo HDP5600 comes equipped with an HID Prox Reader (Omnikey Cardman 5125) as the base model. Additional encoding options available from us include 13.56 MHz contactless smart card encoding (iCLASS, MIFARE, ISO 14443 A/B, ISO 15693), contact smart card encoding for ISO7816 cards, and ISO magnetic stripe encoding. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore all encoding options for your application.
Print speeds on the Fargo 89652U vary by ribbon type: 7 seconds per card for black-only (K*), 12 seconds for black with overlay (KO*), 24 seconds for full-color (YMCKO*), and 31 seconds for full-color with dual black panels (YMCKOK*). The printer uses dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer technology at 300 dpi resolution to deliver up to 16.7 million colors with 256 shades per pixel.
The Fargo 078202 features YMCKOK color configuration, which includes Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, two Resin Black panels, and an Overlay panel. This combination enables full-color photo-quality printing with durable black elements and protective overlay coating on every card.
The HDP5000 supports optional card lamination modules for enhanced security. You can choose between single-sided lamination or simultaneous dual-sided lamination to protect your cards and increase durability. These upgradeable modules allow you to customize your system based on your specific security requirements.
Each box of Epson C35CD004 labels contains 6 rolls, with each roll holding 400 labels. This provides a total of 2,400 labels per box for high-volume color label printing applications.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer features fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second, a banding reduction mode for improved quality, and an automatic nozzle check system for reliable output. It also includes an autocutter, easy paper loading, and an LCD display with printer status readouts, making it user-friendly for warehouse and logistics environments.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer achieves printing speeds up to 4 inches per second with a banding reduction mode to ensure high-quality output. This fast speed combined with the matte label finish of the C35MD001 makes it suitable for warehouse and logistics operations requiring rapid label production.
The Epson TM-C3500 uses GJIC22P series ink cartridges in Cyan (C33S020581), Magenta (C33S020582), Yellow (C33S020583), and Black (C33S020577), along with a Maintenance Box (C33S020580). These pigment-based inks are formulated to work with Epson's DURABrite technology for durable, high-quality color label output.
The Epson V11H795020 operates safely within a temperature range of 41°F to 95°F (5°C to 35°C) and requires humidity levels between 15–80% with no condensation. These environmental specifications ensure reliable performance in standard office and presentation spaces.
Yes, the C33S020464 is a genuine Epson inkjet cartridge manufactured by Epson for the Colorworks TM-C3400 SecurColor printer. We stock authentic Epson supplies to ensure optimal printer performance and print quality. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify availability and pricing for this original cartridge.
The TM-U220 offers RS-232 and bi-directional parallel interfaces as standard. USB and 10 Base-T interfaces are available as dealer options, providing flexibility to integrate with various POS systems and network environments.
The TM-H6000V requires 24 VDC ± 7% power input with typical operating power consumption of approximately 1.8 A (mean), and includes an external power supply. The printer measures 5.71" W x 7.68" D x 5.83" H and weighs 3.5 lb, making it compact enough for various retail environments. An external power supply (PS-180) is included with your purchase from us.
The Epson C13S020565 is specifically designed for the Epson Colorworks C831 printer. Using cartridges outside their designated printer model may result in compatibility issues or print quality problems. We recommend verifying cartridge compatibility before purchase—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to ensure you have the correct cartridge for your equipment.
Each box of Epson C35MD003 labels contains 6 rolls, with 200 labels per roll, providing a total of 1,200 labels per box for your labeling needs.
The Epson P60-0060-050 labels are direct thermal paper labels, which means they work with thermal printers like the Epson TM-P60 without requiring a ribbon. This makes them an economical choice for applications requiring fast, reliable label printing. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of thermal label options.
The Epson TM-L90 supports a comprehensive range of barcode formats including UPC-A, UPC-E, JAN8 (EAN), JAN13 (EAN), ITF, CODE39, CODE93, CODE128, CODABAR, PDF417, MAXICODE, and QR CODE. This versatility makes it suitable for retail, warehouse, and logistics applications requiring multiple barcode standards.
The Intel 4214 is a 3rd Generation Xeon Scalable processor with 12 cores operating at 2.2GHz, while newer generations offer increased core counts and higher clock speeds for enhanced performance. The 4214 is well-suited for balanced workloads in virtualization, databases, and general enterprise applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore upgrade options or compare processor generations for your infrastructure needs.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-EX24TE features 24 2.5-inch drive bays with support for 24Gb/s SAS RAID controllers, enabling high-performance storage configurations with redundancy. The server also includes 2 M.2 interfaces for NVMe storage, allowing you to combine fast SSD performance with traditional RAID arrays. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore storage configurations that match your throughput and availability requirements.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-56HD6E is currently discontinued, but we maintain inventory of compatible components and related Cisco UCS server models. If you need high-capacity storage solutions, we offer alternative current-generation Cisco servers such as the UCSX-210C-M8-U and UCSC-C240-M8SX. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore available options that meet your infrastructure requirements.
SAS 7200 RPM drives like the Cisco UCS-C3K-HD4TB provide an excellent balance between performance and capacity for enterprise storage needs, offering faster data access than NL-SAS alternatives while maintaining reliability for 24/7 operations. The 12Gb/s SAS interface ensures high-speed data transfer rates suitable for demanding warehouse, logistics, and data center applications. These drives are hot-pluggable, allowing IT teams to replace failed drives without interrupting server operations.
The Cisco UCSC-C240-M5SD supports Windows Server 2019 and 2022 editions (both Standard and Datacenter), as well as Red Hat Enterprise Linux and SuSE Linux Enterprise Server. This broad OS compatibility makes it suitable for diverse enterprise environments and print server deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options for your preferred operating system.
The UCSC-C240-M5SX includes 24 2.5-inch SFF (Small Form Factor) drive bays plus 2 rear drives, supporting 24Gb/s SAS RAID controllers for reliable data protection in high-availability environments. It features network connectivity via RJ-45 Gigabit Ethernet ports, 2 USB 3.0 ports, and 2 M.2 interfaces for flexible storage expansion. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible storage and networking modules for your deployment.
The 120GB boot SSD provides significantly faster read/write speeds compared to mechanical drives, reducing server boot times and improving overall system responsiveness. This SSD component is optimized for OS and application loading, which is particularly beneficial in environments where rapid server startup and failover are critical operational requirements. We offer this component to help organizations achieve better uptime and performance in their data center operations.
An I/O expander like the UCSC-C3K-M4IO increases the number of available ports and connectivity options on your server, enabling support for more network adapters, storage controllers, and peripheral devices. This expansion capability is essential for high-density deployments in warehouse automation, logistics management, and enterprise data centers where scalability and flexibility are critical. We offer I/O expansion modules to help you maximize your server infrastructure investment.
The C3K-M4SRB is engineered for general-purpose enterprise computing, virtualization, and data processing tasks in warehouse and logistics environments. Its dual-processor architecture makes it ideal for workloads requiring sustained compute performance and multi-threaded applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific use case and find the right server configuration from our inventory.
The Cisco UCSC-C3260 series includes both Gigabit Ethernet and 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity options, enabling high-speed network communication for enterprise environments. The system features multiple RJ-45 network ports to support redundancy and bandwidth-intensive applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed networking specifications for your deployment.
The Cisco C220 series are 1U rack-mountable servers optimized for general-purpose workloads, while the C240 series are 2U systems designed for storage-intensive and high-performance computing applications. The C240 models support up to 24 drive bays compared to the C220's 10 bays, and offer double the maximum RAM capacity at 8TB versus 4TB. Both series support dual-socket Intel Xeon processors and are available from us with various generation options.
The Cisco UCS-SP-B200M4-B-C2 supports dual Intel Xeon E5 processors, delivering high-core-count performance for compute-intensive workloads. The dual processor configuration enables exceptional throughput for enterprise applications and parallel processing tasks. Our team can help you select the appropriate processor configuration based on your specific performance requirements when you contact us today.
Upgrading to 8GB DRAM significantly improves router performance by enabling better packet buffering, supporting more concurrent connections, and allowing deployment of advanced IOS XE features and security services. This memory capacity is particularly beneficial for organizations running multiple services simultaneously—such as VPN encryption, deep packet inspection, and quality-of-service policies—without performance degradation. We recommend this upgrade for growing networks that demand reliable throughput and reduced latency.
Beyond the integrated 8 GB onboard flash memory, the Catalyst 8200 supports M.2 storage upgrades including 16 GB and 32 GB USB options, as well as 600 GB M.2 NVMe storage for high-capacity deployments. The combination of 32 GB DRAM with these M.2 options provides enterprise-grade storage flexibility for edge computing scenarios. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible storage configurations.
Upgrading to 16GB DRAM on the Catalyst 8200 Edge platform is ideal for deployments requiring higher throughput, advanced security processing, and handling larger numbers of concurrent connections at the network edge. This memory capacity supports demanding applications including SD-WAN, VPN termination, and advanced threat protection. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific edge computing requirements with our team.
This Cisco server is ideal for enterprise data centers, virtualization platforms, database servers, and mission-critical business applications that demand high availability and processing performance. The Windows Server 2019 Standard platform supports both traditional and cloud-hybrid deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this server can integrate into your infrastructure strategy.
The Cisco MSWS-19-DC16C is ideal for data center deployments requiring Windows Server 2019 environments, including virtualization, database hosting, enterprise applications, and cloud infrastructure services. Its 16-core architecture supports demanding workloads with high availability and performance requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to determine if this server aligns with your data center architecture needs.
The C9300L-STACK-KIT2 comes with a default 50 cm data stack cable, which is suitable for most standard rack configurations. If you need extended reach between switches, alternative cable lengths of 1 meter and 3 meters are also available from us to accommodate different deployment scenarios and physical distances between stacked units.
The Cisco CON-ECDN-MX30055K includes 8x5 next business day (NBD) telephone response, meaning Cisco support is available Monday through Friday during business hours with guaranteed response by the next business day. This ensures minimal downtime for your video conferencing infrastructure.
Yes, the Cisco ASF-CORE-FW-DEP meets stringent international standards including UL 1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN 60950, and AS/NZS 3260 for safety. For electromagnetic compatibility, it complies with CE marking, FCC Part 15 Class A, and multiple international EMC standards including EN55022 Class A and CISPR22 Class A. Contact us today to verify compliance requirements for your specific deployment region.
The 8x5 Next Business Day (NBD) onsite support means that Cisco technicians will respond to and resolve issues during standard business hours (8am-5pm), with parts and service arriving the next business day if needed. This support level is ideal for organizations that operate during standard business hours and can tolerate brief service interruptions. Contact us today to discuss whether this support tier meets your operational requirements.
The Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCS10 provides one year of continuous service coverage. This 12-month period includes essential software support and upgrade benefits, ensuring your Cisco systems remain supported and current. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to renew or extend coverage when your contract period ends.
This contract includes 8x5 next business day (NBD) onsite support, meaning Cisco will respond to service calls during standard business hours (Monday-Friday, 8am-5pm) with onsite technician dispatch by the next business day. This ensures minimal downtime for your critical telepresence infrastructure. We offer this contract through our Cisco partnership at barcodesinc.com.
Essential Software Support Plus includes priority software updates, bug fixes, and security patches throughout your 1-year contract term. The upgrade component ensures you have access to the latest software versions and enhancements, helping you maintain compliance and leverage new features without additional licensing costs.
This service contract provides 24x7x4 support, meaning Cisco technical support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week with a 4-hour response time commitment. This level of support is ideal for mission-critical networking environments where downtime must be minimized. Visit barcodesinc.com to review the full support terms and conditions.
SmartNet 8x5xNBD provides support during standard business hours (8am-5pm, Monday-Friday) with next business day hardware replacement. This is ideal for non-critical infrastructure where 24/7 coverage isn't necessary, making it a cost-effective support option for many warehouse and logistics operations.
The Catalyst 3650 includes comprehensive security features such as port security with MAC address locking, RADIUS/TACACS+ authentication, Storm Control for broadcast/multicast protection, and Denial-of-Service (DoS) prevention capabilities. It also supports IEEE 802.1x Port Access Authentication, SSL encryption, and SNMPv3 for secure management. These features help protect your warehouse and logistics network from unauthorized access and attacks.
The CON-ECMU-CCXAELIC is specifically designed as an upgrade license for CCX 8.5 Enhanced environments. If you're currently running CCX 8.0 and need upgrade guidance, our team can help you identify the correct service contract and licensing path for your deployment. Contact us today to discuss your specific upgrade scenario.
The N9K-SC-A operates with Cisco NX-OS Software and supports advanced features including layer 3 IP routing protocols such as OSPFv2, EIGRP, BGP, and IS-IS. For the latest verified software compatibility and supported NX-OS releases, we recommend consulting Cisco's scalability guides or contacting our team for current specifications.
The C3650-24-S-E includes integrated Power over Ethernet (PoE) supporting both Cisco pre-standard and IEEE 802.3af standards. With 24 ports available, the switch can deliver up to 15.4 watts per port, making it ideal for powering IP phones, wireless access points, and other PoE-enabled devices throughout your facility.
Yes, the module is fully compliant with industry-standard management protocols including SNMPv3, RADIUS authentication, and comprehensive IEEE standards (802.1D Spanning Tree, 802.1q VLAN, 802.1x Port Access Authentication, and 802.3ad Link Aggregation). It supports RFC-compliant management including DHCP, NTP, and SNMP MIB objects for seamless integration into existing enterprise management systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed integration specifications.
The ASA 5505 features an integrated 8-port Fast Ethernet switch, including 2 Power over Ethernet (PoE) ports for powering compatible devices. This built-in switching capability eliminates the need for additional network equipment in smaller deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our available configurations and accessories.
Nexus 7000 systems feature redundant AC power supplies (2 units) with 89-91% efficiency at 220V, supporting 100-240 VAC input at 50-60 Hz. Cooling is managed through six individual hot-swappable fans with 5+1 redundancy, supporting both forward and reversed airflow schemes for flexible data center deployment. The system operates in temperatures from 32-104°F (0-40°C) with relative humidity from 5-95% non-condensing.
The NM-HD-1V-RF supports multiple management options including Telnet/Console access for remote and local configuration, SNMP for centralized monitoring, and standard MIB II support. The module also generates SNMP traps in response to alarms, allowing your IT team to proactively monitor voice and fax communications. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical documentation on management integration.
The Cisco Meraki MR78 is a Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) access point, providing the latest wireless standard for improved speed, capacity, and efficiency compared to earlier Wi-Fi standards. This makes it an excellent choice for organizations looking to future-proof their wireless infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Wi-Fi 6 access points.
The Cisco Meraki MR28-HW supports multiple mounting configurations including desktop placement, wall mounting, and ceiling tile rail installation (compatible with standard 9/16, 15/16, and 1½" rails). All standard mounting hardware is included, and the compact design (approximately 8.2" x 5.9" x 1.3") allows flexible deployment in various facility layouts. We can assist with site planning and installation—contact us today for mounting recommendations specific to your environment.
The Cisco MR57-HW supports Wi-Fi 6E (802.11ax), the latest wireless standard that operates across 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz bands. This multi-band capability enables simultaneous connections with improved spectrum efficiency and reduced interference, ensuring consistent performance for mobile scanning devices and IoT equipment in your operations.
The MR36H represents Cisco's latest Wi-Fi 6 technology generation, offering significant performance improvements over earlier Wi-Fi 5 models through faster data rates, lower latency, and enhanced device capacity. This makes it particularly valuable for high-density environments like warehouses and distribution centers where multiple devices require simultaneous connectivity. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Cisco wireless solutions.
The SNTC-8X5XNBD designation indicates an 8-hour response, 5-day-a-week, next-business-day service contract—ideal for business-critical wireless deployments that require responsive support without 24/7 coverage. This tier balances cost-effectiveness with reliable maintenance for enterprise wireless networks. We offer multiple Cisco service contract options to match your operational requirements; contact us today to find the right fit.
Yes, the Cisco Aironet access points available through us are designed for both office and industrial settings. The Aironet 3500e model, which can be deployed with this controller, features rugged metal housing, extended operating temperature ranges, and external antennas for versatile RF coverage—making it ideal for factories, warehouses, and other demanding indoor industrial environments. We also offer UL 2043 plenum-rated options for above-ceiling installation flexibility.
The Cisco N9K-C9504-FM-G provides out-of-band device management through RJ45 and USB-mini type B connections, enabling secure management even when the primary network is unavailable. The platform also supports Bluetooth Ready, RFID Tags, and Blue Beacon for enhanced smart operations and device identification.
The N9K-C9516-FM-E2 is specifically designed as a fabric module for the Nexus 9516 chassis and integrates seamlessly with compatible Nexus supervisor and I/O modules. To verify compatibility with your current network setup, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today—our team can review your configuration and confirm proper integration.
The N9K-C9508-FAN2 features a port-side intake air discharge pattern, designed to optimize cooling efficiency in standard data center rack configurations. This airflow design works in conjunction with Cisco's thermal management system to maintain optimal operating temperatures across all line cards and modules in the Nexus 9508 chassis.
The N9K-C9504 operates on 110 to 240 VAC power input and supports 3-kW AC/DC power supplies with 2 dedicated power supply slots. The chassis weighs approximately 45 pounds when empty and up to 120 pounds when fully configured, making it suitable for standard data center rack installations.
Yes, the Aruba 8325 switch is engineered for enterprise-scale networking environments including large warehouses and logistics facilities requiring high-performance data connectivity. The 650W PSU provides ample power for sustained operation in demanding AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch integrates with barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID systems for comprehensive warehouse automation.
Yes, the Aruba 8400X with its 40G QSFP+ ports is well-suited for large-scale warehouse and logistics environments requiring high-bandwidth connectivity for inventory management systems, mobile computers, and RFID infrastructure. Its advanced switching capabilities support the demanding throughput needs of modern supply chain operations. We offer comprehensive support and integration services—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your warehouse networking requirements.
The HPE Aruba R0M67A supports universal AC input voltage (100-240V) at 50-60 Hz with a maximum power consumption of 126 watts. The switch provides 78 watts total Power-over-Ethernet capacity, with individual ports delivering up to 19.5 watts each, enabling you to power multiple network devices without additional power infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss power requirements for your specific deployment.
Yes, the HPE Aruba R1Q04B is Central-Ready, meaning it integrates seamlessly with Aruba Central cloud-based management. This enables IT teams to manage wireless networks from a unified dashboard, whether deployed on-premises or in hybrid cloud environments.
The JW148A 10GBASE-ZR operates at 1310nm for extended-range transmission over single-mode fiber, while SR (short-range) operates at 850nm for shorter distances over multimode fiber, and LR (long-range) also uses 1310nm but with different optical characteristics. The ZR variant provides the longest transmission distance among standard 10GbE optics, making it ideal for long-haul connections. We offer a complete range of 10GbE transceivers including SR, LR, and LRM options to match your network topology.
The Aruba 7210 features four 10GBASE-X (SFP+) ports for high-speed backbone connectivity, along with a USB 2.0 port and console management options (RS-232 RJ-45 or mini-USB). These interfaces enable flexible deployment in enterprise networks requiring high-throughput connections and remote management capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete Aruba networking solutions.
The HPE Aruba JD188A provides a 2-meter cable length, offering sufficient reach for typical data center and network cabinet configurations. This length is ideal for connecting redundant power supplies in standard rack deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify specifications or contact our team for installation guidance.
The J9993AR v3 zl2 remanufactured module provides 8 ports of 1G/10GbE SFP+ capability, making it ideal for organizations requiring high-density optical connectivity without the cost of new equipment. Remanufactured modules from us undergo rigorous testing to ensure performance equivalent to new units while delivering significant cost advantages. Contact us today to compare this module with other available options for your network architecture.
The HPE Aruba JD175A features two BNC 75 ohm connectors with a total cable length of 3 meters. The 75 ohm impedance rating ensures proper signal transmission for data networking applications. This standard specification makes it suitable for various Aruba networking installations requiring BNC-terminated connections.
The HPE Aruba JC156A is a 2-meter router cable with RJ45 connectors and 120 ohm impedance rating. This length is ideal for connecting networked devices across warehouse floors and distribution centers without requiring additional adapters. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical specifications and ordering information.
The HPE Aruba JG263A is designed for standard data center and networking environments. Aruba switches that use this cable operate reliably in temperatures ranging from 0°C to 55°C (32°F to 131°F) with operating humidity from 15% to 95% non-condensing. This makes it suitable for warehouse, logistics, and IT infrastructure deployments where climate control is maintained.
The 100G QSFP28 LR4 transceiver is ideal for high-bandwidth applications including data center uplinks, campus backbone connections, and long-distance network interconnections up to 10km. It's commonly deployed in warehouse networks, logistics facilities, and enterprise environments where reliable, high-speed data transmission over extended distances is critical. Available from us as part of your network infrastructure upgrade or expansion.
The JL251A works with HPE Aruba switches featuring 40G QSFP+ ports, including models from the 2540, 2930F, and 6100 series. These enterprise-class switches support multiple SFP+ and QSFP+ slot configurations for flexible network scaling. We recommend verifying your specific switch model's port specifications before ordering to ensure compatibility. Contact us today to confirm the right transceiver configuration for your Aruba infrastructure.
The JL306A supports extended-range (ER4) transmission up to 40 kilometers over single-mode fiber with LC connectors. This extended reach makes it suitable for long-distance campus interconnects and metropolitan area network (MAN) deployments where standard short-range transceivers would be insufficient.
The JL286A is compatible with HPE Aruba switches featuring QSFP+ ports, including models from the 2930F, 6100, and 6300M series that include SFP+ or SFP56 transceiver slots. We recommend verifying your specific switch model's port specifications before ordering. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to confirm compatibility with your equipment.
Yes, the Aruba MM-HW-1K is fully compatible with Aruba's networking ecosystem, including Aruba switches and access points. It integrates seamlessly with Aruba's Mobile Edge Architecture, allowing organizations to leverage existing Aruba equipment while expanding their wireless management capabilities.
Yes, the JL293A SFP28 transceiver is compatible with HPE Aruba switches that feature SFP28 ports, including the 2930F and 6100 series switches. These switches support multiple SFP uplink ports for high-speed interconnection, making the JL293A an excellent choice for expanding your network capacity. We can help you verify compatibility with your specific switch models—contact us today for assistance.
The Aruba Mobility Master delivers comprehensive management features including command-line interface, web browser access, and integration with AirWave Network Management and Intelligent Management Center (IMC). These tools enable centralized configuration, monitoring, and policy enforcement across distributed wireless networks. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Aruba management solutions.
The Aruba mobility management system provides comprehensive network management through multiple interfaces including command-line interface, web browser configuration, and SNMP management. It supports out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet and serial connections, enabling centralized control of wireless networks. We can help you integrate this management platform into your existing network infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com for details.
The Aruba MM-VA-50 Mobile Master offers comprehensive network management through multiple interfaces including command-line, web browser, and SNMP management capabilities. It supports out-of-band management via Ethernet and serial connections, enabling IT teams to maintain control even during network disruptions. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about the full management feature set available with this platform.
The Aruba Mobility Master offers multiple management interfaces including web browser access, command-line interface (CLI), SNMP Manager integration, and out-of-band management options via Ethernet or serial connections. It integrates with AirWave Network Management for advanced monitoring and reporting capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how these management features can streamline your network operations.
The Aruba Mobility Master supports multiple management options including command-line interface (CLI), web browser-based management, SNMP for network monitoring, and out-of-band management via Ethernet and serial connections. These flexible management capabilities allow integration with existing IT infrastructure and monitoring systems. We offer comprehensive support for deploying and configuring these management features.
The HPE Aruba device supports tested and fully compatible USB modems including Novatel U727, Kyocera KPC680, Compass 597, USBConnect Quicksilver, and USBConnect Mercury. We recommend checking the official Aruba Networks USB devices list for the most current compatibility information, as additional modems may be supported with proper configuration.
The HPE Aruba MC-VA-10 supports up to 1TB of maximum storage size and is compatible with Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems. This flexibility allows integration with various storage configurations in enterprise branch environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss storage requirements for your deployment.
The Aruba IAP-277 is built on Aruba's proven wireless architecture supporting enterprise-grade performance and reliability. We offer this access point as part of Aruba's comprehensive wireless solutions that integrate with Aruba mobility management systems and AirWave network management tools for seamless deployment and monitoring.
Yes, HPE Aruba networking devices are designed for enterprise deployments including warehouse management and logistics operations where reliable data networking is critical. These switches support advanced management features through Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interfaces, and web-based configuration, making them ideal for complex network environments. We offer complete HPE Aruba solutions tailored to warehouse and logistics requirements—contact us today for a consultation.
The Aruba 580 Series includes native Bluetooth 5 and Zigbee radios built-in, simplifying IoT deployments and location services without additional hardware. For wired connectivity, it offers multi-gigabit Smart Rate 5 GbE, 10 Gb SFP+ uplinks, and PoE-PD ports with failover capability for flexible and redundant backhaul options. These features make it well-suited for integrated IoT and analytics workloads in logistics and warehouse environments.
The HPE Aruba S0H10A features two 10 GbE Smart Rate ports with MACsec security support, providing redundant high-speed connectivity to your core network. Both ports support Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) classes 3–6 as well as 12 V DC input, offering flexible deployment options in various network architectures. Available from us with full technical support for integration into your existing infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba 560 Series integrates Bluetooth 5 and Zigbee radios alongside Wi-Fi 6, enabling seamless IoT device connectivity and deployments. This multi-protocol support allows you to manage sensors, beacons, and other IoT endpoints from a single access point without requiring separate hardware.
The JH169A is designed as an HMIM (High-Speed Module Interface Module) for HPE Aruba MSR router series, allowing it to integrate seamlessly with compatible Aruba routing platforms. Compatibility depends on your specific router model and its HMIM slot availability. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your current infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JH238A supports multiple management interfaces including command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP management, Telnet access, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB connections. Advanced management is available through HPE Aruba AirWave Network Management and Intelligent Management Center (IMC) for centralized control across your network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com for configuration assistance and management setup support.
The HPE Aruba JG741A features 8 10/100/1000BASE-T ports and 2 combo ports that support either RJ-45 Gigabit Ethernet or SFP transceivers for flexible connectivity options. This dual-personality port design allows you to scale your network with either copper or fiber connections based on your deployment requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible transceiver options available from us.
The HPE Aruba JH172A supports E1, FE1 (Fast Ethernet), T1, and FT1 protocols, providing multi-service connectivity for both legacy and modern network infrastructures. This multi-protocol capability makes it suitable for enterprises transitioning between network technologies or maintaining mixed-protocol environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of HPE Aruba networking modules.
The JH191A supports multiple management methods including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser access, SNMP manager, Telnet, RMON1, FTP, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. This flexibility allows you to manage the switch through your preferred tools and workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about management capabilities.
The HPE Aruba JH198A supports multiple management interfaces including Aruba AirWave Network Management, command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager integration, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB connections. This multi-faceted approach allows IT teams to monitor and configure the device according to their operational preferences.
Yes, HPE Aruba switches like the JH193A are well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable, high-performance network infrastructure. These switches support extensive routing capabilities, large MAC address tables (up to 16,000 entries), and robust performance metrics that handle the demands of RFID systems, barcode scanners, and mobile computers used in warehouse management. We offer HPE Aruba networking solutions optimized for AIDC environments—contact us today to discuss your specific logistics networking requirements.
Yes, HPE Aruba switches are widely deployed in warehouse and logistics operations for reliable network connectivity and inventory management systems. These switches support enterprise management features including SNMP, web-based configuration, and command-line interfaces for seamless integration with your existing IT infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific warehouse networking requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH297A (MSR954-W) is specifically designed as a compact, desktop wireless router with integrated broadband connectivity, making it ideal for small to medium branch locations. Unlike larger enterprise switches and access points in the Aruba portfolio, this model combines router, wireless access, and VPN functionality in a single device, simplifying deployment in remote warehouse locations. Contact us today to determine which Aruba networking solution best fits your specific infrastructure needs.
The JG737A is ideal for organizations requiring serial connectivity to legacy systems, point-of-sale terminals, industrial equipment, and other serial-based devices in branch office environments. This module is particularly valuable for retail, hospitality, and logistics operations where branch gateways need to support mixed modern and legacy device ecosystems. We can help you design a solution that integrates serial connectivity with your broader network infrastructure—contact us today.
The JG445A delivers 16 asynchronous serial ports that support RS-232C connections for legacy device integration and out-of-band management capabilities. These ports enable secure, independent access to network devices for troubleshooting and administration without relying on the primary data network. We offer this module as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking solutions.
The JD557A is a specialized serial module (not an Ethernet port) that provides out-of-band management capabilities through a serial RS-232C connection, distinct from standard RJ-45 Ethernet ports found on switches and routers. This dedicated serial interface is essential for initial device configuration, firmware updates, and emergency access when network connectivity is compromised. We offer the JD557A for customers requiring robust management connectivity options.
Yes, the HPE P26264-B21 is specifically designed for HPE servers and integrates seamlessly with HPE infrastructure. The adapter's PCI Express 4.0 x16 interface ensures compatibility with HPE server platforms that support this expansion slot standard. We offer this adapter as part of our comprehensive HPE networking solutions.
The HPE P28778-B21 features 2 SFP+ Fibre Channel ports that support 10 Gbit/s data rates, enabling high-speed storage area network (SAN) connectivity. These ports are hot-pluggable and support standard Fibre Channel transceivers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for transceiver and cable recommendations.
The HPE Q1P55A is capable of managing up to 16 computers through a single KVM IP console interface. This makes it an efficient solution for organizations that need centralized control over multiple servers without requiring separate console connections for each device.
The HPE AF652A features a 1280 x 1024 resolution display, providing clear visibility for server monitoring and management tasks. This resolution is standard for KVM console switches and supports typical administrative workflows in warehouse and logistics IT environments.
Yes, the HPE AF622A is designed as a 1U rack-mountable switch, making it ideal for data center and server room deployments where space efficiency is important. Its compact form factor allows for easy integration into standard 19-inch equipment racks.
The HPE 798182-B21 supports PCI Express x16 connectivity for expansion cards. For detailed specifications regarding PCIe generation support and performance characteristics, we recommend contacting our presales specialists who can provide complete technical documentation.
The NETGEAR GS116NA operates on 100-240VAC, 50/60Hz universal power input with standby power consumption of 3.8 watts and maximum power consumption of 11.7 watts. This low-power design reduces operational costs while maintaining full Gigabit performance across all 16 ports. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed power specifications and energy efficiency information.
The NETGEAR AGM732F measures 17.42 inches wide by 7.88 inches deep by 1.73 inches high (1U rack height), weighing 5.31 pounds. These compact dimensions make it ideal for rack-mounted installations in data centers and network closets. We have this model in stock and ready to ship—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for availability.
The GS105NA includes IEEE 802.1p QoS (Quality of Service) capabilities with 2 queues in both strict mode and WRR (Weighted Round Robin) mode. This allows prioritization of network traffic to ensure critical warehouse and logistics data receives priority bandwidth over less time-sensitive communications.
Yes, the NETGEAR AGM731F is a standard SFP (small form-factor pluggable) transceiver, also known as a mini-GBIC module, which means it is compatible with any networking equipment that has standard SFP slots. This universal form factor allows for flexible deployment across various network switches and routers. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific equipment.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 features a 13-inch PixelSense display with a resolution of 2880 x 1920 pixels. This high-resolution screen delivers sharp visuals for detailed work, data entry, and barcode scanning applications in warehouse operations.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 delivers up to 15.50 hours of maximum battery runtime, making it suitable for full-shift operations without requiring frequent charging. The device includes a 48 Wh battery with a 39W power supply for reliable all-day productivity.
The Surface Pro 9 features a 13-inch PixelSense display with a resolution of 2880 x 1920 pixels, delivering sharp visuals for detailed work. The device offers a maximum battery run time of 15.50 hours, enabling extended use throughout warehouse and logistics operations without frequent charging.
The Surface Pro 9 features a 13-inch PixelSense Display with a resolution of 2880 x 1920 pixels, delivering sharp visuals for detailed work. The device offers up to 15.50 hours of maximum battery run time, making it suitable for full workdays without frequent charging.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 features Surface Connect for charging and docking, along with built-in NFC capability for wireless communication. The device also includes Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, making it suitable for warehouse management systems and inventory tracking applications.
The STPM1CART is well-suited for point-of-care applications in medical environments, as well as enterprise settings requiring mobile collaboration technology. Its mobility makes it effective for hospitals, clinics, corporate offices, and educational institutions where Surface Hub displays need to be repositioned frequently throughout the day.
Socket Mobile specializes in mobile barcode scanning solutions that combine portability with reliable data capture. The CX4050-3113 is part of their Durascan product family, which is engineered for demanding mobile environments. We offer Socket Mobile scanners because they deliver the connectivity and durability needed for on-the-go operations.
The Socket Mobile CX4058-3121 is available as a 50-unit bulk package with no accessories included. This configuration is ideal for organizations looking to deploy scanners across multiple locations without the cost of redundant accessories. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss bulk pricing and customized accessory bundles for your deployment.
Yes, we offer the Socket Mobile CX4054-3117 Durascan D720 in bulk quantities of 50 units. This bulk packaging option is available from us without accessories included, making it cost-effective for large deployments.
The SocketScan S720 features a rechargeable, replaceable battery that provides over 16 hours of continuous active use on a single charge. This extended battery life ensures reliable operation throughout a full workday without frequent recharging.
The DuraScan D760 is designed with a ruggedized exterior featuring an IP54 rating to withstand dust and water splashes, and it includes drop protection for durability in demanding warehouse environments. The ergonomic, lightweight design fits comfortably in your hand for all-day use without fatigue. Available from us, this scanner is built to handle the rigors of logistics and warehouse operations.
The NLS-HR2081-BT connects via Bluetooth directly to your device without requiring a cradle. For non-Bluetooth hosts, we include a 2.4 GHz RF dongle to ensure compatibility across your existing infrastructure. The scanner also comes with a USB Type B charging cable for convenient power management.
Depending on your charger model, you may need an additional cable adapter—either Part# CBL034E-AM or Part# CBL034E-EU—which are sold separately. We recommend verifying your specific charger model to confirm whether an adapter is required before ordering.
Yes, the NCR 7702-K460 is designed to work with NCR RealPOS systems. The display integrates through the internal serial connection available on NCR RealPOS terminals like the RealPOS 25 and RealPOS 80XRT, which include dedicated ports for 2x20 customer display support.
This system includes Remote IO with USB IO capability and comes equipped with a USB-C cable and power cord for flexible connectivity and peripheral integration. The Remote IO allows you to connect external devices and expand the system's functionality to meet your specific retail or hospitality needs. Contact us today to discuss how this connectivity supports your deployment requirements.
Yes, the NCR 5915MC133 comes equipped with an Enhanced Keypad featuring a built-in MSR (Magnetic Stripe Reader) and a keylock for security. This integrated design is ideal for secure payment processing and transaction authentication in POS environments.
The Magicard 3300-0021 is designed with security in mind and features Magicard Digital Shredding technology. This security feature fragments and disperses print job data after use, rendering the information irrecoverable to protect sensitive cardholder information.
The MA300YMCKO ribbon prints in four color channels: yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (C), and black (K), plus an overlay (O) panel that provides an extra protective layer on the card surface. This full-color capability allows you to print text, photographs, and detailed corporate logos on one or both sides of ID cards.
The Magicard MA600KO features a black dye film with resin overcoat technology. The resin overcoat provides enhanced durability and protection to your printed ID cards, ensuring the black images remain vibrant and resistant to wear over time.
YMCKOK refers to the color panel configuration: Yellow (Y), Magenta (M), Cyan (C), Black (K), Overlay (O), and Black (K) again. This six-panel ribbon design enables full-color printing on both sides of ID cards with protective overlay coating for durability. Available from us for professional ID card production environments.
The XG4 features an IP65 rating and is built with a gun-shaped, lightweight design engineered to survive demanding environments. It combines rugged construction with sleek ergonomics, making it comfortable for extended use while maintaining durability in harsh conditions.
The XT100 offers Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and WWAN connectivity with GSM/LTE support, plus NFC capability for near-field communication. This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures reliable communication in warehouse, field service, and retail environments.
We offer this terminal with comprehensive connectivity including 10/100BaseT Ethernet, USB Device and Host capability, RS-232 and RS-485 serial interfaces, and IBM Tailgate support. The device also supports field-upgradeable WiFi modules and Power over Ethernet options for flexible deployment in various retail environments.
The VeriFone 999-DEP-00175 offers comprehensive connectivity including 10/100BaseT Ethernet, RS-232 and RS-485 serial interfaces, USB device and host capability, and optional field-upgradeable WiFi modules. The system supports VeriFone multi-port cables with cable sensing and Power over Ethernet options for flexible deployment. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore connectivity configurations that match your retail or restaurant environment.
Yes, the VeriFone A-VX600SFW-36-LI software integrates seamlessly with VeriFone's VX platform payment terminals. The software supports field-upgradeable modules and works with VeriFone's multi-port connectivity options including USB, Ethernet, and serial interfaces, making it compatible with various VeriFone terminal models used in retail and restaurant environments.
The EagleEye IV USB features mechanical pan and tilt with a pan range of +/- 170° and tilt range of +90/-30°, allowing you to capture all participants in medium to large meeting spaces. Combined with its 12x optical zoom, these controls enable you to frame the entire room or zoom in on specific speakers with ease.
The Blackwire 3300 Series features a flexible noise-canceling microphone with frequency response optimized for PC wideband voice telephony up to 6.8 kHz, along with Dynamic EQ for clear call audio. The headset also includes SoundGuard acoustic limiting technology that protects against sounds above 118 dBA, ensuring safe listening levels during your workday.
The SoundStation IP 5000 connects via 10/100 Base-T Ethernet and supports both DHCP and Static IP address configuration. It also features broad SIP interoperability, making it compatible with various IP-based phone systems and platforms commonly used in enterprise environments.
We offer versatile headset compatibility with the VVX 450, including a dedicated RJ-9 headset port, USB ports, and EHS (Electronic Hook Switch) support. This flexibility allows you to choose the headset solution that best fits your workflow and communication needs.
The SoundStation IP 6000 delivers a frequency range of 220-14,000 Hz with adjustable volume up to 86 dB at 1/2 meter peak volume, capturing both the deeper lows and higher frequencies of the human voice. This extended frequency response reduces listener fatigue and makes conference calls sound more natural and interactive. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our audio conferencing solutions.
Yes, the Poly Trio 8800 is certified for both Skype for Business and Microsoft Teams, and it supports open SIP standards for maximum flexibility. This makes it an ideal choice for organizations already invested in Microsoft's collaboration ecosystem.
Poly Noise Block technology minimizes distractions during calls by reducing background noise and unwanted audio interference. This feature ensures that all meeting participants can focus on the conversation without being distracted by ambient sounds in the conference room.
The Trio 8500 comes with both USB and Bluetooth connectivity built in, enabling you to bring your own device and connect seamlessly. This flexibility allows users to integrate their personal devices and peripherals without requiring additional adapters or complex setup procedures.
The CCX 400 delivers Poly HD Voice technology for lifelike voice quality across all audio paths—handset, hands-free speakerphone, and optional headset. It supports TIA-920 wideband audio Type 1 compliance (IEEE 1329 full duplex) with frequency response of 150 Hz to 7 kHz for handset and optional headset modes.
The breakaway cable system using the CAB351380 Power Device provides modularity and flexibility in payment terminal installations. By separating power delivery from the main device through a COMBOX or VBOX interface, this design allows for easier maintenance, cable management, and reconfiguration of payment processing setups in retail environments.
The package includes the S400 Router, an AC power supply, antennas for both cellular and Wi-Fi connectivity, and a 3-year NetCloud IoT Essentials Plan subscription. This comprehensive bundle ensures you have everything needed for immediate deployment without additional purchases.
Yes, we offer HPE Aruba switches with PoE+ capability, such as the 2930F 24G PoE+ 4SFP and 48G PoE+ 4SFP models. These switches deliver power and data over standard Ethernet cables, making them ideal for powering wireless access points, IP phones, and other networked devices in warehouse and logistics environments.
Our HPE Aruba product lineup features devices with 4 GB DDR3 memory and 16 GB eMMC flash storage on newer models, while earlier generations include 512 MB SDRAM with 1 GB flash. These specifications ensure sufficient capacity for routing tables, MAC address tables, and network configuration management.
The CX 5420 includes intelligent monitoring through the HPE Network Analytics Engine (NAE) and supports automated configuration and verification via NetEdit. These tools simplify network management and reduce operational overhead while maintaining visibility across your infrastructure.
10GbE SFP+ modules like the JH157A are ideal for high-speed uplink connections between core switches, connecting to storage systems, or supporting bandwidth-intensive applications in large warehouse environments. These modules enable faster data transfers for inventory management systems, RFID networks, and real-time logistics tracking. We offer the JH157A as part of a complete networking solution for enterprise logistics operations.
The HPE Aruba JH148A includes 4 SFP+ ports that support 1000/10000 Mbps connectivity, enabling high-speed uplinks to your core network infrastructure. These ports are compatible with supported SFP transceivers (revision B or later) for flexible fiber or copper connectivity options.
The HPE Aruba JH331A supports comprehensive network management through HPE Aruba Networking Central, offering centralized visibility and control across your network infrastructure. The switch includes advanced management capabilities for monitoring, configuration, and optimization of network performance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for details on management licensing and configuration options.
The HPE Aruba JH209A offers flexible deployment options including rack-mountable, wall-mountable, and surface-mountable configurations. These mounting options allow you to optimize space in your facility, whether you're installing it in a server room, on a network closet wall, or above equipment surfaces.
The HPE Aruba JH332A supports multiple management methods including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface (CLI), web browser access, SNMP management, and out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet or serial RS-232C connections. These comprehensive management capabilities enable flexible network administration across your infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about management options available with this switch.
Aruba switches support comprehensive management through multiple interfaces including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These tools enable IT teams to monitor, configure, and troubleshoot switches from anywhere in your network. We provide full support for all management protocols—contact us today for implementation guidance.
We offer comprehensive management capabilities including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser access, SNMP manager support, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These tools enable centralized monitoring and configuration across your network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba J9992A supports multiple management interfaces including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP Manager integration, and out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet or serial/USB connections. It also integrates with AirWave Network Management for centralized monitoring across your infrastructure. These comprehensive management options ensure IT teams can efficiently monitor and configure the switch from any location.
The HPE Aruba J9989A operates reliably in environments with temperatures ranging from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C), making it suitable for both climate-controlled data centers and industrial warehouse settings. This temperature tolerance ensures consistent performance across diverse deployment scenarios. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify environmental specifications for your specific installation location.
The HPE Aruba J9990A includes 4 SFP+ ports that support 1000/10000 Mbps connections for high-speed uplinks and inter-switch connectivity. These ports accommodate standard SFP+ transceivers, allowing flexible fiber or copper connectivity based on your network infrastructure requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible SFP+ transceiver options we have available.
Yes, the Aruba 8400 series is designed for enterprise and data center deployments requiring robust switching performance. The compact 1RU form factor and high port density make it ideal for warehouse networks and logistics operations that need efficient space utilization. Contact us today to discuss your specific deployment requirements and ensure proper configuration for your environment.
The HPE Aruba J9995A supports multiple management methods including command-line interface, web browser-based management, SNMP, and out-of-band management via serial console or RJ-45 Ethernet. It's also compatible with HPE's Intelligent Management Center (IMC) and AirWave Network Management platforms for centralized control. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for configuration assistance.
The J9988A includes a dual-personality (RJ-45 or USB micro-B) serial console port for out-of-band management and configuration. This allows IT teams to access and manage the switch even when network connectivity is unavailable, making it ideal for critical warehouse and logistics infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Aruba switching solutions with advanced management capabilities.
The HPE Aruba J9986A supports multiple management methods including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP Manager integration, and out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet or serial RS-232C/micro USB connections. The switch also integrates with Aruba's AirWave Network Management platform for centralized monitoring and control. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore management solutions tailored to your network environment.
Aruba switches in this series support comprehensive management through AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, and SNMP management. These tools enable IT teams to monitor and control network performance effectively across distributed warehouse locations. We offer complete support to help you configure management for your specific operational needs.
The HPE Aruba J9996A provides 40 Gigabit Ethernet (40GbE) connectivity through its dual QSFP+ ports, enabling high-speed data transmission for demanding network applications. This makes it ideal for uplink connections, server connectivity, and inter-switch communications in enterprise environments. Contact us today to discuss your high-speed networking requirements.
The J9991A represents the latest generation with enhanced port density and support for higher-speed connections (up to 10GbE on select ports) compared to earlier 2530 series models that topped out at 1GbE. The newer architecture provides better performance for bandwidth-intensive applications in modern data centers and logistics operations. We offer comprehensive comparisons and can help you determine the right model for your infrastructure needs.
The JL001A includes 4 SFP+ ports operating at 10 Gbps speeds, providing high-speed uplink connectivity to your core network infrastructure. These SFP+ ports support flexible transceiver options for both short-reach and long-distance fiber connections, allowing seamless integration into existing enterprise network architectures.
HPE Aruba switches like the 2530 and 2920 series offer Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with options for PoE+ support, SFP+ uplink ports for high-speed connections, and advanced management capabilities including web-based interfaces and SNMP support. These switches deliver low-latency performance (sub-3.3 microseconds at 1000 Mbps) and support switching capacities ranging from 128 Gbps to 176 Gbps depending on the model. We offer the full range of compatible Aruba switches and mounting solutions to support your network infrastructure.
The Aruba 8325 series includes models with Power over Ethernet (PoE) capabilities, though the specific JL633A model focuses on the power supply unit specification. We offer various Aruba switch configurations with Class 4 and Class 6 PoE support for powering network devices like access points and IP cameras. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to find the right PoE-enabled Aruba switch for your facility.
Aruba switches we offer support multiple management methods including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser access, SNMP, and out-of-band management via serial or USB. These comprehensive management tools allow IT teams to monitor, configure, and troubleshoot the switch efficiently across distributed warehouse locations. Contact us today to learn how these management features integrate with your existing network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba 5406R supports multiple management interfaces including IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP Manager, and out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet or serial RS-232C/micro USB. It also integrates with AirWave Network Management for centralized monitoring across your network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore management solutions we offer for HPE Aruba switches.
Yes, the Q8N53A is specifically rated for extended temperature operation, making it ideal for challenging warehouse and logistics environments where standard equipment may fail. This makes it a reliable choice for temperature-sensitive AIDC and networking deployments in non-climate-controlled facilities.
Yes, the Q8N52A is specifically designed as an extended temperature transceiver, making it suitable for warehouse environments, outdoor installations, and other locations with temperature fluctuations. This makes it a reliable choice for logistics operations requiring equipment that performs consistently across varying environmental conditions.
The Aruba 510 Series AP supports up to 512 clients per radio, with 16 BSSIDs available per radio for network segmentation and management. This capacity makes it suitable for high-density deployments in warehouses, distribution centers, and enterprise environments where many devices need simultaneous connectivity.
Aruba's AP-365 access points support enterprise wireless standards essential for modern warehouse operations and mobile computing environments. We can provide detailed protocol specifications including 802.11 standards, security features, and data rates when you contact us today. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team for complete technical documentation tailored to your network requirements.
Yes, the Aruba AP-303HR bundle is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring robust wireless coverage across large facilities. The access point's design supports both indoor and outdoor deployment scenarios, making it ideal for comprehensive network coverage in distribution centers and logistics hubs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how this solution fits your specific facility requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH431A supports multiple management platforms including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), AirWave Network Management, command-line interface, web browser configuration, and SNMP management for comprehensive network visibility and control. These tools enable IT teams to monitor performance, configure policies, and troubleshoot issues across your network infrastructure. We provide full support for integrating this switch into your existing management ecosystem — contact us today for implementation assistance.
The HPE Aruba JC665A supports Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems with a maximum storage size of 1TB. This broad filesystem compatibility ensures seamless integration with existing IT infrastructure and data management systems in your warehouse operations.
The HPE Aruba JH210A supports multiple management interfaces including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP management, and AirWave Network Management for comprehensive network oversight. Out-of-band management is available via both RJ-45 Ethernet and serial RS-232C connections, ensuring you can manage the switch even during network issues. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of HPE Aruba management solutions.
The HPE Aruba JH213A supports multiple management options including command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP management, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB connections. These flexible management interfaces ensure your IT team can monitor and configure the switch according to your operational requirements.
Yes, the Aruba 2930M 24SR is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations where you need reliable network connectivity for mobile computers, barcode scanners, and RFID readers. The switch's robust design and PoE capabilities make it ideal for powering edge devices in demanding environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific warehouse networking requirements.
The Aruba 2930M supports comprehensive management through Aruba AirWave Network Management, HPE Intelligent Management Center (IMC), web browser interface, command-line interface, SNMP managers, Telnet, RMON1, and FTP. Additionally, out-of-band management is available via serial RS-232C or micro USB connections for secure administrative access. We can help you integrate this switch into your existing network management infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com for configuration assistance.
The HPE Aruba JH211A supports multiple management options including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, and SNMP management. Out-of-band management is available via serial RS-232C or micro USB for secure administrative access. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our managed networking solutions.
The HPE Aruba JL323A is well-suited for warehouse operations requiring high-performance network connectivity, including RFID systems, barcode scanners, mobile computers, and label printers that need reliable data transmission. Its PoE+ capability and smart routing features support complex logistics workflows and real-time inventory management across distributed warehouse locations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch integrates with our complete AIDC solutions.
We offer HPE Aruba switches with comprehensive management capabilities including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser access, SNMP manager support, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These multiple management interfaces ensure compatibility with your existing IT infrastructure and monitoring tools.
The JL310A transceiver is compatible with HPE Aruba switches featuring SFP56 or QSFP28 ports, including the 6300M series and other enterprise-class switches with modular transceiver support. For specific compatibility with your switch model, we recommend reviewing the datasheet for your particular Aruba switch or contacting our team to ensure proper integration. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to verify compatibility with your network infrastructure.
The JL309A QSFP28 transceiver is compatible with Aruba networking switches that feature QSFP28 ports, including models from the Aruba 6100 and 2930F series. We recommend verifying your specific switch model's port specifications before ordering to ensure proper compatibility. Contact us today and our team can confirm compatibility with your existing Aruba infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba 6300 series includes models with 24-port and 48-port 1GbE configurations, along with 4-port SFP56 uplink ports for high-speed connectivity. We offer configurations ranging from 12-port to 48-port models depending on your deployment needs, with options for both PoE and non-PoE variants available from us.
Aruba switches support multiple management methods including Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These comprehensive management tools ensure seamless integration into enterprise environments. Contact us today to learn how we can support your network management strategy.
Yes, the Zebra 800059-411 cards are compatible with standard card printers and readers that support 3-track HICO magnetic stripe encoding and HF/UHF RFID technology. The cards work with Zebra card printing systems and third-party readers that support Mifare Classic 1K chip standards. We can help you verify compatibility with your current infrastructure—contact us today for detailed integration guidance.
The ZQ511 is powered by a high-capacity 3250 mAh PowerPrecision+ battery designed to power through the longest shift without interruption. This extended battery life ensures your mobile printing operations remain uninterrupted throughout demanding warehouse and logistics workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm battery performance specifications for your specific use case.
The Zebra 05100BK15445 ribbon comes in 154mm x 450m dimensions (6.06" x 1,476'), featuring a 25mm (1") core. Each box contains 6 rolls, making it suitable for high-volume printing operations requiring consistent supply.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000T labels measure 6x8 inches (152.4x203.2mm) and come on a 3-inch (76.2mm) core. Each roll contains 690 labels, and you receive 2 rolls per box, providing 1,380 labels total per box purchase.
Yes, the Zebra 77847-002 Software includes Windows drivers and utilities, providing seamless integration with Windows-based systems commonly used in warehouse and logistics environments. The software supports standard Windows printer utilities, making it easy to integrate into your existing IT infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific Windows version.
The Zebra 1600 wax ribbon is designed for Zebra thermal transfer printers that accept 1-inch core ribbons with 110mm width specifications. We recommend verifying your printer model's ribbon compatibility before ordering, and our team is available to help ensure you select the correct ribbon for your equipment.
The ZQ511 is equipped with a high-capacity 3250 mAh PowerPrecision+ battery designed to power through the longest shift. This extended battery life is critical for mobile workers in warehouses and logistics operations who need reliable printing throughout their workday without frequent charging interruptions.
Yes, the VS40 platform is highly customizable with adjustable options for lenses, illumination, connectivity, power, and filters to match your specific inspection requirements. Additionally, you can upgrade to more advanced features by purchasing additional software licenses, allowing you to scale capabilities as your inspection needs evolve.
The 470nm specification indicates this is a blue bandpass filter that transmits light at the 470-nanometer wavelength while blocking other wavelengths. This narrow optical band is ideal for enhancing contrast in barcode reading, document scanning, and machine vision applications where blue light wavelengths provide optimal image clarity.
The 60-degree fan angle on the Zebra LGHT-X060IR-0100 defines the spread of the LED illumination pattern, providing optimal coverage for barcode scanning without excessive light spillover. This focused beam angle ensures efficient lighting of target barcodes while minimizing glare and power consumption. A 60-degree angle is ideal for close-range to mid-range scanning applications typical in warehouse picking and inventory management.
These polyester labels are engineered for durability up to 3 years in both indoor and outdoor environments, thanks to their permanent acrylic adhesive and exceptional resistance to smudges, scratches, and moderate chemicals. The robust construction ensures secure adhesion even under challenging outdoor conditions, making them suitable for asset tracking, equipment labeling, and long-term outdoor storage applications. We offer these labels for logistics and warehouse operations requiring extended outdoor durability.
Yes, the ZT620 is engineered with rugged durability specifically designed for harsh industrial environments and delivers 24/7 operational reliability to minimize downtime. Its robust construction and onboard diagnostics ensure consistent performance even in demanding warehouse and manufacturing settings.
Absolutely. The Zebra FS42 is engineered for demanding industrial conditions with IP65 and IP67 ratings, protecting against dust and water ingress in tough warehouse and production environments. It operates reliably across temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) and humidity levels up to 90% RH non-condensing, making it ideal for cold storage, outdoor logistics, and factory floors. We offer this scanner specifically for operations requiring proven durability in harsh conditions.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T labels are UL recognized for outdoor use when used with compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons. The polyester material offers resistance to chemicals and UV exposure, making these labels suitable for both indoor and outdoor warehouse, shipping, and asset tracking applications where environmental durability is required.
Yes, the Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack labels are rated for operating temperatures from -40°F to 300°F (-40°C to 149°C), making them suitable for both cold storage and high-heat industrial environments. This wide temperature range, combined with their chemical and moisture resistance, ensures consistent barcode readability across diverse warehouse and logistics applications.
The ZQ511 features a high-capacity 3250 mAh PowerPrecision+ battery designed to power through the longest shift without requiring a charge. This extended battery life is ideal for warehouse and logistics operations where frequent charging is impractical. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore battery options and accessories available from us.
Yes, the ZT610 Micro Label variant is specifically engineered for precision printing of labels as small as 3 mm, making it perfect for applications requiring detailed barcodes and information on compact labels. The printer's advanced mechanics and bright 4.3-inch full-color touch display ensure accurate positioning and easy operation even for the smallest label formats. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete micro label printer selection.
Yes, the ZT610 Micro Label variant features improved precision capabilities that enable printing on labels as small as 3 mm, making it suitable for detailed product identification and tracking applications. This specialized functionality is particularly valuable in logistics operations requiring high-density barcode labeling on compact items. We offer this micro label configuration as part of our comprehensive ZT610 product line.
The Zebra P1115690 is a thermal transfer printhead, meaning it works with ribbon media to print on a wide variety of label materials including paper, synthetic, and polyester. Thermal transfer printing offers superior durability and longevity compared to direct thermal, making it ideal for labels exposed to moisture, chemicals, or outdoor conditions. Available from us as a complete kit ready for installation.
The ATR7000 supports flexible deployment with either PoE+ (Power over Ethernet) or a 24V DC power supply, and can be mounted using either a pole mount or VESA mount configuration. This flexibility allows seamless integration into existing warehouse infrastructure and network setups.
The Zebra CAG-P1107573 is delivered via email as an activation key, ensuring quick deployment without physical media delays. Upon purchase, you'll receive your license credentials directly to your inbox, allowing immediate access to activate the software on your system. This digital delivery method is ideal for warehouse managers and IT teams needing rapid software implementation.
Yes, the RT10A features rugged construction that withstands 1.2 m (4 ft) drops to concrete using MIL-STD-810G standards, along with an IP65 rating against dust and water. This durability makes it suitable for harsh warehouse, manufacturing, and logistics environments where equipment encounters frequent impacts and environmental exposure. Available from us with confidence for mission-critical mobile operations.
Yes, the CT60 XP features disinfectant-ready housings that can be easily cleaned with various sanitizing solutions, making it ideal for food processing, pharmaceutical, and healthcare logistics applications. The IP65 and IP68 ratings provide excellent protection against liquids used in cleaning protocols. This design ensures your workforce can maintain hygiene standards without compromising device reliability. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how we can support your cleanroom operations.
The CT45P-X0N-37D100G runs Android with GMS (Google Mobile Services) and is powered by a Qualcomm processor that is guaranteed to support Android 11 (R) through Android 13, with Android 14 and 15 support committed subject to feasibility. This multi-year OS support ensures your investment remains current and secure for extended deployment cycles. Contact us today to discuss long-term software support requirements for your mobile computing fleet.
The CK65 features Honeywell's FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far-range barcodes with no moving parts, delivering lightning-fast scanning across 1D and 2D codes. This advanced imaging technology handles the broadest range of warehouse workflows from picking to pallet to rack operations without re-focusing delays.
We offer the MS7120 Orbit with multiple host system interfaces including USB, RS-232, Keyboard Wedge, and IBM 468xx (RS485) connectivity. The kit includes a 9.2-inch straight USB cable for immediate deployment in your retail environment.
Yes, the PC45D04NA00201 is designed for enterprise-level operations with powerful performance, reliable connectivity, and a compact footprint that fits rapidly changing work environments. It features optimized low label and low ribbon warning workflows to predict and reduce downtime, making it ideal for warehouse managers who need dependable, continuous label production. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this printer can support your high-volume labeling needs.
The Honeywell CN51 features a 4-inch WVGA multi-touch outdoor-readable display that minimizes scrolling and accommodates various application needs for mobile workers. The large screen size enhances productivity and user experience in field and warehouse settings. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this display improves operational efficiency.
The CK65 features Honeywell's FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far range 1D/2D barcodes without moving parts, enabling lightning-fast scanning from picking to pallet to rack. This advanced imaging technology eliminates re-focusing delays and handles the broadest range of warehouse workflows. We offer the CK65 with the EX20 near/far range imager for comprehensive barcode capture across your facility.
The CK62 is powered by the Qualcomm 4490 octa-core processor, delivering excellent performance and longevity. It runs Android 14 through 18, providing a secure and open operating system that integrates seamlessly with a wide array of warehouse management and logistics applications.
The CN80G includes advanced 1D/2D scanning capabilities with an extended-range 2D imager for efficient data capture. It supports LTE with dual micro-SIM slots, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, and Zigbee, ensuring real-time connectivity across diverse logistics and warehouse environments.
This model features Honeywell's advanced FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far-range barcodes with no moving parts. The FlexRange FR eliminates refocusing delays, delivering lightning-fast scanning speeds across the broadest range of workflows from picking to pallet to rack operations.
The CK65 features a 7,000 mAh extended smart battery capable of up to 28 hours of continuous operation, with enhanced battery life lasting over 18 hours to keep workers productive through multiple shifts. This extended battery performance eliminates mid-shift downtime and maximizes worker productivity in warehouse environments.
The CK65 delivers up to 28 hours of battery life, with extended runtime lasting over 18 hours to keep workers connected and productive through multiple shifts. This extended battery capability eliminates mid-shift downtime and reduces the total cost of ownership for warehouse operations.
Yes, the CT60 XP runs Android 9 (P) upgradeable through Android 11 (R) and is built on Honeywell's Mobility Edge Platform, which simplifies enterprise integration while maintaining top-tier security. Its GMS (Google Mobile Services) certification ensures compatibility with standard Android applications and enterprise mobility management solutions. Contact us today to discuss integration with your specific systems and workflows.
The Honeywell PM45 is the first industrial printer in its class with WWAN connectivity designed for M2M and IoT applications, offering significant advantages over earlier models. It includes a full touch display, embedded Smart Parse software for quick label modifications, scalable and upgradable architecture, and integrated Honeywell Cyber Security with lifecycle security updates. These features make the PM45 ideal for enterprises requiring production flexibility and real-time supply chain visibility.
The Honeywell Voyager XP 1470g connects via USB with a 3M straight cable, providing reliable wired connectivity for point-of-sale systems and stationary checkout stations. The corded design eliminates battery management concerns and ensures consistent power delivery during extended retail shifts. Contact us today if you need guidance on cable length options or integration with your existing POS infrastructure.
The CK65 runs Android 11 (R) and is specifically designed for warehouses transitioning from Windows to Android, supporting both newer touch-based applications and older key-based legacy applications simultaneously. This hybrid capability makes it an excellent choice for organizations with mixed application portfolios. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how the CK65's Mobility Edge platform supports your application migration strategy.
The CN80 features a high-performance battery that lasts twice as long as previous Honeywell models, supporting extended work shifts without requiring mid-shift charging. This extended battery capacity is particularly valuable for warehouse managers running multiple shifts or field operations where charging infrastructure may be limited. Contact us today for specific runtime specifications based on your usage patterns.
The CM-901 includes Wireless Full Area Networking (WFAN) with integrated multi-mode wireless technology, featuring 802.11b/g for real-time data exchange and voice communications both on-site and off-site, plus Bluetooth for efficient wireless connection to peripheral devices. This ensures your mobile workforce stays connected across your entire operation. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Honeywell mobile computing solutions with advanced connectivity.
The HD-700-2 features a coiled cord design, which provides flexibility and durability while preventing tangling during active warehouse operations. The coiled configuration allows for extended reach while maintaining a compact, portable form factor for mobile workers. This makes it an excellent choice for dynamic warehouse environments where workers move frequently between locations.
The Honeywell 9000302PWRSPLY comes complete with an integrated power cable, eliminating the need for separate cable purchases. This all-in-one design simplifies deployment in warehouse operations and reduces setup time for mobile workers.
An installation manual for the CM-902 is available by request. We recommend contacting our team for detailed setup guidance and technical documentation to ensure proper installation and optimal performance of your power device.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 is fully rugged and certified for a 6-foot operating drop rating under MIL-STD 810H standards, making it built to survive the rigors of warehouse and field operations. The laptop also carries IP66 certification and offers optional salt fog resistance for corrosive environments. When you purchase from us, you receive a 3-year B2B warranty covering this rugged construction.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for seamless edge device integration and mobile connectivity. It also includes two USB Type-A ports and one USB Type-C port, plus integrated barcode reader and HF RFID capabilities for warehouse and logistics applications.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for seamless edge device integration. It also includes dedicated GPS, USB Type-A (x2), USB Type-C (x1), and a built-in barcode reader for warehouse and logistics applications.
The V110 Gen 7 features Thunderbolt 4 compatibility, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced connectivity for seamless edge device integration. These modern connectivity standards ensure fast data transfer and reliable wireless communication for logistics and warehouse operations.
The V110 Gen 7 provides comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4 compatibility, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for continuous mobile connectivity. It also includes dedicated GPS and multiple USB ports (2x Type-A, 1x Type-C) for seamless integration with edge devices and peripherals.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 provides comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for seamless edge device integration and network access. It also includes dedicated GPS for location-based operations and multiple USB ports (2x Type-A and 1x Type-C) for peripheral connections. This multi-connectivity approach ensures you stay connected regardless of your location or network availability.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4 compatibility, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for always-connected operations. It also includes dedicated GPS and multiple USB ports (2x USB Type-A and 1x USB Type-C) for seamless integration with edge devices and peripherals.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for seamless edge device integration and mobile connectivity. It also features USB Type-A (x2) and USB Type-C ports, dedicated GPS, and a built-in barcode reader for logistics and warehouse applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that match your connectivity needs.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4 compatibility, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for cellular connectivity. Additionally, it includes dedicated GPS, two USB Type-A ports, one USB Type-C port, and passthrough charging capabilities to keep you connected in any environment.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for always-on mobile connectivity. It also includes dedicated GPS, USB Type-A ports (x2), USB Type-C port, and an integrated barcode reader for seamless edge device integration and data capture in logistics and warehouse environments.
The V110 Gen 7 provides comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for seamless edge device integration. Additional ports include USB Type-A (x2), USB Type-C (x1), dedicated GPS, and integrated barcode reader capabilities for warehouse and logistics applications.
The S410-G5 offers Wi-Fi 6E for fast wireless connectivity, Bluetooth 5.3 for IoT device pairing, and optional 4G-LTE and 5G Sub-6 capabilities for mobile-first cloud and edge computing scenarios. These connectivity options make it suitable for operations requiring constant network access across dense deployments.
The S410-G5 includes Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3 as standard, with optional 4G-LTE and optional 5G Sub-6 capabilities, plus integrated GPS/GLONASS for comprehensive mobile connectivity. This mobile-first design supports cloud, edge, and live streaming scenarios across dense deployments. We offer multiple connectivity configurations to match your operational requirements.
The V110 Gen 7 offers comprehensive connectivity including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and optional LTE-Advanced for cellular connectivity, plus GPS and PT (Positioning Technology) capabilities. This rugged laptop also includes multiple USB Type-A and USB Type-C ports to seamlessly connect to edge devices and peripherals in field operations.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 offers cutting-edge wireless capabilities including WiFi and Bluetooth, along with legacy I/O options such as RS232 and VGA ports for integration with existing warehouse equipment. This combination of modern and traditional connectivity ensures compatibility with both current systems and legacy infrastructure.
The V120 features LifeSupport dual swappable 4070mAh Li-ion batteries with optional high-capacity packs available for extended runtime. Battery life varies based on usage patterns, wireless settings, display brightness, and software applications, but the hot-swappable design allows you to carry spare batteries for continuous all-day operation without downtime. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for specific battery runtime data based on your typical workload.
The V120 features Intel® Core™ Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processor options with Intel® AI Boost technology, delivering up to 5.3GHz Turbo Boost performance for demanding applications. These AI-ready processors enable advanced analytics, machine learning models, and real-time data processing directly on the device—critical for modern logistics, predictive maintenance, and field service applications. Contact us today to discuss processor configurations that match your operational requirements.
The Getac V120 is equipped with Intel Core Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processors featuring Intel AI Boost technology, delivering AI-ready computing power with speeds up to 5.3GHz Turbo Boost for demanding applications. These processors are built on advanced architecture optimized for both traditional enterprise software and emerging AI workloads, making the V120 future-proof for logistics and field service applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure your V120 with the processor tier that matches your performance requirements.
The V120 includes Wi-Fi 7 (Intel BE200), Bluetooth 5.4, and two Thunderbolt 4 ports as standard, with optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 connectivity and dedicated GPS for field operations. Additional I/O includes USB 3.2 Gen 2, LAN, HDMI 2.0, and an optional SIM slot for cellular connectivity. This versatile connectivity suite ensures seamless integration with warehouse management systems and mobile networks in any environment.
The V120 offers versatile connectivity with two Thunderbolt 4 ports, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, USB 3.2 Gen 2, HDMI 2.0, and dedicated LAN connectivity. Optional expansions include 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS, smart card reader, and 1D/2D barcode scanner for specialized workflows. We offer multiple I/O configurations to match your specific operational requirements, and all models include a docking connector for stationary workstations.
The V120 offers comprehensive connectivity with two Thunderbolt™ 4 ports, Wi-Fi 7 (Intel® Wi-Fi 7 BE200), Bluetooth 5.4, USB 3.2 Gen 2, LAN, and HDMI 2.0 ports. For mobile field teams, optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 cellular with integrated GPS is available, allowing real-time data synchronization and location tracking. We can configure your unit with the specific wireless and wired connectivity options needed for your logistics or field service operations.
The V120 includes two Thunderbolt 4 ports, Wi-Fi 7 (Intel BE200), Bluetooth 5.4, USB 3.2 Gen 2, LAN, and HDMI 2.0 as standard. Optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 cellular with GPS, smart card reader, and SIM slot configurations are available from us to support your mobile computing and security requirements.
The Getac V120 provides comprehensive connectivity with Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, two Thunderbolt 4 ports, and optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 with integrated GPS for real-time location tracking. This flexible connectivity suite allows field teams to stay connected whether they're in the office, warehouse, or remote job sites. We offer this model with various wireless configurations to match your deployment needs.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 includes Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Thunderbolt 4, and an integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader for seamless inventory and asset tracking. Additional customizable options such as RFID reader, magnetic stripe reader, and smart card reader allow you to tailor the device to your specific operational needs.
The UX10 G5 offers Thunderbolt™ 4 for high-speed data transfer, Wi-Fi 7 for superior wireless performance, and Bluetooth connectivity for peripheral devices. It also includes HF RFID capability (top side), making it ideal for inventory tracking and asset management in warehouse operations.
We offer the UX10 G5 with Thunderbolt™ 4 for high-speed data transfer, Wi-Fi 7 for superior wireless performance, Bluetooth connectivity, and HF RFID capability (top-side mounted). These versatile connectivity options enable seamless integration with warehouse management systems, barcode scanners, and mobile AIDC devices available from us.
The Getac V120 features LifeSupport swappable dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries as standard, and optional high-capacity packs are available for extended deployments. The swappable design allows field teams to hot-swap batteries without powering down, ensuring continuous operation throughout the workday. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore battery configurations that match your typical shift length and power demands.
The S510 features a 15.6-inch full HD LCD display with 1,000 nits of brightness, ensuring excellent visibility in direct sunlight and bright outdoor conditions. This sunlight-readable display is critical for warehouse managers and field technicians who need to work effectively in varied lighting conditions without screen glare compromising productivity.
The 3320G-2USB-0-N comes with USB connectivity via an included USB cable. The scanner features an intelligent multiple interface design that supports popular interfaces on a single device, making it compatible with standard computer systems and POS terminals available from us.
The M09416XL delivers a 4.09-inch print width at 5 inches per second for monochrome printing, with a resolution of 203 dpi. This combination of speed and precision makes it suitable for detailed barcodes and shipping labels without requiring a large footprint. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare this model with other options in our thermal printer lineup.
The ZD621 is 30% more powerful than the ZD620 Series and nearly 300% more powerful than the GX Series, featuring an innovative new architecture that allows it to run more tasks and perform more operations simultaneously. It replaces the legacy GX Series, ZD500, and ZD620 Series while maintaining backward compatibility, offering enhanced features, improved communication options, and expanded media-handling capabilities for future-ready printing.
SOTI MobiControl provides real-time geo-aware policies with accurate device tracking and user behavior monitoring plotted on an interactive worldwide map. Geofencing capabilities enable creation of virtual boundaries around geographical areas to trigger alerts and pre-defined actions, while geo-aware content access allows restriction of sensitive corporate content based on device location.
The SATO WWCLP3001 supports up to a 10-inch outside diameter of media with a 3-inch core and accommodates ribbons up to 1968 feet in length. The maximum print width is 4.1 inches, making it suitable for a wide variety of label formats from small tags to larger shipping labels. Our team can help you select the right media configuration for your specific labeling requirements.
Yes, the MB241T is purpose-built for demanding industrial environments with rugged metal construction and a compact footprint designed for warehouse operations. It supports various label sizes and media types, making it well-suited for packing, order fulfillment, shipping/receiving, and inventory management tasks.
Yes, the Magicard Enduro offers flexible printing modes with a 100-card capacity input hopper for continuous batch card printing, as well as a single card feeder on the front for on-the-fly card production. This dual-mode capability allows you to print multiple cards efficiently or produce individual cards as needed.
The ZT610 supports multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0, RS-232 Serial, Gigabit Ethernet, and Bluetooth. Advanced connectivity features like Wi-Fi are also available, allowing seamless integration with automated labeling systems and warehouse management platforms. We can configure the ZT610 with the connectivity modules that fit your operational needs.
The SpectraLink KBL844000 supports comprehensive Wi-Fi standards including 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n across both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands with dynamic band roaming. It also features Bluetooth 2.1 headset support with Class 1 range of approximately 10 meters for wireless audio accessories.
We offer the HF680 with simplified integration features including Honeywell's EZConfig configuration utility for rapid setup and OPOS/JPOS drivers that ensure scanner compatibility with various POS systems. This streamlined approach saves time during installation and reduces deployment complexity.
Yes, an Intrinsically Safe (IS) version of the WhereTag IV is available for hazardous and explosive environments. The WhereTag IV IS is certified to be safe for Class 1, Division 1, Groups A-D, T6 environments, making it suitable for demanding industrial applications.
The Zebra LB2-BABY-P ComfyCuff wristbands measure 1.38 x 5.11 inches (35 x 140mm) and feature an easy-to-use velcro strap for secure attachment. This design allows for quick application and adjustment while ensuring the wristband stays securely fastened during patient care.
We recommend the ZC10L for hospitality, sporting events, concerts, conferences, and festivals. The large-format design (approximately 3.5 x 5.5 inches) produces oversized badges and passes that are easier to see and read at a distance, increasing security and allowing event staff to identify guests and determine access permissions quickly.
Yes, the DS4608 is engineered for durability with IP52 sealing that protects against spills and an exclusive double-sealed optical system that guards against dust and liquid. The scanner is built to survive multiple 6-foot drops to concrete and 2,000 tumbles in durability testing, with a recessed scan window that protects against smudges, dirt, and scratches.
The Zebra StatBand wristbands feature a quick-application design that allows healthcare staff to efficiently apply them during critical moments. This rapid deployment capability is particularly valuable in emergency and trauma situations where immediate patient identification is necessary.
The P120i supports Code 39, Code 128 B & C (with and without check digit), 2 of 5 & 2 of 5 Interleaved, UPC-A, EAN 8 & EAN 13, and PDF-417 2D barcodes. Additional symbologies can be printed via Windows drivers, making it ideal for access control, membership cards, and inventory applications.
The Cisco NC57-MOD-RP2-E operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 41 to 104°F (5 to 40°C) with 10 to 85% relative humidity. Storage conditions support temperatures from –40 to 158°F (–40 to 70°C) with 5 to 95% relative humidity, and the device operates at altitudes up to 4000 meters. These specifications ensure dependable performance in diverse warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the NC57-MPA-2D4H-FC is designed as a plug-in module for the Cisco NCS 5700 Network Convergence System platform and integrates seamlessly with other NCS 5700 components. The module's QSFP-DD interface standard ensures compatibility with the broader Cisco ecosystem of high-speed optical networking equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed compatibility information with your specific chassis configuration.
Yes, the Nexus 9500 series fully supports modern network programmability standards including NETCONF, RESTCONF, gNMI/gNOI protocols, and YANG configuration and operational models. The platform also includes Zero-Touch Provisioning (ZTP) and Plug-and-Play (PnP) capabilities for simplified deployment. Contact us today to discuss automation integration options for your infrastructure.
The Cisco C1-N3K-C3048TP delivers 48 ports with 10/100 Mbps connectivity, providing flexible network segmentation and redundancy options for enterprise environments. This configuration supports both legacy and modern network infrastructure requirements. We offer this model as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking portfolio—contact us today for integration guidance.
The Cisco C9300-24S-E includes robust security features such as MACsec-256 encryption for Layer 2 security, 100G IPsec hardware acceleration, and integration with Cisco Umbrella for cloud-based threat protection. The switch also supports application hosting capabilities including ASAc firewall functionality and Docker containers for enhanced network security posture. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our security-focused networking solutions.
Upgrading ISR router memory with modules like the ISR4350U-MEM-MSATA is essential for branch offices requiring rich-media collaboration, virtualization capabilities, advanced security services, and unified communications. The increased DRAM and SSD storage enable higher throughput, better application performance, and support for multiple concurrent services without degradation. This makes it ideal for growing enterprises that need intelligent integration of security, wireless, and application services at the branch.
The Cisco IW3702-2E supports enterprise-grade management through SNMP v3, Telnet, command-line interface, and HTTP management options. Security features include RADIUS and TACACS+ authentication, 802.1X port-based access control, and 802.11i wireless security standards. These capabilities make it suitable for IT-managed warehouse and logistics networks requiring compliance and centralized control.
The Cisco IW3702-4E-B-K9 is available for multiple regulatory domains including A, B, E, F, Q, and Z regions, with ROW (Rest of World) options for countries not covered by specific domain approvals. Customers are responsible for verifying approval for use in their individual countries through Cisco's regulatory domain lookup tool. We recommend contacting us to confirm the correct model variant for your location.
Yes, the IW-6300H-AC-B-K9 is engineered for harsh outdoor environments with wind resistance rated up to 160 mph (257 km/h) sustained winds and operating altitude capability to 15,000 ft (4,500 m). It also handles full humidity ranges from 0% to 100% condensing conditions, making it ideal for industrial and outdoor wireless deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete line of industrial networking solutions.
Cisco industrial wireless access points are available across multiple regulatory domains including A, B, E, F, Q, and Z designations, with ROW (Rest of World) options for countries not covered by specific domain approvals. The -B in the IW3702-2E-B-K9 model number indicates it's configured for the B regulatory domain. Customers are responsible for verifying approval for use in their individual countries—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm domain compatibility for your location.
Yes, the TCS-M4-PRO10P-K9 is designed for enterprise-grade video conferencing deployments. It provides the scalability and reliability required for large organizations managing multiple concurrent video conferencing sessions, making it ideal for companies with distributed workforces, multiple office locations, or high-volume collaboration needs.
The UCS-FI-6332-U delivers centralized management through Cisco UCS Manager, where every aspect of identity, personality, and connectivity is configured from a single point of control. The unified fabric architecture reduces complexity and power consumption while supporting high-performance workloads with world-record-setting performance capabilities. We offer this fabric interconnect as part of our data networking solutions designed for enterprise, cloud, and AI-driven workloads.
Cisco NCS controllers are designed for standard 19-inch EIA rack mounting and support enterprise data center deployments. For detailed physical specifications including dimensions, weight, and power requirements for your specific configuration, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to review the technical documentation.
This license provides comprehensive support ranging from help-desk assistance to proactive onsite consultation. It includes major Cisco IOS software updates covering protocol, security, bandwidth, and feature improvements, plus 24/7 access to Cisco's technical support team and full access to Cisco.com technical libraries for self-service resources.
The N540-RCKMT-19-CLA is engineered for standard 19-inch rack installations, providing secure mechanical mounting for Cisco NCS 540 equipment. The kit includes all necessary hardware for proper rack integration while maintaining adequate airflow and cable management in your network environment. For detailed mounting specifications and installation requirements, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team.
The N540X-4Z14G2Q-A includes dual redundant power supplies with AC input (100-240V, 50-60Hz) and six hot-swappable fans in a 5+1 redundant configuration, ensuring continuous operation during component failures. The switch supports up to 24 EtherChannels with 24 ports per channel, enabling link aggregation for high-availability network designs. Our team can help you configure redundancy features that match your uptime requirements.
The Cisco N9K-C9332D-GX2B is designed for efficient power delivery in data center environments with typical operating power consumption of 626W and maximum power consumption of 1,240W. This efficiency rating makes it suitable for high-density deployments where power management is critical. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed power and thermal specifications for your facility planning.
The Cisco N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C supports 100 Gigabit Ethernet with 100GBase-X optical fiber connectivity, delivering enterprise-class performance for data-intensive applications. The switch is a Layer 3 managed device, enabling advanced routing and network segmentation capabilities essential for complex warehouse and IT environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore technical specifications and compatibility details.
Cisco Nexus 93108 switches are Layer 3 managed switches that support advanced routing features including 512-way Equal-Cost Multipath (ECMP) routing, enabling fat-tree network designs that prevent bottlenecks and increase resilience. They also feature Virtual Port Channel (vPC) technology for layer 2 multipath without Spanning Tree Protocol limitations. These capabilities allow organizations to build highly available, scalable data center networks. Contact us today to learn how these routing features can optimize your network architecture.
Cisco networking equipment, including fabric cards like the NC55-5508-FC2, meets stringent international regulatory standards including FCC, CE, and NEBS compliance for carrier-grade deployments. These components are designed to operate reliably in data center and network facility environments with appropriate cooling and power infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and compliance documentation.
The N9K-C93180YC-FX is a 1U rack-mountable switch designed for standard data center environments, making it easy to integrate into existing racks and infrastructure. While specific power consumption details vary by configuration, this compact form factor is ideal for warehouse and logistics operations managing network infrastructure at scale. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications.
The NC-57-36H-SE is specifically designed for the Cisco NCS 5700 series chassis, so compatibility depends on your current platform. If you're running NCS 5700 infrastructure, this line card integrates seamlessly into your existing environment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to verify compatibility with your specific network configuration.
The 4-port 100G QSFP28 configuration is ideal for data center interconnects, service provider backbone networks, and enterprise core switching environments where you need multiple 100 Gigabit connections. This module supports high-throughput applications including cloud services, content delivery, and large-scale data analytics. Available from us for organizations requiring enterprise-grade network performance.
The AMP8370-K9 supports comprehensive IP routing protocols including RIPv1/RIPv2, Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE), and Cisco Express Forwarding for optimized packet processing. It includes advanced Layer 2 and Layer 3 features such as Spanning Tree Protocol, Network Address Translation (NAT), DHCP server/relay functionality, and Dynamic DNS support. These capabilities make it suitable for complex network topologies in logistics and warehouse management environments.
Yes, the ASR-9900-RP-SE is designed with redundancy at multiple levels, including route processor redundancy, switch fabric redundancy, power supply redundancy (2+2 or 3+1 configurations), fan redundancy, and software redundancy. This makes it ideal for mission-critical service provider and enterprise environments requiring highly predictable and reliable network infrastructure.
The Cisco C9200-24T comes with a default PWR-C6-125WAC power supply and supports redundant FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) power configurations for enhanced availability. This ensures continuous network operation even during power supply failures, which is critical for warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to learn more about power redundancy options available from us.
The IE-2000-4TS-B includes advanced security capabilities such as Dot1x dynamic port-based authentication, SNMP v3 for secure management, and RADIUS authentication support. These features ensure secure access control across your industrial network while maintaining compliance with enterprise security standards. Our team can help you configure these security protocols for your deployment.
The MS210-48FP represents Cisco's current generation of cloud-managed access switches, offering improved performance and simplified deployment compared to earlier models. As a Layer 2 managed switch with integrated PoE+ support across all 48 ports, it provides better power delivery for modern IoT and wireless infrastructure than legacy switch generations. Contact us today to discuss how this switch compares to your current networking infrastructure.
The Cisco N9K-C93180YC-FX is a 1U rack-mountable switch designed for standard data center and enterprise network environments. Its compact form factor allows for efficient space utilization in server racks while maintaining high port density and performance. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify current availability and specifications for your deployment needs.
Cisco Small Business switches include a limited lifetime hardware warranty with return-to-factory replacement, plus 1-year limited warranty coverage for fans and power supplies. Additionally, Cisco provides software updates for bug fixes and telephone technical support at no charge for the first 12 months following purchase. We can help you register your warranty and access support resources through barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco SF250-24P comes with a limited lifetime hardware warranty for the switch itself, plus a 1-year limited warranty for fans and power supplies. Cisco also provides software application updates for bug fixes and telephone technical support at no charge for the first 12 months following purchase, with additional extended support options available through Cisco's Small Business Support Service.
The Cisco SF350-24 includes a standard warranty with software application updates for bug fixes and 12 months of complimentary telephone technical support from the date of purchase. Software updates are available through Cisco's download portal, and additional warranty details are available at Cisco's warranty information page. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you understand the full support options available for this switch.
The Cisco SF350-24MP is a Layer 3 managed switch offering advanced network management features including VLAN segmentation, QoS optimization, and cloud-based management for simplified administration. These capabilities enable you to optimize network performance, prioritize critical traffic, and enhance security across your business infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for configuration assistance and best practices.
Cisco includes software application updates for bug fixes, telephone technical support at no charge for the first 12 months following the date of purchase, and access to software downloads through Cisco's support portal. For complete warranty terms and extended support options, you can visit www.cisco.com/go/warranty. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you understand support options available from us.
The NXA-FAN-65CFM-PI is configured for port side intake airflow, meaning it draws air through the port-facing side of the switch chassis to optimize cooling efficiency. This intake orientation helps maintain proper thermal management in data center and enterprise network environments. Available from us at barcodesinc.com for immediate deployment.
SSDs like the C9K-F2-SSD-960GB offer significantly faster data access speeds, improved reliability due to no moving parts, lower power consumption, and reduced heat generation compared to traditional spinning hard drives. These advantages translate to better network switch performance, faster boot times, and enhanced system stability in enterprise environments.
The Cisco FPR4145-NGFW-K9 features multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports supporting both standard and high-speed connectivity options for comprehensive network integration. The appliance includes expansion slots for additional interface modules to scale connectivity as your network grows. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed port specifications and expansion module availability.
The NC55-PWR-3KW-2HV accepts both AC input (100-240 VAC autoranging at 47-63 Hz) and DC input (24-60 VDC range), making it suitable for diverse power infrastructure scenarios. The dual-input design eliminates the need for separate power supplies depending on your facility's power delivery method. Available from us for immediate deployment in your network environment.
The MR36 supports Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) standards, providing the latest in wireless technology for improved throughput and reduced latency. This makes it compatible with modern mobile computers and barcode scanning devices that leverage Wi-Fi 6 capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about integrating the MR36 with your existing AIDC infrastructure.
The ACC-LA-H-NM-NF is engineered as an outdoor antenna lightning arrestor module, providing protection against electrical surges and environmental hazards in outdoor deployments. This makes it suitable for harsh wireless network environments where equipment protection is critical. For detailed environmental specifications and durability ratings, contact our team today.
The Cisco MV93-HW features a 360-degree fish eye lens design that provides comprehensive panoramic coverage. This wide field of view eliminates blind spots and reduces the number of cameras needed for complete facility surveillance. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this camera can optimize your security infrastructure.
The CTI-410VB-VTS-K9 supports comprehensive networking standards including IPv4, TCP/UDP, Real-Time Protocol (RTP), RTCP, DHCP client configuration, DNS SRV records, and VLAN tagging (802.1p/Q). It also includes Differentiated Services (DiffServ) support for quality-of-service prioritization and Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) for accurate time synchronization. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Cisco telecommunications equipment.
The ICPAM-KBD-RDR provides keypad-based credential entry for physical access control, supporting PIN and credential-based authentication mechanisms. It operates as a networked reader, allowing centralized management and real-time authentication verification through your security appliance. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about supported authentication protocols and integration options.
While specific environmental ratings vary by Cisco security appliance models, typical operating temperatures range from 0° to 50°C with operating humidity of 5% to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) and operating altitude up to 10,000 feet. For the exact environmental specifications of the ICPAM-1CRED-K9, we recommend contacting our technical team at barcodesinc.com to ensure it meets your facility requirements.
The Cisco C1-AIR-CT2504-K9 offers multiple management options including web-based HTTP/HTTPS management, command-line interface access, SNMP v1/v2c/v3 for network monitoring, and integration with Cisco Wireless Control System for centralized management. It also supports remote configuration protocols including DHCP, TFTP, and Telnet for flexible deployment across distributed warehouse locations. Our team can assist with management setup and integration with your existing IT infrastructure.
The CAB-PWR-M12-10 is compatible with Cisco devices that feature M12 DC power connectors. We recommend verifying your specific equipment's power connector type before ordering. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to confirm compatibility with your particular Cisco model or to discuss alternative power cable solutions.
The UCS-C3K-M4 features a 24Gb/s SAS RAID-supported controller with 24 2.5-inch drive bays, providing enterprise-grade storage redundancy and performance. This configuration supports Serial ATA and Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) protocols, allowing flexible storage configurations for mission-critical applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible storage options and configurations for your specific needs.
Cisco IPS solutions support advanced security features including IPsec encryption, access control lists (ACLs), and policy-based routing to protect your network infrastructure. The zone controller coordinates these security policies across multiple network segments for comprehensive threat prevention. Contact us today for detailed information about security capabilities and service contract coverage.
The 12G designation refers to 12 Gigabit SAS speed capability, offering improved performance and throughput compared to earlier 6G controllers. This enhanced speed supports faster data transfer rates for high-performance storage environments common in warehouse and logistics operations. Available from us, this controller is ideal for organizations requiring modern RAID management in their server infrastructure.
The MA-ANT-27 is a dual band sector antenna that delivers improved wireless coverage across both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. Its sector design provides directional coverage, making it suitable for targeted deployment in warehouses, distribution centers, and logistics facilities where coverage optimization is essential.
Yes, the Cisco 5508 Wireless Controller enables seamless client roaming with zero service interruption. This means users can move throughout your facility while maintaining continuous connectivity for voice, video, and data applications without experiencing dropped connections or service degradation.
The Cisco 5508 Wireless Controller is engineered to deliver zero service-loss roaming, allowing clients to move seamlessly between access points without dropping connections or interrupting active sessions. This capability is critical for mission-critical wireless deployments where reliability and continuous connectivity are essential. Available from us with flexible licensing options to match your specific roaming requirements.
Yes, the Cisco QSFP-100G-CWDM4-S= is a hot-swappable transceiver module, allowing you to install or replace it without powering down your network equipment. This feature minimizes downtime during maintenance and upgrades in production environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full selection of hot-swappable Cisco transceiver modules.
Yes, the Cisco QSFP-40G-SR4 is a hot-swappable transceiver module, allowing you to replace it without powering down your network equipment. This feature minimizes downtime during maintenance and upgrades in production environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for availability and technical specifications.
Yes, the Cisco QSFP-40G-LR4-S is a hot-swappable transceiver module, allowing you to install or replace it without powering down your network equipment. This design minimizes network downtime during maintenance and upgrades.
The CP-840-CLIP= is a belt clip attachment, while other 840 series accessories serve different purposes—such as docking cradles (CP-840-DCHR-PS-NA=) for charging and desk mounting, or dual charging docks (CP-840-DUAL-DCHR=) for multi-device environments. The belt clip is ideal for mobile warehouse operations, whereas docking solutions are better suited for stationary desk setups. We offer the full range of Cisco 840 accessories to support various deployment scenarios.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN for fast, reliable network connectivity and comes with an English (US) keyboard. The system supports integration with our range of barcode scanners and RFID readers available from us to enable comprehensive data capture across your warehouse operations.
The Dell 7G23X includes Wi-Fi and wireless LAN connectivity for seamless network access in your facility. The laptop features standard ports for connecting peripherals and external devices commonly used in logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for information about compatible docking stations and expansion modules available from us.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN for high-speed network connectivity and supports standard wired networking through RJ-45 connectors. The small form factor design accommodates multiple USB ports and expansion options, making it compatible with barcode scanners, label printers, and other AIDC peripherals commonly used in logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible hardware solutions for your specific connectivity needs.
The 10,000 RPM spindle speed and SAS 12Gb/s interface deliver the high-performance I/O throughput required for demanding enterprise applications. The hot-swappable and hot-pluggable design minimizes downtime during maintenance or drive replacement, making it ideal for mission-critical data centers and storage systems. Available from us for organizations prioritizing reliability and uptime.
Yes, the Dell S2425HS is VESA mount compatible with a 100 x 100mm mounting standard, allowing you to mount it on walls or stands to save desk space. This flexibility makes it ideal for warehouse environments where space optimization is important.
The Dell Pro 14 Plus includes Intel vPro technology, which provides advanced management and security capabilities essential for enterprise deployments. These features enable IT teams to remotely manage devices, enforce security policies, and maintain system integrity across warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Dell P2222H is designed for professional warehouse environments with an operating temperature range of 5 to 35°C and humidity tolerance of 20 to 80% non-condensing. The monitor includes anti-glare technology and a low blue light mode to reduce eye strain during extended shifts, plus it's ENERGY STAR® certified for efficient power consumption at just 19 W typical operation.
The D3-S4610 represents Dell's mixed-use SSD line with optimized performance for balanced workloads across enterprise environments. As a newer generation drive, it incorporates improved reliability and efficiency compared to earlier models. For detailed performance comparisons and upgrade recommendations specific to your current storage setup, our team can provide technical guidance when you contact us today.
The tablet provides multiple connectivity options including USB/eSATA combo ports, HDMI, SmartCard reader, network connector (RJ-45), optional USB 3.0 ports via media bay module, and stereo headphone/microphone combo jack. Optional contactless SmartCard readers and serial DB9 pins are also available for specialized enterprise deployments.
The SD25 provides comprehensive connectivity with 6 USB ports (4 Type-A and 2 Type-C), 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet (RJ-45), 1 HDMI port, and 2 DisplayPorts for flexible peripheral and network connections. This robust port selection supports scanners, label printers, and other AIDC equipment commonly used in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible peripherals for your docking setup.
The TMGM2 provides comprehensive connectivity including Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be), Ethernet, USB ports, HDMI output, and a front-facing webcam for video conferencing. The system supports various expansion options through its modular design, allowing you to add additional peripherals and docking solutions as needed for your workflow.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus comes standard with a 512 GB SSD, providing fast boot times and application loading for warehouse operations. The small form factor design accommodates this solid-state storage while maintaining a compact footprint suitable for IT closets and server environments. We offer this configuration as standard, with options available through our team for custom storage needs.
Hot-pluggable design means the Dell 400-22284 can be safely removed and replaced while the system is running, eliminating the need for downtime during drive maintenance or replacement. This feature is critical for data centers and warehouse operations where continuous uptime is essential. We carry hot-pluggable drives specifically for environments requiring maximum availability.
The Dell NWH7V-RF includes USB/eSATA combo connectivity, HDMI, SmartCard reader, network connector (RJ-45), optional USB 3.0 via media bay module, and serial DB9 pin connectivity. Additional optional peripherals include contactless SmartCard reader and legacy I/O adapter support. We offer this system with full technical support to ensure seamless integration into your existing warehouse infrastructure.
The Dell 3RDJV combines high endurance ratings (3.52 DWPD and 6160 TB TBW) with enterprise-class reliability, making it ideal for demanding server workloads. Its SATA/600 interface provides consistent performance for mixed-use applications in data centers and server farms. We offer this drive as a trusted solution for organizations requiring dependable storage infrastructure.
NL-SAS (Near Line SAS) drives like the Dell 462-6771 are optimized for high-capacity storage in RAID environments with lower performance requirements than enterprise SAS drives, while offering better reliability than SATA alternatives. They provide an excellent balance of capacity, cost, and performance for data center and warehouse storage applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of storage solutions for your infrastructure needs.
The 15000 rpm spindle speed delivers faster data access and transfer rates compared to standard 7200 rpm drives, making it suitable for I/O-intensive workloads in data centers and high-performance computing environments. This speed is particularly valuable for database servers, virtualization hosts, and applications requiring rapid read/write operations. Available from us for enterprise deployments where performance is essential.
NVMe 4.0 delivers significantly faster data transfer speeds compared to SATA drives, making it ideal for high-performance server environments and read-intensive applications. The Dell D7-P5500's NVMe 4.0 interface enables reduced latency and improved throughput, which translates to faster application response times and better overall system performance in demanding enterprise workloads.
Solid state drives like the Dell 400-ATFL offer significantly faster data access speeds compared to traditional mechanical hard drives, enabling quicker system responsiveness and application load times. SSDs also support Intel Rapid Start Technology and Intel Smart Connect Technology when paired with compatible systems, enhancing overall performance and battery efficiency. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Dell storage solutions.
The Dell D4N7V offers 1 TB of capacity, which is ideal for mid-range server deployments. For warehouse and logistics operations requiring larger capacity drives or multiple drive configurations, we offer a full range of Dell storage solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore additional capacity options that fit your infrastructure needs.
The Dell 6T2NP Drive uses a 12Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interface, which provides high-speed data transfer and is the standard for enterprise server storage solutions. This interface ensures compatibility with most modern Dell server platforms and other SAS-equipped systems.
The Dell 400-ANUT uses a Near Line SAS (NL-SAS) interface with 12Gb/s speed, which provides excellent performance for enterprise storage and RAID configurations. This SAS interface is standard in Dell enterprise servers and storage arrays. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your infrastructure.
The Dell MDF8N operates at 7200 rpm, which provides faster data access and transfer rates compared to 5400 rpm drives, making it suitable for performance-sensitive applications. The 512e format ensures compatibility with modern systems while optimizing storage capacity. We recommend this drive for users requiring responsive storage performance.
The Dell 400-AMJE utilizes a 12Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) interface, which provides enterprise-grade performance and reliability for data center and server environments. This interface standard ensures compatibility with most modern Dell servers and storage arrays. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible systems or contact our team for integration assistance.
The Dell 345-BGML features a 3 DWPD (drive writes per day) rating, which means the drive can sustain three full drive capacity writes per day throughout its warranty period. This specification indicates the drive is suitable for mixed-use enterprise applications where moderate write operations are expected, making it ideal for general-purpose server and storage deployments.
The Dell 345-BHSC is optimized for read-intensive workloads common in server environments, featuring hot-pluggable capability for seamless drive replacement without downtime. Its enterprise-grade vSAS interface and 512e format support make it ideal for high-performance data center deployments requiring reliability and speed.
NL-SAS (Near Line SAS) drives like the Dell 463-6999 are optimized for high-capacity, cost-effective storage in RAID environments, making them ideal for data center and warehouse applications. While standard SAS drives offer higher performance for transactional workloads, NL-SAS drives provide excellent reliability and capacity at a lower price point for sequential access patterns. We offer both NL-SAS and SAS options depending on your performance requirements.
The Dell 463-6766 supports a maximum transmission distance of 0.55 kilometers (approximately 550 meters) over multimode fiber using the 1000Base-SX standard. This range is typical for short-reach optical connections within data centers and campus networks. For longer distance requirements, alternative SFP modules with different specifications may be available from us.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer delivers fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second, making it efficient for high-volume label production. This speed, combined with the printer's banding reduction mode and nozzle check system, ensures reliable output of quality color labels. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about printer and label combinations available from us.
The Epson C35GD001 labels feature a gloss finish, which provides excellent color vibrancy and professional appearance for barcode labels and product identification. The gloss surface is ideal for retail and warehouse applications requiring high-quality color output.
The Epson C31CH76A9981 offers multiple connectivity options including Ethernet and USB interfaces, allowing seamless integration into your existing warehouse or logistics network. These connectivity choices ensure flexible deployment in various operational environments.
The TM-U220II comes standard with Serial (RS-232) connectivity and offers optional USB, Ethernet, or wireless modules to suit your POS system integration needs. This flexible connectivity makes it easy to integrate into existing restaurant, retail, or service station workflows.
Yes, the Epson TM-H6000VI features built-in MICR (Magnetic Ink Character Recognition) and endorsement printing capabilities, making it suitable for financial institutions and check processing applications. These specialized functions are integrated into the multifunction design without requiring additional hardware.
The Epson TM-C3500 is a compact four-color inkjet printer featuring fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second, banding reduction mode, and automatic nozzle checking technology for reliable high-volume label production. It includes an autocutter, easy paper loading, and an LCD display for printer status monitoring, making it ideal for on-demand color barcode and label printing applications.
These matte labels are designed for use with the Epson TM-C3500, which uses MicroPiezo inkjet technology with four-color printing. The labels support fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second and are compatible with Epson's DURABrite pigment inks for reliable, high-quality output.
The Epson TM-C3500 uses MicroPiezo inkjet technology with four-color printing capability and DURABrite pigment inks. The printer features automatic nozzle checking technology and a banding reduction mode to ensure reliable, high-quality output for color labels and graphics.
The Epson C35CD002 is manufactured as a synthetic label, which provides durability and resistance suitable for various warehouse and logistics labeling applications. Synthetic labels are ideal when standard paper labels may not provide adequate longevity or environmental resistance.
The ERC-23B ribbon operates reliably in temperatures from 5°C to 45°C and humidity levels between 10% to 90%. These specifications ensure dependable performance in standard warehouse and retail environments. For storage, the ribbon can be kept at temperatures between -10°C to 50°C with the same humidity range.
We offer genuine Epson C13S020564 cartridges to ensure optimal performance, print quality, and reliability with your ColorWorks C831 printer. Using genuine cartridges helps prevent compatibility issues and maintains warranty coverage. Contact us today to discuss your cartridge needs and explore our full range of Epson supplies.
The Epson ColorWorks C831 is an inkjet color printer capable of printing text, graphics, and barcodes on various label and receipt formats. It supports multiple paper widths (58mm and 80mm) and delivers professional-quality color output for labeling and documentation needs in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the full ColorWorks C831 system and compatible supplies.
Genuine Epson cartridges like the C13T44B120 are engineered and tested specifically for your Colorworks printer to deliver consistent color accuracy, print quality, and reliability. Using OEM cartridges helps avoid compatibility issues and maintains your printer's warranty coverage. We stock genuine Epson supplies to ensure you receive authentic products backed by manufacturer specifications.
The ultra-smooth finish on this paper reduces friction and improves print quality by ensuring consistent ink application and crisp text reproduction. This finish is particularly beneficial for professional documents, labels, and materials that require high clarity and sharp image definition.
The Elo 1517L offers an optional three-track magnetic stripe reader (MSR) that is easily installed by the user and programmable to either HID or Keyboard Emulation mode via USB. This integrated solution eliminates the need for external brackets or attachments, providing a clean, professional appearance for point-of-sale and loyalty systems. Contact us today to add an MSR to your order.
The terminal includes comprehensive connectivity with 1x Gigabit RJ45 LAN port, 4x USB 3.0 ports, 4x Micro USB 2.0 ports, 1x USB-C port, Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ax, and Bluetooth 5.2. This extensive port selection and wireless capabilities support integration with barcode scanners, payment devices, and other peripherals through Elo Edge Connect™ compatibility.
Yes, the Elo E428276 features Elo Edge Connect™ compatibility, which supports the integration of payment devices, barcode scanners, and other peripheral equipment. This modular design makes it ideal for comprehensive retail and hospitality environments where you need to connect multiple AIDC devices. We offer complete solutions that integrate scanners and peripherals with this terminal.
The Elo 0764L offers flexible connectivity with USB-C, HDMI, and DisplayPort interfaces. It can be powered via USB-C or an optional external power adapter (not included), providing multiple integration options for your system architecture. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible power and connectivity solutions available from us.
The Elo E297107 is a 21.5-inch touchscreen monitor with a wide FHD LCD display and LED backlight. The open frame design makes it suitable for integration into kiosks, self-service terminals, and custom mounting applications.
The Elo 1523L provides multiple mount and stand options to accommodate various installation needs. It supports standard VESA mount patterns for wall and pole mounting in both portrait and landscape orientations, as well as tabletop use. The included dual position stand features a single hinge design with high/low settings and tilt functionality for flexible positioning.
Yes, the Elo 1302L is specifically designed for POS, self-service, signage, and customer-facing point of interaction applications. Its compact 13.3-inch form factor, clean design aesthetic, and flexible mounting options make it well-suited for retail, hospitality, and service environments. We offer the 1302L as a professional-grade solution backed by a three-year warranty for commercial use.
The Elo 0764L offers flexible connectivity with USB-C, HDMI, and DisplayPort interfaces. The USB-C connection is particularly versatile, supporting power delivery, video input, and touch data transmission through a single cable for simplified installation.
The Panasonic PG-UNMRBSM23Y comes with a 3-year Care package, providing extended coverage and support for your scanning investment. This comprehensive warranty helps minimize downtime and keeps your operations running smoothly. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about our support terms.
The FZ-G1 offers Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and 4G LTE multi-carrier WWAN connectivity, ensuring reliable data access across diverse deployment environments. These connectivity options enable seamless integration into enterprise networks and mobile operations.
Yes, the Stingray 4 comes equipped with an integrated 3-Track MSR (Magnetic Stripe Reader) for secure payment card processing. This built-in capability supports standard payment card transactions without requiring external peripherals. We offer the complete Stingray 4 system with all integrated payment processing features included.
Yes, the camera features PTZ control accessible through a user-friendly GUI with 16 speeds for pan/tilt operation and a new 'Drag and Zoom' feature for finer control. The system also supports a 360° map shot function with 8 thumbnail images at 45° intervals for simplified camera direction.
The TH-55CQE1W is designed for professional large format display applications in retail and hospitality settings. We recommend contacting our team at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific operational requirements and ensure this model meets your continuous-use needs.
The FZ-G2AZ-0BVM features a 10.1-inch WUXGA display with gloved multi-touch capability and an integrated digitizer, making it suitable for field operations where workers wear protective gloves.
The WV-NW502S operates in ambient temperatures from –10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F) with a recommended operating temperature of +35 °C (95 °F), and supports ambient humidity of 90% or less. These specifications ensure reliable performance across a wide range of indoor and protected outdoor environments.
Yes, the UDM-PRO is wall-mountable and features compact dimensions of 135 x 135 x 28.3 mm (5.32 x 5.32 x 1.11 inches), weighing only 366 g (12.9 oz). Its small footprint makes it ideal for space-constrained network closets and distributed edge deployments. We have the UDM-PRO in stock and ready to ship—visit barcodesinc.com to order.
This camera is powered by PoE++ (Power over Ethernet Plus), which simplifies enterprise installation by delivering both power and data through a single network cable. PoE++ eliminates the need for separate power supplies at the camera location, making deployment faster and more cost-effective for large-scale installations.
The UVC-G6-BULLET-B operates via Power over Ethernet (PoE), eliminating the need for separate power cables at the camera location. This simplifies installation and reduces infrastructure costs, particularly valuable for warehouse and logistics environments where cable management is critical.
The Ubiquiti UVC-AI-PTZ-B operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -30 to 70°C (-22 to 158°F), making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor industrial environments. This wide temperature range ensures consistent performance in warehouses, logistics facilities, and outdoor perimeter monitoring applications. Visit barcodesinc.com for availability and technical support.
The UA-CARD-W-10 cards come in white. This standard color option makes them easily identifiable within your access control system.
The NSM5(US) is designed for multiple deployment scenarios including Point-to-Multipoint (PtMP) client links where it functions as a powerful client in airMAX PtMP networks, Point-to-Point (PtP) links for creating dedicated wireless connections between two locations, and general wireless client applications. Its compact form factor and cost-effective design make it extremely versatile and economical to deploy across various network topologies.
Based on Ubiquiti's standard specifications for networking modules, operating temperature ranges from -5 to 40°C (23 to 104°F) and operating humidity is rated at 10-90% noncondensing. These environmental specifications ensure reliable performance in typical data center and network closet environments.
The AM-M-V5G-Ti comes with a universal pole mount, RocketM bracket, and weatherproof RF jumpers included. This allows for flexible deployment on various mounting structures while maintaining environmental protection for outdoor installations.
The AM-5G16-120 delivers 16 dBi of gain, providing strong directional coverage for sector-based deployments. This gain level is optimized for point-to-multipoint BaseStation applications requiring reliable medium-range coverage.
The AF11-COMPLETE-LB features versatile N-Type connectors with weatherproof silicone boots that protect against dust and moisture. These connectors allow compatibility with Ubiquiti's specialized antennas as well as a variety of commonly available antennas, providing installation flexibility without requiring special tools.
The G6 Bullet supports face recognition, license plate recognition, and smart object detection for people, vehicles, and animals. These advanced detection capabilities help filter alerts and reduce false positives in your surveillance system.
Yes, the SLP-TX223CG is designed as a 2-inch thermal transfer desktop label printer that works well for mobile applications including wrist banding, order labeling, and barcode printing. Its optional Bluetooth connectivity makes it ideal for integration with mobile devices in warehouse and logistics environments.
The SRP-S300 offers dual interface options including USB V2.0 FS, Serial, Parallel, Ethernet, WLAN (802.11b/g/n), and Bluetooth V4.2 FH+ EDR. This range of connectivity ensures seamless integration with your existing warehouse management systems and mobile devices. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm the specific interface configuration you need.
The XM7-40IKL is equipped with a potent 4-inch (112mm) label printing capability and supports a paper width of up to 104mm, with roll diameter capacity up to 66mm. This makes it suitable for standard barcode labels used in warehousing and logistics operations.
The XM7-40IWKL is a 4-inch (112mm) printer with a maximum paper width of 104mm and supports label rolls up to 66mm diameter. This configuration makes it well-suited for standard barcode labels used in postal, warehousing, and healthcare applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify label specifications for your specific use case.
Yes, the XM7-40WKL is designed to handle both liner and linerless label media at the same 5 ips print speed. This versatility allows you to optimize label costs and reduce waste depending on your application requirements. We offer this printer to support modern sustainability and cost-efficiency goals in warehousing and logistics operations.
The XM7-40WK is equipped with powerful 4-inch (112mm) label printing capabilities and supports a paper width up to 104mm with roll diameters up to 66mm. This makes it ideal for standard barcode labels and shipping labels used in commercial warehousing and logistics operations.
The Lenovo X1 2-in-1 G10 includes Intel AX211 vPro wireless connectivity with Bluetooth 5.3 for seamless network integration, though it does not include wired Ethernet. The device supports modern wireless standards necessary for warehouse management systems and mobile data capture applications. Contact us today to discuss additional connectivity solutions if wired connections are required for your operations.
The Lenovo 78138047 supports Gigabit Ethernet connectivity compliant with IEEE standard 802.3ab, enabling high-speed network transmission for real-time meeting room data synchronization. This ensures reliable connection to your organization's network infrastructure for seamless scheduling updates.
The ThinkPad X1 Carbon G12 includes multiple connectivity options for seamless integration with your existing infrastructure and peripherals. For detailed specifications on ports, wireless capabilities, and expansion options, we recommend contacting us today so our team can provide complete technical documentation for your deployment planning.
Yes, the Lenovo Tab M9 comes with 64GB of internal eMMC storage and includes a microSD card slot for expandable storage. This allows you to add additional capacity for documents, media, and applications beyond the standard 64GB configuration. We recommend verifying microSD card compatibility with your specific use case when ordering.
Lenovo ThinkPad X12 Detachable G2 models typically include multiple connectivity ports for enterprise environments, though specific port configurations depend on your exact configuration. We recommend contacting our team today to review the exact I/O specifications for your intended use case, whether that's barcode scanner integration, network connectivity, or peripheral devices for warehouse operations.
The system features a Realtek 8111E PCI-E Gigabit Ethernet controller supporting 10M/100M/1000M speeds, along with multiple USB 2.0 ports (4 rear, 2 front, and 2 internal), audio inputs/outputs, and optional serial and parallel ports. It also includes an integrated VGA port and supports IEEE 1394 connectivity on select models. These comprehensive connectivity options make it suitable for integration into warehouse management and logistics networks available from us.
The Lenovo 82VQ000EUS features IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6) wireless LAN connectivity for fast and reliable network access in warehouse and logistics environments. The device includes a front camera/webcam for video conferencing and documentation purposes. For additional connectivity needs, we recommend contacting our team to discuss compatible docking stations and peripheral options available from us.
The Lenovo 83JU0001US features In-plane Switching (IPS) technology on its 16-inch WUXGA touchscreen, which provides excellent color accuracy and wide viewing angles—important for collaborative warehouse management tasks and outdoor visibility in logistics environments.
The Lenovo 82VM0018US includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN standard for fast, reliable connectivity in warehouse and distribution environments. We offer this model with full wireless capability to support seamless integration with barcode scanning systems and inventory management software used in logistics operations.
The 21Q000D5US includes IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6) wireless LAN standard for fast, reliable network connectivity in warehouse and office environments. The convertible design and touchscreen make it ideal for both stationary and mobile data entry tasks. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible peripherals and docking solutions we offer to expand your connectivity options.
The Lenovo 21R30010US includes Intel AX211 vPro WiFi for fast wireless connectivity and Bluetooth 5.3 for peripheral connections. However, it does not feature wired Ethernet, making it ideal for mobile use where WiFi connectivity is available. We offer compatible docking stations and USB adapters if wired network connections are required.
The Lenovo 21Q000D4US includes Intel AX211 vPro wireless connectivity and Bluetooth 5.3 for wireless communication. However, this model does not include wired Ethernet connectivity, so it relies on WiFi for network connections. We can help you identify compatible docking stations or USB adapters if you need wired network access at your desk.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 features Intel Core Ultra 5 or 7 processors (Series 2) with up to 64GB soldered memory and PCIe NVMe SSD storage options. This configuration delivers the performance needed for demanding professional applications and multitasking. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore available memory and storage configurations.
The ThinkPad P16 Gen 3 supports up to 192GB of DDR5 non-ECC memory, with ECC configurations available for mission-critical applications requiring enhanced data integrity. Storage options include multiple PCIe NVMe SSD configurations to meet varying performance and capacity needs. Available from us in multiple configurations—contact us today to select the memory and storage specifications that match your workload requirements.
The ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 features professional NVIDIA graphics available as configurable options to support demanding visual workloads. The specific graphics configurations vary based on your selected machine type and performance requirements. We offer multiple graphics tiers to optimize your investment based on your creative or technical application demands.
The ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 incorporates ThinkShield security features and available biometric controls to help protect sensitive business data. These security measures are designed for enterprise users in regulated industries like finance, healthcare, and government who require robust data protection. The combination of hardware and software security features provides comprehensive protection for mobile and hybrid work scenarios.
The Lenovo speakerphone is compatible with Windows 7 Professional, Windows 7 Ultimate, and Windows XP Professional environments, as Lenovo recommends these operating systems for optimal performance. It integrates with standard audio drivers and USB connectivity on these platforms. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for specific driver and compatibility requirements for your system.
As a 2D imager scanner, the SATO AI-6821 can read both 1D linear barcodes and 2D matrix codes including QR codes, Data Matrix, and PDF417 formats. This versatility makes it suitable for modern supply chain environments where products may use different barcode standards. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of 2D imaging scanners for your specific application.
The M84Pro(2) comes standard with a minimum of 16MB RAM and 2MB Flash memory for storing forms, fonts, and graphics. Optional Flash modules or PCMCIA memory cards are available to expand storage capabilities for larger applications or complex label designs.
The SATO WWHC04041-NHR delivers 305 dpi print resolution at up to 6 inches per second (ips), providing sharp, scannable barcode labels for patient identification and medication tracking. This combination of speed and clarity is ideal for high-volume healthcare label production without sacrificing barcode readability. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications and application examples.
The SATO CT4-LX delivers 203 dpi resolution at print speeds up to 8 inches per second, providing sharp, scannable barcode and label output suitable for most warehouse and retail applications. This combination of speed and quality makes it effective for high-volume labeling without sacrificing print clarity. Available from us with full technical support and documentation.
This RFID printer supports up to 10-inch outside diameter media rolls and accommodates 1968-foot ribbon capacity, allowing for extended print runs without frequent media changes. The 4.1-inch maximum print width and 3-inch core size provide flexibility for various label formats commonly used in warehousing and logistics. Contact us today to discuss your specific media requirements and ensure this model meets your production volume needs.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms provides powerful template-based label design, dynamic data integration, and user-friendly form interfaces that allow non-technical staff to print labels without design expertise. The platform supports variable data printing, database connectivity, and enterprise-level automation for high-volume barcode label production.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro supports a wide range of barcode symbologies (1D and 2D), variable data printing, and advanced label design features for warehouse, logistics, and retail applications. The software enables you to design complex labels with graphics, text, barcodes, and RFID encoding capabilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore detailed feature specifications or contact our team for design consultation.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Express provides an intuitive interface for designing barcode labels with support for multiple barcode symbologies, variable data printing, and template-based label creation. The software enables users to quickly develop professional labels without extensive technical training, making it accessible for warehouse and logistics teams of all skill levels.
This barcode label software provides professional design capabilities for creating and customizing barcode labels with NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro's advanced tools. Key features include support for multiple barcode formats, label template design, and integration with SATO's thermal printing technology for high-volume warehouse and logistics applications.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite supports the design and printing of a wide range of barcode types including 1D barcodes (Code 128, UPC, EAN) and 2D barcodes (QR codes, Data Matrix), along with variable data fields, graphics, and text elements. This makes it suitable for warehouse labels, shipping labels, product identification, inventory management, and compliance labeling across logistics and manufacturing environments.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is essential for creating shipping labels, inventory tags, product barcodes, and compliance labels in warehouse and logistics environments. The software supports dynamic data integration, allowing you to pull information from databases and ERP systems to automate label generation at scale. We recommend this solution for organizations managing high-volume labeling needs with variable content.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite is designed for creating dynamic barcode labels, shipping labels, inventory tags, and compliance labels in warehouse, logistics, and supply chain environments. The software's form-based approach allows non-technical users to generate labels on-demand while maintaining brand consistency and regulatory compliance across your organization.
Yes, the SATO SR10LT-51157 labels are specifically designed for SATO thermal printers and support both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods. We offer a full selection of thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode labels for SATO printers, so contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model.
The SATO PW2NX features a maximum print width of 2.16 inches and prints at 6 inches per second using direct thermal technology. This combination makes it ideal for compact label formats while maintaining productivity in fast-paced warehouse and retail environments.
The SATO M84Pro(3) comes standard with USB connectivity and is available with a vast array of interface connection plug-in modules to meet your integration needs. This modular approach eliminates connectivity issues and allows seamless integration with your existing warehouse management systems and label design software.
The SWR05-H-8474 ribbon is compatible with SATO T102E thermal printers and other SATO models that accept 3.31" wide thermal transfer ribbons. We offer a full selection of wax and resin thermal transfer ribbons for various SATO printer configurations, so contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model.
The WD204-001 is a direct thermal printhead, which means it prints directly onto heat-sensitive label stock without requiring thermal transfer ribbon. This makes it cost-effective for high-volume warehouse labeling, shipping labels, and inventory management applications where ribbon costs can be eliminated.
Thermal printheads should be replaced when you notice print quality degradation, uneven printing, or missing lines on your labels. The SATO WT205-001 printhead typically requires replacement after extended use as part of routine maintenance. We recommend keeping a spare printhead in stock to minimize downtime in high-volume warehouse and logistics operations.
The SATO WD301-001 is a direct thermal printhead, which means it prints without requiring ink ribbons or toner cartridges. Direct thermal technology is cost-effective for high-volume label and barcode printing, making it popular in warehouses, shipping, and inventory management operations. Available from us with full technical support for your thermal printing needs.
The SATO R142222000 printhead delivers 200 dpi (dots per inch) resolution, which is standard for barcode and label printing applications. This resolution provides clear, scannable barcodes and readable text for warehouse labeling and tracking purposes.
Yes, the SATO WWS8N41EA includes WLAN (wireless LAN) connectivity, enabling flexible network integration without requiring physical cable connections to your print infrastructure. This wireless capability makes it ideal for mobile warehouses, dynamic fulfillment centers, and facilities where print stations need to be relocated frequently. Contact us today to discuss wireless network setup and integration with your existing systems.
A media unwinder automatically feeds label or receipt media through the printer, enabling continuous, high-volume printing operations without manual intervention. This component is essential for warehouse and logistics environments where efficiency and throughput are critical. The SATO unwinder supports consistent media advancement across OS, CP, and CG series printers for reliable production workflows.
HPE Aruba switches support operating temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) up to 5,000 feet elevation, with derating requirements for higher altitudes. The back-to-front airflow design of the JL631A optimizes thermal management in standard data center environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and installation guidance for your facility.
Aruba switches support comprehensive management through multiple interfaces including Aruba AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, web browser, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. This flexibility allows our customers to integrate switches into existing network management frameworks seamlessly.
Yes, HPE Aruba offers multiple PoE+ models across their product lines, including the 6100 24G Class4 PoE with 370W power budget and the 2530-8-PoE+ switches. These models support IEEE 802.3at PoE+ standards and are designed to power networked devices while maintaining full data connectivity.
The HPE Aruba switch series supports comprehensive management through Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser, SNMP, Telnet, and out-of-band serial management. These tools enable IT teams to monitor, configure, and troubleshoot network infrastructure efficiently across distributed warehouse and logistics operations. We offer full support for integrating these management tools into your existing network infrastructure.
The XT5-43NCS features multiple connectivity options including built-in USB, USB Host, Ethernet, Serial, and WiFi connectivity. This range of connection methods ensures compatibility with your existing warehouse management systems and network infrastructure.
Yes, the Bixolon SRP-332IIIPK features an auto media width switch that allows easy adjustment between 80mm and 58mm receipts without manual reconfiguration. This versatility makes it suitable for various retail, restaurant, and kiosk applications with different receipt requirements.
The SPP-L3000IWK is powered by a 7.4V Li-ion battery with 2,600 mAh capacity and charges fully in up to 2.5 hours. The rechargeable battery is included with the printer, making it ready for immediate deployment in the field.
Yes, the XQ-840CG is designed for flexible deployment options including stationary counter placement, wall-mounted installations, mobile workstations, and cart-based applications. Its compact dimensions (194 x 273 x 212 mm) and lightweight design at 2.2 kg make it portable, while the embedded 8-inch Android tablet provides ready-out-of-the-box functionality or custom integration capabilities. We offer this printer for both warehouse and retail environments requiring adaptable printing solutions.
The Bixolon XM7-40IK features a 4-inch (104mm) maximum paper width and supports label rolls up to 66mm diameter, making it ideal for standard barcode and shipping labels used in warehousing, postal, and healthcare applications. This size capability balances portability with practical label dimensions for most commercial use cases. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore label stock options compatible with this printer.
The XM7-40IWK is equipped with a 4-inch (112mm) print width and supports label rolls up to 66mm in diameter. This configuration makes it suitable for standard barcode labels used in postal, warehousing, and healthcare applications. Available from us with the tear bar feature for convenient label separation in field operations.
The SPP-R400 is rated IP54 with a protective case and features a 1.5 m (5 ft.) drop specification, making it suitable for rugged warehouse and field environments. It operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -15°C to 50°C (-4°F to 122°F) and maintains functionality in 10–80% relative humidity. Visit barcodesinc.com to review the full environmental specifications.
The Star TSP143III is a thermal receipt printer with a 48-column format and prints at 9.84 inches per second, delivering fast transaction receipts for high-volume retail environments. It includes an integrated cutter for automatic receipt separation, reducing manual handling and improving checkout efficiency. Available from us with USB cable and internal power supply included.
The TSP143 accommodates 3.15-inch paper width, making it ideal for standard receipt formats used in retail, restaurants, and point-of-sale applications. This width is compatible with most common receipt roll specifications available from us.
The Star CD5 Max features a 3-position lock with multiple key options to secure your cash and valuables. Additionally, it includes dual front access media slots for secure storage of checks, receipts, and large bills, providing comprehensive security for your cash management needs.
The CD5 cash drawer is engineered for reliable daily use in retail and hospitality settings where frequent cash transactions occur. Its durable construction supports the demands of high-traffic point-of-sale operations.
Yes, the SK1-211 features command-selectable full or partial cut capability, allowing you to customize paper handling based on your receipt requirements. This flexibility is particularly useful in kiosk environments where different transaction types may require different cutting options. We offer this feature as part of the printer's standard functionality.
The Star TSP143 features USB-C and Ethernet connectivity, along with CloudPRNT and Android Open Accessory (AOA) support. This multi-protocol approach allows seamless integration with POS systems, mobile devices, and cloud-based applications.
Yes, the mC-Print3 is a continuation of Star Micronics' mCollection line, building on the proven design with enhanced connectivity and modern POS integration capabilities. It maintains the compact 3-inch form factor while adding contemporary features like cloudPRNT/WebPRNT support. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how upgrading to the mC-Print3 can modernize your existing system.
No, the power supply is sold separately. When ordering the Star 37998880 (TSP1000) from us, you will need to purchase the compatible power supply, Part# 30781753, as an additional item.
The Star TSP100III Receipt Printer comes with a 1.8m power cord, setup sheets, wall mount bracket, 58mm paper guide, power switch cover, and a startup paper roll. The Ethernet version includes an ethernet cable and internal power supply. Optional accessories are available separately, including a splash proof cover, vertical mount kit, and integrated buzzer.
The Star 39900312 printhead supports both Star Mode and ESC/POS™ emulation, making it compatible with a wide range of point-of-sale and receipt printing applications. This dual-emulation capability ensures seamless integration with existing software systems in warehouse and retail environments. Available from us with full technical support to ensure proper configuration.
The SM-T300i offers multiple connectivity options including Wireless LAN with Serial connections or Bluetooth 2.1 with Serial connections. It supports iOS (iPad, iPhone, iPod), Android, and Windows operating systems, making it versatile for various mobile and stationary environments.
The TSP143III is compatible with Star Micronics AllReceipts, which enables digital receipt management and allows customers to provide instant feedback on their shopping experience. It also supports futurePRNT software, allowing you to replace printed information, enhance receipts with graphics, and trigger promotional coupons directly from your POS system. These integrations help you deliver a modern customer experience while gathering valuable feedback.
The Star 37966050 prints at 42 columns, which is standard for receipt and kitchen ticket applications. This column width accommodates typical transaction details, menu items, and order information in hospitality and food service settings. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare this model with other column-width options available from us.
The TSP100III is a significant upgrade over the TSP100, printing at almost twice the speed and featuring a special de-curl function for improved receipt quality. The TSP100III is fully backward compatible with the TSP100, requiring no additional integration or development work when upgrading. We offer both models, and the TSP100III is recommended for high-volume printing environments.
The TSP100III features a special de-curl function that improves receipt appearance and durability. It also includes an auto-cutter and can be used in both horizontal and vertical orientations, making it flexible for various counter and mounting configurations.
This product comes in a 36-pack configuration. We offer this multi-pack quantity to help you maintain adequate supply levels for your Star Micronics printing equipment without frequent reordering.
Each case of Star 37966590 receipt paper contains 12 rolls. The pricing we offer is per case, so you'll receive a full dozen rolls in a single order, which is ideal for high-volume printing environments.
The Star 37966141 supports 3-inch width paper for use with Star SP500 and SP700 portable thermal printers. This specification ensures compatibility with original Star paper stock designed for these printer models.
The Toshiba BEX4T1GH12DS01 features both LAN and USB connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your network infrastructure or direct connection to individual workstations. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various warehouse management systems and IT environments.
The B-EX4T1 comes standard with Ethernet and USB 2.0 connectivity, with optional support for parallel, serial, wireless LAN, RTC, and USB host interfaces. This flexibility allows integration into diverse network environments and legacy systems. We can help you configure the right connectivity package for your operation.
The Toshiba TFC200UK is an authentic Toshiba original toner cartridge manufactured by Toshiba. Using genuine Toshiba parts ensures compatibility, reliability, and consistent print quality across your e-STUDIO systems.
The B-EX4T1 is fully compatible with the B-SX range, enabling swift migration from legacy printers without workflow disruption. It offers 40 percent faster print speeds (14 ips vs. 10 ips) and nearly 40 percent lower standby power consumption (under 9W), while maintaining the ease of use and maintenance features that made the SX range successful over its 8+ years in industrial environments.
The Toshiba BEX60060AG3F is compatible with the B-EX4T2 printer model. We offer a full selection of thermal labels and ribbons for all models of TEC thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode label printers, so contact us today if you need compatibility confirmation for your specific equipment.
Resin ribbons like the Toshiba BEX60110AS1F are designed for durability and resistance to chemicals, moisture, and abrasion, making them ideal for labels that will be exposed to harsh environments or require long-term readability. We offer a full selection of thermal labels and ribbons including wax, resin, and wax-resin blends to match your specific application requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to find the right ribbon for your needs.
Genuine Toshiba toner cartridges like the T2840 are manufactured to Toshiba's exacting standards, ensuring consistent print quality, reliability, and optimal device performance. Toshiba manufactures components at the component level, providing assurance of build quality and product continuity. Available from us, genuine Toshiba supplies help protect your printer investment.
This printer comes equipped with a 200-card feeder, enabling efficient batch production of ID cards without frequent reloading. The 200-card capacity is designed to support moderate to high-volume credential issuance workflows. We offer this model with full technical support available from our team.
Yes, this model comes equipped with SpringCard Crazy Writer HSP contactless encoding technology included. This allows you to encode contactless credentials directly onto ID cards during the printing process, streamlining credential issuance for access control and identification applications.
The Evolis Tattoo RW offers both USB and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your existing network infrastructure or direct connection to individual workstations. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various IT environments and deployment scenarios.
The Primacy 2 features a 100-card input hopper capacity with a 300-card output hopper, and a 30-card reject tray for handling cards during the printing process. A 200-card feeder is also available as an option and can be integrated on-site to increase throughput for high-volume operations.
Yes, the Evolis N6F203A100 is designed for use with the Evolis Easy4Pro ID card printer. This ribbon is engineered to work seamlessly with Easy4Pro systems to ensure optimal print quality and reliability. We stock this ribbon and can help you verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
Yes, the Evolis S8101 is a Badgy printhead specifically engineered for Evolis Badgy ID printer systems. We offer this printhead as part of our complete Evolis supplies and accessories lineup.
YMCKO-KO indicates the ribbon panel configuration: Yellow (Y), Magenta (M), Cyan (C), Black (K) for color printing, followed by a second Black (KO) overlay panel. This dual-black design provides enhanced print quality and image longevity for ID card applications.
The roller and cleaner components on ID card printers wear over time with regular use and require periodic replacement to maintain print quality and card feed reliability. The Evolis S10122 replacement part helps restore optimal printer performance and prevents card jams or quality degradation. We recommend keeping replacement parts on hand for minimal downtime.
Each 1.0M roll of the Evolis LPA047NAA delivers 600 prints. This yield helps you plan your supply inventory and manage costs for high-volume ID card production environments.
The FC75+ is built to withstand demanding warehouse conditions with robust construction that resists dust and moisture. It can survive multiple 4-foot drops to concrete and operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 0°C to 60°C with humidity levels up to 95% RH (non-condensing), ensuring durability in challenging industrial settings.
The Unitech EA520 offers WiFi and Bluetooth 5.0 connectivity, allowing seamless integration with warehouse networks and wireless peripherals. WiFi-only configuration ensures reliable data transmission without cellular dependency, ideal for indoor logistics operations.
Yes, the Jabra Evolve2 meets Microsoft Teams Open Office requirements and is certified for leading UC vendors including Cisco and other platforms. We offer this headset in both UC and Microsoft Teams-specific variants to ensure compatibility with your organization's communication infrastructure.
The Datacard Sigma SL3 offers a print resolution of up to 300 x 1200 dpi, which produces vibrant images and fine details on your ID cards. This high resolution ensures crisp text, detailed graphics, and photo-quality output.
The HPE AF651A supports a maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 and includes 1 VGA port for video output. It also provides 4 USB ports for peripheral connectivity, allowing you to connect keyboards, mice, and other USB devices for console management.
The HPE Aruba 9004-LTE is a cellular modem and wireless router that combines 4G LTE connectivity with wired Gigabit Ethernet ports. It's designed for organizations that need reliable network connectivity with cellular backup capabilities, making it suitable for remote locations, disaster recovery scenarios, or hybrid network deployments.
We offer the XT5-43NCS with several finishing options to suit your workflow: auto cutter, peeler, rewinder, or a combination rewinder and peeler. These optional accessories help automate your label finishing process based on your specific operational requirements.
The printer includes multiple interface options: USB, Ethernet, Serial, and Parallel connections. This range of connectivity ensures compatibility with most POS systems and network environments available from us.
This printer supports label and linerless media with widths ranging from 25 to 80 mm and roll diameters up to 66 mm. The media thickness range is 0.07 to 0.15 mm, and it accommodates inner cores of 19mm or 12mm for flexible labeling applications.
The Bixolon XQ-840CG features 203 dpi print resolution with print speeds up to 150 mm/sec, providing clear, professional-quality output for labels, receipts, and tags. This combination of speed and resolution ensures efficient operations without compromising print quality. Contact us today for guidance on whether this performance level meets your specific throughput requirements.
Yes, the Bixolon XM7-40IK is engineered with industrial-grade durability and is designed for both indoor and outdoor commercial applications, including demanding postal, warehousing, and healthcare environments. The printer's robust construction ensures reliable performance in challenging field conditions. Contact us today to learn more about deploying this printer in your specific use case.
Yes, the Bixolon XM7-40IWK is designed with industrial-grade durability and is engineered for both indoor and outdoor commercial applications. Its robust construction makes it well-suited for demanding environments in postal, warehousing, and healthcare sectors where field labor requires reliable equipment. Contact us today to learn more about its environmental capabilities for your specific use case.
The SPP-R400 supports a comprehensive range of 1D barcodes (Codabar, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, EAN-8, EAN-13, ITF, UPC-A, UPC-E) and 2D codes (Aztec, Data Matrix, GS1 Databar, MaxiCode, PDF417, QR Code). This broad symbology support ensures compatibility with most warehouse labeling and tracking requirements. We offer this printer to meet diverse barcode standards across logistics operations.
Your Star TSP143III purchase includes a USB cable and internal power supply, so you can set up and start printing immediately upon delivery. The printer is ready for deployment in your POS environment without requiring additional power adapters or connectivity cables. Contact us today for current pricing and availability.
The Star TSP143 features both USB and Lightning connectivity, providing flexible integration with computers, tablets, and mobile devices. This dual-connectivity design allows you to deploy the printer across different platforms without requiring multiple units.
Yes, the Star CD5 Max includes a removable cash till with adjustable bill dividers that allow you to optimize organization for your specific transaction patterns. Multiple till configurations are available across the CD5 Max Series to accommodate various bill and coin combinations depending on your model selection.
Yes, we offer the Star Micronics CD5 cash drawer. Please note that this item has long lead times, so we recommend contacting our team directly to discuss availability and delivery timelines for your order.
The Star SK1-211 is available in both standard horizontal format and vertical format to accommodate different kiosk layouts and space constraints. Both orientations can be configured with or without a presenter, giving you four configuration options to match your specific kiosk design. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore which format best suits your application.
The Star TSP143 is designed for 3.15" paper width, making it suitable for standard receipt formats used in retail, restaurants, and hospitality operations. The printer also includes a cutter for automatic receipt separation.
The Star mC-Print3 features a guillotine cutter with partial cut capability, allowing you to separate receipts efficiently while maintaining paper stock for the next transaction. This design is standard for retail and restaurant environments requiring reliable, consistent paper handling. We can configure this printer to match your specific receipt workflow.
The Star TSP1000 features Ethernet connectivity for network-based printing. Please note that the interface cable is sold separately and must be ordered in addition to the printer. Contact us today to ensure you have all necessary cables and accessories for your installation.
Yes, the Star TSP100III is specifically designed for mPOS (mobile point of sale) environments and is compatible with Postmates. The printer features a USB Type A connector to power tablets and other mobile devices, making it ideal for mobile and tablet-based POS systems. We offer this model as part of our Postmates-compatible receipt printer selection.
The Star 39900312 printhead comes with a 3-year limited warranty for customers in the US and Canada, plus the option to extend coverage through Star's Extend-A-Star and Swap-A-Star extended service agreement policies. This comprehensive warranty protection helps minimize downtime and replacement costs. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and extended service plans that fit your operational needs.
Yes, the SM-T300i features a dust-protected, splash-proof design with IP54 certification, making it suitable for challenging environments. It also includes a rugged design and long-lasting battery life, with a drop-test rating of 4 feet (1.2m) when equipped with a magnetic stripe reader.
The Star TSP143III is a thermal receipt printer, which provides fast, quiet, and reliable printing without requiring ink or toner cartridges. Thermal printing is ideal for high-volume retail and hospitality environments where speed and low maintenance are critical. Available from us with a built-in cutter for automatic receipt separation.
No, the Star 37966050 includes an internal universal power supply, eliminating the need for an external power brick. This integrated design provides cleaner cable management and a more compact footprint for your counter or kitchen station. We offer this model ready to deploy with no additional power supply purchases required.
The Star TSP100III comes with a 1.8m power cord, setup sheets, wall mount bracket, 58mm paper guide, power switch cover, and a startup paper roll. The Ethernet version also includes an Ethernet cable and internal power supply. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify the exact contents for your selected connectivity option.
Yes, the TSP100III includes a USB Type A connector that allows you to power and charge tablets and other mobile devices while printing, adding convenience to your point-of-sale setup.
The TRF80-D50-C12 SBE consumable is a genuine Star Micronics product designed for compatibility with Star Micronics printing systems. Contact us today for specific equipment compatibility details and to ensure this consumable matches your current setup.
Yes, the Star 37966590 is thermal receipt paper designed for direct thermal printing applications. The white surface with blue core construction is optimized for use with thermal printers like the SM-L300 and SM-L304 models we support.
The Star 37966141 Data Networking device is designed to work with Star receipt and portable thermal printers, particularly the SP500 and SP700 series. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model and network configuration.
Yes, the Toshiba BEX4T1GH12DS01 includes an internal liner rewinder with peel-off capability, enabling automatic label separation and collection without requiring external equipment. This feature reduces manual handling and improves operational efficiency in high-volume labeling scenarios.
The B-EX4T1 features a user-replaceable snap-in printhead and platen roller that can be quickly changed without specialized tools, significantly reducing maintenance downtime and costs. The wide opening printhead block provides easy access for consumables loading and maintenance. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our support and maintenance options.
Genuine Toshiba toner cartridges like the TFC200UK are engineered specifically for Toshiba printers and deliver superior print quality, reliability, and page yield. Original parts also help protect your equipment warranty and prevent potential damage from incompatible supplies.
The B-EX4T1 supports both 203 dpi and 305 dpi print resolutions, allowing you to choose the resolution that best matches your label quality and barcode readability requirements. Both resolutions are available across the B-EX4T1 product range.
The Toshiba BEX60060AG3F is a thermal transfer ribbon and is designed for thermal transfer printing, not direct thermal printing. However, we offer a complete range of thermal transfer and direct thermal ribbons for TEC barcode label printers—contact us today to find the right solution for your printer type.
The Toshiba BEX60110AS1F provides 1968 feet of ribbon per roll, allowing you to print a large volume of barcode labels depending on your label size and printer settings. For specific yield calculations based on your label dimensions, contact us today and our team can help you determine the best supply quantity.
The Toshiba T2840 is sold as a single cartridge (1 each). If you need to stock multiple units or set up a regular supply program for your warehouse or office, contact us today and our team can help you establish the right ordering solution.
The printer includes an LED flashing bezel that provides real-time operational status and alerts during the card printing and encoding process. This visual indicator helps operators monitor printer activity and identify any issues quickly. Contact us today for details on all operational features.
Organizations requiring temporary or frequently updated credentials—such as visitor management systems, event badge programs, or dynamic workforce identification—benefit significantly from rewriteable card capability. The ability to reprogram cards reduces waste and operational costs associated with card replacement.
The Tattoo RW excels in applications where card data changes frequently or temporarily, such as loyalty programs displaying updated bonus points, special offers on customer cards, or corporate visitor badges that need regular name and detail updates. The ability to reuse cards up to 500 times reduces material waste and long-term costs.
Yes, the Primacy 2 offers both single-sided and double-sided printing capabilities with edge-to-edge printing on all cards. It uses color dye sublimation and monochrome thermal transfer technology to deliver high-quality results across a wide range of card types.
YMCKO-K ribbon technology combines Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black, and an additional black resin overlay (K) to produce vibrant full-color images with enhanced durability and scratch resistance on ID cards. The black resin layer provides superior protection for printed data and images, making it ideal for ID credentials that require longevity. This ribbon type is the standard for professional ID card production across enterprise environments.
The Evolis S8101 is a thermal printhead designed for thermal transfer printing. This technology is widely used in ID card and badge printing for reliable, durable output on card stock materials.
The Evolis R7H006NAA ribbon yields 250 prints per roll. This yield is based on standard ID card printing and assumes single-sided printing; actual output may vary depending on your specific print job parameters and card size.
Yes, the Evolis S10122 roller/cleaner accessory is compatible with both Zenius and Primacy printer models. This universal compatibility across these two product lines makes it a convenient replacement part to stock. Contact us today for ordering and technical support.
The LPA047NAA features an alternate clear patch design with both smart cut and full cut capabilities, offering flexibility in how you finish your printed ID cards. The clear patch lamination provides protective overlay functionality to enhance card durability and appearance.
The Unitech FC75+ delivers 120 scans per second in 1D mode and 60 scans per second in 2D mode, with a resolution of 752 (H) x 480 (V) pixels. It maintains reading accuracy across multiple angles—±60° pitch and skew, plus 360° roll—ensuring reliable performance regardless of barcode orientation.
Yes, the EA520-NA6FTMDG includes a 13MP camera, enabling photo documentation of inventory, damage assessment, and visual verification tasks in warehouse and logistics workflows.
The Jabra Evolve2 is engineered for maximum comfort during extended wear with revolutionary dual-foam technology and an ergonomic earcup design. The re-engineered leatherette ear cushion pattern improves ventilation and reduces pressure for gentle all-day wear. A 360° busylight on both earcups serves as a do-not-disturb indicator while you work.
The Datacard Sigma SL3 includes standard USB and Ethernet connectivity options, making it easy to integrate into your existing workflows and network infrastructure. These connection methods support both direct printing and networked card production environments.
Yes, the HPE AF651A is a 1U rack-mountable switch, designed to fit standard server rack installations. This compact form factor makes it an efficient choice for data center environments where space optimization is important.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 9004-LTE features Gigabit Ethernet connectivity across its 4 network ports. This ensures high-speed wired connections for devices that require reliable, fast data transfer rates within your network infrastructure.
The HPE P26264-B21 features a standup form factor with 4 ports, providing a compact design suitable for dense server deployments. Each port supports SFP28 optical connections, allowing for flexible network configuration without taking up excessive physical space in server chassis. This configuration is ideal for high-density datacenter environments.
The HPE P28778-B21 uses the OCP 3.0 SFF (Small Form Factor) design, which is optimized for open compute and enterprise server environments. This compact form factor allows for efficient use of server PCIe slot space while maintaining full 10 Gbit/s Fibre Channel performance.
KVM IP Console refers to Keyboard, Video, and Mouse control delivered over an IP network connection. This technology allows administrators to remotely access and control connected computers as if they were physically present at the console, enabling management from anywhere with network connectivity.
The HPE AF652A includes 19 network ports (RJ-45 Ethernet connections) and 8 USB ports, along with 2 VGA connections for video output. This comprehensive connectivity allows flexible integration with various servers, peripherals, and network infrastructure in your data center.
The HPE AF622A supports 1G SFP transceivers that are revision 'B' or later, identified by product numbers ending with the letter 'B' or later (for example, J9142B, J8177C). It's important to verify your transceiver revision meets this requirement for proper compatibility.
The HPE 798182-B21 is specifically engineered as a low-profile (LP) riser kit, making it ideal for space-constrained environments where standard risers cannot be accommodated. If you're uncertain whether your deployment requires a low-profile solution, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for guidance on your specific installation needs.
The NETGEAR GS116NA operates reliably in temperatures from 32° to 104°F (0° to 40°C) and humidity levels from 5% to 95% RH non-condensing. Storage conditions range from 14° to 131°F (-10° to 55°C), making it suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics environments. The unit is RoHS compliant and carries FCC, CE, ICES-003, VCCI, and C-Tick Class A certifications.
Yes, the NETGEAR AGM732F includes 24 RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 PoE+ ports that comply with IEEE 802.3at PoE+ standards, allowing you to power networked devices directly through the switch. This feature is particularly valuable for deploying powered barcode scanners and mobile computing devices throughout your warehouse. We offer complete PoE+ solutions and can help you design your network infrastructure—contact us today.
The NETGEAR GS105NA operates reliably in temperatures from 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) and can be stored in temperatures ranging from 14 to 158°F (-10 to 70°C). Operating humidity is maintained at 10% to 90% RH non-condensing, making it suitable for standard warehouse and indoor logistics facility environments.
The AGM731F is designed for enterprise and data center networking applications where gigabit fiber connectivity is needed. Its 1000Base-SX specification makes it particularly suitable for shorter fiber runs within buildings or campuses. Our team can help you determine if this transceiver is the right fit for your warehouse, logistics, or IT infrastructure needs.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 runs Windows 11 Pro 64-bit, providing enterprise-grade security, compatibility with business software, and support for IT management tools commonly used in logistics and warehouse environments.
The Surface Pro 9 features Surface Connect for charging and docking, and includes modern connectivity through its ports and wireless capabilities. The device supports NFC sensors along with standard wireless connectivity for warehouse management systems and mobile data collection.
Yes, the Surface Pro 9 is compatible with Windows-based point-of-sale systems and enterprise software. With Windows 11 Pro, robust processing power, and ample RAM, it can support POS applications and business management software commonly used in logistics and warehouse environments.
The Surface Pro 9 runs Windows 11 Pro 64-bit, providing enterprise-grade security and productivity features for business users. It includes NFC capability for wireless connectivity and authentication, along with Windows Accessibility Features built in for inclusive computing.
Yes, the Microsoft Surface Pro 9 is designed for use with the Surface Pro Keyboard and is compatible with the Surface Slim Pen, which features integrated storage and wireless charging. The device also supports the Surface Adaptive Kit and Microsoft Adaptive Accessories for accessibility needs.
The Microsoft STPM1CART is a powered mobile cart, meaning it includes integrated power delivery to support Surface Hub displays and connected peripherals. This powered design eliminates the need for separate power cables and enables true mobility without compromising device functionality.
The CX4050-3113 is available as part of our bulk offerings and is designed to handle high-volume barcode capture in warehouse and logistics settings. Its wireless handheld design supports efficient scanning workflows across multiple locations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss bulk pricing and deployment options.
Socket Mobile is a trusted manufacturer of mobile data capture devices, and we offer their full range of barcode readers and scanners to meet diverse warehouse and logistics needs. The Durascan D720 line represents Socket Mobile's commitment to delivering reliable, field-tested scanning solutions for demanding environments.
The Socket Mobile CX4054-3117 Durascan D720 is available in gray. We offer this color option in our bulk 50-unit packages.
AutoScan Mode allows continuous barcode scanning without requiring you to press a button for each scan. This hands-free capability increases efficiency and productivity in high-volume scanning environments like warehouses and retail operations.
The DuraScan D760 is powered by a lithium-ion rechargeable battery with a 4-hour charge time and offers up to 25 hours of standby time or approximately 34,000 scans within 3 hours of active use. Battery life varies depending on ambient temperature, ambient light, and battery age. Contact us today for detailed battery performance specifications for your specific use case.
Yes, the NLS-HR2081-BT is built into an IP42-sealed housing with no moving parts, providing protection against dust and moisture. It is also drop-resistant from 1.2 meters, making it suitable for the demanding conditions of warehouse and logistics operations.
The AD20-D-P is a dedicated power supply designed to support Newland mobile computing and scanning devices used in warehouse and logistics operations. It provides the stable 5V/4A power needed to keep your team's charging infrastructure running reliably throughout your facility.
The NCR 7702-K460 is available as a high-mount pole display with flexible mounting options to support both POS and self-service applications. Its design allows for installation in various configurations to accommodate different counter and checkout layouts.
Yes, the NCR P-7772-CX7-I5-RIO-NCD is designed as a CX7 point-of-sale system and falls within our receipt system and retail solutions category, making it well-suited for retail and hospitality applications. We offer this preferred system configuration for businesses seeking integrated POS hardware with touchscreen capability and reliable processing power.
The NCR 5915MC133 is a professional-grade touchscreen designed for demanding retail and transaction environments. Its anti-glare 15" display and integrated keypad with MSR make it well-suited for warehouse receiving stations, inventory management terminals, and logistics checkpoints.
The Magicard 3300-0021 is designed for medium-sized businesses and institutions whose printed cards can reach up to 10,000 per year, making it suitable for schools, colleges, and corporate ID programs with moderate to moderate-high volume needs.
Yes, the Magicard MA300YMCKO ribbon is designed to print text and full-color images on one or both sides of the card, depending on your printer's configuration. This flexibility allows you to standardize on a single ribbon supply across different printing workflows.
The Magicard MA600KO is a monochrome ribbon that prints in black only. This single-color ribbon is ideal for organizations that need to produce black-printed ID cards without the cost and complexity of full-color printing.
Yes, the Magicard MA250YMCKOK is designed for production environments. With 250 prints per ribbon and our minimum order quantity of 100 ribbons, this product supports consistent, large-scale ID card printing operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to order bulk quantities for your facility.
The Janam XG4 includes Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, along with NFC capability for contactless data exchange. These multiple connectivity options ensure seamless integration with enterprise networks and peripheral devices in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Janam XT100 comes with 2GB of RAM and 16GB of internal storage, providing sufficient capacity for business applications and data caching during mobile operations. Contact us today to discuss memory requirements for your specific deployment.
The M087-602-11-WWA features a 32-bit 200 MHz processor running Embedded Linux with VeriFone security enhancements on the MX platform. It includes 64 MB SDRAM plus 64 MB Flash memory, with field-upgradeable capability via USB Flash memory drives for application updates and customization.
Yes, the VeriFone 999-DEP-00175 is designed for field-upgradeable options including signature capture capability, stylus pen functionality, contactless payment modules, and WiFi connectivity. Memory can also be expanded via USB Flash memory drives, allowing your payment terminal to evolve with your business needs. Contact us today to discuss upgrade paths and future-proofing your payment infrastructure.
This VeriFone software includes enterprise-grade security with PCI PED and PCI PTS certification, Master Session encryption, DUKPT, and Triple DES encryption standards. The software also supports VeriShield Remote Key technology for secure key injection management using both online and offline methods, protecting sensitive payment data across your mobile and countertop terminals.
The Poly EagleEye IV USB is designed to handle small, medium, and large meeting spaces with its wide 72.5° horizontal field of view and 12x optical zoom capabilities. This makes it versatile enough to accommodate various conference room sizes while maintaining excellent video quality.
The Blackwire 3315 includes intuitive inline controls for call answer/end, volume adjustment, and mute functionality. Tone alerts notify you when mute is toggled on or off, keeping you aware of your call status at all times.
The SoundStation IP 5000 includes built-in IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE), so it can be powered directly through the network cable without requiring a separate power outlet. An optional external universal AC power supply kit (100–240V, 0.4A, 48V/19W) is also available if needed.
The VVX 450 supports built-in auto-sensing IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) at 13W maximum, eliminating the need for separate power cables in many installations. An optional external Universal AC/DC Adapter (5VDC @ 3A, 15W) is also available for environments where PoE is not available.
The SoundStation IP 6000 includes comprehensive call handling features such as call transfer, hold, divert (forward), and pickup, plus local three-way conferencing, one-touch speed dial, call waiting, and do not disturb functionality. It also supports shared call/bridged line appearance, Busy Lamp Field (BLF), and distinctive incoming call treatment. These features make it ideal for active conference environments where call management is critical.
The Poly Trio 8800 is equipped with cutting-edge Poly Noise Block technology and full-duplex conversations with background noise suppression, ensuring that distractions don't interfere with your discussions. The 3 cardioid microphones with Poly Acoustic Clarity technology further enhance audio quality by focusing on voices in the meeting room.
Yes, the Poly Trio 8300 features a future-proof modular architecture that allows for easy upgrades and expansion. Optional accessories available from us include expansion microphones, USB cables for computer-based VoIP applications, and power kits for non-PoE installations, as well as video conferencing and content sharing accessories.
Absolutely. The Trio 8500 is designed with built-in USB and Bluetooth capabilities specifically to support bring-your-own-device scenarios. This allows your team members to connect their personal devices directly to the conference phone without compatibility concerns.
Yes, the Poly CCX 400 is wall mountable with an optional CCX 400 wall mount kit available. The phone also features an adjustable base height for desktop use, providing flexible deployment options for different workspace configurations.
The CAB351380 is not a standalone power supply—it is a component of a modular breakaway cable system. It must be used in conjunction with an umbilical cable, a COMBOX or VBOX unit, and compatible Ingenico signature capture or payment terminals to function properly.
Yes, the S400 supports advanced routing capabilities including IPsec tunnels, GRE tunnels, NAT-less routing, virtual server/port forwarding, and IPv6. These features enable secure remote management and flexible network topology for distributed warehouse operations.
The Datalogic 95A901800 achieves a minimum resolution of 0.20mm (7.5 mils) for linear codes and provides depth of field ranging from 4 to 40cm depending on barcode size and density. With its wide-angle 8 LED lighting system and blue illumination, the scanner delivers consistent read performance across varying distances and lighting conditions common in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the DS2400N is built for demanding industrial environments with an operating temperature range of 0° to 40°C, humidity tolerance of 0 to 95% non-condensing, and exceptional ambient light immunity up to 10,000 lux. The scanner also features 120 cm shock resistance, ensuring durability in active warehouse settings. We offer desk stand and wall support accessories to optimize mounting flexibility in your facility.
Yes, the Memor 11 features semi-rugged, compact construction designed to withstand tough conditions typical in warehouse, logistics, and manufacturing environments. The tough rugged material means it can handle more impacts than standard devices, and it includes a swappable battery with SafeSwap™ technology for uninterrupted operation during long shifts. We offer the device with a rubber boot and protective accessories to further enhance durability in demanding settings.
The PM9500 offers variable reading ranges based on barcode resolution: 4 mil codes read 6.0-17.0 cm, 40 mil codes read up to 85.0 cm (33.4 inches), and 7.5 mil Data Matrix codes read 9.0-12.0 cm. Maximum digital watermarking range is 30 cm, with motion tolerance up to 90 cm per second.
Yes, the Memor 20 has been validated by Google for the 'Android Enterprise Recommended' program for rugged devices. It runs Android 9 (Pie) with Google Mobile Services (GMS), combining the user-friendly smartphone experience with industrial-grade security and reliability.
The SH15 Blackline is designed as a vehicle mount computer for mobile applications, while the SH21 Blackline is optimized for wall or fixed mount industrial installations. Both models preserve rugged features including sealed IP65/IP67 design, capacitive touch displays, and excellent Wi-Fi roaming capability, but differ in their mounting configurations and intended deployment scenarios.
The Magellan 9550i offers two scale configurations: a Single Interval Scale with up to 15 kg / 30 lb capacity and 0.005 kg / 0.010 lb minimum increment, or a Dual Interval Scale with Range 1 (0–6.0 kg / 0–15.0 lb at 0.002 kg / 0.005 lb increment) and Range 2 (6.0–15.0 kg / 15.0–30.0 lb at 0.005 kg / 0.010 lb increment). An optional All-Weighs scale platter adds a top surface weighing area for large items.
The scanner supports multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports for USB host connections, remote scale displays, and EAS controllers. This flexible interface support allows integration with various POS systems and retail management platforms.
The DSE0420 operates on +5 VDC ±5% with a typical consumption of 390 mA. It supports multiple interface options including RS-232, USB multi-interface configurations, and powered USB Host ports, making it compatible with various OEM devices and integration scenarios available through our product lineup.
The DE2011-DL is engineered for demanding warehouse conditions with operating temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F), humidity tolerance of 5-95% non-condensing, and exceptional ESD protection rated at 25kV air discharge. It can withstand ambient light conditions up to 86,080 lux and maintains storage/transport capability from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F), making it reliable across varied logistics facilities.
Yes, the Datalogic 95B020070's M8 connector and PNP output are standard industrial interfaces widely used in conveyor systems, sorting equipment, and automated material handling. The 80mm slot width accommodates most standard packaging and product profiles. We can help verify compatibility with your specific equipment—contact us today to discuss your integration needs.
The 1000 pulses per revolution resolution on the Datalogic 95B080750 provides precise position feedback essential for accurate package dimensioning, conveyor speed control, and product sorting accuracy. Higher PPR resolution enables finer granularity in tracking item movement, reducing billing errors and improving inventory accuracy in high-volume distribution centers. This level of precision is particularly valuable for parcel billing systems where dimensional accuracy directly impacts revenue.
Datalogic decoders are built for warehouse environments, operating reliably in temperatures from 10-40°C (50-104°F), humidity levels of 5-95% non-condensing, and ambient light conditions up to 86,100 lux. They feature ESD protection up to 25kV and IP52-IP54 particulate and water sealing ratings, making them durable for demanding logistics and fulfillment operations.
The DSM0422-DL supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, providing broad compatibility across different platforms and applications. This multi-platform support makes it an excellent choice for integrators who need to deploy the scanner across diverse system environments.
The Magellan 9550i operates at just 2.6W nominal power consumption during active scanning and 1.7W in idle mode, significantly reducing energy costs compared to older bi-optic scanners. This low-power design is achieved without compromising performance or scanning speed. Available from us with 12 VDC power supply specifications.
Yes, the Memor 20 supports multiple leading MDM platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMware AirWatch, Wavelink Avalanche, and 42Gears SureMDM. It also features Android Zero Touch enrollment and QR Code or NFC Bump provisioning for streamlined device deployment in enterprise environments.
The Datalogic RFID Vision Reader connects via USB Type A plug connector as a bus-powered USB 2.0 device (requiring 500 mA @ VBUS) and includes Virtual Com Port (VCP) drivers for Windows XP/Vista/Seven, Windows CE 4.2, and Linux 2.40 and greater. It operates at 115200 baud rate with standard 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity.
Yes, the DSM0492-DL is specifically designed for harsh environments with its rugged construction featuring high-impact resin that is resistant to cleaning solvents and disinfectant solutions. This durability makes it ideal for healthcare facilities, laboratory testing equipment, and self-checkout systems where regular sanitization is required. The scanner meets necessary safety and regulatory approvals for its intended use, and complies with China RoHS and EU RoHS environmental standards.
The DSE0420 requires +5 VDC ±5% input voltage with typical power consumption of 390 mA at 5 VDC. It features 25kV ESD protection (air discharge) and operates reliably in ambient light conditions from 0 to 86,080 lux, making it suitable for diverse warehouse and retail environments.
The scanner operates at just 2.6W nominal power consumption, with only 1.7W during idle mode, significantly reducing energy costs compared to traditional bi-optic scanners. This low-power design makes it suitable for high-density checkout environments where multiple scanners operate simultaneously. We recommend verifying your power infrastructure meets the 12 VDC requirement—contact us for detailed power specifications.
Yes, the optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) attachment enables omni-mount barcode reading from mobile phones, loyalty cards, coupons, and other surfaces. This feature enhances customer self-service capabilities and cashier efficiency by supporting modern digital payment and loyalty workflows. Available from us as an add-on to your scanner configuration.
The Magellan 9550i offers two scale configurations: a Single Interval Scale with up to 15 kg / 30 lb capacity (0.005 kg / 0.010 lb minimum increment), or a Dual Interval Scale with Range 1 at 0–6.0 kg / 0–15.0 lb (0.002 kg / 0.005 lb increment) and Range 2 at 6.0–15.0 kg / 15.0–30.0 lb (0.005 kg / 0.010 lb increment). An optional All-Weighs scale platter adds a top surface weighing area for large items. Contact us today to select the right scale configuration for your retail operation.
The DSM0452-DL supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, providing flexibility for integrators working across multiple platforms and applications. We also offer configuration tools including the DESP Demonstration & Configuration Utility and Datalogic Aladdin software to streamline deployment and management.
We offer two scale configurations: a Single Interval Scale with up to 15 kg / 30 lb capacity (0.005 kg / 0.010 lb minimum increment), and a Dual Interval Scale with Range 1 at 0–6.0 kg / 0–15.0 lb (0.002 kg / 0.005 lb increment) and Range 2 at 6.0–15.0 kg / 15.0–30.0 lb (0.005 kg / 0.010 lb increment). An optional All-Weighs Scale Platter is also available for weighing large items that don't fit traditional platters.
Yes, the Magellan 800i is versatile enough to function as a presentation scanner for standard checkout operations or be picked up for handheld use when scanning larger items. This dual-mode capability maximizes productivity and reduces the need for multiple scanning devices in your retail operation.
The Magellan 9550i operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption during scanning and 1.7W during idle mode, making it one of the most energy-efficient bi-optic scanners available. This low power footprint reduces operational energy costs while maintaining high-performance 1D and 2D scanning capabilities.
The Magellan 9550i operates at just 2.6W nominal power consumption and 1.7W in idle mode, significantly reducing energy costs compared to traditional checkout scanners. It requires a 12 VDC power supply and is designed for low-power retail environments without sacrificing performance.
The DSM0422-WA supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, providing broad compatibility across different platforms and applications. This multi-platform support makes it an excellent solution for integrators who need to deploy scanning across diverse IT environments. We also offer DESP Demonstration & Configuration Utility and Datalogic Aladdin tools to simplify setup and management across these platforms.
Yes, the DSM0452-WA supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, providing flexibility across multiple platforms and applications. Configuration and integration are further simplified through tools like the DESP Demonstration & Configuration Utility and Datalogic Aladdin software available from us.
Yes, the DataLogic 95ACC1213 is an ideal replacement power cord for DataLogic Joya Touch devices that have experienced wear or damage to their original power cable. Using genuine DataLogic accessories ensures proper power delivery and maintains device reliability in demanding warehouse environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to order replacement cables and keep spare parts on hand for your mobile computing fleet.
The Datalogic 90ACC0192 is specifically certified for BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards), making it ideal for operations in India. For international use outside India, we recommend checking local power standards and certifications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific regional requirements.
The CH53-E features advanced AI-powered analytics including occupancy trends, line crossing detection, and person of interest alerts to enhance your security operations. These intelligent capabilities provide actionable insights and automated alerts, helping warehouse and logistics teams monitor critical areas and respond quickly to security events.
The CD63 is designed for indoor environments with a robust metal housing for vandalism protection, while the CD63-E is built for outdoor deployment with IP66/67 weather rating and IK10 impact resistance to withstand harsh conditions. Both models share the same 4K resolution, 1/1.2" CMOS sensor, and 2.25x optical zoom, but the CD63-E operates in a wider temperature range (-40°C to 50°C vs. -10°C to 50°C). We offer both models to support diverse surveillance requirements—contact us today to determine which is right for your application.
The Verkada LIC-BB-3Y-CAP provides a 3-year license term, giving you three years of continuous Basic Alarms coverage and support. After the 3-year period, you can renew or upgrade your license based on your security needs. Contact us today to discuss renewal options and licensing strategies for your organization.
Verkada's cloud platform provides centralized management, remote access, and automated security features for government surveillance operations. The cloud-based architecture eliminates the need for on-premises servers while maintaining enterprise-grade security and compliance standards required by government agencies.
The ThinkPad P15v Gen 3 includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN standard for high-speed connectivity and a front-facing camera/webcam for video conferencing and remote collaboration. The combination of modern wireless standards and built-in video capabilities makes it ideal for mobile professionals who need reliable connectivity in warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of mobile computing solutions.
The Lenovo Yoga 7 14IML9 includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN standard (Wi-Fi 6) for fast and reliable wireless connectivity. This modern Wi-Fi standard provides improved speed and efficiency compared to older standards, making it ideal for streaming, video conferencing, and downloading large files.
Yes, the Lenovo 20XFS05E00 is well-suited for remote work with its front-facing camera and webcam, built-in microphone, and Windows 11 Pro operating system. The 14-inch portable form factor and wireless connectivity via IEEE 802.11ax WiFi standard make it excellent for professionals who need mobility and reliable video conferencing capabilities.
Yes, the 2-in-1 convertible design allows the Lenovo 83JR0001US to function as both a traditional laptop and a tablet, making it versatile for various warehouse tasks. The 14-inch touchscreen and convertible hinge enable easy switching between modes for data entry, scanning operations, or hands-free presentations. This flexibility makes it ideal for mobile warehouse management and logistics professionals who need adaptability throughout their workday.
The T14S G5 represents the latest generation of Lenovo's popular business ultrabook line, featuring the newer Intel Core Ultra 5 processor compared to older Intel Core generations. This provides improved power efficiency and performance for mobile warehouse operations and IT applications. Our team can help you understand the upgrade benefits for your specific logistics and procurement needs—contact us today.
The Lenovo ZA6M0055US is equipped with a Cortex A53 Octa-core processor running at 2.30 GHz and includes 2 GB of RAM, providing smooth performance for barcode scanning applications, inventory management software, and mobile data collection tasks. This configuration supports reliable operation of standard enterprise mobility applications.
The ThinkPad P1 Gen 7 features a 16-inch 16:10 display with professional-grade options designed to support detailed technical, analytical, and creative work. The standard configuration includes a WUXGA (1920 x 1200) IPS display running at 60 Hz, with additional professional display choices available depending on your certification and color accuracy requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com for available display configurations.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Fold Gen 1 with its 12th Gen Intel Core i5 processor, 16GB RAM, and Intel Iris Xe Graphics is capable of running enterprise resource planning (ERP) and warehouse management system (WMS) software efficiently. The high-resolution touchscreen display and detachable form factor make it practical for mobile operations in warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss compatibility with your specific logistics software requirements.
Yes, the Dell 6MC3H is hot-pluggable, meaning it can be safely removed and replaced without powering down the server. This feature minimizes downtime during maintenance or upgrades in production environments. We offer this capability as part of the drive's enterprise-class design for continuous operations.
The Dell S4148F-ON's manageable architecture and modular design allow for seamless integration into existing enterprise network environments. Its 3-layer switching capability ensures compatibility with standard networking protocols and equipment used in warehouse management systems and RFID networks. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements for your specific logistics infrastructure.
The Dell 5RW71 OptiPlex 7010 comes pre-installed with Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade security, reliability, and compatibility with warehouse management software and AIDC applications. Windows 11 Pro includes advanced features like remote management capabilities and enhanced security protocols ideal for business-critical logistics environments.
The Dell 362M3 features a 16-inch FHD+ LCD display with 300 nits brightness and non-touch capability, ideal for clear visibility in various warehouse lighting conditions. It includes an FHD HDR IR camera with integrated microphone for secure authentication and video conferencing, supporting modern collaboration needs for distributed logistics teams.
The Dell YRFRW is a Slim PC design in standard black, engineered for space-efficient placement in office and warehouse environments. Its compact form factor makes it ideal for facilities with limited desk or counter space while maintaining professional aesthetics.
The Dell MFJ1D includes IEEE 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6) wireless connectivity and standard wired network options for reliable data transmission in warehouse environments. The system supports multiple USB ports and peripheral connections for barcode scanners, label printers, and other AIDC devices. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing warehouse infrastructure.
The Dell Pro Slim Plus QBS1250 is designed as a slim desktop PC, optimizing space in warehouse offices and logistics facilities without sacrificing performance. Its compact design makes it ideal for tight workstation environments while maintaining the processing power needed for demanding warehouse management tasks. We offer this space-efficient solution for organizations looking to maximize desk space.
Yes, the Dell 50WKW includes multiple connectivity options including USB ports, HDMI, and optional USB 3.0 modules via media bay expansion. Additional storage and peripheral options are available to customize the system for your specific warehouse or logistics requirements—contact us today to discuss your configuration needs.
The Dell 0TPNX is equipped with NVIDIA RTX PRO 2000 Blackwell graphics with 8 GB of dedicated VRAM, providing professional-grade performance for graphics-intensive applications, CAD software, and data visualization tasks. This discrete GPU configuration ensures smooth performance for warehouse management systems, logistics software, and other enterprise applications that require reliable graphics processing. Available from us with full manufacturer support and warranty coverage.
The Dell DKDX9 includes comprehensive security with a Smart Card Reader, optional fingerprint reader, ControlVault technology, TPM 1.2, and optional Contactless Smart Card Reader for enterprise authentication. Physical security is enhanced with cable lock slots and battery/hard drive locks to protect your data in warehouse and logistics environments. Our team can help you select the right security configuration for your organization.
The 14" QHD+ touchscreen with 2560 x 1600 resolution and IPS technology provides sharp, vibrant visuals with excellent color accuracy and viewing angles, while the In-plane Switching and ComfortView Plus technologies reduce eye strain during extended use. The touchscreen capability enables intuitive interaction with Windows 11 Pro applications and Copilot+ AI features for enhanced user experience.
The Dell 3RJCP provides comprehensive connectivity including USB ports, HDMI output, a network RJ-45 connector, and a stereo headphone/microphone combo jack. Wi-Fi 7 support ensures fast wireless connectivity for warehouse networks and cloud-based logistics applications.
The Dell NTDM9 incorporates enterprise-grade security features including TPM (Trusted Platform Module) for hardware-based encryption and secure boot capabilities. It supports optional fingerprint readers and smart card authentication for multi-factor access control, making it suitable for organizations handling sensitive data in logistics and supply chain operations. These security features help protect intellectual property and confidential business information on mobile devices.
The Dell Pro Max MC16255 comes standard with a 512 GB SSD, offering fast boot times and application responsiveness critical for warehouse operations. SSDs provide superior reliability compared to traditional hard drives, reducing downtime in mission-critical logistics environments.
The Dell 63K8Y ships with Windows 11 Pro and includes Intel vPro Technology for advanced security and remote management capabilities. The vPro platform provides hardware-based security features suitable for enterprise environments where data protection and IT management are critical. We offer this system pre-configured for immediate deployment in secure corporate workflows.
We offer three battery configurations for the Dell HXT1J to match your mobility requirements: a 6-cell (60Wh) Lithium Ion battery with ExpressCharge™, a 9-cell (97Wh) Lithium Ion battery for extended runtime, or a 9-cell (87Wh) option with 3-year limited hardware warranty. All batteries support the workstation's mobile computing demands.
The Dell 8MP2F incorporates Intel vPro technology with advanced security management features to protect sensitive warehouse and logistics data. The workstation runs Windows 11 Pro, which includes enterprise-grade security capabilities suitable for IT procurement in regulated environments.
The Dell P2722HE features a 27-inch display with QHD resolution (2560 x 1440), 350 cd/m² brightness, 1000:1 contrast ratio, and 99% sRGB color gamut, delivering sharp, accurate visuals for detailed warehouse documentation and logistics software. The 4ms response time in Extreme Mode and 6ms in Normal Mode ensures smooth performance for dynamic applications. We recommend this monitor for IT procurement teams requiring high-quality displays for critical operations.
The Dell 8J0WF is ENERGY STAR certified and features EPEAT compliance, helping reduce operational costs in 24/7 warehouse environments. The 60Hz LED display consumes less power than higher refresh rate alternatives while maintaining excellent image quality for logistics and inventory management tasks. We offer this energy-efficient monitor as part of our sustainable technology solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to learn more.
Yes, the Dell SD25TB5 includes multiple DisplayPort and HDMI outputs, allowing you to connect multiple displays simultaneously for enhanced productivity in warehouse management applications. This multi-monitor capability is particularly valuable for logistics professionals who need to monitor inventory systems, barcode scanning data, and shipping information simultaneously. We offer this dock configured to support your multi-display setup requirements.
The G5110525 is engineered for demanding warehouse and logistics environments with its plastic construction providing durability in typical industrial settings. While specific environmental ratings vary by installation, Datalogic sensors are designed to operate reliably in the temperature and humidity ranges common to distribution centers and manufacturing facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed environmental specifications for your application.
Yes, the Datalogic 95B061591 is designed to operate in non-condensing humidity conditions from 5 to 95%, making it well-suited for typical warehouse and logistics facilities. The sensor's robust construction provides reliable performance in humid environments commonly found in distribution centers and manufacturing plants. Our team can help you assess whether this sensor meets your facility's specific environmental conditions—contact us today.
Datalogic sensors in this product line operate reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F), with storage and transport capabilities from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). This range makes the sensor suitable for standard warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today if you need guidance on environmental specifications for your specific application.
The GM4500-HC Standard Range model reads Code 39 (5 mils) from 7.0 to 38.0 cm, EAN-13 (13 mils) from 1.0 to 71.0 cm, and Data Matrix (10 mils) from 5.5 to 27.0 cm. The High Density (HD) version achieves finer resolution at 0.077 mm for 1D linear codes and PDF417, providing extended reading distances for dense barcode applications.
The M12 connector provides a standardized, industrial-grade connection that ensures reliable data transmission in harsh warehouse and manufacturing environments. This connector type is widely used in automation systems and integrates seamlessly with modern AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how our Datalogic sensors integrate with your existing warehouse systems.
Yes, Datalogic sensors are engineered to operate reliably in demanding warehouse and logistics environments with varying temperature and humidity conditions. The sensor's inductive proximity technology provides robust, non-contact detection that resists interference from dust, moisture, and environmental contaminants common in distribution centers and manufacturing facilities. We offer this sensor as a durable solution for your most challenging identification automation applications.
The Datalogic 95B066800 is rated for non-condensing humidity levels between 5-95%, making it suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics environments. This wide humidity tolerance ensures reliable performance in both dry storage areas and more humid distribution centers.
Motionix is Datalogic's motion-sensing technology that automatically detects the natural actions of the operator and switches the scanner between handheld and presentation reading modes without requiring manual mode selection or scanning a label. This seamless transition improves workflow efficiency and reduces operator fatigue by eliminating the need for mechanical switches or mode buttons.
The DataLogic DSM0421 comes with a 3-year factory warranty covering defects and failures. The scanner supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, and includes integration tools such as the DESP Demonstration & Configuration Utility and Datalogic Aladdin for easy setup and management. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete documentation and support resources.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i is engineered for demanding retail conditions with an operating temperature range of 10–40°C (50–104°F) and humidity tolerance of 5–95% non-condensing. It also features 25kV ESD protection for durability in high-traffic checkout areas. We offer this scanner with a standard 1-year factory warranty and optional EASEOFCARE service plans for extended coverage.
The Magellan 9550i operates at only 2.6W nominal power consumption during active scanning and 1.7W during idle mode, with a 12 VDC power supply. This low power design reduces operational energy costs while maintaining high-performance scanning capabilities. The energy-efficient operation makes it suitable for extended retail hours without significant power management concerns.
The Magellan 9550i is available with either a Single Interval Scale (up to 15 kg / 30 lb capacity with 0.005 kg / 0.010 lb minimum increment) or a Dual Interval Scale with two ranges: 0–6.0 kg / 0–15.0 lb (0.002 kg / 0.005 lb increment) and 6.0–15.0 kg / 15.0–30.0 lb (0.005 kg / 0.010 lb increment). We also offer an All-Weighs Scale Platter option for larger items that don't fit on traditional platters. Contact us today to select the right scale configuration for your checkout needs.
The Magellan 9550i offers multiple interface options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports with dual USB host connections, remote scale display capability, and EAS controller support. It's compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on Windows and Linux platforms, supporting all popular POS host systems. We provide free OPOS and JavaPOS utilities with our offering for easy integration.
Yes, the optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) is omni-mount capable and easily reads barcodes from mobile phones, loyalty cards, coupons, and other flexible surfaces. This feature enhances customer self-service capabilities and cashier efficiency at checkout. Contact us today to configure the CSS option for your retail environment.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i supports multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports for USB host, remote scale displays, and EAS controllers. It is compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on both Windows and Linux platforms, with free configuration utilities and diagnostic tools available. We offer complete integration support—contact us today to discuss your specific POS requirements.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard mode), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports with dual USB host connections, remote scale display capability, and EAS controller integration. It is compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on both Windows and Linux platforms, enabling seamless integration with modern POS environments. We offer free Aladdin™ Configuration Utility and OPOS/JavaPOS utilities for setup and integration support.
The Magellan 9550i operates at just 2.6W nominal power consumption and 1.7W in idle mode, significantly reducing energy costs compared to older scanner models. This low power footprint makes it an efficient choice for high-volume retail environments running multiple checkout stations.
The Magellan 9550i offers an optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) for omni-mount reading of mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons to enhance self-service and cashier efficiency. For loss prevention, it includes integrated EAS support with Checkpoint/Nedap antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities, plus an optional All-Weighs scale platter that adds a top surface weighing area for large items. An optional in-bonnet 1 MP USB color camera is also available for AI-ready workflows such as produce recognition and loss prevention monitoring.
Yes, the PBT9600 is available in multiple configurations including optional dual cameras, color image capture, an OLED display, and a 16-key keypad for enhanced data entry capabilities. These options allow you to tailor the scanner to specific workflows such as inventory management, asset tracking, or shipping operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore configuration options for your application.
The Magellan 1500i features Datalogic's 'Green Spot' technology that provides visual good-read feedback to operators, confirming successful barcode captures. The scanner also includes an LED aimer for precision scanning of small items or Price Look Up (PLU) lists, and features subtle, adaptive illumination that optimizes light levels for both superior operator comfort and high-performance scanning.
The PM9100 kit supports multiple connectivity interfaces including USB (OEM USB, USB COM, USB HID Keyboard), RS-232, RS-485, and keyboard wedge. Optional Ethernet connectivity is also available for standard and industrial configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm which interface options are included with your specific kit configuration.
Absolutely—the GM4500-HC is specifically designed for healthcare applications and features disinfectant-ready enclosures treated with anti-microbial additives (ISO22196 and JISZ 2801 compliant). It includes a vibration feedback option ideal for quiet environments like bedside patient care, eliminating audible beeping that could disturb patients. Our team can help you select the right healthcare-grade scanner configuration for your facility.
Yes, the Zebra CS60 Series is specifically designed for durable, all-day, every-day use with easy-to-clean seamless construction that withstands the demands of warehouse and logistics environments. The device combines Zebra's world-renowned quality and reliability with a rugged build that handles continuous scanning operations. Available from us with comprehensive support for your operational needs.
The ZQ610 Plus supports media widths from 1.0 to 2.18 inches (25 to 55.4mm) with a maximum media roll size of 2.2 inches (55.9mm) OD on a 0.75-inch core. It can print on die-cut labels, tags, linerless labels, and receipt paper with label lengths ranging from 0.5 to 32 inches.
Yes, the LI2208 is built for rugged warehouse use with a drop specification of over 100 drops from 5 feet and survival of 6-foot drops to concrete. It operates reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 122°F and handles humidity from 5% to 95% non-condensing, making it suitable for demanding warehouse and light industrial applications.
The Zebra PWR-BGA12V50W0WW power supply delivers 12 volts at 50 watts, providing reliable power for compatible Zebra label printers, mobile computers, and RFID devices. This specification ensures stable operation for warehouse and logistics environments requiring consistent power delivery. We stock this unit as part of our comprehensive Zebra power solutions.
Yes, the DS3608-HD can capture and process up to 20 barcodes simultaneously with a single trigger press. This multi-code capture capability with intelligent data formatting is ideal for labels with multiple barcodes that need to be scanned together.
Yes, the CHG-AUTO-HWIRE1-01 is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments where mobile computers like the TC58 and TC78 are used in vehicles for receiving, shipping, and inventory management. The hard-wired design eliminates the need for manual charging dock connections, enabling continuous mobile operations throughout the workday. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete vehicle cradle and power accessory solutions.
Yes, the Zebra CHG-AUTO-CLA1-01 is compatible with both TC58/TC58E and TC78 vehicle cradles (CRD-TC58-WcVC-01 and CRD-TC78-WcVC-01). This universal compatibility makes it an efficient power solution for mixed fleet environments. Contact us today to ensure you have the right charger for your specific cradle models.
The AD-EPSN-P-1 license specifically enables WEP cloaking detection within the Motorola AirDefense platform, helping identify hidden wireless networks and security vulnerabilities. This capability is essential for warehouse and logistics operations where unauthorized wireless access could compromise inventory tracking and mobile computer systems. Our team can help you understand how this detection capability fits into your overall wireless security strategy.
Centralized management through the AD-CMC-P-1 ensures that all mobile computers used for scanning, inventory, and order fulfillment maintain consistent security policies and compliance standards. This reduces security vulnerabilities that could compromise supply chain data and improves operational efficiency by minimizing device downtime from security incidents. For warehouse managers, this means better control over device fleet security without requiring extensive IT resources at each location.
AirDefense wireless software provides real-time monitoring and threat detection for your wireless network, critical for warehouse operations that depend on mobile scanners and computers. This helps prevent unauthorized access and ensures reliable connectivity for your AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) devices. We recommend this solution for facilities managing high-value inventory and requiring secure wireless operations.
These Zebra beacons feature BLE 5 (Bluetooth Low Energy 5) connectivity for reliable wireless communication. They include NFC app-based configuration and on/off controls, allowing your team to easily manage beacon settings and deployment without requiring specialized equipment.
The Motorola AirDefense advanced troubleshooting software monitors and analyzes wireless network security threats, interference issues, and performance anomalies across your 802.11 environment. It provides detailed insights into rogue access points, unauthorized devices, signal degradation, and other wireless vulnerabilities that could impact operations. Available from us as a comprehensive solution for enterprises requiring proactive wireless security management.
The AD-FESN-P-1 is a single-sensor forensics license, meaning one license covers advanced forensic capabilities for one AirDefense sensor. If you need to deploy forensics across multiple sensors, you would require additional licenses for each sensor. We can help you determine the right licensing structure for your wireless monitoring deployment—contact us today.
The AD-SASN-P-1 license activates spectrum analysis capabilities for one sensor in your AirDefense deployment. Organizations can deploy multiple licenses across different locations or sensors to scale their wireless monitoring infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss multi-sensor deployments for your facility.
These Zebra BLE bridges are rated for indoor environment use and feature a directional antenna with 120° coverage. Installation options include sticky tape, secure mounting brackets, and tie wraps, allowing you to position them flexibly throughout your warehouse or distribution center. We recommend evaluating your facility layout before installation to maximize beacon capture and coverage.
Yes, the Zebra P1008481 is designed as an add-on kit that can be integrated with your existing Zebra 140XI4 printer setup. Installation should follow Zebra's technical guidelines, and we recommend consulting the product documentation or contacting our team for installation support. Visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to us if you need assistance with setup and configuration.
The Zebra 01600GT08430 wax ribbon delivers reliable performance across a variety of environments and is engineered for durability in general warehouse, logistics, and retail labeling applications. Its versatile formulation ensures consistent print quality whether used in temperature-controlled or variable climate conditions.
The Zebra P1015397 Printhead is an internal component that typically requires technical expertise to install properly, as it involves accessing the printer's internal mechanisms and ensuring proper alignment and connection. We recommend consulting your printer's service manual or contacting our team for installation guidance to avoid damaging your equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for professional support with printhead installation and maintenance.
Printhead replacement is typically needed when you notice fading, missing lines, or inconsistent print quality across labels. Most thermal printheads have a rated lifespan measured in miles of label material printed—regular maintenance and using quality ribbon and labels extends this life. Contact us today for guidance on printhead maintenance or to order a replacement kit when needed.
Zebra PolyPro 3000T labels are thermal transfer labels designed for use with Zebra thermal transfer printers that support compatible ribbon configurations. We recommend verifying your specific printer model's media compatibility before ordering—contact us today for guidance on your equipment.
The ZD621 includes Zebra's PrintSecure, part of the Print DNA software suite, which shields your printer from cyberattacks by allowing you to easily configure secure connections, identify vulnerabilities, and block unauthorized access. The printer's innovative architecture and Link-OS operating system provide constantly evolving security to safeguard your sensitive data. Additionally, Zebra's Printer Profile Manager Enterprise enables you to manage, secure, and troubleshoot networked printers from a single remote location.
Yes, the top coating on the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is specifically designed to be suitable for fanfolding, making these labels compatible with automated label dispensing and printing systems that require this folding capability.
This wireless software solution is ideal for warehouses, distribution centers, retail environments, and logistics operations that require robust, scalable wireless network management across multiple access points. The 256 access point capacity supports enterprise-level deployments with extensive coverage requirements. We offer this solution to organizations needing reliable mobile device connectivity for barcode scanning and inventory management.
The Zebra 105950-061 power device operates at 120V for U.S. electrical systems and uses the IEC320C5 connector standard, which is widely used in Zebra's industrial-grade printing equipment. This specification ensures safe, reliable power delivery to your barcode label printers and AIDC devices in manufacturing and logistics environments.
The Zebra RS6100 includes five interchangeable wearing options, allowing every user to choose the most comfortable configuration for their specific role and work environment. This flexibility is particularly valuable in warehouse and logistics operations where different team members may prefer different mounting positions.
Yes, Zebra 8000D Lab labels are specifically engineered to perform reliably in low-temperature environments, making them ideal for cold storage and freezer applications in laboratory settings. Their durable construction maintains print quality and adhesion even in challenging temperature conditions.
The ET40 includes a 1-year standard warranty and is designed to deliver dependable performance for six years from the date of purchase. We also offer optional OneCare Essential and Select support services from Zebra, giving you flexibility to choose the level of device care and support that best fits your business needs throughout the tablet's lifecycle.
Zebra 8000D Lab labels are specifically formulated to maintain excellent print quality and adhesive performance in low-temperature laboratory environments. The coated paper construction resists temperature fluctuations that can degrade standard labels, making them ideal for cold storage, freezer applications, and cryogenic sample tracking. The permanent adhesive remains effective even in sub-zero conditions, ensuring labels stay securely attached throughout the sample lifecycle.
The Zebra 05095GS11007 performance resin ribbon is compatible with a wide range of materials including matte and gloss synthetic substrates. Its chemical resistance and durability make it particularly effective for labels that require protection against moisture, oils, and other environmental factors common in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Z-Select 4000D features a high-performance coated paper construction that delivers superior image quality and durability compared to uncoated alternatives. The bright white surface and coated finish ensure excellent barcode readability and print contrast, while the all-temperature adhesive provides reliable label adhesion across varying environmental conditions. Our team can help you determine if this premium label option meets your warehouse or logistics requirements.
The Zebra ATR7000's wide-angle multi-polarized antenna covers up to double the area of competitive readers, allowing you to deploy fewer units across your facility while maintaining comprehensive asset visibility. This expanded coverage directly reduces the number of readers needed and associated installation costs, making it a cost-effective solution for large warehouse and logistics environments. We offer the ATR7000 as an economical alternative to deploying multiple standard readers.
The ZQ620 Plus features a 2.8" maximum print width with 3/72mm resolution and supports 1" media width with a maximum 2.6" media roll size. It includes English fonts and a linered platen with a 0.75 core, making it suitable for direct thermal label and receipt printing in mobile applications. Available from us with configurations designed for industrial and field use.
The ZD411 uses direct thermal printing technology, which prints by applying heat directly to thermal-sensitive label media. This technology eliminates ongoing ribbon or toner costs and reduces maintenance, making it cost-effective for operations that print thousands of labels daily. Available from us with US cord configuration and Swiss font support for international compliance.
The Zebra ORCH-ZD411-300-HC delivers 300 dpi resolution with a print speed of 4 inches per second, providing sharp, professional-quality labels suitable for healthcare labeling, product identification, and compliance requirements. The combination of resolution and speed makes it efficient for high-volume labeling operations while maintaining the clarity needed for barcode scanning and readability. We offer this printer as a reliable solution for demanding label printing environments.
Yes, the ZQ521 is optimized for printing 3-inch and 4-inch receipts, labels, and UHF RFID tags for comprehensive tracking needs. RFID models are available as separate products, allowing you to print and encode RFID labels on the go while reducing errors across your supply chain operations.
The ZT610 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods, giving you flexibility in choosing the right media and ink solutions for your application. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for durability in harsh environments, while direct thermal is cost-effective for shorter-term labeling needs.
The ZT610 operates reliably across a temperature range of 40°F to 104°F for thermal transfer printing and 32°F to 104°F for direct thermal printing, ensuring consistent performance in both climate-controlled and challenging warehouse environments. Its durable metal frame and bi-fold metal media cover further enhance longevity in tough conditions. Contact us today for guidance on deployment in your specific environmental conditions.
The TC58e features a 6.0-inch Full HD+ touchscreen display (1080 x 2160) that is 20% larger edge-to-edge compared to previous TC5X generations, with glove and wet-finger operability. It includes the SE55 1D/2D Advanced Range imager for capturing barcodes from in-hand to top-shelf distances, plus optional 16MP rear-facing and 8MP front-facing cameras, and optional Time-of-Flight (ToF) capability for parcel dimensioning. We offer the TC58e configured to your specific data capture needs.
This model features 4GB RAM and 64GB internal flash storage, providing sufficient capacity for running enterprise warehouse management and logistics applications. The storage configuration supports offline operation and local data caching, critical for environments with intermittent connectivity. We offer this configuration as an LKQ kit component optimized for heavy-truck and warehouse deployments.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Perform 1000D is specifically formulated for direct thermal printing applications and is compatible with all standard direct thermal label printers. The uncoated paper facestock is optimized for the heat-sensitive printing process, ensuring clear, readable barcodes and text without requiring thermal transfer ribbons. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
Zebra RFID systems that work with these labels support multiple connectivity options including direct connections to Zebra mobile computers, wireless connectivity to third-party smartphones, integrated Wi-Fi 6 capability for over-the-air device management, and Bluetooth and NFC support on Premium models. This versatile connectivity ensures seamless integration with your existing IT infrastructure and mobile devices. Contact us today to discuss the best connectivity solution for your warehouse or retail environment.
The IX Series KDO ribbon technology is optimized for sharp, durable monochrome printing on ID cards with excellent adhesion and fade resistance. The ribbon's formulation ensures consistent print quality across the full 2000-print capacity without degradation. We stock this ribbon to support high-reliability card issuance operations in corporate, government, and logistics environments.
Yes, the Zebra PLS-102ATX wristbands are available with hole punches pre-configured for secure attachment to patient charts. The adhesive-free areas around form edges and holes prevent printing jams and reduce expensive printer maintenance costs.
HPE Aruba switches in this class support multiple management options including command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP management, and out-of-band management via serial or Ethernet connections. These management features enable IT teams to monitor and configure network performance efficiently across warehouse and logistics operations. Our team can assist with deployment and integration of management tools for your network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba switch series operates reliably between 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating for higher altitudes. This temperature range makes it suitable for standard data center and controlled warehouse environments where climate control is maintained. Contact us today if you need guidance on environmental specifications for your specific installation location.
HPE Aruba switches support multiple management options including command-line interface, web browser management, SNMP manager integration, and out-of-band management via serial console. These switches are compatible with HPE AirWave Network Management and IMC (Intelligent Management Center) for centralized network visibility and control. We can help you integrate this switch into your existing management infrastructure—contact us today for implementation guidance.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 40G features 40G ethernet connectivity designed for high-bandwidth applications in modern data centers and enterprise networks. The switch supports multiple connection types to accommodate various network devices and infrastructure requirements. We offer comprehensive support for integrating this switch with barcode scanners, mobile computers, and other AIDC equipment—contact us today for connectivity guidance.
The R1Q04B supports AirWave network management, offering visibility and control over wireless access points, switches, and connected devices. It provides features for network monitoring, performance analytics, configuration management, and troubleshooting to maintain optimal wireless network performance in logistics and warehouse environments.
The HPE Aruba JW148A 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ features an LC connector and is designed for use with single-mode fiber (SMF) cabling. The 1310nm wavelength and ZR specification indicate it is optimized for long-distance SMF deployments. Contact us today if you need guidance on fiber cabling requirements or compatible accessories for your network installation.
The Aruba 7210 delivers 20 Gbps of wired throughput for large packets, providing excellent performance for network-intensive applications and high-bandwidth user activities. This throughput capacity ensures minimal latency and congestion in demanding educational and enterprise environments. Available from us with full technical support and documentation.
The JD188A is designed for the HPE Aruba X290 1000 A JD5 switch series. This cable ensures redundant power connectivity for these enterprise-class network switches. For compatibility verification with other Aruba models or to confirm your specific switch requirements, contact us today.
The J9993AR supports both 1 Gigabit Ethernet and 10 Gigabit Ethernet speeds through its SFP+ ports, providing flexible speed options for diverse network segments. This dual-speed capability allows you to connect legacy 1GbE infrastructure alongside modern 10GbE backbone connections. We offer this module to support high-performance data center and enterprise campus networking deployments.
While the JD175A is specifically designed for HPE Aruba data networking devices, BNC 75 ohm connectors are industry-standard connectors that may be compatible with other networking equipment using the same connector type. We recommend contacting us today to verify compatibility with your specific non-Aruba equipment before purchasing.
The HPE Aruba JC156A is designed to operate in standard indoor networking environments. For warehouse installations with extreme temperature conditions or outdoor requirements, we recommend consulting our team to ensure proper cable selection. Contact us today to discuss your specific environmental requirements and find the right networking solution.
The JG263A provides 4 RJ-45 Ethernet ports from a single D-28 connector, allowing you to expand connectivity from a single interface point. Each RJ-45 port supports standard Ethernet connectivity for integration with your network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of HPE Aruba networking cables and adapters.
The HPE Aruba JL275A operates within standard data center environmental parameters, with operating temperatures typically ranging from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F), consistent with HPE Aruba networking equipment specifications. The transceiver is designed for stable performance in controlled network environments such as server rooms and network closets. For specific environmental specifications and installation requirements, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team directly.
The HPE Aruba JL251A supports a maximum transmission distance of 100 meters over multimode fiber, making it suitable for campus networks and data center environments where longer-distance connections are needed beyond standard 50-meter multimode limits. The BiDi design allows full-duplex communication over a single fiber strand, optimizing fiber utilization in warehouse and logistics networks. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed deployment guidance and distance specifications.
The JL306A's 40km ER4 specification provides significantly greater transmission distance than standard SR (short-range) modules, which typically max out at 300 meters. This extended range eliminates the need for intermediate repeaters or additional networking equipment in long-distance deployments, reducing total cost of ownership for large campus networks.
The Aruba MM-HW-1K is ideal for large enterprises, campuses, hospitals, and distributed organizations requiring centralized wireless device management across multiple locations. It's particularly valuable for environments with 500+ wireless users where unified policy enforcement, security management, and device tracking are critical operational requirements.
HPE Aruba transceivers like the JL286A are designed to operate in standard data center environments with operating temperatures typically ranging from 0°C to 55°C (32°F to 131°F) depending on the host switch specifications. For detailed environmental specifications and installation requirements, we recommend consulting the product datasheet or contacting us today for technical guidance.
The JL293A supports a maximum transmission distance of 100 meters over multimode fiber, making it ideal for intra-building and data center connectivity without requiring long-distance fiber infrastructure. This short-range specification ensures optimal signal integrity and cost-effectiveness for campus and facility-level networking. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific distance requirements and network architecture.
Yes, the Aruba MM-VA-1K includes FIPS certification and TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliance, making it suitable for government agencies and organizations with strict security and procurement requirements. This ensures your mobility management infrastructure meets federal security standards. We offer this FIPS-certified solution to help you meet regulatory compliance needs.
The Aruba MM-VA-50 operates on universal AC input voltage of 100-240V at 50-60 Hz with a maximum power consumption of 126 watts. It also provides Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) capability with a total capacity of 78 watts and per-port capacity of 19.5 watts, allowing flexible deployment options in your network infrastructure. Contact us today for detailed power planning assistance.
Yes, the MM-HW-10K-F1 component of this product line includes FIPS certification and TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliance, making it suitable for government and regulated enterprise deployments. These certifications ensure the device meets federal security standards and procurement requirements. Contact us today to discuss your compliance requirements and deployment needs.
The device supports universal AC input voltage from 100-240V at 50-60 Hz frequency, making it compatible with standard power infrastructure worldwide. Maximum power consumption specifications and Power-over-Ethernet capacity details are available in the technical documentation. Contact us today for detailed power specifications to ensure proper deployment planning.
Yes, the Aruba Mobility Master supports industry-standard management protocols including SNMP and web-based interfaces, enabling integration with enterprise network management platforms like AirWave Network Management and Intelligent Management Center (IMC). This allows centralized visibility and control across your wireless infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore integration options for your specific environment.
The MC-VA-10 provides a total Power-over-Ethernet capacity of 78 watts with 19.5 watts per port, enabling you to power compatible networked devices directly from the gateway. This PoE capability simplifies branch deployments by reducing separate power requirements. We offer this model with full technical support available from our team.
Compatible USB printers include HP Deskjet 6988, HP LaserJet M1522nf MFP, HP Officejet Pro L7590, HP LaserJet P3005, HP Color LaserJet CP3505, and Lexmark models including the X7675, T640, and C534dn. Note that some printers requiring firmware uploads on each power cycle may not be fully supported—visit the Aruba Networks USB devices list for the complete and updated compatibility matrix.
Yes, the Aruba IAP-277 with FIPS and TAA compliance is specifically designed for government and high-security environments. Its certification ensures it meets stringent federal procurement and security standards, making it available from us for use in federal agencies, military installations, and organizations requiring government-approved equipment.
The HPE Aruba JG739A supports multiple management options including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP management, and AirWave Network Management for comprehensive network visibility and control. Out-of-band management is available through RJ-45 Ethernet or serial RS-232C/micro USB connections, enabling secure remote administration. We offer complete setup and configuration support—visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about management solutions available from us.
The HPE Aruba 580 Series has a maximum power draw of 45 W via PoE-PD, making it efficient for outdoor deployments with standard power infrastructure. Mounting options include pole, wall, or bracket kits, which are sold separately, allowing flexible installation in various warehouse and outdoor facility configurations.
The S0H10A features cloud-native zero-touch setup and AI-driven provisioning through HPE Aruba's OS-10 and Central management platforms with AIOps capabilities. ClientMatch and AirMatch technologies automate RF optimization and client steering, while tri-band coexistence filtering ensures optimal band separation without manual tuning. Our team can assist with deployment planning to maximize these automation benefits.
The 560 Series features zero-touch provisioning and centralized cloud management, significantly reducing operational complexity. Dynamic segmentation and built-in firewall capabilities enforce security policies, keeping guest and operational traffic separate while simplifying network administration across your deployment.
The HPE Aruba JH238A supports up to 1TB maximum storage capacity with compatibility for Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems. This enables flexible data storage and backup capabilities for network configurations and logs. We recommend consulting with our team regarding your specific storage requirements and deployment scenarios.
The HPE Aruba JG741A supports multiple management methods including out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet and serial RS-232C/micro USB connections, making it ideal for remote management in warehouse and logistics environments. The device is compatible with AirWave Network Management and IMC platforms for enterprise-grade monitoring and configuration. We provide comprehensive support documentation and technical guidance for all management features.
The JH169A is ideal for enterprises needing to consolidate multiple WAN connections, migrate from legacy T1/E1 circuits to modern networks, or maintain hybrid connectivity across different carrier technologies. It's commonly deployed in branch offices, data centers, and network edge locations where multi-protocol WAN support is essential. We can help you determine if this module fits your network architecture—contact us today.
Yes, as an HPE Aruba product, the JH198A integrates seamlessly with other Aruba networking equipment and management systems. The device supports industry-standard protocols and management frameworks that enable unified control across your entire wireless and wired network infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JH193A provides multiple connectivity options including RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet ports and SFP+ slots for 1/10GbE fiber connectivity. The switch supports both copper and fiber uplinks, enabling flexible network topology designs and long-distance connections required in large warehouse facilities. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com to explore connectivity solutions for your operation.
The HPE Aruba JH191A is designed to operate reliably in standard data center environments with operating temperatures ranging from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at elevations up to 1.5 km, with temperature derating for higher altitudes. The switch features a compact 1U form factor with dimensions of approximately 44.2 cm width and 26.82 cm depth, making it ideal for rack-mounted deployments. We offer detailed environmental specifications—contact us today for complete technical documentation.
The JH172A's 8-port configuration makes it suitable for expanding network capacity in modular switch deployments without requiring additional chassis. When combined with other Aruba modules, it enables scalable network architecture for growing enterprise environments. Our team can help you design the right configuration for your deployment needs—contact us today.
The HPE Aruba JG426A supports multiple management options including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, and AirWave Network Management for comprehensive network oversight. Out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet, serial RS-232C, or micro USB connections ensure you can manage the switch even during network issues. Contact us today for implementation guidance.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH297A includes built-in VPN support, enabling secure remote access for warehouse managers and IT personnel managing distributed locations. This feature is essential for organizations requiring encrypted connections between branch warehouses and central IT infrastructure. Available from us with full technical support for VPN configuration and deployment.
The JD557A is designed as an Enhanced Serial SIC Module for HPE MSR routers, but compatibility varies by specific MSR model and chassis configuration. We recommend verifying your router's SIC slot compatibility and available firmware support before installation. Contact us today—our team can help ensure you select the correct serial module for your MSR deployment.
The HPE Aruba JG737A provides 4 serial ports supporting both enhanced synchronous and asynchronous serial communication protocols. These ports enable reliable connectivity to legacy devices and systems that require serial interface connectivity in branch gateway deployments. For detailed port specifications and configuration options, visit barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team.
HPE Aruba networking modules like the JG445A are designed to operate in standard data center and network closet environments with typical operating temperatures of 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) and non-condensing humidity conditions. The module is engineered for reliability in enterprise networking deployments requiring 24/7 uptime. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and installation guidance.
The Dolphin 7800 is available with either Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5 or Google Android 2.3.4 (with Honeywell security and manageability features), depending on your application requirements. Both versions run on the same 800MHz TI OMAP processor and 256 MB RAM architecture, providing flexibility for different enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore both operating system options available for your specific workflow needs.
This model features 802.11abgnac Wi-Fi with internal WLAN antennas and Bluetooth connectivity, enabling reliable wireless communication throughout your facility. These connectivity options support seamless integration with your enterprise mobility infrastructure and real-time data capture workflows.
The Zebra 800017-240 has replaced the discontinued Zebra 800015-940 ribbon. If you were previously using the 800015-940, the 800017-240 is the current genuine Zebra replacement option available from us.
Zebra card printers require specialized Zebra ribbon to function properly, and using genuine Zebra ribbons maximizes printed card quality and printer durability. We guarantee that our 800015-440 ribbons are authentic Zebra products, stored properly, and always fresh—ensuring optimal print results and reducing maintenance costs and card reprints.
The Zebra 800015-135 laminate is 0.6 mil thick, providing a protective clear layer over your printed cards without adding excessive bulk.
The Catalyst 2960 Series provides advanced Quality of Service (QoS) features including granular rate limiting, access control lists (ACLs), and multicast services for network control and bandwidth optimization. These intelligent Layer 2 through Layer 4 services enable you to prioritize critical traffic and manage network performance across your enterprise or branch office network.
Yes, the CF83-E is built for outdoor environments with an IP66/67 weather rating and IK10 impact resistance, providing protection against harsh weather and physical damage. It operates reliably across a wide temperature range of -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to 122°F), making it suitable for demanding outdoor locations like parking areas, transportation hubs, and commercial facilities.
The UX10 G5 offers versatile connectivity including Thunderbolt™ 4, Wi-Fi 7 for superior data transfer speeds, Bluetooth, and optional RFID capabilities. It also supports multiple docking solutions for flexible deployment in warehouse and logistics operations.
The VisionTek 901298 is an internal 2.5" drive, but it can be used with external storage enclosures to create portable backup or expansion solutions. Contact us today to discuss enclosure options that pair well with this drive for your specific needs.
The Memor 20 runs Android 9 (Pie) with Google Mobile Services and is validated by Google as Android Enterprise Recommended for rugged devices. It features a Qualcomm Snapdragon SD660 processor that delivers the performance needed for complex enterprise applications in demanding environments.
The device features advanced imaging with a choice between VGA and MegaPixel 2D imagers, capable of reading linear codes at 4 mils and 2D codes at 5 mils minimum resolution. It includes Datalogic's patented 'Green Spot' technology for visual good-read feedback, along with audio and buzzer indicators for successful scans.
The Lenovo Tab M8 features an 8-inch HD display with 1280x800 resolution and 350 nits brightness for clear, vibrant visuals. The tablet includes dual speakers and a single microphone, delivering an immersive audio experience for streaming, gaming, and video calls.
The HP CF440AM cartridges are original HP toner cartridges manufactured by HP. Using original supplies like the CF440AM ensures optimal print quality, device performance, and helps maintain your printer's warranty coverage compared to third-party alternatives.
The HP 6P2F0AA comes with a one-year, next-business day, onsite warranty as standard. Warranty and support options may vary by country and local legal requirements, and additional service levels are available through HP Care Pack Services. Contact us today to discuss extended warranty options for your deployment.
HP LaserJet printers compatible with the CB543A support a wide range of operating systems, including Windows Client OS (32/64-bit versions), macOS Sierra v10.12 and newer, iOS, and Android. For specific compatibility with your system, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed driver and support information.
Yes, the HP 5YQ08AT is designed to work within HP's POS ecosystem and can be integrated with compatible HP point-of-sale systems. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements for your specific setup.
HP LaserJet printers are designed to operate optimally in environments with a recommended temperature range of 59 to 86°F (15 to 30°C). The operating temperature range extends from 41 to 104°F, and storage temperature can range from -40°F and above, allowing flexibility for various warehouse and office environments.
The device consumes 0.06 watts in off mode, 2.2 watts in standby mode, and 0.69 watts in sleep mode. It requires an internal power supply with input voltage of 100 to 240 VAC (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3 Hz), making it suitable for standard warehouse and retail environments.
HP LaserJet printers using the CE278A cartridge operate optimally within a recommended temperature range of 59 to 86°F, with a maximum operating range of 41 to 104°F. Maintaining proper environmental conditions helps ensure consistent print quality and cartridge performance.
Original HP cartridges like the CC533A are manufactured to HP's specifications and quality standards, ensuring consistent color output, device reliability, and optimal performance. Using original supplies helps maintain your printer's warranty coverage and prevents potential compatibility issues that can occur with non-original alternatives.
Yes, the HP Q7516A can support wireless printing when used with compatible HP printers equipped with optional 802.11b/g/n wireless networking or the HP Jetdirect 2700w USB Wireless Print Server (sold separately). The cartridge itself is compatible with AirPrint™, Mopria™ Certified, and Google Cloud Print™ enabled devices. Contact us today for guidance on wireless printing setup and compatible accessories.
Minimum requirements include 2 GB available hard disk space (850 MB for Windows XP SP3), a CD-ROM/DVD drive or Internet connection, a USB port, and Internet Explorer. For Mac systems, you'll need OS X v10.8 or later with 1 GB HD, Internet access, and USB connectivity.
HP PageWide printers support Windows Client OS (32/64 bit) including Windows 10, 8.1, 8, and 7, as well as macOS versions Sierra v10.12 through Mojave v10.14, and mobile operating systems including iOS and Android. Discrete PCL6 printer drivers are available for download from HP support.
The HP M0J97AN package includes one yellow ink cartridge. We stock individual cartridges as well as multi-packs to meet your supply needs—contact us today for bulk ordering options.
The HP P24742-B21 includes 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, delivering high-speed network performance for data-intensive applications. This advanced networking capability ensures fast communication between your server and warehouse management systems, RFID readers, and barcode scanners.
The HP PageWide Pro 577dw features color scanning at up to 1200 dpi optical resolution, enabling high-quality digital document capture. It also supports fast two-sided scanning, which improves productivity when digitizing double-sided documents.
The Fargo 49301 connects via USB or Ethernet, providing flexible integration options for different network environments and workflows. Both connection types support straightforward setup and integration with other HID products.
The Fargo 52306 features both USB and Ethernet connectivity with an internal print server, allowing flexible deployment in networked environments or direct computer connection. This makes it suitable for medium-sized businesses, schools, and local government institutions.
The Fargo 55206 uses high-capacity ribbons that enable printing of twice as many full-color cards compared to most standard printers before ribbon replacement is needed. This extended ribbon life reduces operational downtime and lowers consumable costs for high-volume card printing operations. Contact us today for ribbon pricing and availability.
The Fargo 55216 includes a Same Side Card Hopper without locking hoppers in the base model. This configuration is suitable for standard card issuance workflows where card security is managed through access control rather than physical hopper locks.
The Fargo 55316 is equipped with high-capacity ribbons that enable it to print twice as many full-color cards as most competing printers before ribbon replacement is necessary. This extended ribbon life reduces operational downtime and lowers consumables costs, providing continuous high-quality card printing. We offer replacement ribbons and supplies to keep your printer running efficiently.
We offer multiple ribbon configurations including full-color YMCKO (250 prints), full-color half-panel YMCKO (350 prints), full-color with dual resin black YMCKOK (200 prints), and specialized options with fluorescing panels. Single-color options like resin black and dye-sublimation black are available with 500–1000 print yields. The printer also supports rewrite technology that requires no ribbon. Contact us today to select the right ribbon for your production volume.
The Fargo 89652U accepts standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W / 85.6mm L x 54mm W) and CR-79 adhesive-back cards (3.313" L x 2.063" W / 84.1mm L x 52.4mm W). The printer supports card thickness from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil / .229mm to 1.0mm), making it compatible with both standard PVC and polyester card stock available from us.
Yes, the Fargo 078202 includes an integrated cleaning roller that automatically replaces with each new ribbon cartridge used. This ensures your printer's card path remains clean and maintains consistent print quality throughout the ribbon's lifespan.
The HDP5000 system includes Asure ID Express, a powerful yet easy-to-use photo ID card design and production software with advanced card design and batch printing capabilities. It also comes with Workbench, a software toolkit for printer setup, diagnostics, and firmware upgrades, plus FARGO Workbench diagnostic utility with Color Assist spot-color matching.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer used with C35CD004 labels supports a wide range of barcode symbologies including Code39, Code128, UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN, PDF417, QR Code, DataMatrix, Aztec, and many others. You'll need a 1D/2D code generating utility to create these barcodes for printing.
The Epson C35CD003 synthetic labels provide durability for demanding applications. When used with Epson's DURABrite pigment inks in combination with compatible media, the labels have been BS5609 certified, indicating they meet standards for weather-resistant and durable labeling in challenging conditions.
Yes, the TM-C3500 printer supports multiple barcode formats including Code39, Code128, UPC-A, UPC-E, QR Code, DataMatrix, PDF417, and many others. The C35MD001 matte labels work with the printer's inkjet technology to produce reliable, scannable barcodes for inventory and shipping applications.
The Epson TM-C3500 delivers fast printing speeds up to 4 inches per second in bidirectional mode with banding reduction disabled at 360 × 360 dpi resolution. This speed makes it suitable for high-volume label production in warehouse and logistics environments requiring just-in-time color printing.
The Epson V11H795020 consumes 12W during normal operation, 18W when wireless features are active, 5.5W in ready mode, 1.3W in sleep mode, and 0.1W when powered off. This energy-efficient design helps reduce operational costs over the projector's lifespan.
SJIC15P is the official Epson cartridge specification designation for the C33S020464 3-color ink cartridge. This specification identifies the cartridge as compatible with the Colorworks TM-C3400 SecurColor printer and ensures you are purchasing the correct supply for your equipment.
The TM-U220 delivers print speeds of up to 4.7 lines per second at 40 columns with 16 cpi, and 6.0 lines per second at 30 columns with 16 cpi. This high-speed throughput ensures customer receipts and kitchen orders print faster than ever.
The TM-H6000V is a multi-function printer capable of processing receipts, slips, and check endorsements, with optional MICR (Magnetic Ink Character Recognition) and endorsement capabilities. It features an autocutter with a 2 million cut lifespan and includes a near-end sensor option to help prevent paper runouts. Available from us with factory options tailored to your specific processing needs.
The Epson C13S020565 is an original Epson manufacturer cartridge, ensuring full compatibility and optimal print quality with your Colorworks C831 printer. Original cartridges are engineered to meet Epson's quality and performance standards. We offer genuine Epson cartridges and supplies—contact us today to order.
The Epson C35MD003 labels feature a matte finish, which provides a professional appearance and is ideal for barcode printing and label applications where a non-glossy surface is preferred.
The Epson P60-0060-050 labels come in white, providing a clean, professional appearance suitable for barcode printing, shipping labels, and receipt applications. The white background ensures excellent contrast for barcode scanning and readability.
The Epson TM-L90 offers multiple interface options including Serial (RS-232C), Parallel (IEEE 1284), USB, Ethernet (10/100Base-T/TX), Powered USB, and Wireless connectivity. Only one interface can be used at a time, allowing you to integrate the printer into your existing network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm the specific interface configuration you need.
Yes, the Intel 4214 processor can be installed in compatible Cisco UCSC and UCSX server platforms that support 3rd Generation Xeon Scalable processors with dual-socket configurations. Processor upgrades require the server to be powered down and may require BIOS updates for optimal compatibility. We recommend consulting with our team to ensure proper installation and compatibility verification before upgrading your systems.
Yes, the Cisco UCS-C3K-EX24TE is designed for enterprise virtualization, cloud computing, and data center consolidation with its dual-processor support, high memory capacity, and flexible storage options. The server supports Windows Server 2022/2019 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux, making it compatible with major virtualization platforms and cloud frameworks. We offer this server pre-configured for your specific virtualization environment—contact us today to discuss your deployment needs.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-HD4TB is optimized for high-density server deployments within the UCS C3000 chassis, which supports multiple servers in a compact form factor. The hot-plug design and drive sled mounting make it ideal for data center environments where rapid maintenance and scalability are critical. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your high-density storage architecture needs.
Cisco UCS systems deliver low-latency, lossless 10 GE and FCoE connectivity with flexible unified ports supporting Ethernet, FCoE, and native Fibre Channel connections. Fabric Extenders like the Cisco UCS 2208XP provide up to 160 Gbps per blade chassis when paired with Cisco UCS 6200 Series Fabric Interconnects. We offer complete UCS connectivity components and can help you design a unified fabric infrastructure for your data center.
The M5SD represents an earlier generation compared to the M6 and M7 series, which offer newer processor architectures and DDR5 memory support. The M6 series introduced DDR4-3200 support with improved SAS controllers, while M7 series added DDR5-5600 capabilities for enhanced performance. We offer all generations available from us, so contact us today to determine which model best matches your performance and budget requirements.
The UCSC-C240-M5SX supports dual Intel Xeon processors, with options including Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum variants depending on your performance requirements. This dual-socket design enables scalable compute power for demanding warehouse management, inventory tracking, and data processing workloads. We offer compatible processor options and can help you select the right configuration for your IT infrastructure.
The UCS-C3X60-G2SD12 is designed as a boot storage component for compatible Cisco UCS C-Series servers with appropriate M.2 or SD interface slots. Upgrading your existing server depends on your current hardware configuration and available storage bays. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today with your server model number to determine if this SSD upgrade is compatible with your system.
The UCSC-C3K-M4IO is a legacy component from Cisco's M4 generation architecture. While this specific model may be discontinued, we maintain inventory of compatible Cisco UCS components and can help you find alternative solutions or compatible replacements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your current infrastructure needs and available options.
The Cisco UCSC-C3260 supports up to 8 TB of DDR4 or DDR5 SDRAM depending on the specific model variant, with 32 total memory slots for maximum expandability. This substantial memory capacity makes it ideal for data-intensive warehouse management and logistics applications. We can help you select the right memory configuration—visit barcodesinc.com for available options.
The M4 generation UCSC-C3K-M4SRB uses Intel E5-26 processors, while newer models like the UCSC-C220-M8S support the latest Intel Xeon processors with DDR5 memory up to 4TB and enhanced NVMe controllers. If you're planning a new deployment or upgrade, we recommend evaluating current-generation options available from us that offer better power efficiency and performance. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Cisco UCS servers.
Cisco UCSC servers support multiple operating systems including Windows Server 2022 (Standard and Datacenter editions), Windows Server 2019, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise. Support varies by specific server model—for example, the C220-M7N and C220-M8S both support these platforms, while AMD-based C225-M8S systems are optimized for EPYC processors. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us to verify OS support for your target configuration.
This server supports up to 4TB of DDR5 SDRAM maximum memory capacity, providing substantial RAM for memory-intensive applications and virtualization environments. The system includes multiple memory slots for flexible configuration options tailored to your workload demands. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss memory configurations that match your specific enterprise needs.
The MEM-C8200-16GB represents current-generation memory for the Catalyst 8200 Edge platform, offering improved performance for modern edge computing workloads compared to legacy memory modules. Earlier Cisco memory options like the E-MEM-16G were designed for different platforms and architectures. We offer the latest Catalyst 8200 memory upgrades to ensure optimal performance for your infrastructure.
The MEM-4300-8G-RF is designed for ISR 4330/4350 routers, while the MEM-4400-8G= is engineered for ISR 4400 series platforms. Both provide 8GB capacity, but they are not interchangeable due to different router architectures and DIMM specifications. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare both options or contact us today to determine which module matches your router model.
The Catalyst 8200 Series includes hardware-anchored Secure Boot and Secure Unique Device Identification (SUDI) support to verify the identity of both hardware and software during Plug and Play deployment. These integrated security mechanisms protect your edge infrastructure from unauthorized access and ensure secure device provisioning. We offer complete Catalyst 8200 solutions with these security capabilities built-in.
Yes, the Cisco MSWS-19-ST16C-NS is designed to integrate seamlessly within Cisco's comprehensive networking ecosystem and standard enterprise IT environments. The server supports standard network protocols and connectivity options required for data center operations. Our team can help you assess compatibility with your existing infrastructure—contact us today.
Yes, the Cisco MSWS-19-DC16C with Windows Server 2019 Data Center edition is fully optimized for virtualization workloads, supporting Hyper-V and other enterprise virtualization platforms. The 16-core processor provides the computational resources needed for hosting multiple virtual machines with strong performance isolation. We offer this server as a reliable choice for organizations building virtualized infrastructure.
Yes, the stacking kit can be used for multi-rack deployments by utilizing the longer cable options available (1 meter or 3 meter cables) instead of the default 50 cm cable. This flexibility allows you to stack your Catalyst 9300L switches across different physical locations while maintaining a single management unit. Contact us today to discuss your specific deployment requirements and cable length needs.
The Cisco CON-ECDN-MX30055K provides one year of service contract coverage for your MX300-55 PHD 1080p system. We offer this contract to help you maintain continuous support and protection for your video conferencing investment.
The Cisco CON-ECDO-SX2PHD4X provides one year of continuous service coverage from the date of activation. This 12-month period ensures your SX20 Quick Set HD system remains protected with onsite support and parts replacement. We recommend renewing your contract annually to maintain uninterrupted coverage—visit barcodesinc.com for renewal options.
The Cisco ASF-CORE-FW-DEP provides SSL VPN for secure remote access, Cisco Easy VPN client and server functionality, and support for up to 50 IPsec tunnels with advanced encryption options. It also supports Dynamic Multipoint VPN (DMVPN) and tunnel-less Group Encrypted Transport VPN (GET VPN) for flexible connectivity scenarios. These capabilities make it ideal for organizations requiring secure, scalable remote access infrastructure.
This contract includes essential software support plus upgrade coverage, providing you with access to technical assistance and the latest software updates from Cisco. The support tier ensures your equipment receives necessary maintenance and improvements throughout the one-year service period. We offer this contract to help keep your Cisco infrastructure running smoothly.
The Cisco CON-ECDO-CTSMX300 provides 1 year of continuous Essential service coverage for your Telepresence MX300 55 Gen2 PHD system. After the initial year expires, you can renew or upgrade your service contract to maintain uninterrupted support. Contact us today to discuss renewal options and multi-year service plans.
The Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCSE5 provides 1 year of continuous support and upgrade coverage. This 12-month commitment ensures your Cisco telecommunications equipment receives consistent software maintenance and technical support throughout the contract period.
The Cisco CON-SNTP-VXRG12 provides one year of continuous service coverage from the activation date. After the contract expires, you can renew your support agreement to maintain uninterrupted coverage. We offer renewal options and can help you plan your support strategy—contact us today for details.
The Cisco CON-SNT-SG5029PK provides 1-year of SmartNet coverage from the date of purchase or activation. After the initial year expires, you can renew the service contract to maintain continuous support and hardware replacement benefits.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 3650 24 Port PoE model supports IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet, allowing you to power compatible devices such as IP phones, wireless access points, and security cameras directly through network cables. This reduces installation costs and complexity in warehouse environments where power outlets may be limited. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete selection of PoE-enabled switches and compatible devices.
Both are 1-year Cisco service contracts for CCX 8.5 Enhanced support, but they may cover different licensing models or deployment configurations. The CON-ECMU series typically covers essential software upgrades, while CON-ESW variants focus on essential software licensing. For clarification on which contract matches your current infrastructure, contact us today.
The Nexus 9500 platform supports redundant system configurations with dual controllers for high-availability deployments. The N9K-SC-A can be deployed in such setups to ensure continuous network operation and failover protection. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your high-availability requirements and proper system architecture.
This switch incorporates 802.1S/W standards-based fault tolerance with Per VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) to increase available bandwidth through redundant links. Flexlink provides sub-100-millisecond convergence, ensuring minimal downtime during network failover events—critical for warehouse and logistics operations requiring continuous connectivity.
The Cisco 15454-XC-VXC10G++ operates reliably in temperatures from 32° to 104°F (0° to 40°C) with 10-90% relative humidity, and can be stored at temperatures ranging from -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). The module is rated for operating altitudes up to 6,500 feet (2,000 meters), making it suitable for diverse data center and network facility environments. We ensure all equipment meets these specifications before shipping—contact us today for environmental compliance documentation.
The Cisco ASA 5505 supports up to 10,000 concurrent sessions, with an optional upgrade to 25,000 concurrent sessions available. This capacity handles typical small business traffic patterns while maintaining security inspection on all connections. Our team can help you determine the right session capacity for your deployment.
Throughput varies by chassis configuration: the 4-slot model delivers 1.44 billion packets per second (bpps) IPv4 unicast with supervisor and built-in fabric, while the 9-slot and 10-slot models support 5.04 and 5.76 bpps respectively when equipped with supervisor and fabric modules. These performance levels make the Nexus 7000 suitable for high-capacity transport and core networking deployments. Contact us today for performance planning assistance for your specific use case.
The NM-HD-1V-RF operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) with relative humidity between 5 to 85% noncondensing. Storage temperature range is –25 to +70°C (–13 to 158°F), making it suitable for various data center and office environments. These specifications ensure consistent performance in standard enterprise deployments.
The MR28-HW supports Power over Ethernet (PoE) with 37-57V input (802.3af compatible) as well as 12V DC power options, making it flexible for different network infrastructure setups. Power consumption is efficient at 13.7W maximum, reducing operational costs in large deployments. PoE injectors and DC adapters are sold separately and available from us—contact us today to order compatible power accessories.
The MR78-HW is part of the Cisco Meraki ecosystem and integrates seamlessly with Meraki cloud management and other Meraki access points for unified network administration. This allows for centralized configuration, monitoring, and security management across your wireless infrastructure. Our team can help you plan a Meraki deployment that meets your organization's needs.
The MR57-HW represents Cisco's latest Wi-Fi 6E technology, offering significant performance improvements over previous-generation models with faster data rates, better power efficiency, and support for the newly available 6 GHz spectrum. If you're upgrading from older Meraki access points, our team can help assess compatibility and migration strategies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a technical consultation.
The Cisco Meraki MR36H features cloud-based management through the Meraki Dashboard, enabling centralized monitoring, configuration, and troubleshooting across your entire wireless network from anywhere. This eliminates the need for on-premise controllers and simplifies IT operations for distributed logistics and warehouse environments. Our team can help you implement a cloud-managed wireless infrastructure that scales with your business.
The CON-SNT-AIRAP185 covers Cisco's 802.11ac Wave 2 access point, which delivers high-performance 5GHz wireless connectivity with 4x4:4 spatial streams and advanced antenna technology. This standard provides significantly faster throughput and improved coverage compared to earlier 802.11n deployments. Our team can help you understand how this service contract supports your organization's wireless modernization goals.
The Cisco AIR-CAP37IBO-AK910 is a controller designed to manage up to 10 access points in a unified wireless network. The underlying Cisco Unified Wireless Network architecture can scale to support up to 18,000 access points with full Layer 3 mobility across enterprise campuses, branch offices, and remote sites. Contact us today to discuss the right deployment size for your organization.
The Nexus 9504 features a 9-slot chassis architecture with 2 dedicated supervisor modules, 7 I/O module slots, and 5 fabric module slots. This modular design allows for flexible configuration based on your network requirements and enables future expansion without replacing the entire chassis.
The N9K-C9516-FM-E2 delivers high-speed fabric connectivity with 100G support, enabling efficient inter-module communication within the Nexus 9516 chassis. This architecture supports the throughput demands of modern data center and enterprise network environments. For detailed performance metrics and benchmarks specific to your use case, contact us today.
Cisco Nexus fan systems typically operate within temperature ranges of -5°C to +40°C at altitudes up to 6,000 feet, with reduced maximum temperatures at higher elevations. For the specific thermal operating parameters of your N9K-C9508-FAN2 deployment, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today with your environmental specifications.
Yes, this 400G cloud-optimized chassis is specifically designed for modern data center and cloud deployments. It supports advanced virtualization features including L2 and L3 Virtual Network Interfaces (VNI), SDA Control-Plane and Border functionality, and tenant-routed multicast for both IPv4 and IPv6, making it ideal for large-scale cloud infrastructure.
Yes, the ThinkPad T14S G5 supports memory upgrades and optional graphics configurations to meet your performance needs. We offer customization options including DDR3 memory upgrades and dedicated graphics cards—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific configuration requirements.
The ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 is equipped with a 3-cell Li-ion 57Wh battery designed for all-day productivity on a single charge, making it ideal for mobile warehouse workers and logistics professionals. The 65W power adapter ensures quick charging between shifts. Available from us with a 1-year Premier NBD warranty and Courier Carry-in service for peace of mind.
Yes, the Lenovo 78138047 is specifically engineered to work with Logitech Tap Scheduler, making it an ideal solution for organizations looking to upgrade their meeting room management infrastructure. The display integrates seamlessly with existing enterprise scheduling systems to provide unified room booking visibility.
Yes, the Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon G12 is available as a CTO (Configure-To-Order) model, allowing customization of memory, storage, and software to match your organization's exact specifications. Contact us today to discuss your custom configuration needs and timeline requirements.
The Lenovo Tab M9 includes facial recognition login technology with a front-facing 2.0MP camera (f/2.2, 73° field of view) that provides quick and secure access to the device. This biometric security feature eliminates the need for traditional password entry while maintaining device security. Available from us for organizations prioritizing user convenience and access control.
Yes, this desktop is available in both Tower and Small Form Factor (SFF) configurations. The Tower model measures 160mm x 388mm x 422mm and weighs 11.6kg, while the SFF model is more compact at 99mm x 335mm x 382mm and weighs 9.5kg. Both form factors offer the same core specifications, allowing you to choose based on your space and deployment requirements—visit barcodesinc.com to explore both options.
Yes, the model designation '21LLS2E200' indicates this is a CTO (Configure to Order) unit, meaning you can customize memory, storage, software, and other components to match your specific requirements. We work with procurement teams to build configurations optimized for warehouse management, inventory tracking, and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss your customization needs and get a tailored quote.
The Lenovo 82VQ000EUS features a 12.2-inch built-in touchscreen, and while specific external display port specifications aren't detailed in the product documentation, Lenovo typically supports external monitors through standard connectivity ports. For information about compatible external displays and docking solutions for multi-monitor setups, contact us today and our team can recommend the right peripherals for your warehouse operations.
With 16 GB of RAM and an AMD Ryzen AI 5 340 processor, this laptop can efficiently run multiple enterprise applications concurrently, including warehouse management systems, inventory tracking software, and communication tools. The 512 GB SSD ensures fast application loading and data access for demanding logistics workflows.
The Lenovo 82VM0018US with Windows 11 Pro is compatible with most barcode scanning and RFID software solutions commonly used in warehouse management. Its touchscreen display and convertible design make it practical for mobile data collection, though you should verify specific scanner driver compatibility with your existing AIDC equipment before deployment.
The Lenovo 21Q000D4US is equipped with a 3-cell Li-ion 57Wh battery designed to provide all-day productivity for mobile professionals. The actual battery life will vary depending on usage patterns, screen brightness, and workload intensity. For detailed battery performance information and power management tips, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for specific use-case scenarios.
Absolutely—the ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 is a true 2-in-1 convertible notebook that functions as both a traditional laptop and a tablet with its 14-inch touchscreen display. This flexibility makes it ideal for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need to transition between detailed reporting at a desk and mobile scanning or inspections on the floor. We offer this model as part of our mobile computing lineup for dynamic business environments.
This model includes Intel vPro technology for enterprise-grade security, a fingerprint reader for biometric authentication, and a 5MP RGB+IR camera for Windows Hello facial recognition. These features work together to provide multiple layers of protection for sensitive business data and secure remote access.
Absolutely—the premium mobility design and compact form factor make it perfect for frequent travelers and remote workers. The 57Wh battery with Rapid Charge technology keeps you productive throughout the day, while modern collaboration features including camera, audio and wireless options support seamless meetings. We offer this model as a Copilot+ PC with Windows 11 Pro for enhanced productivity.
The ThinkPad P16 Gen 3 features a 16-inch 16:10 display with multiple professional-grade options designed for detailed technical, analytical, and creative work. The wider 16:10 aspect ratio provides additional vertical screen real estate compared to standard 16:9 displays, improving productivity for complex design and engineering tasks. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the available display configurations and specifications for your specific use case.
The P16v Gen 3 supports up to 96GB of DDR5 CSODIMM memory and features PCIe NVMe SSD storage options for fast data access. This configuration provides substantial capacity for handling large files, complex models, and multitasking in professional workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore available memory and storage configurations for your specific needs.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 features a 16-inch 16:10 touchscreen display with WUXGA resolution (1920 x 1200) at 60 Hz, utilizing In-plane Switching (IPS) technology and Eyesafe certification. This productivity-focused display format provides useful vertical workspace for documents and applications, making it ideal for professional work. The model includes integrated AMD Radeon 860M graphics, with optional discrete graphics available depending on configuration.
While the ThinkVision MS30 Monitor Soundbar is primarily designed for office and professional workstation environments, it can be deployed in logistics facilities where supervisory workstations or control rooms require integrated audio for communications and alerts. We recommend evaluating environmental conditions such as temperature, humidity, and dust exposure with our team to ensure suitability for your warehouse setting.
The SATO 99-68201-000 comes complete with the 2D imager scanner, rechargeable battery, charging cradle, and a 6 ft USB cable for immediate deployment. This comprehensive bundle eliminates the need for separate purchases and reduces setup time in your warehouse environment. We offer this complete kit ready to integrate into your existing systems.
The M84Pro(2) is available with a vast array of interface connection plug-in modules to eliminate integration challenges. The standard configuration includes USB connectivity, and we offer additional interface options to match your existing warehouse management or inventory systems.
The SATO CT4-LX-HC comes standard with an integrated cutter for automatic label separation and a real-time clock for timestamp functionality on printed labels. These included features streamline label production and reduce the need for additional accessories in healthcare environments. We offer this complete package to minimize setup time and operational complexity.
The SATO CT4-LX features user-replaceable printhead and platen roller components, allowing your team to perform routine maintenance without requiring technician service calls. This design reduces downtime and keeps your labeling operations running smoothly. The printer also includes a patented label waste prevention feature that helps minimize material costs during daily operation.
Yes, the SATO WWCLP3D01-WAR comes equipped with an integrated dispenser and rewinder, streamlining your labeling workflow without requiring separate equipment purchases. These included components are designed to work seamlessly with the printer's thermal transfer technology and Smart Printhead technology. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this integrated solution can improve your operational efficiency.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro represents a significant upgrade in design capabilities and user interface compared to earlier SATO software versions. The 3-printer license in the WNPXX003S002 package provides modern label automation and data integration features. Contact us today to discuss migration options and licensing if you're upgrading from legacy SATO software solutions.
This software supports a comprehensive range of barcode symbologies including Code 128, Code 39, EAN, UPC, QR codes, and other standard formats required in retail, warehouse, and logistics operations. The flexibility allows organizations to meet various industry standards and customer requirements for barcode labeling.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 Designer Express is designed to support production label printing workflows alongside SATO thermal printers. The software efficiently handles batch printing operations and variable data processing, making it suitable for warehouse operations that require consistent, high-volume barcode label output.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite is engineered to work with SATO thermal printers across their product lineup. We offer this software as a complete solution for SATO printer users, ensuring full compatibility and optimized performance for your barcode and label printing needs.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite is designed to work with SATO's thermal printer lineup, ensuring compatibility with your existing SATO hardware infrastructure. Before implementing, we recommend verifying your specific printer models with our team to ensure optimal integration and performance.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is built for enterprise-level label design and printing, making it suitable for high-volume warehouse, inventory, and logistics operations. The software's professional-grade capabilities allow you to design complex labels, automate printing workflows, and integrate with your existing systems. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific volume requirements.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is designed for both professional label designers and users with moderate technical experience. It provides an intuitive drag-and-drop interface for basic label creation while offering advanced features like database connectivity, conditional printing, and batch processing for power users. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore training resources and documentation available with your purchase.
These labels feature permanent adhesive that provides reliable adhesion and good durability across various surfaces and applications. The permanent adhesive combined with the polypropylene material ensures labels remain securely attached in warehouse, shipping, and logistics environments.
The PW2NX accepts label rolls with a 0.75-inch core and supports a maximum outer diameter of 2.36 inches. This configuration is standard for portable label printers and accommodates a wide variety of thermal label stock available from us and other suppliers.
The M84Pro(3) offers a 4.1-inch maximum print width, making it suitable for standard shipping labels, product labels, and compliance labeling in warehouse and logistics environments. This width is maintained across all supported print resolutions (203, 305, and 609 dpi).
Each roll contains 243 feet of ribbon material, and the actual number of labels you can print depends on your label width and the complexity of your barcode or image. For example, narrower labels will yield more prints per roll than wider labels. We recommend contacting our team to calculate expected yield based on your specific label dimensions.
SATO printheads are engineered for industrial-grade durability in demanding warehouse and logistics settings. The WD204-001 is built to withstand continuous thermal printing operations typical of high-volume distribution centers and manufacturing facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications on operating conditions and maintenance requirements.
Thermal printhead lifespan depends on usage volume, print speed, and environmental conditions, but most direct thermal printheads last between 2-5 years of regular operation. Proper maintenance, including regular cleaning and avoiding excessive heat exposure, can extend printhead life significantly. When you're ready to replace your worn printhead, we offer the SATO WD301-001 and other quality thermal printheads for immediate shipment.
This thermal transfer printhead is ideal for warehouse labeling, shipping label production, inventory management, and barcode printing in logistics operations. The 4203 dpi resolution makes it suitable for applications requiring detailed barcodes and clear text on labels. Available from us, it's a reliable component for businesses needing consistent, professional-quality thermal printing.
Signs that your SATO printhead needs replacement include faded or missing print lines, inconsistent label quality, or complete print failures. Since printheads are wear components that degrade with use, regular replacement ensures optimal barcode quality and printer performance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for guidance on whether replacement is needed for your specific printer model.
The SATO WWS8N41EA is engineered with a durable build designed to withstand the demands of continuous industrial operation in warehouse and logistics environments. Its robust construction, combined with tool-free maintenance access and remote management through SATO Online Services, ensures minimal downtime and extended operational life. We stand behind the reliability of this print engine for mission-critical labeling applications.
The SATO 59-C2103-011 is specifically designed as a factory-installed component for OS, CP, and CG series printers. For retrofit options or compatibility questions with your current equipment, we recommend contacting our team today to discuss your specific printing setup and available solutions.
Aruba switches featuring this fan module support comprehensive management options including AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These tools enable centralized monitoring and control across your network infrastructure. We offer complete support for deployment and configuration—contact us today to discuss your management requirements.
The HPE Aruba 6300M series supports stacking of up to 10 members with a maximum stacking distance of 10 kilometers when using long-range transceivers, and provides 200 Gbps stacking bandwidth. This enables you to build scalable, distributed network architectures across large warehouse or campus environments.
HPE Aruba switches support operating temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) for the 6100 series, with some models rated up to 131°F (55°C) depending on altitude and configuration. Operating humidity ranges from 15% to 95% noncondensing, ensuring reliable performance in standard data center and enterprise environments.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 includes Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity as standard, along with multiple configurable I/O options including RS232, VGA, USB 3.1 Gen 2, and optional DisplayPort connections. An optional integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader is available, making it a complete mobile solution for warehouse picking, receiving, and inventory operations. We can configure the model with your choice of connectivity ports to match your specific logistics workflow requirements.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 comes standard with 16GB RAM and a 256GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable, allowing you to upgrade storage as needed without requiring service. This configuration balances performance and capacity for demanding field operations while maintaining the flexibility to expand based on your specific requirements.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes equipped with a TraCS-compatible barcode reader, making it ready for warehouse, inventory, and logistics applications. We offer this model fully configured and can assist with additional scanning peripherals if needed—contact us today for your specific requirements.
Yes, this model includes an integrated barcode reader and HF RFID functionality, making it ideal for inventory management, asset tracking, and supply chain operations. These built-in capabilities eliminate the need for external scanning peripherals in warehouse environments.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes with a 256GB PCIe SSD that is user swappable, allowing you to upgrade or replace storage without requiring professional service. This design gives you flexibility to expand capacity based on your operational needs.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 comes standard with 16GB RAM and a 512GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable, allowing for easy field upgrades without requiring manufacturer service. This configuration balances performance and storage capacity for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss custom configurations if your workload requires different specifications.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes standard with a 512GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable, allowing you to upgrade or replace storage as needed without requiring professional service. This flexibility is valuable for IT teams managing device configurations across warehouse and logistics operations.
The V110 Gen 7 comes standard with a 512GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable, allowing you to upgrade storage capacity in the field without requiring service center support. This design is particularly valuable for logistics and warehouse environments where downtime must be minimized. Contact us today to discuss storage options for your deployment.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 includes 16GB RAM and a 512GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable for easy field upgrades and maintenance. This configuration provides ample capacity for demanding applications and data-intensive warehouse management tasks.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes standard with a 512GB PCIe SSD that is user swappable, allowing you to upgrade or replace storage as needed without requiring professional service. This design flexibility makes it easy to expand capacity or maintain the device in the field.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 comes standard with 16GB RAM and a 512GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable, allowing for easy field upgrades and maintenance. This configuration provides ample storage and performance for demanding warehouse management and logistics applications.
The S410-G5 features hot-swappable batteries and an optional third battery configuration, allowing extended operation well into overtime shifts. The exact battery life depends on usage patterns, wireless settings, and power management configuration, but the hot-swap capability ensures minimal downtime during long workdays.
The S410-G5 features hot-swappable batteries and can operate with an optional third battery for extended runtime, allowing operators to work well into overtime without access to power outlets. This flexibility is essential for field teams requiring all-day or multi-day deployments. Contact us today to discuss battery options that fit your mission profile.
The standard configuration includes 16GB RAM, 256GB PCIe SSD storage, Windows 11 operating system, a backlit keyboard, Hello Cam for authentication, a stylus, and a carrying handle for portability. It also comes with a US keyboard, US power cord, and a 3-Year B2B Warranty for peace of mind.
Yes, the Getac B360 Gen 2 is certified fully rugged and designed to withstand demanding mobile work environments. It combines durability with comfort and portability, making it suitable for harsh warehouse, logistics, and field conditions where standard laptops would fail.
The V120 features dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries with LifeSupport swappable technology, allowing you to hot-swap batteries without powering down the device for extended field operations. While specific runtime depends on processor configuration and usage patterns, the dual-battery design with optional high-capacity packs ensures all-day productivity in demanding logistics and warehouse environments. Contact us today for detailed runtime specifications based on your specific configuration.
The V120 features LifeSupport swappable dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries that allow you to replace batteries in the field without powering down—eliminating downtime during long shifts or multi-day operations. Optional high-capacity battery packs are available from us for extended runtime on demanding jobs. This hot-swap technology is essential for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who cannot afford device downtime.
The V120 ships with Windows 11 Pro and supports Intel Core Ultra vPro processors with built-in security features for enterprise environments. It includes optional Windows Hello facial recognition camera and smart card reader support, making it suitable for secure government and corporate deployments requiring TAA compliance. We offer fully configured models with all enterprise security options available from our inventory.
The V120 features dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries with Getac's LifeSupport swappable technology, allowing you to instantly replace depleted batteries without powering down—critical for continuous field operations. Optional high-capacity battery packs are available from us for extended deployment periods. This hot-swap capability eliminates downtime and keeps your mobile workforce productive throughout the day.
Yes, the Getac V120 features a 12.2-inch LumiBond display rated at 1,000 nits brightness, making it fully sunlight-readable even in direct outdoor light—ideal for warehouse and field operations. The display is also glove-friendly and supports touch input with a digitizer, allowing operators to work efficiently while wearing protective equipment. We offer the V120 with this premium display as standard, ensuring visibility and usability in any lighting condition.
The Intel® Core™ Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processors with Intel® AI Boost technology deliver AI-ready computing power for advanced logistics applications like predictive analytics, computer vision-based inventory management, and real-time route optimization. These processors support up to 5.3GHz Turbo Boost performance while maintaining efficiency for all-day field operations. Available from us with configurable memory up to 64GB DDR5 and storage up to 2TB, the V120 handles demanding mobile applications without sacrificing battery life.
Yes, the V120 supports an optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader, making it ideal for warehouse inventory management, asset tracking, and logistics workflows. Contact us today to configure the V120 with barcode scanning capabilities tailored to your warehouse management system requirements.
Yes, the Getac V120 is AI-ready, featuring Intel Core Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processors with Intel AI Boost technology that accelerates machine learning workloads and AI applications. Running Windows 11 Pro with up to 64GB DDR5 RAM and 2TB SSD storage options, it delivers the computing power needed for advanced analytics, predictive maintenance, and edge AI processing in logistics and manufacturing environments. Contact us today to configure a system optimized for your AI-driven workflows.
Yes, the UX10 Gen3 features a LumiBond sunlight-readable Full HD LCD touchscreen that ensures clear visibility and usability in all lighting conditions, including direct sunlight. This makes it ideal for outdoor warehouse operations, dock management, and field logistics where screen readability is essential.
The Getac UX10 G5 offers multiple battery configurations including standard and high-capacity options with hot-swap support, allowing extended usage without downtime. While specific runtime varies by configuration and workload, the multiple battery options ensure your team can work continuously in the field without interruption.
The UX10 G5 is available with standard or high-capacity battery options to support extended usage throughout warehouse shifts. The tablet also supports hot-swap battery capability, allowing you to replace batteries without powering down, ensuring continuous operations in demanding logistics environments.
Yes, the Getac V120 supports optional Windows Hello facial recognition with a dedicated 5MP webcam, providing secure biometric authentication for sensitive warehouse and logistics data. It also includes an optional smart card reader for additional security flexibility in regulated environments. We can configure your unit with these security features to meet your IT compliance requirements.
The S510 includes Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, up to two Thunderbolt 4 ports, and optional 4G LTE/5G connectivity for flexible deployment scenarios. These connectivity options ensure reliable communication whether you're in the warehouse, on the distribution floor, or in remote locations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore configuration options that match your network infrastructure.
Yes, the Honeywell Vuquest 3320g features mobile phone reading technology, allowing it to scan barcodes displayed on mobile device screens. This capability is particularly useful in modern retail and logistics environments where digital barcode delivery is becoming more common.
This printer supports multiple label formats including continuous labels, die-cut labels, roll-fed media, fanfold labels, and linerless options. It also handles black mark detection, making it versatile for different labeling workflows in shipping, receiving, and inventory management. We offer supplies and media for all these formats to ensure seamless operation.
The ZD621 includes Zebra's PrintSecure, which is part of the Print DNA software suite, to shield your printer from cyberattacks. PrintSecure allows you to easily configure printers via secure connections, identify vulnerabilities, and block unauthorized access. The printer's built-in security features are constantly evolving to safeguard your sensitive data and harden your infrastructure.
SOTI MobiControl provides stronger security and compliance with corporate and regulatory policies through role-based access control that ensures only authorized users can view and manage enterprise assets. The solution includes a configurable alert rules engine to monitor device, custom data, and server-specific incidents, allowing administrators to identify compromised devices and take immediate action to safeguard corporate data.
Yes, the SATO CL4NX Plus features a Micro Label Print Mode that provides higher print accuracy for small pitch labels, with the capability to dispense labels as small as 10mm. This specialized functionality makes it ideal for applications requiring precise, miniature barcode and product identification labels. Contact us today if you need to print small-format labels in your warehouse or logistics operation.
The MB241T has a maximum print width of 4.25 inches (108 mm) and supports maximum print lengths up to 1000 inches (25,400 mm). This accommodates a wide variety of label sizes commonly used in logistics and product marking applications.
The Magicard Enduro supports optional magnetic stripe and smart card encoding, allowing you to combine photo ID applications with access control, time and attendance tracking, debit transacting, and other functions. These encoding options can be added to your printer at the time of purchase or later as your needs evolve.
The ZT610 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods, giving you flexibility in label material selection and application requirements. This dual-method capability allows you to optimize for cost or durability depending on your specific labeling needs. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore thermal transfer and direct thermal label options available from us.
The SpectraLink KBL844000 is purpose-built for mobile workers in Healthcare, Retail, Hospitality, and Manufacturing environments where high-quality, secure communications and durability are essential. Its design enables workers to stay connected and work more efficiently throughout their workplaces.
The HF680 features a revolutionary presentation-style design with a unique shape that allows operators to comfortably pick up the scanner to easily scan large, bulky items. The scanning head can be tilted up or down for faster and easier scanning of various sized or shaped products, combining modern styling with practical functionality.
The WhereTag IV can be triggered by low frequency magnetic signals from a WherePort exciter from a distance of up to 7.5 meters. This capability allows WherePorts to modify the pre-programmed blink rate, indicate proximity to a specific location, and trigger changes between ISO/IEC 24730-2 mode, Wi-Fi mode (CCX compatible), or multimode operation.
Yes, the Zebra LB2-BABY-P wristbands are specifically designed to ensure reliable barcode scanning. The wristbands support accurate identification and record-keeping in healthcare environments where barcode scanning is essential for patient safety protocols.
The ZC10L supports single-sided printing for full-color graphics. However, you can customize the backside of cards with guest instructions or "fine-print" content by using Zebra's monochrome black ribbon for a second print pass, giving you flexibility in card design.
Yes, the DS4608 supports on-the-fly switching between handheld and hands-free scanning. Simply place the scanner in an optional presentation stand or presentation cradle to automatically switch to hands-free mode, or pick it up for handheld scanning—no setting changes are required.
Yes, the Zebra StatBand wristbands are built with durability as a core feature, essential for reliable performance in healthcare environments. Their robust construction ensures they maintain secure identification through the demands of emergency and trauma care situations.
The Zebra P120i connects via USB 1.1 interface, with the USB cable included. This straightforward connectivity makes it easy to integrate into your existing IT infrastructure and provides reliable data transfer for card design and printing.
Yes, the CX 5420 is designed for high availability with hot-swappable power supplies, redundant fan modules (N+1 configuration), and VSX live upgrade capabilities. This ensures your network remains operational during maintenance and component replacements without service interruption.
HPE Aruba switches in the 2920 and 2930F series operate reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) with operating humidity between 15% to 95% noncondensing. This temperature range makes them suitable for deployment in standard data center and network closet environments.
HPE Aruba switches we offer provide multiple connectivity options including RJ-45 autosensing 10/100/1000 ports, SFP+ fiber ports for high-speed uplinks, and PoE+ support on select models. Port configurations vary by model, with options ranging from 8 to 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports to support diverse network topologies.
The HPE Aruba JH157A operates within standard data center environmental specifications, with operating temperatures typically ranging from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) depending on the host switch configuration. The module is designed for reliable performance in climate-controlled network closets and data center environments. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and installation guidance.
The HPE Aruba JH148A is a compact 1U rackmount switch with dimensions of approximately 44.2 cm (W) x 26.82 cm (D) x 4.39 cm (H) and weighs around 4.19 kg (9.24 lb), making it suitable for standard rack installations in data centers and network closets. Its compact footprint helps maximize space efficiency in your facility.
Yes, the JH331A is fully compatible with the HPE Aruba Networking ecosystem and integrates seamlessly with other Aruba switches, wireless access points, and management platforms. Its modular design and standards-based architecture ensure interoperability with existing network components. We can help you plan your integration—contact us today for technical guidance.
The HPE Aruba JH209A is engineered for high-performance data networking with specifications designed to handle enterprise-scale traffic. The switch features a nonblocking architecture that ensures consistent, reliable performance for your warehouse management systems and RFID infrastructure.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH332A is designed for seamless integration into enterprise networks and supports standard Ethernet connectivity protocols and transceivers. The switch's modular design and flexible port configurations allow it to work alongside existing HPE Aruba networking equipment and third-party infrastructure. Contact us today for assistance with network integration planning and compatibility verification.
Aruba switches operate reliably in environments ranging from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating specifications for higher altitudes. This makes them suitable for standard data center, warehouse, and office deployments across most climate-controlled facilities. Contact us today if you need switches for specialized environmental conditions.
The HPE Aruba JL448A is a 1U rack-mounted switch with dimensions of 17.42" (W) x 9.7" (D) x 1.73" (H), weighing approximately 6.83 lbs (3.10 kg). Its compact form factor makes it ideal for standard 19-inch rack installations in data centers and network closets.
The HPE Aruba J9990A operates reliably in environments with temperatures ranging from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) and relative humidity from 15% to 95% non-condensing. These specifications make it suitable for standard data center, warehouse, and office deployments. Contact us today if you need guidance on environmental considerations for your installation.
While specific throughput metrics for the J9992A model are optimized for its 20-port configuration, Aruba's zl2 series switches deliver sub-microsecond latency and support enterprise-grade switching performance suitable for mission-critical warehouse operations. The 40GbE QSFP+ port provides high-speed connectivity for aggregating traffic from multiple access points. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed performance specifications tailored to your specific deployment scenario.
The Aruba 8400 series operates reliably in standard data center environments with an operating temperature range of 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating for higher altitudes. This specification ensures stable performance in typical warehouse and logistics facility conditions.
The HPE Aruba J9989A is designed for mid-scale deployments with its 12 PoE+ ports capable of powering multiple network devices simultaneously. The integrated 1GbE SFP ports provide uplink capacity for aggregating traffic from distributed access points and edge devices. Our team can help you determine if this model meets your density requirements—contact us today for a consultation.
Aruba switches are designed to operate reliably in warehouse conditions with operating temperatures ranging from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) and humidity levels from 15% to 95% non-condensing. This environmental tolerance makes them suitable for standard warehouse facilities and logistics centers. Contact us today to discuss environmental specifications for your specific location requirements.
The HPE Aruba J9986A is a 24-port PoE+ model optimized for mid-sized deployments, while larger configurations like the 48-port and 92-port variants in the Aruba 2530 and 5400R series are designed for enterprise-scale environments. The J9986A provides an excellent balance of port density, PoE+ capacity, and management features for warehouse, logistics, and retail operations. We offer the full range of Aruba switches to match your specific scalability needs.
This switch is designed for branch offices, remote sites, and edge network deployments requiring compact, high-performance connectivity with integrated PoE support. The modular v3 zl2 design integrates seamlessly into larger Aruba switching architectures for organizations standardizing on HPE Aruba infrastructure. We can help you design a solution that fits your warehouse or logistics network topology.
Yes, the J9988A supports high-speed uplinks through its 2 SFP+ ports capable of 1000/10000 Mbps connectivity, enabling fast data transfer to core network infrastructure. The combination of 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus dual 10G SFP+ ports makes this switch suitable for aggregating traffic from warehouse management systems and RFID infrastructure. We offer the J9988A with full technical support to ensure optimal deployment in your facility.
HPE Aruba products, including the J9996A, come with a Limited Lifetime Warranty and access to HPE's comprehensive support resources. Warranty and support details are available through HPE's official support portal at hpe.com/networking/warrantysummary. We offer these products with full manufacturer support, and our team is available to help with any questions about coverage.
Absolutely. The J9991A is well-suited for warehouse environments where you need reliable network connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID systems. The PoE+ capability is particularly valuable for powering wireless access points and networked devices throughout your facility. We specialize in supporting AIDC solutions and can integrate this switch into your complete warehouse network infrastructure.
The JL001A supports comprehensive management through Aruba AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser access, and SNMP management. Additionally, out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB ensures you can configure and troubleshoot the switch even during network issues.
HPE Aruba switches in the 6100 and 6300M series operate reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating for higher altitudes. This temperature range ensures stable operation in most warehouse, distribution center, and logistics facility environments. We provide detailed environmental specifications for all models—contact us today for complete technical documentation.
HPE Aruba switches support multiple management methods including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser access, SNMP management, and both in-band and out-of-band management via RJ-45 Ethernet or serial connections. This multi-faceted approach allows IT teams to manage network infrastructure through their preferred tools and workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete Aruba switch and management solution offerings.
The HPE Aruba 5406R series switches we distribute feature a compact 1U form factor, with dimensions approximately 4.39 cm (H) x 44.2 cm (W) x 26.82 cm (D) and a configuration weight of 4.19 kg (9.24 lb). This compact design makes it ideal for rack-mounted deployment in data centers and network closets supporting warehouse operations. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete physical specifications and rack compatibility information.
The HPE Aruba 5406R operates reliably in environments from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating requirements for higher altitudes. This temperature range supports deployment in standard data center and network closet environments without additional cooling considerations. Contact us today if you need guidance on environmental requirements for your specific installation.
The Q8N53A is compatible with Aruba ethernet switches that feature SFP slots, including models like the Aruba 2530 series switches with SFP+ ports. We recommend verifying your specific switch model's SFP compatibility specifications before ordering—contact us today for detailed compatibility guidance for your infrastructure.
HPE Aruba networking devices support up to 1TB maximum storage with compatibility for Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems. This flexibility allows integration with various storage solutions and legacy systems commonly found in warehouse management and inventory tracking environments.
Yes, the 510 Series AP is IoT-ready with built-in Bluetooth 5 and 802.15.4/Zigbee radios for simplified IoT device deployment and connectivity. It also includes FTM-based ranging for accurate indoor positioning and location services at scale, enabling asset tracking and location-aware applications without additional hardware.
The Aruba AP-365 is designed to integrate seamlessly with HPE Aruba's switching and networking infrastructure, including the 6000 and 6100 series switches we offer. It supports standard Ethernet connectivity and PoE power delivery for simplified deployment. Contact us today to discuss integration with your current network architecture and ensure compatibility with your existing equipment.
HPE Aruba access points integrate with enterprise management platforms including AirWave Network Management and Intelligent Management Center (IMC) for centralized control and monitoring. These tools enable IT teams to manage wireless networks through command-line interfaces, web browsers, and SNMP management protocols. We can help you configure the right management solution for your network infrastructure—contact us today.
The HPE Aruba JH213A delivers enterprise-grade performance with high switching capacity and throughput to support growing network demands. Its 48 1000BASE-T ports with PoE+ enable you to scale your connected device infrastructure without replacing core networking equipment, protecting your technology investment as your operations expand.
The HPE Aruba JH431A is designed to operate reliably in standard data center environments with an operating temperature range of 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet. This temperature specification ensures stable performance in typical enterprise network deployments. For installations in non-standard environments or with specific thermal requirements, our team can provide guidance on proper placement and cooling considerations.
The HPE Aruba JC665A is designed as a compact 4-post rack-mount kit that fits standard server racks. Its modular design allows for flexible deployment in data centers and network closets, making it ideal for logistics facilities that require space-efficient networking solutions.
The HPE Aruba 7500 series delivers enterprise-class performance with switching capacities up to 128 Gbps and throughput capacities reaching 95.2 Mpps, with latency as low as 1.5μSec at 1 Gbps and 1.8μSec at 10 Gbps. This high-performance specification ensures minimal packet loss and optimal network responsiveness for demanding warehouse and logistics applications. We offer complete technical specifications and compatibility verification—contact us today for detailed performance benchmarking.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 24 PoE+ switch is designed as a 1U rackmount device with compact dimensions of approximately 17.42" (W) x 7.88" (D) x 1.73" (H), weighing around 5.31 lbs (2.41 kg). This compact form factor makes it ideal for standard 19-inch rack installations in warehouse network closets and data centers. Available from us with flexible deployment options for your facility.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 24SR includes comprehensive management capabilities through HPE Aruba Networking Central, providing centralized visibility and control across your network infrastructure. This enables efficient monitoring and configuration of your connected devices and network performance. Our team can help you implement management strategies optimized for your logistics and warehouse operations.
While specific performance metrics vary by model configuration, HPE Aruba switches in this series deliver high switching capacity and throughput suitable for enterprise-grade network demands with low latency performance. The 40G capability indicates support for high-speed data transfers critical in modern warehouse automation environments. Contact us today for detailed performance specifications for your specific deployment scenario.
The HPE Aruba JH211A represents a modern iteration of Aruba's switching portfolio, offering improved performance and management capabilities compared to legacy 2530 and 2930 series switches. The 7500 series architecture provides enhanced throughput and scalability for growing enterprise networks. Contact us today to compare this model with other options in our inventory.
The Aruba 3810M series delivers extremely low latency across different speeds: less than 2.8 microseconds at 1 Gbps, less than 1.8 microseconds at 10 Gbps, and less than 1.5 microseconds at 40 Gbps (using 64-byte FIFO packets). This ultra-low latency is critical for time-sensitive applications in financial trading, real-time analytics, and high-performance computing environments.
The JL310A LR4 (Long Range 4) transceiver supports transmission distances up to 10 kilometers over single-mode fiber, making it suitable for long-distance campus interconnects and data center-to-data center links. This extended range capability allows organizations to build resilient, geographically distributed network architectures without requiring additional amplification or repeaters. We stock the JL310A for immediate availability in your network expansion projects.
SR4 (Short Reach 4-lane) transceivers like the JL309A are optimized for shorter distances (up to 70-100 meters) but offer excellent performance and cost-effectiveness for data center and campus network environments. Unlike LR4 transceivers designed for longer distances, SR4 modules are ideal for high-density switching fabrics where distance requirements are modest. We offer a full range of Aruba transceiver options to match your specific network topology and distance requirements.
The HPE Aruba JL630A supports stacking up to 10 kilometers with long-range transceivers, providing 200 Gbps of stacking bandwidth and supporting up to 10 member switches in a single stack. This extended stacking capability enables flexible network topology designs across distributed facilities.
HPE Aruba switches are designed for enterprise environments with operating temperatures ranging from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at altitudes up to 1.5 km. Physical dimensions vary by model—for instance, the 6100 series measures 4.39 cm (H) x 44.2 cm (W) x 20.12 cm (D) with a configuration weight of 2.62 kg. We offer detailed specifications for all models available from us—visit barcodesinc.com for complete environmental and physical data.
The 30 mil thickness provides excellent durability for daily wear and frequent use in access control and identification applications, offering superior resistance to bending and cracking compared to thinner card stocks. The PVC material withstands moisture, temperature fluctuations, and regular handling in warehouse and logistics environments. Available from us in boxes of 100 for consistent quality across your entire card inventory.
The ZQ511 is a direct thermal printer with 203 dpi resolution, capable of producing high-quality barcode labels on the move. It features a linerless platen design that reduces waste and improves efficiency in mobile printing applications. We offer the ZQ511 for businesses requiring reliable, portable thermal printing in field and warehouse environments.
Resin ribbons like the Zebra 5100 Premium offer superior durability and resistance to harsh chemicals, extreme temperatures, and abrasion compared to wax or wax-resin alternatives. The premium resin formulation produces dense black images that maintain clarity and readability in the most demanding industrial environments.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000T is a thermal transfer label designed for use with compatible Zebra thermal transfer printers and ribbons. For specific printer compatibility, we recommend contacting our team at barcodesinc.com or reaching out directly—our experts can ensure you have the correct label and ribbon combination for your equipment.
The Zebra 77847-002 Software works with Zebra's industry-standard programming languages including ZPL II (Zebra Programming Language II) and ASCII EPL, which are universal across Zebra printers. These languages simplify label formatting and enable format compatibility across different Zebra printer models in your operation. Our team can help you integrate this software with your existing Zebra printer fleet.
The Zebra 01600GT11030 wax ribbon is engineered for reliable performance across a variety of environments and is ideal for businesses requiring consistent barcode quality and label durability. Its wax composition makes it particularly effective for standard indoor warehouse, logistics, and retail labeling applications.
The ZQ511 supports a media width of 3.15 inches (80mm) and prints at 203 DPI using direct thermal technology. This combination provides clear, durable barcode and label printing suitable for warehouse labeling, shipping labels, and mobile receipt applications.
The Zebra VS40 is managed through Zebra Aurora, a robust software platform designed for easy setup, deployment, and operation of all Zebra Machine Vision Smart Cameras and Fixed Industrial Scanners. Aurora simplifies configuration and monitoring, reducing the technical expertise required to deploy vision inspection on your production line.
The 25.5mm dimension refers to the diameter of the optical filter element, which is the standard size for C-mount lens systems. This size ensures proper fit and optical alignment in Zebra's vision-based scanning and imaging equipment.
The 360-degree green/red feedback on the Zebra LGHT-X060IR-0100 provides omnidirectional visual confirmation of scan status—green for successful reads and red for failed attempts. This dual-color feedback system is visible from multiple angles, making it valuable in busy warehouse environments where operators need clear, immediate confirmation without looking directly at the scanner. Combined with the loud speaker, it ensures reliable communication in noisy logistics facilities.
The Z-Ultimate 4100T labels pair effortlessly with Zebra's 6200, 5100, and 5095 thermal transfer ribbons, ensuring seamless integration with your existing Zebra printing infrastructure. This compatibility allows for consistent print quality and reliable barcode performance across your labeling operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to find compatible ribbon options or contact us for guidance on ribbon selection.
The ZT620 includes multiple connectivity options: USB 2.0, Gigabit Ethernet, Bluetooth 4.0, and RS-232 Serial, along with optional Wi-Fi 6 802.11 AX capability. This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures seamless integration with your existing warehouse management systems and networked devices.
The Zebra FS42 supports 1D barcodes, 2D codes, and Deep Learning-based OCR capabilities, providing comprehensive coverage for virtually any barcode format used in modern supply chains. Its ImagePerfect+ technology delivers high read rates even under challenging lighting and angle conditions. This versatility makes it available from us as a single solution for diverse tracking needs across manufacturing, storage, and fulfillment.
The Zebra 10011974 labels measure 1x0.25" (25.4x6.4mm) with a 3-across configuration on a 3" (76.2mm) core. Each roll contains 10,002 labels, and the product ships in boxes of 4 rolls, providing 40,008 labels per box for high-volume warehouse and distribution operations.
The Zebra Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack White labels are designed for thermal transfer printing, which uses heat and ribbon to transfer ink onto the polyester label surface. This printing method, combined with the label's high-performance coated polyester material, delivers superior print quality and durability compared to direct thermal alternatives.
The ZQ511 delivers 203 DPI print resolution with a media width of 3.15 inches (80mm), making it suitable for standard barcode labels and receipts in mobile environments. The direct thermal printing technology ensures fast, reliable output without requiring ink or toner. We offer the ZQ511 configured for immediate deployment in your warehouse or logistics operations.
The ZT610 Micro Label supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods with resolution options available in 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 600 dpi. This flexibility allows you to choose the print quality and method that best matches your label materials and application requirements. Our team can help you select the right resolution for your specific barcode and graphics needs.
The ZT610 is available with multiple print resolution options including 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 600 dpi, allowing you to select the appropriate clarity level for your barcode and label requirements. Higher resolutions like 600 dpi are ideal for small barcodes and detailed graphics, while 203 dpi suits standard warehouse labeling applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare resolution specifications for your specific use case.
Signs of a failing printhead include faded or missing print lines, inconsistent print quality, or complete print failures on your labels. Printheads wear over time with heavy use, and replacing them is one of the most common maintenance tasks for thermal printers. We stock the Zebra P1115690 as a genuine replacement kit to restore your printer to full functionality.
Yes, the ATR7000 is built for industrial durability with IP51 sealing to protect against dust and moisture, ESD protection for electronic safety, and compliance with global RF/EMI standards. These features ensure reliable operation in demanding warehouse and logistics environments.
This Zebra barcode label software supports comprehensive design capabilities for creating professional barcode labels compatible with ZE500 series printers. The software enables you to design custom labels with multiple barcode formats, text, graphics, and variable data fields for warehouse, logistics, and retail applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about the specific design tools and template options available.
The RT10A includes 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac Wi-Fi, 4G LTE (supporting AT&T and Verizon networks), Bluetooth 5.0, and integrated NFC (Near Field Communication). This comprehensive connectivity suite ensures seamless integration with enterprise networks, mobile broadband, and IoT devices in warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure your RT10A with the connectivity option that fits your deployment.
The CT60-L1N-BFP211E supports comprehensive wireless connectivity including WWAN (LTE-Advanced), Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/r/k/mc, Bluetooth 5.0, and NFC capabilities. This multi-protocol approach ensures seamless connectivity whether you're in the warehouse, on the loading dock, or in the field. The combination of LTE and Wi-Fi provides redundancy and ensures your team stays connected even in areas with spotty coverage. We offer this device to support your enterprise's most demanding mobile data collection needs.
The CT45P-X0N-37D100G features dual high-resolution cameras with 8MP and 13MP options, enabling flexible scanning and imaging capabilities for diverse warehouse and logistics applications. The device supports Honeywell's FlexRange scan imaging technology, which provides reliable barcode capture across varying distances and conditions. We offer this model to support inventory management, order fulfillment, and asset tracking workflows that demand high-quality image capture.
The CK65 delivers up to 28 hours of battery life to keep workers productive through multiple shifts, eliminating mid-shift dead battery issues. It includes advanced network connectivity with Bluetooth wireless support and WiFi capabilities for seamless integration into your warehouse management systems.
Yes, the MS7120 Orbit is designed to withstand 1.2-meter (4-foot) drops and features environmental sealing to resist airborne particulate contaminants. It operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) with 5% to 95% relative humidity, and comes with a 3-year factory warranty for added peace of mind.
The PC45D04NA00201 delivers 203 DPI print resolution with a 4-inch maximum label width, providing sharp barcode quality suitable for packaging labels, receipts, and wristbands. This resolution and width combination is ideal for standard warehouse labeling applications where clarity and speed are essential. We stock this model and can help you determine if it meets your specific label requirements.
The CN51 delivers best-in-class barcode scanning with advanced motion tolerance for accurate scanning in various warehouse and field conditions. It also includes integrated mobile document imaging capabilities to simplify workflows and data capture. We offer the CN51 with these high-performance scanning features to streamline your mobile operations.
Yes, the CK65 is ideal for warehouses transitioning from Windows to Android, as it combines both touchscreen and 51-key keypad data input to support newer touch-based and older key-based legacy applications. Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform with Android 11 (R) support and future compatibility, the CK65 protects your software investment while modernizing your mobile infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss migration strategies for your existing applications.
The Mobility Edge™ platform is Honeywell's comprehensive solution that ensures the CK62 delivers durability, stability, security, and long-term lifecycle support. When paired with Honeywell's Operational Intelligence asset management software, users gain critical analytics for easy device management and optimization across their mobile computing fleet.
Yes, the CN80G offers a large 106.7 mm (4.2 in) FWVGA touchscreen display that works with finger, glove, or stylus, combined with your choice of a 40-key QWERTY keypad or 23-key numeric keypad. This dual-input design supports both legacy key-centric applications and newer touch applications, optimizing efficiency in all environments.
The CK65-L0N-EMN212F supports 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac wireless connectivity and Bluetooth for seamless real-time data transmission and integration with warehouse management systems. These wireless capabilities enable workers to maintain constant connectivity throughout the distribution center without being tethered to fixed terminals.
The CK65 features Honeywell's advanced FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far-range 1D/2D barcodes with no moving parts. This innovative design provides lightning-fast scanning speeds without refocusing delays, making it capable of handling workflows from picking to pallet to rack operations.
Yes, the CK65 combines a 10.16 cm (4-inch) bright color LCD touchscreen with either a 51-key alpha or 38-key numeric keypad, making it ideal for warehouses transitioning from Windows to Android. This hybrid input design allows you to run both newer touch-based applications and older legacy key-based systems on a single device, protecting your software investments.
The CT60 XP features a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor with 4GB RAM and 32GB storage, delivering snappy performance for demanding mobile applications. This configuration supports real-time data processing and connectivity for frontline workers and managers handling scan-intensive operations. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete technical specifications and configuration options.
The Honeywell PM45 supports thermal transfer printing at 300 DPI, delivering high-precision output suitable for detailed barcodes and labels. The thermal transfer technology provides durable, high-quality prints that resist smudging and environmental degradation, making it ideal for warehouse and distribution applications. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications and to verify this model meets your resolution requirements.
Yes, the Voyager XP 1470g features enhanced scanning capabilities that enable it to read poor-quality and damaged barcodes that other scanners might struggle with, saving time for both employees and customers during checkout. This advanced optical performance reduces scanning errors and improves the overall checkout experience in retail environments. We offer this scanner specifically because its barcode-reading reliability helps reduce transaction delays.
The CK65 features Honeywell's advanced FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far-range barcodes with no moving parts, enabling lightning-fast 1D/2D scanning across picking, pallet, and racking workflows. The imager requires no refocusing, ensuring consistent speed and reliability throughout your warehouse operations. We offer the CK65 with this advanced imaging technology available from us for immediate deployment.
Built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform, the CN80 provides future-proof investment protection with support for five generations of Android starting with Android 8 (O). Security updates are available for up to two years past the last Google patch through Honeywell Sentinel, ensuring your devices remain protected and compliant throughout their operational lifecycle. This extended support maximizes your return on investment compared to standard mobile devices.
Yes, the CM-901 is certified for use in specified hazardous locations including Class I and II, Division 2, and ATEX Zone 2 Gas and Zone 22 Dust environments by Intertek. This makes it an excellent choice for logistics operations that involve potentially explosive atmospheres. We offer certified hazardous-location mobile computers and power devices—contact us today for compliance verification.
The HD-700-2 combines Honeywell's engineering expertise with a lightweight design optimized for all-day comfort in warehouse settings. Its purpose-built VoCollect compatibility and proven reliability in logistics operations make it a trusted choice for enterprises managing large-scale distribution operations. We stock this headset specifically because of its durability and proven performance in demanding AIDC environments.
The Honeywell 9000302PWRSPLY accepts 60-110V AC input, which covers standard North American voltage ranges. For international use or different voltage requirements, contact us today to discuss alternative power solutions available from our extensive inventory of Honeywell power devices.
The CM-902 is a charger and power supply unit for the A700 series mobile computers with 12-battery charging capability. The complete package provides both charging and power supply functionality in a single device. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications on what's included in your purchase.
The Epson TM-C3500 is a compact four-color inkjet printer designed for on-demand color label printing with features including an autocutter, easy paper loading, and an LCD display for printer status readouts. It produces high-volume labels with excellent image quality and includes automatic nozzle checking technology for reliable output. We offer this printer along with compatible label supplies like the C35MD002 from barcodesinc.com.
Each box of Epson C35GD001 labels contains 6 rolls with 540 labels per roll, totaling 3,240 labels per box. This bulk packaging is designed for high-volume printing operations in warehouses and logistics environments.
Yes, the Epson C6000A is engineered to print durable and high-quality labels that meet BS5609 certification standards. This certification validates the printer's ability to produce labels suitable for demanding, mission-critical applications.
The TM-U220II is available in multiple configurations including auto-cutter, journal, and tear-bar models to match your specific workflow requirements. You can choose the configuration that best fits your operation, whether you need automatic cutting, continuous journal printing, or manual tear functionality.
The Epson TM-H6000VI comes complete with a power supply (PS-180) included, so you have everything needed to deploy the printer immediately. We offer this model ready to install with all essential components.
The Epson TM-C3500 supports a comprehensive range of barcode symbologies including 1D codes (UPC-A, UPC-E, Code39, Code128, Codabar) and 2D codes (QR Code, PDF417, DataMatrix, Aztec), as well as composite and RSS variants. This versatility makes it suitable for diverse labeling requirements across warehousing, logistics, and retail applications.
Each box contains 6 rolls of Epson C35MD004 labels. With 565 labels per roll, you receive a total of 3,390 labels per box, making this an economical choice for high-volume warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to check current stock and pricing.
The Epson TM-C3500 is a compact color inkjet printer designed for just-in-time color printing with fast speeds up to 4 inches per second, an integrated autocutter for automatic label cutting, easy paper loading, and an LCD display with printer status readouts. It supports multiple connectivity options including USB 2.0 and Ethernet interfaces for seamless integration into warehouse and logistics operations.
The Epson TM-C3500 produces high-volume labels with excellent image quality using four-color inkjet printing with Epson's DURABrite pigment inks. The printer features a nozzle check system and banding reduction mode to ensure reliable, consistent output on compatible media like the C35CD002 synthetic labels.
Yes, the ERC-23B ribbon is compatible with several Epson receipt printer models including the TM-T20 series and other compatible Epson printers. The ribbon's universal design makes it a reliable choice for organizations running mixed Epson printer fleets. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
Yes, Epson ColorWorks C831 systems use a multi-color cartridge set. The C13S020564 is the cyan cartridge; we also offer matching magenta, yellow, and black cartridges to complete your color printing setup. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of Epson ColorWorks cartridges and supplies.
While specific storage recommendations for the C13S020566 are not detailed in the product data, Epson inkjet cartridges should generally be stored in a cool, dry environment to maintain ink quality. We recommend keeping cartridges in their original packaging until ready to use and consulting the printer's user manual for detailed storage guidelines. Contact us today if you need guidance on cartridge handling and storage best practices.
The Epson C13T44B120 is designed for the Colorworks TM-6000 and TM-6500 series, which are professional-grade systems built for commercial label and receipt printing applications. These printers are commonly deployed in warehouse, logistics, and retail environments requiring reliable, consistent output. Contact us today to discuss cartridge volume pricing and supply chain solutions for your operation.
Each box of Epson S041586 copier paper contains 500 sheets, providing a standard supply for typical office and warehouse operations. This quantity is ideal for organizations requiring reliable, consistent paper stock for daily printing and copying needs.
The Elo 1517L is well suited for point-of-sale, point-of-information, point-of-service, interactive signage, and loyalty systems in retail and hospitality environments. Its stylish, thin, and modern design combined with a retail-focused feature set makes it an attractive solution for commercial touchscreen monitor needs. We offer the 1517L to support a wide range of customer-facing applications.
We offer the Elo I-Series 3 in multiple sizes including 15", 17", 22", and 24" models with both square and wide aspect ratios. The edge-to-edge touchscreen with 10-touch PCAP technology is available across all sizes, and the modular design supports portrait, landscape, and tabletop mounting orientations.
The Elo E428276 provides comprehensive connectivity with 1x Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port, Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ax, and Bluetooth 5.2 for wireless flexibility. It also includes 4x USB 3.0 ports, 4x Micro USB 2.0 ports, and 1x USB-C port for connecting peripherals like barcode scanners and printers. This robust port selection ensures seamless integration with your existing warehouse and retail infrastructure.
Yes, the Elo 0764L is designed for 24/7 operation in demanding environments. It delivers 400 nits of brightness (360 nits with touch enabled) and features industrial-grade construction with IK08 impact resistance and UL62368 ball-drop compliance, ensuring reliable performance in continuous-use applications.
The Elo E297107 uses a USB touch controller interface for touch input connectivity, while video is transmitted through HDMI, VGA, or DisplayPort connections. This dual-connection approach separates video and touch data for optimal performance and flexibility.
The Elo 1523L includes both VGA and DVI video interfaces for display connectivity, along with a USB touch controller interface. The package includes VGA and DVI-D cables, a USB cable (Type A to Type B), and an audio cable to support various connection configurations.
The Elo 1302L can be transformed to meet diverse business needs with a variety of peripherals including EMV and MSR payment devices, barcode scanners, and customer-facing displays. The integrated USB 2.0 hub also supports third-party peripherals for maximum flexibility. Contact us today to discuss which accessories are available from us for your specific application.
The Elo 0764L is engineered with IK08 impact resistance and complies with UL62368 ball-drop standards, ensuring it can withstand demanding commercial and industrial environments. It also features IPX1 front sealing for ingress protection and is designed for 24/7 continuous operation.
The Panasonic PG-UNMRBSM23Y uses Bluetooth wireless connectivity to communicate with your devices and systems, eliminating the need for cables and allowing flexible placement throughout your warehouse. This wireless capability is particularly valuable in dynamic warehouse environments where mobility and ease of deployment are critical. We can help you integrate this scanner into your existing infrastructure—contact us today.
The FZ-G1U2700VM is powered by an Intel Core i5 7th Generation (i5-7300U) processor running at 2.60 GHz, paired with 8GB of RAM and 256GB of SSD storage. This configuration delivers the performance and responsiveness needed for enterprise mobile computing applications.
Depot support is included as standard with the Panasonic Stingray 4, along with Panasonic ClearConnect hardware support. This ensures your POS terminal receives professional maintenance and rapid service when needed. Contact us today to learn more about the comprehensive support included with your purchase.
The WV-S8543LG includes a built-in network interface supporting 10Base-T / 100Base-TX connections for reliable network integration. The camera also features FTP client functionality for periodic or alarm-triggered image data transfer, plus full duplex 2-way audio for interactive communication between monitoring sites.
The Panasonic TH-55CQE1W delivers 400 cd/m² brightness, providing excellent visibility in well-lit retail and commercial environments. This high brightness level ensures clear, vibrant content display even in areas with significant ambient lighting.
The tablet includes Intel Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth, and 4G LTE Band 14 (EM7511) mobile broadband connectivity, ensuring reliable communication in diverse work environments. It also features dual pass antenna capability (BIOS selectable) for enhanced signal reception.
Yes, the WV-NW502S includes an SD/SDHC memory card slot for local recording capability. The camera supports SD memory cards manufactured by Panasonic in capacities ranging from 64MB to 2GB, allowing you to store alarm-triggered or continuous recordings directly on the device.
The UDM-PRO requires 12VDC, 1A via the included power adapter, with a supported input voltage range of 9 to 24VDC. Maximum power consumption is only 7W, making it energy-efficient for continuous network operations. Our team can help you integrate this into your existing power infrastructure—contact us today.
The UniFi AI PTZ Industrial is engineered for wide-area surveillance and critical site monitoring in demanding outdoor and harsh operating conditions. Its durable, weather-resistant industrial housing makes it well-suited for transportation facilities, distribution centers, campuses, factories, stadiums, and municipal security deployments.
The UVC-G6-BULLET-B operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -30 to 70° C (-22 to 158° F), with humidity tolerance of 20-90% noncondensing. This wide environmental specification makes it suitable for diverse climates and both heated and unheated facility spaces.
Yes, the UVC-AI-PTZ-B is designed as an industrial-grade camera with robust construction suitable for outdoor deployment. Its long-range adaptive IR LED night vision and wide operating temperature range (-30 to 70°C) make it ideal for outdoor surveillance in logistics and warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss your specific outdoor security requirements.
The UA-CARD-W-10 cards feature highly-secure NFC technology, providing robust protection for access control applications. They are engineered to meet the security requirements of professional UniFi deployments.
Yes, the NSM5(US) is classified as an indoor/outdoor airMAX CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) designed for outdoor use. However, professional installation is required, and shielded ethernet cable and earth grounding must be used as conditions of product warranty, with the installer responsible for following local country regulations regarding frequency channels, output power, and DFS requirements.
Yes, the UACC-OM-SM-10G-S-2 supports deployment in high-availability configurations when used with Ubiquiti's aggregation switches that offer link aggregation and redundancy features. The USW-Aggregation switch, for example, supports link aggregation for increased capacity and availability across multiple 10G SFP+ connections.
The AM-M-V5G-Ti is rated for outdoor use with operating temperatures ranging from -40°C to 80°C and operating humidity from 5 to 95% (non-condensing). The antenna enclosure is constructed from outdoor UV stabilized plastic to withstand harsh environmental conditions.
The AM-5G16-120 comes with a universal pole mount, RocketM bracket, and weatherproof RF jumpers included in the package. These components enable quick installation on standard poles and seamless integration with RocketM radio equipment.
The Ubiquiti AF11-COMPLETE-LB supports multiple power source options for deployment flexibility. You can supply power via PoE (Power over Ethernet) on the DATA port using the provided PoE adapter, or alternatively use DC power supplied through a terminal block connection.
Yes, the G6 Bullet is designed for outdoor use with IP66 weatherproofing and IK04 impact resistance, allowing it to withstand harsh environmental conditions. It operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -20°C to 50°C (-4°F to 122°F) and includes wall, ceiling, and pole mounting hardware for flexible installation options.
The SLP-TX223CG is available with optional Autocutter and Peeler accessories to automate label finishing. These options enhance workflow efficiency for high-volume labeling operations in warehouses and distribution centers.
The SRP-S300 features an auto cutter rated for up to 1 million cuts (SRP-S300L) or 3 million cuts (SRP-S300R), with a thermal print head lifespan of 75 km (SRP-S300L) or 150 km (SRP-S300R). These specifications reflect heavy-duty construction suitable for high-volume warehouse and logistics environments. We offer extended warranty options—contact us today for details.
Yes, the Bixolon XM7-40IKL is designed to print on both liner and linerless label media at the same 5 ips print speed. This versatility allows you to choose the label type that best fits your operational and sustainability requirements.
Yes, the XM7-40IWKL is designed to print on both standard liner and linerless label media at the same 5 ips printing speed. Linerless label support reduces material waste and is increasingly popular in warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this printer as a sustainable solution for your labeling needs.
The XM7-40WKL supports a 4-inch (112mm) maximum label width with a paper width of 104mm. This capacity makes it suitable for standard barcode labels and shipping labels used across warehousing, postal, and healthcare sectors. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this label size fits your operational needs.
Yes, the Bixolon XM7-40WK is designed to handle both liner and linerless label media at the same 5 ips print speed. This flexibility allows you to choose the most cost-effective and sustainable labeling solution for your specific application.
Yes, the Cisco NC57-MOD-RP2-E supports high reliability and cellular multihoming for single micro SIM card sockets with redundancy options. The platform also supports remote-initiated data callbacks using both voice and SMS, enabling robust failover and backup connectivity for mission-critical logistics and warehouse operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for specific redundancy configuration options.
The Nexus 9500 series includes Flexible NetFlow (FNF) with IPv4/IPv6 flow records, sampling, and data export capabilities, plus NetFlow v9 and IPFIX export support for comprehensive network visibility. The platform also features smart operations capabilities including Bluetooth readiness, RFID tag support, and Blue Beacon functionality for enhanced device management. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications on monitoring integration.
The NC57-MPA-2D4H-FC utilizes optical fiber connectivity through its QSFP-DD ports, supporting both 100GBase-X and 400GBase-X standards for long-distance, high-capacity data transmission. This makes it suitable for backbone networks, inter-data center links, and service provider core infrastructure where fiber-optic connectivity is essential. We offer compatible optical transceivers and cabling solutions to complete your deployment—contact us today for recommendations.
The C1-N3K-C3048TP stands out as a compact 1RU solution with 48 10/100 ports, making it ideal for organizations prioritizing space efficiency without sacrificing port density. Unlike higher-end Nexus models with advanced features, this router focuses on reliable, cost-effective connectivity for mid-range deployments. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete Cisco Nexus lineup.
The Cisco C9300-24S-E supports flexible power delivery options through Perpetual Cisco 90W UPOE+, Cisco UPOE, and PoE+ standards on compatible downlink modules. This allows you to power a variety of networked devices while maintaining the fiber-based uplink connectivity of the SFP ports. We can help you configure the right power and connectivity combination for your infrastructure needs.
The 200GB mSATA solid-state drive in this module offers faster data access, improved system responsiveness, and greater reliability compared to traditional mechanical drives. SSDs reduce latency for routing operations and service module execution, which is critical for branch-office routers handling multiple simultaneous connections and services. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete inventory of Cisco ISR memory and storage upgrades.
Yes, the Cisco IW3702-2E supports VLAN functionality for network segmentation, allowing you to isolate traffic between different departments or operational zones in your warehouse. This is particularly useful for separating barcode scanning devices, mobile computers, and administrative traffic on a single access point. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance on your specific network architecture.
The IW9167E model operates at -40° to +70°C with solar load, while the IW9167I variant operates at the more restrictive -40° to +55°C range with solar load. The IW9167E supports extended operating temperatures to +75°C without solar loading, whereas the IW9167I extends only to +65°C. Both variants share identical humidity, altitude, and wind resistance specifications for reliable outdoor performance.
The Cisco IW3702-2E-B-K9 features 4 RF ports, enabling simultaneous connectivity for multiple wireless devices including barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID equipment throughout your warehouse. This multi-port configuration supports high-density deployments in large logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how this access point integrates with your existing AIDC infrastructure.
The Cisco IW3702-4E-B-K9 features 4 RF ports, enabling multi-band wireless connectivity for industrial AIDC applications including barcode scanners and mobile computers. This configuration provides flexibility for warehouse managers needing robust coverage across multiple frequency bands. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible accessories and deployment options.
The system integrates with Cisco's comprehensive management suite, including Cisco Unified Provisioning Manager for service management, Cisco License Manager for software activation and licensing, and Cisco Configuration Engine for centralized, template-based management. These tools provide secure, scalable administration of your video conferencing infrastructure.
Yes, the UCS-FI-6332-U is designed as a 1RU fabric interconnect optimized for high-density deployments with fewer active components, which results in lower power consumption and support for more powerful blade servers. Its flexible unified port architecture scales efficiently across multiple blade chassis and rack servers without requiring additional management overhead. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this fabric interconnect fits your deployment architecture.
Cisco NCS controllers support multiple management interfaces including XML, scriptable command-line interface (CLI), and integration with Cisco Data Center Network Manager (DCNM) for comprehensive network administration. These interfaces enable both manual configuration and automated provisioning for enterprise environments.
This Cisco switch operates reliably in temperatures from 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) with relative humidity between 5 to 95% non-condensing, and supports altitudes up to 13,123 feet during operation. It features both forward and reversed airflow schemes for flexible deployment in various data center configurations. The 1.75 x 17.29 x 25.4 inch form factor and 30-pound weight make it suitable for standard 19-inch rack installations.
The 7-year term provides extended coverage and cost predictability for enterprise deployments, compared to shorter 1-year, 3-year, or 5-year options. We offer various contract lengths to match your network lifecycle planning and budget requirements—contact us today to discuss which term best fits your organization's needs.
The Cisco N540-RCKMT-19-CLA is designed for deployment in standard enterprise data center and network closet environments where 19-inch rack infrastructure is available. This mechanical kit maintains the integrity and performance of your Cisco NCS 540 switch across typical indoor networking environments. We recommend consulting with our team to ensure this kit meets your specific deployment requirements.
The N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C represents Cisco's latest generation Nexus 9000 fixed-configuration architecture, offering superior 100G port density compared to predecessor models like the N9K-C93108TC-FX3 and N9K-C9348GC-FX3. The FX3 designation indicates third-generation optimization for improved power efficiency and performance. We have discontinued earlier models, and we recommend the N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C for new deployments requiring maximum throughput.
The N9K-C9332D-GX2B features 32 fixed 400-Gigabit-Ethernet QSFP-DD ports for primary data connectivity, plus dual 100/1000Mbps SFP ports and one RJ45 management port for out-of-band management. It also includes one RS-232 serial console port and one USB port for local access and configuration. We offer complete connectivity solutions with this switch for enterprise network deployments.
Cisco Nexus and NCS series equipment comes with Cisco's standard 1-year limited hardware warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. We offer extended support and maintenance options through our partnership with Cisco, and our team can help you select the right service level for your network requirements. Contact us today to discuss warranty and support packages tailored to your organization.
Power consumption varies by model—the N9K-C93108TC-FX3 consumes 460W, while the N9K-C9348GC-FX3 operates at 178W, and the N9K-C93216TC-FX2 requires 965W. All models feature hot-swappable Power Supply Units (PSUs) and fans for high availability and simplified maintenance. We can help you calculate total power requirements for your deployment. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss power planning for your specific configuration.
The Cisco N9K-C93180YC-FX is a Layer 3 managed switch, providing advanced routing and switching capabilities for enterprise-grade network deployments. This enables it to handle complex network topologies and traffic management requirements typical in large warehouse and logistics environments. Our team can help you determine if this switch meets your network architecture needs.
This 36-port 100G line card is ideal for data center core switching, service provider backbone networks, and large-scale enterprise environments requiring high port density and throughput. It's particularly valuable for organizations managing massive data flows, cloud infrastructure, or carrier-grade network operations. We help logistics, warehouse, and IT teams deploy these solutions for mission-critical network infrastructure.
The NC55-MPA-4H-S utilizes QSFP28 (Quad Small Form-factor Pluggable 28) transceiver slots, which are the industry standard for 100 Gigabit Ethernet connections. QSFP28 modules support both short-reach and long-reach optical transmission options depending on your network distance requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible QSFP28 transceiver options for your deployment.
Yes, the AMP8370-K9 includes comprehensive Access Control Lists (ACLs), DNS proxy and spoofing protection, and Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) support for secure communications. The platform is built on Cisco's advanced security architecture with integrated threat prevention and application visibility features. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed security policy configuration support.
The ASR 9900 series supports both AC and DC power modules with 1.6 kW capacity per module, with up to 4 modules available. AC power supports high line (200-240V) and low line (90-130V) configurations with 2+2 and 3+1 redundancy options respectively, while DC modules provide 2+2 redundancy. Note that mixing AC and DC modules is not supported.
The primary difference is that the C9200-24T provides 24 data ports without Power over Ethernet, while the C9200-24P offers 24 ports with full PoE+ capability. The C9200-24P requires a higher-capacity PWR-C6-600WAC power supply to support PoE delivery to connected devices. We offer both models—contact us today to determine which configuration best fits your network requirements.
The IE-2000-4TS-B supports zero-touch discovery using DHCP for rapid deployment, with an exceptionally fast boot-up time of just 60 seconds. This quick initialization, combined with express setup capabilities, minimizes downtime and accelerates network expansion in industrial facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our deployment support services.
The Cisco Meraki MS210-48FP provides 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports with integrated PoE+ (Power over Ethernet Plus) capability, enabling both data and power delivery over standard Ethernet cables. This configuration supports a wide range of connected devices including IP phones, wireless access points, and IoT sensors without requiring separate power infrastructure.
The N9K-C93180YC-FX supports optical fiber connectivity through its SFP+ and QSFP28 ports for high-speed inter-switch and long-distance links. While the primary connectivity is fiber-based, Cisco Nexus 9300 series switches in our portfolio offer flexible media options depending on specific model configurations. We can help you select the right switch variant for your connectivity requirements—contact us today.
Yes, the Cisco SF250-48 supports Layer 3 static routing capabilities, allowing you to segment your network into separate workgroups and communicate across VLANs without degrading performance. This enables you to manage internal routing directly on the switch while dedicating your router to external traffic and security functions, improving overall network efficiency.
The Cisco SF250-24P delivers PoE capability across its 24 ports, enabling you to power IP phones, wireless access points, IP cameras, and other PoE-compatible devices directly through the network cable. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies and simplifies installation in distributed locations like ceilings and remote areas.
The SF350-24 is ideal for branch offices, small retail locations, and departmental networks that require reliable Gigabit Ethernet connectivity without the complexity of enterprise-class switches. Its 24-port 10/100 configuration provides ample connectivity for growing businesses, while managed features like VLAN support and QoS help optimize network performance. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch fits your network deployment needs.
The Cisco SF350-24MP features 24 ports of 10/100 Ethernet connectivity, providing flexible network expansion for growing businesses. The switch supports Gigabit speeds and includes uplink options for connecting to core network infrastructure. We have this model in stock and can help you plan your network topology—visit barcodesinc.com for availability and technical specifications.
Yes, the Cisco SF350-24P is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring managed switching with POE support for devices like barcode scanners, mobile computers, and access points. Its 24-port configuration and wire-speed performance provide the reliability needed for AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) deployments in demanding environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this switch integrates with your warehouse infrastructure.
The NXA-FAN-65CFM-PI's 65 CFM output positions it as a mid-capacity cooling solution, compared to lower-capacity options like the 30 CFM models and higher-capacity fans such as 160 CFM variants designed for larger switches. Your choice depends on your specific Nexus platform's thermal requirements and chassis design. Our team can help you select the right cooling fan for your equipment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
We offer the Cisco C9K-F2-SSD-960GB as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking components inventory. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team directly to check current availability, pricing, and shipping options for this enterprise storage component.
The FPR4145-NGFW-K9 represents a newer generation of Cisco's firewall portfolio with enhanced throughput and VPN capacity compared to earlier 3000-series models like the FPR3140-NGFW-K9. The 4100-series appliances deliver improved performance for demanding enterprise environments requiring higher concurrent connections and faster threat processing. We can help you evaluate which model best fits your organization's security requirements—contact us today for a detailed comparison.
The NC55-PWR-3KW-2HV delivers 3000 watts of power capacity, providing substantial power headroom for NCS 5500 series platforms and their connected modules. This 3kW rating supports demanding routing, switching, and PoE applications without requiring multiple power supplies in most deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed power budget planning assistance.
The MR36 represents Cisco's latest Wi-Fi 6 technology, offering significant performance improvements over previous-generation access points in terms of speed, capacity, and power efficiency. Wi-Fi 6 enables better handling of high-density device environments common in modern warehouses and logistics facilities. Our team can help you evaluate whether upgrading to the MR36 makes sense for your deployment—contact us today for a consultation.
Yes, network switch modules like the ACC-LA-H-NM-NF are designed to expand and enhance network switching capabilities in telecommunications systems. They support modular network architecture, allowing organizations to scale their infrastructure as bandwidth demands grow. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us to discuss how this module fits your network expansion strategy.
As a Cisco Meraki product, the MV93-HW integrates seamlessly with Cisco network management systems and supports standard IP-based surveillance protocols. The camera can be managed through Cisco's centralized cloud-based dashboard for remote monitoring and configuration. We provide complete integration support—contact us today for deployment assistance.
The device supports essential enterprise call features including call transfer, conference capabilities, call hold/resume, call forwarding, call waiting, call pickup, message-waiting indicators, and music on hold. It also provides Forced Authorization Codes (FAC), private-line automatic ringdown (PLAR), and shared line functionality for flexible business communication needs. We offer complete support for configuring these features to match your organization's requirements.
Yes, the Cisco ICPAM-KBD-RDR is suitable for warehouse, logistics, and enterprise facility access control applications where networked physical security is required. Its keypad interface provides a reliable method for controlling access to restricted areas and monitoring entry points. We offer this solution for organizations needing enterprise-grade physical access management.
Cisco security appliances in this class support advanced networking capabilities including IPv6 addressing architecture, IPv6 name resolution, and IPv6 DHCP, along with stateful firewall and IPsec failover features. These modern protocol supports ensure compatibility with contemporary network infrastructures and future-proof your security investments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed protocol compatibility information specific to your deployment.
The Cisco C1-AIR-CT2504-K9 is part of the ONE-2500 series controller line and comes with 0 AP licenses included, requiring separate licensing for each access point you deploy. The controller's capacity depends on the specific licensing tier you select, allowing you to scale from small branch locations to large warehouse deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to determine the appropriate licensing configuration for your facility size.
Cisco power systems utilizing M12 connectors are rated for normal operating temperatures of -5°C to +45°C at altitudes up to 5,000 feet, with extended capability to -5°C to +40°C at altitudes up to 10,000 feet. Storage temperature range extends from -40°C to +70°C, making this cable suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, Cisco zone controllers support multiple VPN and tunneling encapsulations including Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3), generic routing encapsulation (GRE), and Layer 2/Layer 3 VPN configurations. This enables secure, flexible network connectivity across distributed locations. We offer comprehensive service contracts to support your VPN infrastructure—contact us today for details.
Yes, refurbished Cisco controllers like the UCSC-MRAID12G-RF are fully functional and tested components suitable for production environments. Cisco refurbished parts maintain quality standards and typically include warranty coverage. Contact us today to discuss warranty terms and ensure this controller meets your warehouse IT infrastructure requirements.
Cisco UCS servers in this generation support multiple enterprise operating systems including Windows Server 2022 (Standard and Datacenter editions), Windows Server 2019, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise. This broad OS compatibility ensures you can deploy the server in diverse IT environments and integrate it with existing infrastructure. Contact us today for specific OS licensing and deployment support.
As a professional-grade Cisco Meraki antenna, the MA-ANT-27 is built for reliable performance in demanding industrial and commercial environments. For specific environmental specifications including temperature ranges, humidity ratings, and outdoor durability certifications, we recommend contacting our team or visiting barcodesinc.com for detailed technical documentation.
The Cisco 5508 controller supports 802.11n wireless technology, which delivers significantly enhanced performance compared to earlier 802.11a/g standards. This standard enables reliable transmission of bandwidth-intensive applications like voice over IP and video streaming across your wireless network infrastructure.
The Cisco 5508 supports comprehensive management through SNMP (v1, v2c, v3), web-based HTTP/HTTPS interfaces, Telnet, and command-line access, along with advanced authentication via IEEE 802.1X, RADIUS, and web-based methods. It integrates with Cisco Wireless Control System for centralized management of your entire wireless infrastructure. Our team can help you configure these management features to align with your security and operational requirements.
The CWDM4 (Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing) technology uses four wavelengths to achieve 100 Gigabit Ethernet over a single fiber pair, making it cost-effective for 2km distances. In contrast, SR4 modules use multimode fiber for shorter ranges, while LR4 and ZR4 modules support longer distances up to 10km and 80km respectively using single-mode fiber. We offer multiple Cisco 100G transceiver options to match your specific distance and infrastructure requirements.
The QSFP-40G-SR4 is optimized for short-reach multi-mode fiber connections, while longer-reach alternatives like the QSFP-40G-LR4-S-RF support single-mode fiber over extended distances up to 10km. The SR4 is ideal for data center environments where distances are shorter, whereas LR4 modules suit campus or metro area networks. We offer both options to match your specific distance and fiber infrastructure requirements.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-LR4-S requires single-mode fiber (SMF) for optimal performance. Single-mode fiber supports the long-reach 10km transmission distance and is the standard for long-distance optical network deployments.
The Cisco 840 series phones that use the CP-840-CLIP= are rated for operating temperatures between 23°F to 113°F (-5°C to 45°C) and non-operating temperatures from -13°F to 158°F (-25°C to 70°C), with non-condensing humidity up to 90%. This temperature range makes the belt clip suitable for standard warehouse and indoor logistics environments. For outdoor or extreme temperature applications, we recommend consulting our team about alternative solutions.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7020 comes standard with 16 GB DDR5 SDRAM and supports memory upgrades. We offer compatible Dell memory accessories and upgrade options—contact us today to discuss memory expansion configurations that meet your specific operational requirements.
Yes, the Dell 7G23X comes standard with Windows 11 Pro, providing enterprise-grade security features, remote management capabilities, and compatibility with business applications used in warehouse and logistics environments. This operating system is ideal for IT procurement teams requiring professional-grade operating systems for mobile computing solutions.
The Dell 9NKVD comes with Windows 11 Pro and Intel vPro Technology, which provides advanced security and remote management capabilities essential for enterprise environments. The combination of Windows 11 Pro security features and vPro's hardware-based security ensures your warehouse data and operations remain protected. We offer this configuration for IT procurement teams requiring enterprise-grade security standards.
Yes, the Dell 400-AVBX features both hot-swappable and hot-pluggable capabilities, allowing you to replace the drive while the system remains operational. This design eliminates scheduled downtime for drive maintenance or upgrades, which is critical for 24/7 production environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this enterprise-class drive for your infrastructure.
The Dell S2425HS features a tilting stand that allows users to adjust the screen to their preferred viewing angle for maximum comfort during extended work sessions. The monitor also includes an integrated cable management system to keep your workspace organized and clutter-free.
Yes, the Dell Pro 14 Plus PB14250 is well-suited for warehouse and logistics professionals. Its robust build, extended 18.20-hour battery life, Wi-Fi 7 connectivity, and Intel vPro management capabilities make it ideal for mobile inventory management, order picking, and field operations. We offer this model to support demanding warehouse environments where reliability and connectivity are essential.
The Dell P2222H supports height adjustment and tilt functionality ranging from -5 to +23 degrees, allowing warehouse staff to customize viewing angles for optimal comfort and reduced fatigue during long work sessions. The monitor also features on-screen controls for brightness, color, and image adjustments.
The Dell D3-S4610 is engineered for mixed-use workloads in enterprise data centers, including general-purpose server storage, virtualization environments, and transactional databases where consistent performance is required. Its 1.92 TB capacity makes it suitable for medium to large-scale deployments requiring reliable solid-state performance. We offer this drive for organizations looking to upgrade or expand their enterprise storage infrastructure.
The Dell Latitude 7320 includes comprehensive security features such as SmartCard reader support, optional fingerprint reader, ControlVault technology, TPM 1.2, and optional contactless SmartCard reader capabilities. These features make it suitable for secure enterprise environments and compliance-sensitive operations in logistics and warehouse management.
Absolutely—the SD25 supports resolutions up to 6K at 60Hz, making it excellent for displaying detailed warehouse management software, barcode scanning interfaces, and logistics dashboards across multiple monitors simultaneously. The support for ultrawide displays (3440 x 1440) is particularly useful for monitoring multiple warehouse zones or real-time inventory feeds without switching between windows. We recommend the SD25 for operations requiring precision visibility and multi-screen workflows.
Yes, the TMGM2 features a modular design with expandable memory slots and storage options. You can upgrade RAM, add additional SSDs, and connect external peripherals through the available USB and HDMI ports. We offer compatible accessories and upgrades—contact us today to discuss your specific expansion needs.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN connectivity and standard network connectivity options for seamless integration with barcode scanners, RFID readers, and mobile computing devices. Its robust connectivity infrastructure supports the real-time data transmission required in logistics and warehouse management environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible AIDC peripherals for this system.
The Dell 400-22284 uses SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) connectivity, which offers superior performance, reliability, and multi-initiator support compared to SATA drives—making it ideal for enterprise servers and high-demand applications. SAS drives are designed for 24/7 operation in mission-critical environments, while SATA drives are typically suited for consumer or light-duty use. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise-grade storage solutions.
The Dell NWH7V-RF measures 14.0" width (356.1 mm), 11.7" depth (296 mm), and 2.2" height (56.8 mm), with a starting weight of 8.8 lbs (3.99 kg) when equipped with a 6-cell battery and no optical drive. With protective bumpers, dimensions expand to 15.3" width and 2.6" height. This compact, lightweight design makes it ideal for mobile warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Dell 400-AGSW is hot-swappable, allowing you to replace or upgrade the drive without shutting down your system. This capability minimizes downtime during maintenance and is standard in enterprise server environments. We stock this drive for immediate replacement needs in production systems.
The Dell 3RDJV is a 2.5" internal solid state drive, the standard form factor for modern server storage systems. This compact size allows for flexible deployment in rack-mounted servers and storage arrays while maintaining high capacity at 960GB. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible Dell server storage solutions.
Yes, the Dell 462-6771 is specifically designed for RAID deployments in enterprise storage systems, offering the reliability and performance characteristics required for multi-drive array environments. The NL-SAS interface and 7200 RPM speed make it well-suited for RAID 5, RAID 6, and other configurations in data centers and server farms. Contact us today to discuss RAID storage solutions for your organization.
Yes, the Dell D7-P5500 is classified as a rugged solid state drive, making it suitable for demanding environments. Its robust design helps protect against mechanical stress and environmental challenges, making it appropriate for both traditional server deployments and more demanding operational conditions.
While the Dell 400-ATFL specifications indicate that encrypted mobile solid state options are available up to 256GB, the standard 120GB model specifications provided focus on standard performance configurations. For encrypted or FIPS Opal-compliant SSD options, contact us today to discuss your security requirements and available alternatives.
The Dell D4N7V operates at 7200 RPM, delivering reliable performance for server workloads that require consistent data access speeds. This rotational speed balances performance with thermal efficiency, making it suitable for 24/7 server environments in logistics and warehouse management operations.
The Dell 6T2NP is designed as a server device and supports Dell PowerEdge servers and other systems with SAS connectivity. For specific compatibility with your server model, contact us today and our team can verify whether this drive will work with your infrastructure.
The Dell 400-ANUT offers 4 TB of storage capacity with a 7200 rpm spindle speed, delivering a balance of capacity and performance for enterprise nearline applications. The 7200 rpm specification makes it suitable for systems requiring faster data access than traditional 5400 rpm drives. We have this model in stock and available for immediate delivery.
Yes, the Dell MDF8N can function as a secondary drive in systems that support multi-drive configurations, such as Dell's E-Module Bay II secondary HDD option on compatible models. Its 2.5" form factor and SATA connection make it flexible for various installation scenarios. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific storage expansion needs.
The Dell 400-AMJE offers 800 GB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" form factor, making it suitable for space-constrained server environments while delivering solid-state performance. This capacity is ideal for caching, high-I/O applications, or primary storage in enterprise systems. We have this drive available from our warehouse for immediate shipment.
The Dell 345-BGML is engineered for mixed-use workloads, balancing both read and write performance for typical enterprise applications including databases, virtualization, and file serving. Its 3 DWPD endurance rating and SAS interface provide the reliability and speed needed for diverse workload patterns in data centers and warehouse management systems.
The Dell 463-6999 provides 2TB of storage capacity in the NL-SAS 2.5" form factor at 7200 RPM. Dell manufactures various NL-SAS capacities across different form factors for enterprise deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore our complete inventory of Dell storage solutions for your specific capacity and performance needs.
Yes, the Dell 463-6766 is a genuine Dell accessory component manufactured by Dell for use in Dell networking equipment. Genuine Dell parts ensure compatibility, reliability, and warranty coverage for your infrastructure investments. We stock authentic Dell components and can assist with verification and compatibility questions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
Yes, the Dell 345-BHSC features hot-pluggable design, allowing you to replace or upgrade the drive while the server remains operational. This capability minimizes downtime and is essential for mission-critical environments requiring continuous availability.
The Cisco MV93-HW is engineered for outdoor-rated performance, designed to operate reliably across various environmental conditions including temperature fluctuations and humidity exposure. Its robust construction ensures durability in demanding warehouse, logistics, and industrial facility environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed environmental specifications.
The CTI-410VB-VTS-K9 includes advanced voice quality features such as adaptive jitter buffering, frame loss concealment, voice activity detection (VAD) with silence suppression, and comfort-noise generation (CNG). These technologies ensure clear audio transmission even over variable network conditions and help optimize bandwidth usage. Dynamic payload support and adjustable audio frames per packet provide additional flexibility for different network environments.
The ICPAM-KBD-RDR is a network-connected device that integrates with Cisco security appliances and requires network connectivity for authentication and access control operations. It supports standard IP-based communication protocols for centralized management and real-time access decisions. Contact us today for detailed specifications on network requirements and deployment architecture.
Cisco security appliances meet stringent international compliance standards including EN 60950-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, and AS/NZS 60950.1 for safety, along with emissions standards such as 47 CFR Part 15 (2006) and CISPR22 Edition 6.0. They also comply with immunity standards including CISPR24 and EN55024 to ensure reliable operation in various electromagnetic environments. We can provide full compliance documentation for your procurement requirements.
Yes, the Cisco C1-AIR-CT2504-K9 is designed for enterprise deployments including warehouse and logistics operations that require robust wireless infrastructure for mobile computers and barcode scanners. The controller's support for enterprise authentication, RADIUS accounting, and centralized management makes it ideal for tracking and inventory applications across large facilities. We offer this controller as part of our complete AIDC solutions for warehouse automation.
The CAB-PWR-M12-10 is designed to operate reliably in humidity levels of 5% to 90% noncondensing and can function at altitudes up to 10,000 feet at temperatures up to 45°C. However, for outdoor or extremely harsh environments, we recommend consulting with our team to ensure this cable meets your specific environmental requirements. Contact us today to discuss your application needs.
The 12G SAS Modular RAID Controller supports multiple RAID configurations for flexible storage management in enterprise server environments. It enables organizations to configure RAID levels based on their performance and redundancy needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications on supported RAID levels and storage capacity options for your specific use case.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-M4 supports up to 8 TB of DDR5 SDRAM with 32 total memory slots, utilizing DDR5-6400/PC5-51200 specifications for maximum performance. This substantial memory capacity makes it suitable for memory-intensive applications including large-scale database operations and virtualization workloads. We offer this server with flexible memory configuration options to match your specific performance requirements.
The Cisco Atlas zone controller supports enterprise-grade traffic management including Quality of Service (QoS), Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing (CBWFQ), Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED), and Hierarchical QoS policies. These features ensure optimal network performance and prioritization of critical traffic. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore service contract options that include ongoing QoS optimization support.
Sector antennas like the MA-ANT-27 provide directional coverage patterns that concentrate signal strength in specific areas rather than omnidirectional coverage. This design is particularly valuable in warehouse and logistics operations where you can strategically position antennas to optimize coverage over receiving docks, inventory zones, and mobile computer work areas.
Yes, the Cisco 5508 features flexible licensing that allows you to easily add access point support or premium software features as your network grows. This scalability means you can start with your current deployment and expand capabilities without replacing the entire controller infrastructure.
The Cisco 5508 series is currently discontinued, but we maintain availability of various configurations and can help you identify suitable alternatives based on your access point count and performance needs. If you're currently using or considering the 5508 platform, our team can discuss upgrade paths and modern controller options that provide enhanced capabilities. Contact us today to explore the best wireless controller solution for your environment.
The Cisco QSFP-100G-CWDM4-S= delivers 100 Gigabit Ethernet (100 Gbit/s) performance, making it suitable for high-bandwidth applications in modern data centers and enterprise networks. This transceiver is designed for 100GBase-CWDM4 standards compliance. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific network infrastructure.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-SR4 features an MPO connector interface standard for QSFP modules, enabling compatibility with modern high-speed optical switching infrastructure. This connector type supports the parallel optics architecture required for 40 Gigabit Ethernet transmission. Contact us today to verify connector compatibility with your existing network equipment.
While the QSFP-40G-LR4-S is optimized for 10km long-reach deployments, it can technically operate over shorter distances. However, for short-distance connections under 300 meters, we recommend considering 40GBASE-SR4 modules, which are specifically designed for multi-mode fiber and shorter reach applications.
Yes, the CP-840-CLIP= is compatible with Cisco 840 series phones that feature Wi-Fi (802.11b/g) and Bluetooth connectivity, such as the CP-840S-K9= Webex 840S IP Phone. The belt clip accessory does not interfere with wireless functionality and allows users to maintain full connectivity while carrying the phone on their belt. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our selection of Cisco wireless phones and compatible accessories.
The Intel Core i5-14500 with vPro technology provides enhanced security features, remote management capabilities, and reliable performance for business applications. This processor is ideal for IT-managed environments in warehouses and logistics operations where security and remote administration are critical, and we can help integrate this system with your existing AIDC infrastructure.
The Dell Latitude 7640 features a 16" Full HD Plus display with 1920 x 1200 resolution and In-plane Switching (IPS) technology, delivering vibrant colors and consistent image quality from multiple viewing angles. The larger screen size makes it ideal for extended work sessions in warehouse offices and logistics operations centers. We offer this model for professionals who require superior display clarity for detailed work.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus features DDR5 SDRAM architecture that supports memory expansion beyond the standard 16 GB configuration. Memory upgrade options are available through us, allowing you to customize the system for demanding warehouse management applications and multi-tasking scenarios. Contact us today for compatible memory upgrade modules and installation guidance.
The Dell 400-AVBX delivers 2.40 TB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" form factor, making it ideal for space-constrained server and storage environments. This capacity balances performance with density, suitable for high-transaction databases and virtualized workloads. We offer this drive as part of our comprehensive enterprise storage solutions.
Yes, the Dell S2425HS features IPS technology with anti-glare screen treatment designed to reduce eye strain during extended use. The monitor's 250 nit brightness and high contrast ratio provide clear visibility while minimizing fatigue for warehouse and logistics personnel.
The Dell Pro 14 Plus features a 14" Full HD Plus display with 1920 x 1200 resolution at 60 Hz, utilizing In-plane Switching (IPS) technology for excellent color accuracy and wide viewing angles. This display is ideal for outdoor warehouse environments and provides clear visibility for barcode scanning and data entry tasks.
The Dell P2222H delivers 250 cd/m² brightness with a 1000:1 static contrast ratio and 8,000,000:1 dynamic contrast ratio, ensuring clear visibility of barcode data and warehouse management system displays even in varying lighting conditions. The 5 ms gray-to-gray response time provides responsive performance for scanning and inventory operations.
The Dell 400-BDVR D3-S4610 uses the SATA/600 (6 Gbps) interface standard, which connects via traditional SATA data and power connectors commonly found in servers and storage systems. This SATA connectivity ensures broad compatibility with enterprise-grade hardware while delivering reliable data transfer rates. Available from us for immediate deployment in your data center or server infrastructure.
The Dell Latitude 7320 measures 14.0" wide (15.3" with bumpers), 11.7" deep (12.1" with bumpers), and 2.2" tall (2.6" with bumpers), with a starting weight of 8.8 lbs (3.99 kg) with a 6-cell battery and no optical drive. The compact, rugged design makes it portable for mobile warehouse and logistics operations.
The Dell SD25 delivers 180W of charging power, sufficient to keep most laptops and mobile computers fully charged during continuous warehouse operations and shift work. This eliminates the need for separate power adapters and reduces cable clutter at your workstation. Available from us with full technical support to ensure uninterrupted productivity in your facility.
The Dell TMGM2 includes Intel vPro Technology for advanced security and remote management capabilities, along with TPM (Trusted Platform Module) for hardware-based encryption. The system supports optional smart card readers and fingerprint authentication to protect your sensitive data and ensure secure access control.
Yes, the Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus includes Intel vPro Technology, which enables advanced remote management, security, and monitoring capabilities essential for IT procurement teams managing distributed warehouse locations. This feature allows for out-of-band management and enhanced security protocols across your logistics infrastructure. Our team can help you configure vPro features for your specific operational needs.
Dell offers various enterprise storage options including 7200 rpm SAS drives up to 1 TB, encrypted FIPS Opal drives, and solid-state options up to 256 GB for enhanced performance. The Dell 400-22284 1 TB drive provides substantial capacity for server environments requiring fast, reliable bulk storage. Contact us today to determine the best storage configuration for your specific infrastructure needs.
Yes, the Dell NWH7V-RF features Dell Fast Response Free Fall Sensor and HDD Isolation as standard on the motherboard to protect your data during drops and impacts. This rugged protection is essential for mobile warehouse operations and logistics environments where devices may be subject to handling stress. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our rugged computing solutions.
The Dell 462-6771 provides 4 TB of storage capacity, making it suitable for high-capacity storage needs in enterprise environments where large data volumes require reliable, scalable solutions. This capacity is ideal for backup, archival, and data warehouse applications in logistics and warehouse management operations.
The Dell 400-AGSW uses 12Gb/s SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) connectivity, which offers higher reliability, faster speeds, and better performance than SATA drives for enterprise applications. SAS drives support dual-port connectivity for redundancy and are designed for 24/7 operation in server environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare SAS and SATA options for your infrastructure needs.
As a solid state drive, the Dell 3RDJV offers significantly faster data access speeds, lower latency, and improved reliability compared to mechanical hard drives. Its enterprise-grade construction with 6160 TB TBW endurance ensures consistent performance over extended service life in server environments. We offer this SSD for organizations seeking to upgrade from legacy HDD storage.
The Dell 400-BLJV specifically offers 1.92 TB of storage capacity. Dell provides various storage solutions across different form factors and interfaces—from traditional SATA drives up to 750GB to modern NVMe options. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore our complete range of Dell storage solutions for your specific capacity requirements.
The Dell 400-ATFL is a 2.5" internal solid state drive that uses the SATA/600 (SATA III) interface, making it compatible with standard laptop and mobile workstation drive bays. Its hot-swappable and hot-pluggable design allows for easy installation and replacement without powering down the system. We stock this drive and can ship it quickly—visit barcodesinc.com for current availability.
Yes, the Dell D4N7V's SAS 12Gb/s interface and enterprise-grade design make it well-suited for RAID deployments in server environments. For specific RAID configuration recommendations and compatibility verification with your existing storage infrastructure, contact us today and our team can provide detailed guidance.
The Dell 6T2NP offers 3.84 TB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" internal form factor, making it ideal for space-constrained server environments. This size is standard for modern data center deployments where density and performance are both important considerations.
The Dell 400-ANUT is designed for nearline storage applications including RAID arrays, data center environments, backup systems, and enterprise storage solutions where high capacity and reliability are essential. Its 4 TB capacity and SAS interface make it ideal for warehouse management systems and logistics operations requiring large-scale data storage. Contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements.
The Dell MDF8N's 7200 rpm performance and genuine Dell manufacturing ensure reliability for demanding business applications, including inventory management and logistics operations. Dell drives are engineered with enterprise-grade standards and often include features like Dell Fast Response Free Fall Sensor protection on compatible systems. We supply genuine Dell components that meet the durability requirements of warehouse and logistics operations.
The Dell 400-AMJE is designed to be a genuine Dell component and can serve as a replacement drive in compatible Dell server and storage systems that support 2.5" SAS drives. Its hot-swappable design allows for seamless replacement without system shutdown. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific Dell hardware configuration.
While the provided specifications focus on the drive's core performance and capacity, enterprise SSDs like the Dell 345-BGML typically support security features. For detailed information about encryption, FIPS compliance, or other security capabilities available with this model, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for complete specifications.
The Dell 345-BHSC delivers 960 GB of storage capacity in a compact 2.5" form factor, making it suitable for space-constrained server environments while providing substantial capacity for enterprise applications and data storage needs.
The Dell 463-6766 delivers 1 Gigabit per second (1 Gbit/s) throughput using the 1000Base-SX standard over optical fiber. This speed is suitable for server interconnects, switch uplinks, and high-speed data networking applications. Available from us for immediate deployment in your network infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell 463-6999 NL-SAS drive is specifically designed for RAID environments in enterprise storage systems. Its 7200 RPM speed and NL-SAS interface make it well-suited for RAID arrays requiring reliable, high-capacity near-line storage. We can help you configure the appropriate quantity and RAID level for your data center requirements—contact us today for guidance.
Each Dolphin 7800 purchase includes the mobile computer and battery, with a standard 1-year warranty included. Additional comprehensive warranty coverage is available for extended protection. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and any additional accessories you may need for your deployment.
The VM3A features a large 12.1-inch display with resistive touchscreen technology (as specified in this model), readable both indoors and outdoors. An optional screen defroster is available for use in cold storage and freezer environments to ensure visibility in extreme conditions.
When stored under proper conditions, the Zebra 800017-240 dye-sublimation color ribbon typically has a shelf life of up to one year. Ribbons that are more than one year old and improperly stored will not print optimally and may result in costly maintenance and card reprinting. We guarantee that our ribbons are stored properly and always fresh.
When stored under proper conditions, Zebra 800015-440 dye-sublimation color ribbons typically have a shelf life of up to one year. Ribbons that are more than one year old and improperly stored will not print optimally and can result in higher maintenance costs and reprinting expenses. We store all our ribbons properly to ensure they remain fresh.
When stored under proper conditions, Zebra 800015-135 overlamination ribbons have a shelf life of up to one year. Ribbons stored improperly or older than one year will not print optimally and may result in costly maintenance and card reprinting. We guarantee our laminates are genuine Zebra products stored properly and always fresh.
Yes, the Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series is specifically designed for entry-level enterprise, medium-sized, and branch office networks that require enhanced LAN services. As a fixed-configuration, standalone device, it provides the connectivity, security, and resiliency needed for these environments without requiring complex setup. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore which model best suits your network architecture.
The CF83-E offers onboard storage capacity ranging from 512GB to 3TB, with video retention of 30 to 120 days depending on which storage tier you select. This onboard processing and storage helps reduce bandwidth usage while supporting cloud-based management through its hybrid cloud architecture.
The tablet features a 5MP front-facing Windows Hello face-authentication camera for secure biometric login and data protection. Combined with Windows 11 Pro, it provides enterprise-grade security suitable for sensitive field operations and compliance requirements.
The VisionTek 901298 is a solid state drive (SSD), which means it offers faster performance, greater durability, and lower power consumption compared to traditional mechanical hard drives. This makes it an excellent choice for systems where speed and reliability are priorities.
The Memor 20 features a 5.7-inch Full HD display with Gorilla hardened glass in an 18:9 aspect ratio, combined with a novel secondary notification display for enriched alerts. This phone-sized design provides excellent visibility while maintaining the device's slim and compact form factor suitable for mobile warehouse operations.
The Joya Touch A6-HC supports IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n Wi-Fi with WEP, WPA/WPA2 PSK, and 802.1x EAP security standards, as well as Bluetooth 4.0 wireless technology in Dual Mode. This ensures reliable connectivity for healthcare applications requiring real-time data transmission.
The Lenovo Tab M8 supports Wi-Fi 802.11ac and Bluetooth 5.0 connectivity. An optional 4G LTE model is available for cellular data connectivity, giving you flexibility in how you connect depending on your mobility needs.
The HP CF440AM is a standard-yield cartridge offering 27,000 pages per color. HP also manufactures high-yield alternatives that deliver more pages per cartridge, which can reduce your cost-per-page for high-volume printing environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to explore high-yield options that match your printing demands.
The system supports WiFi, WiFi Direct, and Web Services connectivity, enabling seamless integration with retail networks and cloud-based POS solutions. These connectivity features allow for flexible deployment in modern retail and warehouse environments. We offer complete support and configuration assistance for all connectivity options.
The HP CB543A is available as a single-pack cartridge, making it ideal for replacing individual color cartridges as needed. We offer this standard-yield magenta toner in single-unit quantities to provide flexibility for your replacement supply needs.
HP recommends using HP-branded components to ensure full compatibility with the 5YQ08AT and related systems. For detailed compatibility information and to ensure you select the right configuration, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team.
The HP CF217A toner cartridge is available as a single pack containing one cartridge. We offer this original HP supply to help you maintain consistent inventory and replace cartridges as needed. Contact us today if you need bulk quantities or want to set up regular supply orders.
The HP C0F29A supports scan speeds up to 83 ppm for black and white and color in normal mode, with duplex scanning at up to 167 ipm. Supported file formats include PDF, JPEG, TIFF, XPS, PDF/A, and OCR-enabled formats like searchable PDF and HTML, providing comprehensive document capture for your business needs.
Yes, the HP CE278A is an original HP LaserJet toner cartridge manufactured by HP. Original cartridges are engineered to meet HP's quality and performance standards and are available from us at barcodesinc.com.
Yes, we offer the HP CC533A toner cartridge and can support bulk ordering for warehouses, offices, and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing, delivery schedules, and supply management solutions tailored to your organization's printing needs.
The recommended monthly page volume for the HP Q7516A is up to 40,000 pages, though the duty cycle supports up to 150,000 pages monthly. This specification helps ensure optimal printer performance and cartridge longevity in high-volume warehouse and logistics environments. We offer this cartridge for organizations with demanding print requirements.
HP printers compatible with the C9455A include HP Printer Software, HP Update, and HP Photo Creations. These tools help you manage printing tasks, keep your printer drivers current, and create photo projects directly from your printer.
Yes, HP PageWide printers equipped with the L0R16A cartridge support WiFi, WiFi Direct, and Web Services connectivity, making them suitable for networked warehouse and logistics printing operations. These connectivity options enable centralized print job management across your facility.
The HP M0J97AN is a high-yield yellow inkjet cartridge rated for 16,000 pages per unit. It's designed for HP POS systems and inkjet printers, offering cost-effective printing for warehouse, retail, and logistics operations.
The HP P24742-B21 is a 1U rack server designed for compact data center deployments, powered by 1 x 800 W power supply. The 1U form factor allows efficient use of rack space while the 800 W power supply provides reliable power for continuous warehouse and logistics operations.
The HP PageWide Pro 577dw supports up to 80,000 pages monthly, making it suitable for high-volume printing environments. This capacity ensures the device can handle demanding workloads typical in busy office and warehouse operations.
Yes. The Fargo 49301 is designed with intuitive operation and supply replacement, requiring minimal training to get started. Its user-friendly design reduces operational complexity and helps maximize productivity without extensive staff training.
The printer includes a 100-card input hopper with same-side input/output card hopper design, allowing for efficient workflow without requiring card repositioning between input and output stages.
The Fargo 55206 comes with a three-year printer warranty, providing extended coverage and peace of mind for your card issuance investment. This comprehensive warranty reflects the robust and reliable design of the print engine. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for warranty details and support options.
The Fargo 55216 comes with a three-year printer warranty, providing extended protection and peace of mind for organizations investing in high-volume card printing infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss warranty extension options if needed for your specific deployment.
The Fargo 55316 comes with a three-year printer warranty, providing extended coverage and peace of mind for your card printing investment. This comprehensive warranty reflects the robust and reliable design of the print engine. Contact us today for details on warranty coverage and support options.
The HDP5600 features USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity with an internal print server. It requires 32 MB RAM and is compatible with Windows XP, Vista, Server 2003 & 2008, Windows 7, and Linux operating systems. We provide FARGO Workbench diagnostic utility with Color Assist spot-color matching software to support your card production workflow.
The Fargo 89652U includes FARGO Workbench™ diagnostic utility with Color Assist™ spot-color matching for printer maintenance and color management. It is interoperable with Asure ID® card personalization software for badge design, database management, and technology card encoding, and works with EasyLobby® Secure Visitor Management Solutions. The SmartScreen™ graphical display provides user-friendly status monitoring.
The Fargo 078202 YMCKOK ribbon prints at approximately 31 seconds per card. This speed is measured from the time a card drops into the output hopper to when the next card drops, and does not include encoding time or PC processing time.
The HDP5000 features cartridge-based card handling with a standard input hopper and optional dual card input hopper module for increased capacity. The system uses a 200-card input hopper and includes door and cartridge locks for secure operation, allowing for faster card reloading and quicker switching between different card stocks.
Epson C35CD004 synthetic labels are durable and have been BS5609 certified when used with Epson's DURABrite pigment inks and appropriate media. This certification indicates they meet standards for marine and offshore applications, making them suitable for demanding environments.
Each box of Epson C35CD003 labels contains 6 rolls with 145 labels per roll, totaling 870 labels per box. This quantity is designed to support high-volume printing operations in warehouses and logistics facilities using the Epson TM-C3500 printer.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer features both USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity, allowing you to integrate it into your warehouse network or connect it directly to a workstation. This flexibility makes it easy to incorporate barcode label printing into your existing IT infrastructure.
The Epson TM-C3500 supports multiple print resolutions including 360 dpi × 180 dpi, 360 dpi × 360 dpi, and 720 dpi × 360 dpi, allowing you to balance print quality with speed depending on your labeling requirements. Higher resolutions are ideal for detailed graphics and barcodes on your 4" × 6" labels.
The Epson PowerLite 1780W comes with a 3-year limited warranty in the U.S. and Canada. It is RoHS compliant, recyclable, and Epson America is a SmartWay® Transport Partner, reflecting the company's commitment to environmental responsibility.
Yes, the Epson C33S020464 is designed for use with the Colorworks TM-C3400 SecurColor printer, which is built for color label and receipt printing applications. The 3-color ink cartridge delivers cyan, magenta, and yellow output suitable for professional labeling and color receipt needs. Contact us today to discuss your color printing requirements.
Yes, the TM-U220 supports two-color black and red printing, allowing you to highlight special offers and print more visible logos on receipts. The printer uses the ERC-38 inked ribbon in black/red configuration for this capability.
Yes, the TM-H6000V features remote printer monitoring functionality that helps reduce downtime by allowing you to track printer status and error conditions from a distance. The intuitive control panel provides clear error indications to help your team quickly identify and resolve issues. This proactive monitoring capability is especially valuable for multi-location retail operations.
The Epson C13S020565 is a magenta ink cartridge that produces vibrant magenta color output for your Colorworks C831 printer. This cartridge is ideal for color label and receipt printing applications that require high-quality magenta tones. Available from us at barcodesinc.com.
The Epson ColorWorks TM-C3500 printer has been discontinued. However, we offer compatible label supplies like the C35MD003 for existing installations, and our team can help you explore current color label printer alternatives. Contact us today for guidance on your labeling needs.
Each box of Epson P60-0060-050 labels contains 10 continuous rolls. This bulk packaging is designed to support the high-volume labeling demands of warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options.
Yes, the Datalogic 95A901800 features a scanning rate of 60 frames per second maximum, making it well-suited for high-throughput warehouse operations, conveyor line integration, and rapid item identification processes. The scanner's 3GL (Three Green Lights) technology with dual good-read LEDs and adjustable beeper provides clear feedback during fast-paced scanning operations, ensuring operators maintain accuracy even at high speeds.
The DS2400N can be deployed using either a desk stand with adjustable reading angle and height, or a wall support for flexible installation in space-constrained areas. Both accessories are designed to maximize user flexibility and accommodate various warehouse layouts. Contact us today to discuss the best mounting configuration for your specific application.
The Memor 11 runs Android 11 with Google Mobile Services (GMS) and is certified as an Android Enterprise Recommended device with robust security features built-in. It supports enterprise-class mobile device management (MDM) platforms including SOTI MobiControl, VMWare AirWatch, Wavelink Avalanche, and 42Gears SureMDM, making it ideal for IT procurement teams managing large deployments. The device also supports Android Zero Touch enrollment and QR Code provisioning for streamlined deployment.
The PM9500 series offers two display options: a model with 4 configurable keys or a full 16-key keyboard model with a graphic display featuring white backlight. The 16-key model enables two-way communication with the host system for more reliable and effective data exchange.
The Memor 20 is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon SD660 Octa-core processor clocked at 2.2 GHz, paired with 4 GB RAM and 64 GB Flash storage. This configuration delivers top performance for demanding enterprise applications while maintaining the slim, phone-size form factor.
The SH21 Blackline supports VAC 110/230V power input with an internal antenna configuration, making it suitable for installation in various industrial facilities with standard electrical infrastructure. This dual voltage capability ensures compatibility with both North American and international power systems.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) support with Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities. It also features an optional in-bonnet 1 MP USB color camera (1280 x 1280 px) that enables AI-ready workflows for produce recognition and loss prevention applications.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated loss prevention features such as an all-weighs scale platter for large items and built-in support for Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation. An optional 1 MP in-bonnet USB color camera is also available for AI-ready imaging workflows like produce recognition and advanced loss prevention monitoring.
The DSE0420 operates reliably in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity levels from 5 to 95% non-condensing. It features 25kV ESD protection and operates in ambient light conditions from 0 to 86,080 lux, making it suitable for diverse warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the DE2011-DL is designed for seamless integration with enterprise systems through its WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) compliance and MBeans support for JavaPOS. It supports host download capabilities and is compatible with major ERP management solutions including IBM Director and Wavelink Avalanche. Contact us today to discuss integration with your specific warehouse management platform.
The red LED emission (typically 630-680nm wavelength) provides excellent visibility and detection reliability across diverse warehouse lighting conditions, from bright outdoor receiving areas to dimly-lit storage zones. Red LEDs offer superior performance in high ambient light environments compared to infrared alternatives. Our team can help you select the right sensor configuration for your specific facility lighting conditions.
The encoder features a 1.5m cable connector for straightforward integration into control systems and automation equipment. The 5-30 Vdc power specification allows flexible integration with various industrial power supplies and PLC systems commonly found in warehouse automation infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements with your existing systems.
Yes, Datalogic decoders include remote management capabilities such as diagnostic reporting, host download functionality, and support for WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) compliance. They are compatible with IBM Director, Wavelink Avalanche, and other enterprise resource planning management solutions, enabling centralized monitoring across your warehouse infrastructure.
The DataLogic DSM0422-DL includes a 3-year factory warranty covering defects and failures. We provide configuration support through Datalogic's DESP Demonstration & Configuration Utility and Datalogic Aladdin™ software tools. Contact us today for technical support and warranty service details.
Yes—the Magellan 9550i includes integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) support with Checkpoint/Nedap antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities. It also features an All-Weighs scale platter that adds a top surface weighing area for large items that don't fit on traditional platters, enhancing loss prevention at checkout. An optional 1 MP in-bonnet USB color camera enables AI-ready imaging for produce recognition and additional loss prevention workflows.
The Memor 20 runs Android 9 (Pie) with Google Mobile Services and is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon SD660 Octa-core processor clocked at 2.2 GHz. It has been validated by Google as 'Android Enterprise Recommended' for rugged devices and comes with 4 GB RAM and 64 GB Flash storage.
The Datalogic RFID Vision Reader operates reliably between 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) and can be stored between -20 to 60°C (-4 to 140°F). The device is engineered for warehouse environments and comes with a 1-year factory warranty to ensure dependable performance in your operations.
The DSM0492-DL supports Windows, Linux, and Android operating systems, providing flexibility for diverse integration scenarios. Configuration and demonstration capabilities are available through the DESP Demonstration & Configuration Utility and Datalogic Aladdin software tools. This multi-platform support makes it an excellent solution for integrators who must support multiple applications and platforms.
The DSE0420 operates in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) and can be stored or transported in temperatures ranging from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F). It maintains performance in humidity levels of 5-95% (non-condensing) and features robust ESD protection, making it durable for warehouse, logistics, and industrial environments.
Yes, the optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) enables omni-directional reading from mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons, enhancing customer self-service capabilities. The CSS integrates seamlessly with the main scanner to improve cashier efficiency and modern payment workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore CSS configurations available for your checkout setup.
The scanner operates reliably in temperatures from 10–40°C (50–104°F) with humidity levels of 5–95% non-condensing, and includes ESD protection up to 25kV air discharge for durability in demanding retail environments. Storage temperature range extends from -40 to 70°C, providing flexibility for warehouse and logistics applications. These robust specifications ensure consistent performance in high-traffic checkout areas.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) support with Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities. It also offers an optional in-bonnet 1 MP USB color camera (1280 x 1280 px) that enables AI-ready imaging workflows for produce recognition and loss prevention. These features help retailers reduce shrinkage while maintaining checkout speed and customer experience.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) support with Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities. An optional 1 MP in-bonnet USB color camera is also available for AI-ready imaging workflows such as produce recognition and loss prevention monitoring.
The DSM0452-DL meets necessary safety and regulatory approvals for its intended use and complies with China RoHS and EU RoHS environmental standards. The scanner is classified as IEC 60825 Class 2 for laser radiation, ensuring safe operation in commercial and industrial settings. For a complete list of certifications, refer to the Quick Reference Guide available from us.
The Magellan 800i withstands repeated drops from 1.2 meters onto concrete, features IP52 particulate and water sealing, and operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C with humidity levels up to 95%. It also provides 20 kV ESD protection, making it durable enough for demanding retail and warehouse environments.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated EAS support with Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities. This enables loss prevention workflows directly at the checkout counter without requiring separate hardware installations.
Yes, the optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) enables the Magellan 9550i to read barcodes from mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons with omni-mount capability. This feature enhances customer self-service and cashier efficiency in modern retail checkout workflows.
The DSM0422-WA includes mounting hardware that allows installation from all sides of the device at any angle, providing maximum flexibility for system designers working with space constraints. This omni-directional mounting capability makes it particularly valuable for embedded applications and custom integration scenarios where traditional fixed mounting positions aren't feasible. The compact form factor combined with flexible mounting options simplifies mechanical integration into existing equipment.
The DSM0452-WA comes with a 3-year factory warranty and complies with China RoHS and EU RoHS environmental standards. The device meets all necessary safety and regulatory approvals for its intended use, and detailed certifications can be found in the Quick Reference Guide we provide.
DataLogic power accessories are engineered to support standard AC power requirements, typically operating across 100-240 VAC at 50-60 Hz for global compatibility. The 3-pin IEC C13 connector on the 95ACC1213 provides safe, regulated power delivery to DataLogic Joya Touch devices in various operating environments. Our team can help you select the correct power accessories for your specific DataLogic equipment configuration.
The Datalogic 90ACC0192 features a 5-foot power cord, providing adequate reach for most warehouse scanning stations and barcode reader installations. This length balances flexibility in equipment placement with practical cable management in busy logistics environments.
The CH53-E offers configurable onboard storage ranging from 1TB to 8TB, allowing you to choose the capacity that matches your retention requirements. With 3TB of storage included in the standard model, you can achieve approximately 90 days of video retention depending on resolution and compression settings.
The CD63-2TBE-HW-F includes 2TB of onboard storage, providing approximately 90 days of video retention depending on resolution and frame rate settings. This hybrid cloud architecture allows local storage and processing while maintaining redundant cloud backup for critical footage. Contact us today for guidance on storage configuration and retention planning for your deployment.
Yes—the Verkada LIC-BB-3Y-CAP includes a capacity increase feature, allowing you to expand the number of alarms and monitoring points within your Verkada system. This makes it ideal for growing facilities or organizations that need to add additional alarm zones without replacing their entire licensing structure. Our team can help you determine the right capacity level for your needs.
This license is specifically tailored for government use with compliance considerations built in, offering a 3-year commitment that provides budget predictability and continuous software updates. We offer this solution to help government organizations maintain secure, scalable surveillance infrastructure with dedicated support for public sector requirements.
Yes, the Lenovo ThinkPad P15v Gen 3 21D8007HUS comes pre-installed with Windows 11 Pro, providing enterprise-grade security features and compatibility with professional software applications. Windows 11 Pro is optimized for business users and offers enhanced management capabilities for IT procurement teams. We offer this configuration to ensure your mobile workstations are deployment-ready out of the box.
Yes, the Lenovo Yoga 7 14IML9 is a convertible 2-in-1 notebook that can be folded into tablet mode, allowing you to use it with just the touchscreen for more intuitive interaction and portability. This flexibility makes it excellent for presentations, digital note-taking, and content consumption on the go.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 20XFS05E00 ships with Windows 11 Pro, which provides enhanced security features, productivity tools, and business-class functionality. Windows 11 Pro is ideal for IT professionals and enterprise environments requiring advanced management and deployment capabilities.
The Lenovo Yoga 7 features AMD Radeon 860M integrated graphics, which provides sufficient performance for business applications, data visualization, and warehouse management software. Combined with the 1920x1200 WUXGA display at 60Hz, this configuration delivers clear visuals for detailed inventory reports and logistics dashboards. The graphics performance is optimized for productivity rather than gaming, making it ideal for enterprise use.
The ThinkPad T14S G5 includes modern connectivity standards essential for warehouse and logistics operations, including Gigabit Ethernet and wireless capabilities for seamless integration with barcode scanners, RFID readers, and mobile computers. The laptop supports enterprise networking requirements for real-time inventory tracking and supply chain visibility. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your connectivity and AIDC integration needs.
The tablet includes a 5-megapixel front camera and a rear camera for capturing images and video, useful for documentation in warehouse operations, asset verification, and mobile workforce applications. The camera functionality supports barcode imaging and visual inventory documentation when needed.
The ThinkPad P1 Gen 7 is built with commercial-grade ThinkPad construction and undergoes rigorous durability testing to support frequent travel and field use in demanding environments. The system includes a 90Wh battery with Rapid Charge capability, modern wired and wireless connectivity, and professional display connections for flexible docking and mobile work scenarios. We offer this workstation as a reliable choice for professionals requiring portable, travel-ready performance.
The Lenovo 21ES001WUS comes standard with a 512GB SSD, providing ample storage for enterprise applications and data. For specific information regarding upgrade options and maximum supported storage capacity, we recommend contacting our team today—we can provide detailed technical specifications and upgrade pathways tailored to your organization's needs.
The XT5-43NCS features a 3.5-inch full color LCD display with clear error messaging, providing best-in-class user convenience. The display helps operators quickly identify issues and monitor printer status, reducing downtime in your warehouse or retail environment.
The SRP-332IIIPK includes a paper-saving mode that reduces receipt length by up to 25%, helping you cut operational costs and environmental impact. This feature is particularly valuable for high-volume operations looking to optimize material consumption.
Yes, the SPP-L3000IWK is rated IP54 for water and dust protection and can withstand a 2.1-meter (7 ft.) drop. It operates reliably in temperatures from -15°C to 50°C and humidity levels of 10-80% RH, making it suitable for demanding logistics, ticketing, and arena applications.
The Bixolon XQ-840CG runs Android 7.0 and includes multiple SDK options for custom development, including Android SDK and Xamarin SDK (Android). It comes pre-loaded with applications like Label Artist™ Mobile, BIXOLON Utility, and mPrint App, and supports emulations including SLCS™, BPL-Z™ (ZPLII), BPL-E™ (EPL), and BXL/POS. We offer comprehensive development support to help you integrate this printer seamlessly into your application ecosystem.
The Bixolon XM7-40IK is equipped with both a standard battery and an optional smart battery, allowing you to effectively manage battery status and life cycle. The smart battery option provides enhanced monitoring capabilities for extended field operations. We offer both battery configurations to suit your operational requirements.
The XM7-40IWK features a TFT LCD display that provides visibility into printer status and operational information. This screen helps operators monitor printing functions and troubleshoot issues efficiently in warehouse and field environments. We offer this model with this built-in display for enhanced usability.
The SPP-R400 is equipped with a 7.4V Li-ion rechargeable battery with 2,600 mAh capacity and charges fully in up to 4.0 hours. The battery supports 500 recharge cycles, providing reliable power for extended field operations. Contact us today for information on optional spare batteries and charging accessories available from us.
Yes, the TSP143III goes beyond standard receipt printing through integration with Star Micronics AllReceipts and futurePRNT software. You can add promotional graphics, trigger digital coupons, collect instant customer feedback on receipts, and manage receipts digitally—all from a single thermal printer. This capability helps retailers build customer loyalty and gather valuable transaction data.
The included receipt design software lets you preview receipts before printing, add coupons and logos, remove unwanted white space, and enhance barcode printing quality. These tools give you full control over receipt appearance and help optimize your branding directly from the printer package.
The Star CD5 Max is backed by a 5-year limited warranty, providing long-term reliability and investment protection for your POS equipment. This industry-leading warranty reflects the durability and quality built into the heavy-gauge steel construction.
The Star Micronics CD5 connects to POS systems through standard interfaces supported by Star Micronics hardware. For detailed connection instructions specific to your POS setup, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for technical guidance.
Yes, the Star SK1-211 is a 2-inch thermal receipt printer designed specifically for kiosk applications requiring compact, maintenance-free printing solutions. The 2-inch print width is ideal for standard receipt formats in self-service and point-of-transaction environments. We stock the SK1-211 for immediate availability.
Yes. The included receipt design software allows you to preview receipts before printing, add coupons and logos, and remove unwanted white space to optimize paper usage. The software also enhances barcode printing quality for improved scanning reliability.
Yes, the Star mC-Print3 supports peripheral device connectivity for cash drawers, 1D/2D scanners, and HID class devices, and select models include hub functionality for streamlined integration. This makes it a central connection point in your POS ecosystem without requiring additional hardware. Contact us today to discuss your complete POS peripheral setup.
The Star TSP1000 accommodates a maximum paper width of 80mm (3.15 inches) and includes a built-in cutter for automatic receipt separation. The slip stacker feature helps organize and store printed receipts efficiently in high-volume environments.
The Star TSP100III has a Mean Cycles Between Failures (MCBF) rating of 60 million lines, indicating strong long-term reliability. The auto-cutter is rated for 2 million cuts, providing extended durability for high-volume receipt printing environments. The printer comes with a standard 3-year limited warranty, with optional extended service agreements available.
The Star 39900312 printhead delivers a print resolution of 0.06 to 0.08mm, providing sharp, clear output for receipt printing and label applications. This resolution is suitable for standard thermal receipt printing in retail, warehouse, and logistics environments. We offer this printhead as a quality replacement component to maintain professional print output standards.
The SM-T300i prints at a high speed of 75mm per second with a print resolution of 203 dpi. This makes it efficient for high-volume receipt printing in retail and hospitality applications.
Yes, the TSP143III is designed for speed and reliable performance in demanding POS environments. Its thermal printing technology enables fast receipt output, making it suitable for busy retail and hospitality locations that require consistent, dependable printing throughout the day. Contact us today to learn how this printer can support your operation's throughput requirements.
Yes, the Star SP742 features two-color printing capability, allowing you to highlight important information on receipts and kitchen tickets. This single-color highlighting feature is particularly effective for food service and kitchen applications where visual emphasis improves order accuracy. Available from us with this feature included in the standard configuration.
The Star TSP100III delivers fast thermal printing with a 203 dpi resolution and features a mean cycles between failures (MCBF) of 60 million lines, ensuring reliable long-term operation. The auto-cutter is rated for 2 million cuts, providing excellent durability for high-volume receipt printing environments. These specifications make it suitable for busy retail and restaurant locations.
Yes, the Star TSP100III is fully compatible with Uber Eats and is specifically designed as an Uber Eats receipt printer. It supports the connectivity and functionality required for food delivery order printing.
We stock genuine Star Micronics consumables to ensure optimal performance and reliability in your printing operations. Our team can help you order the right supplies and quantities for your warehouse or logistics environment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for pricing and availability.
NCNR stands for 'Non-Cancelable, Non-Returnable,' which means this receipt paper is a special order item that cannot be cancelled or returned once purchased. This designation typically applies to bulk or case quantities, so please verify your order quantity before checkout.
The Star 37966141 is classified as a data networking device that integrates with Star's receipt and portable thermal printer product line. It enables network connectivity for thermal printing operations in warehouse, logistics, and retail environments.
The Toshiba BEX4T1GH12DS01 features ribbon save technology, which optimizes ribbon consumption and reduces operational costs over time. This capability makes it an economical choice for organizations managing large-scale label production.
The B-EX4T1 operates at lower than 9W in stand-by mode and features nearly 40 percent lower overall power consumption in stand-by compared to its predecessor, qualifying it for the Energy Star program. This makes it an environmentally responsible choice that also reduces operational costs. We're committed to offering green technology solutions for your warehouse.
The Toshiba TFC200UK Black Toner Cartridge is available from us at barcodesinc.com. Contact us today for pricing, bulk orders, and delivery options tailored to your organization's printing needs.
Yes, the B-EX4T1 qualifies for the Energy Star program and consumes less than 9W in standby mode—nearly 40 percent lower than its predecessor. This energy efficiency reduces operating costs and environmental impact, making it an ecological choice for industrial printing operations.
Each case contains 10 rolls of ribbon, with each roll measuring 1968 feet long. The total printing capacity depends on your label size and printer settings, but the 10-roll case provides substantial volume for warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today for guidance on ordering quantities based on your specific printing needs.
Yes, the Toshiba BEX60110AS1F comes in cases of 10 rolls, providing bulk supply for warehouses and logistics operations with high-volume printing needs. We offer this ribbon and a full selection of thermal labels and ribbons for all TEC thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode label printers. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options.
The Toshiba T2840 is a laser toner cartridge designed for laser printing technology. This cartridge delivers professional-quality black output and is engineered to work seamlessly with compatible Toshiba laser printer systems.
Yes, the KCD18802L-0HLB0 is designed as a smart and contactless printer with dual encoding capabilities, making it well-suited for secure government, enterprise, and institutional ID programs that require both contact and contactless credential support. We offer this printer as part of our comprehensive ID card printing solutions. Contact us today to discuss your credential issuance needs.
The Evolis Tattoo RW 2 is designed as a photo ID printer with integrated contactless encoding capability through the included SpringCard Crazy Writer HSP. This combination makes it suitable for comprehensive credential issuance that includes both visual identification and embedded data.
Yes, the Tattoo RW is designed for single-sided rewritable card printing, making it a straightforward solution for organizations that need flexible, updatable card data without the complexity of dual-sided printing.
The Primacy 2 offers both USB and Ethernet (TCP/IP) connectivity options, allowing you to integrate the printer into your network infrastructure. It also supports printing from smartphones and tablets through the Evolis Premium Suite software available for Windows, Mac, and Linux.
We offer the Evolis N6F203A100 ID Card Ribbon as part of our comprehensive AIDC product selection. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our Evolis ribbons and consumables, or contact us today for pricing, bulk orders, and technical support for your ID card printing operations.
The Evolis S8101 Printhead is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this printhead along with other Evolis supplies and ID printer accessories, or contact us today for volume pricing and availability.
The R7H006NAA is a half-panel ribbon offering 250 prints per roll, making it suitable for moderate to regular-volume ID printing workflows. For high-volume operations, you may want to evaluate full-panel ribbon options or plan for multiple roll inventory. Contact us today to discuss the right ribbon solution for your production needs.
The Evolis S10122 is classified as a cleaning kit and replacement part for Evolis ID printers. It falls under supplies and accessories designed to maintain printer performance and print quality. We carry a complete range of Evolis supplies and parts available from us at barcodesinc.com.
Lamination films like the LPA047NAA protect printed ID cards from wear, damage, and fading while improving their professional appearance and longevity. For Primacy 2 and Primacy 2 LE users, lamination is a critical finishing step in secure ID production workflows.
The FC75+ operates on DC +5V power with typical power consumption of 270mA during operation and 80mA in standby mode. It draws 800mA at power-on and connects via USB cable, making it straightforward to integrate into existing point-of-sale and warehouse management systems.
The device includes a battery and USB charger, ensuring you have the essential power accessories needed to deploy and maintain the mobile computer in the field. This makes it ready to use out of the box.
The Jabra Evolve2 features powerful 40mm speakers that deliver richer sound for a more immersive audio experience. It includes fully adjustable Jabra Advanced Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) to help you maintain focus, along with noise-isolating design for improved concentration in noisy surroundings. Additional audio features are available through the Jabra Sound+ app, Jabra Xpress, and Jabra Direct software.
The Datacard Sigma SL3 comes with a three-year manufacturer warranty that includes AlphaCare support and service coverage. This comprehensive warranty ensures you have access to professional support throughout the printer's initial years of operation.
The HPE AF651A can manage up to 8 computers from a single console interface. This multi-computer support makes it suitable for server environments where administrators need centralized control over multiple systems.
The HPE Aruba 9004-LTE is a combined cellular modem and wireless router that integrates 4G LTE mobile connectivity with traditional wired networking capabilities. This dual-function design enables seamless switching between cellular and hardwired connections for continuous network availability.
The HPE P26264-B21 requires PCI Express 4.0 x16 interface, ensuring maximum bandwidth and compatibility with modern HPE server platforms. PCIe 4.0 provides the necessary throughput to fully support the adapter's 10/25Gb multi-port capabilities without bottlenecking network performance. Verify your server supports PCIe 4.0 x16 slots before installation.
Yes, the HPE P28778-B21 is designed for enterprise storage connectivity and can be deployed across multiple HPE servers to create scalable SAN infrastructure. Each adapter provides dedicated 10 Gbit/s Fibre Channel connectivity for reliable storage access. Contact us today to discuss deployment strategies for your data center.
Yes, the HPE Q1P55A is designed with remote management capabilities, supporting 1 remote user in addition to local access. Its IP-based console switch architecture makes it well-suited for organizations requiring off-site server administration and monitoring capabilities.
Yes, the HPE AF652A is designed as a 1U rack-mountable device, making it ideal for standard server rack installations in data centers and server rooms. Its compact form factor helps maximize space efficiency while providing centralized management of multiple systems.
The HPE AF622A operates at 50Hz/60Hz frequency with AC voltage input of 90–264 VAC rated. The switch is designed to meet international safety standards including EN 62368-1:2014 +A11:2017 and EN 62368-1:2020 +A11:2020 for Europe and UK compliance.
HPE provides express warranty statements that accompany this product, with coverage details specified in the official documentation. HPE also provides HPE-supported replacement parts and materials required to maintain covered hardware during the warranty period. For specific warranty terms and support options available from us, contact us today.
Yes, the NETGEAR GS116NA supports jumbo frames up to 9,600 bytes in Gigabit mode, enabling higher throughput for bandwidth-intensive applications in your network. This capability is particularly valuable for large file transfers common in warehouse management and logistics operations. We offer this switch with full technical support available through our team.
The NETGEAR AGM732F features 1 dual-personality serial console port that supports both RJ-45 and USB micro-B connections, providing flexible management and configuration options. This allows you to connect via traditional serial cables or modern USB connections for device administration and troubleshooting. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com for ordering.
The NETGEAR GS105NA measures 3.9 x 3.8 x 1.1 inches (100 x 98 x 28 mm) and weighs 9.35 ounces (265 grams). Its compact form factor makes it easy to deploy in tight spaces within warehouse racks, server closets, or logistics facility network installations.
The NETGEAR AGM731F is a standard SFP transceiver that can replace other 1000Base-SX modules in compatible equipment. However, compatibility depends on your specific network hardware and firmware support. Contact us today to discuss your current setup and ensure proper replacement and configuration.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 delivers a maximum battery run time of 15.50 hours under controlled conditions with default display brightness settings. Actual battery life will vary based on your specific operating conditions and usage patterns.
Yes, the Surface Pro 9 is compatible with the Surface Pro Keyboard with bold keyset, the Surface Adaptive Kit, and Microsoft Adaptive Accessories. It also includes integrated Windows Accessibility Features, making it accessible for users with diverse needs in your organization.
The product data confirms the Surface Pro 9 includes USB-C connectivity with support for data transfer and display output capabilities. These ports enable connection to peripherals, external displays, and data transfer devices essential for warehouse operations and inventory management.
The Surface Pro 9 enclosure is made with a minimum of 72% recycled content, including 100% recycled aluminum alloy and 100% recycled rare earth metals. The device is also ENERGY STAR® certified, reflecting Microsoft's commitment to energy efficiency and environmental responsibility.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 features a 13-inch PixelSense touchscreen display with a resolution of 2880 x 1920 pixels, delivering sharp visuals for detailed work and data-intensive applications. The high-resolution display is optimized for both productivity and content viewing in professional environments.
Yes, we offer the Microsoft STPM1CART Mobile Cart as part of our comprehensive Microsoft point-of-sale and workspace solutions portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your mobile cart requirements and get a competitive quote for your organization.
The Socket Mobile CX4050-3113 is a wireless handheld scanner, enabling mobile connectivity for real-time data capture without cable constraints. This wireless capability makes it ideal for dynamic warehouse environments where mobility and flexibility are essential.
Yes, we offer the Socket Mobile CX4058-3121 in a 50-unit bulk package, making it cost-effective for enterprise deployments across multiple warehouses or distribution centers. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing, payment terms, and delivery options tailored to your procurement needs.
The bulk package of 50 units we offer does not include accessories. If you need accessories for your deployment, contact us today to discuss your specific requirements and available options.
The SocketScan S720 comes with a wrist strap included in the package. Additional optional accessories are available separately, including holsters, charging stands, and retractable clips to enhance portability and convenience.
The D760 supports multiple Bluetooth profiles including HID (Human Interface Device) in Basic Mode and Serial Port Profile (SPP) and MFi-SPP in Application Mode, making it compatible with various smartphones, tablets, and notebooks. Some operating systems or device models may support only one profile. Our team can help you verify compatibility with your specific mobile devices and systems—contact us today.
The NLS-HR2081-BT connects via Bluetooth, which allows it to pair with compatible mobile devices including iPhones and Android phones. This wireless capability makes it an excellent choice for mobile inventory management and point-of-sale applications.
The Newland AD20-D-P connects via DC cable to compatible Newland battery chargers and charging cradles, ensuring a secure and standardized power connection across Newland's charging ecosystem.
The NCR 7702-K460 requires a 24V dedicated power connection, which is typically supplied through the powered serial port on compatible NCR RealPOS terminals. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies in most POS installations.
This system is marked as a preferred offer, indicating it represents an optimized configuration that balances performance, features, and value for retail environments. The combination of Intel I5-8500T processing, 8GB RAM, 15-inch PCAP display, and Remote IO connectivity delivers the essential capabilities retailers need. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn why this configuration is our recommended choice.
The NCR 5915MC133 features a black finish with a professional form factor designed for integration into POS counters and workstations. The compact 15" footprint and anti-glare display make it suitable for both high-traffic retail and warehouse environments.
The Magicard 3300-0021 features a USB interface for connection to your computer or network, providing straightforward integration into your existing ID card printing workflow.
Both the MA300YMCKO and MC300YMCKO/2 are Magicard 300-image YMCKO color dye film ribbons compatible with Magicard printers. They represent different part numbering schemes for the same ribbon type, and we offer both versions available from us—check your printer's documentation or contact us today to confirm which part number applies to your specific model.
Yes, the Magicard MA600KO ID Card Ribbon is available from us at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order and ensure you have reliable ribbon supplies for your Rio Pro printer.
The YMCKOK ribbon configuration supports the full capabilities of Magicard Rio Pro and Enduro series printers, which include both single-sided and dual-sided ID card printing modes. The six-panel design accommodates the color and overlay requirements for advanced card personalization. Contact us today for guidance on your specific printing application.
The XG4 features a 52-key alpha-numeric keypad for data entry and a 13MP top-facing camera for imaging and documentation tasks. These capabilities make it suitable for applications requiring both barcode scanning and visual capture in the field.
Yes, the XT100 features an IP65 rating, which protects against dust and water ingress, making it suitable for demanding warehouse and logistics environments. The rugged design combined with touch screen capability delivers durability without sacrificing usability.
This terminal features a 65,536 color ¼ VGA backlit display with 16-bit color video capability, a recessed 13 laser-etched tactile keypad plus 4 screen-addressable ATM-style keys for privacy, and a chemically hardened glass capacitive touch screen. Optional field-upgradeable signature capture and stylus pen capabilities are also available.
The VeriFone 999-DEP-00175 features a 65,536-color backlit display with chemically hardened capacitive touch screen technology, supporting 16-bit color video graphics. It includes 13 laser-etched tactile keys plus 4 screen-addressable ATM-style keys with recessed privacy design, and supports optional non-mechanical stylus pen and signature capture for enhanced transaction flexibility. Available from us with full technical support at barcodesinc.com.
VeriFone's software includes a Web Development Environment (WDE) that supports multiple programming languages including JavaScript, XML (AJAX), C++, PHP, and cURL for custom interface development. This allows retailers and restaurants to build tailored customer interfaces and integrate the software into their existing business systems with professional support from VeriFone's expertise team.
The Poly EagleEye IV USB connects via USB 2.0, providing simple plug-and-play installation with compatible Polycom systems and Skype Room Systems. It requires 12v @ 1.5A power and includes a user-friendly remote control for easy camera adjustments during meetings.
The stereo Blackwire 3315 weighs 130 grams (4.59 oz) including the inline control, or 96 grams (3.39 oz) for the headset alone. This lightweight design makes it comfortable for all-day wear and easy to transport between locations.
The SoundStation IP 5000 offers advanced call handling features including call transfer, hold, divert (forward), and pickup capabilities. It also supports advanced local three-way conferencing with conference, join, split, hold, and resume functions, plus one-touch speed dial, redial, call waiting, and do-not-disturb functionality for efficient call management.
The VVX 450 is equipped with comprehensive security features including 802.1X Authentication, Transport Layer Security (TLS), encrypted configuration files, digest authentication, password login, and HTTPS secure provisioning. These protections ensure your communications and device configuration remain secure.
Yes, the SoundStation IP 6000 includes acoustic echo cancellation, background noise suppression, voice activity detection, and comfort noise fill to ensure clear audio quality during conference calls. It also features packet loss concealment and adaptive jitter buffers to maintain call quality even on less-than-ideal networks. We offer this phone to help your teams stay focused on productive conversations rather than struggling with audio issues.
Yes, the Poly Trio 8800 supports multiple EagleEye cameras for enhanced video conferencing capabilities, making it future-proof for evolving collaboration needs. The system is also designed to accommodate content sharing, allowing you to transform your large meeting space into a complete collaboration hub.
The Poly Trio 8300 includes a built-in auto-sensing IEEE 802.3af PoE (Power over Ethernet) device, allowing it to be powered directly through the network cable in most installations. For environments without PoE support, an optional power kit is available from us for non-PoE installations.
The Trio 8500 enables meetings to be launched with a single touch, eliminating complex setup steps and reducing the time it takes to get your team connected. This one-touch capability makes it ideal for organizations looking to improve meeting efficiency and reduce technical friction.
The CCX 400 includes one USB Type-A 2.0 port for media and storage applications. The phone runs Android 9 and supports an on-screen virtual keyboard with multilingual user interface support including English, Spanish, French, German, Chinese, Japanese, and many other languages.
To use the CAB351380 Power Device, you will need the umbilical cable (Part# 296141785AC) and either a COMBOX (Part# 296148891AB) or VBOX (Part# 296209868). These components work together to create the complete breakaway cable power system for your Ingenico terminal.
The router includes comprehensive security features such as zone-based object firewall with host address filtering, MAC address filtering, per-client web filtering, IP filtering, certificate support, and 802.1x authentication for Ethernet. It also supports RADIUS and TACACS+ for enterprise-grade access control.
The Aruba 8325 represents a modern switching platform with significantly higher performance capabilities compared to legacy Aruba 2930F and 5400R series switches, featuring improved throughput, latency, and routing capacity. The newer architecture supports contemporary networking demands for high-density AIDC deployments and warehouse automation. Contact us today to discuss which HPE Aruba switch model best fits your infrastructure upgrade path.
HPE Aruba switches in this series feature multiple configurations with options including Gigabit Ethernet ports (10/100/1000), 10 Gbps SFP+ ports, and Smart Rate 1/2.5/5GbE ports depending on the model selected. The combination of copper and fiber connectivity options allows flexibility for both short-distance and long-distance network links in warehouse and logistics networks. We offer models with 24-port, 48-port, and other configurations to match your infrastructure needs.
The HPE Aruba 8400X series is designed for standard rack-mount deployment with compact form factors suitable for enterprise data centers and distributed network locations. These switches operate reliably in standard data center environments with typical temperature ranges from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F). For exact dimensional specifications and environmental requirements for your facility, contact us today and our team can provide detailed technical documentation.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 2930M 40G is engineered to support multiple simultaneous connections with its robust switching architecture and PoE distribution capabilities. With 78 watts of total PoE capacity available across its ports, you can power numerous network-connected devices including wireless access points, IP cameras, and mobile computing equipment throughout your facility. Contact us today to discuss your specific device count and power requirements.
Yes, the HPE Aruba R1Q04B is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations where reliable wireless connectivity is critical for mobile devices, barcode scanners, and RFID readers. Its network management capabilities help ensure consistent performance across large facilities with multiple access points and mobile workers.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JW148A 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ is suitable for data center interconnects, campus networks, and warehouse environments requiring extended-reach 10GbE connectivity. Its long-range capabilities make it ideal for connecting multiple facilities or distributed warehouse locations over single-mode fiber infrastructure. We offer this transceiver as part of our comprehensive HPE Aruba networking solutions—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance.
The Aruba 7210 operates reliably in temperature ranges from 0°C to 40°C with humidity levels between 5% to 95% non-condensing, making it suitable for standard data center and network closet deployments. The controller measures 44.5 cm (W) x 44.5 cm (D) x 4.4 cm (H) and weighs 7.45 kg with one AC power supply installed. Contact us today for installation guidance specific to your facility.
Redundant power supply cables like the JD188A are critical for enterprise network reliability, ensuring your switches remain operational even if one power supply fails. This is essential in mission-critical environments where network downtime can impact business operations. We offer the JD188A as part of our complete HPE Aruba infrastructure solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to learn more.
Yes, the J9993AR is suitable for warehouse and logistics environments requiring reliable network infrastructure for barcode scanning systems, mobile computers, and RFID equipment. The optical SFP+ connectivity provides noise immunity and long-distance capabilities ideal for large facility deployments. We specialize in networking solutions for logistics operations — contact us today to design a complete AIDC infrastructure solution.
The HPE Aruba JD175A provides a 3-meter cable length, which is suitable for most standard networking rack installations and equipment spacing. The fixed length design eliminates the need for additional connectors or adapters in typical deployment scenarios. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today if you need different cable lengths or configurations for your specific installation requirements.
The HPE Aruba JC156A offers standard 2-meter length with 120 ohm impedance, making it suitable for most router and switch connections in data networking setups. Different cable lengths and specifications are available depending on your network topology and distance requirements. We offer a full range of Aruba networking cables and accessories—contact us today to find the right fit for your infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JG263A features a 0.3-meter (approximately 1-foot) cable length, making it ideal for short-distance connections in compact network cabinet environments. This length is designed to minimize cable clutter while providing the necessary reach for most equipment configurations. We stock this cable for immediate availability in your networking projects.
The JL275A's LR4 (Long Range) designation enables 10km transmission distances, compared to SR4 (Short Range) modules that typically support only 100 meters. This makes the JL275A ideal for campus networks and distributed facilities, while SR4 modules are better suited for data center rack-to-rack connectivity. We offer both options to match your specific network topology and distance requirements.
The JL251A transceiver operates within standard enterprise networking environmental parameters, supporting operating temperatures from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F), consistent with HPE Aruba switch specifications. This temperature range accommodates typical warehouse and data center environments without requiring specialized cooling. For detailed environmental specifications and installation requirements, contact us today to ensure proper deployment in your facility.
Like other HPE Aruba networking components, the JL306A operates within standard commercial temperature ranges (typically 0°C to 45°C) and is designed for reliable performance in controlled data center and network closet environments. For specific environmental specifications or deployment in non-standard conditions, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed technical documentation.
The JL286A's LR4L specification provides extended 2-kilometer reach over single-mode fiber, making it superior to standard SR (short-range) transceivers that typically support only 300 meters. This makes the JL286A ideal for connecting geographically dispersed data centers or campus locations where longer distances are required. We offer both short and long-range transceiver options to match your network topology needs.
The HPE Aruba JL293A uses multimode fiber (MM) with LC connectors, which is the standard for short-range, high-speed data center applications. Multimode fiber is more cost-effective than single-mode for shorter distances and is widely deployed in modern enterprise networks. We offer compatible fiber optic cables and can assist with your complete connectivity solution—contact us today.
The Aruba MM-HW-1K supports standard Ethernet connectivity for network integration and includes out-of-band management options via serial RS-232C and micro USB ports. These connectivity options ensure reliable communication with managed access points and enable secure administrative access even during network issues.
Aruba mobility management platforms support up to 1TB maximum storage capacity with compatibility for Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems, enabling flexible data management and backup configurations. These storage options accommodate various deployment scenarios and operational requirements. Contact us today for detailed specifications on your specific use case.
The Aruba mobility management systems operate on universal AC input voltage (100-240V, 50-60 Hz), making them suitable for global deployments. Power consumption varies by model and configuration, with systems designed for efficient enterprise data center operation. We recommend consulting with our team at barcodesinc.com to calculate power requirements for your specific deployment scenario.
Yes, the Aruba MM-VA-50 supports a wide range of USB devices including modems, printers, and storage devices for enhanced network functionality. Compatible USB modems include Novatel, Kyocera, and Compass models, while supported printers include HP LaserJet and Lexmark devices. We can provide you with a complete compatibility list—contact us today for specific device recommendations.
The Aruba Mobility Master platform operates on universal AC input voltage (100-240V, 50-60 Hz) with maximum power consumption of 126 watts, making it suitable for standard data center and enterprise network deployments. The low power footprint reduces operational costs while maintaining full management capabilities. Contact us today for deployment planning and power infrastructure requirements.
The Aruba platform supports a range of tested USB devices including modems (Novatel, Kyocera, Compass), printers (HP LaserJet, Lexmark), and storage devices. Compatibility varies by specific model and firmware version, with an updated device list available from HPE Aruba. We can provide you with current compatibility matrices—contact us today for your specific peripheral requirements.
The device supports Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems with a maximum storage size of 1TB. NTFS filesystem is not supported on this model, so ensure your storage devices are formatted with one of the compatible filesystem options.
Yes, the HPE Aruba MC-VA-10 VMC includes FIPS and TAA designations in its model number, making it suitable for government and compliance-sensitive deployments. This certification ensures the device meets federal information processing standards and trade agreement requirements. Contact us today to verify compliance requirements for your specific procurement needs.
The Aruba IAP-277 integrates seamlessly with Aruba's ecosystem of wireless controllers, switches, and management platforms. We offer this access point as part of a complete Aruba solution that works with Aruba's 7000 and 7200 series controllers, AirWave management, and IMC (Intelligent Management Center) for unified network administration.
HPE Aruba networking devices operate reliably in temperature ranges from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) with operating humidity from 15% to 95% non-condensing, making them suitable for various warehouse and facility environments. The compact form factor and robust design ensure durability in demanding operational settings. Contact us today to verify environmental specifications for your specific deployment location.
The Aruba 580 Series represents a significant upgrade with Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) technology delivering 2.97 Gbps throughput compared to older Wi-Fi 5 models, along with native Bluetooth 5 and Zigbee for modern IoT requirements. The IP66/67 rating and salt spray testing provide superior environmental protection, while the multi-gigabit backhaul options (Smart Rate 5 GbE and 10 Gb SFP+) enable higher capacity networks for today's high-density logistics operations.
The S0H10A provides enterprise-grade security including WPA3 encryption, Enhanced Open for guest networks, MACsec for port-level security, and TPM 2.0 for secure credential storage. These features work together to protect your wireless infrastructure from unauthorized access and data interception. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss security requirements for your deployment.
The access point supports both 802.3af/at PoE and 12 V DC power options, giving you flexibility in deployment scenarios. With maximum power consumption of just 15.6 W and idle consumption of 4.2 W, the 560 Series is highly efficient while maintaining enterprise-class performance.
The HPE Aruba JH238A is designed to operate in standard enterprise environments with operating temperatures ranging from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at elevations up to 1.5 km, with derating required for higher altitudes. The device features a compact form factor suitable for rack mounting in data centers and network closets. Contact us today to discuss environmental specifications and installation requirements for your facility.
The HPE Aruba JH169A is an 8-port module supporting E1/CE1/T1/CT1/PRI connections, allowing you to consolidate up to 8 WAN circuits on a single module. This density makes it an efficient solution for reducing physical space and power consumption in network equipment rooms. Available from us with full technical support and documentation.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JG741A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments where reliable data networking is critical for RFID systems, barcode scanners, and mobile computers. Its robust switching capabilities and multiple connectivity options make it ideal for supporting AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) infrastructure in distribution centers. Contact us today to discuss deployment solutions tailored to your warehouse operations.
The HPE Aruba JH198A accepts universal AC input voltage of 100-240V at 50-60 Hz, making it compatible with standard power infrastructure worldwide. Specific power consumption details are available in the device datasheet, and we recommend consulting with our team for detailed power planning in your deployment.
The HPE Aruba JH191A delivers high-performance switching with specifications designed for enterprise-class deployments, supporting the 44 GbE and 4 10GbE port configuration. The switch provides low-latency packet processing with microsecond-level latency for both 1 Gbps and 10 Gbps traffic. Available from us at barcodesinc.com with full technical specifications and performance metrics.
HPE Aruba switches featuring modules like the JH172A support comprehensive management through AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP manager, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These tools provide centralized visibility and control across your network infrastructure. We offer complete support for deploying and managing these systems—visit barcodesinc.com for more information.
HPE Aruba switches in this series deliver enterprise-grade performance with switching capacities ranging from 128 to 176 Gbps depending on the specific model, throughput up to 130.9 Mpps, and low latency under 3.3 microseconds for Gigabit traffic. These performance metrics ensure minimal packet loss and fast response times critical for real-time warehouse operations involving barcode scanning and inventory management systems. Contact us today for performance benchmarking specific to your workload.
HPE Aruba switches operate in standard data center environments with temperature ranges typically between 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) depending on the specific model and altitude. Operating humidity is rated at 15% to 95% non-condensing, making these switches suitable for most warehouse and facility environments. Contact us today to verify environmental specifications for your specific deployment location.
The HPE Aruba JH297A features 2 external antennas designed to optimize IEEE 802.11n wireless coverage in the 2.40 GHz ISM band. The external antenna design allows for flexible positioning and extended range, making it suitable for warehouse environments where coverage consistency is critical for mobile device connectivity. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical specifications and deployment guidance.
The HPE Aruba JG445A provides dedicated out-of-band management through 16 serial ports, enabling administrators to access and manage network devices independently of the primary network infrastructure. This redundant management path is critical for troubleshooting network issues, performing firmware updates, and maintaining security during network problems. We offer this module to support enterprise-grade network management requirements.
The JG737A supports both synchronous and asynchronous serial communication modes, allowing flexibility in connecting diverse legacy devices. Asynchronous mode is commonly used for standard serial devices like modems and printers, while synchronous mode is typically required for mainframe connections and specialized industrial equipment. Our team can help you determine which mode best suits your specific device requirements—contact us today.
The JD557A provides serial console access for command-line interface (CLI) management, out-of-band configuration, and SNMP-based monitoring integration with HPE Aruba's network management platforms. This serial connectivity enables secure, independent access to your MSR router without relying on network-based management channels. We offer comprehensive support for integrating this module into your enterprise management infrastructure.
The 3 DWPD (Drive Writes Per Day) rating indicates that the Dell 6MC3H can sustain three full drive writes per day over its warranty period, demonstrating its durability for mixed-use workloads. This specification is important for server environments with moderate to heavy write operations. Our team can help you determine if this endurance level matches your application requirements.
The Dell S4148F-ON operates at 370W power consumption, making it energy-efficient for continuous data center and warehouse operations. Its 1U rack-mountable design allows for efficient space utilization in standard server racks, minimizing cooling requirements while maintaining reliable performance in logistics environments.
The Dell 5RW71 includes a 256 GB M.2 PCI Express NVMe SSD, which provides fast boot times and application loading speeds essential for high-performance warehouse operations. This solid-state storage is more reliable and faster than traditional hard drives, reducing system downtime in demanding logistics environments.
The Dell 362M3 includes 3-year Basic Onsite Service after remote diagnosis with Hardware-Only Support through our distributor partnership. This comprehensive service plan ensures minimal downtime for warehouse managers and IT teams who depend on reliable mobile computing for daily operations.
The Dell YRFRW includes a DVD-Writer for media compatibility and comes equipped with Intel DDR5 SDRAM support for high-speed data transfer. These features ensure compatibility with legacy systems while supporting modern connectivity requirements for warehouse management applications.
Yes, the Dell W7CHW includes Windows 11 Pro security features suitable for protecting sensitive warehouse and logistics data. The system supports enterprise-grade security protocols required in AIDC and inventory management environments. Contact us today to discuss security requirements and how this desktop integrates with your warehouse security infrastructure.
The Dell MFJ1D comes with Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade security, remote management capabilities through vPro Technology, and compatibility with standard warehouse management and logistics software. Windows 11 Pro is ideal for IT-managed environments in distribution centers and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn about deployment options for your organization.
The Dell 50WKW comes with Windows 11 Pro and Intel vPro Technology, providing advanced security and remote management capabilities essential for enterprise IT environments. Optional security features include smart card readers and fingerprint authentication, which we can help you configure for your organization's compliance requirements.
The Dell 0TPNX comes standard with a 1 TB SSD, providing fast boot times and application loading for improved productivity in warehouse and logistics operations. SSD storage ensures reliable performance in mobile computing environments where traditional hard drives may be susceptible to failure from vibration or movement. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure storage options that meet your specific operational requirements.
The Dell DKDX9 provides multiple connectivity options including USB/eSATA combo, HDMI, network connector (RJ-45), optional USB 3.0 ports, SmartCard reader, and stereo headphone/microphone combo jack. Expandability is supported through Express Card 54 slot, memory card reader, and optional media bay modules for DVD drives, additional batteries, or legacy I/O adapters. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore docking systems and peripheral options.
The Dell Latitude 7455 includes enterprise-grade security features built into Windows 11 Pro, along with the Qualcomm Snapdragon X Elite processor's integrated security capabilities. For comprehensive mobile device security and management in your organization, contact us today to discuss deployment options and security solutions we offer.
Yes, the Dell 802YX runs Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade security features, BitLocker encryption, and domain management capabilities essential for IT procurement in large warehouse and logistics operations. This OS ensures compatibility with enterprise resource planning (ERP) and warehouse management system (WMS) software.
Yes, the Dell Pro Max MC14255 includes security features such as a front camera/webcam and runs Windows 11 Pro, which provides built-in security capabilities for enterprise environments. These features support secure authentication and data protection for logistics and warehouse management operations.
Yes, the NVIDIA RTX PRO 1000 Blackwell GPU with 8 GB of dedicated VRAM is specifically designed for professional workloads including CAD, 3D modeling, and data visualization applications. Combined with the Intel Core Ultra 7 265H processor and 32 GB of system RAM, the Dell 8MP2F delivers the performance needed for complex engineering and design tasks in logistics and warehouse management scenarios.
The 18-inch QHD+ display with 120 Hz refresh rate provides smoother motion and reduced latency, which is particularly beneficial for video editing, animation, and real-time 3D modeling where visual responsiveness matters. The higher refresh rate combined with 2560 x 1600 resolution delivers crisp, detailed imagery for precise design and content creation work. Contact us today to arrange a demonstration of this display's performance.
The Dell NTDM9 supports multiple battery configurations including 6-cell (60Wh) and 9-cell (97Wh) Lithium Ion batteries with ExpressCharge technology for rapid charging. The specific battery life depends on your usage patterns and selected battery option, with larger capacity batteries providing extended runtime for field operations. Contact us today for detailed power specifications and battery upgrade options.
The Dell HXT1J is designed for mobile field use with features like impact-resistant protective front glass, Dell Fast Response Free Fall Sensor with HDD isolation, and optional rugged accessories including battery slice and shoulder strap kit. The workstation meets ENERGY STAR 5.0 and EPEAT environmental standards, making it reliable for demanding warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the Dell P2722HE supports VESA mounting with 100 x 100 mm compatibility, allowing installation on wall mounts or adjustable arms for flexible workspace configurations. The monitor also includes a tilt range of -5° to 22° with its standard stand, providing ergonomic positioning options for different workstation setups. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore mounting solutions that work with this display.
The Dell 8J0WF comes with a 1-year limited warranty covering parts, labor, and on-site repair services. This standard coverage ensures your warehouse operations remain protected against hardware failures during the critical first year of deployment. Contact us today for details on extended warranty options and service plans available from our team.
The Dell SD25TB5 includes 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity via RJ-45, providing fast and reliable network access for warehouse management systems and RFID applications. This wired networking option ensures stable connections for mission-critical logistics operations without relying on wireless connectivity. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this dock with full Ethernet capabilities.
The Datalogic G5110525 stands out with its short-distance diffuse proximity capability and radial optic emission design, making it ideal for detecting objects at close range without requiring reflectors or separate receivers. Its 1-8cm operating distance is optimized for high-speed conveyor and sorting applications where precision and reliability are essential. We offer a full range of Datalogic identification sensors—contact us today to find the best solution for your specific detection needs.
The Datalogic 95B061591 features M12 connection with 3-wire connectivity and NPN output, providing standard industrial sensor integration into your automation systems. This connection type is widely compatible with modern PLC and control system architectures used in warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible controllers and integration solutions available from us.
Yes, Datalogic sensors are designed to operate in non-condensing humidity levels from 5 to 95%, making them well-suited for warehouse, cold storage, and outdoor logistics applications. The robust construction ensures reliable performance even in challenging environmental conditions. We offer this sensor as part of our rugged AIDC product lineup—contact us today for application-specific recommendations.
The GM4500-HC features Datalogic's innovative contactless wireless charging system through the included WLC4090-HC-910 base station, which enhances reliability and eliminates wear from traditional charging contacts. The system includes a long-lasting user-replaceable Lithium-Ion battery with Scan-While-Charging capability, so your team can continue working while the device charges.
NPN output indicates the sensor uses an NPN transistor to switch its output signal, which is the standard configuration for most industrial proximity sensors. This output type is compatible with most PLC (programmable logic controller) and automation system inputs, making it ideal for integration into existing warehouse management systems. Our team can help you verify compatibility with your specific equipment—contact us today.
The Datalogic 95B066230 Sensor complements barcode scanning and identification systems by providing precise item detection and positioning data in automated workflows. When combined with our barcode scanners and mobile computers, it enables comprehensive product identification, dimension profiling, and quality assurance across your supply chain. Contact us today to design an integrated identification solution that combines sensors, scanners, and software for your warehouse operations.
Yes, the Datalogic 95B066800 is engineered for industrial use with robust specifications including wide temperature and humidity ranges, making it ideal for warehouse automation and logistics applications. Its inductive proximity sensing technology provides reliable product identification without requiring direct contact, reducing wear and extending operational life in demanding environments.
The GD4520-HCK1-HD connects via USB and is supplied as a kit that includes the scanner and USB cable. The USB connection provides both data communication and power delivery, making it straightforward to integrate into existing warehouse management systems and point-of-sale platforms without additional power adapters.
The DSM0421 meets necessary safety and regulatory approvals for its intended use and complies with both China RoHS and EU RoHS environmental standards. The device is classified as IEC 60825 Class 2 for laser radiation safety. For a complete list of certifications and compliance details, refer to the Quick Reference Guide available from our team.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple interface options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports for USB host connections, remote scale display, and EAS controller integration. It is compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on Windows and Linux platforms, and includes free Aladdin configuration utility and POS integration tools available from us.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple connectivity interfaces including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard modes) and RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable configurations). It also features auxiliary ports including dual USB host connections, remote scale display connectivity, and EAS controller integration. We offer OPOS and JavaPOS utilities compatible with Windows and Linux systems for flexible POS integration.
Yes, the optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) is omni-mount capable and easily reads barcodes from mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons to enhance customer self-service and cashier efficiency. This feature enables modern payment workflows while maintaining the scanner's core checkout functionality. Contact us today to configure the CSS option for your retail environment.
The scanner offers multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard modes), RS-232 (single or dual cable configurations), and auxiliary ports for USB host connections, remote scale displays, and EAS controllers. This flexibility allows seamless integration with various POS systems and retail infrastructure, whether legacy or modern.
We offer two scale configurations: a Single Interval Scale with up to 15 kg/30 lb capacity (0.005 kg/0.010 lb minimum increment), and a Dual Interval Scale with Range 1 at 0–6.0 kg/0–15.0 lb (0.002 kg/0.005 lb increment) and Range 2 at 6.0–15.0 kg/15.0–30.0 lb (0.005 kg/0.010 lb increment). An optional All-Weighs Scale Platter adds a top surface for weighing large items that don't fit traditional platters.
The Magellan 9550i operates reliably in temperatures from 10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F) and maintains performance in humidity levels up to 95% non-condensing. It features robust ESD protection up to 25kV air discharge, making it suitable for demanding retail checkout environments. Storage temperature range extends from -40°C to 70°C for flexible deployment options.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated loss prevention features such as an All-Weighs Scale Platter that adds a top surface weighing area for large items, plus built-in support for Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation. An optional in-bonnet 1 MP USB color camera enables AI-ready workflows for produce recognition and loss prevention monitoring. These features help retailers reduce shrinkage while maintaining efficient checkout operations.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i supports an optional in-bonnet 1 MP USB color camera (1280 x 1280 px) that enables AI workflows such as produce recognition and loss prevention. It also integrates with Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna systems and Sensormatic deactivation for comprehensive security. The camera pairs with external PCs for advanced image capture solutions, making it ideal for modern retail loss prevention strategies.
The Datalogic PowerScan PBT9600 is engineered for retail, manufacturing, warehousing, transportation and logistics, and healthcare environments. It excels in inventory management, asset tracking, traceability, and shipping workflows where combined barcode and RFID capabilities provide operational efficiency. We offer this scanner to organizations requiring reliable multi-modal data capture across complex supply chain operations.
The Magellan 9550i offers multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports with two USB host connections, remote scale display support, and EAS controller integration. It is compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on both Windows and Linux platforms, and supports remote management tools including diagnostic reporting, WMI, MBeans, and Toshiba Remote Agent. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify specific interface requirements for your POS system.
Yes, the Magellan 1500i is Checkpoint® Systems EAS and Interlock compatible, making it suitable for retail environments that require integrated security tag deactivation. This compatibility allows seamless integration with existing EAS infrastructure in your store or warehouse.
Datalogic's exclusive 3GL (Three Green Lights) technology provides superior good-read feedback through three distinct indicators: a green 'spot' projected directly on the scanned code, dual good-read LEDs, and an adjustable beeper. This innovative feedback system helps operators confirm successful reads instantly, reducing errors and improving efficiency in fast-paced warehouse environments. The PM9100 series features this technology as a standard feature.
The GM4500-HC offers multiple good-read feedback options including an adjustable beeper, vibration feedback for quiet environments, Datalogic's patented 'Green Spot' technology that projects a green spot on the scanned code, and dual good-read LEDs. These features provide clear confirmation of successful scans in various operational settings, from busy warehouses to sensitive healthcare areas. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our scanner feedback capabilities.
The CS6080-SR is a 2D barcode scanner capable of reading QR codes and other 2D barcode formats, with the advanced imaging technology to handle both traditional printed barcodes and electronic barcodes displayed on mobile phone screens. Its high-resolution megapixel sensor and PRZM Intelligent Imaging ensure reliable decoding across a wide range of barcode types and conditions commonly encountered in inventory management and logistics operations.
Yes, the ZQ610 Plus is purpose-built for warehouse, manufacturing, transportation, and logistics environments with direct thermal printing, mobile portability, and a large color display for clear printer status. Its rapid wake-up capability, extended battery life, and durable construction with metal belt clip make it ideal for shipping labels, receiving labels, and forklift-mounted operations.
The LI2208 delivers a scan speed of 547 scans per second with motion tolerance of up to 25 inches per second, enabling fast throughput in high-volume environments. It features a single bright aiming line with a 35-degree horizontal scan angle and supports skew tolerance of ±65°, pitch tolerance of ±65°, and roll tolerance of ±45° for flexible scanning angles.
The Zebra KIT-PWR-12V50W power supply itself is universal, but you'll need the appropriate country-specific AC line cord for your region's electrical outlet and voltage standards. Since the AC cord is sold separately, you can easily customize the kit for international use. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to find the correct power cord for your country.
The DS3608-HD delivers lightning-fast capture of high-density and standard 1D or 2D barcodes with advanced scanning performance that meets the demands of assembly lines, warehouses, and receiving-to-shipping operations. Its PRZM Intelligent Imaging technology ensures reliable performance across various barcode qualities and distances.
The Zebra CHG-AUTO-HWIRE1-01 is an OEM replacement cable designed specifically for TC58, TC58E, and TC78 vehicle cradles, making it an ideal solution for upgrading or replacing worn or damaged auto charger cables. Using genuine Zebra components ensures compatibility and optimal charging performance. Contact us today for assistance in identifying the correct replacement cable for your cradle model.
Absolutely—the Zebra CHG-AUTO-CLA1-01 is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who rely on mobile computers in delivery vehicles and material handling operations. The reliable barrel jack connection and vehicle cradle integration keep your TC58/TC78 devices charged throughout your shift, minimizing downtime.
Yes, Motorola AirDefense licenses are modular and can be expanded as your wireless security needs grow. The AD-EPSN-P-1 covers one sensor, but additional licenses can be purchased to extend coverage throughout your facility. Contact us today to discuss upgrade paths and licensing options that match your facility's expansion plans.
The AD-CMC-P-1 is a software license for the Motorola AirDefense Centralized Management Console, which provides the platform and administrative tools needed to manage wireless security across your organization. The license grants access to the console interface, policy management features, and monitoring capabilities for your licensed device count. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss licensing terms and determine the appropriate license quantity for your deployment.
The AD-SNFL-P-1 is a professional-grade wireless security software that typically requires IT infrastructure knowledge for proper deployment and configuration. Our team at Barcodes Inc can provide guidance on implementation and best practices for your specific environment. Contact us today for technical support and deployment assistance.
Each beacon comes with double-sided 3M VHB mounting tape for quick and secure installation on assets, equipment, or infrastructure. This adhesive solution is ideal for temporary or permanent mounting in industrial environments and eliminates the need for drilling or fasteners.
Yes, the AD-ATSN-P-1 represents an advanced licensing tier that adds enhanced troubleshooting and analytical capabilities to your Motorola AirDefense deployment. We can help you understand the upgrade path and licensing benefits for your specific wireless infrastructure needs. Contact us today to discuss how this advanced software can improve your wireless security posture.
Zebra provides end-to-end support services for their software products to help increase uptime and reduce support costs. The specific support terms and update frequency for the AD-FESN-P-1 depend on your service agreement level. Contact us today to discuss comprehensive support service offerings that match your operational requirements.
Motorola AirDefense spectrum analysis monitors the RF spectrum to detect interference and security threats across enterprise wireless networks. The system analyzes activity in the frequency bands used by standard WLAN deployments to ensure optimal performance of your wireless barcode scanners and mobile computers. We recommend consulting our team for detailed technical specifications on frequency coverage relevant to your environment.
The bridges require Windows 7, 8, or 10 for normal operation, with Windows 7 specifically required for firmware updates. This ensures compatibility with standard IT infrastructure in most warehouse and logistics facilities. If you need guidance on system requirements or deployment planning, contact us today for technical support.
The Zebra P1008481 is particularly valuable in warehousing, logistics, manufacturing, and retail distribution environments where high-volume label printing is standard. The automatic rewinding capability reduces manual labor, increases throughput, and minimizes label damage during handling. This makes it an excellent investment for any operation that prints thousands of labels daily.
Wax ribbons like the Zebra 1600 are ideal for coated and uncoated paper labels and offer excellent value for general-purpose applications, while resin ribbons provide superior durability on synthetic materials and harsh environments. The wax formulation in the 01600GT08430 is the economical choice for standard labeling needs where extended lifespan on specialty substrates isn't required.
The Zebra P1015397 is a printhead kit that includes internal thermal printing components such as the printhead assembly and related mechanisms needed for proper operation. As a genuine Zebra component, it contains all necessary parts for direct replacement in compatible KR403 systems. Contact us today for a complete parts list and to ensure you receive all components needed for your printer maintenance.
The P1117258-232 is supplied as a complete printhead kit designed for straightforward installation in your ZD411T or ZD611T printer. The kit includes the thermal printhead assembly and necessary components for replacement. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed installation instructions and any additional supplies you may need.
These labels are ideal for chemical drum labeling, product labeling, and retail applications where synthetic, durable labels are required. The permanent acrylic adhesive and polypropylene material withstand harsh warehouse and logistics environments, making them suitable for demanding industrial settings.
Yes, the ZD621 can be transformed into a portable printer with Zebra's optional desktop battery and carrying case, allowing you to easily transport it on a cart or by hand. The high-capacity battery option enables you to print on the spot throughout a full shift, reducing steps and increasing productivity in warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to learn about available battery and carrying case options.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T uses a permanent acrylic adhesive that provides lasting bond strength across a wide variety of applications. This permanent adhesive ensures labels remain securely affixed even in challenging warehouse, logistics, and industrial environments with temperature fluctuations and exposure.
The Zebra NX-7500-ADP-64 provides centralized management for up to 256 access points or controllers, streamlining deployment, monitoring, and maintenance of your wireless infrastructure. This enterprise-grade software simplifies network administration across distributed warehouse and logistics locations. Contact us today to learn how we can help optimize your wireless network management.
The Zebra 105950-061 is specifically designed for U.S. 120V electrical systems, so it is not suitable for international use in countries with different voltage standards (such as 220V/240V regions). If you require power cords for international operations, contact us today and our team can help identify the appropriate Zebra power accessories for your global locations.
The Zebra RS6100 operates reliably across a wide temperature range from -30°C to +50°C, making it suitable for diverse environments including cold storage facilities, outdoor logistics operations, and heated indoor warehouses. This extended temperature range ensures consistent performance in challenging conditions.
Zebra 10028317 labels use direct thermal printing technology, which means they require a compatible direct thermal label printer to produce the printed output. Direct thermal printing eliminates the need for thermal transfer ribbons, making it a cost-effective solution for high-volume laboratory labeling.
The ET40 is available in two screen sizes to match your operational needs: an 8-inch WXGA display for portability and easy carrying, or a 10-inch display for applications requiring more screen real estate for information-rich apps. This model features the 8-inch display, making it ideal for mobile workers who need a compact, lightweight device. Contact us today to discuss which size best suits your warehouse or logistics workflow.
Direct thermal printing applies heat directly to the coated label surface to produce an image, requiring no ribbon and offering lower per-label costs—ideal for high-volume laboratory applications. Thermal transfer printing uses a ribbon to transfer ink onto the label, providing greater durability and color options but at a higher cost per label. The Zebra 10025358 is optimized for direct thermal printing, which is the most common method for laboratory sample tracking applications.
Resin ribbons like the Zebra 5095 offer superior durability, chemical resistance, and print longevity compared to wax or wax-resin alternatives, especially on synthetic materials. If your application requires labels that withstand harsh environments, moisture, or chemical exposure, a performance resin ribbon delivers the highest quality and longest-lasting results.
The Zebra Z-Select 4000D is compatible with any direct thermal printer that accepts 3x1 inch labels with a 1-inch core, including Zebra desktop and industrial thermal printers. To confirm compatibility with your specific printer model, contact us today and our team can verify your equipment specifications. We offer complete label and printer solutions from barcodesinc.com.
Yes, the Zebra ATR7000 is built for industrial durability with IP51 sealing for dust and moisture protection, ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection, and compliance with global RF/EMI standards. These specifications ensure reliable operation in demanding warehouse and logistics environments with high equipment activity and electromagnetic interference. Contact us today to verify environmental compatibility for your specific facility conditions.
Yes, the ZQ620 Plus is purpose-built for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need reliable mobile label printing in demanding environments. The durable design, extended battery life, and quick wireless connectivity make it ideal for inventory management, shipping label generation, and real-time labeling operations. Contact us today to explore how the ZQ620 Plus can improve your warehouse operations and employee productivity.
Absolutely. The Zebra ZD411's 6 inch-per-second print speed and robust direct thermal design make it well-suited for continuous, high-volume warehouse labeling operations. The printer's efficient thermal technology and straightforward media loading reduce downtime, allowing your team to maintain productivity throughout busy shipping cycles. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your warehouse scale.
The Zebra ORCH-ZD411-300-HC has a maximum print width of 2.13 inches, making it ideal for standard label sizes commonly used in healthcare, logistics, and inventory management applications. This width capacity accommodates most barcode labels, wristbands, and compliance labels without requiring oversized media. Contact us today if you need guidance on label sizing for your specific application.
Zebra Print DNA's Mobile Device Management provides real-time status and visibility of printers in the field or warehouse, accessible from anywhere via the browser-based Printer Profile Manager Enterprise. This remote management solution lets you discover printers, create and distribute configurations, update firmware on your schedule, and monitor operational information to increase printer availability and optimize utilization.
The ZT610 operates reliably in temperatures from 40°F to 104°F for thermal transfer mode and 32°F to 104°F for direct thermal mode, making it suitable for both climate-controlled warehouses and challenging outdoor logistics environments. Its sturdy metal frame and bi-fold metal media cover further enhance durability in tough conditions.
The ZT610 offers flexible print resolution options in 203 dpi, 300 dpi, and 600 dpi, allowing you to balance print quality with speed based on your labeling requirements. The 600 dpi option delivers exceptional clarity for detailed barcodes and graphics. We offer configurations for each resolution level—visit barcodesinc.com to select the right specification for your application.
The TC58e is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 octa-core processor and features an extended lifecycle with production support until 2028 and OS support until 2032 (4+4 model). It ships with Android 13 and is upgradeable to Android 17, ensuring longer OS support and increased device lifespan for your enterprise investments. Contact us today for deployment planning that aligns with your long-term technology roadmap.
The TC78 runs Google Mobile Services (GMS) Android, providing access to the full Google Play ecosystem and seamless integration with standard enterprise applications. This ensures compatibility with most warehouse management systems, inventory software, and logistics platforms used across the industry. Contact us today for deployment guidance and enterprise application support.
Z-Perform 1000D labels are designed for limited durability applications, making them ideal for short-term labeling needs like shipping labels that have a defined lifecycle. The permanent acrylic adhesive ensures labels stay affixed during normal warehouse handling, transport, and sorting operations. For applications requiring extended durability or exposure to harsh conditions, alternative label stocks may be more suitable.
Yes, Zebra RFID labels are designed to perform reliably in demanding environments including transportation, logistics, manufacturing, and cold chain applications. The polypropylene construction with permanent adhesive ensures durability for asset tracking, supply chain management, and inventory operations in high-traffic areas. We offer RFID label solutions backed by Zebra OneCare maintenance plans to maximize uptime and predictable performance in your critical operations.
Yes, the 2000-print capacity makes the Zebra 800077-751 suitable for medium to high-volume ID card production workflows where efficiency and cost-per-print matter. The ribbon's consistent performance throughout its lifespan minimizes reprints and downtime. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and supply chain solutions for your organization.
The Zebra PLS-102ATX wristbands are constructed from a paper/PET composite material with self-laminating protection. This combination provides durability against moisture and sanitizers while maintaining barcode readability and patient information legibility throughout the wristband's use.
The N9K-C9504-FM-G supports both L3 and L2 border handoff capabilities, including multi-VRF routing, MPLS L3VPN for Layer 3 connectivity, and VPLS/EoMPLS L2VPN for Layer 2 services. This enables flexible network segmentation and seamless integration between different network domains and service providers.
As a fabric module for the Nexus 9516, the N9K-C9516-FM-E2 supports advanced networking capabilities including VXLAN, Software-Defined Access (SD-Access), MPLS L3VPN, and programmability features like NETCONF, RESTCONF, and gNMI/gNOI. These features enable flexible network design and automation across modern enterprise infrastructures. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how this module fits your network architecture.
The N9K-C9508-FAN2 is currently listed as discontinued. However, we may have existing inventory available, and our team can help you locate compatible replacement fan trays or alternative cooling solutions for your Nexus 9508 infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss your options.
Yes, the Nexus 9504 fully supports Software-Defined Access (SD-Access) features including Virtual eXtensible LAN (VXLAN), L2 and L3 Virtual Network Interfaces (VNI), SDA Control-Plane, and SDA Border functionality. These capabilities enable modern network virtualization and multi-tenant deployments in enterprise environments.
The Cisco NC57-MOD-RP2-E supports multiple Ethernet standards including 10-Gbps IEEE 802.3ae, 25-Gbps IEEE 802.3by/cc, and 40/100-Gbps IEEE 802.3ba compliant connections with full-duplex operation. The module includes comprehensive per-port monitoring with byte and packet counters for policy drops, CRC errors, and traffic classification, providing detailed visibility for network management. We offer complete integration support and technical guidance available from barcodesinc.com.
The Nexus 9500 series provides flexible out-of-band device management through RJ45 and USB connectivity options, enabling secure administrative access independent of data plane operations. The platform supports Meraki Cloud Monitoring for centralized visibility and control across your network infrastructure. Our team can help you configure management protocols that align with your operational requirements.
The NC57-MPA-2D4H-FC is specifically optimized for high-density, ultra-high-speed deployments with its QSFP-DD architecture supporting up to 400 Gigabit Ethernet, compared to other MPA modules that may offer lower port densities or speeds. The four expansion slots provide flexibility for mixed-speed deployments, allowing you to scale from 100G to 400G as your network demands evolve. Available from us with full technical support to help you select the right module for your infrastructure.
The Cisco C1-N3K-C3048TP features a 1RU (1.75-inch) form factor, allowing multiple units to stack efficiently in standard 19-inch server racks. This compact design is essential for data centers and network closets with space constraints while maintaining 48 ports of connectivity. We offer this model for immediate deployment—contact us today for rack integration specifications.
The C9300-24S-E supports comprehensive management through Cisco IOS XE with model-driven programmability, Plug and Play (PnP) enabled deployment, and Cisco Catalyst Center for network assurance. Additionally, the switch offers Meraki cloud monitoring and management capabilities, embedded wireless controller support, and ThousandEyes Enterprise Agent integration for advanced visibility. Contact us today to discuss management solutions that fit your operational requirements.
Yes, the Cisco ISR4350U-MEM-MSATA is designed as an upgrade module for existing ISR4350 routers, allowing you to expand memory capacity without replacing the entire platform. Installation should be performed according to Cisco's technical specifications and guidelines. Our team can assist with ordering the correct configuration for your deployment—contact us today for installation support and technical guidance.
The Cisco IW-6300H-AC-B-K9 is part of Cisco's industrial wireless portfolio designed for both stationary and remote deployments requiring robust connectivity. Its rugged construction, extended temperature ranges, and comprehensive surge protection make it suitable for mobile assets and challenging environments where standard access points would fail. Contact us today to evaluate this solution for your logistics or warehouse infrastructure.
Cisco offers tiered software licensing for their industrial access points, including Network Essentials, Network Advantage, and Network Premier editions, with IoT-OD (Internet of Things Operations Dashboard) Essentials and Advantage packages available for enhanced management. These licensing tiers enable you to scale features based on your warehouse automation requirements. Contact us today to determine the right software package for your logistics operation.
Cisco offers multiple licensing tiers for the IW9167 and related industrial access point series, including Essentials, Network Advantage, and Network Premier editions, with IoT-OD (Internet of Things Operations Dashboard) options available at various levels. The specific licensing requirements depend on your deployment scale and management needs. Contact us today to determine the right licensing package for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Cisco IW3702-2E includes advanced Quality of Service (QoS) features such as Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ), Class-Based WFQ (CBWFQ), Low-Latency Queuing (LLQ), and policy-based routing. These capabilities ensure that mission-critical barcode scanning and inventory management traffic receives priority over less time-sensitive network activity. We can help you configure QoS policies optimized for your warehouse operations.
Yes, the TCS-M4-PRO10P-K9 is built on Cisco's modular platform architecture and supports industry-standard networking protocols including IEEE 802.1q VLAN, 802.3ad Link Aggregation, and comprehensive SNMP management. This ensures compatibility with existing enterprise networks and allows for seamless integration without requiring infrastructure replacement.
The UCS-FI-6332-U is a compact 1RU fabric interconnect designed for unified connectivity in blade and rack server environments, while other models in the Cisco UCS series like the 6536 and 6454 offer different port configurations and capabilities for varying scale requirements. The 6332-U focuses on delivering efficient, lossless 10 GE and FCoE connectivity for mid-scale deployments. Contact us today to compare models and determine which fabric interconnect best matches your infrastructure requirements.
The Cisco Network Convergence System architecture, including the NCS1K-CNTLR2, supports redundancy and high-availability configurations with dedicated supervisor modules and multiple I/O slots for failover protection. Contact us today to discuss your specific availability requirements and the optimal controller configuration for your network.
Optimization services are designed to continuously improve your switch's performance and help your team succeed with new technologies. These services work alongside technical support to ensure your Meraki MS355-24X2 operates at peak efficiency and takes advantage of the latest Cisco software enhancements throughout your 7-year contract period.
The N540-RCKMT-19-CLA is a complete mechanical mounting kit that includes all necessary hardware and brackets required to securely mount Cisco NCS 540 series switches in standard 19-inch equipment racks. The kit is designed by Cisco to ensure proper fit and alignment with your network equipment. For a detailed component list and assembly instructions, contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com.
Yes, the N540X-4Z14G2Q-A supports a full range of optical transceiver options including Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Direct Attach Cables (DAC) for flexible fiber connectivity. This allows you to scale your network with appropriate optics for your specific distance and bandwidth requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss transceiver compatibility and availability for your deployment.
The Cisco N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C is designed as a rack-mountable switch with manageable form factor suitable for standard data center installations. The switch supports optical fiber and twisted pair connectivity options, with modular architecture allowing flexible port configuration. Contact us today for detailed form factor, power consumption, and rack space requirements to ensure proper deployment planning.
The NC55-5508-FC2 represents Cisco's latest fabric card generation, incorporating updated specifications and enhanced throughput capabilities for modern high-speed network deployments. Cisco regularly updates ordering information and technical specifications to reflect performance improvements and new features. Contact us today to learn how this 2nd Generation fabric card can optimize your network infrastructure performance.
The Cisco N9K-C9332D-GX2B delivers 25.6 Tbps of switching capacity, enabling high-performance data center networking for demanding applications and large-scale deployments. This throughput supports modern cloud infrastructure, AI/ML workloads, and storage-intensive environments requiring ultra-low latency. Available from us with full technical support and warranty coverage for enterprise implementations.
The N9K-C93180YC-FX offers a balanced configuration with 48 lower-speed ports and 6 high-speed ports, making it suitable for mixed workload environments. Other models in the Nexus 9K line, such as the N9K-C93108TC-FX3 with 48 ports and 6 high-speed ports, or the N9K-C93216TC-FX2 with 96 ports, provide different port densities for specific use cases. Contact us today to compare models and find the right fit for your infrastructure.
Yes, Cisco Nexus 9000 switches run the purpose-built Cisco NX-OS operating system with comprehensive automation features. They support Power-On Auto Provisioning (POAP) for touchless bootup and configuration, Cisco Embedded Event Manager (EEM), and Python scripting for remote operations and automation in data center environments. These capabilities significantly reduce provisioning time and enable efficient network operations. We offer full support for implementing these automation features—contact us today at barcodesinc.com.
The NC55-MPA-4H-S represents Cisco's latest generation 100G port adapter technology, offering superior performance and density compared to earlier 10G and 40G modules. The 4-port 100G configuration delivers 400 Gigabits of aggregate throughput in a single module, significantly reducing the number of physical adapters needed in large deployments. Our team can help you evaluate upgrade paths from legacy Cisco switching infrastructure.
The NC-57-36H-SE represents Cisco's advanced 100G switching technology within the NCS 5700 family, offering superior port density and performance compared to earlier generation cards. This newer architecture supports the bandwidth demands of modern data centers and service provider networks. Contact us today to discuss how upgrading to this platform can enhance your network capacity.
The AMP8370-K9 supports configurable memory and storage options to meet varying performance requirements for different deployment scenarios. Specific memory configurations and upgradeable storage capacity depend on your security and throughput needs. Contact us today to review memory and storage specifications for your particular network requirements.
The ASR 9900 series chassis is designed for standard 19-inch rack mounting with front-to-back airflow. The compact ASR 9903 model measures 5.18 x 17.475 x 30 inches (excluding ejector: 23.62 inches depth) and weighs 81.62 lb, making it suitable for space-constrained data center environments.
The C9200-24T includes integrated security through Network Admission Control (NAC), authentication methods, data encryption technologies, and granular access control based on users, ports, and MAC addresses. These features enable comprehensive network security at the edge for warehouse and logistics environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about the security capabilities available in our Cisco switch offerings.
The IE-2000-4TS-B is engineered for industries requiring IP-based production networks, including automotive, oil and gas, mining, transportation, and energy sectors. It supports industrial partner applications like EtherNet/IP and PROFINET, making it ideal for facilities transitioning to converged voice, video, and data networks. We serve warehouse managers and logistics professionals across these industries—contact us today for industry-specific solutions.
Yes, the MS210-48FP is cloud-managed through Cisco Meraki's cloud platform, allowing administrators to configure, monitor, and troubleshoot the switch from anywhere with internet access. This eliminates the need for on-premises management controllers and provides real-time visibility into network performance and device health across multiple locations.
Cisco Nexus 9300 series switches, including the N9K-C93180YC-FX, come with a 1 Year Limited Warranty from the manufacturer. We offer comprehensive support options and can connect you with Cisco's technical resources for extended service agreements and advanced support plans. Contact us today to discuss warranty and support packages tailored to your organization's needs.
The Cisco SF250-48 delivers 13.10 Mbps packet forwarding rate (measured with 64-byte packets) and 17.6 Gbps switching capacity, providing enterprise-class performance for small to medium business networks. These specifications ensure reliable handling of voice, video, and data traffic simultaneously without bottlenecks. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed technical datasheets and performance benchmarks.
Yes, the SF250-24P is specifically designed to support video surveillance, IP telephony, wireless access points, and other PoE-powered solutions. Its combination of 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support, Layer 3 routing, and VLAN segmentation makes it an ideal choice for small to medium-sized business networks requiring secure voice, video, and data applications.
The SF350-24 offers 12.8 Gbps switching capacity, positioning it between the SF300-08 (1.6 Gbps) and SF300-48 (17.6 Gbps) models in the 300 Series lineup. The 24-port configuration makes it a balanced choice for mid-sized networks that need more ports than 8-port models but don't require the throughput of 48-port alternatives. We offer multiple Cisco switch models to match your specific port and performance requirements—contact us today for sizing assistance.
Cisco includes a comprehensive 12-month warranty with free telephone technical support, software updates, and bug fixes following your purchase date. Extended support options are available through Cisco's standard warranty program, with details available at cisco.com/go/warranty. Contact us today to discuss support packages and service options that fit your business needs.
The SF350-24P offers significantly higher performance than the older SF300-24P, delivering 41.66 mpps and 56 Gbps switching capacity compared to the SF300-24P's 9.52 mpps and 12.8 Gbps. The SF350 series represents Cisco's newer Business 350 generation with enhanced throughput and management capabilities, making it the better choice for growing networks. Contact us today to discuss which model best fits your upgrade path.
We offer the Cisco NXA-FAN-65CFM-PI as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco networking accessories and spare parts. As a leading AIDC distributor, we stock genuine Cisco components for immediate availability. Visit barcodesinc.com to check current availability or contact us today for pricing and delivery options.
Warranty details for Cisco components vary based on condition and purchase terms. We recommend contacting our sales team to confirm the specific warranty coverage, support options, and service terms available for the C9K-F2-SSD-960GB when you purchase from us.
The Cisco FPR4145-NGFW-K9 supports advanced encryption standards including AES (256-bit) and SHA-256 hashing for secure VPN tunnels and data protection. These cryptographic capabilities ensure compliance with enterprise security policies and regulatory requirements for sensitive data transmission. Available from us with full technical documentation—contact us today for detailed security specification sheets.
The Cisco NC55-PWR-3KW-2HV is designed to support PoE delivery for compatible NCS 5500 platforms, enabling power distribution to connected devices through network cabling. The 3kW capacity provides sufficient power budget for PoE-enabled line cards and connected endpoints. Contact us today to discuss PoE requirements for your specific deployment.
The MR36 is designed as an indoor access point optimized for standard office and warehouse environments. For detailed environmental specifications including operating temperature, humidity, and durability ratings, we recommend contacting our team or visiting barcodesinc.com, where we can provide complete technical documentation and help you assess suitability for your facility conditions.
The Cisco ACC-LA-H-NM-NF operates across the 700-2700 MHz frequency spectrum, covering multiple wireless communication bands essential for modern telecommunications infrastructure. This broad frequency support makes it versatile for various wireless router and antenna applications. Contact us today for detailed frequency specifications and band compatibility information.
Yes, the B360 Gen 2 includes an optional Windows Hello webcam with shutter for biometric face authentication, enhancing enterprise security for sensitive warehouse and logistics data. The laptop also features an optional integrated 1D/2D imager barcode reader and supports multi-factor authentication options, along with optional dual user-replaceable storage for secure data management. Contact us today to configure the security features that best fit your organization's requirements.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 includes a 3-year B2B warranty, providing comprehensive coverage for business deployments in harsh environments. This extended warranty reflects the rugged construction and reliability expected in mission-critical logistics and warehouse operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about warranty options and support services available from our team.
We offer a 3-Year B2B Warranty on the Getac V110 Gen 7, providing comprehensive coverage for your investment in rugged computing. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and support services tailored to your organization's needs.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 comes standard with 16GB RAM and a 256GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable, allowing for easy upgrades and maintenance in the field. This configuration provides reliable performance while maintaining flexibility for your evolving storage needs.
The V110 Gen 7 is built as a rugged laptop designed to perform mission-critical tasks in demanding environments. It comes standard with a 3-Year B2B Warranty and features a hard handle for portability, making it suitable for warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need reliable equipment in challenging conditions.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is configured with 16GB RAM and a 256GB PCIe SSD that is user-swappable for easy upgrades and maintenance. This storage capacity supports demanding applications while the user-swappable design reduces downtime during field operations.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is built to perform mission-critical tasks in demanding conditions with its rugged construction designed to withstand rain and shine. It includes a hard handle for portable durability and comes with a 3-year B2B warranty, providing confidence in its reliability for warehouse and logistics environments.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 includes a 3-year B2B warranty providing comprehensive coverage for enterprise deployments. We offer this rugged laptop with professional support options to ensure your mission-critical operations remain uninterrupted. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to learn about extended warranty and support packages.
The V110 Gen 7 is built as a fully rugged laptop designed to perform in harsh conditions—rain, dust, and extreme temperatures. It comes with a hard handle for portability, membrane backlit keyboard for low-light operation, and includes a 3-year B2B warranty, making it a reliable choice for mission-critical field operations in logistics and warehouse management.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes equipped with an integrated barcode reader, making it ideal for inventory management, asset tracking, and logistics operations. We offer this model specifically configured for warehouse and supply chain environments where barcode scanning is essential.
The V110 Gen 7 includes a Windows Hello webcam for secure biometric authentication, an integrated barcode reader for inventory and logistics applications, and a rear camera for documentation and field capture. These integrated peripherals eliminate the need for external accessories in warehouse and logistics environments.
The Getac S410-G5 is built with a semi-rugged design that balances durability with portability for personal carry mobile computing in challenging environments. While specific MIL-STD certifications for this G5 model should be verified, Getac's S410 line is engineered for reliable performance in demanding field conditions.
The Getac S410-G5 includes RS232, VGA, a second LAN (RJ45), and Thunderbolt 4 ports, providing versatile connectivity for legacy and modern peripherals, docking stations, and external displays. These ports support integration with existing infrastructure and specialized field equipment. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of rugged laptop accessories and docking solutions.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 is purpose-built as a rugged laptop designed to perform reliably in challenging weather and environmental conditions, including rain and extreme outdoor settings. Its durable construction combined with military-grade specifications makes it suitable for logistics, warehouse, and field operations where equipment must withstand demanding conditions.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 is available with a 512GB PCIe SSD, providing fast boot times and application loading critical for mobile productivity in warehouse operations. Contact us today to discuss storage configuration options that match your specific operational requirements.
The V120 includes Intel® Wi-Fi 7 BE200, Bluetooth 5.4, two Thunderbolt™ 4 ports, and optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 with dedicated GPS for comprehensive mobile connectivity. The optional SIM slot enables seamless switching between cellular networks, ensuring reliable connectivity in remote warehouse locations, distribution centers, and field service areas. We offer multiple wireless configurations to match your network infrastructure and coverage requirements.
Yes, the V120 supports an optional integrated 1D/2D barcode reader, making it an excellent choice for warehouse inventory management, asset tracking, and logistics workflows. Combined with its sunlight-readable display and rugged construction, it's purpose-built for scanning operations in demanding environments. Contact us today to configure your V120 with barcode reader capabilities and discuss integration with your existing warehouse management systems.
Yes, the V120 ships with Windows 11 Pro and features Intel Core Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processors with up to 64GB DDR5 RAM and 2TB storage options, ensuring compatibility with enterprise warehouse management systems, ERP software, and logistics applications. The TAA-compliant configuration available from us meets government and enterprise procurement standards. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our V120 configurations optimized for your enterprise environment.
The V120 provides comprehensive connectivity including two Thunderbolt 4 ports, Wi-Fi 7 (BE200), Bluetooth 5.4, optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 with dedicated GPS, and standard Gigabit LAN via docking connector. This multi-connectivity approach ensures reliable integration with warehouse management systems, barcode scanners, and enterprise networks regardless of your facility's infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss your specific connectivity requirements.
The Getac V120 includes two Thunderbolt 4 ports, Wi-Fi 7 (Intel BE200), Bluetooth 5.4, and optional 4G LTE or 5G Sub-6 with dedicated GPS for comprehensive mobile connectivity. Additional I/O includes USB 3.2 Gen 2, Gigabit LAN, HDMI 2.0, and an optional SIM slot for cellular connectivity, providing flexibility for various deployment scenarios in logistics and field service. Contact us today to configure the wireless options that best fit your network infrastructure.
The V120 features a 12.2-inch WUXGA (1920 x 1200) LumiBond touchscreen with 1,000 nits brightness, delivering superior sunlight readability and glove-friendly operation in harsh outdoor environments. This brightness level ensures clear visibility for field professionals working in direct sunlight without screen glare or washout, critical for logistics and public safety applications.
The V120 features LifeSupport swappable dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries that enable hot-swapping without shutting down the system, eliminating downtime during long warehouse or field shifts. Optional high-capacity battery packs are available to extend runtime for extended deployments. This swappable design means you can carry spare batteries and maintain continuous operations throughout your workday without returning to a charging station.
The Getac V120 features a 12.2-inch WUXGA (1920 x 1200) LumiBond touchscreen with 1,000 nits brightness, making it one of the brightest rugged displays available and fully sunlight-readable for outdoor operations. The glove-friendly touchscreen and optional stylus support enhance usability in field conditions, while the compact 11.89" x 8.82" form factor maintains portability without sacrificing screen real estate. Visit barcodesinc.com to see this display in action.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 offers multiple security options including an integrated fingerprint reader, smart card reader, and Windows Hello face-authentication camera to protect sensitive warehouse and logistics data. Running Windows 11 Pro x64, the tablet provides enterprise-grade security for compliance-heavy operations in manufacturing and public sector environments.
The UX10 G5 comes with 16GB or 32GB LPDDR5X memory options and storage configurations ranging from 256GB to 2TB PCIe NVMe SSD. This flexibility allows you to choose the right configuration for your specific application needs, whether managing large databases or running multiple logistics applications simultaneously.
The UX10 G5 runs Windows 11 Pro with Intel Core Ultra processors and includes HF RFID capability, making it fully compatible with enterprise warehouse management systems and barcode scanning applications. Contact us today to discuss integration with your existing AIDC infrastructure and logistics software.
The Getac V120 features a 12.2-inch WUXGA (1920 x 1200) LumiBond touchscreen with 1,000 nits brightness, making it one of the brightest rugged displays available for outdoor use. The sunlight-readable display is also glove-friendly and includes a stylus for precise data entry in any weather condition. This combination ensures your team can work efficiently whether they're in a warehouse, loading dock, or direct sunlight.
The dual hot-swappable batteries allow operators to extend usage throughout the workday without powering down the laptop, maintaining continuous operation during critical warehouse and logistics tasks. This design is essential for professionals who cannot afford downtime during inventory management, shipping coordination, or real-time data collection activities.
The Honeywell 3320g is a compact, lightweight, and durable area-imaging scanner designed for portable use. Its lightweight design and elegant appearance make it well-suited for retail environments while maintaining the robustness needed for general-purpose scanning applications.
The M09416XL is a direct thermal printer, meaning it prints by applying heat directly to thermal paper without requiring ribbons or ink. This reduces consumable costs and maintenance while delivering fast, reliable printing for labels and tags. Direct thermal is ideal for high-volume shipping and logistics applications where speed and simplicity matter.
Yes, the ZD621 can be transformed into a portable printer using Zebra's optional battery and carrying case, allowing you to transport it on a cart or carry it to different locations. The high-capacity battery option enables you to print on the spot to reduce steps and increase productivity, powering through a full shift of mobile printing operations.
SOTI MobiControl Cloud License is available as a cloud device license priced per month, providing a subscription-based licensing model. This differs from perpetual license options and allows organizations to scale their device management costs based on their current needs.
The SATO WWCLP3001 is a thermal transfer printer, meaning it uses heat to transfer ink from a ribbon onto label material, providing durable, high-quality prints suitable for demanding industrial environments. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for applications requiring long-lasting barcode and label durability. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore thermal transfer printer options available from our inventory.
The MB241T features a 4.3-inch color LCD touchscreen that provides intuitive, simple navigation for operators. The user-friendly interface combined with center-biased media handling for quick, easy loading makes the printer accessible for warehouse staff with minimal training.
Yes, the Magicard Enduro is capable of rewrite printing, which allows you to print, erase, and reprint cards for increased efficiency and cost savings. You can batch print a color design on one side of your cards, then use the rewrite feature with Magicard thermal rewritable card stock to individually print, erase, and update information on the other side.
The ZT610 has a maximum print width of 4.09 inches, making it ideal for standard label sizes in compact warehouse and manufacturing environments. The ZT620 model offers a wider 6.6-inch print width for applications requiring larger labels. Contact us today if you need help determining which model fits your label width requirements.
The SpectraLink 8440 measures 5.8 x 2.1 x 1.0 inches (147 x 53 x 25 mm) and weighs 5.1 ounces (144.6 grams) with the standard battery. It features a 2.2-inch display with 240 x 320 resolution and a 65,000 color palette for clear visibility in various work environments.
Yes, the HF680 features low-profile, recessed LED lights in the scan window that illuminate barcodes without irritating customers. The lighting automatically turns off when the scanner is not in use, providing an unobtrusive scanning experience.
The WhereTag IV can be programmed to transmit RF signals at configurable rates ranging from 4 seconds to multiple hours, allowing you to balance location accuracy with battery life based on your application requirements. Power output is also configurable to match your specific environment.
Yes, we offer the Zebra LB2-BABY-P ComfyCuff wristbands. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability and pricing for this healthcare-grade patient identification solution.
The ZC10L comes with Zebra CardStudio 2.0 card design and issuance software (30-day trial included). This software allows you to design beautiful edge-to-edge cards with graphics, text, barcodes, and images, then produce them on demand at the point of entry—enabling last-minute design changes and guest photo personalization.
The DS4608 features versatile connectivity options including USB, RS-232, and Bluetooth, allowing seamless integration with various retail systems and POS environments. The scanner also supports auto-host detect cables that automatically select the right host interface, making deployment straightforward.
The Zebra StatBand wristbands offer excellent print quality, enabling clear and accurate patient information to be printed directly on the wristbands. This on-demand printing capability supports efficient patient identification and tracking workflows in emergency care settings.
The P120i accepts PVC and PVC Composite cards in the standard ISO CR-80 format (2.12" x 3.38" / 54mm x 86mm) with a thickness of 30 mil (.76mm). It also supports magnetic stripe encoding (ISO 7811) and smart card (ISO 7816) capabilities, making it suitable for access control, membership, loyalty, and identification applications.
The Intel 4214 processor supports DDR4 SDRAM memory, with compatible Cisco servers supporting up to 4TB or 8TB of DDR4 capacity depending on the specific model and memory slot configuration. The processor works with standard DDR4-3200/PC4-25600 and faster memory speeds available in Cisco server platforms. Contact us today for memory module recommendations compatible with your server configuration.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-EX24TE provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet connectivity through RJ-45 ports, supporting both high-speed data center networking and legacy network integration. The server also includes 2 USB 3.0 ports for management and peripheral connectivity. Our team can help you configure the networking options that integrate seamlessly with your existing infrastructure.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-HD4TB provides 4TB capacity with 7200 RPM performance, while Cisco offers alternative configurations such as the UCS-HDD2TI2F213 (2TB), UCS-HDD3TI2F214 (3TB), and UCS-HDD900GI2F106 (900GB) for different capacity and performance requirements. The choice depends on your specific workload demands, budget constraints, and storage architecture—higher RPM drives deliver better performance for transactional workloads, while larger capacities support archival and backup scenarios. We offer all these configurations from barcodesinc.com to meet diverse enterprise storage needs.
While the C3K-56HD6E is discontinued, related current Cisco UCS servers like the UCSX-210C-M8 support dual Intel Xeon processors (Bronze, Silver, Gold, Platinum) with up to 8TB DDR5 SDRAM across 32 memory slots. These systems provide enterprise-grade processing performance for demanding workloads. Contact us today to discuss processor and memory configurations for your specific application needs.
The UCS-C3X60-G2SD12 is a 120GB boot SSD component that integrates with Cisco UCS servers supporting M.2 NVMe or SD card interfaces, depending on your specific server generation. The exact interface type varies by server model, so it's essential to confirm your hardware's storage slot specifications. We offer detailed technical documentation to help you identify the correct interface for your deployment—contact us today for assistance.
The Cisco UCSC-C240-M5SD features 12Gb/s SAS RAID-supported controllers with configurable drive bay options, supporting both 2.5" and 3.5" form factors depending on the specific configuration. It includes Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity options with RJ-45 network interfaces, plus USB 3.0 ports for additional peripheral support. We can help you select the right storage and connectivity configuration for your print server environment—contact us today.
The UCSC-C240-M5SX supports up to 8TB of total DDR4 SDRAM with 32 memory slots, providing exceptional capacity for memory-intensive applications like database servers and analytics platforms. The 32-slot configuration allows for flexible memory scaling as your warehouse and logistics operations grow. Contact us today for memory upgrade options and pricing.
The Cisco UCSC-C3260 supports multiple storage configurations including SSD, Serial ATA (SATA), and Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) drives with RAID support up to 24Gb/s, accommodating both 2.5" and 3.5" drive bays depending on the model. This flexibility allows you to optimize storage for performance or capacity based on your warehouse or logistics requirements. Contact us today to discuss the best storage configuration for your application.
The UCSC-C3K-M4SRB includes Gigabit Ethernet connectivity with RJ-45 network ports for standard data center networking. For organizations requiring higher bandwidth, newer models in our inventory offer 10 Gigabit Ethernet options and enhanced network flexibility. Contact us today to discuss your networking requirements and find the best server solution.
The UCSC-C3K-M4IO provides expanded I/O slots that support various Cisco UCS adapter cards, including network adapters, storage controllers, and other modular components compatible with the UCS C3000 architecture. The specific connectivity options depend on which adapter cards you install in the expander module. Contact us today for detailed specifications on compatible adapter cards and connectivity options.
Memory capacity depends on the specific model and generation. The 1U C220 series supports up to 4TB of DDR5 SDRAM with 32 memory slots, while the 2U C240 series supports up to 8TB of DDR5 SDRAM, also with 32 slots. Older generation models like the C240-M6 series use DDR4 with similar 8TB maximum capacity. We carry multiple generations in stock to match your performance and budget requirements.
The UCS-SP-B200M4-B-C2 supports both Serial ATA RAID and Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) controllers, offering flexible storage architecture for various deployment scenarios. This dual-controller support enables redundancy, high availability, and optimized performance for both traditional and modern storage workloads. We offer complete configuration options to match your data center storage strategy—visit barcodesinc.com to explore your choices.
The Cisco MEM-4300-8G-RF is a remanufactured component that has been professionally restored to like-new condition and fully tested to meet Cisco specifications. Remanufactured memory modules offer significant cost savings compared to new components while maintaining reliability and performance standards. Contact us today for specific warranty details and to discuss our current inventory of remanufactured Cisco networking components.
The Catalyst 8200 Series features a compact 1-Rack Unit (1RU) form factor with an internal, fixed AC power supply and optional Power over Ethernet (PoE) capability. Additional PoE ports added through Network Interface Module (NIM) slots require an external PoE power supply. This flexible power architecture accommodates diverse deployment environments in data centers and edge locations.
Yes, the Cisco MEM-C8200-16GB can be replaced with higher-capacity memory modules if needed. The Catalyst 8200-1N-4T platform supports upgrades up to 32GB DRAM, allowing you to scale memory capacity as your edge deployment grows. Contact us today for guidance on memory upgrade procedures and compatibility verification.
Windows Server 2019 Data Center edition includes unlimited virtual machine licensing, allowing you to maximize virtualization investments without per-VM licensing costs. It also provides advanced features like Storage Spaces Direct, Shielded VMs, and enhanced security capabilities designed for mission-critical data center operations. Contact us today to discuss licensing implications and total cost of ownership for your deployment.
The 16-core architecture and Windows Server 2019 Standard support enable efficient management of warehouse management systems (WMS), inventory databases, and real-time tracking applications critical to logistics operations. Its reliable performance helps ensure minimal downtime for supply chain visibility and order fulfillment systems. We offer this server as part of a complete IT infrastructure solution for logistics environments.
Stacking Catalyst 9300L switches using the C9300L-STACK-KIT2 provides unified management through a single IP address and control point, reduces operational complexity, and improves system availability through redundancy. This architecture is ideal for warehouse and logistics environments where simplified network management and high reliability are critical for maintaining continuous operations.
The Essential service level included in the Cisco CON-ECDN-MX30055K covers telephone-based technical support during 8x5 business hours with next business day response times. This tier is ideal for organizations seeking reliable support for their video conferencing endpoints without requiring 24/7 coverage.
The Essential service tier included in this contract provides 8x5 (business hours) support with next business day onsite response for hardware issues and technical problems. This level is suitable for organizations that can tolerate brief service interruptions outside of business hours but need reliable support during critical operating times. Visit barcodesinc.com for details on upgrading to 24x7 support if needed.
Yes, the Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCS10 includes upgrade benefits as part of its essential software support plus upgrade package. This allows you to access software improvements and enhancements during your one-year coverage period. Contact us today to learn more about upgrade eligibility for your specific Cisco equipment.
The device includes Gigabit Ethernet switching with auto MDI/MDI-X capability, support for 25 802.1Q VLANs, MAC filtering, and Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) for traffic monitoring. Additional features include storm control, 802.1X authentication, and IGMPv3 snooping for advanced network management. These capabilities enable efficient traffic segmentation and security policy enforcement across your network infrastructure.
If your Cisco SX20 Quick Set HD experiences a failure, contact Cisco support immediately with your contract number (CON-ECDO-SX2PHD4X). Cisco will dispatch an onsite technician within one business day during the 8x5 support window to diagnose and repair the issue. Our team at Barcodes Inc can help you register your contract and provide support contact information.
Yes, service contracts can typically be renewed to maintain continuous support coverage. We recommend contacting us today to discuss renewal options before your current contract expires, ensuring there is no gap in your software support and upgrade services.
Cisco's 24x7x4 support includes priority access to technical support engineers, software updates, and troubleshooting assistance for your 7206VXR router. The 4-hour response time ensures critical issues are addressed quickly to minimize network disruption. We can help you understand all support benefits included in your contract—visit barcodesinc.com for complete details.
Yes, SmartNet service contracts can typically be renewed or upgraded before expiration. Contact us today to discuss extending your coverage or upgrading to a higher service level like 24x7xNBD if your operational requirements change.
The Catalyst 3650 supports comprehensive network management through SNMPv3, RMON-MIB with statistics and alarms, and an embedded GUI for device-level management. It includes support for RFC1213-MIB (MIB II), CISCO-SYSLOG-MIB for logging, and CISCO-ENVMON-MIB for environmental monitoring, along with Cisco Network Assistant for broader network management. These tools enable IT teams to monitor and troubleshoot your warehouse network infrastructure efficiently.
The CON-ECMU-CCXAELIC provides 1 year of service coverage in the United States. This includes software updates and essential support for your Cisco CCX 8.5 Enhanced deployment. If you need extended coverage or multi-year contracts, visit barcodesinc.com to explore other available service options.
The N9K-SC-A enables centralized management of Nexus 9500 systems and supports advanced telemetry features including Buffer Drop Capture (BDC) and High Delay Capture (HDC) for detailed network performance visibility. These capabilities allow warehouse and logistics operations to monitor critical network metrics and troubleshoot connectivity issues effectively.
The Cisco Catalyst 3650 Series includes an integrated wireless LAN controller capable of supporting up to 200 access points. This built-in functionality eliminates the need for a separate controller appliance, streamlining your network architecture and reducing overall infrastructure costs.
The module delivers enterprise-grade security through IEEE 802.1x Port Access Authentication, RADIUS support, and SSL encryption capabilities. It supports advanced VLAN features including IEEE 802.1q VLAN tagging, Per-VLAN Spanning Tree, and VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) in transparent mode for flexible network segmentation. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, this module ensures secure, segmented traffic management across your infrastructure.
The ASA 5505 delivers up to 100 Mbps of 3DES/AES VPN encryption throughput, enabling secure encrypted communications for remote users and sites. This throughput level is appropriate for organizations with moderate VPN traffic requirements. Contact us today for assistance in sizing the right appliance for your security needs.
The Nexus 7000 chassis measures 1.75 x 17.29 x 25.4 inches (4.44 x 43.91 x 64.51 cm) and weighs 30 pounds (13.6 kg), fitting standard 19-inch rack installations. It operates reliably at altitudes up to 13,123 feet and tolerates storage temperatures from -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C), making it suitable for diverse data center and edge environments. The 128 GB boot flash memory and 70 MB buffer provide ample capacity for transport services deployments.
The NM-HD-1V-RF meets comprehensive T1 and E1 compliance standards including ANSI T1.403, FCC Part 68, UL 1950, and international standards from Canada (CSA), the UK (BS6301, EN60950), and Japan (VCCI, JATE). These certifications ensure the module meets regulatory requirements across North America, Europe, and Asia-Pacific regions. Contact us today for complete compliance documentation.
The MR78-HW is ideal for outdoor wireless coverage in enterprise environments such as campuses, outdoor event venues, parking areas, and large open spaces requiring reliable Wi-Fi 6 connectivity. Its outdoor-rated design and performance capabilities make it suitable for organizations needing to extend wireless coverage beyond traditional indoor boundaries. Contact us today for guidance on outdoor wireless deployment strategies.
The MR36H is compatible with standard Wi-Fi 6 enabled devices including mobile computers, barcode scanners, IoT devices, and enterprise equipment commonly used in warehouse and logistics operations. It integrates seamlessly with existing Cisco Meraki networks and supports industry-standard security protocols for enterprise deployments. Contact us today for compatibility assessment with your specific equipment.
The MR57-HW provides enterprise-grade connectivity features including PoE (Power over Ethernet) support for simplified installation and multiple antenna configurations for optimal coverage. It integrates seamlessly with Cisco Meraki cloud management platforms, enabling centralized monitoring and configuration across your wireless network infrastructure.
Yes, the MR28-HW includes multiple physical security features including a security screw, Kensington lock hard point, padlock hard point (compatible with Master Lock 120T or equivalent), and an anti-tamper cable bay with concealed mount plate. These features protect your wireless infrastructure from unauthorized access or theft in open warehouse and facility environments. We stock the MR28-HW and can advise on security best practices—visit barcodesinc.com to learn more.
Service contracts are typically licensed per device or in volume configurations depending on your deployment scale. The CON-SNT-AIRAP185 is structured for Cisco's 802.11ac Wave 2 access points, and we offer various related service contracts for different models and quantities. Contact us today to discuss volume licensing options and multi-device coverage strategies that fit your warehouse or enterprise environment.
The Cisco AIR-CAP37IBO-AK910 includes industry-leading security capabilities such as rogue access point detection, off-channel rogue detection for non-Wi-Fi devices, and denial-of-service protection. These features ensure robust policy enforcement and network integrity across your wireless infrastructure. We offer comprehensive support to help you configure and maintain these security controls.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14S G5 is compatible with modern Windows operating systems optimized for business environments. Lenovo recommends Windows Professional editions for enterprise deployments, ensuring compatibility with warehouse management systems and barcode scanning software.
The Lenovo X1 2-in-1 G10 includes an integrated fingerprint reader (FPR) and 1080p HD RGB+IR camera for biometric authentication and enhanced security protocols required in warehouse and logistics environments. The vPro processor provides additional enterprise-grade security and manageability features. These capabilities help protect sensitive inventory data and comply with enterprise security standards.
Lenovo provides comprehensive warranty support for the 78138047 digital signage display. For detailed information about applicable product warranties and support services, we recommend contacting us today or visiting barcodesinc.com, where our team can provide specific coverage details for your deployment.
Lenovo provides comprehensive support options for the ThinkPad X1 Carbon G12, including standard manufacturer warranty coverage. We offer various support packages and extended warranty options available from us—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss the support plan that best fits your business needs.
The Lenovo Tab M9 ships with Android 12 and is upgradeable to Android 13, providing access to the latest Android features and security updates. This ensures compatibility with modern applications and maintains long-term device relevance for your organization. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify current OS versions available for your order.
The Lenovo 12SKS2FM00 includes one PCI Express x16 slot and one PCI Express x1 slot for expansion cards, with the SFF model offering low-profile options. For storage expansion, the Tower model provides 2 HDD bays and 1 ODD bay, while the SFF model includes 1 HDD bay and 1 ODD bay, plus a 9-in-1 memory card reader in the slim bay. This flexibility supports various configurations for warehouse management and logistics applications we offer.
Lenovo ThinkPad devices support Windows operating systems, with modern X12 G2 models typically running Windows 10 or Windows 11 Pro for enterprise environments. The specific OS options depend on your configuration choice at purchase. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to confirm the exact operating system options available for your order.
The Lenovo 82VQ000EUS comes pre-installed with Windows 11 Pro Education, which is optimized for business and educational environments. This operating system provides enterprise-level security features and compatibility with professional warehouse management, inventory tracking, and AIDC software solutions. The Pro Education edition is ideal for organizations requiring robust device management and compliance capabilities.
The Lenovo 83JU0001US supports IEEE 802.11be wireless LAN standard, providing next-generation Wi-Fi connectivity for seamless integration with modern warehouse networks and cloud-based logistics platforms. This ensures reliable connectivity for real-time data synchronization and mobile operations.
The Lenovo 82VM0018US features In-plane Switching (IPS) technology on its 11.6" HD touchscreen, providing wide viewing angles and consistent color accuracy at 1366 x 768 resolution. This display technology is ideal for warehouse environments where multiple team members may need to view inventory data simultaneously from different angles.
Yes, the Intel Core Ultra 5 235U vPro processor with 16GB RAM and 512GB SSD provides sufficient performance for warehouse management software, inventory tracking applications, and business intelligence tools. The touchscreen display and 2-in-1 form factor make it versatile for both office and field operations in logistics environments.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 comes preloaded with Windows 11 Pro, which provides enterprise-grade security, compatibility with business applications, and support for advanced features like Windows Hello biometric authentication. Windows 11 Pro is ideal for IT procurement teams managing fleet deployments in warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today for volume licensing options and deployment support.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 includes a fingerprint reader (FPR) for biometric authentication and a 1080p Full HD RGB+IR camera that supports Windows Hello facial recognition. These enterprise-grade security features help protect your data and ensure only authorized users can access the system. We offer this model as part of our secure business laptop lineup available from barcodesinc.com.
The ThinkPad X1 Gen 10 features a 14-inch 16:10 touch display with 1920 x 1200 resolution, In-plane Switching (IPS) technology and Eyesafe certification for comfortable extended viewing. The convertible touchscreen design supports both traditional laptop work and tablet-style interactions. Contact us today for display configuration options.
The ThinkPad P16 Gen 3 incorporates commercial-grade ThinkPad durability with rigorous testing standards designed to withstand frequent travel and demanding field conditions. The combination of robust construction, modern wired and wireless connectivity, and a 99.9Wh battery with Rapid Charge support ensures reliable performance in mobile work environments. We offer this proven ThinkPad platform for professionals requiring dependable mobile workstation performance—contact us today for availability.
The ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 includes modern wired, wireless, and display connections to support desks, docks, and mobile work environments. It features Bluetooth 5.4, Intel vPro connectivity, and wired Ethernet capabilities for reliable business connectivity. The professional design ensures seamless integration with your existing workplace infrastructure and mobile setups.
This specific model (21QN0046US) comes configured with 32 GB of business-class memory and 512 GB of PCIe NVMe SSD storage. These specifications support multitasking, reporting, and collaboration for business users. Additional memory and storage configurations are available depending on your specific needs—contact us today to explore customization options.
The Lenovo 4XD1J05151 integrates with Lenovo ThinkVision monitors that support standard audio inputs and outputs, allowing connection to computers via USB or analog audio connections. The soundbar mounts directly to the monitor for a consolidated setup without additional cables cluttering your workspace. Contact us today for detailed connectivity specifications and cable requirements.
The SATO AI-6821 2D imager is designed for professional warehouse and logistics applications where reliable barcode scanning is critical. Its Bluetooth and USB connectivity options provide flexibility for various deployment scenarios, from fixed workstations to mobile picking operations. Contact us today to discuss how this scanner fits your specific warehouse environment and workflow requirements.
Yes, the M84Pro(2) is purpose-built as an industrial-grade thermal transfer label printer designed for demanding warehouse and logistics operations. Its robust construction, rapid 10 ips print speed, and support for multiple resolutions make it ideal for high-volume barcode labeling in distribution centers and manufacturing facilities.
Yes, the printer features a full color touch display that provides intuitive access to setup, operation, and maintenance functions. The touchscreen interface includes on-board videos to guide users through common tasks, reducing training time and support calls. This user-friendly design is particularly valuable in fast-paced healthcare settings.
The SATO CT4-LX supports a maximum print width of 4.1 inches and accommodates label rolls with a 1.5-inch core and up to 5-inch outer diameter. This capacity is suitable for standard desktop labeling environments where space is limited but throughput remains important. The printer includes a cutter for on-demand label separation.
The SATO CL4NX Plus delivers 6 inches per second (ips) print speed with 609 dpi resolution, providing a balanced combination of speed and print quality for industrial applications. This performance level is suitable for high-volume warehouse labeling while maintaining the barcode and RFID encoding accuracy required for supply chain operations. The printer's on-board industry emulations and intelligent processing ensure consistent output across diverse label formats.
The WNPXX003S002 package includes a 3-printer license, allowing you to design and print labels to three SATO thermal printers simultaneously or sequentially. This configuration is ideal for small to medium warehouse operations or multi-location label printing environments. If you need to expand beyond 3 printers, contact us today to discuss additional licensing options.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 PowerForms supports database connectivity and system integration capabilities, allowing the software to pull data from warehouse management systems, ERP platforms, and other enterprise applications. This enables automated label printing workflows and real-time data synchronization for efficient supply chain operations.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Express communicates with SATO thermal printers through standard printer drivers and network connectivity options. The software supports both direct USB connections and network-based printing, providing flexibility for different warehouse and logistics environments.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite provides advanced label design tools, dynamic data integration, form-based printing workflows, and database connectivity for automated label generation. The software supports variable data printing, barcode generation, and multi-printer management, enabling efficient label production at scale.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro supports a wide range of barcode formats and label types commonly used in warehouse management, shipping, and inventory control. The software allows you to design custom labels with text, graphics, and multiple barcode symbologies to meet your specific operational needs.
Yes, NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite includes PowerForms functionality that enables you to create intelligent forms that can pull variable data from databases, spreadsheets, and enterprise systems to automatically generate and print labels with dynamic information. This capability is essential for high-volume operations in warehouses and logistics where label data changes frequently.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro supports all standard barcode formats including Code 128, UPC, EAN, QR codes, and Data Matrix, along with 2D barcode types commonly used in logistics and retail. The software handles various label sizes and formats compatible with SATO thermal printers, from small shipping labels to large format tags. We can help you determine the best barcode configuration for your specific application.
Absolutely. The SF100 polypropylene material with gloss finish and permanent adhesive is specifically engineered for durability and chemical resistance, making these labels suitable for warehouse shelving, shipping boxes, and logistics operations. They maintain label integrity even when exposed to temperature fluctuations, moisture, and handling stress.
Yes, the SATO PW2NX is engineered as a durable, robust portable printer designed to withstand demanding warehouse and logistics operations. Its direct thermal printing mechanism and solid construction make it suitable for continuous mobile use in challenging environments where reliability is critical.
The M84Pro(3) comes standard with a minimum of 16MB RAM and 2MB Flash memory for storing forms, fonts, and graphics. For applications requiring additional storage capacity, optional Flash modules or PCMCIA memory cards are available to expand the printer's capabilities.
Wax ribbons are cost-effective and ideal for paper and cardboard labels in standard warehouse and shipping environments. Resin ribbons offer superior durability and chemical resistance, making them better suited for labels exposed to moisture, oils, or extreme temperatures. The SATO SWR05-H-8474 wax/resin blend provides a balanced solution for general-purpose applications requiring both economy and moderate durability.
The SATO WD204-001 is compatible with WS4 series printers and can serve as a replacement printhead for worn or damaged units. We recommend verifying your current printer model before ordering to ensure proper fit and function. Contact us today with your printer model for compatibility confirmation.
This direct thermal printhead is ideal for shipping labels, warehouse inventory tags, product labels, and barcode printing in logistics and supply chain operations. The 4300 dpi resolution ensures barcodes scan reliably on the first attempt, reducing errors in warehouse management systems. We support these applications with reliable printheads and expert guidance for your specific labeling needs.
Installation procedures vary by printer model, but generally involve accessing the printer's thermal head assembly and carefully replacing the old printhead with the new SATO WT205-001 unit. We recommend consulting your SATO printer's service manual for detailed installation steps and safety precautions. Contact us today if you need guidance on proper installation or have questions about compatibility with your equipment.
Thermal transfer printing uses a ribbon to transfer ink onto labels, producing durable prints suitable for long-term outdoor or high-temperature applications. Direct thermal printing applies heat directly to special label stock without a ribbon, making it faster and more cost-effective for shorter-term applications. The SATO R142222000 supports both modes, giving you flexibility based on your labeling needs.
The SATO WWS8N41EA features tool-free maintenance design, allowing your team to quickly replace the print head and front-access roller without specialized tools or extended downtime. The printer includes on-board instructional videos that guide users through maintenance procedures, reducing training time and ensuring proper care. Remote management via SATO Online Services enables proactive monitoring and support to keep your printer operating at peak performance.
SATO thermal printers with integrated media unwinders are ideal for high-volume warehouse labeling, shipping label production, inventory management, and logistics operations. The unwinder enables unattended printing runs, reducing operator workload and increasing throughput in demanding industrial environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of SATO thermal printer solutions for your facility.
HPE Aruba switches operate in temperature ranges from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating required at higher altitudes. This specification ensures reliable operation in standard warehouse and data center environments. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed environmental specifications for specific models.
The Aruba 8325 series represents a significant upgrade over earlier models like the 6100 and 6300M, with switching capacities up to 880 Gbps compared to 128 Gbps in the 6100 series, and throughput reaching 654 Mpps versus 95.2 Mpps. The newer architecture also features Quad Core Arm Cortex A72 processors at 1.8 GHz, 8 GB DDR4 memory, and support for up to 1,024 switched virtual interfaces. Available from us at competitive pricing—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a detailed comparison.
The HPE Aruba 2530 series offers flexible port configurations including models with 48 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 2 SFP+ slots, 24 Gigabit Ethernet ports plus 2 SFP+ slots, and 8 PoE+ ports with dual-personality ports that support either RJ-45 or SFP connectivity. All models include a dual-personality serial console port for management access.
The Epson TM-L90 prints labels at 90mm/second, making it efficient for moderate-volume label production in warehouse and logistics environments. For thermal receipts, the printer operates at a faster speed of 170mm/second, demonstrating its versatility for both label and receipt applications.
Each box of Epson C35MD002 barcode labels contains 6 rolls, with 400 labels per roll, giving you a total of 2,400 labels per box. This bulk packaging is ideal for warehouses and logistics operations requiring consistent supply of 4" x 3" matte labels. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to order in quantity.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer uses Epson's DURABrite pigment inks in cyan, magenta, yellow, and black (GJIC22P cartridges), along with a maintenance box for optimal print quality on these gloss labels. The pigment-based ink system ensures durable, fade-resistant barcode and color label output.
The printer ships with a full-capacity ink cartridge set, AC power cord, maintenance box, and a CD containing utilities and manuals for quick setup and operation. A 1-year standard warranty is also included with your purchase from us.
Yes, the TM-U220II is specifically designed for kitchen and high-volume environments, with durable construction built to withstand grease, heat, and continuous operation. Its robust design makes it an ideal choice for restaurants, cafés, and food service locations that require reliable, long-lasting performance.
The TM-H6000VI delivers high-speed receipt printing at 200mm/sec (approximately 63 lines per second with 1/8" conversion), slip printing at approximately 5.7 lines per second, and endorsement printing at approximately 24.5 lines per second. In two-color mode, receipt printing speed is 78mm/sec, providing flexibility for different throughput requirements.
The Epson TM-C3500 offers multiple print resolution options including 360 dpi x 180 dpi, 360 dpi x 360 dpi, and 720 dpi x 360 dpi, allowing you to balance print quality with speed based on your specific labeling requirements.
The Epson C35MD004 barcode labels feature a matte finish, which provides a professional appearance and is suitable for a variety of labeling applications. The matte surface works well with the Epson TM-C3500's inkjet printing process for clear barcode and image reproduction.
The Epson TM-C3500 uses replaceable GJIC22P ink cartridges in four colors: black (C33S020577), cyan (C33S020581), magenta (C33S020582), and yellow (C33S020583). The printer also uses a maintenance box (SJMB3500) for print head maintenance, and ink is consumed during both printing and automatic nozzle checking operations.
Each box of Epson C35CD002 labels contains 6 rolls, with 285 labels per roll, totaling 1,710 labels per box. This bulk packaging is designed for warehouse managers and logistics operations requiring consistent, high-volume label supply.
The ERC-23B ribbon supports crisp, clear printing of text, graphics, and barcodes at the fast print speeds of compatible Epson printers. With a dot density of 203 dpi x 203 dpi on supported models, this ribbon delivers professional-quality receipts and labels. The black ribbon is optimized for high-contrast, readable output in POS and logistics applications.
The product specifications provided do not include storage temperature or humidity guidelines for unused cartridges. For proper storage instructions to maintain cartridge integrity and print quality, we recommend contacting us today or consulting Epson's technical documentation.
The Epson C13S020566 is the yellow cartridge for the ColorWorks C831 system, which uses multiple color cartridges for full-color printing. We offer individual cartridges and can help you source complete color sets to keep your printer running efficiently. Contact us today to order the yellow cartridge or to discuss bundled cartridge packages for your ColorWorks system.
Your Colorworks printer will display ink level warnings and alerts when the C13T44B120 cartridge is running low or depleted. We recommend keeping replacement cartridges in stock to minimize downtime in warehouse and logistics operations where label printing is mission-critical. Visit barcodesinc.com to order replacement cartridges and set up a reliable supply schedule.
The Epson S041586 is bright white, which enhances document visibility and professional appearance. The bright white color combined with 95% opacity ensures excellent contrast and readability for printed materials.
The Elo 1517L features a 15-inch display with a 4:3 aspect ratio and XGA resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels. The monitor supports 16.2 million colors with 240 nits brightness (typical) and an 800:1 contrast ratio (typical), powered by state-of-the-art LED backlights. This combination delivers clear, vibrant visuals suitable for retail and hospitality applications.
The Elo I-Series 3 is available with No OS, Windows 10 IoT, or Windows 11 Professional, giving you flexibility to deploy the terminal with your preferred operating environment. Contact us today to discuss which OS configuration best fits your point-of-sale or kiosk application.
The Elo E428276 offers flexibility with three operating system options: No OS, Windows 10 IoT, and Windows 11 Professional. This allows you to choose the software environment that best aligns with your point-of-sale software, kiosk applications, and IT infrastructure requirements. Our team can help you select the right OS configuration for your deployment.
The Elo 0764L's zero-bezel design eliminates the border around the display, maximizing screen real estate and creating a seamless visual experience. The touch-through-glass capability allows the display to respond to touches through up to 6mm of glass, enabling flexible mounting and protective enclosure options for your kiosk or industrial control system.
The Elo E297107 features a Wide FHD LCD panel with WVA (Wide Viewing Angle) technology and LED backlight. The WVA panel ensures consistent image quality and color accuracy when viewed from different angles, which is important for public-facing applications.
Yes, the Elo 1523L is specifically designed to meet the durability and aesthetic requirements for high-traffic retail and hospitality interactive solutions. Its sleek, edge-to-edge glass design brings a clean, modern feel to any environment, while the zero-bezel touchscreen and choice of industry-leading touch technologies ensure reliable performance in demanding customer-facing applications.
The Elo 1302L delivers a 13.3-inch LCD display with 1920 x 1080 Full HD resolution, 16:9 aspect ratio, 16.7 million colors, 270 nits brightness (typical), and 800:1 contrast ratio (typical). The zero-bezel, anti-glare design provides a professional appearance and enhanced visibility in bright retail environments.
The Elo 0764L features a 7-inch WXGA display with 1280 x 800 resolution and optically bonded LCD construction for enhanced clarity and durability. It delivers 400 nits of brightness (360 nits with touch enabled), providing excellent visibility in various lighting conditions.
The Panasonic PG-UNMRBSM23Y is a ProGlove mid-range handheld barcode scanner designed for professional warehouse and logistics applications. Its mid-range classification positions it as a balanced solution between basic and premium scanning devices. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, it's engineered for demanding AIDC environments.
The FZ-G1 features a 10.1-inch display with In-plane Switching (IPS) technology and 1920x1200 resolution, providing excellent color accuracy and viewing angles for field work. The daylight-readable screen ensures visibility even in bright outdoor conditions.
Yes, the Stingray 4 is specifically designed with a tough design and small footprint, making it ideal for retail locations with space constraints. Its compact form factor doesn't compromise on performance or functionality, allowing you to maximize your counter space while maintaining a high-performance POS terminal.
The camera offers flexible bitrate control with maximum bitrate options ranging from 64 to 4,096 kbps per client, plus unlimited frame rate priority mode for MPEG-4 streams. Total bitrate control is also available (64 to 4,096 kbps or unlimited), enabling IT teams to optimize network performance across multiple camera deployments.
Yes, the TH-55CQE1W features built-in audio output with a 3.5mm mini stereo jack (L/R) and internal speakers rated at 8W + 8W. This integrated audio solution eliminates the need for separate audio equipment in many deployment scenarios.
The FZ-G2AZ-0BVM comes standard with 16GB of RAM and a 512GB Opal SSD with quick-release capability, providing ample storage for enterprise applications while allowing for field-replaceable storage upgrades.
The WV-NW502S supports comprehensive network protocols including TCP/IP, UDP/IP, HTTP, RTP, FTP, SMTP, DHCP, DNS, DDNS, NTP, and SNMP. This broad protocol support ensures seamless integration with enterprise network infrastructure and enables remote management, alarm notifications, and image transfer capabilities.
The UDM-PRO operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -10 to 45°C (14 to 113°F) and humidity levels of 10 to 90% noncondensing. These specifications make it suitable for deployment in standard data center and network closet environments. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com for more details.
The camera seamlessly integrates with UniFi Network and UniFi Protect systems, allowing centralized control and real-time alerting across enterprise deployments. It is managed through the UniFi Protect platform, which streamlines monitoring and event review for enterprise-grade surveillance operations.
The camera supports H.264 video compression with 4K resolution capability, delivering high-quality video feeds suitable for detailed surveillance and forensic analysis. The 8MP sensor and advanced compression ensure efficient storage and bandwidth utilization for enterprise deployments.
The UVC-AI-PTZ-B supports flexible mounting configurations including wall, ceiling, and pole mounting options. This versatility allows you to position the camera optimally for warehouse, loading dock, and perimeter surveillance applications. We can help you determine the best mounting solution for your facility—contact us today.
The UA-CARD-W-10 cards are designed to work within UniFi access control systems, which can be deployed across multiple locations and buildings. Contact us today to discuss your specific access control deployment needs.
The NSM5(US) features a powerful integrated antenna with 2x2 MIMO (Multiple-Input Multiple-Output) configuration operating at 5GHz. This integrated design eliminates the need for external antennas while maintaining high performance in a compact form factor.
Ubiquiti's networking modules and compatible switches carry CE, FCC, and IC certifications, ensuring compliance with international electromagnetic compatibility and safety standards. These certifications guarantee that the transceiver module meets regulatory requirements for deployment in North America and Europe.
The AM-M-V5G-Ti is designated as a Titanium-class antenna featuring advanced RF isolation and variable beamwidth capabilities as a Carrier Class 2x2 Dual Polarity MIMO sector antenna. These characteristics provide network architects with unparalleled flexibility and superior RF performance for demanding wireless deployments.
The AM-5G16-120 is engineered to survive winds up to 125 mph, making it suitable for deployment in challenging outdoor environments. Its dual-linear polarization design with 28 dB minimum cross-pol isolation ensures reliable performance even in adverse weather conditions.
Yes, the AF11-COMPLETE-LB is engineered specifically for long-distance outdoor wireless applications. It features ruggedized N-Type connectors with weatherproof silicone boots and is designed to operate reliably in outdoor environments as part of professional wireless backhaul and access point deployments.
The G6 Bullet uses Power over Ethernet (PoE) for both power and data transmission, with a maximum power consumption of 9.9 watts. This simplifies installation by requiring only a single PoE-enabled network connection, and we offer compatible PoE injectors and switches to support your deployment.
The SLP-TX223CG features easy paper loading with an adjustable paper guide for quick media setup and changeover. The printer uses a space-saving 74mm ribbon design, reducing material costs and simplifying supply management.
The SRP-S300 operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) with humidity levels between 10% and 80% RH. This environmental range accommodates most warehouse conditions, including temperature-controlled and ambient storage areas. Contact us today if you need guidance on deployment in specific facility environments.
The XM7-40IKL is equipped with both a standard battery and an optional smart battery, allowing you to effectively manage battery status and life cycle. This dual-battery approach ensures continuous operation for field labor and mobile warehouse applications.
The XM7-40IWKL comes with both standard and optional smart battery configurations, allowing you to effectively manage battery status and life cycle. The smart battery capability helps optimize uptime and reduces unexpected downtime in field operations. Contact us today to learn more about battery options and runtime specifications.
The XM7-40WK comes with both a standard battery and an optional smart battery, allowing you to effectively manage battery status and life cycle. The smart battery option provides enhanced monitoring capabilities for field operations where battery performance visibility is important.
The XM7-40WKL comes with a standard battery and an optional smart battery, allowing you to effectively manage battery status and life cycle. The smart battery option provides enhanced monitoring capabilities for extended field operations. Contact us today to discuss which battery configuration best suits your warehouse or logistics requirements.
Our HPE Aruba switches support comprehensive management through Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP management, and AirWave Network Management. Out-of-band management is available via RJ-45 Ethernet, serial RS-232C, or micro USB connections for secure administrative access.
HPE Aruba 2920 and 2930F series switches feature a MAC address table capacity of 16,000 entries, allowing them to handle large enterprise networks with thousands of connected devices. The 6100 series provides 8,192 MAC table entries, suitable for mid-sized deployments.
The CX 5420 includes Dynamic Segmentation for consistent policy enforcement across both wired and wireless networks, combined with robust Quality of Service (QoS) controls. These advanced security features help protect your network while maintaining performance and compliance requirements.
The JH157A represents current-generation 10GbE SFP+ technology optimized for the Aruba 5130/5510 platform, offering improved performance and compatibility over legacy modules. It supports industry-standard SFP+ transceivers and integrates with modern Aruba management systems. Our team can help you evaluate upgrade paths from older Aruba infrastructure—contact us today for a detailed comparison.
The HPE Aruba JH148A operates reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5000 feet, with derating requirements for higher altitudes. This environmental specification ensures stable performance in typical warehouse and logistics facility conditions.
The JH331A delivers exceptional performance with its 2x2.4Tbps fabric modules, providing the high-speed switching capacity required for data center core and aggregation layer deployments. The modular processing units ensure consistent, low-latency packet forwarding across all ports. Available from us with full technical specifications—visit barcodesinc.com for complete performance details.
The HPE Aruba JH209A supports extensive routing and switching capabilities including MAC table capacity, IPv4/IPv6 routing, and IGMP/MLD group management. These features enable your network to scale as your warehouse operations expand, supporting everything from barcode scanners to mobile computers and RFID readers.
The HPE Aruba JH332A (7506 series) represents a high-end modular platform with dual 2.4Tbps fabric capacity, distinguishing it from lower-tier series like the Aruba 2530 or 5400R ZL2 which serve mid-market and branch deployments. The JH332A's architecture supports greater port density, higher throughput, and more advanced features for core network and data center applications. We offer the full range of HPE Aruba switches to match your specific performance and budget requirements.
The Aruba 6300M series supports up to 1,024 switched virtual interfaces (dual stack), 49,152 IPv4 and IPv6 host table entries, and 61,000 IPv4 unicast routes—providing enterprise-scale network segmentation and routing capabilities. These specifications enable complex multi-tenant and multi-VLAN deployments in large organizations. We offer these high-performance switches in stock—visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us for technical specifications.
The Aruba 8400 series supports a MAC address table capacity of 8,192 entries, which is suitable for mid-sized to large network deployments in warehouse and logistics environments. This capacity allows the switch to efficiently manage traffic across multiple connected devices and network segments.
The J9990A is part of Aruba's enterprise-class switching portfolio, offering a balance of PoE+ port density and high-speed uplink capacity ideal for medium to large deployments. Unlike smaller access switches, this model provides substantial power delivery and fiber connectivity for aggregation and core network roles. We offer comprehensive support and comparison assistance—contact us today to find the right Aruba switch for your infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba JL448A features a Dual Core ARM Cortex A9 processor running at 1016 MHz, paired with 1 GB DDR3 SDRAM and 4 GB eMMC flash storage. With a packet buffer of 12.38 MB (4.5 MB Ingress/7.875 MB Egress), it delivers reliable performance for enterprise-class networking applications.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9992A integrates seamlessly with existing Aruba network deployments through standard Ethernet protocols and compatible SFP transceiver support (revision B or later). The switch supports industry-standard management protocols and can be deployed alongside other Aruba switches in both access and aggregation layers. We offer comprehensive support for integrating this switch into your existing network architecture.
The HPE Aruba J9989A supports IEEE 802.3at PoE+ standards for powered ports and 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, ensuring compatibility with enterprise-grade networking infrastructure. The SFP slots support 1GbE/10GbE fiber connectivity for flexible uplink options. We offer comprehensive technical support and compatibility verification—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed protocol specifications.
The J9995A supports multi-gigabit speeds up to 10G (10BASE-T), with autosensing capability that allows it to negotiate optimal speeds with connected devices ranging from 1G to 10G. This flexibility ensures compatibility with both legacy and modern network equipment. Contact us today for detailed specifications on throughput and bandwidth capabilities.
Aruba switches in this class are designed for standard enterprise data center and network closet environments with universal AC input (100-240V, 50-60 Hz) and efficient power management. While specific power consumption details vary by model configuration, Aruba networking equipment is engineered for reliability in warehouse automation and logistics operations. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and power planning assistance for your deployment.
Aruba's enterprise-grade switches deliver high-performance switching with latency as low as 3.2-3.3 microseconds at 10 Gbps and throughput up to 130.9 Mpps, depending on configuration. These specifications ensure minimal network delays critical for real-time warehouse operations and RFID data processing. We offer technical consultation to help you evaluate performance requirements for your logistics operations.
Yes, the HPE Aruba J9986A is engineered for reliable performance in demanding operational environments including warehouses and logistics centers where robust connectivity is essential. Its Gigabit Ethernet ports, PoE+ support, and comprehensive management capabilities enable seamless integration with barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID equipment. Contact us today to discuss how we can deploy this switch in your facility.
Aruba switches featuring modules like the J9996A typically support flexible mounting options including rack-mount, wall-mount, and surface-mount configurations with included hardware. Operating temperatures range from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) with operating humidity between 15% to 95% non-condensing, making them suitable for standard data center and enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com for specific environmental specifications for your deployment.
The J9991A supports comprehensive network management through HPE Aruba's management platforms, including support for SNMP, CLI configuration, and integration with AirWave network management tools. These capabilities allow IT teams to monitor performance, manage configurations, and troubleshoot issues efficiently across your network. Contact us today for assistance with management setup and optimization.
Yes, the Aruba 6300M series supports stacking with up to 10 member switches and 200 Gbps stacking bandwidth, allowing stacking distances up to 10 kilometers with long-range transceivers. This stacking capability enables scalable network growth without requiring additional infrastructure investment. We can help you design a stacked switch architecture that meets your logistics and warehouse networking needs—contact us today.
HPE Aruba switches are designed to operate in standard data center environments with operating temperatures ranging from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) and relative humidity between 15% to 95% non-condensing. These specifications make them suitable for most climate-controlled server rooms and network closets. We can help you verify that your deployment environment meets these requirements—contact us today for guidance.
Yes, the JL001A includes Layer 2 and Layer 3 feature sets with support for OSPF, IPv6, IPv4 BGP, robust QoS, and policy-based routing—all included with no additional software licensing required. These enterprise-grade capabilities enable sophisticated network segmentation and traffic prioritization essential for logistics operations.
The Aruba 5406R series switches available from us include multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports and SFP+ uplink ports for high-speed connectivity to core network infrastructure. The combination of standard RJ-45 ports and fiber optic SFP+ slots provides flexibility for both copper and fiber network deployments in logistics and warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss the specific port configuration that matches your network topology requirements.
The HPE Aruba 5406R 8XGT PoE+/8SFP+ v3 zl2 includes 8 SFP+ ports, enabling high-speed fiber optic connections for long-distance links and uplink connectivity. These ports support 1000/10000 Mbps SFP+ transceivers, providing flexibility for backbone and campus network architectures. We offer compatible SFP+ transceivers and can help you design your fiber connectivity strategy—visit barcodesinc.com for details.
Fiber-based connectivity using the Q8N53A eliminates electromagnetic interference and provides superior signal integrity compared to copper cabling, especially important in warehouse environments with heavy electrical equipment. The 1000BASE-SX standard delivers reliable gigabit speeds essential for modern logistics and inventory management systems.
Yes, HPE Aruba networking devices support a wide range of tested USB peripherals including modems (Novatel, Kyocera, and others) and printers (HP, Lexmark models). This compatibility enables seamless integration with existing warehouse equipment and communication devices without requiring additional hardware adapters.
The 510 Series AP supports flexible power options including 802.3af/at/bt Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) or 12V DC power. Power consumption varies based on the power source: 16W with DC power, 13.5W with PoE class 3, and 20.8W with PoE class 4, making it efficient for deployments with PoE infrastructure.
Aruba's outdoor access points are engineered for harsh warehouse and logistics environments with temperature ratings typically ranging from 0°C to 45°C and higher altitude derating specifications. The outdoor-rated design provides durability for dock areas, shipping yards, and external loading zones. Contact us today to review complete environmental specifications and confirm suitability for your specific climate and operational conditions.
The Aruba AP-303HR bundle is designed to integrate seamlessly with HPE Aruba's broader networking ecosystem, including switches, gateways, and management platforms. This compatibility ensures consistent performance and simplified management across your wireless and wired network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss integration options with your current or planned network architecture.
The HPE Aruba JH431A is positioned as a high-performance switch within the Aruba enterprise networking portfolio, offering advanced features for organizations requiring robust switching capacity and comprehensive management capabilities. Different Aruba models serve varying deployment scenarios, from access layer switches to core infrastructure equipment, allowing you to build a scalable network architecture. We offer the complete range of HPE Aruba switches to match your specific performance and budget requirements — contact us today to compare models for your deployment.
The HPE Aruba JH210A is a compact 1U rackmount switch with dimensions of approximately 44.2 cm (W) × 26.82 cm (D) × 4.39 cm (H), weighing around 4.19 kg, making it ideal for standard datacenter and network closet installations. The switch features dual-core ARM Cortex A9 processing at 1.016 GHz with 4 GB DDR3 memory and 16 GB eMMC storage for reliable operation. Visit barcodesinc.com for complete environmental specifications and power consumption details.
The HPE Aruba JH213A is designed for standard enterprise data center environments with operating temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet. These specifications ensure reliable operation in typical warehouse and logistics facility conditions where temperature control is maintained.
The HPE Aruba JC665A supports tested USB modems including Novatel U727, Kyocera KPC680, Compass 597, USBConnect Quicksilver, and USBConnect Mercury. We maintain an updated compatibility list for additional modems that may work with factory-default or custom controller configurations.
The Aruba 2930M 24 PoE+ is optimized for mid-range deployments with 24 Gigabit PoE+ ports, while the Aruba 2540 series offers higher port density options with up to 48 Gigabit ports plus 4 SFP+ 10GbE uplink ports for greater scalability. Both series support intelligent routing and enterprise management, but the 2540 is better suited for larger facilities requiring higher throughput and uplink capacity. Contact us today to determine which Aruba switch best fits your warehouse networking requirements.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 24SR is positioned as a mid-market access switch offering excellent price-to-performance for organizations requiring reliable PoE delivery and managed switching capabilities. It provides the enterprise-grade quality and support you need without over-provisioning for smaller deployments. We offer this model alongside other Aruba switching solutions to match your specific infrastructure needs.
HPE Aruba switches are designed to operate in standard data center and warehouse environments with typical temperature ranges of 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at altitudes up to 1.5 km, with derating for higher elevations. The robust construction supports reliable operation in demanding logistics and warehouse settings where equipment must withstand continuous operation. We offer installation support to ensure optimal performance in your specific environmental conditions.
The HPE Aruba JH211A is designed to operate in standard data center environments with an operating temperature range of 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at elevations up to 1.5 km. This makes it suitable for typical warehouse and logistics facility deployments with standard climate control. We offer comprehensive support for installation in your specific environment.
The HPE Aruba 3810M series supports 10,000 IPv4 routing entries, 5,000 IPv6 routing entries, and a 64,000-entry MAC address table. These specifications enable large-scale enterprise deployments with extensive network segmentation, VLAN management, and support for complex routing topologies without performance degradation.
Yes, the JL310A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics operations requiring high-speed backbone connectivity between distribution centers and network infrastructure. Its long-range fiber capability enables reliable connections across large facility footprints, while the 100 Gbps performance supports bandwidth-intensive inventory management, RFID scanning, and real-time tracking systems. Available from us with full technical support for your logistics network deployment.
Yes, the JL309A is specifically designed for multimode fiber (MMF) connectivity and supports both OM3 and OM4 grade multimode cabling standards. This makes it an excellent choice for organizations with existing multimode fiber infrastructure, as it eliminates the need for expensive single-mode fiber upgrades. Available from us with full technical support to ensure proper installation and configuration in your network.
The HPE Aruba JL630A can be managed through multiple interfaces including command-line interface, web browser, SNMP manager, Telnet, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. Integration with HPE AirWave Network Management and IMC (Intelligent Management Center) provides comprehensive monitoring and configuration capabilities for enterprise deployments.
Memory configurations vary by model series. The 6100 series includes 4 GB DDR3 memory with 16 GB eMMC flash storage, while the more advanced 6300M series features 8 GB DDR4 memory with 32 GB eMMC storage for enhanced performance and capacity. These specifications ensure reliable operation for demanding warehouse and logistics network environments. Contact us today to discuss which memory configuration meets your operational needs.
The UC7 encoding standard ensures compatibility with modern RFID systems while maintaining backward compatibility with legacy card readers in mixed-technology environments. This makes the Zebra 800059-411 a future-proof choice for organizations transitioning their access control infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our full range of RFID-enabled identification solutions.
Yes, the ZQ511 is engineered to withstand environmental extremes and is certified for use in harsh outdoor conditions common to logistics, field service, and warehouse operations. Its military-grade design and rugged construction make it ideal for mobile workplaces exposed to temperature fluctuations, moisture, and physical stress. Contact us today to discuss your specific environmental requirements.
The Zebra 5100 Premium Resin ribbon is compatible with Zebra thermal transfer printers that support 154mm width ribbons with 25mm cores. We recommend verifying your specific printer model's ribbon specifications before ordering—contact us today for compatibility assistance with your equipment.
Thermal transfer labels use a ribbon to apply ink, resulting in superior durability, image quality, and longevity compared to direct thermal labels. The Zebra Z-Select 4000T's specially coated surface is engineered for thermal transfer printing, making it ideal for applications requiring long-lasting labels that resist fading, moisture, and handling wear in warehouse and shipping environments.
Absolutely—the software is specifically designed for international operations with support for multiple character sets, code pages, and optional Asian language fonts including Traditional Chinese. It supports DOS and Windows code pages (437, 850, 1250, 1252, 1253, 1254, 1255, and others), making it ideal for global supply chains and multilingual labeling requirements. Contact us today to discuss your international labeling needs.
Wax ribbons like the Zebra 1600 offer an economical solution for general-purpose labeling on paper-based labels where extreme durability isn't required. They provide excellent print quality and barcode clarity at a lower cost than resin alternatives, making them ideal for standard warehouse and logistics operations.
Yes, the ZQ511 is engineered to handle environmental extremes and harsh conditions common in mobile workplaces. Its military-grade design and certification for durability against drops, tumbles, and liquids make it an excellent choice for outdoor logistics operations and challenging warehouse conditions.
The VS40-SR20M4-2R00W features red illumination paired with a red bandpass filter, optimizing image capture for applications requiring enhanced contrast and color-specific detection. This illumination setup is particularly effective for inspecting products where red wavelength light provides superior defect detection and surface analysis.
Vision filters may need replacement if you notice degraded image quality, reduced scanning accuracy, or inconsistent barcode reads in your Zebra imaging system. Dust, debris, or optical degradation can reduce filter performance over time. If you're experiencing imaging issues, contact us today and our team can help diagnose whether filter replacement is needed.
Yes, the Zebra LGHT-X060IR-0100 is purpose-built for warehouse and logistics environments with its precision dual aimer, integrated LED ring light, and comprehensive feedback systems. The IR wavelength capability, combined with the loud speaker and multi-angle visual feedback, makes it ideal for high-volume scanning operations where reliability and operator efficiency are critical. Contact us today to discuss how this lighting solution can enhance your warehouse automation.
The Z-Ultimate 4100T consists of white coated polyester (2.0 mils) with a permanent acrylic adhesive layer (0.8 mils) and a 50 lb. semi-bleached kraft liner with PCR content (3.0 mils), delivering a total thickness of 5.8 mil ± 10%. This multi-layer construction provides exceptional durability while maintaining reliable adhesion and printability for thermal transfer printing. We offer these labels in standard 4x6 inch dimensions with 960 labels per roll for high-volume operations.
The ZT620 comes standard with 203 dpi print resolution, with optional upgrades to 300 dpi for higher detail requirements. These resolution options allow you to balance print quality with production speed based on your specific labeling needs.
The Zebra FS42 is powered by the i.MX 8M Plus Neural Processing Unit, delivering ultra-fast decoding of even the most challenging barcodes to support high-speed production and logistics operations. This advanced processor ensures rapid barcode recognition without sacrificing accuracy, driving productivity in high-volume environments. Contact us today to learn how this processing power can boost your operation's throughput.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is designed specifically for thermal transfer printing, requiring compatible Zebra Resin Ribbons for optimal performance. The polyester material and value coating are engineered to work seamlessly with thermal transfer printers, ensuring superior print quality and durability in warehouse and logistics environments.
Yes, the Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack labels carry UL/cUL and CSA acceptances, making them suitable for compliance product labeling in regulated industries such as medical devices, automotive, and industrial equipment. These certifications ensure the labels meet stringent safety and performance standards required by warehouse managers and logistics operations in compliance-critical environments.
Yes, the ZQ511 is engineered to withstand environmental extremes and is certified for use in challenging outdoor conditions common in logistics and field service operations. Its military-grade design and rugged construction make it ideal for temperature fluctuations, moisture, and harsh weather exposure. Contact us today to verify specifications for your specific environmental requirements.
The ZT610 operates across a wide temperature range of 40°F to 104°F for thermal transfer printing and 32°F to 104°F for direct thermal printing, ensuring reliable performance in diverse warehouse and logistics environments. Its sturdy metal frame and bi-fold metal media cover provide durable construction that withstands challenging industrial conditions. We offer this printer for operations requiring consistent performance in temperature-variable facilities.
The ZT610 operates reliably between 40°F to 104°F in thermal transfer mode and 32°F to 104°F in direct thermal mode, making it suitable for both climate-controlled and challenging warehouse environments. This wide operating range, combined with its sturdy metal frame and bi-fold metal media cover, ensures durability in tough industrial conditions. We offer the ZT610 for facilities requiring robust performance across varying environmental conditions.
No, the Zebra P1115690 is specifically designed for thermal transfer printing and requires ribbon media to operate. If you need direct thermal printing capability, you would need a different printhead model designed for that technology. Contact us today to discuss the right printhead solution for your printing requirements.
The ATR7000 works seamlessly with Zebra's RFID API and features a web-based interface for simplified setup and remote monitoring of multiple readers. This enables straightforward integration with your existing Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) and business applications for real-time location intelligence.
Absolutely—the Zebra CAG-P1107573 is ideal for warehouse managers and logistics teams who need reliable barcode label creation and management. The software integrates with Zebra ZE500 printers to produce durable, scannable labels for inventory tracking, shipping, and asset management. We offer complete support and implementation assistance to help your team maximize labeling efficiency.
The RT10A features a 10.1-inch display with 1920 x 1200 dpi resolution and 800 NIT brightness, protected by optically bonded Gorilla Glass 5. The high brightness and resolution ensure clear visibility in indoor and outdoor warehouse environments, while the durable glass withstands impacts and scratches common in field operations. We offer this display configuration to maximize worker productivity and reduce device replacement costs.
The FlexRange imager is Honeywell's advanced 1D/2D scanning technology designed to read barcodes in the most challenging conditions, including damaged, poorly printed, or low-contrast labels that standard imagers struggle with. This capability reduces scanning errors and improves first-pass read rates, directly lowering operational costs and improving workflow efficiency. The compact form factor also makes the CT60 XP one of the smallest devices in its class without sacrificing scanning performance. Available from us, the CT60 XP delivers superior image capture and scan reliability for your warehouse operations.
The CT45P-X0N-37D100G features a 5-inch Full HD display with 1920x1080p resolution, providing clear visibility for data-intensive applications in warehouse and field environments. The larger screen real estate and high pixel density enable workers to view detailed information, barcodes, and navigation data with minimal eye strain during extended shifts. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare display specifications across our full range of mobile computers.
Yes, the CK65 is ideal for warehouses transitioning from Windows to Android, as it combines both a touchscreen and 51-key keypad to support newer touch-based applications alongside older key-based legacy applications. This hybrid input approach makes migration smoother without requiring simultaneous replacement of all software systems.
The MS7120 Orbit requires 5 VDC ±0.25 V input and draws 180 mA operating power (900 mW) at 5 V, with standby power consumption of 170 mA (850 mW). This low power draw makes it suitable for standard USB-powered retail POS systems.
Yes, the PC45D04NA00201 supports multiple print languages and network protocols, with compatible drivers including Windows InterDriver, CUPS driver for Linux, and Honeywell Device Types for SAP integration. Honeywell's Smart Parse technology allows you to resize objects, barcodes, and fonts without backend system modifications, enabling seamless transitions to cloud or local server environments. Contact us today for integration assistance and driver configuration support.
The Honeywell CN51 includes flexible UMTS/CDMA radio options for versatile communication needs across different networks and regions. These wireless capabilities ensure your mobile workers stay connected in the field or warehouse environment. Contact us today to discuss which connectivity options best suit your deployment requirements.
The CK65 provides advanced network connectivity including Bluetooth wireless support for headsets and accessories, plus WiFi capabilities for seamless warehouse connectivity. The device features a custom I/O connector compatible with CK3 accessories, ensuring compatibility with your existing peripheral investments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the full range of connectivity options available with our CK65 configurations.
The CK62 features a 4-inch screen paired with a 29-key large numeric keypad, along with ergonomic alpha-numeric and function-numeric keypad options for versatile data input. This thoughtful design ensures comfortable operation during extended warehouse and logistics workflows.
The CN80G is equipped with a 5800 mAh battery with integrated diagnostics, providing extended battery life to support multiple shifts without interruption. This ensures workers remain connected and productive throughout their workday in warehouse and field operations.
The CK65 features Honeywell's advanced FlexRange FR imager with dual-lens architecture that simultaneously captures near, mid, and far range 1D/2D barcodes without moving parts, enabling lightning-fast scanning across all warehouse workflows. The device also includes a 13.0-megapixel color camera with autofocus for additional data capture flexibility, available from us for comprehensive AIDC solutions.
The CK65 includes 4GB DDR4 RAM and 32GB Flash storage with microSD card expansion up to 512GB, along with Bluetooth wireless connectivity and a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon octa-core processor. It also features a 13.0-megapixel camera with autofocus and advanced software features for enhanced data capture capabilities.
Yes, the CK65 is built on the Honeywell Mobility Edge platform and supports application migration from legacy CK3X, CK3R, and CK75 devices, protecting your existing software investments. This compatibility minimizes deployment time and reduces the total cost of ownership when upgrading your mobile computer fleet.
Yes, the CT60 XP features disinfectant-ready housings that are easy to clean with various sanitizing solutions, making it ideal for healthcare, food service, and other hygiene-sensitive environments. Combined with its rugged, sealed design (IP65/IP68 ratings), it maintains durability and functionality even with frequent cleaning protocols. We offer this device for operations where equipment sanitation is critical to workplace safety.
Yes, the Honeywell PM45 features smart printing capability that allows users to configure and print without requiring a host computer connection. The embedded Honeywell Smart Parse software enables quick position changes, sizing of objects and barcodes, and font adjustments directly on the printer, simplifying last-minute label modifications. This standalone functionality reduces operational complexity and improves production flexibility.
The Honeywell Voyager XP 1470g is approved for healthcare applications and features disinfectant-ready housing, making it compatible with hospital-grade cleaning protocols and sanitization procedures. Its durability and ability to read both 1D and 2D barcodes make it suitable for patient identification, medication tracking, and medical supply management. Contact us today to discuss healthcare-specific configurations available from us.
The CK65 includes comprehensive wireless connectivity with Bluetooth support, Wi-Fi capability, and a custom I/O connector compatible with CK3 accessories for flexible integration into existing warehouse infrastructure. The device also features a 13-megapixel camera with autofocus and LED flash for documentation tasks. Contact us today to discuss connectivity requirements for your warehouse environment.
The CN80 supports 802.11abgn and 802.11ac WiFi, WWAN (wireless wide area network), and Bluetooth connectivity for comprehensive wireless coverage across your warehouse and field operations. These advanced connectivity options enable real-time data synchronization and seamless integration with your existing enterprise systems. We offer CN80 configurations with all connectivity options to ensure compatibility with your network infrastructure.
The CM-901 features Adaptus® Imaging Technology 6.0, which enables multi-functional data capture including fast scanning of linear and 2D barcodes with excellent motion tolerance, as well as seamless image capture through an integrated color camera. This makes it ideal for warehouse operations requiring versatile barcode scanning and documentation. We offer complete AIDC solutions—visit barcodesinc.com to configure your system.
The Honeywell HD-700-2 is built for warehouse, distribution center, and logistics environments where voice-directed picking and inventory management occur. Its lightweight construction and coiled cord design make it suitable for high-mobility operations where workers need reliable hands-free communication throughout their shifts. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about deploying this headset in your facility.
The Honeywell 9000302PWRSPLY is ideal for powering LXE handheld computers and mobile devices in warehouse management, inventory tracking, and logistics operations where reliable 12V DC power is required. Its compact design and included cable make it suitable for both fixed charging stations and mobile deployment scenarios.
Yes, when paired with Honeywell's A700 series mobile computers, the CM-902 supports efficient power management that helps lower total cost of ownership. Honeywell devices compatible with the CM-902 offer remote management capabilities and extended service plans available from us that provide comprehensive protection and reduce operational costs over time.
Yes, the Zebra 800059-411 plastic ID cards are available in boxes of 100 cards, with bulk ordering options to support large-scale deployments. We offer flexible purchasing for warehouse managers and IT procurement teams managing enterprise-wide identification programs. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery timelines for your project.
The ZQ511 is part of Zebra's enhanced ZQ500 Series, offering improved durability and best-in-class features compared to earlier mobile printer generations. Its dual-radio connectivity, extended battery life, and military-grade design represent significant upgrades for demanding mobile printing applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to evaluate compatibility with your existing infrastructure and workflows.
Yes, the Zebra 5100 Premium Resin ribbon is specifically recommended for printed circuit board applications and meets UL and CSA standards when used with approved Zebra labels. This makes it an ideal choice for electronics manufacturing and assembly operations requiring durable, compliant component identification.
The permanent acrylic adhesive on the Zebra Z-Select 4000T offers excellent adhesion on corrugated packaging and other warehouse surfaces. The ultra-smooth paper coating ensures consistent print quality and reliable label application across varied corrugated materials, making it a dependable choice for shipping and receiving operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today if you need guidance on adhesive performance for specific surfaces.
The software utilizes soft font storage in Flash memory on compatible Zebra printers, with modern Zebra printers offering up to 64 MB of user-available non-volatile memory for downloadable fonts, graphics, and label templates. This generous storage capacity allows you to maintain multiple font packs and custom graphics without memory constraints. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed specifications on your specific printer model's memory configuration.
The 300-meter ribbon length allows for substantial printing volume depending on your label size and printer settings. For specific yield calculations based on your label dimensions, contact us today and our team can provide detailed estimates to help you plan your inventory needs.
Yes, we offer the Zebra ZQ51-BUW0010-00 model without a battery included, giving you flexibility to choose your power solution or integrate it into your existing battery management system. Contact us today to discuss your specific configuration needs and explore battery options available from us.
The VS40-SR20M4-2R00W features a 2.3 megapixel sensor, providing sufficient resolution for most production line inspection tasks including defect detection, quality verification, and dimensional analysis. This resolution balances image detail with processing speed, making it suitable for real-time inspection on high-speed production lines.
We offer the Zebra FLTR-BP470-25500 Vision Filter as part of our comprehensive inventory of Zebra scanning and imaging components. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability or contact us today—our team can expedite delivery and help you find compatible replacement parts for your vision system.
We offer the Zebra LGHT-X060IR-0100 as part of our extensive inventory of barcode scanning and data capture equipment. As a leading AIDC distributor, we provide expert support and competitive pricing on all Zebra lighting solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability and receive a quote for your warehouse or logistics operation.
These labels excel in manufacturing, automotive, pharmaceutical, and food packaging industries where durability and regulatory compliance are critical requirements. Their resistance to chemicals, extreme temperatures, and harsh environmental conditions makes them ideal for asset tracking, equipment labeling, inventory management, and product identification in demanding warehouse and logistics environments. Contact us today to discuss how these labels can improve your operational efficiency and compliance.
The ZT600 Series, including the ZT620, advances the legacy of the renowned Xi Series with improved user-friendly setup, intuitive design, and future-ready technology with adaptable upgrade options. The ZT620 maintains the durability standards of its predecessors while adding enhanced connectivity and operational intelligence for modern supply chain demands. Contact us today to discuss how the ZT620 can upgrade your labeling infrastructure.
The Zebra FS42 is compact and lightweight at 2.1 inches tall, 2.5 inches wide, and 3.6 inches deep, weighing just 14.1 ounces (400 grams), making it easy to mount in space-constrained areas. Its small footprint doesn't compromise functionality—it delivers industrial-grade scanning performance in a form factor suitable for conveyor systems, production lines, and tight warehouse installations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore mounting options and integration solutions available from us.
Yes, the Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T polyester labels offer resistance to both chemicals and UV exposure, making them suitable for harsh industrial environments. This chemical and UV resistance, combined with the permanent acrylic adhesive and gloss finish, ensures labels maintain readability and adhesion in demanding warehouse, outdoor storage, and logistics applications. Contact us today to find the right label solution for your specific environmental requirements.
The Z-Xtreme 4000T High-Tack White labels feature a high-tack permanent rubber adhesive specifically designed for difficult-to-label surfaces and harsh industrial conditions. This adhesive provides superior holding power on challenging substrates while maintaining the label's durability in environments with exposure to chemicals, moisture, and abrasion—making it ideal for asset labeling, serial plates, and automotive applications. Contact us today to find the right label configuration for your specific surface requirements.
The ZQ511 builds on the ZQ500 Series with enhanced durability, military-grade design, and improved connectivity including 802.11ac Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 4.1, while maintaining the proven direct thermal printing performance. The upgraded PowerPrecision+ battery provides extended runtime for longer shifts in mobile workplaces. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare specifications and find the right printer for your operation.
The ZT610 Micro Label has a maximum print width of 4.09 inches and is equipped with 1 GB of RAM and 2 GB of on-board Flash memory, providing ample capacity for complex label designs and high-volume printing jobs. The generous memory allocation enables smooth operation with sophisticated graphics, barcodes, and variable data printing. Contact us today to discuss memory and storage specifications for your specific labeling applications.
The ZT610 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods, providing flexibility for different label material requirements and application scenarios in warehouse and logistics operations. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for durable labels requiring long-term readability, while direct thermal suits temporary or short-term labeling needs. Contact us today to determine which printing method aligns with your barcode label requirements.
The Zebra P1115690 is sold as a kit containing one complete thermal transfer printhead unit ready for installation in your compatible Zebra printer. The kit includes everything needed for straightforward replacement without additional components. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for installation support and to verify compatibility with your specific printer model.
The ATR7000's beam-steering capability electronically directs multiple narrow beams to provide precise location tracking and direction detection of tagged assets in real time. This advanced technology enables high-throughput processing of tagged items while improving compliance and loss prevention across your operation.
Your purchase includes the software activation key (Project Code 26158) delivered via email, which unlocks barcode label design and printing functionality for Zebra ZE500 series printers. The activation key provides access to the full software suite for label creation and management across your organization. Contact us today for licensing details, multi-user options, and enterprise deployment support.
The RT10A-L1N-17C12S0F model includes 4 GB RAM and 32 GB internal storage, providing sufficient capacity for warehouse management applications, barcode scanning software, and operational data. The configuration balances performance and portability for mobile workers who need responsive applications without excessive weight. Contact us today if you need guidance on whether this memory specification meets your specific application requirements.
Built on Honeywell's Mobility Edge Platform, the CT60 XP delivers best-in-class total cost of ownership through its longer device lifecycle, unmatched security features, and future-proof Android upgrade path from version 9 through 11. The rugged construction reduces replacement costs from drops and environmental damage, while the advanced scanning capabilities minimize costly scanning errors and rework. The secure architecture protects your data and reduces IT management overhead. Contact us today to discuss how the CT60 XP can reduce your enterprise's long-term mobile computing expenses.
The CT45P-X0N-37D100G includes warm swap battery capability with a metal battery latch button, allowing field workers to replace batteries without powering down the device—critical for continuous operations in logistics and delivery environments. The device comes configured with 6GB RAM and 64GB storage, providing sufficient capacity for enterprise applications and local data caching. Contact us today to discuss battery options and storage upgrades for your specific deployment requirements.
The CK65 comes with 4GB DDR4 RAM and 32GB Flash storage, with user-accessible microSD card expansion up to 512GB (SDXC/SDHC/SDIO) for applications requiring extended data storage. It also includes a 13.0-megapixel camera with autofocus for document capture and verification tasks. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your warehouse operations.
The MS7120 Orbit features an omnidirectional scan pattern with 5 fields of 4 parallel lines, delivering 1120 scan lines per second for fast, reliable barcode reading. It requires a minimum of 35% print contrast reflectance difference and can read barcodes at pitch and skew angles up to 60 degrees, making it highly versatile for various retail scanning scenarios.
The PC45D04NA00201 builds on the proven E-class and PC43 series with a large touch screen, enterprise-level ruggedness, Wi-Fi 5 and Bluetooth 5.1 LE connectivity, and Honeywell Operational Intelligence for actionable insights into printer usage and network performance. It includes optional low media and low ribbon sensors plus RFID capabilities (UHF 915 MHz) to eliminate guesswork in printer maintenance. We offer this next-generation model as a stable, secure platform designed for businesses investing in long-term printing solutions.
The Honeywell CN51 measures 164 mm x 74 mm x 28 mm (6.45 in x 2.93 in x 1.09 in) and weighs 350 grams (12.3 oz), making it a compact and portable device for mobile workers. Its lightweight design reduces fatigue during extended shifts while maintaining rugged durability. Available from us for immediate deployment in your logistics or warehouse operations.
The CK65 is powered by a 2.2 GHz Qualcomm 64-bit Snapdragon octa-core processor with 4GB DDR4 RAM and 32GB Flash storage, plus user-accessible microSD card expansion up to 512GB for extended data storage. The device runs Android 8.0 Oreo with system compatibility up to Android R, ensuring long-term software support and performance. We offer the CK65 with these robust specifications to handle demanding warehouse management applications.
The CK62 is configured with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of internal storage, providing sufficient capacity for warehouse management applications and data processing. This configuration supports smooth multitasking and reliable performance in fast-paced distribution center environments. Contact us today to verify current availability and specifications for your specific needs.
Yes, the CN80G is specifically designed for U.S. government agencies, contractors, and third parties, with non-incendive certification for hazardous environments. Its rugged construction and Mobility Edge platform make it an ideal choice for government applications requiring high durability and long-term support. Contact us today to discuss government procurement options available from us.
The CK65 provides advanced network connectivity including Bluetooth wireless support for headsets and accessories, along with Wi-Fi capabilities for real-time warehouse management system integration. Contact us today to discuss the full range of connectivity options available to ensure seamless integration with your existing infrastructure.
Yes, the CK65 features a durable custom I/O connector that is compatible with CK3 series accessories, making it an ideal upgrade path for organizations with existing CK3X and CK3R deployments. Contact us today to discuss your application migration strategy and how the CK65 can extend your existing infrastructure investment.
The CK65-L0N-EMN212F runs Android 9.0 with 4GB RAM and 32GB storage, providing sufficient capacity for enterprise warehouse applications and data processing. The Mobility Edge platform ensures future-proofing with support through Android R and beyond, giving you long-term investment protection.
The CT60 XP is equipped with the FlexRange N6803 imager for 1D/2D barcode scanning and a 13MP camera for comprehensive data capture. The FlexRange technology ensures fast, accurate scanning in the most compact form factor in its class, even on challenging or damaged barcodes. This combination makes it ideal for inventory management, asset tracking, and mobile documentation in warehouse and logistics operations.
The Honeywell PM45 is purpose-built for food and beverage, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, warehouse, and distribution environments requiring high-volume printing with track-and-trace functionality. The printer enhances automation and intelligence in supply chain management while addressing production flexibility, inventory turnover, and cost control challenges. Contact us today to discuss how the PM45 can optimize your specific industry application.
The Honeywell Voyager XP 1470g and 1472g are both 1D/2D laser scanners designed for point-of-sale retail environments with similar durability and optical performance characteristics. Both models offer omni-directional scanning and disinfectant-ready housing for healthcare and retail applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to compare specific SKU configurations and determine which model best fits your operational requirements.
Yes, the CK65 combines a 4-inch outdoor-readable touchscreen with a 51-key alpha keypad (or 38-key numeric option) plus two programmable side buttons, making it ideal for warehouses using both modern touch-based and traditional key-entry applications. This dual-input design provides maximum flexibility as you modernize your operations without forcing immediate application rewrites. We offer the CK65 with both input configurations to match your specific workflow needs.
Yes, the CN80 is designed to operate in the most challenging and hazardous environments with cold storage and non-incendive options available for specialized applications where standard devices cannot be used. Its ultra-rugged construction, combined with IP65/IP67 environmental ratings and drop-test durability, makes it suitable for demanding industrial settings. Contact us today to discuss configurations for your specific environmental requirements.
Yes, the CM-901 is compatible with the optional Remote MasterMind® Software Package, which provides a turnkey remote device management solution that easily manages and tracks device usage while reducing total cost of ownership. Additionally, Service Made Simple™ Service Plans offer comprehensive protection for up to five years after purchase. Contact us today to learn about management and support options available from our team.
We offer the Honeywell HD-700-2 headset as part of our complete VoCollect and voice picking solutions. Our team can help you select the right quantity and configuration for your warehouse operations, and we provide expert support to ensure seamless integration with your existing systems. Contact us today for pricing and availability.
The Honeywell 9000302PWRSPLY offers a cost-effective, manufacturer-approved power solution specifically engineered for LXE devices, ensuring compatibility and reliability. We stock a complete range of Honeywell power adapters and accessories—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to find the right power solution for your mobile computing infrastructure.
We offer comprehensive support for the Honeywell CM-902 power device, including installation guidance, technical documentation, and service plan options. Our team can provide expert assistance with setup, troubleshooting, and integration with your A700 series devices. Contact us today for dedicated support and to discuss service plans that fit your operational needs.
Lenovo's ThinkPad line, including the T14S G5, meets strict environmental standards and energy efficiency requirements comparable to ENERGY STAR 5.1 compliance found in their monitor offerings. This ensures your mobile computing investment aligns with corporate sustainability goals while maintaining reliable performance for logistics operations.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 includes a 1-year Premier NBD (Next Business Day) warranty with Courier Carry-in service, ensuring minimal downtime for your operations. This comprehensive coverage is available from us with professional support to keep your mobile workforce productive. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss extended warranty options tailored to your enterprise needs.
The Lenovo 78138047 Digital Signage Display is available from us as a non-cancelable, non-returnable product offering. Contact us today to discuss pricing, availability, and delivery options for your meeting room scheduling deployment needs.
The G12 generation features the latest Intel Core U processor, providing improved performance and efficiency over previous ThinkPad X1 Carbon generations. For detailed comparisons with older models and to determine which generation best suits your organization's needs, our team is ready to help—contact us today for a comprehensive technical assessment.
The Lenovo Tab M9 features a 9-inch HD display with vibrant visuals optimized for streaming and content consumption, paired with Dolby Atmos®-certified stereo speakers for immersive audio. The high-definition screen and enhanced sound quality make this tablet ideal for media-rich applications and entertainment use cases. Contact us today for detailed technical specifications and deployment guidance for your organization.
The ThinkPad X12 Detachable G2's convertible form factor allows warehouse managers and logistics teams to use it as a traditional laptop at a desk or as a tablet for mobile inventory counts, receiving operations, and floor inspections. This flexibility reduces the need for multiple devices and improves operational efficiency in dynamic warehouse environments. We offer these systems with integration support for barcode scanners and mobile data collection—contact us today to learn how we can support your logistics workflow.
Lenovo recommends Windows 7 Professional for this system, which provides enterprise-grade security and management features suitable for warehouse and logistics environments. The system's Intel H61 chipset and processor options are fully compatible with this operating system. Contact us today for guidance on OS licensing and deployment options for your organization's specific requirements.
Yes, we offer the Lenovo 82VQ000EUS for individual and bulk procurement to support warehouse, logistics, and IT operations. As a leading AIDC distributor, we provide competitive pricing, volume discounts, and comprehensive support for mobile computing deployments. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your fleet requirements and get a customized quote for your organization.
We offer the Lenovo Yoga 7 16AKP10 83JU0001US as part of our comprehensive AIDC and mobile computing solutions. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team to discuss pricing, availability, and any bulk procurement needs for your warehouse or logistics operations.
We offer the Lenovo 82VM0018US as part of our comprehensive mobile computing solutions for logistics and warehouse management. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team to discuss volume pricing, warranty options, and integration with your existing barcode scanning and inventory systems.
We offer the Lenovo ThinkPad T14s 2-in-1 G1 with comprehensive support options and warranty coverage. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss extended warranty plans, on-site support, and enterprise service agreements tailored to your organization's needs.
The 21Q000D5US features a 14-inch WUXGA (1920 x 1200) touchscreen display with In-plane Switching (IPS) technology and Eyesafe certification, ensuring vibrant colors, wide viewing angles, and reduced blue light for extended use. The 60 Hz refresh rate and touchscreen capability make it responsive for both productivity applications and mobile data capture tasks. Available from us with full technical support and warranty options.
The ThinkPad X1 2-in-1 G10 features a 1x512GB M.2 2280 PCIe Gen4 SSD that can be upgraded or replaced by authorized technicians. For memory upgrades and detailed information about compatible components, we recommend contacting our team at barcodesinc.com, as ThinkPad configurations may have specific compatibility requirements. Our experts can help you determine the best upgrade path for your needs.
The 21NU0035US includes IEEE 802.11be wireless LAN standard for next-generation Wi-Fi connectivity, plus front camera and webcam for modern collaboration needs. These features support hybrid work environments and virtual meetings without additional peripherals. Visit barcodesinc.com to review complete port and connectivity specifications for your configuration.
The ThinkPad P16 Gen 3 includes modern wired, wireless, and display connections to support both desk-based work with docking solutions and mobile productivity. The system supports Wi-Fi 7 (IEEE 802.11be) wireless connectivity and multiple display output options for seamless integration with external monitors and peripherals. Available from us with full technical documentation—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed connectivity specifications and docking solutions.
Yes, the ThinkPad P16v Gen 3 incorporates commercial-grade ThinkPad construction and rigorous testing standards designed to withstand frequent travel and field deployment. The mobile workstation combines durability with a 90Wh battery featuring Rapid Charge capability, supporting extended productivity on the move. We offer this professional-grade laptop backed by comprehensive warranty and support options—contact us today for details.
The ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 is optimized for professionals in finance, healthcare, government, engineering, and professional services sectors. Its combination of processing power, security features, durability, and display quality makes it ideal for knowledge workers who require reliable performance and data protection. We offer this enterprise-grade laptop to organizations across these industries—visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about bulk purchasing and enterprise solutions.
The Lenovo 4XD1J05151 Speakerphone is classified as non-cancelable and non-returnable once ordered. We recommend verifying compatibility and specifications with our team before purchase to ensure it meets your requirements. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific needs and confirm this product is the right fit for your organization.
The SATO AI-6821 combines 2D imaging capability with convenient Bluetooth wireless connectivity and includes a complete accessory package with battery and cradle. As a SATO-manufactured device, it delivers enterprise-grade reliability for high-volume scanning operations in warehouses and logistics facilities. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to compare this model with other 2D imaging solutions and find the best fit for your needs.
The M84Pro(2) comes equipped with an integrated cutter for automatic label separation, along with standard connectivity and memory configurations. Contact us today to discuss what additional accessories or customization options would best fit your specific labeling requirements.
The SATO WWHC04041-NHR supports a maximum print width of 4.1 inches and accommodates label rolls with a 1.5-inch core and up to 5-inch outer diameter. This configuration is suitable for standard healthcare label formats including patient wristbands, medication labels, and specimen identification. Contact us today to confirm label specifications for your specific application.
Yes, the SATO CT4-LX includes a built-in real-time clock that enables time-stamping on labels and ensures accurate date/time printing for compliance, expiration dating, and traceability requirements. This feature is particularly valuable in food, pharmaceutical, and logistics applications where time-sensitive information is critical. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about how this feature supports your labeling workflow.
Beyond core printing capabilities, the SATO CL4NX Plus features Smart Printhead technology for enhanced durability and print quality, a Real-Time Clock for time-stamped label data, and HF RFID encoding capability for inventory tracking and asset management. The printer is designed with user productivity in mind, offering an intuitive interface and multiple industry emulations for compatibility with existing software systems. We offer comprehensive support for setup and optimization—contact us today to ensure you're maximizing this printer's capabilities.
We offer SATO WNDXX001S002 Software along with comprehensive technical support and implementation assistance. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your barcode labeling requirements and receive expert guidance on deploying this solution in your warehouse or logistics operation.
We offer comprehensive support for the SATO WNEXX001S002 software package, including setup assistance, driver installation, and troubleshooting guidance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to access documentation, training resources, and technical support from our team of AIDC specialists.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro is widely used for shipping label generation, inventory barcode creation, product labeling, and compliance label printing in warehouse and logistics operations. The software supports dynamic data integration from databases and systems, enabling automated label production at scale. We offer this solution to help logistics teams reduce manual labeling errors and improve operational efficiency—contact us today to discuss your specific requirements.
To implement NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro with your SATO thermal printer, we recommend reaching out to our team for setup guidance, compatibility verification, and training resources. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com, and our experts will help you configure the software for your warehouse or logistics operation.
NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite represents a significant upgrade in functionality and capabilities compared to earlier versions. Contact us today to discuss your current software setup and licensing options—our team can help you transition to the latest version and ensure compatibility with your SATO printer infrastructure.
NiceLabel 10 Designer Pro connects to databases, ERP systems, and WMS platforms through ODBC, SQL, and API connections, enabling real-time label data population. This integration eliminates manual data entry and ensures label accuracy across your supply chain operations. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements with your current warehouse management infrastructure.
We offer comprehensive support for NiceLabel 10 PowerForms Suite implementation and ongoing use. Contact us today to discuss training options, technical support resources, and best practices for maximizing your label printing efficiency with this software solution.
We offer a complete selection of thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode labels for SATO printers in various sizes and materials. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific printing requirements and ensure you select the right label specifications for your operation.
Yes, the SATO PW2NX includes an integrated dispenser, providing a complete mobile printing solution out of the box. This built-in feature eliminates the need for separate accessories and enables immediate productivity for labeling operations. Contact us today to learn more about this printer and how it fits your mobile printing requirements.
The SATO M84Pro(3) uses thermal transfer printing technology, which provides durable, high-quality labels suitable for warehouse, shipping, and industrial applications. Thermal transfer printing is ideal for labels that need to withstand moisture, temperature variations, and handling in demanding logistics environments. Contact us today to explore this printer for your labeling needs.
Store thermal transfer ribbons in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight and extreme temperatures to prevent ribbon degradation and print quality issues. Keep ribbons in their original packaging until ready to use, and avoid exposing them to high humidity or dust. Proper storage ensures consistent barcode readability and extends ribbon shelf life for your warehouse operations.
We offer the SATO WD204-001 thermal printhead as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory. Available from us at barcodesinc.com, we provide competitive pricing, fast shipping, and expert support for all your barcode printer components and thermal printing needs. Contact us today for availability and volume pricing.
Direct thermal printheads like the SATO WD301-001 are generally robust for warehouse environments, but extreme heat, humidity, and dust can affect performance and lifespan. We recommend regular cleaning schedules and proper ventilation around your printer to maximize printhead durability. Contact us today for environmental specifications and maintenance best practices for your facility.
Thermal transfer printing, which the SATO WT205-001 supports, uses a ribbon to transfer ink onto label material, resulting in more durable, fade-resistant labels compared to direct thermal printing. This method works on a wider variety of label materials and produces longer-lasting barcodes, making it ideal for warehouse environments and outdoor applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of thermal printers and printheads for your specific labeling needs.
We offer the SATO R142222000 printhead as a replacement component for SATO thermal printers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to place your order with our knowledgeable team.
Yes, the SATO WWS8N41EA features Application Enabled Printing, which allows you to operate the print engine using its intuitive on-board controls and interface without requiring a PC connection. This standalone capability is particularly valuable in warehouse environments where dedicated computers may not be available at every print station. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn more about standalone printing solutions for your operation.
The media unwinder automates label feeding, allowing operators to load media once and run extended print jobs without stopping to manually advance each label. This increases productivity, reduces labor costs, and minimizes printing errors in fast-paced warehouse and logistics environments. We offer SATO systems with integrated unwinders to streamline your barcode and labeling operations—contact us today to learn more.
Yes, the back-to-front airflow design of the JL631A makes it ideal for high-density data center environments where proper thermal management is critical. The Aruba 8325 switches support stacking up to 10 members with 200 Gbps stacking bandwidth and distances up to 10 km with long-range transceivers, enabling scalable network growth. We stock this component and can support your entire deployment—contact us today for sizing and configuration assistance.
HPE Aruba switches feature varying processor and memory configurations based on model. The 6300M series includes Quad Core Arm Cortex A72 processors at 1.8 GHz with 8 GB DDR4 memory and 32 GB eMMC storage, while the 6100 series uses Dual Core Arm Cortex A9 processors at 1.016 GHz with 4 GB DDR3 and 16 GB eMMC. We offer models across different performance tiers to match your infrastructure needs.
HPE Aruba 6100 switches are equipped with 4 GB DDR3 SDRAM and 16 GB eMMC flash storage, providing sufficient capacity for advanced network management features and configurations. The 12.38 MB packet buffer ensures smooth handling of traffic bursts across all 6100 models.
Yes, the Intel 4214 with its 12 cores and 2.2GHz base frequency is well-suited for virtualization, cloud computing, and general data center workloads where balanced performance and power efficiency are important. The processor supports Intel Optane Memory Ready technology in compatible server platforms, enabling enhanced performance for demanding applications. We offer this processor as part of complete server solutions available from us for enterprise deployments.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-HD4TB has been discontinued by the manufacturer, but we maintain inventory of compatible Cisco UCS components and can help you identify current alternatives that meet your infrastructure requirements. Our team at Barcodes Inc specializes in sourcing Cisco data networking equipment and can assist with legacy system support or migration planning. Contact us today to discuss your current storage needs and explore available options from our extensive Cisco catalog.
The Cisco UCS-C3K-EX24TE is a 2U rack-mountable server designed for standard 19-inch server racks, making it ideal for data center and colocation environments with space constraints. The 2U form factor allows you to maximize density while maintaining adequate cooling and serviceability. Contact us today to verify compatibility with your specific rack infrastructure and space planning requirements.
Cisco UCS employs Fabric-Based Infrastructure that centralizes identity, personality, and connectivity configuration through Cisco UCS Manager, enabling rapid service deployment and simplified IT operations. The architecture supports zero management points in blade chassis configurations, reducing power consumption and operational complexity while facilitating the move to cloud computing models. We offer complete UCS systems and professional guidance to help you implement service-oriented infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com to get started.
Yes, the 2U rack-mountable form factor of the Cisco UCSC-C240-M5SD is specifically designed for efficient data center deployment and high-density server environments. Its compact short-depth design maximizes rack utilization while maintaining robust thermal management and power efficiency. Available from us with full technical support, this model is ideal for organizations looking to consolidate print server infrastructure in their data centers.
The UCSC-C240-M5SX supports multiple enterprise operating systems including Windows Server 2022 Standard and Datacenter editions, Windows Server 2019 Standard and Datacenter, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SuSE Linux Enterprise Server. This broad OS compatibility ensures you can deploy the server with your existing IT infrastructure and enterprise applications. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed compatibility verification with your specific software requirements.
Yes, the 120GB boot SSD is designed for enterprise-grade Cisco UCS servers deployed in mission-critical data center environments where fast, reliable boot performance is essential. The component supports rapid system initialization, which is important for failover scenarios and scheduled maintenance windows. We supply this component as part of our full Cisco server ecosystem to support organizations requiring robust, always-on infrastructure.
The UCSC-C3K-M4IO represents M4-generation technology and has been superseded by newer M5, M6, M7, and M8 generation Cisco UCS servers with integrated I/O capabilities. Modern Cisco UCS servers offer improved performance, increased memory support, and enhanced processor options compared to M4 architecture. If you're looking for current-generation solutions or need to upgrade your infrastructure, contact us today and our team can recommend the latest Cisco UCS options available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco UCSC-C3260 supports multiple operating systems including Windows Server 2022 (Standard and Datacenter editions), Windows Server 2019, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise. This broad OS compatibility ensures seamless integration with existing IT infrastructure in logistics and warehouse environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to verify OS support for your specific model configuration.
We offer the Cisco UCSC-C3K-M4SRB and a comprehensive selection of Cisco UCS servers, print servers, and data center equipment for warehouse and logistics operations. Our team provides expert guidance on server selection, compatibility, and deployment to ensure you get the right solution for your infrastructure needs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our sales team for pricing, availability, and technical support.
Cisco UCSC servers offer flexible storage configurations with support for 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bays (varying by model), plus NVMe controllers for high-speed storage. Connectivity includes Gigabit Ethernet and 10 Gigabit Ethernet options, Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) controllers with RAID support, and USB 3.0 ports for peripheral connectivity. The C240-M8SX, for example, features 24 2.5-inch bays with 24Gb/s SAS RAID support and M.2 interfaces. Contact us today to configure the right storage and network setup for your data center needs.
The Cisco UCS-SP-B200M4-B-C2 supports multiple enterprise operating systems including Windows Server 2022 Standard and Datacenter editions, as well as Red Hat Enterprise Linux and SuSE Linux Enterprise platforms. This broad OS compatibility ensures you can deploy the server in your existing enterprise environment without constraints. Contact us today to verify specific OS versions and licensing requirements for your deployment.
The MEM-4300-8G-RF installs directly into the DRAM slot on your Cisco ISR 4330 or 4350 router—no special tools are required beyond standard electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions. Installation involves powering down the router, locating the memory slot, inserting the DIMM at a 45-degree angle, and pressing down until the retention clips snap into place. We recommend consulting Cisco's hardware installation guides or contacting our technical team for step-by-step assistance with your specific deployment.
The Catalyst 8200 platform supports both Network Interface Module (NIM) and Pluggable Interface Module (PIM) slots, enabling flexible network interface expansion without replacing the base platform. This modularity allows you to customize port configurations and add specialized networking capabilities as your requirements evolve. Contact us today to discuss NIM and PIM options that fit your network architecture.
We offer comprehensive support for all Cisco memory modules available from us, including the MEM-C8200-16GB. Our team provides technical assistance, compatibility verification, and installation guidance to ensure your edge router deployment succeeds. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty options and support packages for your Catalyst 8200 infrastructure.
The Cisco MSWS-19-DC16C represents a modern server platform with Windows Server 2019 Data Center support and 16-core processing capability, delivering improved performance and updated security features compared to older generations. The newer architecture provides better energy efficiency and support for current virtualization standards. Our team can help you evaluate upgrade paths from legacy systems—contact us today for a detailed comparison.
The MSWS-19-ST16C-NS with Windows Server 2019 Standard represents current-generation enterprise server technology, offering improved efficiency and security features over older platforms. The 16-core configuration provides enhanced multi-threaded performance for modern workloads compared to legacy systems. Contact us today to discuss upgrade paths and how this server improves upon your current infrastructure.
We offer the Cisco C9300L-STACK-KIT2 as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment portfolio at barcodesinc.com. Our team can assist you with product selection, compatibility verification, and technical specifications to ensure the stacking kit meets your network infrastructure requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for pricing, availability, and expert guidance on your switch stacking deployment.
A Cisco service contract like the CON-ECDN-MX30055K ensures your video conferencing system receives priority technical support, reducing troubleshooting time and maintaining productivity. Contact us today to learn how we can help you protect your communications infrastructure with the right support plan available from us.
This service contract is ideal for organizations running Cisco telecommunications and networking equipment in the United States who need reliable technical support and software updates. Warehouse managers, IT departments, and logistics operations benefit from the peace of mind that essential software support provides. Visit barcodesinc.com to add this contract to your Cisco equipment purchase today.
The Cisco ASF-CORE-FW-DEP supports true multimode VDSL2 and ADSL2+ over multiple annexes (A, B, J, and M) with advanced features like Impulse Noise Protection (INP) and Seamless Rate Adaptation (SRA). It includes VDSL2 vectoring to deliver fiber-like speeds over copper infrastructure, plus Bitswap and physical layer retransmission for optimized performance. Remote management is supported through TR069 and CWMP protocols for centralized deployment and monitoring.
Service contracts can typically be modified or upgraded to include extended hours, additional devices, or enhanced support levels depending on your evolving business needs. Our team can help you adjust your coverage as your telepresence deployment grows or if you require higher service tiers. Contact us today to discuss customization options for your Cisco service agreement.
Yes, Cisco service contracts can typically be extended or upgraded before expiration to ensure continuous coverage of your video conferencing infrastructure. We recommend contacting us at least 30 days before your current contract expires to discuss renewal options and any enhanced support levels. Contact us today to review your current coverage and plan for future service needs.
The Cisco CON-ECMU-LVCSE5 is designed for Cisco telecommunications products that require Essential Software Support Plus coverage. For specific compatibility details regarding your particular Cisco equipment model, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to ensure this contract meets your support requirements.
Service contract modifications depend on your current coverage status and Cisco's support policies. We recommend contacting our team before or immediately after purchase to discuss any adjustments to your support needs. Contact us today to explore upgrade options or additional service enhancements available from us.
Contact Cisco support or your service contract administrator to open a support case with your CON-SNT-SG5029PK contract details. Cisco will dispatch a replacement unit via next business day delivery under the 8x5xNBD terms, ensuring minimal downtime for your network operations.
The Cisco CON-SW-WSC365PDS SmartNet service contract provides 1 year of US-based coverage starting from the date of purchase. During this period, you receive software updates for bug fixes and telephone technical support at no charge. Contact us today to discuss service contract renewal options or to extend coverage beyond the initial year.
Although the CON-ECMU-CCXAELIC is no longer available for new purchases, we can help you identify current Cisco service contracts and support solutions that match your CCX deployment. Our team specializes in Cisco telecommunications products and can recommend the right protection plan for your environment. Contact us today to discuss your support needs.
We stock the Cisco N9K-SC-A as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking components catalog. Our team can help you identify the correct system controller for your Nexus deployment, verify compatibility with your existing infrastructure, and arrange delivery. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out directly to discuss pricing, availability, and technical support options.
We offer the Cisco C3650-24-S-E as part of our comprehensive data networking product lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, discuss your specific network requirements, and benefit from our team's expertise in enterprise switching solutions for logistics and warehouse environments.
Yes, the module is TAA-compliant and meets comprehensive safety and EMC standards including UL 60950, CE Marking, FCC Part 15 Class A, and IEC 60950 certifications. It also complies with optical safety standards (IEC60825, EN60825, 21 CFR 1040) and international EMC requirements. Contact us today to verify specific compliance documentation needed for your procurement requirements.
The ASA 5505 offers up to 150 Mbps firewall throughput and supports 10 IPsec VPN peers, while the ASA 5510 provides up to 300 Mbps throughput and 250 IPsec VPN peers for larger deployments. The ASA 5510 also supports up to 50,000 concurrent sessions compared to the ASA 5505's 10,000, making it better suited for enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all Cisco ASA models and find the right fit for your organization.
Yes, the Nexus 7000 supports up to 24 EtherChannels with 24 ports per channel, along with Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) Protocol supporting up to 64 instances. These features enable redundant link aggregation and intelligent multi-VLAN spanning tree configurations essential for enterprise transport networks. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your network resilience requirements.
The NM-HD-1V-RF features three diagnostic LED indicators: CD (Data Carrier Detect), LP (Loopback), and AL (Alarm). These LEDs provide real-time visibility into module status and help technicians quickly identify connectivity issues or alarm conditions. Our technical team at Barcodes Inc can help you interpret these indicators during deployment and troubleshooting.
As a Wi-Fi 6 access point, the MR78-HW offers significantly improved performance, capacity, and power efficiency compared to earlier Wi-Fi 5 and Wi-Fi 4 models, enabling faster data rates and better handling of multiple connected devices. The Wi-Fi 6 standard provides enhanced security features and reduced latency for demanding applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare specifications and find the right access point for your wireless infrastructure needs.
The Cisco MR36H is built for demanding industrial environments with specifications supporting both indoor and outdoor operation across temperature ranges and humidity levels typical of warehouse and logistics facilities. Its durable construction ensures reliable performance in challenging conditions where standard consumer access points would fail. We offer the MR36H with full technical support to ensure optimal performance in your environment.
Yes, the MR57-HW is engineered for high-density environments with support for numerous simultaneous wireless connections, making it ideal for large warehouses with hundreds of mobile barcode scanners and mobile computers operating concurrently. Its Wi-Fi 6E architecture provides the capacity and performance needed for demanding logistics operations. Contact us today to plan your access point deployment.
The Cisco Meraki MR28-HW is rated for operating temperatures from 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) and humidity levels from 5% to 95% non-condensing, making it suitable for standard indoor warehouse and logistics environments. This temperature and humidity range ensures reliable performance in climate-controlled facilities and areas with moderate environmental variation. Available from us with full technical support—contact us today for environment-specific deployment guidance.
We offer the Cisco CON-SNT-AIRAP185 service contract as part of our comprehensive Cisco networking and wireless solutions portfolio. Available from us as new inventory, this contract can be ordered directly through our platform or with guidance from our procurement specialists. Visit barcodesinc.com today or contact our team to place your order and ensure continuous support for your wireless infrastructure.
The system provides 24x7 monitoring with remote access capabilities, Spectrum Expert Connect for real-time spectrum analysis, and an Air Quality Index that offers a snapshot of network performance and interference impact. Historic interference data enables back-in-time analysis for faster problem-solving without requiring on-site visits. These forensic troubleshooting features significantly reduce resolution time and operational costs. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about deployment options.
The Cisco N9K-C9504-FM-G includes comprehensive Flexible NetFlow (FNF) support with IPv4 and IPv6 flow records, NetFlow version 9 (NFv9) export, and IPFIX export capabilities. These features enable detailed traffic visibility and analytics essential for network performance monitoring and security compliance in enterprise environments.
The N9K-C9504 includes Smart Operations features such as Bluetooth Ready, RFID tag support, and Blue Beacon technology for enhanced device management. Out-of-band device management is available via RJ-45 and USB connections, providing secure administrative access independent of the main data network.
We offer the Cisco N9K-C9516-FM-E2 as part of our full range of Cisco networking components and data routers. Our team provides expert guidance on selection, deployment, and integration with your existing infrastructure. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place an order and discuss your networking requirements.
Signs that your fan tray may need replacement include reduced airflow, thermal warnings in system logs, or visible fan degradation. The Nexus 9508 uses intelligent fan modules that automatically adjust speed based on chassis thermal characteristics, so any performance changes warrant investigation. Contact our team today if you're experiencing cooling issues or need to schedule preventive maintenance on your data router infrastructure.
The Cisco NC57-MOD-RP2-E supports both 1.6 kW DC and 1.6 kW AC power modules with up to 2 modules per unit and 1+1 redundancy configuration for maximum uptime. Note that mixing AC and DC power modules is not supported in the same deployment. Contact us today to discuss power architecture requirements for your specific warehouse or data center environment.
The Nexus 9500 series represents a modern, cloud-optimized evolution from earlier Nexus platforms, offering significantly higher port density, 400G support, and advanced programmability features. It supports comprehensive multicast, border handoff, and SD-Access capabilities that exceed previous generation capabilities. Contact us today to evaluate migration paths and compatibility with your existing Cisco infrastructure.
The NC57-MPA-2D4H-FC represents Cisco's advanced modular port adapter technology for the NCS 5700 series; availability and status may vary based on current product lifecycles. We recommend contacting us today to verify current stock, pricing, and alternative options that may better suit your deployment timeline and requirements. Our team can provide you with the latest information on this module and comparable solutions available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco C1-N3K-C3048TP provides a fixed 48-port configuration designed for stability and predictable performance in enterprise networks. For organizations requiring additional ports or advanced features, Cisco offers other Nexus models in their 3000 series with modular options. Our team can help you identify the right configuration for your growth requirements—contact us today for consultation.
Yes, the Cisco C9300-24S-E is ENERGY STAR® certified, helping organizations reduce power consumption and environmental impact while maintaining enterprise-grade performance. The modular design also allows for optimized resource allocation and efficient operations. Available from us at barcodesinc.com as part of our commitment to sustainable networking solutions.
The additional 16GB DRAM and 200GB mSATA storage provide the necessary capacity to run Cisco's Universal IOS Software image and Cisco Services Ready Engine (SRE) modules, which decouple hardware and software deployment. This flexibility allows you to quickly adapt to evolving network requirements without hardware replacement. We offer complete ISR memory solutions that support the latest Cisco software innovations for branch-office networks.
The Cisco IW-6300H-AC-B-K9 features AC power input as indicated by the model designation, with the IW9167I variant also supporting DC power input for flexible deployment scenarios. This dual power capability enables integration into diverse infrastructure environments, from standard AC-powered facilities to remote DC-powered installations. We offer comprehensive support for power configuration—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications.
Yes, the Cisco IW3702-4E-B-K9 industrial access point is designed to support enterprise AIDC deployments including barcode scanners and mobile computers commonly used in warehouse and logistics environments. The 4 RF ports and industrial-grade construction ensure reliable connectivity for real-time inventory and shipping operations. We offer complete integration support and can recommend compatible scanners and mobile devices available from barcodesinc.com.
The Cisco IW3702-2E supports indoor wireless ranges up to 320 feet at 1 Mbps with a default antenna gain of 2.2 dBi, and includes automatic rate selection for 802.11b/g to optimize throughput versus range based on your deployment needs. The actual coverage will depend on your warehouse layout, materials, and interference sources. Contact us today to discuss site survey and antenna options available from our team.
Cisco industrial wireless access points are designed to integrate with enterprise network infrastructure and warehouse management systems through standard wireless protocols and network management tools. The IW3702-2E-B-K9 supports connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID readers that feed data into your WMS and logistics platforms. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements and deployment planning for your facility.
We offer the Cisco TCS-M4-PRO10P-K9 and provide comprehensive support for video conferencing equipment deployments. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your video conferencing requirements, receive pricing, and learn about our technical support and implementation services for enterprise communication solutions.
The Cisco UCS platform, including fabric interconnects like the UCS-FI-6332-U, integrates with Cisco Intersight for cloud-based automation, monitoring, and AI-powered analytics to simplify infrastructure management. This centralized management approach reduces operational complexity and enables policy-driven automation across your compute, networking, and storage resources. We offer complete UCS solutions with modern management capabilities—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance.
Cisco NCS systems support flexible power configurations with AC/DC power supply options and multiple power supply slots for redundancy in enterprise deployments. We offer complete NCS controller bundles and individual components—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to find the right power configuration for your infrastructure needs.
The genuine Cisco N540-RCKMT-19-CLA is engineered specifically for NCS 540 series switches, ensuring perfect fit, proper weight distribution, and maintained equipment warranty. Using genuine Cisco mounting hardware protects your investment and ensures reliable operation in production network environments. We offer authentic Cisco components backed by manufacturer support—contact us today to order your rackmount kit.
The N540X-4Z14G2Q-A is supported by Cisco NX-OS Software, providing comprehensive network management, automation, and security features for enterprise environments. The switch includes 128 GB boot flash memory and 70 MB buffer size for robust software operations and packet handling. We offer this switch with standard Cisco 1-year limited hardware warranty, and our team can assist with software licensing and support options.
The Cisco LIC-MS355-24X2-7YR is a standalone license and support contract available from us for existing or new Meraki MS355-24X2 switches. Whether you're extending support on current equipment or protecting a new deployment, we can help you configure the right licensing solution—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for pricing and availability.
Cisco provides a 1-year limited warranty with the N9K-C93180-FX3-B8C, covering manufacturing defects and hardware failures. We offer comprehensive support options and can assist with procurement, deployment, and ongoing technical assistance for your Cisco networking infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss warranty extensions, support packages, and maintenance agreements available from our team.
We offer the Cisco NC55-5508-FC2 fabric card through our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment catalog. Our team provides technical expertise, compatibility verification, and procurement support to help you deploy the right networking solutions for your warehouse, logistics, or IT infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place an order or discuss your network requirements.
The switch features redundant (5+1) fan modules and dual-redundant power supplies for maximum uptime and reliability in data center environments. It includes status and beacon LEDs for operational visibility and is housed in a robust 1U rack-mountable chassis designed for continuous operation. Contact us today to discuss deployment requirements and environmental specifications for your facility.
Cisco Nexus 93108 switches include multiple high-availability features such as Virtual Port Channel (vPC) technology for layer 2 multipath without STP limitations, advanced reboot capabilities with hot and cold patching, and hot-swappable PSUs and fans for zero-downtime maintenance. Real-time buffer monitoring per port and queue allows proactive traffic management and prevents network congestion. We offer these enterprise-grade switches with comprehensive support—visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your availability requirements.
As an enterprise-grade Cisco networking component, the NC-57-36H-SE is built to Cisco's rigorous manufacturing and reliability standards for data center and telecom environments. The card is designed for continuous operation in controlled server room and network closet conditions typical of professional installations. Visit barcodesinc.com for detailed environmental specifications and warranty information.
The Cisco NC55-MPA-4H-S is designed for standard data center operating conditions within the NCS 5500 chassis thermal and power management environment. As a modular component, it relies on the host chassis for power distribution, cooling, and environmental monitoring. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and installation guidance for your specific deployment scenario.
Cisco Nexus 9K switches typically come with a 1-year limited warranty covering hardware defects and failures. We offer comprehensive support options and can provide extended warranty and service agreements tailored to your organization's needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty and support packages for your network infrastructure investment.
The Cisco AMP8370-K9 is designed to support enterprise-grade resiliency features and can be integrated into high-availability network architectures. Its modular 5-slot chassis design allows for redundant module configurations and failover capabilities essential for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to discuss redundancy options and how we can help architect a resilient network solution for your organization.
Yes, the ASR 9900 series with this route processor supports IEEE 802.3ae for 10 Gbps, IEEE 802.3ba for 40/100 Gbps, and includes 100 Gigabit Ethernet PHY monitoring along with IEEE 802.x flow control. All integrated ports support MACSec for enhanced security in service provider and enterprise networks. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific deployment requirements.
Yes, the Cisco C9200-24T supports advanced Quality of Service (QoS), Per VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) for bandwidth optimization, and granular rate limiting through access control lists (ACLs). These capabilities ensure network control and prioritization of critical traffic in warehouse operations. Contact us today to discuss how QoS configuration can optimize your network performance.
Yes, the IE-2000-4TS-B incorporates Cisco Resilient Ethernet Protocol (REP) for rapid recovery and fast convergence, ensuring minimal downtime during network disruptions. This enterprise-grade resiliency feature is essential for mission-critical industrial operations where network availability directly impacts production. Our technical team can help you design redundant network topologies using this switch.
The MS210-48FP is engineered for enterprise branch offices, campus networks, and distributed locations requiring reliable, managed Ethernet switching. As a Cisco Meraki product, it's built to handle standard data center and office environments with enterprise-grade reliability. For specific environmental specifications and deployment requirements, visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to speak with our networking specialists.
The N9K-C93180YC-FX delivers 48 ports of 10/25G plus 6 ports of 100G, positioning it as a high-density option within the Nexus 9300 family for organizations requiring substantial port capacity in a compact form factor. Other models in the series offer different port configurations—such as the N9K-C9348GC-FX3 with 48 Gigabit/25G ports—allowing you to match switch specifications to your specific bandwidth and port count requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to compare all available Cisco Nexus 9300 options.
Yes, the Cisco SF250-48 is specifically designed to support IP telephony, video surveillance, and wireless access points through its high switching capacity and available PoE capabilities. The switch's Layer 3 routing and VLAN segmentation features allow you to prioritize voice and video traffic separately from data, ensuring consistent quality of service for critical business applications. Contact us today to discuss your specific deployment needs.
We offer the Cisco SF250-24P as part of our comprehensive network switch inventory at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to speak with our team about deployment options, configuration assistance, and ongoing technical support for your network infrastructure.
The Cisco SF350-24P is a managed switch offering advanced network management capabilities beyond basic plug-and-play functionality. This includes VLAN support, quality of service (QoS) controls, and comprehensive monitoring tools that help optimize network performance and security. We offer deployment support and configuration assistance for managed switches like the SF350-24P—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for setup guidance.
Yes, the Cisco SF350-24MP is an excellent choice for warehouse and logistics operations requiring reliable, managed network connectivity for inventory systems, mobile devices, and IoT sensors. Its Layer 3 capabilities, VLAN support, and PoE+ functionality enable secure network segmentation and device powering in demanding environments. We offer this switch with professional installation support—contact us today to evaluate your facility's networking requirements.
The Cisco SF350-24 features 24 10/100 Ethernet ports for standard network connectivity, delivering reliable Gigabit-class performance for wired network devices throughout your facility. The managed switch architecture supports advanced networking features including VLAN segmentation and QoS optimization for traffic prioritization. Available from us at Barcodes Inc, this switch integrates seamlessly into existing Cisco networking environments.
Yes, the NXA-FAN-65CFM-PI is an authentic Cisco-manufactured accessory designed to OEM specifications for Nexus switch platforms. We stock only genuine Cisco spare parts to ensure compatibility and reliability in your network infrastructure. Contact us today to verify authenticity and receive proper documentation with your purchase from barcodesinc.com.
The C9K-F2-SSD-960GB is designed for the Catalyst 9600 Series architecture, which supports modular component management. For detailed information about hot-swap capabilities and safe replacement procedures in your specific network configuration, contact us today—our team can provide installation guidance and best practices for your deployment.
The Cisco FPR4145-NGFW-K9 is designed to operate with both 50 Hz and 60 Hz power systems, making it suitable for global deployment across different regional power standards. The 1U form factor and rack-mount design allow for efficient thermal management in standard data center environments. Contact us today to discuss power supply specifications, cooling requirements, and installation planning for your facility.
The NC55-PWR-3KW-2HV accepts AC input current ranging from 7A to 2.8A depending on voltage level, and DC input current from 33.2A to 12.4A depending on DC voltage applied. This wide input current range accommodates various power distribution configurations and circuit breaker ratings in enterprise environments. We offer this accessory with full technical documentation for proper installation planning.
Yes, the MR36 provides robust wireless connectivity that supports barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID readers commonly used in logistics and warehouse operations. Its Wi-Fi 6 performance ensures reliable data transmission for real-time inventory tracking and asset management applications. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements and deployment planning for your AIDC systems.
We offer the Cisco ACC-LA-H-NM-NF as part of our extensive inventory of Cisco telecommunications products and network components. As a leading AIDC distributor specializing in networking equipment, our team provides expert support for product selection and integration. Visit barcodesinc.com today to check availability or contact us for volume pricing and technical specifications.
The convertible design allows warehouse managers to deploy the same scanner in multiple configurations—handheld for mobile picking and cordless for flexible movement, or corded for stationary checkout stations—without purchasing separate devices. This flexibility reduces equipment costs while adapting to different workflow requirements across receiving, stocking, and shipping areas. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how the CS6080-SR can optimize your scanning operations.
The ZQ610 Plus operates reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C) with 10% to 90% non-condensing humidity, and can be stored from -13°F to 149°F (-25°C to 65°C). This wide operating range ensures dependable performance in diverse warehouse and outdoor logistics environments.
The LI2208 comes with complimentary tools including 123Scan, Scanner Management Services (SMS), and Zebra Scanner SDK to simplify deployment and management across your enterprise. These utilities enable easy configuration, data formatting, and integration with your existing systems, reducing implementation time and total cost of ownership.
If your existing Zebra power supply fails or you need a replacement, the KIT-PWR-12V50W is available from us as a complete solution with both the power supply unit and DC cable included. We stock genuine Zebra power components to minimize downtime in your warehouse or logistics operations. Contact us today to order a replacement kit and get your devices back online quickly.
The DS3608-HD3U4602VZW is a corded model that includes a high-current shielded USB cable for reliable connectivity and power. If you need cordless flexibility, we also offer the DS3678-HD cordless version with Zebra-exclusive features. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss which configuration best fits your warehouse or manufacturing operation.
The CHG-AUTO-HWIRE1-01 is compatible with any vehicle equipped with the CRD-TC58-WcVC-01 or CRD-TC78-WcVC-01 cradles, including delivery trucks, forklifts, and other mobile work vehicles used in warehouse and logistics operations. The 13-foot cable length accommodates various vehicle interior configurations and mounting positions. We offer complete installation support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for vehicle-specific guidance.
We offer the Zebra CHG-AUTO-CLA1-01 power device as part of our comprehensive Zebra accessories inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this auto charger or contact us today for volume pricing and fleet solutions tailored to your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Zebra AD-EPSN-P-1 is a service agreement license for Motorola AirDefense products. Specific support terms, update schedules, and maintenance coverage depend on your service agreement details. We recommend contacting our team to review the complete service terms and ensure you have the support level needed for your wireless security operations.
The Zebra AD-CMC-P-1 is available from us as a straightforward software license purchase that integrates with your existing Zebra device infrastructure. Our team can assist with licensing requirements, deployment planning, and integration with your current wireless management systems. Contact us today to discuss your wireless security needs and get a quote tailored to your organization's scale and requirements.
The AD-SNFL-P-1 Wireless Software works within Zebra's ecosystem to secure and monitor the wireless networks that power your barcode scanners and mobile computers. It provides centralized visibility into device connectivity and network health across your operation. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how this software complements your current AIDC deployment.
The ultra-low RF transmit power design improves locate accuracy and enhances performance in high-density deployments where multiple beacons operate in close proximity. This approach reduces interference and ensures reliable asset tracking even in complex warehouse or manufacturing environments with many tracked items.
The AD-ATSN-P-1 is a service agreement license that provides access to Motorola AirDefense's advanced troubleshooting features for your wireless environment. Support terms and maintenance coverage depend on your specific service agreement with Zebra. Contact us today for detailed information about support options, renewal terms, and service level agreements available with this license.
Yes, the AD-FESN-P-1 forensics license is designed to enhance existing AirDefense sensor deployments with advanced forensic analysis features. Rather than replacing hardware, you simply add this software license to your current infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss upgrade options and pricing for your wireless security environment.
The AD-SASN-P-1 is a software license that activates spectrum analysis features within your Motorola AirDefense system. Deployment requires integration with your existing AirDefense infrastructure and proper sensor configuration. Contact us today for installation support, licensing assistance, and to ensure your wireless network monitoring solution meets your operational requirements.
The MPACT-SB5200-10-WR is warranted against defects in workmanship and materials for 90 days from the date of shipment, subject to the terms of Zebra's standard hardware warranty statement. For complete warranty details and coverage information, we recommend reviewing Zebra's full hardware warranty statement at zebra.com/warranty or contacting our team for clarification on your specific purchase.
We offer the Zebra P1008481 Label Rewinder as part of our extensive inventory of Zebra printer accessories and AIDC solutions. Our team provides competitive pricing, fast shipping, and expert support to ensure you get the right equipment for your operation. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order and speak with a product specialist.
We offer the Zebra 01600GT08430 ribbon and can provide expert guidance on ribbon selection, printer compatibility, and bulk ordering options. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your labeling requirements and get competitive pricing on this economy wax ribbon.
Signs of printhead wear include faded or missing print lines, inconsistent barcode quality, reduced print darkness, and visible dots or streaks on labels. If you're experiencing these issues with your Zebra KR403 printer, the printhead may need cleaning or replacement with a new component like the P1015397. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss printhead diagnostics and replacement options for your thermal printer.
Yes, the Zebra P1117258-232 is engineered for demanding warehouse, logistics, and manufacturing environments where reliable label printing is critical. The 203 DPI thermal transfer capability produces durable barcodes and shipping labels that withstand handling, moisture, and temperature variations. We offer this printhead as part of our complete Zebra printer support to keep your operations moving efficiently.
Polypropylene labels offer superior durability compared to standard paper labels, with resistance to moisture, chemicals, and temperature variations. The permanent acrylic adhesive ensures labels remain securely attached in warehouse, chemical handling, and outdoor environments where standard labels would fail.
The ZD621 operates at 203 dpi (8 dots per mm) standard, with an optional 300 dpi (12 dots per mm) resolution available as a factory-installed or field-installable upgrade. Print speeds are 8 inches per second at 203 dpi and 6 inches per second at 300 dpi, with a maximum print width of 4.09 inches at 203 dpi or 4.27 inches at 300 dpi. The printer supports label lengths up to 39 inches and media widths from 0.585 to 4.65 inches, making it suitable for a wide variety of labeling applications.
The Zebra Z-Ultimate 2000T is recommended for a wide variety of applications requiring outstanding print quality and exceptional smear and scratch resistance, making it ideal for warehouse management, logistics operations, asset tracking, and any environment where label durability and readability are critical to operations.
The NX-7500-ADP-64 license certificate covers 64 access points, and you can scale up to 256 total access points with appropriate additional licensing. If your facility requires expansion beyond the initial 64 access points, we offer upgrade options to meet your growing wireless infrastructure needs. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to discuss licensing options for larger deployments.
The 5-pack of Zebra 105950-061 power cords allows you to power up to 5 separate Zebra printers or AIDC devices simultaneously, or maintain spares for equipment rotation and maintenance. This makes it an economical choice for warehouse operations, manufacturing facilities, and logistics centers that operate multiple barcode printing stations. Contact us today to discuss your specific power requirements and equipment configuration.
The Zebra RS6100 comes with a mounting frame and trigger assembly. To complete your setup, you'll need to purchase a hand wrap separately, which allows you to customize the fit and comfort for your specific wearing preference. Contact us today to ensure you have all the components needed for your deployment.
We offer Zebra 8000D Lab labels (model 10028317) as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies selection. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and place your order for these specialized laboratory labels.
Absolutely. The ET40 is purpose-built for retail and hospitality applications, with the Wi-Fi-only configuration being particularly well-suited for indoor use in these environments. The combination of a responsive touchscreen, built-in barcode scanner, and reliable Wi-Fi 6 connectivity makes it effective for point-of-sale, customer service, and inventory management tasks. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore ET40 configurations optimized for your retail or hospitality operations.
Each box of Zebra 10025358 contains 6 rolls with 1000 labels per roll, totaling 6000 labels per box. This packaging format is standard for laboratory and warehouse operations requiring consistent, bulk label supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order bulk quantities with volume discounts for your laboratory or facility.
We offer the Zebra 05095GS11007 Performance Resin ribbon as part of our comprehensive thermal transfer ribbon inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and bulk ordering options for your warehouse or logistics operation.
These labels excel in cold storage, refrigerated warehouses, and outdoor logistics operations where temperature stability is critical, though they should not be used in direct sunlight or extreme heat. The high-contrast direct thermal printing makes them ideal for barcode scanning, shipping labels, inventory management, and asset tracking in demanding environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific labeling application needs.
The Zebra ATR7000 operates on the 900 MHz frequency band and is designed for US operation, utilizing passive UHF RFID tags that require no maintenance or power source. This frequency band provides optimal range and penetration for warehouse asset tracking applications while maintaining compatibility with standard passive RFID tag infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com for technical specifications and frequency compliance documentation.
Yes, the ZQ620 Plus features a removable, rechargeable PowerPrecision+ Li-Ion battery, allowing your team to swap batteries quickly during shifts without waiting for the printer to charge. This design is particularly valuable in high-volume warehouse and logistics environments where continuous operation is critical. We offer battery management solutions and replacement batteries to support your operational needs—visit barcodesinc.com for availability.
This model includes Swiss font support, which is essential for international shipping, compliance labeling, and multi-language operations common in global logistics. The EZPL programming language enables flexible label customization and font selection to meet your specific regulatory and branding requirements. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore additional font and customization options available for your deployment.
The Zebra ORCH-ZD411-300-HC utilizes direct thermal printing technology, which requires no ink or toner and produces durable labels through heat-sensitive media. This technology is particularly valuable in healthcare and regulated environments where label longevity and reliability are critical, and it reduces ongoing supply costs compared to ink-based alternatives. We offer direct thermal printers like this model for cost-effective, maintenance-free label production.
No, the ZQ521 is designed for ease of use with large buttons optimized for gloved hands and fingers, a simple user interface that prevents accidental setting changes, and a clamshell design for quick media loading. The intuitive LCD display with large icons for battery and wireless status requires minimal training, making it accessible for any team member.
The ZT610 is equipped with 1 GB of RAM and 2 GB of on-board Flash storage, providing ample capacity for storing multiple label designs and supporting complex printing jobs without requiring constant data transfers. Contact us today to discuss your specific storage and printing volume requirements.
The ZT610 supports both thermal transfer and direct thermal printing methods with a maximum print width of 4.09 inches, making it ideal for standard barcode labels in warehouse and logistics applications. The choice between printing methods allows flexibility based on your label durability and cost requirements. Contact us today to discuss which printing method and configuration best suits your operational needs.
The TC58e is manufactured with recycled plastics, making it one of the most sustainable mobile computers Zebra currently offers. This eco-conscious design approach combines environmental responsibility with the durability and performance required for warehouse, retail, and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how our TC58e can support both your operational and sustainability goals.
Yes, the TC78 includes wireless charging capability, enabling quick battery top-ups without physical connectors, reducing wear and extending device lifespan in high-use warehouse environments. Combined with the warm-swap battery feature, this ensures minimal downtime during shift changes and continuous operations. We offer complete charging solutions and accessories to maximize your mobile computer deployment efficiency.
Each box of Zebra Z-Perform 1000D (10003051) contains 4 rolls of labels, with each roll holding 2760 labels for a total of 11,040 labels per box. The rolls feature a 3" core, making them compatible with standard label printer spindles. We offer this label stock in plain format, ready for your barcode and text printing needs.
Zebra offers industry-leading RFID printer encoders that accurately encode RAIN RFID labels, tags, and cards where and when you need them, ensuring reliable data you can trust. These printer encoders integrate seamlessly with Zebra RFID reader software, which provides easy configuration and deployment without requiring specialized expertise. Contact us today to learn about our complete RFID encoding solutions and find the right printer for your labeling needs.
Like all Zebra printer ribbons, the 800077-751 should be stored in a cool, dry environment to maintain optimal print quality and prevent premature degradation. Proper handling during installation ensures the ribbon feeds correctly and achieves the full 2000-print yield. Our team is available to provide best practices for ribbon storage and maintenance—visit barcodesinc.com for detailed product documentation.
Each box contains 1000 sheets of Zebra PLS-102ATX wristbands, with 20 labels per sheet, providing substantial inventory for high-volume healthcare facilities. Contact us today to discuss bulk ordering options and pricing for your facility's needs.
We offer the HPE Aruba 9004-LTE Cellular Modem/Wireless Router as part of our comprehensive data networking equipment lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss which configuration best fits your network requirements.
We offer the HPE P26264-B21 Ethernet Adapter as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking hardware portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your enterprise networking requirements with our team.
HPE provides comprehensive warranty and support programs for the P28778-B21, including replacement parts and materials required to maintain covered hardware. We offer HPE-supported replacement parts and can connect you with HPE service professionals. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for details on available support plans and service options.
We offer the HPE Q1P55A Ethernet Switch as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your server management needs with our team.
The HPE AF652A supports 2 local users, allowing two administrators to work concurrently on server management and monitoring tasks. This feature is valuable for IT teams in larger warehouse and logistics operations that require shared access to critical infrastructure.
We offer the HPE AF622A Ethernet Switch with comprehensive support and service options. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our presales specialists who can assist with your purchase decision and provide details on service-level descriptions and response times for your area.
We offer the HPE 798182-B21 Ethernet Switch as part of our extensive inventory of HPE networking and server components. Visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and current stock levels, or contact us today to discuss your procurement needs and delivery timeline.
The NETGEAR GS116NA includes a limited lifetime warranty, providing long-term protection for your network infrastructure investment. With an MTBF rating of 828,109 hours, the switch is engineered for extended reliable operation in demanding business environments. Contact us today to learn more about warranty details and support options available from us.
The NETGEAR AGM732F is designed to operate reliably in environments ranging from 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C). This temperature specification ensures stable performance in standard warehouse and data center conditions. Contact us today to discuss environmental requirements and deployment considerations for your specific facility.
Yes, the GS105NA handles 14,880 packets per second (pps) per port at Gigabit speeds and supports jumbo frames up to 2047 bytes, making it capable of managing demanding warehouse automation and logistics network traffic. With a 384 KByte RAM buffer per device and flow control via IEEE 802.3x, the switch maintains reliable performance under sustained data loads. Contact us today to discuss your network requirements and ensure the GS105NA meets your warehouse infrastructure needs.
When deploying the AGM731F, ensure your network equipment has available SFP slots and supports 1000Base-SX transceivers, verify your fiber cabling is multimode fiber rated for 850nm transmission, and confirm the physical distance between connection points is within 1000Base-SX specifications. Available from us with full technical support—contact us today for deployment assistance.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 includes USB-C connectivity for data transfer and charging with a minimum 45W USB-C charger. We offer this tablet for procurement by warehouse managers and IT departments—contact us today to discuss your tablet needs and available configurations.
The Surface Pro 9 is built with an anodized aluminum casing made from a minimum of 72% recycled content, including 100% recycled aluminum alloy and 100% recycled rare earth metals. The device is also ENERGY STAR® certified, supporting environmentally responsible procurement for your enterprise.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 (QIY-00033) is available in Sapphire color. The device weighs approximately 1.3 pounds without the keyboard, making it a portable solution for mobile warehouse managers and logistics professionals who need computing capability on the go.
The Surface Pro 9 includes an ambient color sensor, accelerometer, gyroscope, magnetometer, and NFC for comprehensive sensing and wireless capabilities. It features Surface Connect for charging and docking, along with support for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity for seamless integration into modern work environments.
The Microsoft Surface Pro 9 is built with environmental responsibility in mind—the enclosure uses a minimum of 72% recycled content, including 100% recycled aluminum alloy and 100% recycled rare earth metals. The device is also ENERGY STAR® certified, reducing power consumption and operational costs.
The Microsoft STPM1CART Mobile Cart is categorized as both a point-of-sale system component and a mobile point-of-care solution, reflecting its versatility across retail, healthcare, and enterprise environments. It bridges Microsoft's software ecosystem with physical mobility infrastructure for collaborative and transactional applications.
We offer the Socket Mobile CX4050-3113 as a leading AIDC distributor with expertise in barcode scanners and mobile computing solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, request pricing, and place your order with our knowledgeable team.
The Socket Mobile CX4058-3121 is classified as a wireless handheld barcode scanner and mobile barcode scanner, making it suitable for on-the-move data capture in logistics and warehouse settings. We stock this model as part of our top barcode scanner inventory, ensuring fast availability for your operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of Socket Mobile barcode readers.
We offer the Socket Mobile CX4054-3117 Durascan D720 barcode scanner as a leading AIDC distributor. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place an order or discuss your scanning needs.
Yes, the SocketScan S720 includes CaptureSDK for easy app integration, enabling developers to build custom solutions that enhance business productivity. This developer support makes it simple to incorporate the scanner into your existing workflows and applications. Contact us today to learn more about integration options available from us.
The Socket Mobile DuraScan D760 offers a 19.50-inch scan distance, enabling users to capture barcode data from a practical working distance in warehouse and logistics environments. The exact performance depends on symbol size, symbology, label media, and scan angle. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm specifications for your specific barcode types and applications.
The NLS-HR2081-BT comes with direct Bluetooth connectivity for your device, a 2.4 GHz RF dongle for non-Bluetooth hosts, and a USB Type B charging cable. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to confirm the complete package contents and discuss your specific requirements.
The Newland AD20-D-P power supply and all compatible chargers and cable adapters are available from us at barcodesinc.com. Contact us today for pricing, availability, and to confirm the right accessories for your specific charging setup—note that all Newland orders under $1,000 include a $75.00 processing fee.
The NCR 7702-K460 measures 7.5" wide by 10.34" deep by 7.00" high (190.5mm x 262.5mm x 178mm) and weighs 8.56 lbs, making it a compact addition to any POS counter setup. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to verify exact specifications for your installation.
The NCR P-7772-CX7-I5-RIO-NCD includes a 120GB SSD, providing sufficient storage for retail applications, transaction data, and system operations. The solid-state drive ensures faster data access and improved system responsiveness compared to traditional mechanical drives. We offer this configuration to support the performance demands of modern point-of-sale environments.
The NCR 5915MC133 is available from us at Barcodes Inc, a leading AIDC distributor specializing in barcode scanners, label printers, mobile computers, and POS systems. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order or request a quote for this touchscreen solution.
The Magicard 3300-0021 comes with a 3-year manufacturer warranty, ensuring reliable support and coverage for your investment. Supplies and software are sold separately, and our team at Barcodes Inc can help you select the right consumables and solutions for your needs—contact us today.
The Magicard MA300YMCKO is currently listed as discontinued in our inventory. However, we recommend contacting us today to discuss alternative ribbon options or compatible supplies that may still be available for your Magicard printer, or to explore upgrade paths to current models.
The Magicard MA600KO is a single roll ribbon designed for straightforward installation in your Rio Pro printer. For optimal performance and print quality, store the ribbon in a cool, dry environment and follow the manufacturer's installation guidelines included with your printer.
The minimum order quantity for the Magicard MA250YMCKOK is 100 ribbons per order. This bulk purchasing model is designed for production facilities and resellers managing ongoing ID card printing operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order or contact our team for volume pricing.
The XG4 comes with a comprehensive accessory kit including a screen protector, handstrap, stylus, tether, AC adapter, and USB-C cable. With 4GB RAM and 64GB storage, plus a 5,700mAh battery, it's ready for immediate deployment. Contact us today to order or learn more about this enterprise-grade mobile computer.
The XT100 comes with an AC adapter and a standard battery for immediate deployment. We offer the complete package ready to integrate into your mobile workforce operations—visit barcodesinc.com to order or contact us today for volume pricing.
Yes, the M087-602-11-WWA runs multiple payment applications including Form Agent, IBM EFT, NCR EFT, and Secure browser on its embedded Linux platform. The architecture supports application separation at hardware and software levels, allowing third-party applications to coexist securely without requiring recertification of existing payment applications.
The VeriFone 999-DEP-00175 includes Web Development Environment (WDE) that supports JavaScript, XML (AJAX), C++, PHP, and cURL for custom interface development, plus VeriFone HQ software for simplified device management and reduced support costs. The system integrates easily into existing retail and restaurant environments while supporting Form Agent, IBM EFT, NCR EFT, and secure browser applications. Contact us today for implementation assistance and developer resources.
The VeriFone A-VX600SFW-36-LI includes 36 months of prepaid service coverage. This extended prepaid period ensures continuous access to the mobile framework application and support services for three years without requiring annual renewal. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn more about licensing options and deployment for your retail or restaurant operations.
The Poly EagleEye IV USB comes with a one-year return-to-factory warranty covering both parts and labor, ensuring your investment is protected. Contact us today at 1-833-299-1662 or visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our support options and availability.
Yes, Poly offers a dedicated Microsoft Teams variant of the Blackwire 3300 Series (BW33xx-M) that includes a combined call answer/end button plus a dedicated Microsoft Teams button for quick access. This variant maintains all standard features including volume control and mute functionality for seamless Teams integration.
The SoundStation IP 5000 measures 11.4 x 10.6 x 2.6 inches (L x W x H) and weighs 1.14 lb (0.52 kg), making it a compact solution for small conference rooms and executive offices. Its modern, space-efficient design fits easily on desks or conference tables without occupying significant space.
The VVX 450 is designed to operate in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) with relative humidity between 5% and 95% (non-condensing). For storage, the phone can safely handle temperatures ranging from -40 to +70°C (-40 to +160°F), making it suitable for various office environments.
The SoundStation IP 6000 features a 248 x 68 pixel (W x H) white LED backlit display with custom intensity control for visibility in various lighting conditions. It includes a standard 12-key keypad with context-dependent soft keys (3 available) and controls for on-hook/off-hook, redial, mute, and volume adjustment. Available from us with a local feature-rich GUI and time/date display for complete call management.
The Poly Trio 8800 includes FIPS 140-2 compliant cryptographic module and WPA2-Enterprise encryption with secure provisioning to protect your sensitive business communications. These enterprise-grade security measures ensure your conference calls remain confidential and protected.
The Poly Trio 8300 includes enterprise-grade security features such as a FIPS 140-2 compliant cryptographic module, 802.1X authentication and EAPOL support, and media encryption via SRTP. These features ensure that your conference calls remain secure and protected from unauthorized access.
We offer the Poly Trio 8500 as part of our comprehensive conferencing solutions for mid-size organizations. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your conference room needs and get pricing for this collaboration device.
The Poly CCX 400 supports multiple headset options to suit different worker preferences in addition to the traditional handset. All headsets benefit from Poly HD Voice technology and Poly Acoustic Fence noise removal for consistent audio quality across connection types.
We offer the Ingenico CAB351380 Power Device along with all compatible umbilical cables and COMBOX/VBOX units. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our complete selection of Ingenico power systems and accessories, or contact us today for assistance in selecting the right configuration for your payment processing needs.
Yes, the S400 is designed for flexible deployment scenarios including temporary internet installations, additional network bandwidth, and M2M applications. Its compact design, dual SIM capability, and NetCloud Manager support make it ideal for logistics operations requiring quick deployment at multiple locations.
The XT5-43NCS uses thermal transfer printing technology, which is ideal for durable, long-lasting barcode labels in warehouse, logistics, manufacturing, and retail applications. Thermal transfer printing ensures reliable barcode readability even in demanding warehouse conditions.
The SRP-332IIIPK uses direct thermal printing technology, which eliminates the need for ink or toner cartridges and provides reliable, crisp output for receipts and tickets. This technology is ideal for retail, restaurants, ticketing, and kiosk applications where consistent print quality is required.
The SPP-L3000IWK supports SLCS, BPL-Z, and BPL-C emulations and includes Windows drivers compatible with Euro Plus and Seagull software. It features 128 MB SDRAM and 256 MB Flash memory (with optional upgrades to 256 MB SDRAM and 512 MB Flash) for robust data processing and compatibility with market-leading programming languages.
The XQ-840CG operates reliably in temperatures from 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) with humidity levels between 10 and 80% RH, and is Energy Star Certified for power efficiency. It can be stored in temperatures ranging from -20 to 60°C (-4 to 140°F), making it suitable for various warehouse and retail environments. Contact us today if you need to verify compatibility with your specific operational conditions.
The Bixolon XM7-40IK supports both liner and linerless label media at its full 127mm/sec print speed, giving you flexibility in choosing the most cost-effective or environmentally suitable label stock for your operations. This dual-media capability is particularly valuable for warehouses and logistics operations with varying labeling requirements. Contact us today to discuss media options available from us.
The XM7-40IWK is available with both a standard battery and an optional smart battery, allowing you to effectively manage battery status and life cycle. The smart battery option provides enhanced monitoring capabilities for extended field operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to configure the battery option that best fits your warehouse or logistics workflow.
The SPP-R400 accommodates both receipt and label media, including optional linerless media, with a maximum media width of 112 mm (or 105 mm for optional linerless). Media thickness is 0.07 ± 0.003 mm with an easy paper loading system designed for quick media changes in mobile environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible media options we offer.
Yes, we offer the Star TSP143III as a solution for cannabis retail environments where compliant receipt printing and transaction documentation are essential. The printer's thermal technology, cutter functionality, and software integration support the documentation requirements of regulated cannabis point-of-sale operations. Contact us today to discuss compliance requirements for your specific jurisdiction.
Yes—the Star TSP143 is designed as the easiest thermal receipt printer to set up and begin using. With all cables, drivers, and software included in one box, you can have the printer operational within minutes without hunting for additional components or downloads. Contact us today if you need setup assistance or have questions about deployment.
The Star CD5 Max Series is available in multiple size options to accommodate various counter spaces and transaction volumes. This allows you to select the right drawer dimensions to fit your specific checkout configuration. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the available size configurations and find the model that matches your space requirements.
The Star Micronics CD5 currently has extended lead times. We recommend reaching out to our team early in your procurement process to confirm delivery schedules and plan your cash management system deployment accordingly.
The Star SK1-211 requires an external power supply, which is not included with the printer. This design allows for flexible power management in kiosk installations and reduces the printer's footprint. Contact us today for power supply specifications and compatible options available from us.
Yes, the Star TSP143 is optimized for PayTrace environments and available from us configured for seamless payment processing integration. Contact us today to discuss your PayTrace receipt printing requirements and ensure proper setup for your payment workflow.
The Star mC-Print3 is ENERGY STAR certified, helping reduce operational costs and environmental impact in your retail, restaurant, or pharmacy location. This certification reflects the printer's efficient power management without compromising performance. We offer the mC-Print3 as a sustainable choice for forward-thinking businesses.
Yes, the Star TSP1000 is designed as a receipt printer suitable for various hospitality and retail applications. Its 40-column format, 7 ips print speed, and large roll capacity make it well-suited for kitchen orders and receipt printing. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements.
The Star TSP100III measures 142mm (width) × 132mm (height) × 204mm (depth), making it a compact thermal receipt printer suitable for counter and mobile environments. The printer operates on 100 to 240VAC ± 10% at 50/60 Hz with an internal power supply included. Contact us today to verify space requirements for your specific installation.
The Star 39900312 printhead is compatible with Star ribbon options including the RC700B (3 million characters), RC700BR in black (1.5 million characters), and RC700BR in red (0.75 million characters). These ribbon choices allow you to select the capacity and color that best matches your printing volume and application requirements. We offer these ribbons and can help you determine the right supply for your operation—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The SM-T300i comes standard with an AC charger, battery pack, sample paper roll, serial cable, belt clip, and shoulder strap. It includes a 1-year limited warranty and FCC approval, with technical support available at 1-800-782-7636. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for additional options like extra battery chargers or car chargers.
The TSP143III is ideal for retail point-of-sale systems, restaurant and hospitality venues, and mobile ordering platforms that require portable, wireless receipt printing. Its multi-platform compatibility with iOS, Android, and Windows makes it particularly valuable for businesses implementing tablet-based POS solutions or delivery service integrations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how this printer fits your specific business needs.
The Star 37966050 comes with a 3-year limited warranty, plus optional extended service agreements including Extend-A-Star and Swap-A-Star programs for additional protection. These warranty options provide flexibility to match your business continuity needs. Contact us today to discuss warranty and service plan options that fit your operation.
The Star TSP100III includes a standard 3-year limited warranty, with optional Extended Service Agreement policies including Extend-A-Star and Swap-A-Star programs available (Swap-A-Star available in US only). We offer these warranty options and can connect you with Star Micronics technical support at 1-800-782-7636 x105. Contact us today to discuss warranty coverage that fits your business requirements.
The Star TSP100III comes with a 3-year Limited Warranty and optional Extended Services Agreement options including Extend-A-Star and Swap-A-Star programs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss warranty and support options that fit your business needs.
This product is available as a 36-pack unit. For questions about alternative pack sizes or bulk ordering options, contact us today and our team will work with you to find the right supply solution for your operation.
We offer the Star 37966590 receipt paper as part of our comprehensive AIDC supplies inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com to place your order, or contact us today for bulk pricing, technical support, or questions about compatible printers and paper specifications.
We offer the Star 37966141 Data Networking product as part of our comprehensive AIDC and thermal printer solutions portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss how this networking device fits your operational needs.
We offer the Toshiba BEX4T1GH12DS01 as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss integration with your warehouse or logistics operation.
The B-EX4T1 supports both direct thermal and thermal transfer printing methods with resolution options of 203 dpi and 305 dpi, accommodating various barcode and label quality requirements. It includes GS1 Data barcode compatibility for retail and logistics applications. Contact us today to discuss which resolution and method best fits your labeling needs.
The Toshiba TFC200UK is engineered for the e-STUDIO2000AC and e-STUDIO2500AC models. If you experience any issues, verify your printer model matches these specifications, and contact us today—our team can help troubleshoot compatibility or arrange a replacement if needed.
The B-EX4T1 features user-replaceable snap-in printhead and platen roller components, which significantly reduce maintenance downtime and costs. The printer also includes an intuitive graphical LCD helpdesk display that guides users through troubleshooting and corrective actions, minimizing the need for extensive operator training.
We offer the Toshiba BEX60060AG3F ribbon as part of our comprehensive selection of thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode label printer supplies. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order this ribbon and explore our full inventory of TEC printer accessories and consumables.
The Toshiba BEX60110AS1F is compatible with B-EX4T2 barcode label printers and other TEC thermal transfer printer models. We offer a complete selection of thermal labels and ribbons for all models of TEC thermal transfer and direct thermal barcode label printers. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to confirm compatibility with your specific printer model.
Yes, we offer the Toshiba T2840 toner cartridge and can support bulk purchasing for warehouses, logistics centers, and large organizations. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing, delivery schedules, and account options tailored to your business needs.
Unlike basic card printers, the KCD18802L-0HLB0 combines printing with integrated dual smart card and contactless encoding in one device, eliminating the need for separate encoding stations. The Identiv chipset and LED bezel add enterprise-grade functionality for comprehensive credential management. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com for specifications.
We offer the Evolis Tattoo RW 2 ID card printer along with compatible ribbons, film, and supplies. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your ID card printing requirements and explore financing or volume pricing options.
The Tattoo RW uses cards containing thermochromatic material that becomes visible or disappears based on applied temperature, creating a reversible printing process. This technology allows the same card to be erased and reprinted multiple times, supporting sustainable practices and frequent data updates.
The Primacy 2 operates in temperatures between 15°C and 30°C (59°F to 86°F) with humidity levels between 20% and 65% non-condensing. For storage, the printer should be kept between -5°C and +70°C (23°F to 158°F) with humidity between 20% and 70% non-condensing, and requires free air ventilation during operation.
The Evolis N6F203A100 is a precision consumable that should be stored in its original packaging to maintain ribbon integrity and print quality. Proper storage helps ensure consistent performance across all 200 prints on the roll. Our team can provide guidance on best practices for ribbon handling and storage when you contact us.
We offer a complete range of Evolis supplies including ribbons, cards, and replacement printheads for the Badgy system. Contact us today to learn about all compatible consumables and maintenance parts available from our inventory.
We offer the Evolis R7H006NAA ribbon and a complete range of Primacy printer supplies. As a leading AIDC distributor, we stock authentic Evolis products and can ensure you receive genuine ribbons with proper warranty support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order.
The Evolis S10122 is available from us at Barcodes Inc, a leading AIDC distributor specializing in barcode scanners, label printers, and ID card printing solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to place your order and get expert assistance with your Evolis printer supplies.
Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our full selection of Evolis supplies and overlaminates, or contact us today for bulk pricing, availability, and delivery options. Our team can help you stock the right quantity of lamination film for your production schedule.
The Unitech FC75+ comes with a 3-year manufacturer warranty. We offer this discontinued model while supplies last, and our team is available to help with compatibility questions, installation support, or to recommend current alternatives if needed. Contact us today for availability and support options.
Yes, the Unitech EA520-NA6FTMDG is designed as a mobile handheld computer for industrial use, featuring 2D scanning, Android 11, and robust connectivity options that support warehouse management, inventory tracking, and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss how this device fits your specific operational needs.
The Jabra Evolve2 supports intuitive call management functions including answer/reject calls, volume control, and mute capabilities. You can quickly access your voice assistant with just the touch of a button. Additional features and customization options are available through Jabra Xpress and Jabra Direct software integration. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn more about available configurations.
The Datacard Sigma SL3 features a 125-card input hopper and a 25-card output hopper. These capacities reduce the frequency of reloads during production runs, enhancing overall productivity and minimizing operator downtime.
We offer the HPE AF651A as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your specific networking requirements with our team.
Yes, the Dolphin 7800 is purpose-built specifically for scan-intensive, in-premise retail and warehousing applications with its integrated 2D imager and laser aimer for efficient barcode capture. The device delivers multi-purpose computing and data collection at desktop-like speed, enabling workers to complete multiple tasks in limited timeframes. We offer the Dolphin 7800 to help maximize productivity and return on investment in demanding mobile workforce environments.
The VM3A is independently certified to meet IP66 standards for moisture and particle resistance, making it suitable for the toughest distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, and freight operations. Built on Honeywell's Mobility Edge platform, it's engineered to eliminate downtime and maximize your capital investment in vehicle-mounted computing solutions.
We are an authorized Zebra reseller specializing in ID card printing products, and we guarantee that our 800017-240 ribbons are genuine Zebra ribbons that are stored properly and always fresh. We also offer a low price guarantee on the Zebra 800017-240 ribbon, ensuring you get authentic products at competitive pricing.
The Zebra 800015-440 YMCKO ribbon is ideal for printing a combination of full-color images and one-color text or barcodes on the same ID card. This makes it perfect for professional badges, student IDs, and credentials that require both vibrant color photography and readable barcode or text information.
Zebra card printers require specialized Zebra laminate to function properly and maximize printed card quality while protecting your printer's durability. Using genuine Zebra laminate ensures optimal performance and longevity of your equipment. We offer a low price guarantee on the Zebra 800015-135 laminate and guarantee all our products are authentic.
The Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series Switch comes with a Limited Lifetime Warranty from Cisco. This warranty provides coverage for the device hardware during its operational lifetime. Contact us today for complete details on warranty terms and any available extended support options available from us.
The Verkada CF83-E is powered by Power over Ethernet (PoE), eliminating the need for separate power connections and simplifying installation. The camera supports H.265 and H.264 video compression standards for flexible integration with your existing network infrastructure. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific connectivity requirements and deployment needs.
We offer the UX10 G5 with 16GB or 32GB LPDDR5X memory options and storage configurations ranging from 256GB to 2TB PCIe NVMe SSD. This flexibility allows you to configure the tablet to match your specific performance and data capacity needs.
We offer the VisionTek 901298 Drive as part of our comprehensive parts and accessories inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and discuss integration with your warehouse or IT infrastructure needs.
Yes, the Memor 20 includes a fingerprint sensor for secure user authentication, helping protect sensitive warehouse and logistics data. Combined with its Android Enterprise Recommended validation and Google Mobile Services integration, it provides enterprise-grade security for critical operations.
We offer configuration and maintenance tools including the Datalogic Configuration Utility (DCU), Datalogic Firmware Utility (DFU), and Datalogic Joya Touch Staging software. An SDK Suite is also available upon request for custom application development. Contact us today to learn more about deployment and support options available from barcodesinc.com.
Yes, the Lenovo Tab M8 is specifically designed for portability with a lightweight design weighing only 320g (0.71 lbs) and a slim profile. Combined with its 19-hour battery life and compact 8-inch form factor, it's an ideal companion for travel, field work, and mobile professionals who need reliable performance without bulk. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your mobile needs.
HP's SureSupply feature alerts you when your print cartridge is running low and helps you purchase replacements online or locally through HP or participating retailers. We offer the HP CF440AM and other original supplies—contact us today to set up convenient ordering for your organization's ongoing toner needs.
The system comes with HP Connected, HP Device Experience (DXP), HP PCL 6 (XPS) Printer Driver, HP Software Installer/Uninstaller, and online user manuals. The system also includes 105 internal TrueType fonts scalable in HP PCL and 92 internal scalable fonts in HP Postscript level 3 emulation. Contact us today for assistance with software deployment and configuration.
HP original supplies, including the CB543A cartridge, are backed by HP's standard warranty terms. Warranty and support options vary by product, country, and local legal requirements. Contact us today to learn about available warranty and support options in your region, or visit barcodesinc.com for additional details.
We offer the HP 5YQ08AT Barcode Scanner as part of our comprehensive AIDC product lineup. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and to discuss your warehouse or retail barcode scanning needs.
HP LaserJet printers using original toner cartridges like the CF217A deliver professional-quality black laser output with print margins of 4.3 mm on all sides and maximum print area of 207.4 x 347.1 mm. The printers support automatic duplex (two-sided) printing and various paper weights from 60 to 176 g/m², ensuring versatile document production capabilities.
The product includes HP Printer Software, HP Update, and HP Photo Creations. Scan software is available for download at hp.com/support, including HP Scan and TWAIN drivers. Contact us today if you need assistance with software installation or configuration for your warehouse or retail operations.
HP toner cartridges should be stored in their original packaging in a cool, dry environment within the recommended storage temperature range of -40°F and above. Proper storage and handling help maintain cartridge integrity and print quality. For specific handling instructions, consult HP's supplies documentation or contact us today.
The HP CC533A is an original toner cartridge that should be stored according to HP's guidelines to maintain print quality and cartridge integrity. For detailed information on storage conditions, handling procedures, and best practices for maximizing cartridge performance, visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for guidance specific to your environment.
Printers using the HP Q7516A support a wide variety of media including plain paper, heavy and extra heavy stock, glossy paper, light paper, recycled paper, tough media, envelopes, labels, glossy film, cardstock, and transparencies. Media weight capacity ranges from 60 to 300 g/m² depending on the input tray used. Visit barcodesinc.com to confirm media specifications for your specific printer model.
HP printers using the C9455A cartridge support WiFi, WiFi Direct, and Web Services connectivity, allowing you to print wirelessly from multiple devices. The cartridge works with printers that offer flexible connection options for modern office and warehouse environments.
HP cartridges come with warranty and support options that vary by product, country, and local legal requirements. We recommend contacting your vendor or visiting hp.com/support to learn about HP's service and support options available in your region.
We offer the HP M0J97AN yellow ink cartridge as part of our complete AIDC supplies selection. Visit barcodesinc.com to order this cartridge, or contact us today for volume pricing and delivery options tailored to your warehouse or logistics operation.
Yes, the HP P24742-B21 is Intel Optane Memory Ready, enabling you to leverage high-performance persistent memory technology for accelerated data access and improved application performance. Contact us today to discuss Optane memory configurations that match your warehouse management requirements.
The HP PageWide Pro 577dw delivers up to 40% lower color cost per page compared to laser printers, making it an economical choice for organizations that require frequent color printing. Contact us today to learn more about cartridge options and total cost of ownership for your specific printing needs.
The Fargo 49301 combines professional-quality full-color printing, single-pass encoding, lamination, and fluorescent print capabilities with fast print speeds and high-capacity input hopper. This comprehensive feature set makes it ideal for organizations requiring secure identity solutions with superior performance and field upgradeability. Contact us today to discuss how we can support your asset protection needs.
The DTC4250e accepts standard CR-80 cards (3.375" L x 2.125" W) in PVC, PET, or composite materials with polished PVC finish, with card thickness between .030" and .040" (.762 mm to 1.02 mm). It also supports optical memory cards with PVC finish.
The Fargo 55206 features a same-side card hopper without locking hoppers in its base configuration. This setup is suitable for controlled environments where card security is managed through other means. We can discuss alternative hopper configurations if your application requires locking or multi-hopper capabilities—contact us today.
Yes, the Fargo 55216 is purpose-built for multi-credential issuance, combining ISO Magnetic Stripe Encoding with comprehensive smart card support including HID Prox, iCLASS, MIFARE/DESFire, and Contact Smart Card encoding. This makes it ideal for enterprises, government agencies, and educational institutions needing unified credential systems. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn how we can support your card issuance program.
The Fargo 55316 is designed for high-volume environments requiring dual-sided, full-color ID card production with multiple encoding technologies—including employee badges, government and law enforcement IDs, healthcare credentials, and membership cards. Its robust print engine and high-capacity ribbons make it ideal for organizations with continuous card issuance demands. We offer complete solutions including printer, supplies, and support for your ID card program.
Yes, the HDP5600 is specifically designed as an all-in-one solution for organizations that need to routinely produce large volumes of high-definition IDs, making it ideal for government agencies, universities, corporations, and healthcare facilities. The printer offers reliable dye-sublimation and resin thermal transfer printing with flexible ribbon options to support continuous production demands. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The Fargo 89652U operates in temperatures between 65° to 80° F (18° to 27° C) with humidity levels of 20–80% non-condensing. The printer requires 100-240 VAC at 3.3A and supports both 50 Hz and 60 Hz supply frequencies, making it suitable for deployment across North American and international warehouse facilities. Contact us today for environment-specific installation guidance.
The Fargo 078202 supports standard CR-80 card sizes (3.375" L x 2.125" W / 85.6mm L x 54mm W) and accepts card thicknesses from .009" to .040" (9 mil to 40 mil). The print area extends edge-to-edge on CR-80 cards at 3.36" L x 2.11" W. Visit barcodesinc.com to order your ribbon supply today.
The HDP5000 offers both Ethernet and USB connectivity options, making it flexible for integration into various IT environments. This dual connectivity allows you to choose the connection method that best fits your network infrastructure and workflow requirements.
We offer the Epson C35CD004 barcode labels as part of our complete range of Epson color label printing solutions. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team for pricing, bulk orders, and technical guidance on optimizing your color label printing setup.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer that uses these labels supports a wide range of barcode symbologies including 1D codes (UPC-A, UPC-E, Code39, Code128, EAN-128) and 2D codes (QR Code, PDF417, DataMatrix, Aztec). This versatility makes the C35CD003 labels suitable for various labeling and tracking applications across supply chain and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss your specific barcode requirements.
We offer the Epson C35MD001 barcode labels and compatible TM-C3500 printers as part of our comprehensive AIDC product line. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order these labels, and our team can help you select the right supplies and printer configuration for your warehouse or logistics operation.
The Epson TM-C3500 provides both USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity, making it easy to integrate into your warehouse management or logistics network. These connection options support Windows-based printer drivers and allow seamless integration with most label design and inventory management software systems.
The projector measures 6.6" W x 11.6" D x 6.9" H and weighs 8.1 lbs for the product only. When packaged for shipment, the unit measures 14.4" x 9.9" x 11.5" and weighs 10.6 lbs, making it portable for various installation and presentation environments.
We offer the Epson C33S020464 inkjet cartridge as part of our comprehensive supply of Epson printer consumables and AIDC products. Visit barcodesinc.com to check stock, pricing, and place your order, or contact us today for bulk pricing and support.
The TM-U220 has a Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) of 18 × 10⁴ hours and a Mean Characters Between Failures (MCBF) of 18 × 10⁶ lines, demonstrating reliable performance for high-volume receipt and kitchen printing applications. Contact us today for more information on warranty and support options available from Barcodes Inc.
The Epson OmniLink TM-H6000V includes a 4-year limited warranty for the printer and a 2-year limited warranty for the integrated PC component. Printer drivers and setup utilities are available on CD or through pos.epson.com to support easy deployment and troubleshooting. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for warranty details and technical support options.
While the product data does not specify storage or handling recommendations for the C13S020565 cartridge, proper storage in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight is generally recommended for all ink cartridges. For detailed care and storage instructions specific to this cartridge, contact us today—our team can provide best practices to ensure optimal performance and longevity.
The Epson TM-C3500 supports a wide range of barcode symbologies including 1D codes (UPC-A, UPC-E, Code39, Code128, EAN) and 2D codes (QR Code, PDF417, DataMatrix, Aztec) when used with appropriate code-generating software. Contact us today for label recommendations that match your specific barcode requirements.
The Epson TM-P60 thermal printer and its compatible P60-0060-050 labels are widely used in warehouse management, logistics, shipping, and retail environments where fast, reliable barcode and receipt label printing is essential. We offer these labels as part of our comprehensive AIDC solutions for enterprise operations.
Yes, the 360-degree fish eye design and outdoor rating make the Cisco MV93-HW ideal for warehouse perimeter monitoring, loading dock surveillance, and logistics facility security. The comprehensive coverage reduces the number of cameras required while maintaining complete visibility of critical areas. Contact us today to design a security solution tailored to your facility's needs.
The device provides web-based configuration and statistics monitoring, online firmware upgrades via TFTP, Syslog support for system logging, and Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP) monitoring capabilities. DHCP client or static IP configuration options allow flexible deployment in various network environments. Contact us today for assistance with provisioning and integration into your existing Cisco Unified Communications infrastructure.
The ICPAM-KBD-RDR enables centralized access control management by providing networked credential verification at physical entry points, eliminating standalone systems and improving security visibility. It integrates with Cisco's broader security infrastructure to provide audit trails, real-time monitoring, and coordinated access policies across facilities. We offer this product to help organizations strengthen their physical security posture with enterprise-class access management.
The Cisco ICPAM-1CRED-K9 integrates with enterprise networks through standard IPsec, firewall, and VRF-aware routing capabilities, supporting both IPv4 and IPv6 environments with advanced threat control features including IPS and content filtering. Its credential management functions work seamlessly with existing Cisco IOS infrastructure and support subscription-based security services. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss integration planning with your current network architecture.
Cisco offers SMARTnet support and SMARTnet Onsite support services that provide operational technical support, software updates, and hardware advance-replacement options to maximize your network availability. These support services include access to Cisco expertise via telephone and online resources, critical for maintaining continuous operations in warehouse environments. Contact us today to discuss support packages and service level agreements that fit your operational requirements.
We offer the Cisco CAB-PWR-M12-10 M12 DC power cable as part of our comprehensive selection of Cisco networking cables and connectors. Visit barcodesinc.com to check current availability and pricing, or contact us today for bulk orders, technical specifications, or to discuss alternative power cable solutions for your warehouse or logistics operation.
We offer the Cisco UCSC-MRAID12G-RF as part of our extensive Cisco server components catalog. Our team provides technical support to help you verify compatibility with your existing server infrastructure and ensure proper installation. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to place your order or discuss your server upgrade requirements with our AIDC specialists.
The UCS-C3K-M4 includes Gigabit Ethernet networking with RJ-45 ports, two USB 3.0 ports, and M.2 interfaces for high-speed storage expansion. The server also features Matrox 8 MB graphics for local console management and remote administration capabilities. Available from us with comprehensive support for network integration and IT infrastructure planning.
We offer comprehensive service contracts for the Cisco Atlas IPS-ZC1 Zone Controller that provide technical support, maintenance, and access to Cisco resources for your security infrastructure. Service contracts ensure your zone controller remains optimally configured and protected. Contact us today to discuss contract terms, coverage options, and pricing tailored to your deployment.
We offer the Cisco MA-ANT-27 wireless antenna as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking equipment portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com to browse our Cisco wireless products, or contact us today for pricing, availability, and expert guidance on selecting the right antenna solution for your facility.
The Cisco 5508 controller provides multiple management options including web-based HTTP/HTTPS access for individual device management and command-line interfaces via Telnet and SSH. It also supports SNMP (versions 1, 2c, and 3) for network monitoring and integration with enterprise management systems. Contact us today to discuss the management capabilities that best fit your IT infrastructure needs.
Yes, the Cisco 5508 features flexible licensing that allows you to easily add support for additional access points or enable premium software features as your network grows. This modular licensing approach means you can scale your investment incrementally without purchasing new hardware. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss licensing options that match your deployment timeline and budget.
Yes, the Cisco QSFP-100G-CWDM4-S= can be deployed in warehouse and logistics facilities for high-speed network connectivity between distribution centers or within large facility networks over distances up to 2km. Its hot-swappable design and reliable performance make it suitable for mission-critical RFID, barcode scanning, and inventory management systems that require low-latency data transmission. We offer this transceiver along with complete networking solutions for logistics operations—contact us today for a comprehensive network assessment.
The Cisco QSFP-40G-SR4 is designed as a Cisco QSFP module for optical networks and is compatible with Cisco switches and routers that feature QSFP ports supporting 40GBase-SR4 standards. Compatibility depends on your specific equipment model and firmware version. We recommend contacting us today to confirm compatibility with your particular Cisco network devices before purchasing.
We offer Cisco transceiver modules and networking components through our comprehensive inventory at barcodesinc.com. Contact us today to check availability, pricing, and compatibility with your specific network infrastructure requirements.
The CP-840-CLIP= is currently listed as discontinued; however, we maintain an extensive inventory of Cisco telecommunications accessories and may have stock available. We recommend contacting us today to check availability or to explore alternative belt clip solutions and protective accessories for your Cisco phones. Our team at barcodesinc.com can help you find the right accessory for your warehouse communication needs.
Absolutely—the Dell OptiPlex 7020 is fully compatible with our comprehensive range of barcode scanners, label printers, and RFID solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how we can configure a complete AIDC system that integrates this desktop with your warehouse management and logistics operations.
The Dell 7G23X comes with 16 GB of on-board RAM and 256 GB SSD storage, providing sufficient capacity for running multiple applications simultaneously and storing business-critical data. The SSD ensures fast boot times and application responsiveness, which is essential for time-sensitive warehouse operations. Contact us today to discuss upgrade options if your operations require additional storage capacity.
The small form factor chassis reduces physical footprint, making the Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus ideal for space-constrained warehouse offices, shipping departments, and mobile workstations. The compact design maintains full performance capabilities while enabling flexible deployment in various warehouse locations without sacrificing thermal efficiency or connectivity. We offer this form factor for logistics operations requiring versatile, space-efficient computing solutions.
The Dell 400-AVBX uses the SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) 12Gb/s interface, which provides superior performance and reliability compared to standard SATA drives. SAS is the industry standard for enterprise servers and storage arrays, offering better error recovery and multi-initiator support for complex storage architectures. Contact us today to discuss how this drive fits your enterprise storage requirements.
The Dell S2425HS operates on standard AC 100-240V input with low power consumption in sleep and standby modes, making it energy-efficient for continuous warehouse operations. The monitor's efficient LED edgelight system helps reduce operational costs while maintaining excellent display quality.
Absolutely. We offer the Dell Pro 14 Plus PB14250 as part of our comprehensive AIDC and computing solutions portfolio. Our team can help you configure the right system for your warehouse, logistics, or IT procurement needs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss pricing, volume discounts, and deployment support for your organization.
Yes, the Dell P2222H is security lock-ready, allowing you to secure the monitor to fixed installations in warehouse and logistics facilities. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate this monitor with your facility's asset control and management systems.
The Dell D3-S4610 is built with enterprise-grade reliability standards designed for continuous mixed-use workloads in data center environments, featuring robust NAND flash technology and error correction mechanisms. As a solid-state drive with no moving parts, it offers superior durability and lower failure rates compared to mechanical drives. Contact us today to discuss warranty coverage, reliability specifications, and support options available from our team.
Yes, the tablet supports expandable storage through optional media bay modules including second hard drives and second batteries. Additional peripherals available from us include vehicle docking systems, E-Port XFR docking stations, rugged battery slices, DVD drives, and legacy I/O adapters to integrate with existing enterprise systems. Contact us today to explore configuration options for your specific operational needs.
Yes, the SD25 is designed for enterprise deployment with its multi-display support, extensive connectivity options, and robust 180W power delivery—making it ideal for IT teams standardizing on dock solutions across multiple warehouse locations. The combination of USB Type-C, Ethernet, and multiple display outputs supports complex AIDC ecosystems including barcode scanners, label printers, and mobile computing devices. Contact us today for volume pricing and enterprise support options.
We offer the Dell TMGM2 workstation as part of our comprehensive AIDC and computing solutions portfolio. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss pricing, availability, warranty options, and post-sale support for your workstation needs.
The Dell OptiPlex 7020 Plus features a small form factor design, making it ideal for space-constrained warehouse IT environments and server rooms. Its compact footprint allows for efficient deployment without sacrificing processing power needed for barcode scanning, inventory management, and logistics software. Contact us today for detailed dimension specifications and placement recommendations for your facility.
While the Dell 400-22284 itself is a standard SAS drive, Dell enterprise systems support encrypted storage options including FDE/SED (Full Disk Encryption/Self-Encrypting Drive) with FIPS Opal compliance for enhanced data security. If encryption is required for your warehouse or logistics operations, we can help you select appropriate encrypted drive alternatives. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss security requirements for your deployment.
The Dell NWH7V-RF supports DDR3 SDRAM at 1333 MHz or 1600 MHz with 2 slots accommodating 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB DIMMs, and features a Mobile Intel QM77 Express Chipset. Graphics options include Intel HD Graphics 4000 or 3000 (depending on processor), or NVIDIA NVS 5200M discrete graphics with Optimus technology. Contact us today for specific processor configuration recommendations for your warehouse management needs.
Yes, the Dell 400-AGSW is a genuine Dell hard drive manufactured to OEM specifications for Dell enterprise systems. We supply authentic Dell components with full compatibility assurance and manufacturer support. Contact us today to verify authenticity and receive documentation for your procurement records.
The Dell 3RDJV uses SATA (SATA/600) connectivity, the industry-standard interface for 2.5" server drives that provides up to 6 Gbps data transfer rates. This standard interface ensures broad compatibility with Dell servers and other SATA-equipped systems. Contact us today for integration support and compatibility verification for your infrastructure.
We offer the Dell 462-6771 genuine hard drive as part of our complete inventory of Dell components and storage solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, discuss volume pricing, and arrange delivery for your warehouse, IT infrastructure, or logistics operation needs.
We offer the Dell 400-BLJV as part of our extensive inventory of enterprise storage and AIDC solutions. Our team provides expert consultation on server storage configurations, compatibility verification, and deployment planning. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out directly to discuss your storage needs and receive competitive pricing.
The Dell 400-ATFL solid state drive eliminates the moving parts found in traditional 7200 rpm or 5400 rpm mechanical drives, resulting in improved durability, faster data access, lower power consumption, and reduced heat generation. SSDs like the 400-ATFL are particularly beneficial for mobile systems where reliability and battery life are critical. Contact us today to compare SSD and HDD options for your specific application needs.
As a genuine Dell component, the D4N7V comes with Dell's standard hardware warranty coverage. We provide full technical support and can assist with warranty claims and replacement drives. Contact us today to discuss warranty options and ensure your server storage is properly protected.
We offer Dell storage solutions and server components through our extensive inventory of enterprise hardware. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check current availability and pricing for the Dell 6T2NP Drive and compatible accessories for your server infrastructure.
Yes, the Dell 400-ANUT's hot-swappable design allows it to be installed and removed from compatible hot-swap drive bays without system shutdown, making it perfect for enterprise environments. This capability is essential for maintaining uptime in data centers and mission-critical warehouse operations. We offer installation guidance and technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for assistance.
The Dell MDF8N is a traditional mechanical hard drive, while Dell also offers encrypted drives (FDE/SED FIPS Opal), solid-state drives up to 256GB, and encrypted SSD options for higher security or performance requirements. The MDF8N provides cost-effective capacity, while SSDs deliver faster performance and encrypted options provide data security compliance. Contact us today to determine which storage solution best fits your security, performance, and budget requirements.
Solid-state drives like the Dell 400-AMJE offer significantly faster data access speeds, improved reliability due to no moving parts, lower power consumption, and reduced heat generation compared to traditional spinning hard drives. These benefits translate to better application performance, reduced cooling costs, and improved system uptime in enterprise environments. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our full range of enterprise storage solutions.
The Dell 345-BGML's 24Gb/s SAS interface provides significantly higher bandwidth and better performance than standard SATA drives, making it ideal for enterprise environments requiring fast, reliable data access. SAS also offers superior multi-user capabilities and hot-swap functionality, which are critical for mission-critical warehouse and logistics operations. We offer this drive for customers who need enterprise-grade performance over consumer-level storage solutions.
We offer the Dell 345-BHSC drive as part of our comprehensive inventory of enterprise storage solutions and server components. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, pricing, and place your order with our experienced team.
The Dell 463-6766 is a standard SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver module compatible with Dell switches, routers, and network interface cards that feature SFP ports. It can also work with third-party equipment supporting the 1000Base-SX standard, though we recommend verifying compatibility with your specific devices. Contact us today to confirm compatibility with your networking equipment.
Dell provides standard hardware warranty coverage on the 463-6999 drive as a genuine OEM component. Specific warranty terms depend on your purchase configuration and Dell's current policies. We offer genuine Dell drives with full manufacturer support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty options and enterprise support programs available for your deployment.
Yes, the Epson TM-L90 is compatible with Windows 2000, XP, Vista, 7, and 8, as well as Windows Embedded POS Ready 7/2009 and Windows Server 2008/2012. The printer also meets international safety and environmental standards including UL, CSA, TÜV (EN60950), WEEE, and RoHS compliance, making it suitable for enterprise deployments. Contact us today for driver support and installation assistance.
The Epson TM-C3500 printer supports both USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity, allowing flexible integration into your warehouse or logistics network. This dual connectivity ensures compatibility with various systems and network configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore printer options and compatible label supplies available from us.
The Epson C35GD001 gloss labels with DURABrite pigment inks have been tested for durability in demanding applications. For specific environmental requirements such as temperature extremes, moisture exposure, or outdoor use, contact us today to ensure these labels meet your warehouse or logistics conditions.
The Epson C6000A is a 4.4-inch label printer, designed to handle media with appropriate width for standard label applications in warehouses and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss your specific label width requirements and find the right configuration for your needs.
The TM-U220II delivers print speeds of up to 6 lines per second, providing fast and consistent performance to handle peak business periods. This speed ensures efficient order processing and receipt generation without slowing down your operations.
The printer supports 95 alphanumeric characters, 37 international characters, and 128 x 8 graphic capabilities, with optional Japanese or Taiwanese Kanji support available as a factory option. Multiple print fonts (9 x 17 / 12 x 24 for receipts, 5 x 9 / 7 x 9 for slips, and 5 x 7 for endorsements) provide versatile formatting options for different document types.
The Epson TM-C3500 features both USB 2.0 and Ethernet connectivity options, enabling flexible integration into your warehouse management system or network infrastructure. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore compatible cables and network configurations for your deployment.
Yes, the Epson C35MD004 labels are designed for the Epson TM-C3500, which is engineered for on-demand, just-in-time color label printing. The combination of fast 4 inches per second print speed and high-quality output makes these labels ideal for dynamic warehouse and logistics labeling needs. Contact us today to discuss your specific application requirements.
The Epson TM-C3500 supports a comprehensive range of 1D and 2D barcode symbologies including UPC-A, UPC-E, Code128, Code39, QR Code, PDF417, DataMatrix, Aztec, and many others. These capabilities make it ideal for warehouses and logistics operations that require versatile color label printing with integrated barcode functionality. Contact us today to discuss your specific barcode labeling requirements.
Yes, the Epson C35CD002 synthetic labels are designed for barcode applications and are compatible with the Epson TM-C3500, which supports multiple barcode symbologies including UPC, Code128, QR Code, and DataMatrix. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to order these labels and discuss your specific barcode labeling requirements.
We offer the Epson ERC-23B ribbon packaged 10 per box, which is ideal for businesses that need consistent ribbon supply without frequent reordering. Available from us in bulk quantities, this packaging reduces downtime and ensures you always have replacement ribbons on hand. Contact us today to discuss volume pricing and delivery options for your warehouse or retail operation.
Installation procedures for the Epson C13S020564 cartridge are not detailed in the available product specifications. For step-by-step installation instructions, we recommend consulting your ColorWorks C831 user manual or contacting us today—our team can provide guidance on cartridge installation and printer maintenance.
The Epson ColorWorks C831 operates reliably in temperatures between 5°C and 45°C and humidity levels of 10% to 90%. These specifications ensure the printer and its cartridges perform consistently in typical warehouse and logistics facility environments. For installations in extreme conditions or high-volume scenarios, we recommend consulting with our team to ensure optimal setup. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for environment-specific guidance.
Epson ink cartridges should be disposed of according to local environmental regulations and e-waste guidelines. Many retailers and manufacturers, including Epson, offer cartridge recycling programs. Contact us today for guidance on proper disposal options and to learn about our commitment to sustainable AIDC supply practices.
We offer the Epson S041586 copier paper as part of our comprehensive range of printing supplies and AIDC solutions. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this product and explore our full selection of Epson printing materials.
The Elo 1517L includes a VGA video interface for display connectivity and offers both RS232 Serial and USB touch controller interfaces for flexible system integration. The monitor comes with a VGA cable, USB cable, and power cable in the box, ready for installation. Contact us today if you have specific connectivity requirements for your deployment.
The Elo E428656 comes with 8GB to 16GB DDR5 memory that is expandable to 32GB, and storage options of 128GB or 256GB M.2 PCIe NVMe SSD. These configurations support demanding retail applications and multitasking workloads in POS and self-service environments.
The Elo I-Series 3 features an IP54 rating for dust and splash resistance, making it suitable for various retail and hospitality environments. The fanless technology combined with this durability rating ensures reliable performance in demanding settings without the maintenance concerns of traditional fan-cooled systems. Contact us today to discuss deployment environments and protective mounting options available from us.
The Elo 0764L includes VESA mount with flush mount brackets, providing flexible installation options for your application. The compact form factor (6.94" x 4.72" x 1.25") and lightweight design (1.47 lbs) make it easy to integrate into kiosks, industrial controls, and embedded systems. Contact us today for mounting accessories and integration support.
We offer the Elo E297107 touchscreen as part of our comprehensive selection of Elo touch solutions. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss which touchscreen model best fits your warehouse, retail, or logistics operation.
The Elo 1523L is backed by a three-year standard warranty, reflecting Elo's commitment to quality and reliability. We offer this touchscreen monitor through our team at Barcodes Inc, and the package includes a quick install guide, user manual on CD, and all necessary cables and accessories for immediate deployment.
The Elo 1302L is equipped with dual built-in speakers for integrated audio output and is backed by a comprehensive three-year warranty. This warranty coverage reflects Elo's confidence in the durability and reliability of this commercial-grade touchscreen monitor. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty details and support options.
The Elo 0764L can be powered via USB-C or through an optional external power adapter (not included). This flexibility allows you to choose the power solution that best fits your kiosk, HMI system, or embedded application requirements. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your specific power needs and available options.
Yes, the Panasonic PG-UNMRBSM23Y's Bluetooth connectivity and support for both 1D and 2D barcodes make it adaptable across multiple devices and barcode formats commonly found in warehouse operations. Its wireless design allows seamless movement between different work areas and integration with various mobile platforms. Contact us today to discuss how this scanner fits your specific warehouse workflow.
The FZ-G1U2700VM includes a 2MP front-facing camera and an 8MP rear camera with autofocus and LED flash capabilities. These integrated cameras support mobile documentation and video conferencing for field-based workers.
The Stingray 4 is Panasonic's newest high-performance terminal, forged from decades of point-of-sale experience with enhanced component flexibility and a more compact design. It adapts to the needs of your business through modular display options, multiple processor configurations, and integrated payment processing capabilities. We offer the Stingray 4 as the latest evolution in Panasonic's proven POS terminal lineup.
The WV-S8543LG saves alarm logs, manual recording logs, and FTP error logs to an SD memory card, with all logs viewable and downloadable through the browser GUI. Users can also perform playback and download image data directly through the log interface for audit and compliance purposes.
The TH-55CQE1W operates reliably in environments with temperatures ranging from 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). This temperature range supports deployment in climate-controlled retail, warehouse, and commercial spaces. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for guidance on your specific installation environment.
We offer a 3-year Premier Deployment service package (CF-SVCPDEP3Y), 3-year No Return of Defective Drive coverage (FZ-SVC512SSD3Y), and 3-year Protection Plus Warranty (FZ-SVCTPNF3YR) to ensure comprehensive coverage throughout the device lifecycle. Contact us today to discuss the support plan that best fits your deployment needs.
The WV-NW502S features full duplex bi-directional audio, allowing interactive communication between the camera site and the monitoring site. The camera includes both microphone input (supporting plug-in power type microphones) and audio output via 3.5mm connectors, enabling two-way voice communication for enhanced situational awareness.
Yes, the UDM-PRO integrates with the UniFi Network Controller, which supports multi-site management allowing a single controller to manage multiple distributed deployments and provide multi-tenancy for managed service providers. It also includes Ubiquiti's proprietary Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) engine with application identification signatures for bandwidth tracking and detailed analytics. We offer complete UniFi ecosystem solutions—contact us today to discuss your network management requirements.
With its 360° pan, 30× optical zoom, and AI-powered person and vehicle detection, the UniFi AI PTZ Industrial is engineered for wide-area surveillance across expansive environments like distribution centers and transportation facilities. Its industrial-grade, weather-resistant design combined with PoE++ power and UniFi Protect integration enables reliable, scalable monitoring for logistics and warehouse operations without manual intervention.
Yes, the UVC-G6-BULLET-B integrates with Ubiquiti's ecosystem and can be managed through compatible UniFi platforms. For specific integration requirements and system compatibility details with your existing infrastructure, contact us today and our team will help ensure seamless deployment.
The UVC-AI-PTZ-B delivers 4K video resolution with H.264 compression, providing clear, detailed footage for security monitoring and AI-powered analytics. The advanced compression ensures efficient bandwidth usage while maintaining image quality for identification and documentation purposes in logistics operations. Available from us with full technical support and integration assistance.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks UA-CARD-W-10 security cards as part of our comprehensive AIDC and security equipment inventory. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to order your cards and discuss integration with your UniFi system.
We offer the Ubiquiti Networks NSM5(US) as part of our comprehensive AIDC and networking product portfolio. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to speak with our team about your specific networking requirements and deployment needs.
The UACC-OM-SM-10G-S-2 provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity, delivering 10x the throughput of standard 1 Gbps modules. When deployed in Ubiquiti's aggregation switches with multiple SFP+ ports, this enables high-bandwidth links ideal for core network aggregation and connecting to servers or storage systems requiring fast interconnect speeds. Contact us today to discuss how 10GbE transceiver modules can optimize your network architecture.
Yes, the AM-M-V5G-Ti is designed for outdoor deployment with performance capabilities exceeding 50km range (antenna dependent). Its sector antenna design, high gain, and dual-polarity MIMO configuration make it well-suited for long-distance point-to-multipoint wireless network architectures.
The AM-5G16-120 is a 2x2 MIMO dual-polarity sector antenna that provides directional coverage optimized for BaseStation deployments. Its sector pattern is designed to deliver focused coverage across a defined service area while minimizing interference outside the coverage zone.
The AF11-COMPLETE-LB includes 1 x Network (RJ-45) Gigabit Ethernet port for connectivity. This interface supports both data transmission and PoE power delivery, enabling flexible deployment options in your wireless network infrastructure.
Yes, the G6 Bullet includes an integrated microphone for audio capture, allowing you to record audio alongside video for comprehensive surveillance documentation. Contact us today to discuss audio integration options with your UniFi Protect system.
The SLP-TX223CG is a thermal transfer printer perfect for a range of applications including wrist bands, order labels, and barcode labels. Its 2-inch print width and 203 dpi resolution make it suitable for various label formats commonly used in warehouse, logistics, and retail operations.
Yes, the SRP-S300 includes a built-in voice error notification system that alerts users of immediate issues, combined with BIXOLON's signature anti-jam technology. It also features multiple sensors for paper end, paper near end, black mark detection, and cover open alerts. These features minimize downtime and keep your labeling operations running smoothly—visit barcodesinc.com to order yours today.
The XM7-40IKL is constructed with industrial-grade durability and features specifically designed for the most demanding indoor and outdoor commercial applications in the postal, warehousing, and healthcare sectors. Its robust design and connectivity options make it ideal for these mission-critical environments. Contact us today to learn how we can support your specific industry needs.
The XM7-40IWKL is engineered for demanding indoor and outdoor commercial applications in the postal, warehousing, and healthcare sectors. Its industrial-grade durability and robust connectivity options make it suitable for field labor and high-volume labeling environments. Available from us for immediate deployment in your operations.
Yes, the XM7-40WK is constructed with industrial-grade durability and features designed for the most demanding indoor and outdoor commercial applications in postal, warehousing, and healthcare sectors. Its robust design makes it well-suited for challenging field labor conditions. Contact us today to learn more about availability and deployment options for your warehouse operations.
The XM7-40WKL is constructed with industrial-grade durability and is designed for the most demanding indoor and outdoor commercial applications in postal, warehousing, and healthcare sectors. Its robust construction makes it suitable for field labor in varied environmental conditions. We offer this printer to support operations that require dependable performance across diverse work environments.
The Getac B360 Gen 2 comes standard with a user-swappable 256GB PCIe NVMe SSD for main storage, and supports an optional secondary SATA SSD for expanded capacity. Both storage drives are removable, allowing IT teams to quickly swap drives for maintenance or upgrades without sending the laptop back for service. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore storage configuration options that match your warehouse data management needs.
We offer a 3-Year B2B Warranty on the Getac V110 Gen 7 to protect your investment in rugged computing hardware. Contact us today for information about extended warranty options and our comprehensive technical support services available from barcodesinc.com.
The V110 Gen 7 ships with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 and 16GB of RAM, providing a robust platform for enterprise applications and multitasking. This configuration supports demanding warehouse management systems and logistics software commonly used in supply chain operations.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 pre-installed and includes a Windows Hello webcam for biometric facial recognition authentication. This combination provides both modern operating system features and enterprise-grade security for sensitive warehouse and logistics operations available from us.
Yes, the Getac V110 Gen 7 is purpose-built as a rugged laptop designed to withstand demanding warehouse and field environments with its durable construction and environmental resilience. Features like the hard handle, backlit membrane keyboard, and sunlight-readable display are engineered for logistics professionals who need reliable performance in challenging conditions. We offer the V110 Gen 7 specifically for organizations requiring industrial-grade mobile computing solutions.
The V110 Gen 7 ships with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 and includes a 3-year B2B warranty for enterprise-grade protection. Available from us with comprehensive support and service options—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for warranty details and enterprise purchasing options.
The V110 Gen 7 ships with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 operating system and includes 16GB RAM for multitasking capabilities. Input options include a membrane backlit keyboard (Canadian French layout available), hard tip stylus for touchscreen interaction, and an integrated barcode reader—making it well-suited for logistics and warehouse scanning applications.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 comes equipped with a built-in barcode reader, making it ready for warehouse management, inventory tracking, and logistics applications out of the box. The combination of the barcode reader, dedicated GPS, and rugged design makes it an excellent choice for supply chain operations. We offer this model fully configured for barcode scanning workflows—contact us today to discuss your specific requirements.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 comes with a 3-Year B2B Warranty covering hardware defects and failures. We offer comprehensive support options through our team at Barcodes Inc—contact us today to discuss extended warranty, on-site support, or maintenance plans tailored to your operational needs.
Yes, the V110 Gen 7 runs Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 and includes Windows Hello facial recognition via an integrated webcam for secure, passwordless authentication. This combination of enterprise-grade operating system and biometric security makes it suitable for IT procurement in regulated industries requiring strong security standards.
The Getac V110 Gen 7 ships with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 and includes a 3-Year B2B Warranty for business continuity and support. Contact us today to learn more about extended warranty options and enterprise deployment support available from Barcodes Inc.
The S410-G5 comes standard with a membrane backlit keyboard, Windows Hello webcam, Thunderbolt 4 connectivity, and a US power cord, along with Microsoft Windows 11 Pro x64 pre-installed. We offer this rugged laptop with a 3-year limited warranty to protect your investment. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com for current pricing and available configurations.
Yes, the S410-G5 features a membrane backlit keyboard with a smart card reader, and we offer it with a Canada Keyboard (Canadian French) configuration as well as standard US layouts. The backlit design enables operation in low-light field environments. Available from us with multiple keyboard and language options to support your regional requirements.
Yes, the Getac V110 Gen 7 offers optional LTE-Advanced connectivity, allowing you to maintain connectivity in remote locations without relying on Wi-Fi networks. We offer this configuration to support logistics and field teams that require reliable cellular connectivity for mission-critical applications.
Yes, this model includes a Full HD LCD touchscreen with stylus support, enabling intuitive interaction for warehouse scanning, inventory management, and data entry tasks. The touchscreen combined with the 1,400-nit brightness ensures reliable operation whether you're working indoors or in bright outdoor loading areas. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure your system with the exact input options your team needs.
The V120 is built to MIL-STD-810H and IP66 standards with 4-foot drop resistance, making it field-proven for harsh warehouse, manufacturing, and outdoor environments. It operates reliably from -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C) and resists dust, moisture, and saltwater exposure with optional salt fog certification for coastal or chemical-heavy operations. This rugged construction ensures your investment withstands demanding logistics and public safety applications for years.
The V120 is available with Intel Core Ultra 5 or Ultra 7 processors (up to 5.3GHz Turbo Boost) paired with Intel AI Boost technology for AI-ready computing. Memory configurations start at 8GB DDR5 and scale up to 64GB for data-intensive applications, while storage ranges from 256GB to 2TB PCIe NVMe SSD. These specifications deliver the performance needed for complex logistics software, real-time data processing, and field analytics. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore processor and memory configurations that match your operational demands.
The V120 is certified to MIL-STD-810H and IP66 standards with 4-foot drop resistance and operates reliably in temperatures ranging from -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C), making it suitable for cold storage facilities, outdoor logistics operations, and extreme weather conditions. Optional salt fog certification provides additional protection for coastal or corrosive environments. We offer the V120 configured for your specific environmental requirements—contact us today to discuss your application.
The V120 operates reliably across -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C) and is certified for MIL-STD-810H, MIL-STD-461G, and IP66 sealing with optional salt fog certification for coastal environments. Its LumiBond display remains readable in direct sunlight at 1,000 nits brightness, and the glove-friendly touchscreen works in cold weather—making it suitable for outdoor logistics, utilities, and public safety applications. We can configure your V120 with salt fog certification if your operations require it.
The Getac V120 operates reliably in extreme temperatures ranging from -20°F to 145°F (-29°C to 63°C), making it suitable for cold storage facilities, outdoor operations, and hot climates. It holds MIL-STD-810H and IP66 certifications with optional salt fog certification, ensuring durability against moisture, dust, vibration, and corrosive environments common in manufacturing and utilities. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about environment-specific configurations we offer for your industry.
The V120 is equipped with Intel Core Ultra 5 or Ultra 7 processors featuring Intel AI Boost technology, capable of reaching 5.3GHz Turbo Boost for demanding workloads. Memory configurations range from 8GB DDR5 standard up to 64GB optional capacity, with storage options from 256GB up to 2TB PCIe NVMe SSD, supporting AI-ready computing for field analytics and real-time decision-making. Contact us today to discuss processor and memory configurations for your specific application needs.
Yes, the V120 includes an optional integrated 1D/2D laser barcode reader specifically designed for logistics and inventory applications, allowing seamless scanning without external devices. The reader integrates directly into the rugged chassis and works with the optional Windows Hello camera and rear 13MP camera for comprehensive mobile data capture. Visit barcodesinc.com to configure your V120 with barcode scanning and other I/O options tailored to your warehouse management system requirements.
The Getac V120 features LifeSupport swappable dual 4070mAh Li-ion batteries that can be hot-swapped in the field without shutting down the system, enabling continuous operation during long shifts. Optional high-capacity battery packs are available for extended deployments, and the dual-battery design means you can rotate fresh batteries while others charge. This design is particularly valuable for warehouse and logistics operations where downtime is costly.
The Getac UX10 Gen3 is configured with 16GB RAM and a 256GB PCIe SSD, providing ample memory and fast storage for running multiple warehouse management applications simultaneously. This configuration supports demanding data-intensive tasks required in transportation, logistics, and manufacturing operations without performance degradation.
Yes, the UX10 G5 supports versatile docking solutions through its Thunderbolt™ 4 connectivity, allowing integration with existing enterprise peripherals and infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss compatible docking stations and accessories available from our team to optimize your deployment.
We offer a comprehensive 3-Year B2B Warranty (Bumper-to-Bumper coverage) on the Getac UX10 G5, ensuring minimal downtime for your warehouse operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty options, extended support plans, and device management solutions tailored to your logistics team's needs.
The Getac V120 is powered by Intel Core Ultra 5 and Ultra 7 processors with Intel AI Boost technology, enabling AI-ready computing for advanced analytics and machine learning applications in logistics and field operations. Processors reach up to 5.3GHz Turbo Boost with configurable RAM up to 64GB and storage up to 2TB, providing the performance needed for demanding warehouse management software. Contact us today to discuss processor configurations that support your AI-driven operational needs.
The Getac S510 includes Windows Hello webcam authentication and enhanced enterprise security with multifactor authentication capabilities, protecting sensitive warehouse and logistics data from unauthorized access. These security features comply with modern IT procurement standards for mobile computing devices in regulated industries. Contact us today to discuss security requirements for your deployment.
The Honeywell Vuquest 3320g is specifically engineered for retail environments with its compact design, aggressive scanning capabilities across all barcode formats, and hands-free functionality. We offer the 3320G as a complete solution that combines portability with multi-format scanning power—contact us today to discuss how it fits your specific retail or warehouse needs.
Yes, the Avery-Dennison M09416XL includes a peel facility, allowing labels to be automatically peeled from the roll during printing. This feature increases efficiency in fast-paced warehouse and shipping environments by reducing manual label handling. Contact us today to learn more about how this feature can streamline your labeling process.
The ZD621 operates at a standard resolution of 203 dpi with a maximum print speed of 8 inches per second, and supports an optional 300 dpi resolution for higher-quality applications. The printer features a maximum print width of 4.09 inches at 203 dpi and 4.27 inches at 300 dpi, with a maximum label length of 39 inches, making it suitable for a wide variety of barcode and label applications across retail, healthcare, logistics, and manufacturing.
SOTI MobiControl is designed as an enterprise mobility management solution that handles the full device lifecycle from deployment to retirement across multiple operating systems and vendors. Its centralized management approach eliminates enterprise complexity by applying consistent policies across diverse endpoints while providing mission-critical content safeguarding through configurable administration and real-time monitoring capabilities. Contact us today to learn how we can support your enterprise mobility management needs.
The SATO CL4NX Plus is designed with user productivity in mind, featuring industry-leading ease of use, on-board industry emulations, and intelligent processing capabilities that set a new standard in the barcode printer market. It incorporates Smart Printhead technology to enhance reliability and performance. We offer the WWCLP3001 as a complete solution for organizations seeking advanced industrial printing with minimal operational complexity.
The MB241T supports various label sizes and media types with a label roll capacity of 8 inches outer diameter and ribbon widths from 1.6 to 4.3 inches. It also accommodates ribbon lengths up to 450 meters, making it efficient for high-volume printing operations. Contact us today to discuss your specific media requirements.
We offer extended warranty plans that include toll-free technical support, live chat support, total parts and labor replacement, and fast turnaround on printer repairs—all handled in-house by our factory-trained technical support team. We also provide printer loaner coverage plans that ensure you receive a loaner printer if your unit needs repair, so your card printing operations can continue uninterrupted. Contact us today to add a coverage plan that fits your needs.
The ZT610 operates between 40°F to 104°F when using thermal transfer printing, and 32°F to 104°F when using direct thermal printing. This temperature range supports operation in most standard warehouse and manufacturing environments. Our team can help you assess whether the ZT610 meets the environmental conditions of your facility.
The SpectraLink KBL844000 operates reliably in temperatures ranging from 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) and can be stored in temperatures from -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). This wide temperature range ensures durability and performance across diverse industrial and commercial environments.
The HF680 enhances productivity and performance across a variety of settings including manufacturing facilities, medical treatment and healthcare facilities, and retail point-of-sale environments. Its rugged and durable design makes it suitable for diverse industrial and commercial applications. Contact us today to discuss which solution best fits your specific operational needs.
The WhereTag IV is compliant with both the ISO/IEC 24730-2 RTLS standard and Cisco Compatible Extensions (CCX) for 802.11 asset tags. This dual compliance enables enterprise-wide tracking of assets, personnel, and work-in-progress transactions across industrial, outdoor, and front office environments. Contact us today at 1-833-299-1662 to discuss which configuration best fits your asset visibility needs.
The Zebra LB2-BABY-P ComfyCuff wristbands feature a soft padded cuff material designed to provide comfort and reduce irritation during long-term wear in patient care environments. The soft material construction ensures durability while maintaining patient comfort and reliable barcode scanning capability.
By printing cards on demand, the ZC10L eliminates the need to pre-order and inventory partially pre-printed cards for various access levels. This reduces waste from unused leftover stock and the risk of running out of specific card designs if attendance changes. We also offer synced ribbon and card kits (400 cards with matching ribbon rolls) that exhaust simultaneously, eliminating leftover mismatched supplies.
Yes, we offer complimentary industry-preferred software tools with the DS4608 as part of Zebra DNA, including 123Scan for simplified deployment, Advanced Data Formatting for creating custom scanning rules, and Remote Diagnostics for fleet-wide monitoring and troubleshooting. These tools provide visibility, increase uptime, and enable data-driven decision-making across your enterprise.
We offer Zebra StatBand RFID wristbands as part of our comprehensive selection of RFID solutions and healthcare identification products. Contact us today at 1-833-299-1662 or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order and discuss your patient identification needs with our team.
The Zebra P120i delivers 300 dpi (11.8 dots/mm) print resolution, providing clear, professional-quality output for text, graphics, and barcodes on your ID cards. Combined with 16MB of image memory, this resolution ensures sharp, detailed card designs.
Yes, HPE Aruba switches support stacking with up to 10 members per stack and stacking bandwidth of 200 Gbps, allowing you to scale your network infrastructure without adding separate management overhead. Stacking distances can extend up to 10 kilometers when using long-range transceivers, making it ideal for multi-location warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss stacking configurations that fit your network growth plans.
HPE Aruba switches are designed to operate in standard data center environments with temperature ranges typically between 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating for higher altitudes. This makes the JL632A suitable for most warehouse and logistics facility environments. We offer complete technical specifications and environmental compliance documentation—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed environmental operating parameters.
The HPE Aruba 8400X is designed for seamless integration into enterprise networks supporting standard Ethernet protocols, SFP+ transceiver compatibility, and industry-standard management interfaces. Its advanced modular architecture allows flexible configuration to match your specific connectivity needs for servers, storage, and edge devices. We offer professional integration services and can help ensure compatibility with your existing infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a consultation.
The HPE Aruba 2930M 40G combines high-speed 40G connectivity with integrated Power-over-Ethernet, making it an excellent choice for enterprise environments requiring reliable, scalable network infrastructure. Its design supports the demanding connectivity needs of modern warehouses and logistics operations integrating AIDC technologies. Available from us with full technical support—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn how this switch fits your network architecture.
We offer the HPE Aruba R1Q04B as part of our comprehensive selection of network management devices and wireless infrastructure solutions. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your network management needs and get pricing for this Central-Ready AirWave Appliance.
When ordering the JW148A, verify that your Aruba switches support SFP+ modules and have available ports, confirm your fiber infrastructure uses single-mode cabling compatible with 1310nm wavelengths, and ensure your network topology requires the extended-range capabilities of a ZR optic. We can help you assess your requirements and provide compatible networking components. Contact us today to discuss your specific network needs and get a complete solution from Barcodes Inc.
Yes, the HPE Aruba 7210 K-12 EDU Bundle is specifically designed for educational deployments with 256 licenses and comprehensive support included. This configuration addresses the unique networking needs of schools, including high-density student device connectivity, guest network management, and application visibility through Aruba's AppRF technology. We offer this bundle with full technical support tailored to educational IT teams.
Yes, we offer the HPE Aruba JD188A RPS cable available for individual purchase as a replacement or spare component. Whether you need a single cable or bulk quantities for your network infrastructure, our team can assist with fast delivery and competitive pricing. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to place your order.
Our remanufactured HPE Aruba J9993AR modules come with quality assurance testing and support options to ensure reliability in your network. We work with HPE Aruba service partners to provide service-level descriptions and support in your area. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty options and service coverage that fits your business requirements.
We offer the HPE Aruba JD175A and other Aruba data networking components as a leading AIDC distributor. Our team provides expert support for HPE Aruba products, including installation guidance and compatibility verification. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this cable or discuss your complete networking infrastructure needs.
When ordering the JC156A, consider your network layout, required cable length, and the specific Aruba devices you're connecting. The 2-meter length works well for standard rack-to-device connections in warehouses and distribution centers. Our team can help you determine the correct quantity and specifications needed for your deployment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for assistance.
Yes, the JG263A is suitable for warehouse and logistics network infrastructure where Aruba switches and routers are deployed for RFID, barcode scanning, and mobile device connectivity. The cable's compact design and multiple RJ-45 ports make it practical for consolidating connections in busy network environments. Contact us today to discuss your data networking requirements and cable solutions.
Aruba switches equipped with the JL275A support comprehensive management through multiple platforms including Intelligent Management Center (IMC), AirWave Network Management, command-line interface, and SNMP monitoring. These management tools provide real-time visibility into transceiver performance, link status, and network health. Contact us today to discuss management solutions that integrate with your existing network infrastructure.
BiDi technology in the JL251A enables full-duplex communication over a single multimode fiber strand instead of requiring two separate fibers, reducing fiber infrastructure costs and simplifying cable management in high-density deployments. This is particularly valuable in warehouse and logistics environments where fiber runs are extensive and space constraints exist. We offer the JL251A as a cost-effective solution for scaling your network infrastructure efficiently—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment recommendations.
The JL306A is an HPE Aruba-specific transceiver module optimized for Aruba switching platforms. While some third-party switches may support generic QSFP+ modules, we recommend verifying compatibility with your equipment manufacturer before purchase. Contact us today—our team can help identify the correct transceiver for your specific networking infrastructure.
The JL293A is a 25G SFP28 module designed for modern high-speed networks and is not backward compatible with older 10G SFP+ or 1G SFP ports due to different form factors and speeds. If you're upgrading from legacy infrastructure, we recommend assessing your switch capabilities to ensure SFP28 port support. Our team can help you plan a network upgrade that maximizes performance—contact us today for guidance.
We offer the HPE Aruba JY791A (Aruba MM-HW-1K Mobile Master 1000) with comprehensive technical support and professional services. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your wireless management requirements and explore our available HPE Aruba networking solutions.
When installing the JL286A, ensure your switch has available QSFP+ ports, verify fiber cable compatibility with LC connectors, and confirm the single-mode fiber infrastructure supports 40G transmission speeds. Proper fiber cleanliness and connector alignment are critical for optimal performance over the 2-kilometer distance. Our team at Barcodes Inc can assist with installation planning and compatibility assessment—contact us today.
Yes, Aruba mobility management systems support a wide range of USB modems and printers, including Novatel, Kyocera, and HP devices, as well as USB storage options for expanded functionality. Compatibility varies by device and firmware configuration, with a comprehensive supported device list available from Aruba. We can help you identify compatible USB peripherals for your deployment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
Aruba networking platforms support a range of tested and compatible USB devices including modems, printers, and storage devices for extended functionality. Compatible devices include USB modems like Novatel U727 and Kyocera KPC680, plus various HP and Lexmark printers for network operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a complete list of validated USB device compatibility for your specific model.
The Aruba MM-VA-50 supports up to 1TB of maximum storage with compatibility for Ext2/Ext3, FAT16, and FAT32 filesystems for flexible data management. This storage capacity enables comprehensive logging and configuration backup for your mobility management platform. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss storage requirements for your deployment.
The Mobility Master integrates with Aruba access points, controllers, and switches through standard Ethernet connectivity and supports multiple management protocols including SNMP. It works alongside Aruba 5400R ZL2 switches and 7200 Series controllers to create a unified network management ecosystem. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss integration with your current infrastructure.
The Aruba MM-VA-5K is designed for enterprise-scale deployments, providing centralized management for distributed wireless networks across multiple locations and access points. It scales to support complex network architectures while maintaining performance and security standards. We offer the expertise to help you design and deploy Aruba solutions tailored to your enterprise requirements—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The Aruba MC-VA-10 is designed as a Virtual Mobile Controller (VMC) for branch gateway deployments, supporting mobile edge architecture and wireless connectivity management in distributed network environments. It's ideal for organizations requiring centralized mobility management across multiple branch locations. We offer this solution as part of our complete Aruba networking portfolio—visit barcodesinc.com to explore how it fits your infrastructure needs.
Yes, the HPE Aruba MC-VA-10 VMC FIPS/TAA E-LTU is designed for enterprise networking environments and branch deployments, offering FIPS compliance and TAA certification for government and regulated industry use. Contact us today to discuss how this device fits your specific network architecture and deployment requirements.
The Aruba IAP-277 (JW263A) meets both FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) and TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliance requirements. These certifications ensure the device meets U.S. government security and procurement standards. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed compliance documentation and to confirm compatibility with your organization's security policies.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JG739A supports standard Ethernet connectivity with RJ-45 ports and optional SFP+ transceiver slots for fiber uplinks, enabling seamless integration with existing enterprise networks. The device supports IPv4 and IPv6 routing with comprehensive ACL capabilities, making it compatible with modern network architectures and security requirements. We can help you integrate this device into your current infrastructure—contact us today for compatibility assessment and deployment planning.
The HPE Aruba 580 Series includes a lifetime hardware warranty with advanced replaceable modules, ensuring long-term reliability for your investment. We offer complete support and can help you with deployment, configuration, and ongoing technical assistance—contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss warranty details and support options tailored to your warehouse or logistics environment.
The HPE Aruba S0H10A operates reliably in temperatures from 0°C to 50°C with humidity levels between 5–95% RH, making it suitable for diverse indoor and outdoor campus environments. The compact form factor (260×260×57 mm) and 1.53 kg weight enable flexible mounting options, while certifications including Wi-Fi Alliance, CE, FCC/ISED, UL2043, and IEC 62368-1 ensure compliance with global standards. Contact us today for guidance on environmental placement and installation.
We offer the 560 Series in two antenna configurations: internal omnidirectional or integrated directional antenna models. The directional antenna option (AP-567 RW) provides focused coverage for specific areas, while the omnidirectional option delivers 360-degree coverage, allowing you to choose based on your deployment topology.
The JH169A integrates with HPE Aruba's management ecosystem, including AirWave Network Management, IMC (Intelligent Management Center), command-line interface, and SNMP manager support for comprehensive monitoring and configuration. These tools allow you to manage WAN circuits, monitor performance metrics, and troubleshoot connectivity issues from a centralized platform. Contact us today to learn more about management options available from us.
The HPE Aruba JG741A is positioned as a compact, modular switching solution with 8 BASE-T ports and HMIM support, making it lighter and more flexible than larger Aruba switch series like the 5400R or 6100 models which offer 24-48+ ports. The JG741A's combo port design provides cost-effective scalability for smaller deployments or branch locations requiring efficient port density. We offer the full range of Aruba switching solutions—contact us today to find the right fit for your network requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH238A is specifically designed as a modular HMIM component for the MSR router platform, offering flexibility for enterprises requiring scalable network architecture with Layer 2-3 switching capabilities. Unlike fixed-configuration switches, this module-based approach allows you to customize port configurations and capabilities based on your specific networking needs. We offer the full range of HPE Aruba products to help you build the right network infrastructure—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a solution assessment.
The HPE Aruba JH193A operates reliably in standard enterprise environments with operating temperatures between 0°C to 55°C (32°F to 131°F) and relative humidity from 15% to 95% non-condensing. These specifications make the switch suitable for climate-controlled server rooms and network closets typical in warehouse and logistics facilities. We offer HPE Aruba networking equipment backed by comprehensive support—contact us today to ensure proper environmental setup for your deployment.
The JH191A is part of HPE Aruba's 2930F and 6100 series families, which offer PoE+ variants for powering network devices like access points and IP phones. We recommend reviewing the specific model variant you need, as PoE availability depends on the exact configuration selected. Contact us today to determine the right PoE-capable model for your deployment requirements.
HPE Aruba switches typically operate in temperature ranges from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) with 15% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity, ensuring reliable performance in standard data center environments. The modular design of systems using the JH172A allows for flexible deployment in various network infrastructure settings. Contact us today to discuss environmental requirements for your specific installation.
We offer the HPE Aruba JH198A as part of our complete AIDC and networking solutions portfolio. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team directly to discuss your network infrastructure needs, pricing, and deployment options for this enterprise-class wireless router.
HPE Aruba's current generation switches deliver improved performance, higher port density, and enhanced management capabilities compared to earlier models like the Aruba 2920 series. The newer platforms offer better throughput, lower latency, and support for modern network protocols required in today's supply chain and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss upgrade paths and compatibility with your existing Aruba infrastructure.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JH297A integrates seamlessly into existing networks with its 4 Gigabit Ethernet network ports and 1 broadband port, supporting standard network protocols and management interfaces. The router's VPN capability and multiple connectivity options make it compatible with various AIDC devices, warehouse management systems, and IT infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss integration requirements and ensure compatibility with your current systems.
In warehouse and logistics environments, the JG445A enables integration of legacy barcode scanners, label printers, and mobile computers that require serial connections to modern HPE Aruba routing infrastructure. The module's 16 serial ports support multiple AIDC (Automatic Identification and Data Capture) devices simultaneously, ensuring reliable connectivity for inventory management and supply chain operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how we can integrate this module into your warehouse network infrastructure.
HPE Aruba networking modules are engineered for standard data center and network closet environments with operating temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at altitudes up to 5,000 feet. The JD557A's rugged design ensures reliable serial connectivity in typical enterprise networking deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for detailed specifications on environmental ratings and installation requirements.
Yes, we offer the HPE Aruba JG737A as part of our complete inventory of Aruba networking components and modules. As a leading AIDC and networking distributor, we stock HPE Aruba products and can provide competitive pricing, technical support, and rapid delivery. Visit barcodesinc.com today or contact our sales team to place your order and discuss your branch gateway expansion needs.
The Datalogic 95A901800 supports remote management through diagnostic reporting and is compliant with WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) standards, enabling IT teams to monitor and manage scanners across distributed warehouse locations. It works with industry-standard ERP management solutions and supports host download functionality, allowing centralized configuration updates and troubleshooting without manual intervention at each scanning station. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate remote management into your logistics infrastructure.
Yes, the DS2400N features updateable and programmable software, allowing you to adapt the scanner to changing warehouse requirements without hardware replacement. This flexibility is particularly valuable for operations that need to modify decoding parameters or add new barcode formats over time. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our technical support and programming services.
We include several essential accessories with the Memor 11: a single-slot dock, power supply, rubber boot for protection, and an attachable scan trigger handle for ergonomic scanning. The device comes with a 1-Year Factory Warranty and is supported by Datalogic's configuration tools including DXU for device setup and firmware upgrades. Contact us today for information about additional accessories, extended warranties, or service contracts available from us.
The PM9500 is equipped with Datalogic's proprietary STAR Cordless System, a new generation narrow-band radio communication technology developed specifically for handheld scanner applications. This system maximizes efficiency, reliability, and radio range while providing versatile and easy-to-use wireless connectivity. Contact us today to learn how we can integrate this solution into your operation.
The Memor 20 features a high-performance 2D imager for capturing both 1D and 2D barcodes, making it suitable for diverse warehouse, logistics, and field service applications. The imager is integrated into the compact design without compromising the device's slim profile or touchscreen functionality.
The SH21 Blackline comes equipped with 32GB of storage using CFAST/SDHC technology, providing ample capacity for industrial applications, data logging, and local processing requirements. This storage configuration supports efficient operation with Windows Embedded Standard 7 or Windows 10 IoT Enterprise operating systems.
The Magellan 9550i delivers 45% faster 1D and 2D barcode scanning compared to previous-generation Magellan bi-optic scanners, enhancing checkout speed and efficiency. Combined with its low 2.6W power consumption and support for advanced digital link standards, it provides next-generation performance while maintaining backward compatibility with legacy retail infrastructure available from us at Barcodes Inc.
The Magellan 9550i offers two scale configurations: a single interval scale with up to 15 kg (30 lb) capacity and 0.005 kg (0.010 lb) minimum increment, or a dual interval scale with a 0–6.0 kg range at 0.002 kg increments and a 6.0–15.0 kg range at 0.005 kg increments. Contact us today to determine which scale option best fits your retail environment.
Yes, the DSE0420 includes optional beeper and Datalogic's patented 'Green Spot' technology for visual confirmation of successful reads. These feedback options are particularly useful for inexperienced users to ensure barcodes have been successfully captured, and we offer these features as configurable options when you contact us today.
The DE2011-DL combines comprehensive 1D and 2D barcode decoding with robust environmental durability and enterprise-grade connectivity, making it ideal for high-volume logistics operations. Its undecoded engine architecture provides flexibility for custom application development, while features like integrated scale platter support and remote management capabilities streamline warehouse workflows. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore how we can integrate this scan engine into your distribution center operations.
Datalogic is a trusted manufacturer of industrial sensors and AIDC equipment with proven reliability in demanding logistics environments. Their fork sensors are built for durability, precision detection, and seamless integration with existing warehouse management systems. We offer Datalogic sensors with expert support and technical guidance—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your automation requirements.
Yes, the Datalogic 95B080750 is part of Datalogic's AMT/AST/ENC encoder family, designed for seamless integration with Datalogic's broader identification and automation product ecosystem. Its standard electrical and mechanical specifications align with Datalogic's modular automation architecture. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for compatibility verification with your specific Datalogic system configuration.
Datalogic decoders support flexible power options with AC input ranging from 100-240 VAC (50-60 Hz) or DC input from 5-12V depending on the model. Power consumption is typically low, ranging from approximately 9-17 watts for AC-powered models and under 400mA for DC-powered units, making them efficient for continuous warehouse operations. Contact us today to discuss the specific power requirements for your deployment.
The DSM0422-DL meets all necessary safety and regulatory approvals for its intended use, including compliance with China RoHS and EU RoHS environmental standards. The scanner is classified as IEC 60825 Class 2 for laser radiation safety. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us for a complete list of certifications and the Quick Reference Guide.
The Memor 20 features high-performance 1D/2D barcode scanning with a 2D imager, supporting linear barcodes, PDF417, and Data Matrix codes. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to learn more about the complete scanning specifications and how this device can integrate into your warehouse or logistics operations.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard modes), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports for USB host (x2), remote scale display, and EAS controller integration. It is compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on Windows and Linux platforms, with free configuration utilities and diagnostic tools available. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore integration options for your POS system.
Yes, Datalogic's RFID Vision Reader models with imaging capabilities support multiple barcode formats including 1D codes (Code 39, Code 128, EAN 128, Code 93, UPC/EAN/JAN, Codabar) and 2D codes (PDF417, DataMatrix, QR, and RSS codes), providing flexible data capture for your warehouse and retail applications. Contact us today to learn which configuration best fits your scanning requirements.
The DSM04XX series includes both standard megapixel (MP-DL) and wide-angle (MP-WA) models to accommodate different space and scanning requirements. The wide-angle model is particularly useful for embedded applications where space is at a premium, offering a broader field of view in a compact form factor. Both models are available in multiple interface options (USB, RS-232, RJ-45), allowing you to select the best configuration for your specific application needs.
Yes, the DSE0420 includes remote management capabilities with diagnostic reporting and is compliant with WMI (OPOS and JavaPOS) and MBeans (JavaPOS) standards. It supports host download functionality and works with IBM Director, Wavelink Avalanche, and other ERP management solutions commonly used in warehouse and logistics operations.
The scanner operates reliably in temperatures from 10–40°C (50–104°F) with humidity levels up to 95% non-condensing, making it suitable for standard retail environments. It includes 25kV ESD protection for durability in high-traffic areas and complies with China RoHS, EU RoHS, and REACH standards. The standard 1-year factory warranty covers manufacturing defects, with extended EASEOFCARE service plans available from us.
Yes, the scanner includes integrated loss prevention capabilities such as an All-Weighs scale platter that adds a top surface weighing area for large items, plus integrated EAS support for Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation. An optional 1 MP AI-ready camera enables advanced workflows like produce recognition and loss prevention monitoring. Contact us today to discuss loss prevention configurations that fit your retail security needs.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), plus auxiliary ports for USB host (x2), remote scale display, and EAS controller integration. It is compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on both Windows and Linux platforms, and includes free Aladdin configuration utility software for setup and updates. We offer complete technical support to ensure proper integration with your POS infrastructure.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple interfaces including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports for USB host (x2), remote scale display, and EAS controller integration. It's compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on Windows and Linux, and includes free Aladdin Configuration Utility and POS integration utilities for easy setup and remote management.
The DSM0452-DL stands out with its wide-angle megapixel imaging capability and flexible mounting options that allow installation from all sides at any angle, making it particularly valuable for space-constrained embedded applications. Unlike traditional laser scanners with fixed fields of view, the 2D imager technology provides better performance on damaged or low-contrast barcodes, and the compact form factor makes integration easier in confined spaces. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore how this scanner fits your specific application needs.
Yes, the Magellan 800i includes integrated EAS hardware compatible with Checkpoint Systems (Counterpoint IV-VII models) and Sensormatic systems for tag deactivation, plus optional image capture capabilities at 752 x 4 resolution. These advanced features help reduce shrinkage and enable flexible merchandise documentation. Contact us today to learn more about configuring these options for your operation.
The Magellan 9550i offers an optional in-bonnet USB color camera (1 MP, 1280 x 1280 px) that enables AI-ready imaging workflows such as produce recognition and loss prevention. Additionally, an optional Customer Service Scanner (CSS) with omni-mount capability reads barcodes from mobile phones, loyalty cards, and coupons to enhance customer self-service and cashier efficiency. Contact us today to configure the right options for your retail environment.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple interfaces including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), plus auxiliary ports for USB host connections, remote scale displays, and EAS controllers. It's compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on both Windows and Linux platforms for flexible POS integration.
The DSM0422-WA meets necessary safety and regulatory approvals for its intended use and complies with both China RoHS and EU RoHS environmental standards. The device is classified as IEC 60825 Class 2 for laser radiation, ensuring safe operation in shared workspaces. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for a complete list of certifications detailed in the Quick Reference Guide.
Yes, the included mounting hardware allows the DSM0452-WA to be mounted from all sides of the device at any angle, providing flexibility for various installation scenarios. This versatile mounting capability, combined with its compact form factor, makes it ideal for integrators working with space-constrained environments. Contact us today to discuss your specific mounting requirements.
The DataLogic 95ACC1213 power line cord is available from us as part of our comprehensive DataLogic accessory catalog. We maintain stock of genuine DataLogic power devices and cables to support your warehouse, logistics, and retail scanning operations. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to order this replacement power cable and other DataLogic accessories.
We offer genuine Datalogic accessories backed by manufacturer expertise and our commitment to quality AIDC solutions. Our team ensures you receive authentic, certified power devices that meet industry standards for your barcode scanning operations. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to order or discuss your power accessory needs.
Yes, the CH53-E includes a built-in microphone with a 5-meter (16-foot) audio range, enabling two-way communication and audio monitoring alongside video surveillance. This integrated audio capability enhances situational awareness without requiring separate microphone installations.
Yes, the Verkada CD63-2TBE-HW-F is FIPS validated and TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliant, making it suitable for government and federal procurement requirements. These certifications ensure the camera meets stringent security and compliance standards for sensitive deployments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss compliance documentation and certification details for your project.
The Verkada LIC-BB-3Y-CAP is specifically designed for non-US/CA regions. If you're located in the United States or Canada, we offer alternative Verkada licensing options tailored to your market. Contact us today to find the right Verkada alarm license for your location and requirements.
Contact us today to discuss your government agency's surveillance needs and how this capacity increase license integrates with your current Verkada deployment. Our team can guide you through the licensing process and ensure proper activation of the 3-year cloud service for your security trailer systems.
The ThinkPad P15v Gen 3 is equipped with Intel Iris Xe Graphics, which delivers capable integrated graphics performance suitable for professional applications, data visualization, and mobile computing tasks. Combined with the 12th Gen Intel Core i5-12500H processor and 32GB RAM, this system handles demanding workloads efficiently for warehouse management and logistics professionals. Contact us today for detailed performance benchmarks and compatibility information for your specific applications.
We offer the Lenovo Yoga 7 14IML9 83DJ0002US as part of our comprehensive laptop inventory at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss any specific configuration needs or volume discounts for your organization.
The Lenovo ThinkPad T14s Gen 2 includes IEEE 802.11ax wireless LAN standard, which delivers faster and more reliable WiFi connectivity compared to previous standards. This ensures stable connections for video conferencing, file transfers, and cloud-based applications in modern office and remote work environments.
We offer the Lenovo Yoga 7 14AKP10 83JR0001US as part of our comprehensive mobile computing solutions for logistics and warehouse operations. Our team can help you evaluate this Copilot+ PC for your specific business needs, including volume pricing and deployment support. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss your mobile computing requirements and get a quote for your team.
Yes, the Lenovo 21LTS36J00 is available as a CTO (Configure to Order) model, allowing customization of memory, storage, and software to match your warehouse management, IT procurement, and logistics workflows. We offer flexible configuration options to ensure the laptop meets your specific AIDC and mobile computing requirements. Contact us today to discuss custom configurations and enterprise deployment options.
Yes, the Lenovo Smart Tab M10 is well-suited for warehouse management with its large 10.3-inch display, expandable storage for logistics software, long battery life for full-shift operation, and Android 9.0 Pie operating system that supports enterprise mobility applications. Contact us today to discuss how this tablet can integrate into your warehouse management and barcode scanning solutions.
The ThinkPad P1 Gen 7 includes modern business connectivity with IEEE 802.11be wireless LAN standard for high-speed wireless performance, along with wired and display connection options that support desks, docks, and mobile work environments. The system is designed to integrate seamlessly with professional workstations and office infrastructure. Contact us today to learn about docking solutions and connectivity accessories available from our team.
The detachable 2-in-1 design of the Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Fold Gen 1 allows warehouse managers and logistics personnel to use the device as a traditional laptop for desk-based work or detach it for tablet-mode mobile operations on the warehouse floor. The 16.3-inch touchscreen provides excellent visibility for barcode scanning and inventory management tasks. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to learn how this form factor integrates with your mobile computing strategy.
The HPE Aruba CX 5420 operates reliably in environments with temperatures ranging from 0°C to 45°C, making it suitable for standard data center and branch office deployments. The switch weighs 15.73 kg and has dimensions of 17.41 cm (H) x 44.25 cm (W) x 44.74 cm (D), fitting standard rack configurations.
Yes, HPE Aruba switches available from us are engineered for enterprise-grade data networking in demanding environments like warehouses and logistics facilities. With robust specifications including high switching capacity, extensive routing and MAC table support, PoE capabilities for powered devices, and reliable environmental operating ranges, these switches provide the backbone for AIDC systems and warehouse automation. Contact us today to discuss your specific networking requirements.
Yes, many HPE Aruba switch models include SFP+ ports for fiber connectivity. For example, the 2930F series offers 4 SFP+ ports, and the 2530 series includes 2 SFP+ fixed 1000/10000 ports, enabling high-speed uplink connections and long-distance network extensions. Contact us today to find the right configuration for your infrastructure needs.
The JH157A supports industry-standard 10GbE SFP+ transceivers, including fiber optic and direct-attach copper (DAC) options for flexible connectivity. Supported transceivers enable connections over multimode fiber, single-mode fiber, or short-range copper cables depending on your network topology. We offer compatible transceivers and can help you select the right optics for your deployment—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
We offer the HPE Aruba JH148A Ethernet Switch as part of our comprehensive networking equipment lineup. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team directly to discuss your network infrastructure needs, pricing, and delivery options for this enterprise-grade switch.
We offer comprehensive support options for the HPE Aruba JH331A, including hardware warranty, software licensing, and professional services through HPE's service portfolio. Support levels and response times vary based on your service agreement and geographic location. Contact us today to discuss support options and service-level agreements tailored to your organization's needs.
While specific environmental operating ranges for the JH332A are detailed in HPE's technical documentation, HPE Aruba switches are engineered for standard data center environments with appropriate cooling and power infrastructure. For detailed power consumption, thermal specifications, and environmental requirements specific to your deployment, we recommend consulting the complete product datasheet. Contact us today and our team can provide comprehensive specifications and help you plan your infrastructure needs.
The HPE Aruba JH209A comes with a Limited Lifetime Warranty and access to comprehensive support resources through HPE's networking support portal. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss warranty options and support packages that fit your operational requirements.
Aruba 6300M switches support up to 10 members in a stack with a maximum stacking distance of 10 kilometers using long-range transceivers and 200 Gbps of stacking bandwidth. This allows you to build highly resilient, distributed switch clusters across large campuses or data centers while maintaining unified management. Contact us today to discuss stacking solutions that scale with your network growth.
The HPE Aruba J9992A operates reliably in standard data center and warehouse environments with operating temperatures ranging from 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C) and relative humidity from 15% to 95% non-condensing. This temperature and humidity range makes it suitable for climate-controlled warehouse facilities and network closets. Contact us today to discuss environmental requirements for your specific installation location.
The J9989A's combination of 12 PoE+ ports and 12 SFP ports positions it as a specialized edge switch, compared to larger models like the Aruba 2530 series which offer 24-48 Gigabit ports. This makes it ideal for branch offices and remote locations where power delivery and fiber connectivity are priorities. We stock multiple Aruba models to match your specific network architecture—contact us today to find the right fit for your deployment.
The Aruba 8400 series includes a 12.38 MB packet buffer, which helps manage traffic bursts and ensures smooth data flow during peak network activity in warehouse and distribution center operations. This buffer capacity is optimized for consistent low-latency performance with microsecond-level latency across both 1 Gbps and 10 Gbps connections.
Yes, the HPE Aruba JL448A is well-suited for warehouse and logistics environments, offering robust Gigabit connectivity, PoE+ support for wireless devices, and multiple management interfaces for reliable network operations. Contact us today to discuss how we can integrate this switch into your RFID, barcode scanning, and mobile computing infrastructure at barcodesinc.com.
The HPE Aruba J9990A includes a dual-personality serial console port (RJ-45 or USB micro-B) for out-of-band management and configuration. This allows administrators to access the switch for setup, troubleshooting, and maintenance even when network connectivity is unavailable. Our team at Barcodes Inc can assist with deployment planning and management setup—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today.
The HPE Aruba J9993A supports scalable network architectures with routing capabilities including 2048 IPv4 routing table entries and 16,000 MAC address table entries, allowing it to handle complex warehouse networks. Its modular SFP+ design enables flexible expansion as your logistics operation grows. Contact us today to discuss network architecture planning and scalability solutions available from us.
The J9988A provides a balance of port density and performance with 24 Gigabit ports plus dual 10G uplinks, making it suitable for mid-to-large warehouse environments requiring reliable connectivity for barcode scanners, mobile computers, and RFID systems. The switch's dual-personality console port and SFP+ flexibility support both current and future network upgrades. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to evaluate how this switch integrates with your complete warehouse automation infrastructure.
The HPE Aruba J9986A includes 2 SFP+ fixed 1000/10000 ports that support both 1 Gigabit and 10 Gigabit SFP+ transceivers, providing flexible uplink options for connecting to core infrastructure or other high-speed network segments. These ports enable future-proof scalability for growing network demands in warehouse and distribution environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team to select the appropriate SFP+ transceivers for your network topology.
The 40GbE QSFP+ ports on the J9996A deliver significantly faster data transmission than traditional 1GbE or 10GbE connections, reducing latency and enabling higher throughput for bandwidth-intensive applications. This makes it ideal for data centers, virtualized environments, and organizations requiring high-performance network infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss how this module can enhance your network performance.
The J9995A v3 zl2 module offers advanced multi-gigabit port support and integrated PoE+ in a compact form factor, making it more capable than earlier Aruba 2530 series switches for bandwidth-intensive edge applications. Its modular design allows integration into larger Aruba 5400R or 6100 series deployments for scalable network growth. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore the full range of Aruba switches we offer for your infrastructure needs.
The J9991A features a fixed internal power supply designed to support the PoE+ requirements across all 20 ports, with specifications engineered for reliable operation in standard data center and warehouse environments. The switch is built to enterprise-grade standards for durability and consistent performance. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact our team for detailed environmental operating specifications and power consumption details.
The HPE Aruba JL001A is designed as a compact, rack-mountable switch with a 1U form factor suitable for standard data center installations. We offer this switch as part of our comprehensive Aruba networking portfolio—contact us today for detailed specifications, current availability, and pricing for your warehouse or logistics infrastructure needs.
Aruba switches offer flexible connectivity including autosensing 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ-45 ports, SFP+ slots for fiber connectivity at 1G or 10G speeds, and optional PoE+ support for powering network devices directly from the switch. Models range from 8-port to 48-port configurations, allowing you to choose the right density for your warehouse or logistics network. We offer the complete range of Aruba switch models and compatible transceivers—visit barcodesinc.com to find the right solution for your deployment.
Aruba switches support comprehensive management through AirWave Network Management, Intelligent Management Center (IMC), command-line interface, web browser configuration, SNMP, and out-of-band management via serial RS-232C or micro USB. These tools provide IT teams with full visibility and control over network performance and device health. We offer complete support and training for Aruba management platforms—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for implementation assistance.
The HPE Aruba switches we offer are designed for reliable operation in standard data center environments with operating temperatures ranging from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at altitudes up to 1.5 km. These environmental specifications ensure stable performance in typical warehouse network closets and server rooms. Contact us today to discuss environmental requirements for your specific facility and any cooling or ventilation considerations.
The HPE Aruba 5406R supports an 8,192 MAC table capacity and handles 512 IPv4 unicast routes and 512 IPv6 unicast routes. It also provides 16 switched virtual interfaces (dual stack), 1,024 IPv4 host table entries, and 512 IPv6 host table entries for comprehensive network segmentation and routing. Contact us today to discuss how these capabilities support your network design requirements.
We offer the HPE Aruba Q8N53A and a complete range of Aruba networking equipment for warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to check availability, get current pricing, and receive expert recommendations for your network infrastructure needs.
We offer the HPE Aruba Q8N52A and complete Aruba networking solutions for enterprise deployments. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to discuss your network infrastructure needs, compare configurations, and access our technical expertise for warehouse and logistics applications.
The 510 Series AP includes a 2.5 GbE PoE-PD uplink port for high-speed network connectivity, one 1 GbE port for additional flexibility, and a USB 2.0 host port. The flexible Smart Rate ports and USB capabilities allow you to power and connect various devices directly at the access point, simplifying network deployments. Contact us today to discuss how the Aruba 510 Series fits your enterprise wireless needs.
The AP-365 represents Aruba's current generation outdoor access point technology with improved performance and reliability over legacy models. We offer comprehensive support for both current and previous generation Aruba equipment, ensuring your investment is protected. Contact us today to discuss the benefits of upgrading or to learn how the AP-365 fits your wireless infrastructure roadmap.
HPE Aruba products available from us include access to comprehensive support services, including service-level agreements and technical assistance options. Support availability and response times vary by region and service level selected. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to explore the service options that best match your operational needs and SLA requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH431A provides flexible connectivity with multiple port types including Gigabit Ethernet ports and SFP+ slots for high-speed fiber connectivity, enabling both copper and fiber-based network connections. This flexibility allows organizations to design hybrid networks that combine different connection types based on distance and bandwidth requirements. Available from us with full technical support — visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss the specific port configurations that best fit your network topology.
Absolutely. We offer the HPE Aruba JH213A as part of our complete data networking solutions for warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss your network infrastructure requirements, pricing, and available support options tailored to your organization's needs.
The HPE Aruba JC665A delivers enterprise-grade networking with robust PoE capabilities and extensive device compatibility, making it well-suited for warehouse automation, inventory management, and logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss how this switch integrates with your existing infrastructure and to explore deployment options that match your facility's requirements.
The HPE Aruba JH210A (7500 series) represents a significant advancement over the legacy Aruba 2530 series, offering substantially higher port density (44 Gbps + 4 × 10GbE vs. 48 × 1Gbps + 2 × SFP+), greater switching capacity (128 Gbps vs. lower throughput), and modern management capabilities. The 7500 series also provides enhanced performance with faster processors and larger memory configurations for handling contemporary network demands. Contact us today to discuss migration paths from older Aruba switches to current-generation HPE Aruba equipment.
The HPE Aruba 2930M is rated for standard data center operating temperatures of 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating requirements for higher altitudes. The switch is designed for reliable operation in controlled warehouse and network closet environments with proper ventilation and temperature management. We recommend consulting our team for site-specific environmental assessments—visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today for deployment guidance.
The Aruba 2930M 24SR features 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet ports for standard network connectivity, with support for auto-sensing link speeds and MDI/MDX detection. The switch also includes management interfaces and optional expansion capabilities for modular configurations. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss port configurations and uplink options for your network design.
HPE Aruba offers multiple support options including 4-hour onsite response with 3-year service agreements, 24x7 TAC support through HPE Aruba Networking Central, and various service-level descriptions tailored to your business needs. We can help you select the right support package for your warehouse operations and ensure minimal downtime for your AIDC infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss support options and service agreements that fit your requirements.
While the HPE Aruba JH211A itself is a core switching platform, HPE Aruba offers complementary switch models in their portfolio with integrated PoE capabilities for powering devices like IP phones, wireless access points, and IoT sensors. We can help you select the right combination of switches and power management solutions for your warehouse infrastructure. Contact us today to discuss your PoE requirements.
The HPE Aruba 3810M switches operate within a temperature range of 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at altitudes up to 5,000 feet. This standard operating range makes them suitable for most data center and enterprise network closet environments, though altitude derating applies above 5,000 feet. Contact us today for deployment guidance in specialized environments.
The JL310A requires single-mode fiber (SMF) cabling with LC connectors for operation. Single-mode fiber is essential for the long-range LR4 performance specifications and ensures signal integrity over the full 10-kilometer transmission distance. We can assist with fiber infrastructure planning and compatibility verification—contact us today to discuss your cabling requirements.
The JL309A transceiver operates reliably within standard data center environmental parameters, supporting operating temperatures from 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at elevations up to 1.5 km. The module is designed for reliable performance in typical enterprise and data center deployment environments. Contact us today for detailed environmental specifications and guidance on proper installation conditions for optimal transceiver longevity.
The HPE Aruba JL630A operates reliably in temperatures from 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) at elevations up to 5,000 feet, with derating specifications for higher altitudes. This temperature range makes it suitable for standard data center and enterprise closet environments, ensuring consistent performance in typical indoor conditions.
HPE Aruba 6300M series switches support stacking with up to 10 members and a maximum stacking distance of 10 kilometers when using long-range transceivers, providing 200 Gbps stacking bandwidth. This allows for flexible network expansion and redundancy in large warehouse and distribution facilities. We offer complete stacking solutions and support—contact us today to design a scalable network infrastructure with Aruba switches.
The 512e (512-byte emulation) format means the drive uses 4KB physical sectors internally but reports 512-byte logical sectors to the operating system for compatibility with legacy systems. This allows the 1.92 TB drive to work seamlessly with existing server infrastructure while providing modern performance. Contact us today if you need clarification on compatibility with your current systems.
The Dell S4148F-ON includes a 1-year limited warranty covering hardware defects and malfunctions. We offer extended support options and technical assistance to ensure your network infrastructure remains operational. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss warranty upgrades and support packages tailored to your warehouse and logistics operations.
The Dell OptiPlex 7010 is designed with expandability in mind, though specific upgrade details depend on your configuration needs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to discuss customization options for RAM and storage upgrades tailored to your warehouse management requirements, or visit our website to explore configuration options available from us.
The Dell 362M3 includes a 1M SED Ready E5 Power Cord for US outlets and supports modern connectivity standards essential for warehouse environments. With integrated graphics and multiple ports, it provides the flexibility needed for docking stations, barcode scanners, and other AIDC peripherals commonly used in logistics operations. Contact us today to discuss the full connectivity specifications and compatible peripherals available from our inventory.
The Dell Pro Slim Plus QBS1250 Desktop Computer features a 260 W power supply, providing efficient energy consumption for continuous operation in warehouse and logistics facilities. This power rating is suitable for standard business computing tasks and supports the system's Intel Core Ultra 5 processor and integrated components.
Absolutely—the Dell W7CHW Desktop PC is fully compatible with barcode scanners, RFID readers, and other AIDC devices through its multiple USB ports and connectivity options. The Windows 11 Pro operating system and Intel Core Ultra 7 processor provide reliable performance for running barcode scanning software and RFID management applications. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our selection of compatible scanners and RFID solutions for your warehouse operation.
The Dell MFJ1D has a 180 W power supply, making it energy-efficient for continuous operation in warehouse offices and logistics centers. The slim desktop form factor with this power rating is designed for standard business environments without requiring specialized cooling or electrical infrastructure. Contact us today if you need power management solutions or UPS integration for your facility.
Yes, the Dell 0TPNX includes Intel vPro Technology, which enables advanced remote management, security, and monitoring capabilities essential for enterprise IT environments. This feature set allows IT teams to manage the laptop remotely, enforce security policies, and maintain system health across distributed warehouse and logistics operations. Contact us today to learn how vPro Technology can streamline your IT management and security infrastructure.
The Dell 50WKW offers multiple battery options including 6-cell (60Wh) and 9-cell (97Wh) Lithium Ion batteries with ExpressCharge technology for extended field use. The system uses a 65W external power adapter with up to 89% efficiency, making it practical for warehouse operations that require all-day mobile computing.
Yes, the Dell DKDX9 includes optional Intel vPro Technology with advanced management features when paired with Intel WiFi Link WLAN, enabling remote IT administration ideal for enterprise deployments. The laptop also supports optional Intel Rapid Start Technology and Intel Smart Connect Technology (both require SSD) for enhanced performance and connectivity. Contact us today to configure enterprise management capabilities for your IT infrastructure.
The Dell Latitude 7455's powerful Snapdragon X Elite processor, 32 GB RAM, and 512 GB SSD make it suitable for running warehouse management systems, inventory tracking software, and logistics applications. The 22-hour battery runtime and rugged touchscreen design support mobile operations in warehouse and field environments. Visit barcodesinc.com or contact us today to discuss how this device integrates with your AIDC and enterprise systems.
The Dell HXT1J provides multiple storage configurations including 7200 rpm SATA drives up to 750GB, 5400 rpm SATA up to 320GB, encrypted FIPS Opal options, and solid state drives up to 256GB for faster performance. You can also add a secondary hard drive through the E-Module Bay II, and optional media bay modules support additional storage expansion for your data-intensive applications.
The Dell 63K8Y comes standard with 32 GB of RAM, which is suitable for most professional workloads. We offer compatible memory upgrade options and accessories to expand system capabilities based on your specific performance needs. Contact us today to discuss memory configuration options and compatible upgrades available from our inventory.
The Dell 3RJCP is equipped with AMD Radeon Graphics integrated into the AMD Ryzen AI 7 PRO 350 processor. This provides sufficient graphics performance for business applications, data visualization, and warehouse management software without requiring a discrete graphics card.
Yes, the Dell NTDM9 features expandable memory with DDR3 SDRAM support and multiple storage options including SSD and HDD configurations up to 750GB capacity. The workstation includes an E-Module Bay II for secondary storage expansion and supports optional encrypted SSD options for organizations requiring FIPS compliance and full-disk encryption. We offer compatible memory modules and storage upgrades from us to maximize your system's performance and capacity.
We offer the Dell 8MP2F mobile workstation as part of our comprehensive AIDC and computing solutions. Visit barcodesinc.com to view detailed specifications, check availability, and contact our team for pricing and delivery options tailored to your warehouse or logistics operation.
We offer the Dell 802YX and provide expert guidance on workstation selection for your warehouse, logistics, or IT infrastructure needs. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com or reach out to our team to discuss specifications, pricing, and deployment options for your organization.
The Dell P2722HE supports Windows 10 and Windows 7 operating systems, making it compatible with most enterprise warehouse management and logistics software platforms. The monitor's plug-and-play functionality ensures quick deployment across your IT infrastructure without requiring specialized drivers or configuration. Contact us today for integration guidance with your existing systems.
Yes, the Dell 8J0WF's 23" Full HD display and IPS technology make it suitable for receipt printing stations and POS environments where clarity and accurate color representation are essential. The monitor's durable construction and ENERGY STAR efficiency support continuous operation in busy warehouse and logistics facilities. We offer the Dell 8J0WF alongside our complete line of barcode printers and POS solutions—contact us today to build your integrated system.
The Dell SD25TB5 is engineered as a portable smart dock solution, making it ideal for mobile logistics professionals who need flexible docking capabilities at multiple warehouse locations. Its compact design combined with comprehensive connectivity supports the needs of teams using barcode scanners, mobile computers, and other AIDC equipment across different work areas. Contact us today to discuss deployment options for your logistics operations.
The G5110525 features a cable connector interface for straightforward field installation and replacement. We stock genuine Datalogic cables and connectors to ensure reliable operation and minimize downtime. Contact us today to order replacement cables or discuss connector options for your installation.
The Datalogic 95B061591 offers a compact 4mm diameter design with standard 12mm non-flush mounting, making it ideal for space-constrained applications where precision detection is critical. Its NPN output and M12 connectivity provide excellent compatibility with modern industrial control systems. We offer this sensor alongside other Datalogic identification products to give you flexible options for your automation needs—contact us today to discuss which sensor is best for your application.
Datalogic identification products support comprehensive barcode decoding including 1D linear codes (EAN/UPC, Code 128, Code 39), stacked codes (GS1 DataBar formats), and 2D codes (Data Matrix, QR Code, Aztec, PDF417). This broad compatibility ensures seamless integration across diverse warehouse and logistics operations. Visit barcodesinc.com to find the right Datalogic solution for your barcode requirements.
The GM4500-HC includes multiple good-read feedback options: an adjustable beeper, vibration feedback for quiet environments, Datalogic's patented 'Green Spot' technology that projects on the scanned code, and dual good-read LEDs. The highly visible 4-dot aimer with center cross helps operators target barcodes accurately, improving scanning efficiency in busy warehouse and healthcare settings.
No, the Datalogic 95B061791 is a non-flush 30mm sensor, meaning it requires mounting with the sensing face extended beyond the mounting surface. This design is ideal for applications where objects need to be detected at a distance from the mounting point. If you need flush-mount options or have specific installation requirements, contact us at barcodesinc.com and our team can recommend alternative Datalogic sensor configurations.
The Datalogic 95B066230 Sensor is ideal for pharmaceutical, logistics, parcel handling, and manufacturing environments where automated product identification and positioning are critical for safety and accuracy. Applications range from medication identification to ensure patient safety, to parcel dimension scanning for accurate billing and shipping optimization. We offer this sensor and complementary AIDC solutions to support warehouse managers and IT procurement teams across healthcare, e-commerce, and manufacturing sectors.
We offer the Datalogic 95B066800 Sensor as part of our comprehensive AIDC product line at Barcodes Inc. Contact us today or visit barcodesinc.com to check availability, pricing, and to discuss how this sensor integrates with your warehouse identification and automation requirements.
The GD4520-HCK1-HD features a highly visible 4-Dot aimer with center cross that defines a precise reading zone and reduces accidental reads in multi-barcode environments. The center cross provides a clear locator for targeted scanning, while the steady red illumination is easier on operator eyes compared to flickering lights, improving both accuracy and user comfort during extended scanning sessions.
The DSM0421 offers a compact form factor with flexible mounting capabilities, making it particularly useful for embedded applications where space is at a premium. Available in both standard and wide-angle models with different field of view and depth of field options, it provides integrators with multiple solutions to support different platform requirements. Contact us today to discuss which DSM04XX variant best fits your specific application constraints.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated loss prevention capabilities such as an All-Weighs scale platter for weighing large items and built-in support for Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration plus Sensormatic deactivation. An optional 1 MP in-bonnet USB color camera enables AI-ready imaging workflows for produce recognition and advanced loss prevention analytics. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore these options.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) support with Checkpoint/Nedap antenna integration and Sensormatic deactivation capabilities. It also features an All-Weighs scale platter that adds a top surface weighing area for large items that don't fit on traditional platters, enhancing loss prevention in retail environments. An optional 1 MP in-bonnet USB color camera enables AI-ready workflows for produce recognition and additional loss prevention applications.
The Magellan 9550i supports USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), and auxiliary ports including dual USB host connections, remote scale display, and EAS controller integration. It's compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on Windows and Linux, and includes free Aladdin Configuration Utility plus remote management tools like WMI, MBeans, and Toshiba Remote Agent. Visit barcodesinc.com to learn more about our integration support.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated loss prevention capabilities such as an all-weighs scale platter for large items and built-in EAS antenna support for Checkpoint/Nedap systems with Sensormatic deactivation. An optional in-bonnet 1 MP USB color camera enables AI-powered workflows for produce recognition and loss prevention analytics. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore our complete loss prevention scanning solutions.
The Magellan 9550i supports multiple connectivity options including USB (COM/OEM/Keyboard), RS-232 (Single/Dual Cable), plus auxiliary ports for USB host (x2), remote scale display, and EAS controller integration. It's compatible with OPOS and JavaPOS systems on Windows and Linux, and includes diagnostic tools like Toshiba Remote Agent and DLRMUS for remote management. Visit barcodesinc.com to explore integration options for your POS environment.
The Magellan 9550i operates in temperatures from 10 to 40°C (50 to 104°F) with humidity tolerance of 5% to 95% non-condensing, and includes up to 25kV ESD protection for durability in busy retail environments. It comes with a standard 1-year factory warranty and optional EASEOFCARE service plans for extended coverage. We offer this scanner with compliance certifications including China RoHS, EU RoHS, and REACH compliance.
The Magellan 9550i offers two scale configurations: a Single Interval Scale with up to 15 kg / 30 lb capacity and 0.005 kg / 0.010 lb minimum increment, or a Dual Interval Scale with Range 1 at 0–6.0 kg / 0–15.0 lb (0.002 kg / 0.005 lb increment) and Range 2 at 6.0–15.0 kg / 15.0–30.0 lb (0.005 kg / 0.010 lb increment). The scanner comes with multiple platter options including medium platter, flip-up produce rail, and shelf mount configurations. Visit barcodesinc.com to select the scale and mounting option that best fits your retail environment.
Yes, the Magellan 9550i includes integrated loss prevention features such as an all-weighs scale platter for large items and built-in support for Checkpoint/Nedap EAS antenna integration plus Sensormatic deactivation. An optional 1 MP in-bonnet USB color camera enables AI-ready imaging workflows for produce recognition and advanced loss prevention monitoring.
The Datalogic Green Spot feedback provides immediate visual confirmation of successful scans, reducing operator errors and re-scans that can slow warehouse operations. This real-time feedback mechanism, combined with the PBT9600's fast scanning capabilities and smart battery technology, helps minimize downtime and maximize throughput. Contact us today to learn how Green Spot feedback can optimize your team's scanning efficiency.
The Magellan 9550i is rated for operating temperatures between 10–40°C (50–104°F) and storage temperatures from -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F), with humidity tolerance of 5–95% non-condensing. It features ESD protection up to 25kV air discharge, making it suitable for demanding retail environments with varying temperature and humidity conditions. Contact us today to discuss environmental specifications for your specific installation location.
The Magellan 1500i can be easily monitored and updated via Datalogic's Remote Management system or Scanalyzer™ software, as well as through programming guides. Additionally, Datalogic's EASEOFCARE Service Plans offer a wide range of service options to protect your investment and ensure maximum productivity and ROI. Contact us today to learn more about our support options available from barcodesinc.com.
The Datalogic WES-PM9100-KIT includes the PM9100-910RB scanner, BC9030-910 cradle base, CAB-438 USB cable, 6003-0911 power supply, and 8-0935 accessory. This complete kit is ready for immediate deployment in your warehouse or logistics operation. Contact us today at barcodesinc.com to order or for questions about kit configurations.
The BPOC (Business Point of Care) kit includes the GM4500-HC scanner, the WLC4090-HC-910 wireless charging base, and a USB cable (Part# 90A052278), providing everything needed for immediate deployment. This all-in-one kit simplifies setup and ensures compatibility across all components. Contact us today for pricing and availability on this complete scanner solution available from Barcodes Inc.
Full specifications (PDF)